(the part in parentheses)
           that evaluates to true, or using the last item (calc(33vw -
           100px)) if they all evaluate to false.
           For example, if the viewport width is 29em, then (max-width: 30em)
           evaluates to true and 100vw is used, so the image size, for the
           purpose of resource selection, is 29em. If the viewport width is
           instead 32em, then (max-width: 30em) evaluates to false, but
           (max-width: 50em) evaluates to true and 50vw is used, so the image
           size, for the purpose of resource selection, is 16em (half the
           viewport width). Notice that the slightly wider viewport results
           in a smaller image because of the different layout.
           The user agent can then calculate the effective pixel density and
           choose an appropriate resource similarly to the previous example.
   Art direction-based selection
           The picture element and the source element, together with the
           media attribute, can be used, to provide multiple images that vary
           the image content (for intance the smaller image might be a
           cropped version of the bigger image).
 
   
   
    
    
           The user agent will choose the first source element for which the
           media query in the media attribute matches, and then choose an
           appropriate URL from its srcset attribute.
           The rendered size of the image varies depending on which resource
           is chosen. To specify dimensions that the user agent can use
           before having downloaded the image, CSS can be used.
 img { width: 300px; height: 300px }
 @media (min-width: 32em) { img { width: 500px; height:300px } }
 @media (min-width: 45em) { img { width: 700px; height:400px } }
           This example combines art direction- and device-pixel-ratio-based
           selection. A banner that takes half the viewport is provided in
           two versions, one for wide screens and one for narrow screens.
 
   
   
    
     
  
   Image format-based selection
           The type attribute on the source element can be used, to provide
           multiple images in different formats.
 From today’s featured article 
 
   
   
    
    
 Marie Lloyd   (1870–1922)
 was an English music hall  singer, ...
           In this example, the user agent will choose the first source that
           has a type attribute with a supported MIME type. If the user agent
           supports WebP images, the first source element will be chosen. If
           not, but the user agent does support JPEG XR images, the second
           source element will be chosen. If neither of those formats are
           supported, the img element will be chosen.
    4.7.2. Dependencies
   Media Queries [MEDIAQ]
           
   CSS Values and Units [CSS-VALUES]
           
   CSS Syntax [CSS-SYNTAX-3]
           Parse a comma-separated list of component values
           component value
           
    4.7.3. The picture element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Embedded content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where embedded content is expected.
   Content model:
           Zero or more source elements, followed by one img element,
           optionally intermixed with script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           None
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLPictureElement : HTMLElement {};
   The picture element is a container which provides multiples sources to its
   contained img element to allow authors to declaratively control or give
   hints to the user agent about which image resource to use, based on the
   screen pixel density, viewport size, image format, and other factors. It
   represents its children.
   The picture element is somewhat different from the similar-looking video
   and audio elements. While all of them contain source elements, the source
   element’s src attribute has no meaning when the element is nested within a
   picture element, and the resource selection algorithm is different. As
   well, the picture element itself does not display anything; it merely
   provides a context for its contained img element that enables it to choose
   from multiple URLs.
    4.7.4. The source element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a picture element, before the img element.
           As a child of a media element, before any flow content or track
           elements.
   Content model:
           Nothing.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           No end tag
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           src - Address of the resource
           type - Type of embedded resource
           srcset - Images to use in different situations (e.g.,
           high-resolution displays, small monitors, etc)
           sizes - Image sizes between breakpoints
           media - Applicable media
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLSourceElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString srcset;
   attribute DOMString sizes;
   attribute DOMString media;
 };
   The source element allows authors to specify multiple alternative source
   sets for img elements or multiple alternative media resources for media
   elements. It does not represent anything on its own.
   The type attribute may be present. If present, the value must be a valid
   MIME type.
   The remainder of the requirements depend on whether the parent is a
   picture element or a media element:
   source element’s parent is a picture element
           The srcset content attribute must be present, and must consist of
           one or more image candidate strings, each separated from the next
           by a U+002C COMMA character (,). If an image candidate string
           contains no descriptors and no space characters after the URL, the
           following image candidate string, if there is one, must begin with
           one or more space characters.
           If the srcset attribute has any image candidate strings using a
           width descriptor, the sizes content attribute must also be
           present, and the value must be a valid source size list.
           The media content attribute may also be present. If present, the
           value must contain a valid media query list.
           The type gives the type of the images in the source set, to allow
           the user agent to skip to the next source element if it does not
           support the given type.
           If the type attribute is not specified, the user agent will not
           select a different source element if it finds that it does not
           support the image format after fetching it.
           When a source element has a following sibling source element or
           img element with a srcset attribute specified, it must have at
           least one of the following:
              * A media attribute specified with a value that, after
                stripping leading and trailing white space, is not the empty
                string and is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for the
                string "all".
              * A type attribute specified.
           The src attribute must not be present.
   source element’s parent is a media element
           The src attribute gives the address of the media resource. The
           value must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by
           spaces. This attribute must be present.
           Dynamically modifying a source element and its attribute when the
           element is already inserted in a video or audio element will have
           no effect. To change what is playing, just use the src attribute
           on the media element directly, possibly making use of the
           canPlayType() method to pick from amongst available resources.
           Generally, manipulating source elements manually after the
           document has been parsed is an unnecessarily complicated approach.
           The type content attribute gives the type of the media resource,
           to help the user agent determine if it can play this media
           resource before fetching it. If specified, its value must be a
           valid MIME type. The codecs parameter, which certain MIME types
           define, might be necessary to specify exactly how the resource is
           encoded. [RFC6381]
           The following list shows some examples of how to use the codecs=
           MIME parameter in the type attribute.
                H.264 Constrained baseline profile video (main and extended
                video compatible) level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4
                container
           
                H.264 Extended profile video (baseline-compatible) level 3
                and Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container
           
                H.264 Main profile video level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio
                in MP4 container
           
                H.264 "High" profile video (incompatible with main, baseline,
                or extended profiles) level 3 and Low-Complexity AAC audio in
                MP4 container
           
                MPEG-4 Visual Simple Profile Level 0 video and Low-Complexity
                AAC audio in MP4 container
           
                MPEG-4 Advanced Simple Profile Level 0 video and
                Low-Complexity AAC audio in MP4 container
           
                MPEG-4 Visual Simple Profile Level 0 video and AMR audio in
                3GPP container
           
                Theora video and Vorbis audio in Ogg container
           
                Theora video and Speex audio in Ogg container
           
                Vorbis audio alone in Ogg container
           
                Speex audio alone in Ogg container
           
                FLAC audio alone in Ogg container
           
                Dirac video and Vorbis audio in Ogg container
           
           The srcset, sizes, and media attributes must not be present.
   If a source element is inserted as a child of a media element that has no
   src attribute and whose networkState has the value NETWORK_EMPTY, the user
   agent must invoke the media element’s resource selection algorithm.
   The IDL attributes src, type, srcset, sizes and media must reflect the
   respective content attributes of the same name.
   If the author isn’t sure if user agents will all be able to render the
   media resources provided, the author can listen to the error event on the
   last source element and trigger fallback behavior:
 
 
   
   
   ...
    
    4.7.5. The img element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Embedded content.
           Form-associated element.
           If the element has a usemap attribute: interactive content.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where embedded content is expected.
   Content model:
           Nothing
   Tag omission in text/html:
           No end tag.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           alt - Replacement text for use when images are not available
           src - Address of the resource
           srcset - Images to use in different situations (e.g.,
           high-resolution displays, small monitors, etc)
           sizes - Image sizes between breakpoints
           crossorigin - How the element handles crossorigin requests
           usemap - Name of image map to use
           ismap - Whether the image is a server-side image map
           width - Horizontal dimension
           height - Vertical dimension
           referrerpolicy - Referrer policy for fetches initiated by the
           element
           longdesc - A url that provides a link to an expanded description
           of the image, defined in [html-longdesc]
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           presentation or none role only, for an img element whose alt
           attribute’s value is empty (alt=""), otherwise Any role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 [NamedConstructor=Image(optional unsigned long width, optional unsigned long height)]
 interface HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString alt;
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString srcset;
   attribute DOMString sizes;
   attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
   attribute DOMString useMap;
   attribute DOMString longDesc;
   attribute boolean isMap;
   attribute unsigned long width;
   attribute unsigned long height;
   readonly attribute unsigned long naturalWidth;
   readonly attribute unsigned long naturalHeight;
   readonly attribute boolean complete;
   readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc;
   attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
 };
   An img element represents an image and its fallback content.
   The image given by the src and srcset attributes, and any previous sibling
   source elements' srcset attributes if the parent is a picture element, is
   the embedded content; the value of the alt attribute and the content
   referred to by the longdesc attribute are the img element’s fallback
   content, and provide equivalent content for users and user agents who
   cannot process images or have image loading disabled.
   Requirements for alternative representations of the image are described in
   the next section.
   The src attribute must be present, and must contain a valid non-empty URL
   potentially surrounded by spaces referencing a non-interactive, optionally
   animated, image resource that is neither paged nor scripted.
   The srcset attribute may also be present. If present, its value must
   consist of one or more image candidate strings, each separated from the
   next by a U+002C COMMA character (,). If an image candidate string
   contains no descriptors and no space characters after the URL, the
   following image candidate string, if there is one, must begin with one or
   more space characters.
   An image candidate string consists of the following components, in order,
   with the further restrictions described below this list:
    1. Zero or more space characters.
    2. A valid non-empty URL that does not start or end with a U+002C COMMA
       character (,), referencing a non-interactive, optionally animated,
       image resource that is neither paged nor scripted.
    3. Zero or more space characters.
    4. Zero or one of the following:
          * A width descriptor, consisting of: a space character, a valid
            non-negative integer giving a number greater than zero
            representing the width descriptor value, and a U+0077 LATIN SMALL
            LETTER W character.
          * A pixel density descriptor, consisting of: a space character, a
            valid floating-point number giving a number greater than zero
            representing the pixel density descriptor value, and a U+0078
            LATIN SMALL LETTER X character.
    5. Zero or more space characters.
   There must not be an image candidate string for an element that has the
   same width descriptor value as another image candidate string’s width
   descriptor value for the same element.
   There must not be an image candidate string for an element that has the
   same pixel density descriptor value as another image candidate string’s
   pixel density descriptor value for the same element. For the purpose of
   this requirement, an image candidate string with no descriptors is
   equivalent to an image candidate string with a 1x descriptor.
   If a source element has a sizes attribute present or an img element has a
   sizes attribute present, all image candidate strings for that element must
   have the width descriptor specified.
   If an image candidate string for a source or img element has the width
   descriptor specified, all other image candidate strings for that element
   must also have the width descriptor specified.
   The specified width in an image candidate string’s width descriptor must
   match the intrinsic width in the resource given by the image candidate
   string’s URL, if it has an intrinsic width.
   The requirements above imply that images can be static bitmaps (e.g.,
   PNGs, GIFs, JPEGs), single-page vector documents (single-page PDFs, XML
   files with an SVG document element), animated bitmaps (APNGs, animated
   GIFs), animated vector graphics (XML files with an SVG document element
   that use declarative SMIL animation), and so forth. However, these
   definitions preclude SVG files with script, multipage PDF files,
   interactive MNG files, HTML documents, plain text documents, and so forth.
   [PNG] [GIF] [JPEG] [PDF] [XML] [APNG] [SVG11] [MNG]
   If the srcset attribute is present, the sizes attribute may also be
   present. If present, its value must be a valid source size list.
   A valid source size list is a string that matches the following grammar:
   [CSS-VALUES] [MEDIAQ]
  = # [ ,  ]? | 
  =  
  = 
   A  must not be negative.
   Percentages are not allowed in a , to avoid confusion
   about what it would be relative to. The vw unit can be used for sizes
   relative to the viewport width.
   The img element must not be used as a layout tool. In particular, img
   elements should not be used to display transparent images, as such images
   rarely convey meaning and rarely add anything useful to the document.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The crossorigin attribute is a CORS settings attribute. Its purpose is to
   allow images from third-party sites that allow cross-origin access to be
   used with canvas.
   The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose
   is to set the referrer policy used when fetching the image.
   [REFERRERPOLICY]
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An img element has a current request and a pending request. The current
   request is initially set to a new image request. The pending request is
   initially set to null. The current request is usually referred to as the
   img element itself.
   An image request has a state, current URL and image data.
   An image request’s state is one of the following:
   Unavailable
           The user agent hasn’t obtained any image data, or has obtained
           some or all of the image data but hasn’t yet decoded enough of the
           image to get the image dimensions.
   Partially available
           The user agent has obtained some of the image data and at least
           the image dimensions are available.
   Completely available
           The user agent has obtained all of the image data and at least the
           image dimensions are available.
   Broken
           The user agent has obtained all of the image data that it can, but
           it cannot even decode the image enough to get the image dimensions
           (e.g., the image is corrupted, or the format is not supported, or
           no data could be obtained).
   An image request’s current URL is initially the empty string.
   An image request’s image data is the decoded image data.
   When an image request is either in the partially available state or in the
   completely available state, it is said to be available.
   An image request is initially unavailable.
   When an img element is available, it provides a paint source whose width
   is the image’s density-corrected intrinsic width (if any), whose height is
   the image’s density-corrected intrinsic height (if any), and whose
   appearance is the intrinsic appearance of the image.
   In a browsing context where scripting is disabled, user agents may obtain
   images immediately or on demand. In a browsing context where scripting is
   enabled, user agents must obtain images immediately.
   A user agent that obtains images immediately must immediately update the
   image data of an img element, with the restart animation flag set if so
   stated, whenever that element is created or has experienced relevant
   mutations.
   A user agent that obtains images on demand must update the image data of
   an img element whenever it needs the image data (i.e., on demand), but
   only if the img element is in the unavailable state. When an img element
   has experienced relevant mutations, if the user agent only obtains images
   on demand, the img element must return to the unavailable state.
   The relevant mutations for an img element are as follows:
     * The element’s src, srcset, width, or sizes attributes are set,
       changed, or removed.
     * The element’s src attribute is set to the same value as the previous
       value. This must set the restart animation flag for the update the
       image data algorithm.
     * The element’s crossorigin attribute’s state is changed.
     * The element is inserted into or removed from a picture parent element.
     * The element’s parent is a picture element and a source element is
       inserted as a previous sibling.
     * The element’s parent is a picture element and a source element that
       was a previous sibling is removed.
     * The element’s parent is a picture element and a source element that is
       a previous sibling has its srcset, sizes, media or type attributes
       set, changed, or removed.
     * The element’s adopting steps are run.
   Each img element has a last selected source, which must initially be null.
   Each image request has a current pixel density, which must initially be
   undefined.
   When an img element has a current pixel density that is not 1.0, the
   element’s image data must be treated as if its resolution, in device
   pixels per CSS pixels, was the current pixel density. The image’s
   density-corrected intrinsic width and height are the intrinsic width and
   height after taking into account the current pixel density.
   For example, given a screen with 96 CSS pixels per CSS inch, if the
   current pixel density is 3.125, that means that there are 96 × 3.125 = 300
   device pixels per CSS inch, and thus if the image data is 300x600, it has
   intrinsic dimensions of 300 ÷ 3.125 = 96 CSS pixels by 600 ÷ 3.125 = 192
   CSS pixels. With a current pixel density of 2.0 (192 device pixels per CSS
   inch) and the same image data (300x600), the intrinsic dimensions would be
   150x300.
   Each Document object must have a list of available images. Each image in
   this list is identified by a tuple consisting of an absolute URL, a CORS
   settings attribute mode, and, if the mode is not No CORS, an origin. Each
   image furthermore has an ignore higher-layer caching flag. User agents may
   copy entries from one Document object’s list of available images to
   another at any time (e.g., when the Document is created, user agents can
   add to it all the images that are loaded in other Documents), but must not
   change the keys of entries copied in this way when doing so, and must
   unset the ignore higher-layer caching flag for the copied entry. User
   agents may also remove images from such lists at any time (e.g., to save
   memory). User agents must remove entries in the list of available images
   as appropriate given higher-layer caching semantics for the resource
   (e.g., the HTTP Cache-Control response header) when the ignore
   higher-layer caching flag is unset.
   The list of available images is intended to enable synchronous switching
   when changing the src attribute to a URL that has previously been loaded,
   and to avoid re-downloading images in the same document even when they
   don’t allow caching per HTTP. It is not used to avoid re-downloading the
   same image while the previous image is still loading.
   For example, if a resource has the HTTP response header Cache-Control:
   must-revalidate, the user agent would remove it from the list of available
   images but could keep the image data separately, and use that if the
   server responds with a 204 No Content status.
   When the user agent is to update the image data of an img element,
   optionally with the restart animations flag set, it must run the following
   steps:
    1. If the element’s node document is not the active document, then run
       these substeps:
         1. Continue running this algorithm in parallel.
         2. Wait until the element’s node document is the active document.
         3. If another instance of this algorithm for this img element was
            started after this instance (even if it aborted and is no longer
            running), then abort these steps.
         4. Queue a microtask to continue this algorithm.
    2. If the user agent cannot support images, or its support for images has
       been disabled, then abort the image request for the current request
       and the pending request, set current request to the unavailable state,
       let pending request be null, and abort these steps.
    3. If the element does not use srcset or picture and it does not have a
       parent or it has a parent but it is not a picture element, and it has
       a src attribute specified and its value is not the empty string, let
       selected source be the value of the element’s src attribute, and
       selected pixel density be 1.0. Otherwise, let selected source be null
       and selected pixel density be undefined.
    4. Let the img element’s last selected source be selected source.
    5. If selected source is not null, run these substeps:
         1. Parse selected source, relative to the element’s node document.
            If that is not successful, then abort these inner set of steps.
            Otherwise, let urlString be the resulting URL string.
         2. Let key be a tuple consisting of urlString, the img element’s
            crossorigin attribute’s mode, and, if that mode is not No CORS,
            the node document’s origin.
         3. If the list of available images contains an entry for key, run
            these subsubsteps:
              1. Set the ignore higher-layer caching flag for that entry.
              2. Abort the image request for the current request and the
                 pending request.
              3. Let pending request be null.
              4. Let current request be a new image request whose image data
                 is that of the entry and whose state is set to the
                 completely available state.
              5. Update the presentation of the image appropriately.
              6. Let the current request’s current pixel density be selected
                 pixel density.
              7. Queue a task to restart the animation if restart animation
                 is set, change current request’s current URL to urlString,
                 and then fire a simple event named load at the img element.
              8. Abort the update the image data algorithm.
    6. in parallel await a stable state, allowing the task that invoked this
       algorithm to continue. The synchronous section consists of all the
       remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the
       synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are
       marked with ⌛.)
    7. ⌛ If another instance of this algorithm for this img element was
       started after this instance (even if it aborted and is no longer
       running), then abort these steps.
       Only the last instance takes effect, to avoid multiple requests when,
       for example, the src, srcset, and crossorigin attributes are all set
       in succession.
    8. ⌛ Let selected source and selected pixel density be the URL and pixel
       density that results from selecting an image source, respectively.
    9. ⌛ If selected source is null, run these substeps:
         1. ⌛ Set the current request to the broken state, abort the image
            request for the current request and the pending request, and let
            pending request be null.
         2. ⌛ Queue a task to change the current request’s current URL to the
            empty string, and then, if the element has a src attribute or it
            uses srcset or picture, fire a simple event named error at the
            img element.
         3. ⌛ Abort this algorithm.
   10. ⌛ Queue a task to fire a progress event named loadstart at the img
       element.
       ⌛ Parse selected source, relative to the element’s node document, and
       let urlString be the resulting URL string. If that is not successful,
       run these substeps:
         1. ⌛ Abort the image request for the current request and the pending
            request.
         2. ⌛ Set the current request to the broken state.
         3. ⌛ Let pending request be null.
         4. ⌛ Queue a task to change the current request’s current URL to
            selected source, fire a simple event named error at the img
            element and then fire a simple event named loadend at the img
            element.
         5. ⌛ Abort the update the image data algorithm.
   11. ⌛ If the pending request is not null, and urlString is the same as the
       pending request’s current URL, then abort these steps.
       ⌛ If urlString is the same as the current request’s current URL, and
       current request is in the partially available state, then abort the
       image request for the pending request, queue a task to restart the
       animation if restart animation is set, and abort these steps.
       ⌛ If the pending request is not null, abort the image request for the
       pending request.
       ⌛ Let image request be a new image request whose current URL is
       urlString.
       ⌛ If current request is in the unavailable state or the broken state,
       let the current request be image request. Otherwise, let the pending
       request be image request.
       ⌛ Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given
       urlString and the current state of the element’s crossorigin content
       attribute.
       ⌛ Set request’s client to the element’s node document’s Window
       object’s environment settings object and type to "image".
       ⌛ If the element uses srcset or picture, set request’s initiator to
       "imageset".
       ⌛ Set request’s referrer policy to the current state of the element’s
       referrerpolicy attribute.
       ⌛ Fetch request. Let this instance of the fetching algorithm be
       associated with image request.
       The resource obtained in this fashion, if any, is image request’s
       image data. It can be either CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin;
       this affects the origin of the image itself (e.g., when used on a
       canvas).
       Fetching the image must delay the load event of the element’s node
       document until the task that is queued by the networking task source
       once the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run.
       This, unfortunately, can be used to perform a rudimentary port scan of
       the user’s local network (especially in conjunction with scripting,
       though scripting isn’t actually necessary to carry out such an
       attack). User agents may implement cross-origin access control
       policies that are stricter than those described above to mitigate this
       attack, but unfortunately such policies are typically not compatible
       with existing Web content.
       If the resource is CORS-same-origin, each task that is queued by the
       networking task source while the image is being fetched, if image
       request is the current request, must fire a progress event named
       progress at the img element.
   12. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in
       parallel, but without missing any data from fetching.
   13. As soon as possible, jump to the first applicable entry from the
       following list:
            If the resource type is multipart/x-mixed-replace
                    The next task that is queued by the networking task
                    source while the image is being fetched must run the
                    following steps:
                      1. If image request is the pending request and at least
                         one body part has been completely decoded, abort the
                         image request for the current request, upgrade the
                         pending request to the current request.
                      2. Otherwise, if image request is the pending request
                         and the user agent is able to determine that image
                         request’s image is corrupted in some fatal way such
                         that the image dimensions cannot be obtained, abort
                         the image request for the current request, upgrade
                         the pending request to the current request and set
                         the current request’s state to broken.
                      3. Otherwise, if image request is the current request,
                         it is in the unavailable state, and the user agent
                         is able to determine image request’s image’s width
                         and height, set the current request’s state to
                         partially available.
                      4. Otherwise, if image request is the current request,
                         it is in the unavailable state, and the user agent
                         is able to determine that image request’s image is
                         corrupted in some fatal way such that the image
                         dimensions cannot be obtained, set the current
                         request’s state to broken.
                    Each task that is queued by the networking task source
                    while the image is being fetched must update the
                    presentation of the image, but as each new body part
                    comes in, it must replace the previous image. Once one
                    body part has been completely decoded, the user agent
                    must set the img element to the completely available
                    state and queue a task to fire a simple event named load
                    at the img element.
                    The progress and loadend events are not fired for
                    multipart/x-mixed-replace image streams.
            If the resource type and data corresponds to a supported image
            format, as described below
                    The next task that is queued by the networking task
                    source while the image is being fetched must run the
                    following steps:
                      1. If the user agent is able to determine image
                         request’s image’s width and height, and image
                         request is pending request, set image request’s
                         state to partially available.
                      2. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine
                         image request’s image’s width and height, and image
                         request is current request, update the img element’s
                         presentation appropriately and set image request’s
                         state to partially available.
                      3. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine
                         that image request’s image is corrupted in some
                         fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be
                         obtained, and image request is pending request,
                         abort the image request for the current request and
                         the pending request, upgrade the pending request to
                         the current request, set current request to the
                         broken state, fire a simple event named error at the
                         img element, fire a simple event named loadend at
                         the img element, and abort these steps.
                      4. Otherwise, if the user agent is able to determine
                         that image request’s image is corrupted in some
                         fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be
                         obtained, and image request is current request,
                         abort the image request for image request, fire a
                         simple event named error at the img element, fire a
                         simple event named loadend at the img element, and
                         abort these steps.
                    That task, and each subsequent task, that is queued by
                    the networking task source while the image is being
                    fetched, if image request is the current request, must
                    update the presentation of the image appropriately (e.g.,
                    if the image is a progressive JPEG, each packet can
                    improve the resolution of the image).
                    Furthermore, the last task that is queued by the
                    networking task source once the resource has been fetched
                    must additionally run these steps:
                      1. If image request is the pending request, abort the
                         image request for the current request, upgrade the
                         pending request to the current request and update
                         the img element’s presentation appropriately.
                      2. Set image request to the completely available state.
                      3. Add the image to the list of available images using
                         the key key, with the ignore higher-layer caching
                         flag set.
                      4. Fire a progress event or simple event named load at
                         the img element, depending on the resource in image
                         request.
                      5. Fire a progress event or simple event named loadend
                         at the img element, depending on the resource in
                         image request.
            Otherwise
                    The image data is not in a supported file format; the
                    user agent must set image request to the broken state,
                    abort the image request for the current request and the
                    pending request, upgrade the pending request to the
                    current request if image request is the pending request,
                    and then queue a task to first fire a simple event named
                    error at the img element and then fire a simple event
                    named loadend at the img element.
   To abort the image request for an image request image request means to run
   the following steps:
    1. Forget image request’s image data, if any.
    2. Abort any instance of the fetching algorithm for image request,
       discarding any pending tasks generated by that algorithm.
   To upgrade the pending request to the current request for an img element
   means to run the following steps:
    1. Let the img element’s current request be the pending request.
    2. Let the img element’s pending request be null.
   To fire a progress event or simple event named type at an element e,
   depending on resource r, means to fire a progress event named type at e if
   r is CORS-same-origin, and otherwise fire a simple event named type at e.
   While a user agent is running the above algorithm for an element x, there
   must be a strong reference from the element’s node document to the element
   x, even if that element is not in its Document.
   An img element is said to use srcset or picture if it has a srcset
   attribute specified or if it has a parent that is a picture element.
   When an img element is in the completely available state and the user
   agent can decode the media data without errors, then the img element is
   said to be fully decodable.
   Whether the image is fetched successfully or not (e.g., whether the
   response status was an ok status) must be ignored when determining the
   image’s type and whether it is a valid image.
   This allows servers to return images with error responses, and have them
   displayed.
   The user agent should apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type
   of the image, with the image’s associated Content-Type headers giving the
   official type. If these rules are not applied, then the type of the image
   must be the type given by the image’s associated Content-Type headers.
   User agents must not support non-image resources with the img element
   (e.g., XML files whose document element is an HTML element). User agents
   must not run executable code (e.g., scripts) embedded in the image
   resource. User agents must only display the first page of a multipage
   resource (e.g., a PDF file). User agents must not allow the resource to
   act in an interactive fashion, but should honor any animation in the
   resource.
   This specification does not specify which image types are to be supported.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An img element is associated with a source set.
   A source set is an ordered set of zero or more image sources and a source
   size.
   An image source is a URL, and optionally either a density descriptor, or a
   width descriptor.
   A source size is a . When a source size has a unit
   relative to the viewport, it must be interpreted relative to the img
   element’s document’s viewport. Other units must be interpreted the same as
   in Media Queries. [MEDIAQ]
   When asked to select an image source for a given img element el, user
   agents must do the following:
    1. Update the source set for el.
    2. If el’s source set is empty, return null as the URL and undefined as
       the pixel density and abort these steps.
    3. Otherwise, take el’s source set and let it be source set.
    4. If an entry b in source set has the same associated density descriptor
       as an earlier entry a in source set, then remove entry b. Repeat this
       step until none of the entries in source set have the same associated
       density descriptor as an earlier entry.
    5. In a user agent-specific manner, choose one image source from source
       set. Let this be selected source.
    6. Return selected source and its associated pixel density.
   When asked to update the source set for a given img element el, user
   agents must do the following:
    1. Set el’s source set to an empty source set.
    2. If el has a parent node and that is a picture element, let elements be
       an array containing el’s parent node’s child elements, retaining
       relative order. Otherwise, let elements be array containing only el.
    3. If el has a width attribute, and parsing that attribute’s value using
       the rules for parsing dimension values doesn’t generate an error or a
       percentage value, then let width be the returned integer value.
       Otherwise, let width be null.
    4. Iterate through elements, doing the following for each item child:
         1. If child is el:
              1. If child has a srcset attribute, parse child’s srcset
                 attribute and let the returned source set be source set.
                 Otherwise, let source set be an empty source set.
              2. Parse child’s sizes attribute with the fallback width width,
                 and let source set’s source size be the returned value.
              3. If child has a src attribute whose value is not the empty
                 string and source set does not contain an image source with
                 a density descriptor value of 1, and no image source with a
                 width descriptor, append child’s src attribute value to
                 source set.
              4. Normalize the source densities of source set.
              5. Let el’s source set be source set.
              6. Abort this algorithm.
         2. If child is not a source element, continue to the next child.
            Otherwise, child is a source element.
         3. If child does not have a srcset attribute, continue to the next
            child.
         4. Parse child’s srcset attribute and let the returned source set be
            source set.
         5. If source set has zero image sources, continue to the next child.
         6. If child has a media attribute, and its value does not match the
            environment, continue to the next child.
         7. Parse child’s sizes attribute with the fallback width width, and
            let source set’s source size be the returned value.
         8. If child has a type attribute, and its value is an unknown or
            unsupported MIME type, continue to the next child.
         9. Normalize the source densities of source set.
        10. Let el’s source set be source set.
        11. Abort this algorithm.
   Each img element independently considers its previous sibling source
   elements plus the img element itself for selecting an image source,
   ignoring any other (invalid) elements, including other img elements in the
   same picture element, or source elements that are following siblings of
   the relevant img element.
   When asked to parse a srcset attribute from an element, parse the value of
   the element’s srcset attribute as follows:
    1. Let input be the value passed to this algorithm.
    2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start
       of the string.
    3. Let candidates be an initially empty source set.
    4. Splitting loop: Collect a sequence of characters that are space
       characters or U+002C COMMA characters. If any U+002C COMMA characters
       were collected, that is a parse error.
    5. If position is past the end of input, return candidates and abort
       these steps.
    6. Collect a sequence of characters that are not space characters, and
       let that be url.
    7. Let descriptors be a new empty list.
    8. If url ends with a U+002C COMMA character (,), follow these substeps:
         1. Remove all trailing U+002C COMMA characters from url. If this
            removed more than one character, that is a parse error.
       Otherwise, follow these substeps:
         1. Descriptor tokenizer: Skip white space
         2. Let current descriptor be the empty string.
         3. Let state be in descriptor.
         4. Let c be the character at position. Do the following depending on
            the value of state. For the purpose of this step, "EOF" is a
            special character representing that position is past the end of
            input.
                 In descriptor
                         Do the following, depending on the value of c:
                              Space character
                                      If current descriptor is not empty,
                                      append current descriptor to
                                      descriptors and let current descriptor
                                      be the empty string. Set state to after
                                      descriptor.
                              U+002C COMMA (,)
                                      Advance position to the next character
                                      in input. If current descriptor is not
                                      empty, append current descriptor to
                                      descriptors. Jump to the step labeled
                                      descriptor parser.
                              U+0028 LEFT PARENTHESIS (()
                                      Append c to current descriptor. Set
                                      state to in parens.
                              EOF
                                      If current descriptor is not empty,
                                      append current descriptor to
                                      descriptors. Jump to the step labeled
                                      descriptor parser.
                              Anything else
                                      Append c to current descriptor.
                 In parens
                         Do the following, depending on the value of c:
                              U+0029 RIGHT PARENTHESIS ())
                                      Append c to current descriptor. Set
                                      state to in descriptor.
                              EOF
                                      Append current descriptor to
                                      descriptors. Jump to the step labeled
                                      descriptor parser.
                              Anything else
                                      Append c to current descriptor.
                 After descriptor
                         Do the following, depending on the value of c:
                              Space character
                                      Stay in this state.
                              EOF
                                      Jump to the step labeled descriptor
                                      parser.
                              Anything else
                                      Set state to in descriptor. Set
                                      position to the previous character in
                                      input.
            Advance position to the next character in input. Repeat this
            substep.
            In order to be compatible with future additions, this algorithm
            supports multiple descriptors and descriptors with parens.
    9. Descriptor parser: Let error be no.
   10. Let width be absent.
   11. Let density be absent.
   12. Let future-compat-h be absent.
   13. For each descriptor in descriptors, run the appropriate set of steps
       from the following list:
            If the descriptor consists of a valid non-negative integer
            followed by a U+0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W character
                      1. If the user agent does not support the sizes
                         attribute, let error be yes.
                         A conforming user agent will support the sizes
                         attribute. However, user agents typically implement
                         and ship features in an incremental manner in
                         practice.
                      2. If width and density are not both absent, then let
                         error be yes.
                      3. Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to
                         the descriptor. If the result is zero, let error be
                         yes. Otherwise, let width be the result.
            If the descriptor consists of a valid floating-point number
            followed by a U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X character
                      1. If width, density and future-compat-h are not all
                         absent, then let error be yes.
                      2. Apply the rules for parsing floating-point number
                         values to the descriptor. If the result is less than
                         zero, let error be yes. Otherwise, let density be
                         the result.
                         If density is zero, the intrinsic dimensions will be
                         infinite. User agents are expected to have limits in
                         how big images can be rendered, which is allowed by
                         the hardware limitations clause.
            If the descriptor consists of a valid non-negative integer
            followed by a U+0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H character
                    This is a parse error.
                      1. If future-compat-h and density are not both absent,
                         then let error be yes.
                      2. Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to
                         the descriptor. If the result is zero, let error be
                         yes. Otherwise, let future-compat-h be the result.
            Anything else
                    Let error be yes.
   14. If future-compat-h is not absent and width is absent, let error be
       yes.
   15. If error is still no, then append a new image source to candidates
       whose URL is url, associated with a width width if not absent and a
       pixel density density if not absent. Otherwise, there is a parse
       error.
   16. Return to the step labeled splitting loop.
   When asked to parse a sizes attribute from an element, parse a
   comma-separated list of component values from the value of the element’s
   sizes attribute (or the empty string, if the attribute is absent), and let
   unparsed sizes list be the result. [CSS-SYNTAX-3]
   For each unparsed size in unparsed sizes list:
    1. Remove all consecutive s from the end of unparsed
       size. If unparsed size is now empty, that is a parse error; continue
       to the next iteration of this algorithm.
    2. If the last component value in unparsed size is a valid non-negative
       , let size be its value and remove the component
       value from unparsed size. Any CSS function other than the calc()
       function is invalid. Otherwise, there is a parse error; continue to
       the next iteration of this algorithm.
    3. Remove all consecutive s from the end of unparsed
       size. If unparsed size is now empty, return size and exit this
       algorithm. If this was not the last item in unparsed sizes list, that
       is a parse error.
    4. Parse the remaining component values in unparsed size as a
       . If it does not parse correctly, or it does parse
       correctly but the  evaluates to false, continue to
       the next iteration of this algorithm. [MEDIAQ]
    5. Return size and exit this algorithm.
   If the above algorithm exhausts unparsed sizes list without returning a
   size value, follow these steps:
    1. If width is not null, return a  with the value width and the
       unit px.
    2. Return 100vw.
   A parse error for the algorithms above indicates a non-fatal mismatch
   between input and requirements. User agents are encouraged to expose parse
   errors somehow.
   While a valid source size list only contains a bare 
   (without an accompanying ) as the last entry in the
   , the parsing algorithm technically allows such at any
   point in the list, and will accept it immediately as the size if the
   preceding entries in the list weren’t used. This is to enable future
   extensions, and protect against simple author errors such as a final
   trailing comma.
   An image source can have a density descriptor, a width descriptor, or no
   descriptor at all accompanying its URL. Normalizing a source set gives
   every image source a density descriptor.
   When asked to normalize the source densities of a source set source set,
   the user agent must do the following:
    1. Let source size be source set’s source size.
    2. For each image source in source set:
         1. If the image source has a density descriptor, continue to the
            next image source.
         2. Otherwise, if the image source has a width descriptor, replace
            the width descriptor with a density descriptor with a value of
            the width descriptor divided by the source size and a unit of x.
            If the source size is zero, the density would be infinity, which
            results in the intrinsic dimensions being zero by zero.
         3. Otherwise, give the image source a density descriptor of 1x.
   The user agent may at any time run the following algorithm to update an
   img element’s image in order to react to changes in the environment. (User
   agents are not required to ever run this algorithm; for example, if the
   user is not looking at the page any more, the user agent might want to
   wait until the user has returned to the page before determining which
   image to use, in case the environment changes again in the meantime.)
   User agents are encouraged to run this algorithm in particular when the
   user changes the viewport’s size (e.g., by resizing the window or changing
   the page zoom), and when an img element is inserted into a document, so
   that the density-corrected intrinsic width and height match the new
   viewport, and so that the correct image is chosen when art direction is
   involved.
    1. in parallel await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of
       all the remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the
       synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are
       marked with ⌛.)
    2. ⌛ If the img element does not use srcset or picture, its node document
       is not the active document, has image data whose resource type is
       multipart/x-mixed-replace, or the pending request is not null, then
       abort this algorithm.
    3. ⌛ Let selected source and selected pixel density be the URL and pixel
       density that results from selecting an image source, respectively.
    4. ⌛ If selected source is null, then abort these steps.
    5. ⌛ If selected source and selected pixel density are the same as the
       element’s last selected source and current pixel density, then abort
       these steps.
    6. ⌛ Parse selected source, relative to the element’s node document, and
       let urlString be the resulting URL string. If that is not successful,
       abort these steps.
    7. ⌛ Let corsAttributeState be the state of the element’s crossorigin
       content attribute.
    8. ⌛ Let origin be the origin of the img element’s node document.
    9. ⌛ Let client be the img element’s node document’s Window object’s
       environment settings object.
   10. ⌛ Let key be a tuple consisting of urlString, corsAttributeState, and,
       if corsAttributeState is not No CORS, origin.
   11. ⌛ Let image request be a new image request whose current URL is
       urlString
   12. ⌛ Let the element’s pending request be image request.
   13. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in
       parallel.
   14. If the list of available images contains an entry for key, then set
       image request’s image data to that of the entry. Continue to the next
       step.
       Otherwise, run these substeps:
         1. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request
            given urlString and corsAttributeState.
         2. Set request’s client to client, type to "image", and set
            request’s synchronous flag.
         3. Set request’s referrer policy to the current state of the
            element’s referrerpolicy attribute.
         4. Let response be the result of fetching request.
         5. If response’s unsafe response is a network error or if the image
            format is unsupported (as determined by applying the image
            sniffing rules, again as mentioned earlier), or if the user agent
            is able to determine that image request’s image is corrupted in
            some fatal way such that the image dimensions cannot be obtained,
            or if the resource type is multipart/x-mixed-replace, then let
            pending request be null and abort these steps.
         6. Otherwise, response’s unsafe response is image request’s image
            data. It can be either CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin;
            this affects the origin of the image itself (e.g., when used on a
            canvas).
   15. Queue a task to run the following substeps:
         1. If the img element has experienced relevant mutations since this
            algorithm started, then let pending request be null and abort
            these steps.
         2. Let the img element’s last selected source be selected source and
            the img element’s current pixel density be selected pixel
            density.
         3. Set image request to the completely available state.
         4. Add the image to the list of available images using the key key,
            with the ignore higher-layer caching flag set.
         5. Upgrade the pending request to the current request.
         6. Update the img element’s presentation appropriately.
         7. Fire a simple event named load at the img element.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The task source for the tasks queued by algorithms in this section is the
   DOM manipulation task source.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   What an img element represents depends on the src attribute and the alt
   attribute.
   If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is set to the empty
   string
           The image is either decorative or supplemental to the rest of the
           content, redundant with some other information in the document.
           If the image is available and the user agent is configured to
           display that image, then the element represents the element’s
           image data.
           Otherwise, the element represents nothing, and may be omitted
           completely from the rendering. User agents may provide the user
           with a notification that an image is present but has been omitted
           from the rendering.
   If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is set to a value that
   isn’t empty
           The image is a key part of the content; the alt attribute gives a
           textual equivalent or replacement for the image.
           If the image is available and the user agent is configured to
           display that image, then the element represents the element’s
           image data.
           Otherwise, the element represents the text given by the alt
           attribute. User agents may provide the user with a notification
           that an image is present but has been omitted from the rendering.
   If the src attribute is set and the alt attribute is not
           There is no textual equivalent of the image available.
           If the image is available and the user agent is configured to
           display that image, then the element represents the element’s
           image data.
           Otherwise, the user agent should display some sort of indicator
           that there is an image that is not being rendered, and may, if
           requested by the user, or if so configured, or when required to
           provide contextual information in response to navigation, provide
           caption information for the image, derived as follows:
             1. If the image is a descendant of a figure element that has a
                child figcaption element, and, ignoring the figcaption
                element and its descendants, the figure element has no Text
                node descendants other than inter-element white space, and no
                embedded content descendant other than the img element, then
                the contents of the first such figcaption element are the
                caption information; abort these steps.
             2. There is no caption information.
   If the src attribute is not set and either the alt attribute is set to the
   empty string or the alt attribute is not set at all
           The element represents nothing.
   Otherwise
           The element represents the text given by the alt attribute.
   The alt attribute does not represent advisory information. User agents
   must not present the contents of the alt attribute in the same way as
   content of the title attribute.
   User agents may always provide the user with the option to display any
   image, or to prevent any image from being displayed. User agents may also
   apply heuristics to help the user make use of the image when the user is
   unable to see it, e.g., due to a visual disability or because they are
   using a text terminal with no graphics capabilities. Such heuristics could
   include, for instance, optical character recognition (OCR) of text found
   within the image.
   In the case where an img without an alt attribute is the child of a figure
   element with a non-empty figcaption element, the image’s presence should
   be minimally conveyed to a user by Assistive Technology, typically by
   identifying the image role.
   While user agents are encouraged to repair cases of missing alt
   attributes, authors must not rely on such behavior. Requirements for
   providing text to act as an alternative for images are described in detail
   below.
   The contents of img elements, if any, are ignored for the purposes of
   rendering.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The usemap attribute, if present, can indicate that the image has an
   associated image map.
   The ismap attribute, when used on an element that is a descendant of an a
   element with an href attribute, indicates by its presence that the element
   provides access to a server-side image map. This affects how events are
   handled on the corresponding a element.
   The ismap attribute is a boolean attribute. The attribute must not be
   specified on an element that does not have an ancestor a element with an
   href attribute.
   The usemap and ismap attributes can result in confusing behavior when used
   together with source elements with the media attribute specified in a
   picture element.
   The img element supports dimension attributes.
   The alt, src, srcset and sizes IDL attributes must reflect the respective
   content attributes of the same name.
   The crossOrigin IDL attribute must reflect the crossorigin content
   attribute.
   The useMap IDL attribute must reflect the usemap content attribute.
   The isMap IDL attribute must reflect the ismap content attribute.
   The referrerPolicy IDL attribute must reflect the referrerpolicy content
   attribute, limited to only known values.
   The longDesc IDL attribute is defined in [html-longdesc]. The IDL
   attribute must reflect the longdesc content attribute.
   image . width [ = value ]
   image . height [ = value ]
           These attributes return the actual rendered dimensions of the
           image, or zero if the dimensions are not known.
           They can be set, to change the corresponding content attributes.
   image . naturalWidth
   image . naturalHeight
           These attributes return the intrinsic dimensions of the image, or
           zero if the dimensions are not known.
   image . complete
           Returns true if the image has been completely downloaded or if no
           image is specified; otherwise, returns false.
   image . currentSrc
           Returns the image’s absolute URL.
   image = new Image( [ width [, height ] ] )
           Returns a new img element, with the width and height attributes
           set to the values passed in the relevant arguments, if applicable.
   The IDL attributes width and height must return the rendered width and
   height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image is being rendered, and is
   being rendered to a visual medium; or else the density-corrected intrinsic
   width and height of the image, in CSS pixels, if the image has intrinsic
   dimensions and is available but not being rendered to a visual medium; or
   else 0, if the image is not available or does not have intrinsic
   dimensions. [CSS-2015]
   On setting, they must act as if they reflected the respective content
   attributes of the same name.
   The IDL attributes naturalWidth and naturalHeight must return the
   density-corrected intrinsic width and height of the image, in CSS pixels,
   if the image has intrinsic dimensions and is available, or else 0.
   [CSS-2015]
   The IDL attribute complete must return true if any of the following
   conditions is true:
     * Both the src attribute and the srcset attribute are omitted.
     * The srcset attribute is omitted and the src attribute’s value is the
       empty string.
     * The final task that is queued by the networking task source once the
       resource has been fetched has been queued.
     * The img element is completely available.
     * The img element is broken.
   Otherwise, the attribute must return false.
   The value of complete can thus change while a script is executing.
   The currentSrc IDL attribute must return the img element’s current
   request’s current URL.
   A constructor is provided for creating HTMLImageElement objects (in
   addition to the factory methods from DOM such as createElement()):
   Image(width, height). When invoked as a constructor, this must return a
   new HTMLImageElement object (a new img element). If the width argument is
   present, the new object’s width content attribute must be set to width. If
   the height argument is also present, the new object’s height content
   attribute must be set to height. The element’s node document must be the
   active document of the browsing context of the Window object on which the
   interface object of the invoked constructor is found.
      4.7.5.1. Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for
      images
   Text alternatives, [WCAG20] are a primary way of making visual information
   accessible, because they can be rendered through many sensory modalities
   (for example, visual, auditory or tactile) to match the needs of the user.
   Providing text alternatives allows the information to be rendered in a
   variety of ways by a variety of user agents. For example, a person who
   cannot see a picture can hear the text alternative read aloud using
   synthesized speech.
   The alt attribute on images is a very important accessibility attribute.
   Authoring useful alt attribute content requires the author to carefully
   consider the context in which the image appears and the function that
   image may have in that context.
   The longdesc attribute on images is likely to be read far less often by
   users and is necessary for far fewer images. Nevertheless it provides an
   important way for users who cannot see an image or cannot see it clearly,
   and user agents that cannot automatically process images, to understand
   what it shows. The longdesc attribute’s use cases are more fully described
   in [html-longdesc]
   The guidance included here addresses the most common ways authors use
   images. Additional guidance and techniques are available in Resources on
   Alternative Text for Images.
        4.7.5.1.1. Examples of scenarios where users benefit from text
        alternatives for images
     * They have a very slow connection and are browsing with images
       disabled.
     * They have a vision impairment and use text to speech software.
     * They have a cognitive impairment and use text to speech software.
     * They are using a text-only browser.
     * They are listening to the page being read out by a voice Web browser.
     * They have images disabled to save on download costs.
     * They have problems loading images or the source of an image is wrong.
        4.7.5.1.2. General guidelines
   Except where otherwise specified, the alt attribute must be specified and
   its value must not be empty; the value must be an appropriate functional
   replacement for the image. The specific requirements for the alt attribute
   content depend on the image’s function in the page, as described in the
   following sections.
   To determine an appropriate text alternative it is important to think
   about why an image is being included in a page. What is its purpose?
   Thinking like this will help you to understand what is important about the
   image for the intended audience. Every image has a reason for being on a
   page, because it provides useful information, performs a function, labels
   an interactive element, enhances aesthetics or is purely decorative.
   Therefore, knowing what the image is for, makes writing an appropriate
   text alternative easier.
        4.7.5.1.3. A link or button containing nothing but an image
   When an a element that is a hyperlink, or a button element, has no text
   content but contains one or more images, include text in the alt
   attribute(s) that together convey the purpose of the link or button.
   In this example, a portion of an editor interface is displayed. Each
   button has an icon representing an action a user can take on content they
   are editing. For users who cannot view the images, the action names are
   included within the alt attributes of the images:
   5 buttons: bold, italic, strike through, bulleted list and numbered list.
 
   In this example, a link contains a logo. The link points to the W3C web
   site from an external site. The text alternative is a brief description of
   the link target.
   W3C logo used as link content.
 
  
  
   This example is the same as the previous example, except that the link is
   on the W3C web site. The text alternative is a brief description of the
   link target.
   W3C logo used as link content.
 
  
  
   Depending on the context in which an image of a logo is used it could be
   appropriate to provide an indication, as part of the text alternative,
   that the image is a logo. Refer to section §4.7.5.1.19 Logos, insignia,
   flags, or emblems.
   In this example, a link contains a print preview icon. The link points to
   a version of the page with a print stylesheet applied. The text
   alternative is a brief description of the link target.
   Print preview icon used as link content.
 
  
  
   In this example, a button contains a search icon. The button submits a
   search form. The text alternative is a brief description of what the
   button does.
   Search icon used as button content.
 
  
  
   In this example, a company logo for the PIP Corporation has been split
   into the following two images, the first containing the word PIP and the
   second with the abbreviated word CO. The images are the sole content of a
   link to the PIPCO home page. In this case a brief description of the link
   target is provided. As the images are presented to the user as a single
   entity the text alternative PIP CO home is in the alt attribute of the
   first image.
   Image containing the text 'PIP'.Image containing the text 'CO'.
 
  
  
        4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps,
        illustrations
   Users can benefit when content is presented in graphical form, for example
   as a flowchart, a diagram, a graph, or a map showing directions. Users who
   are unable to view the image also benefit when content presented in a
   graphical form is provided in a text-based format. Software agents that
   process text content, but cannot automatically process images (e.g.
   translation services, many search engines), also benefit from a text-based
   description.
   In the following example we have an image of a pie chart, with text in the
   alt attribute representing the data shown in the pie chart:
   Browser Share: Internet Explorer 25%, Firefox 40%, Chrome 25%, Safari 6%
   and Opera 4%.
  
   In the case where an image repeats the previous paragraph in graphical
   form. The alt attribute content labels the image and the longdesc
   attribute identifies it as a description.
 According to a recent study Firefox has a 40% browser share,
   Internet Explorer has 25%, Chrome has 25%, Safari has 6% and Opera has 4%.
 
   It can be seen that when the image is not available, for example because
   the src attribute value is incorrect, the text alternative provides the
   user with a brief description of the image content:
   Representation of the code snippet above.
   In cases where the text alternative is lengthy, more than a sentence or
   two, or would benefit from the use of structured markup, provide a brief
   description or label using the alt attribute, and an associated text
   alternative.
   Here’s an example of a flowchart image, with a short text alternative
   included in the alt attribute, in this case the text alternative is a
   description of the link target as the image is the sole content of a link.
   The link points to a description, within the same document, of the process
   represented in the flowchart.
   Flowchart: Dealing with a broken lamp.
  
 ...
 ...
 
 Dealing with a broken lamp 
 
 Check if it’s plugged in, if not, plug it in. 
 If it still doesn’t work; check if the bulb is burned out. If it is, replace the bulb. 
 If it still doesn’t work; buy a new lamp. 
  
  
   In this example, there is an image of a chart. It would be inappropriate
   to provide the information depicted in the chart as a plain text
   alternative in an alt attribute as the information is a data set. Instead
   a structured text alternative is provided below the image in the form of a
   data table using the data that is represented in the chart image.
   Bar Chart: average rainfall by Country and Season. Full description in
   Table below.
   Indications of the highest and lowest rainfall for each season have been
   included in the table, so trends easily identified in the chart are also
   available in the data table.
             Average rainfall in millimetres by country and season.
   +------------------------------------------------+
   |        | United Kingdom | Japan | Australia    |
   |--------+----------------+-------+--------------|
   | Spring | 5.3 (highest)  | 2.4   | 2 (lowest)   |
   |--------+----------------+-------+--------------|
   | Summer | 4.5 (highest)  | 3.4   | 2 (lowest)   |
   |--------+----------------+-------+--------------|
   | Autumn | 3.5 (highest)  | 1.8   | 1.5 (lowest) |
   |--------+----------------+-------+--------------|
   | Winter | 1.5 (highest)  | 1.2   | 1 (lowest)   |
   +------------------------------------------------+
 
 Rainfall Data 
  
 
 Rainfall in millimetres by Country and Season. 
 UK  Japan Australia  
 Spring  5.5 (highest) 2.4  2 (lowest)  
 Summer  4.5 (highest) 3.4 2 (lowest)  
 Autumn  3.5 (highest)  1.8  1.5 (lowest)  
 Winter  1.5 (highest)  1.2  1 lowest  
 
  
   The figure element is used to group the Bar Chart image and data table.
   The figcaption element provides a caption for the grouped content.
   For any of the examples in this section the details and summary elements
   could be used so that the text descriptions for the images are only
   displayed on demand:
   Details element in the closed state.
   Details element in the open state with list content displayed.
 
  
 
 Dealing with a broken lamp 
 
 Check if it’s plugged in, if not, plug it in. 
 If it still doesn’t work; check if the bulb is burned out. If it is, replace the bulb. 
 If it still doesn’t work; buy a new lamp. 
  
  
  
   The details and summary elements are not currently well supported by
   browsers, until such times they are supported, if used, you will need to
   use scripting to provide the functionality. There are a number of scripted
   Polyfills and scripted custom controls available, in popular JavaScript UI
   widget libraries, which provide similar functionality.
        4.7.5.1.5. Images of text
   Sometimes, an image only contains text, and the purpose of the image is to
   display text using visual effects and /or fonts. It is strongly
   recommended that text styled using CSS be used, but if this is not
   possible, provide the same text in the alt attribute as is in the image.
   This example shows an image of the text "Get Happy!" written in a fancy
   multi colored freehand style. The image makes up the content of a heading.
   In this case the text alternative for the image is "Get Happy!".
   Get Happy!
  
   In this example we have an advertising image consisting of text, the
   phrase "The BIG sale" is repeated 3 times, each time the text gets smaller
   and fainter, the last line reads "...ends Friday" In the context of use,
   as an advertisement, it is recommended that the image’s text alternative
   only include the text "The BIG sale" once as the repetition is for visual
   effect and the repetition of the text for users who cannot view the image
   is unnecessary and could be confusing.
   The big sale ...ends Friday.
 
   In situations where there is also a photo or other graphic along with the
   image of text, ensure that the words in the image text are included in the
   text alternative, along with any other description of the image that
   conveys meaning to users who can view the image, so the information is
   also available to users who cannot view the image.
   When an image is used to represent a character that cannot otherwise be
   represented in Unicode, for example gaiji, itaiji, or new characters such
   as novel currency symbols, the alternative text should be a more
   conventional way of writing the same thing, e.g., using the phonetic
   hiragana or katakana to give the character’s pronunciation.
   In this example from 1997, a new-fangled currency symbol that looks like a
   curly E with two bars in the middle instead of one is represented using an
   image. The alternative text gives the character’s pronunciation.
   Only euro5.99!
 Only  5.99!
   An image should not be used if Unicode characters would serve an identical
   purpose. Only when the text cannot be directly represented using Unicode,
   e.g., because of decorations or because the character is not in the
   Unicode character set (as in the case of gaiji), would an image be
   appropriate.
   If an author is tempted to use an image because their default system font
   does not support a given character, then Web Fonts are a better solution
   than images.
   An illuminated manuscript might use graphics for some of its letters. The
   text alternative in such a situation is just the character that the image
   represents. Once upon a time and a long long time ago...
 
 nce upon a time and a long long time ago...
   Where the design of the illuminated letter is important, the primary text
   alternative in is the character that the image represents, and longdesc
   can provide a link to a more detailed description: Once upon a time and a
   long long time ago...
 
 nce
   upon a time and a long long time ago...
        4.7.5.1.6. Images that include text
   Sometimes, an image consists of a graphics such as a chart and associated
   text. In this case it is recommended that the text in the image is
   included in the text alternative.
   Consider an image containing a pie chart and associated text. It is
   recommended wherever possible to provide any associated text as text, not
   an image of text. If this is not possible include the text in the text
   alternative along with the pertinent information conveyed in the image.
   Figure 1. Distribution of Articles by Journal   Category. Pie chart:
   Language=68%, Education=14% and Science=18%.
 
   Here’s another example of the same pie chart image, showing a short text
   alternative included in the alt attribute and a longer text alternative in
   text. The figure and figcaption elements are used to associate the longer
   text alternative with the image. The alt attribute is used to label the
   image.
 
  
 Figure 1.  Distribution of Articles by Journal Category.
 Pie chart: Language=68%, Education=14% and Science=18%. 
  
   The advantage of this method over the previous example is that the text
   alternative is available to all users at all times. It also allows
   structured mark up to be used in the text alternative, where as a text
   alternative provided using the alt attribute does not.
        4.7.5.1.7. Images that enhance the themes or subject matter of the page
        content
   An image that isn’t discussed directly by the surrounding text but still
   has some relevance can be included in a page using the img element. Such
   images are more than mere decoration, they may augment the themes or
   subject matter of the page content and so still form part of the content.
   In these cases, it is recommeneded that a text alternative be provided.
   Here is an example of an image closely related to the subject matter of
   the page content but not directly discussed. An image of a painting
   inspired by a poem, on a page reciting that poem. The following snippet
   shows an example. The image is a painting titled the "Lady of Shallot", it
   is inspired by the poem and its subject matter is derived from the poem.
   Therefore it is strongly recommended that a text alternative is provided.
   There is a short description of the content of the image in the alt
   attribute and a link below the image to a longer description located at
   the bottom of the document. At the end of the longer description there is
   also a link to further information about the painting.
   A painting inspired by Alfred Tennyson’s poem The Lady of Shalott
 
  
 Description of the painting .
 
 ...
 ...
 ...
 The woman in the painting is wearing a flowing white dress. A large piece of intricately
 patterned fabric is draped over the side. In her right hand she holds the chain mooring the boat. Her expression
 is mournful. She stares at a crucifix lying in front of her. Beside it are three candles. Two have blown out.
 Further information about the painting .
   This example illustrates the provision of a text alternative identifying
   an image as a photo of the main subject of a page.
   Portrait photo(black and white) of Robin, accompanied by a heading 'Robin
   Berjon' and a question   'what more needs to be said?'
  
 Robin Berjon 
 What more needs to be said?
   It is not always easy to write a useful text alternative for an image,
   another option is to provide a link to a description or further
   information about the image when one is available. In this example of the
   same image, there is a short text alternative included in the alt
   attribute, and there is a link after the image. The link points to a page
   containing information about the painting.
   The Lady of Shalott
   A poem by Alfred Lord Tennyson.
   Painting of a woman in a white flowing dress, sitting in a small boat.
   About this painting
   Full recitation of Alfred, Lord Tennyson’s poem.
 
 
  
 About this painting: The Lady of Shalott. 
  
 
        4.7.5.1.8. A graphical representation of some of the surrounding text
   In many cases, the image is actually just supplementary, and its presence
   merely reinforces the surrounding text. In these cases, the alt attribute
   must be present but its value must be the empty string.
   In general, an image falls into this category if removing the image
   doesn’t make the page any less useful, but including the image makes it a
   lot easier for users of visual browsers to understand the concept.
   This example includes a screenshot of part of a text editor with the file
   described in the instruction, displayed:
   In the text file, add SleepMode=1 under [options], then save and close.
 In the text file, add SleepMode=1 under [options], then save and close.
  
        4.7.5.1.9. A purely decorative image that doesn’t add any information
   Purely decorative images are visual enhancements, decorations or
   embellishments that provide no function or information beyond aesthetics
   to users who can view the images.
   Mark up purely decorative images so they can be ignored by assistive
   technology by using an empty alt attribute (alt=""). While it is not
   unacceptable to include decorative images inline, it is recommended if
   they are purely decorative to include the image using CSS.
   Here’s an example of an image being used as a decorative banner for a
   person’s blog, the image offers no information and so an empty alt
   attribute is used.
   Clara’s Blog Welcome to my blog...
 
 Welcome to my blog...
        4.7.5.1.10. Inline images
   When images are used inline as part of the flow of text in a sentence,
   provide a word or phrase as a text alternative which makes sense in the
   context of the sentence it is apart of.
   I love you.
 I   you.
   My heart breaks.
 My   breaks.
        4.7.5.1.11. A group of images that form a single larger picture with no
        links
   When a picture has been sliced into smaller image files that are then
   displayed together to form the complete picture again, include a text
   alternative for one of the images using the alt attribute as per the
   relevant relevant guidance for the picture as a whole, and then include an
   empty alt attribute on the other images.
   In this example, a picture representing a company logo for the PIP
   Corporation has been split into two pieces, the first containing the
   letters "PIP" and the second with the word "CO". The text alternatve PIP
   CO is in the alt attribute of the first image.
   Image containing the text 'PIP'.Image containing the text 'CO'.
  
   In the following example, a rating is shown as three filled stars and two
   empty stars. While the text alternative could have been "★★★☆☆", the
   author has instead decided to more helpfully give the rating in the form
   "3 out of 5". That is the text alternative of the first image, and the
   rest have empty alt attributes. 3 out of 5.
 Rating:
  
  
  
 
        4.7.5.1.12. Image maps
   If an img element has a usemap attribute which references a map element
   containing area elements that have href attributes, the img is considered
   to be interactive content. In such cases, always provide a text
   alternative for the image using the alt attribute.
   Consider the following image which is a map of Katoomba, it has 2
   interactive regions corresponding to the areas of North and South
   Katoomba:
   Map of Katoomba.
   The text alternative is a brief description of the image. The alt
   attribute on each of the area elements provides text describing the
   content of the target page of each linked region:
 View houses for sale in North Katoomba or South Katoomba:
    
   
    
    
    
        4.7.5.1.13. A group of images that form a single larger picture with
        links
   Sometimes, when you create a composite picture from multiple images, you
   may wish to link one or more of the images. Provide an alt attribute for
   each linked image to describe the purpose of the link.
   In the following example, a composite picture is used to represent a
   "crocoduck"; a fictional creature which defies evolutionary principles by
   being part crocodile and part duck. You are asked to interact with the
   crocoduck, but you need to exercise caution...
   crocodile’s angry, chomping headduck’s soft, feathery body
 
The crocoduck 
 You encounter a strange creature called a "crocoduck".
 The creature seems angry! Perhaps some friendly stroking will help to calm
 it, but be careful not to stroke any crocodile parts. This would just enrage
 the beast further.
  
  
        4.7.5.1.14. Images of Pictures
   Images of pictures or graphics include visual representations of objects,
   people, scenes, abstractions, etc. This non-text content, [WCAG20] can
   convey a significant amount of information visually or provide a specific
   sensory experience, [WCAG20] to a sighted person. Examples include
   photographs, paintings, drawings and artwork.
   An appropriate text alternative for a picture is a brief description, or
   name [WCAG20]. As in all text alternative authoring decisions, writing
   suitable text alternatives for pictures requires human judgment. The text
   value is subjective to the context where the image is used and the page
   author’s writing style. Therefore, there is no single "right" or "correct"
   piece of alt text for any particular image. In addition to providing a
   short text alternative that gives a brief description of the non-text
   content, also providing supplemental content through another means when
   appropriate may be useful.
   This first example shows an image uploaded to a photo-sharing site. The
   photo is of a cat, sitting in the bath. The image has a text alternative
   provided using the img element’s alt attribute. It also has a caption
   provided by including the img element in a figure element and using a
   figcaption element to identify the caption text.
   Lola the cat sitting under an umbrella in the bath tub.
   Lola prefers a bath to a shower.
 
  
 Lola prefers a bath to a shower. 
  
   This example is of an image that defies a complete description, as the
   subject of the image is open to interpretation. The image has a text
   alternative in the alt attribute which gives users who cannot view the
   image a sense of what the image is. It also has a caption provided by
   including the img element in a figure element and using a figcaption
   element to identify the caption text.
   An abstract, freeform, vertically symmetrical, black inkblot on a light
   background.
   The first of the ten cards in the Rorschach test.
 
    
   The first of the ten cards in the Rorschach test. 
    
        4.7.5.1.15. Webcam images
   Webcam images are static images that are automatically updated
   periodically. Typically the images are from a fixed viewpoint, the images
   may update on the page automatically as each new image is uploaded from
   the camera or the user may be required to refresh the page to view an
   updated image. Examples include traffic and weather cameras.
   This example is fairly typical; the title and a time stamp are included in
   the image, automatically generated by the webcam software. It would be
   better if the text information was not included in the image, but as it is
   part of the image, include it as part of the text alternative. A caption
   is also provided using the figure and figcaption elements. As the image is
   provided to give a visual indication of the current weather near a
   building, a link to a local weather forecast is provided, as with
   automatically generated and uploaded webcam images it may be impractical
   to provide such information as a text alternative.
   The text of the alt attribute includes a prose version of the timestamp,
   designed to make the text more understandable when announced by text to
   speech software. The text alternative also includes a description of some
   aspects of what can be seen in the image which are unchanging, although
   weather conditions and time of day change.
   Sopwith house weather cam. Taken on the 21/04/10 at 11:51 and 34 seconds.
   In the foreground are the safety   rails on the flat part of the roof.
   Nearby ther are low rize industrial buildings, beyond those are block of
   flats. In the distance there’s a   church steeple.
   View from the top of Sopwith house, looking towards North Kingston. This
   image is updated every hour.
   View the latest weather details for Kingston upon Thames.
 
    
   View from Sopwith house, looking towards north Kingston. This image is updated every hour. 
    
   View the latest weather details  for Kingston upon Thames.
        4.7.5.1.16. When a text alternative is not available at the time of
        publication
   In some cases an image is included in a published document, but the author
   is unable to provide an appropriate text alternative. In such cases the
   minimum requirement is to provide a caption for the image using the figure
   and figcaption elements under the following conditions:
     * The img element is in a figure element
     * The figure element contains a figcaption element
     * The figcaption element contains content other than inter-element white
       space
     * Ignoring the figcaption element and its descendants, the figure
       element has no Text node descendants other than inter-element white
       space, and no embedded content descendant other than the img element.
   In other words, the only content of the figure is an img element and a
   figcaption element, and the figcaption element must include (caption)
   content.
   Such cases are to be kept to an absolute minimum. If there is even the
   slightest possibility of the author having the ability to provide real
   alternative text, then it would not be acceptable to omit the alt
   attribute.
   In this example, a person uploads a photo, as part of a bulk upload of
   many images, to a photo sharing site. The user has not provided a text
   alternative or a caption for the image. The site’s authoring tool inserts
   a caption automatically using whatever useful information it has for the
   image. In this case it’s the file name and date the photo was taken.
   The caption text in the example below is not a suitable text alternative
   and is not conforming to the Web Accessibility Guidelines 2.0. [WCAG20]
   no text alternative provided
   clara.jpg, taken on 12/11/2010.
 
  
 clara.jpg, taken on 12/11/2010. 
  
   Notice that even in this example, as much useful information as possible
   is still included in the figcaption element.
   In this second example, a person uploads a photo to a photo sharing site.
   She has provided a caption for the image but not a text alternative. This
   may be because the site does not provide users with the ability to add a
   text alternative in the alt attribute.
   no text alternative provided
   Eloisa with Princess Belle
 
  
 Eloisa with Princess Belle 
  
   Sometimes the entire point of the image is that a textual description is
   not available, and the user is to provide the description. For example,
   software that displays images and asks for alternative text precisely for
   the purpose of then writing a page with correct alternative text. Such a
   page could have a table of images, like this:
 
   Since some users cannot use images at all (e.g., because they are blind)
   the alt attribute is only allowed to be omitted when no text alternative
   is available and none can be made available, as in the above examples.
        4.7.5.1.17. An image not intended for the user
   Generally authors should avoid using img elements for purposes other than
   showing images.
   If an img element is being used for purposes other than showing an image,
   e.g., as part of a service to count page views, use an empty alt
   attribute.
   An example of an img element used to collect web page statistics. The alt
   attribute is empty as the image has no meaning.
  
   It is recommended for the example use above the width and height
   attributes be set to zero.
   Another example use is when an image such as a spacer.gif is used to aid
   positioning of content. The alt attribute is empty as the image has no
   meaning.
  
   It is recommended that CSS be used to position content instead of img
   elements.
        4.7.5.1.18. Icon Images
   An icon is usually a simple picture representing a program, action, data
   file or a concept. Icons are intended to help users of visual browsers to
   recognize features at a glance.
   Use an empty alt attribute when an icon is supplemental to text conveying
   the same meaning.
   In this example, we have a link pointing to a site’s home page, the link
   contains a house icon image and the text "home". The image has an empty
   alt text.
   A house icon next to the word 'home'.
  Home 
   Where images are used in this way, it would also be appropriate to add the
   image using CSS.
 #home:before
 {
 content: url(home.png);
 }
 Home 
   In this example, there is a warning message, with a warning icon. The word
   "Warning!" is in emphasized text next to the icon. As the information
   conveyed by the icon is redundant the img element is given an empty alt
   attribute.
   Warning! Warning! Your session is about to expire.
  
 Warning! 
 Your session is about to expire
   When an icon conveys additional information not available in text, provide
   a text alternative.
   In this example, there is a warning message, with a warning icon. The icon
   emphasizes the importance of the message and identifies it as a particular
   type of content.
   Warning! Your session is about to expire.
  
 Your session is about to expire
        4.7.5.1.19. Logos, insignia, flags, or emblems
   Many pages include logos, insignia, flags, or emblems, which stand for a
   company, organization, project, band, software package, country, or other
   entity. What can be considered as an appropriate text alternative depends
   upon, like all images, the context in which the image is being used and
   what function it serves in the given context.
   If a logo is the sole content of a link, provide a brief description of
   the link target in the alt attribute.
   This example illustrates the use of the HTML5 logo as the sole content of
   a link to the HTML specification.
   HTML 5.1 Nightly specification
 
  
   If a logo is being used to represent the entity, e.g., as a page heading,
   provide the name of the entity being represented by the logo as the text
   alternative.
   This example illustrates the use of the WebPlatform.org logo being used to
   represent itself.
   WebPlatform.org and other developer resources
   and other developer resources
   The text alternative in the example above could also include the word
   "logo" to describe the type of image content. If so, it is suggested that
   square brackets be used to delineate this information: alt="[logo]
   WebPlatform.org".
   If a logo is being used next to the name of the what that it represents,
   then the logo is supplemental. Include an empty alt attribute as the text
   alternative is already provided.
   This example illustrates the use of a logo next to the name of the
   organization it represents.
   WebPlatform.org
   WebPlatform.org
   If the logo is used alongside text discussing the subject or entity the
   logo represents, then provide a text alternative which describes the logo.
   This example illustrates the use of a logo next to text discussing the
   subject the logo represents.
   HTML5 logo: Shaped like a shield with the text 'HTML' above and the
   numeral '5' prominent on the face of the shield.
   HTML is a language for structuring and presenting content for the World
   Wide Web, a core technology of the Internet. It is the latest revision of
   the HTML specification (originally created in 1990 and most recently
   standardized as HTML 4.01 in 1997) and currently remains under
   development. Its core aims have been to improve the language with support
   for the latest multimedia while keeping it easily readable by humans and
   consistently understood by computers and devices (web browsers, parsers
   etc.).
  
 Information about HTML
        4.7.5.1.20. CAPTCHA Images
   CAPTCHA stands for "Completely Automated Public Turing test to tell
   Computers and Humans Apart". CAPTCHA images are used for security purposes
   to confirm that content is being accessed by a person rather than a
   computer. This authentication is done through visual verification of an
   image. CAPTCHA typically presents an image with characters or words in it
   that the user is to re-type. The image is usually distorted and has some
   noise applied to it to make the characters difficult to read.
   To improve the accessibility of CAPTCHA provide text alternatives that
   identify and describe the purpose of the image, and provide alternative
   forms of the CAPTCHA using output modes for different types of sensory
   perception. For instance provide an audio alternative along with the
   visual image. Place the audio option right next to the visual one. This
   helps but is still problematic for people without sound cards, the
   deaf-blind, and some people with limited hearing. Another method is to
   include a form that asks a question along with the visual image. This
   helps but can be problematic for people with cognitive impairments.
   It is strongly recommended that alternatives to CAPTCHA be used, as all
   forms of CAPTCHA introduce unacceptable barriers to entry for users with
   disabilities. Further information is available in Inaccessibility of
   CAPTCHA.
   This example shows a CAPTCHA test which uses a distorted image of text.
   The text alternative in the alt attribute provides instructions for a user
   in the case where she cannot access the image content.
   captcha containing the words 'aides' and 'sprucest'. The letters are
   distorted and the color of the letters and background is partially
   inverted,
   Example code:
  
 
 
        4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element
   The picture element and any source elements it contains have no semantics
   for users, only the img element or its text alternative is displayed to
   users. Provide a text alternative for an img element without regard to it
   being within a picture element. Refer to Requirements for providing text
   to act as an alternative for images for more information on how to provide
   useful alt text for images.
   Art directed images that rely on picture need to depict the same content
   (irrespective of size, pixel density, or any other discriminating factor).
   Therefore the appropriate text alternative for an image will always be the
   same irrespective of which source file ends up being chosen by the
   browser.
 Is it a ghost? 
 
   
    
   
   The large and small versions (both versions are displayed for
   demonstration purposes) of the image portray the same scene: Reflection of
   a girls face in a train window, while the small version (displayed on
   smaller screens) is cropped, this does not effect the subject matter or
   the appropriateness of the alt text.
   Reflection of a girls face in a train window. Reflection of a girls face
   in a train window.
        4.7.5.1.22. Guidance for markup generators
   Markup generators (such as WYSIWYG authoring tools) should, wherever
   possible, obtain alternative text from their users. However, it is
   recognized that in many cases, this will not be possible.
   For images that are the sole contents of links, markup generators should
   examine the link target to determine the title of the target, or the URL
   of the target, and use information obtained in this manner as the
   alternative text.
   For images that have captions, markup generators should use the figure and
   figcaption elements to provide the image’s caption.
   As a last resort, implementors should either set the alt attribute to the
   empty string, under the assumption that the image is a purely decorative
   image that doesn’t add any information but is still specific to the
   surrounding content, or omit the alt attribute altogether, under the
   assumption that the image is a key part of the content.
   Markup generators may specify a generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt
   attribute on img elements for which they have been unable to obtain a text
   alternative and for which they have therefore omitted the alt attribute.
   The value of this attribute must be the empty string. Documents containing
   such attributes are not conforming, but conformance checkers will silently
   ignore this error.
   This is intended to avoid markup generators from being pressured into
   replacing the error of omitting the alt attribute with the even more
   egregious error of providing phony text alternatives, because
   state-of-the-art automated conformance checkers cannot distinguish phony
   text alternatives from correct text alternatives.
   Markup generators should generally avoid using the image’s own file name
   as the text alternative. Similarly, markup generators should avoid
   generating text alternatives from any content that will be equally
   available to presentation user agents (e.g., Web browsers).
   This is because once a page is generated, it will typically not be
   updated, whereas the browsers that later read the page can be updated by
   the user, therefore the browser is likely to have more up-to-date and
   finely-tuned heuristics than the markup generator did when generating the
   page.
        4.7.5.1.23. Guidance for conformance checkers
   A conformance checker must report the lack of an alt attribute as an error
   unless one of the conditions listed below applies:
     * The img element is in a figure element that satisfies the conditions
       described above.
     * The img element has a (non-conforming)
       generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt attribute whose value is the
       empty string. A conformance checker that is not reporting the lack of
       an alt attribute as an error must also not report the presence of the
       empty generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt attribute as an error.
       (This case does not represent a case where the document is conforming,
       only that the generator could not determine appropriate alternative
       text — validators are not required to show an error in this case,
       because such an error might encourage markup generators to include
       bogus alternative text purely in an attempt to silence validators.
       Naturally, conformance checkers may report the lack of an alt
       attribute as an error even in the presence of the
       generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt attribute; for example, there
       could be a user option to report all conformance errors even those
       that might be the more or less inevitable result of using a markup
       generator.)
    4.7.6. The iframe element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Embedded content.
           Interactive content.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where embedded content is expected.
   Content model:
           Text that conforms to the requirements given in the prose.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           src - Address of the resource
           srcdoc - A document to render in the iframe
           name - Name of nested browsing context
           sandbox - Security rules for nested content
           allowfullscreen - Whether to allow the iframe’s contents to use
           requestFullscreen()
           allowpaymentrequest - Whether the iframe’s contents are allowed to
           use the PaymentRequest interface to make payment requests
           width - Horizontal dimension
           height - Vertical dimension
           referrerpolicy - Referrer policy for fetches initiated by the
           element
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           application, document, or img.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLIFrameElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString srcdoc;
   attribute DOMString name;
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sandbox;
   attribute boolean allowFullscreen;
   attribute boolean allowPaymentRequest;
   attribute DOMString width;
   attribute DOMString height;
   attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
   readonly attribute Document? contentDocument;
   readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow;
 };
   The iframe element represents a nested browsing context.
   The src attribute gives the address of a page that the nested browsing
   context is to contain. The attribute, if present, must be a valid
   non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces.
   The srcdoc attribute gives the content of the page that the nested
   browsing context is to contain. The value of the attribute is the source
   of an iframe srcdoc document.
   The srcdoc attribute, if present, must have a value using the HTML syntax
   that consists of the following syntactic components, in the given order:
    1. Any number of comments and space characters.
    2. Optionally, a DOCTYPE.
    3. Any number of comments and space characters.
    4. The document element, in the form of an html element.
    5. Any number of comments and space characters.
   For iframe elements in XML documents, the srcdoc attribute, if present,
   must have a value that matches the production labeled document in the XML
   specification. [XML]
   Here a blog uses the srcdoc attribute in conjunction with the sandbox
   attributes described below to provide users of user agents that support
   this feature with an extra layer of protection from script injection in
   the blog post comments:
 
   I got my own magazine! 
   After much effort, I’ve finally found a publisher, and so now I
   have my own magazine! Isn’t that awesome?! The first issue will come
   out in September, and we have articles about getting food, and about
   getting in boxes, it’s going to be great!
   
   
    Thirteen minutes ago, ch  wrote:  
   
    
   
    Nine minutes ago, cap  wrote:  
   
    
   
    Five minutes ago, ch  wrote:  
   
    
   Notice the way that quotes have to be escaped (otherwise the srcdoc
   attribute would end prematurely), and the way raw ampersands (e.g., in
   URLs or in prose) mentioned in the sandboxed content have to be doubly
   escaped — once so that the ampersand is preserved when originally parsing
   the srcdoc attribute, and once more to prevent the ampersand from being
   misinterpreted when parsing the sandboxed content.
   Furthermore, notice that since the DOCTYPE is optional in iframe srcdoc
   documents, and the html, head, and body elements have optional start and
   end tags, and the title element is also optional in iframe srcdoc
   documents, the markup in a srcdoc attribute can be relatively succinct
   despite representing an entire document, since only the contents of the
   body element need appear literally in the syntax. The other elements are
   still present, but only by implication.
   In the HTML syntax, authors need only remember to use U+0022 QUOTATION
   MARK characters (") to wrap the attribute contents and then to escape all
   U+0026 AMPERSAND (&) and U+0022 QUOTATION MARK (") characters, and to
   specify the sandbox attribute, to ensure safe embedding of content.
   Due to restrictions of the XHTML syntax, in XML the U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN
   character (<) needs to be escaped as well. In order to prevent
   attribute-value normalization, some of XML’s white space characters —
   specifically U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab), U+000A LINE FEED (LF), and
   U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) — also need to be escaped. [XML]
   If the src attribute and the srcdoc attribute are both specified together,
   the srcdoc attribute takes priority. This allows authors to provide a
   fallback URL for legacy user agents that do not support the srcdoc
   attribute.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When an iframe element is inserted into a document that has a browsing
   context, the user agent must create a nested browsing context, and then
   process the iframe attributes for the "first time".
   When an iframe element is removed from a document, the user agent must
   discard the nested browsing context, if any.
   This happens without any unload events firing (the nested browsing context
   and its Document are discarded, not unloaded).
   Whenever an iframe element with a nested browsing context has its srcdoc
   attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent must process the iframe
   attributes.
   Similarly, whenever an iframe element with a nested browsing context but
   with no srcdoc attribute specified has its src attribute set, changed, or
   removed, the user agent must process the iframe attributes.
   When the user agent is to process the iframe attributes, it must run the
   first appropriate steps from the following list:
   If the srcdoc attribute is specified
           Navigate the element’s child browsing context to a new response
           whose url list consists of about:srcdoc, header list consists of
           Content-Type/text/html, body is the value of the attribute, CSP
           list is the CSP list of the iframe element’s node document, and
           HTTPS state is the HTTPS state of the iframe element’s node
           document.
           The resulting Document must be considered an iframe srcdoc
           document.
   Otherwise, if the element has no src attribute specified, and the user
   agent is processing the iframe’s attributes for the "first time"
           Queue a task to run the iframe load event steps.
           The task source for this task is the DOM manipulation task source.
   Otherwise
           Run the otherwise steps for iframe or frame elements.
   The otherwise steps for iframe or frame elements are as follows:
   1: If the element has no src attribute specified, or its value is the
   empty string, let url be the URL "about:blank".
   Otherwise, parse the value of the src attribute, relative to the element’s
   node document.
   If that is not successful, then let url be the URL "about:blank".
   Otherwise, let url be the resulting URL record.
    2. If there exists an ancestor browsing context whose active document’s
       URL, ignoring fragments, is equal to url, then abort these steps.
    3. Let resource be a new request whose url is URL and whose referrer
       policy is the current state of the element’s referrerpolicy content
       attribute.
    4. Navigate the element’s child browsing context to resource.
   Furthermore, if the active document of the element’s child browsing
   context before such a navigation was not completely loaded at the time of
   the new navigation, then the navigation must be completed with replacement
   enabled.
   Similarly, if the child browsing context’s session history contained only
   one Document when the process the iframe attributes algorithm was invoked,
   and that was the about:blank Document created when the child browsing
   context was created, then any navigation required of the user agent in
   that algorithm must be completed with replacement enabled.
   When a Document in an iframe is marked as completely loaded, the user
   agent must run the iframe load event steps in parallel.
   A load event is also fired at the iframe element when it is created if no
   other data is loaded in it.
   Each Document has an iframe load in progress flag and a mute iframe load
   flag. When a Document is created, these flags must be unset for that
   Document.
   The iframe load event steps are as follows:
    1. Let child document be the active document of the iframe element’s
       nested browsing context.
    2. If child document has its mute iframe load flag set, abort these
       steps.
    3. Set child document’s iframe load in progress flag.
    4. Fire a simple event named load at the iframe element.
    5. Unset child document’s iframe load in progress flag.
   This, in conjunction with scripting, can be used to probe the URL space of
   the local network’s HTTP servers. User agents may implement cross-origin
   access control policies that are stricter than those described above to
   mitigate this attack, but unfortunately such policies are typically not
   compatible with existing Web content.
   When the iframe’s browsing context’s active document is not ready for
   post-load tasks, and when anything in the iframe is delaying the load
   event of the iframe’s browsing context’s active document, and when the
   iframe’s browsing context is in the delaying load events mode, the iframe
   must delay the load event of its document.
   If, during the handling of the load event, the browsing context in the
   iframe is again navigated, that will further delay the load event.
   If, when the element is created, the srcdoc attribute is not set, and the
   src attribute is either also not set or set but its value cannot be
   parsed, the browsing context will remain at the initial about:blank page.
   If the user navigates away from this page, the iframe’s corresponding
   WindowProxy object will proxy new Window objects for new Document objects,
   but the src attribute will not change.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The name attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context name. The
   given value is used to name the nested browsing context. When the browsing
   context is created, if the attribute is present, the browsing context name
   must be set to the value of this attribute; otherwise, the browsing
   context name must be set to the empty string.
   Whenever the name attribute is set, the nested browsing context’s name
   must be changed to the new value. If the attribute is removed, the
   browsing context name must be set to the empty string.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The sandbox attribute, when specified, enables a set of extra restrictions
   on any content hosted by the iframe. Its value must be an unordered set of
   unique space-separated tokens that are ASCII case-insensitive. The allowed
   values are allow-forms, allow-pointer-lock, allow-popups,
   allow-presentation, allow-same-origin, allow-scripts, and
   allow-top-navigation.
   When the attribute is set, the content is treated as being from a unique
   origin, forms, scripts, and various potentially annoying APIs are
   disabled, links are prevented from targeting other browsing contexts, and
   plugins are secured. The allow-same-origin keyword causes the content to
   be treated as being from its real origin instead of forcing it into a
   unique origin; the allow-top-navigation keyword allows the content to
   navigate its top-level browsing context; and the allow-forms,
   allow-pointer-lock, allow-popups, allow-presentation and allow-scripts
   keywords re-enable forms, the pointer lock API, popups, the presentation
   API, and scripts respectively. [POINTERLOCK] [PRESENTATION-API]
   Setting both the allow-scripts and allow-same-origin keywords together
   when the embedded page has the same origin as the page containing the
   iframe allows the embedded page to simply remove the sandbox attribute and
   then reload itself, effectively breaking out of the sandbox altogether.
   These flags only take effect when the nested browsing context of the
   iframe is navigated. Removing them, or removing the entire sandbox
   attribute, has no effect on an already-loaded page.
   Potentially hostile files should not be served from the same server as the
   file containing the iframe element. Sandboxing hostile content is of
   minimal help if an attacker can convince the user to just visit the
   hostile content directly, rather than in the iframe. To limit the damage
   that can be caused by hostile HTML content, it should be served from a
   separate dedicated domain. Using a different domain ensures that scripts
   in the files are unable to attack the site, even if the user is tricked
   into visiting those pages directly, without the protection of the sandbox
   attribute.
   When an iframe element with a sandbox attribute has its nested browsing
   context created (before the initial about:blank Document is created), and
   when an iframe element’s sandbox attribute is set or changed while it has
   a nested browsing context, the user agent must parse the sandboxing
   directive using the attribute’s value as the input, the iframe element’s
   nested browsing context’s iframe sandboxing flag set as the output, and,
   if the iframe has an allowfullscreen attribute, the allow fullscreen flag.
   When an iframe element’s sandbox attribute is removed while it has a
   nested browsing context, the user agent must empty the iframe element’s
   nested browsing context’s iframe sandboxing flag set as the output.
   In this example, some completely-unknown, potentially hostile,
   user-provided HTML content is embedded in a page. Because it is served
   from a separate domain, it is affected by all the normal cross-site
   restrictions. In addition, the embedded page has scripting disabled,
   plugins disabled, forms disabled, and it cannot navigate any frames or
   windows other than itself (or any frames or windows it itself embeds).
 We’re not scared of you! Here is your content, unedited:
 
   It is important to use a separate domain so that if the attacker convinces
   the user to visit that page directly, the page doesn’t run in the context
   of the site’s origin, which would make the user vulnerable to any attack
   found in the page.
   In this example, a gadget from another site is embedded. The gadget has
   scripting and forms enabled, and the origin sandbox restrictions are
   lifted, allowing the gadget to communicate with its originating server.
   The sandbox is still useful, however, as it disables plugins and popups,
   thus reducing the risk of the user being exposed to malware and other
   annoyances.
 
   Suppose a file A contained the following fragment:
 
   Suppose that file B contained an iframe also:
 
   Further, suppose that file C contained a link:
 Link 
   For this example, suppose all the files were served as text/html.
   Page C in this scenario has all the sandboxing flags set. Scripts are
   disabled, because the iframe in A has scripts disabled, and this overrides
   the allow-scripts keyword set on the iframe in B. Forms are also disabled,
   because the inner iframe (in B) does not have the allow-forms keyword set.
   Suppose now that a script in A removes all the sandbox attributes in A and
   B. This would change nothing immediately. If the user clicked the link in
   C, loading page D into the iframe in B, page D would now act as if the
   iframe in B had the allow-same-origin and allow-forms keywords set,
   because that was the state of the nested browsing context in the iframe in
   A when page B was loaded.
   Generally speaking, dynamically removing or changing the sandbox attribute
   is ill-advised, because it can make it quite hard to reason about what
   will be allowed and what will not.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The allowfullscreen attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, it
   indicates that Document objects in the iframe element’s browsing context
   are to be allowed to use requestFullscreen() (if it’s not blocked for
   other reasons, e.g., there is another ancestor iframe without this
   attribute set).
   Here, an iframe is used to embed a player from a video site. The
   allowfullscreen attribute is needed to enable the player to show its video
   fullscreen.
 
   
   
   Check out my new ride!
   
    
  
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The allowpaymentrequest attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified,
   it indicates that Document objects in the iframe element’s browsing
   context are to be allowed to use the PaymentRequest interface to make
   payment requests.
   To determine whether a Document object document is allowed to use the
   feature indicated by attribute name allowattribute, run these steps:
    1. If document has no browsing context, then return false.
    2. If document’s browsing context is a top-level browsing context, then
       return true.
    3. If document’s browsing context has a browsing context container that
       is an iframe element with an allowattribute attribute specified, and
       whose node document is allowed to use the feature indicated by
       allowattribute, then return true.
    4. Return false.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The iframe element supports dimension attributes for cases where the
   embedded content has specific dimensions (e.g., ad units have well-defined
   dimensions).
   An iframe element never has fallback content, as it will always create a
   nested browsing context, regardless of whether the specified initial
   contents are successfully used.
   The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose
   is to set the referrer policy used when processing the iframe attributes.
   [REFERRERPOLICY]
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Descendants of iframe elements represent nothing. (In legacy user agents
   that do not support iframe elements, the contents would be parsed as
   markup that could act as fallback content.)
   When used in HTML documents, the allowed content model of iframe elements
   is text, except that invoking the HTML fragment parsing algorithm with the
   iframe element as the context element and the text contents as the input
   must result in a list of nodes that are all phrasing content, with no
   parse errors having occurred, with no script elements being anywhere in
   the list or as descendants of elements in the list, and with all the
   elements in the list (including their descendants) being themselves
   conforming.
   The iframe element must be empty in XML documents.
   The HTML parser treats markup inside iframe elements as text.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The IDL attributes src, srcdoc, name, and sandbox must reflect the
   respective content attributes of the same name.
   The supported tokens for sandbox's DOMTokenList are the allowed values
   defined in the sandbox attribute and supported by the user agent.
   The allowFullscreen IDL attribute must reflect the allowfullscreen content
   attribute.
   The allowPaymentRequest IDL attribute must reflect the allowpaymentrequest
   content attribute.
   The referrerPolicy IDL attribute must reflect the referrerpolicy content
   attribute, limited to only known values.
   The contentDocument IDL attribute must return the Document object of the
   active document of the iframe element’s nested browsing context, if any
   and if its origin is the same origin-domain as the origin specified by the
   incumbent settings object, or null otherwise.
   The contentWindow IDL attribute must return the WindowProxy object of the
   iframe element’s nested browsing context, if any, or null otherwise.
   Here is an example of a page using an iframe to include advertising from
   an advertising broker:
 
    4.7.7. The embed element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Embedded content.
           Interactive content.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where embedded content is expected.
   Content model:
           Nothing.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           No end tag
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           src - Address of the resource
           type - Type of embedded resource
           width - Horizontal dimension
           height- Vertical dimension
           Any other attribute that has no namespace (see prose).
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           application, document or img or presentation.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLEmbedElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString width;
   attribute DOMString height;
   legacycaller any (any... arguments);
 };
           Depending on the type of content instantiated by the embed
           element, the node may also support other interfaces.
   The embed element provides an integration point for an external (typically
   non-HTML) application or interactive content.
   The src attribute gives the address of the resource being embedded. The
   attribute, if present, must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially
   surrounded by spaces.
   The type attribute, if present, gives the MIME type by which the plugin to
   instantiate is selected. The value must be a valid mime type. If both the
   type attribute and the src attribute are present, then the type attribute
   must specify the same type as the explicit Content-Type metadata of the
   resource given by the src attribute.
   While any of the following conditions are occurring, any plugin
   instantiated for the element must be removed, and the embed element
   represents nothing:
     * The element has neither a src attribute nor a type attribute.
     * The element has a media element ancestor.
     * The element has an ancestor object element that is not showing its
       fallback content.
   An embed element is said to be potentially active when the following
   conditions are all met simultaneously:
     * The element is in a Document or was in a Document the last time the
       event loop reached step 1.
     * The element’s node document is fully active.
     * The element has either a src attribute set or a type attribute set (or
       both).
     * The element’s src attribute is either absent or its value is not the
       empty string.
     * The element is not a descendant of a media element.
     * The element is not a descendant of an object element that is not
       showing its fallback content.
     * The element is being rendered, or was being rendered the last time the
       event loop reached step 1.
   Whenever an embed element that was not potentially active becomes
   potentially active, and whenever a potentially active embed element that
   is remaining potentially active and has its src attribute set, changed, or
   removed or its type attribute set, changed, or removed, the user agent
   must queue a task using the embed task source to run the embed element
   setup steps.
   The embed element setup steps are as follows:
    1. If another task has since been queued to run the embed element setup
       steps for this element, then abort these steps.
    2.      If the element has a src attribute set
                    The user agent must parse the value of the element’s src
                    attribute, relative to the element. If that is
                    successful, the user agent should run these steps:
                      1. Let request be a new request whose URL is the
                         resulting URL string, client is the element’s node
                         document’s Window object’s environment settings
                         object, destination is "unknown", omit-Origin-header
                         flag is set if the element doesn’t have a browsing
                         context scope origin, credentials mode is "include",
                         and whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.
                      2. Fetch request.
                    The task that is queued by the networking task source
                    once the resource has been fetched must run the following
                    steps:
                      1. If another task has since been queued to run the
                         embed element setup steps for this element, then
                         abort these steps.
                      2. Determine the type of the content being embedded, as
                         follows (stopping at the first substep that
                         determines the type):
                           1. If the element has a type attribute, and that
                              attribute’s value is a type that a plugin
                              supports, then the value of the type attribute
                              is the content’s type.
                           2. Otherwise, if applying the URL parser algorithm
                              to the URL of the specified resource (after any
                              redirects) results in a URL record whose path
                              component matches a pattern that a plugin
                              supports, then the content’s type is the type
                              that the plugin can handle.
                              For example, a plugin might say that it can
                              handle resources with path components that end
                              with the four character string ".swf".
                           3. Otherwise, if the specified resource has
                              explicit Content-Type metadata, then that is
                              the content’s type.
                           4. Otherwise, the content has no type and there
                              can be no appropriate plugin for it.
                      3. If the previous step determined that the content’s
                         type is image/svg+xml, then run the following
                         substeps:
                           1. If the embed element is not associated with a
                              nested browsing context, associate the element
                              with a newly created nested browsing context,
                              and, if the element has a name attribute, set
                              the browsing context name of the element’s
                              nested browsing context to the value of this
                              attribute.
                           2. Navigate the nested browsing context to the
                              fetched resource, with replacement enabled, and
                              with the embed element’s node document’s
                              browsing context as the source browsing
                              context. (The src attribute of the embed
                              element doesn’t get updated if the browsing
                              context gets further navigated to other
                              locations.)
                           3. The embed element now represents its associated
                              nested browsing context.
                      4. Otherwise, find and instantiate an appropriate
                         plugin based on the content’s type, and hand that
                         plugin the content of the resource, replacing any
                         previously instantiated plugin for the element. The
                         embed element now represents this plugin instance.
                      5. Once the resource or plugin has completely loaded,
                         queue a task to fire a simple event named load at
                         the element.
                    Whether the resource is fetched successfully or not
                    (e.g., whether the response status was an ok status) must
                    be ignored when determining the content’s type and when
                    handing the resource to the plugin.
                    This allows servers to return data for plugins even with
                    error responses (e.g., HTTP 500 Internal Server Error
                    codes can still contain plugin data).
                    Fetching the resource must delay the load event of the
                    element’s node document.
            If the element has no src attribute set
                    The user agent should find and instantiate an appropriate
                    plugin based on the value of the type attribute. The
                    embed element now represents this plugin instance.
                    Once the plugin is completely loaded, queue a task to
                    fire a simple event named load at the element.
   The embed element has no fallback content. If the user agent can’t find a
   suitable plugin when attempting to find and instantiate one for the
   algorithm above, then the user agent must use a default plugin. This
   default could be as simple as saying "Unsupported Format".
   Whenever an embed element that was potentially active stops being
   potentially active, any plugin that had been instantiated for that element
   must be unloaded.
   When a plugin is to be instantiated but it cannot be secured and the
   sandboxed plugins browsing context flag is set on the embed element’s node
   document’s active sandboxing flag set, then the user agent must not
   instantiate the plugin, and must instead render the embed element in a
   manner that conveys that the plugin was disabled. The user agent may offer
   the user the option to override the sandbox and instantiate the plugin
   anyway; if the user invokes such an option, the user agent must act as if
   the conditions above did not apply for the purposes of this element.
   Plugins that cannot be secured are disabled in sandboxed browsing contexts
   because they might not honor the restrictions imposed by the sandbox
   (e.g., they might allow scripting even when scripting in the sandbox is
   disabled). User agents should convey the danger of overriding the sandbox
   to the user if an option to do so is provided.
   When an embed element represents a nested browsing context: if the embed
   element’s nested browsing context’s active document is not ready for
   post-load tasks, and when anything is delaying the load event of the embed
   element’s browsing context’s active document, and when the embed element’s
   browsing context is in the delaying load events mode, the embed must delay
   the load event of its document.
   The task source for the tasks mentioned in this section is the DOM
   manipulation task source.
   Any namespace-less attribute other than name, align, hspace, and vspace
   may be specified on the embed element, so long as its name is
   XML-compatible and contains no uppercase ASCII letters. These attributes
   are then passed as parameters to the plugin.
   All attributes in HTML documents get lowercased automatically, so the
   restriction on uppercase letters doesn’t affect such documents.
   The four exceptions are to exclude legacy attributes that have
   side-effects beyond just sending parameters to the plugin.
   The user agent should pass the names and values of all the attributes of
   the embed element that have no namespace to the plugin used, when one is
   instantiated.
   The HTMLEmbedElement object representing the element must expose the
   scriptable interface of the plugin instantiated for the embed element, if
   any. At a minimum, this interface must implement the legacy caller
   operation. (It is suggested that the default behavior of this legacy
   caller operation, e.g., the behavior of the default plugin’s legacy caller
   operation, be to throw a NotSupportedError exception.)
   The embed element supports dimension attributes.
   The IDL attributes src and type each must reflect the respective content
   attributes of the same name.
   Here’s a way to embed a resource that requires a proprietary plugin, like
   Flash:
 
   If the user does not have the plugin (for example if the plugin vendor
   doesn’t support the user’s platform), then the user will be unable to use
   the resource.
   To pass the plugin a parameter "quality" with the value "high", an
   attribute can be specified:
 
   This would be equivalent to the following, when using an object element
   instead:
 
    
  
    4.7.8. The object element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Embedded content.
           listed, submittable, and reassociateable form-associated element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where embedded content is expected.
   Content model:
           Zero or more param elements, then, transparent.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           data - Address of the resource
           type - Type of embedded resource
           typemustmatch - Whether the type attribute and the Content-Type
           value need to match for the resource to be used
           name - Name of nested browsing context
           form - Associates the control with a form element
           width - Horizontal dimension
           height - Vertical dimension
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           application, document or img or presentation.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLObjectElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString data;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute boolean typeMustMatch;
   attribute DOMString name;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString width;
   attribute DOMString height;
   readonly attribute Document? contentDocument;
   readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   legacycaller any (any... arguments);
 };
           Depending on the type of content instantiated by the object
           element, the node also supports other interfaces.
   The object element can represent an external resource, which, depending on
   the type of the resource, will either be treated as an image, as a nested
   browsing context, or as an external resource to be processed by a plugin.
   The data attribute, if present, specifies the address of the resource. If
   present, the attribute must be a valid non-empty URL potentially
   surrounded by spaces.
   Authors who reference resources from other origins that they do not trust
   are urged to use the typemustmatch attribute defined below. Without that
   attribute, it is possible in certain cases for an attacker on the remote
   host to use the plugin mechanism to run arbitrary scripts, even if the
   author has used features such as the Flash "allowScriptAccess" parameter.
   The type attribute, if present, specifies the type of the resource. If
   present, the attribute must be a valid mime type.
   At least one of either the data attribute or the type attribute must be
   present.
   The typemustmatch attribute is a boolean attribute whose presence
   indicates that the resource specified by the data attribute is only to be
   used if the value of the type attribute and the Content-Type of the
   aforementioned resource match.
   The typemustmatch attribute must not be specified unless both the data
   attribute and the type attribute are present.
   The name attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context name. The
   given value is used to name the nested browsing context, if applicable.
   Whenever one of the following conditions occur:
     * the element is created,
     * the element is popped off the stack of open elements of an HTML parser
       or XML parser,
     * the element is not on the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or
       XML parser, and it is either inserted into a document or removed from
       a document,
     * the element’s node document changes whether it is fully active,
     * one of the element’s ancestor object elements changes to or from
       showing its fallback content,
     * the element’s classid attribute is set, changed, or removed,
     * the element’s classid attribute is not present, and its data attribute
       is set, changed, or removed,
     * neither the element’s classid attribute nor its data attribute are
       present, and its type attribute is set, changed, or removed,
     * the element changes from being rendered to not being rendered, or vice
       versa,
   ...the user agent must queue a task to run the following steps to
   (re)determine what the object element represents. This task being queued
   or actively running must delay the load event of the element’s node
   document.
    1. If the user has indicated a preference that this object element’s
       fallback content be shown instead of the element’s usual behavior,
       then jump to the step below labeled fallback.
       For example, a user could ask for the element’s fallback content to be
       shown because that content uses a format that the user finds more
       accessible.
    2. If the element has an ancestor media element, or has an ancestor
       object element that is not showing its fallback content, or if the
       element is not in a Document with a browsing context, or if the
       element’s node document is not fully active, or if the element is
       still in the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML parser,
       or if the element is not being rendered, or if the Should element be
       blocked a priori by Content Security Policy? algorithm returns
       "Blocked" when executed on the element, then jump to the step below
       labeled fallback. [CSP3].
    3. If the classid attribute is present, and has a value that isn’t the
       empty string, then: if the user agent can find a plugin suitable
       according to the value of the classid attribute, and either plugins
       aren’t being sandboxed or that plugin can be secured, then that plugin
       should be used, and the value of the data attribute, if any, should be
       passed to the plugin. If no suitable plugin can be found, or if the
       plugin reports an error, jump to the step below labeled fallback.
    4. If the data attribute is present and its value is not the empty
       string, then:
         1. If the type attribute is present and its value is not a type that
            the user agent supports, and is not a type that the user agent
            can find a plugin for, then the user agent may jump to the step
            below labeled fallback without fetching the content to examine
            its real type.
         2. Parse the URL specified by the data attribute, relative to the
            element.
         3. If that failed, fire a simple event named error at the element,
            then jump to the step below labeled fallback.
         4. Let request be a new request whose URL is the resulting URL
            string, client is the element’s node document’s Window object’s
            environment settings object, destination is "unknown",
            omit-Origin-header flag is set if the element doesn’t have a
            browsing context scope origin, credentials mode is "include", and
            whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.
         5. Fetch request.
            Fetching the resource must delay the load event of the element’s
            node document until the task that is queued by the networking
            task source once the resource has been fetched (defined next) has
            been run.
         6. If the resource is not yet available (e.g., because the resource
            was not available in the cache, so that loading the resource
            required making a request over the network), then jump to the
            step below labeled fallback. The task that is queued by the
            networking task source once the resource is available must
            restart this algorithm from this step. Resources can load
            incrementally; user agents may opt to consider a resource
            "available" whenever enough data has been obtained to begin
            processing the resource.
         7. If the load failed (e.g., there was an HTTP 404 error, there was
            a DNS error), fire a simple event named error at the element,
            then jump to the step below labeled fallback.
         8. Determine the resource type, as follows:
              1. Let the resource type be unknown.
              2. If the object element has a type attribute and a
                 typemustmatch attribute, and the resource has associated
                 Content-Type metadata, and the type specified in the
                 resource’s Content-Type metadata is an ASCII
                 case-insensitive match for the value of the element’s type
                 attribute, then let resource type be that type and jump to
                 the step below labeled handler.
              3. If the object element has a typemustmatch attribute, jump to
                 the step below labeled handler.
              4. If the user agent is configured to strictly obey
                 Content-Type headers for this resource, and the resource has
                 associated Content-Type metadata, then let the resource type
                 be the type specified in the resource’s Content-Type
                 metadata, and jump to the step below labeled handler.
                 This can introduce a vulnerability, wherein a site is trying
                 to embed a resource that uses a particular plugin, but the
                 remote site overrides that and instead furnishes the user
                 agent with a resource that triggers a different plugin with
                 different security characteristics.
              5. If there is a type attribute present on the object element,
                 and that attribute’s value is not a type that the user agent
                 supports, but it is a type that a plugin supports, then let
                 the resource type be the type specified in that type
                 attribute, and jump to the step below labeled handler.
              6. Run the appropriate set of steps from the following list:
                      If the resource has associated Content-Type metadata
                                1. Let binary be false.
                                2. If the type specified in the resource’s
                                   Content-Type metadata is "text/plain", and
                                   the result of applying the rules for
                                   distinguishing if a resource is text or
                                   binary to the resource is that the
                                   resource is not text/plain, then set
                                   binary to true.
                                3. If the type specified in the resource’s
                                   Content-Type metadata is
                                   "application/octet-stream", then set
                                   binary to true.
                                4. If binary is false, then let the resource
                                   type be the type specified in the
                                   resource’s Content-Type metadata, and jump
                                   to the step below labeled handler.
                                5. If there is a type attribute present on
                                   the object element, and its value is not
                                   application/octet-stream, then run the
                                   following steps:
                                     1. If the attribute’s value is a type
                                        that a plugin supports, or the
                                        attribute’s value is a type that
                                        starts with "image/" that is not also
                                        an XML MIME type, then let the
                                        resource type be the type specified
                                        in that type attribute.
                                     2. Jump to the step below labeled
                                        handler.
                      Otherwise, if the resource does not have associated
                      Content-Type metadata
                                1. If there is a type attribute present on
                                   the object element, then let the tentative
                                   type be the type specified in that type
                                   attribute.
                                   Otherwise, let tentative type be the
                                   computed type of the resource.
                                2. If tentative type is not
                                   application/octet-stream, then let
                                   resource type be tentative type and jump
                                   to the step below labeled handler.
              7. If applying the URL parser algorithm to the URL of the
                 specified resource (after any redirects) results in a URL
                 record whose path component matches a pattern that a plugin
                 supports, then let resource type be the type that the plugin
                 can handle.
                 For example, a plugin might say that it can handle resources
                 with path components that end with the four character string
                 ".swf".
            It is possible for this step to finish, or for one of the
            substeps above to jump straight to the next step, with resource
            type still being unknown. In both cases, the next step will
            trigger fallback.
         9. Handler: Handle the content as given by the first of the
            following cases that matches:
                 If the resource type is not a type that the user agent
                 supports, but it is a type that a plugin supports
                         If plugins are being sandboxed and the plugin that
                         supports resource type cannot be secured, jump to
                         the step below labeled fallback.
                         Otherwise, the user agent should use the plugin that
                         supports resource type and pass the content of the
                         resource to that plugin. If the plugin reports an
                         error, then jump to the step below labeled fallback.
                 If the resource type is an XML MIME type, or if the resource
                 type does not start with "image/"
                         The object element must be associated with a newly
                         created nested browsing context, if it does not
                         already have one.
                         If the URL of the given resource is not about:blank,
                         the element’s nested browsing context must then be
                         navigated to that resource, with replacement
                         enabled, and with the object element’s node
                         document’s browsing context as the source browsing
                         context. (The data attribute of the object element
                         doesn’t get updated if the browsing context gets
                         further navigated to other locations.)
                         If the URL of the given resource is about:blank,
                         then, instead, the user agent must queue a task to
                         fire a simple event named load at the object
                         element. No load event is fired at the about:blank
                         document itself.
                         The object element represents the nested browsing
                         context.
                         If the name attribute is present, the browsing
                         context name must be set to the value of this
                         attribute; otherwise, the browsing context name must
                         be set to the empty string.
                 If the resource type starts with "image/", and support for
                 images has not been disabled
                         Apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type
                         of the image.
                         The object element represents the specified image.
                         The image is not a nested browsing context.
                         If the image cannot be rendered, e.g., because it is
                         malformed or in an unsupported format, jump to the
                         step below labeled fallback.
                 Otherwise
                         The given resource type is not supported. Jump to
                         the step below labeled fallback.
                         If the previous step ended with the resource type
                         being unknown, this is the case that is triggered.
        10. The element’s contents are not part of what the object element
            represents.
        11. Abort these steps. Once the resource is completely loaded, queue
            a task to fire a simple event named load at the element.
    5. If the data attribute is absent but the type attribute is present, and
       the user agent can find a plugin suitable according to the value of
       the type attribute, and either plugins aren’t being sandboxed or the
       plugin can be secured, then that plugin should be used. If these
       conditions cannot be met, or if the plugin reports an error, jump to
       the step below labeled fallback. Otherwise abort these steps; once the
       plugin is completely loaded, queue a task to fire a simple event named
       load at the element.
    6. Fallback: The object element represents the element’s children,
       ignoring any leading param element children. This is the element’s
       fallback content. If the element has an instantiated plugin, then
       unload it.
   When the algorithm above instantiates a plugin, the user agent should pass
   to the plugin used the names and values of all the attributes on the
   element, in the order they were added to the element, with the attributes
   added by the parser being ordered in source order, followed by a parameter
   named "PARAM" whose value is null, followed by all the names and values of
   parameters given by param elements that are children of the object
   element, in tree order. If the plugin supports a scriptable interface, the
   HTMLObjectElement object representing the element should expose that
   interface. The object element represents the plugin. The plugin is not a
   nested browsing context.
   Plugins are considered sandboxed for the purpose of an object element if
   the sandboxed plugins browsing context flag is set on the object element’s
   node document’s active sandboxing flag set.
   Due to the algorithm above, the contents of object elements act as
   fallback content, used only when referenced resources can’t be shown
   (e.g., because it returned a 404 error). This allows multiple object
   elements to be nested inside each other, targeting multiple user agents
   with different capabilities, with the user agent picking the first one it
   supports.
   When an object element represents a nested browsing context: if the object
   element’s nested browsing context’s active document is not ready for
   post-load tasks, and when anything is delaying the load event of the
   object element’s browsing context’s active document, and when the object
   element’s browsing context is in the delaying load events mode, the object
   must delay the load event of its document.
   The task source for the tasks mentioned in this section is the DOM
   manipulation task source.
   Whenever the name attribute is set, if the object element has a nested
   browsing context, its name must be changed to the new value. If the
   attribute is removed, if the object element has a browsing context, the
   browsing context name must be set to the empty string.
   The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the object element with
   its form owner.
   Constraint validation: object elements are always barred from constraint
   validation.
   The object element supports dimension attributes.
   The IDL attributes data, type and name each must reflect the respective
   content attributes of the same name. The typeMustMatch IDL attribute must
   reflect the typemustmatch content attribute.
   The contentDocument IDL attribute must return the Document object of the
   active document of the object element’s nested browsing context, if any
   and if its origin is the same origin-domain as the origin specified by the
   incumbent settings object, or null otherwise.
   The contentWindow IDL attribute must return the WindowProxy object of the
   object element’s nested browsing context, if it has one; otherwise, it
   must return null.
   The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage attributes, and the
   checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are
   part of the constraint validation API. The form IDL attribute is part of
   the element’s forms API.
   All object elements have a legacy caller operation. If the object element
   has an instantiated plugin that supports a scriptable interface that
   defines a legacy caller operation, then that must be the behavior of the
   object’s legacy caller operation. Otherwise, the object’s legacy caller
   operation must be to throw a NotSupportedError exception.
   In the following example, a Java applet is embedded in a page using the
   object element. (Generally speaking, it is better to avoid using applets
   like these and instead use native JavaScript and HTML to provide the
   functionality, since that way the application will work on all Web
   browsers without requiring a third-party plugin. Many devices, especially
   embedded devices, do not support third-party technologies like Java.)
 
   
    
   You do not have Java available, or it is disabled.
    
   My Java Clock 
  
   In this example, an HTML page is embedded in another using the object
   element.
 
    
   My HTML Clock 
  
   The following example shows how a plugin can be used in HTML (in this case
   the Flash plugin, to show a video file). Fallback is provided for users
   who do not have Flash enabled, in this case using the video element to
   show the video for those using user agents that support video, and finally
   providing a link to the video for those who have neither Flash nor a
   video-capable browser.
 Look at my video:
   
    
    
    
   
     View video .
    
    
 
    4.7.9. The param element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of an object element, before any flow content.
   Content model:
           Nothing.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           No end tag
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           name - Name of parameter
           value - Value of parameter
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLParamElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString value;
 };
   The param element defines parameters for plugins invoked by object
   elements. It does not represent anything on its own.
   The name attribute gives the name of the parameter.
   The value attribute gives the value of the parameter.
   Both attributes must be present. They may have any value.
   If both attributes are present, and if the parent element of the param is
   an object element, then the element defines a parameter with the given
   name-value pair.
   If either the name or value of a parameter defined by a param element that
   is the child of an object element that represents an instantiated plugin
   changes, and if that plugin is communicating with the user agent using an
   API that features the ability to update the plugin when the name or value
   of a parameter so changes, then the user agent must appropriately exercise
   that ability to notify the plugin of the change.
   The IDL attributes name and value must both reflect the respective content
   attributes of the same name.
   The following example shows how the param element can be used to pass a
   parameter to a plugin, in this case the O3D plugin.
 
 
   
     O3D Utah Teapot 
   
   
     
     
        
        
       To see the teapot actually rendered by O3D on your
       computer, please download and install the O3D plugin .
      
     
     
   
 
    4.7.10. The video element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Embedded content.
           If the element has a controls attribute: interactive content.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where embedded content is expected.
   Content model:
           If the element has a src attribute: zero or more track elements,
           then transparent, but with no media element descendants.
           If the element does not have a src attribute: zero or more source
           elements, then zero or more track elements, then transparent, but
           with no media element descendants.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           src - Address of the resource
           crossorigin - How the element handles crossorigin requests
           poster - Poster frame to show prior to video playback
           preload - Hints how much buffering the media resource will likely
           need
           autoplay - Hint that the media resource can be started
           automatically when the page is loaded
           loop - Whether to loop the media resource
           muted - Whether to mute the media resource by default
           controls - Show user agent controls
           width - Horizontal dimension
           height - Vertical dimension
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           application.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLVideoElement : HTMLMediaElement {
   attribute unsigned long width;
   attribute unsigned long height;
   readonly attribute unsigned long videoWidth;
   readonly attribute unsigned long videoHeight;
   attribute DOMString poster;
 };
   A video element is used for playing videos or movies, and audio files with
   captions.
   Content may be provided inside the video element. User agents should not
   show this content to the user; it is intended for older Web browsers which
   do not support video, so that legacy video plugins can be tried, or to
   show text to the users of these older browsers informing them of how to
   access the video contents.
   In particular, this content is not intended to address accessibility
   concerns. To make video content accessible to people with disabilities, a
   variety of features are available. Captions and sign language tracks can
   be embedded in the video stream, or as external files using the track
   element. Audio descriptions can be provided, either as a separate track
   embedded in the video stream, or by referencing a WebVTT file with the
   track element that the user agent can present as synthesized speech.
   WebVTT can also be used to provide chapter titles. For users who would
   rather not use a media element at all, transcripts or other textual
   alternatives can be provided by simply linking to them in the prose near
   the video element. [WEBVTT]
   The video element is a media element whose media data is ostensibly video
   data, possibly with associated audio data.
   The src, preload, autoplay, loop, muted, and controls attributes are the
   attributes common to all media elements.
   The poster content attribute gives the address of an image file that the
   user agent can show while no video data is available. The attribute, if
   present, must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by
   spaces.
   If the specified resource is to be used, then, when the element is created
   or when the poster attribute is set, changed, or removed, the user agent
   must run the following steps to determine the element’s poster frame
   (regardless of the value of the element’s show poster flag):
    1. If there is an existing instance of this algorithm running for this
       video element, abort that instance of this algorithm without changing
       the poster frame.
    2. If the poster attribute’s value is the empty string or if the
       attribute is absent, then there is no poster frame; abort these steps.
    3. Parse the poster attribute’s value relative to the element. If this
       fails, then there is no poster frame; abort these steps.
    4. Let request be a new request whose URL is the resulting URL string,
       client is the element’s node document’s Window object’s environment
       settings object, type is "image", destination is "subresource",
       credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag is
       set.
    5. Fetch request. This must delay the load event of the element’s node
       document.
    6. If an image is thus obtained, the poster frame is that image.
       Otherwise, there is no poster frame.
   The image given by the poster attribute, the poster frame, is intended to
   be a representative frame of the video (typically one of the first
   non-blank frames) that gives the user an idea of what the video is like.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   A video element represents what is given for the first matching condition
   in the list below:
   When no video data is available (the element’s readyState attribute is
   either HAVE_NOTHING, or HAVE_METADATA but no video data has yet been
   obtained at all, or the element’s readyState attribute is any subsequent
   value but the media resource does not have a video channel)
           The video element represents its poster frame, if any, or else
           transparent black with no intrinsic dimensions.
   When the video element is paused, the current playback position is the
   first frame of video, and the element’s show poster flag is set
           The video element represents its poster frame, if any, or else the
           first frame of the video.
   When the video element is paused, and the frame of video corresponding to
   the current playback position is not available (e.g., because the video is
   seeking or buffering)
   When the video element is neither potentially playing nor paused (e.g.,
   when seeking or stalled)
           The video element represents the last frame of the video to have
           been rendered.
   When the video element is paused
           The video element represents the frame of video corresponding to
           the current playback position.
   Otherwise (the video element has a video channel and is potentially
   playing)
           The video element represents the frame of video at the
           continuously increasing "current" position. When the current
           playback position changes such that the last frame rendered is no
           longer the frame corresponding to the current playback position in
           the video, the new frame must be rendered.
   Frames of video must be obtained from the video track that was selected
   when the event loop last reached step 1.
   Which frame in a video stream corresponds to a particular playback
   position is defined by the video stream’s format.
   The video element also represents any text track cues whose text track cue
   active flag is set and whose text track is in the showing mode, and any
   audio from the media resource, at the current playback position.
   Any audio associated with the media resource must, if played, be played
   synchronized with the current playback position, at the element’s
   effective media volume. The user agent must play the audio from audio
   tracks that were enabled when the event loop last reached step 1.
   In addition to the above, the user agent may provide messages to the user
   (such as "buffering", "no video loaded", "error", or more detailed
   information) by overlaying text or icons on the video or other areas of
   the element’s playback area, or in another appropriate manner.
   User agents that cannot render the video may instead make the element
   represent a link to an external video playback utility or to the video
   data itself.
   When a video element’s media resource has a video channel, the element
   provides a paint source whose width is the media resource’s intrinsic
   width, whose height is the media resource’s intrinsic height, and whose
   appearance is the frame of video corresponding to the current playback
   position, if that is available, or else (e.g., when the video is seeking
   or buffering) its previous appearance, if any, or else (e.g., because the
   video is still loading the first frame) blackness.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   video . videoWidth
   video . videoHeight
           These attributes return the intrinsic dimensions of the video, or
           zero if the dimensions are not known.
   The intrinsic width and intrinsic height of the media resource are the
   dimensions of the resource in CSS pixels after taking into account the
   resource’s dimensions, aspect ratio, clean aperture, resolution, and so
   forth, as defined for the format used by the resource. If an anamorphic
   format does not define how to apply the aspect ratio to the video data’s
   dimensions to obtain the "correct" dimensions, then the user agent must
   apply the ratio by increasing one dimension and leaving the other
   unchanged.
   The videoWidth IDL attribute must return the intrinsic width of the video
   in CSS pixels. The videoHeight IDL attribute must return the intrinsic
   height of the video in CSS pixels. If the element’s readyState attribute
   is HAVE_NOTHING, then the attributes must return 0.
   Whenever the intrinsic width or intrinsic height of the video changes
   (including, for example, because the selected video track was changed), if
   the element’s readyState attribute is not HAVE_NOTHING, the user agent
   must queue a task to fire a simple event named resize at the media
   element.
   The video element supports dimension attributes.
   In the absence of style rules to the contrary, video content should be
   rendered inside the element’s playback area such that the video content is
   shown centered in the playback area at the largest possible size that fits
   completely within it, with the video content’s aspect ratio being
   preserved. Thus, if the aspect ratio of the playback area does not match
   the aspect ratio of the video, the video will be shown letterboxed or
   pillarboxed. Areas of the element’s playback area that do not contain the
   video represent nothing.
   In user agents that implement CSS, the above requirement can be
   implemented by using the style rule suggested in §10 Rendering.
   The intrinsic width of a video element’s playback area is the intrinsic
   width of the poster frame, if that is available and the element currently
   represents its poster frame; otherwise, it is the intrinsic width of the
   video resource, if that is available; otherwise the intrinsic width is
   missing.
   The intrinsic height of a video element’s playback area is the intrinsic
   height of the poster frame, if that is available and the element currently
   represents its poster frame; otherwise it is the intrinsic height of the
   video resource, if that is available; otherwise the intrinsic height is
   missing.
   The default object size is a width of 300 CSS pixels and a height of 150
   CSS pixels. [CSS3-IMAGES]
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   User agents should provide controls to enable or disable the display of
   closed captions, audio description tracks, and other additional data
   associated with the video stream, though such features should, again, not
   interfere with the page’s normal rendering.
   User agents may allow users to view the video content in manners more
   suitable to the user (e.g., fullscreen or in an independent resizable
   window). Captions, subtitles or other additional visual tracks should
   remain available and visible when enabled. As for the other user interface
   features, controls to enable this should not interfere with the page’s
   normal rendering unless the user agent is exposing a user interface. As
   for the other user interface features, controls to enable this should not
   interfere with the page’s normal rendering unless the user agent is
   exposing a user interface. In such an independent context, however, user
   agents may make full user interfaces visible e.g., play, pause, seeking,
   and volume controls even if the controls attribute is absent.
   User agents may allow video playback to affect system features that could
   interfere with the user’s experience; for example, user agents could
   disable screensavers while video playback is in progress.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The poster IDL attribute must reflect the poster content attribute.
   This example shows how to detect when a video has failed to play
   correctly:
 
 
 Download the video file .
    4.7.11. The audio element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Embedded content.
           If the element has a controls attribute: Interactive content.
           If the element has a controls attribute: Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where embedded content is expected.
   Content model:
           If the element has a src attribute: zero or more track elements,
           then transparent, but with no media element descendants.
           If the element does not have a src attribute: zero or more source
           elements, then zero or more track elements, then transparent, but
           with no media element descendants.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           src - Address of the resource
           crossorigin - How the element handles crossorigin requests
           preload - Hints how much buffering the media resource will likely
           need
           autoplay - Hint that the media resource can be started
           automatically when the page is loaded
           loop - Whether to loop the media resource
           muted - Whether to mute the media resource by default
           controls - Show user agent controls
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           application.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 [NamedConstructor=Audio(optional DOMString src)]
 interface HTMLAudioElement : HTMLMediaElement {};
   An audio element represents a sound or audio stream.
   Content may be provided inside the audio element. User agents should not
   show this content to the user; it is intended for older Web browsers which
   do not support audio, so that legacy audio plugins can be tried, or to
   show text to the users of these older browsers informing them of how to
   access the audio contents.
   In particular, this content is not intended to address accessibility
   concerns. To make audio content accessible to the deaf or to those with
   other physical or cognitive disabilities, a variety of features are
   available. If captions or a sign language video are available, the video
   element can be used instead of the audio element to play the audio,
   allowing users to enable the visual alternatives. Chapter titles can be
   provided to aid navigation, using the track element and a WebVTT file.
   And, naturally, transcripts or other textual alternatives can be provided
   by simply linking to them in the prose near the audio element. [WEBVTT]
   The audio element is a media element whose media data is ostensibly audio
   data.
   The src, preload, autoplay, loop, muted, and controls attributes are the
   attributes common to all media elements.
   When an audio element is potentially playing, it must have its audio data
   played synchronized with the current playback position, at the element’s
   effective media volume. The user agent must play the audio from audio
   tracks that were enabled when the event loop last reached step 1.
   When an audio element is not potentially playing, audio must not play for
   the element.
   audio = new Audio( [ url ] )
           Returns a new audio element, with the src attribute set to the
           value passed in the argument, if applicable.
   A constructor is provided for creating HTMLAudioElement objects (in
   addition to the factory methods from DOM such as createElement()):
   Audio(src). When invoked as a constructor, it must return a new
   HTMLAudioElement object (a new audio element). The element must be created
   with its preload attribute set to the literal value "auto". If the src
   argument is present, the object created must be created with its src
   content attribute set to the provided value (this will cause the user
   agent to invoke the object’s resource selection algorithm before
   returning). The element’s node document must be the active document of the
   browsing context of the Window object on which the interface object of the
   invoked constructor is found.
    4.7.12. The track element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a media element, before any flow content.
   Content model:
           Nothing.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           No end tag
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           kind - The type of text track
           src - Address of the resource
           srclang - Language of the text track
           label - User-visible label
           default - Enable the track if no other text track is more suitable
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTrackElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString kind;
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString srclang;
   attribute DOMString label;
   attribute boolean default;
   const unsigned short NONE = 0;
   const unsigned short LOADING = 1;
   const unsigned short LOADED = 2;
   const unsigned short ERROR = 3;
   readonly attribute unsigned short readyState;
   readonly attribute TextTrack track;
 };
   The track element allows authors to specify explicit external text
   resources for media elements. It does not represent anything on its own.
   The kind attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists
   the keywords defined for this attribute. The keyword given in the first
   cell of each row maps to the state given in the second cell.
   Keyword      State        Brief description                                
                             Transcription or translation of the dialog,      
                             suitable for when the sound is available but not 
   subtitles    Subtitles    understood (e.g., because the user does not      
                             understand the language of the media resource’s  
                             audio track). Overlaid on the video.             
                             Transcription or translation of the dialog,      
                             sound effects, relevant musical cues, and other  
                             relevant audio information, suitable for when    
   captions     Captions     sound is unavailable or not clearly audible      
                             (e.g., because it is muted, drowned-out by       
                             ambient noise, or because the user is deaf).     
                             Overlaid on the video; labeled as appropriate    
                             for the hard-of-hearing.                         
                             Textual descriptions of the video component of   
                             the media resource, intended for audio synthesis 
                             when the visual component is obscured,           
   descriptions Descriptions unavailable, or not usable (e.g., because the    
                             user is interacting with the application without 
                             a screen while driving, or because the user is   
                             blind). Synthesized as audio.                    
                             Chapter titles, intended to be used for          
   chapters     Chapters     navigating the media resource. Displayed as an   
                             interactive (potentially nested) list in the     
                             user agent’s interface.                          
   metadata     Metadata     Tracks intended for use from script. Not         
                             displayed by the user agent.                     
   The attribute may be omitted. The missing value default is the subtitles
   state. The invalid value default is the metadata state.
   The src attribute gives the address of the text track data. The value must
   be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. This attribute
   must be present.
   If the element has a src attribute whose value is not the empty string and
   whose value, when the attribute was set, could be successfully parsed
   relative to the element’s node document, then the element’s track URL is
   the resulting URL string. Otherwise, the element’s track URL is the empty
   string.
   If the element’s track URL identifies a WebVTT resource, and the element’s
   kind attribute is not in the Metadata state, then the WebVTT file must be
   a WebVTT file using cue text. [WEBVTT]
   Furthermore, if the element’s track URL identifies a WebVTT resource, and
   the element’s kind attribute is in the chapters state, then the WebVTT
   file must be both a WebVTT file using chapter title text and a WebVTT file
   using only nested cues. [WEBVTT]
   The srclang attribute gives the language of the text track data. The value
   must be a valid BCP 47 language tag. This attribute must be present if the
   element’s kind attribute is in the subtitles state. [BCP47]
   If the element has a srclang attribute whose value is not the empty
   string, then the element’s track language is the value of the attribute.
   Otherwise, the element has no track language.
   The label attribute gives a user-readable title for the track. This title
   is used by user agents when listing subtitle, caption, and audio
   description tracks in their user interface.
   The value of the label attribute, if the attribute is present, must not be
   the empty string. Furthermore, there must not be two track element
   children of the same media element whose kind attributes are in the same
   state, whose srclang attributes are both missing or have values that
   represent the same language, and whose label attributes are again both
   missing or both have the same value.
   If the element has a label attribute whose value is not the empty string,
   then the element’s track label is the value of the attribute. Otherwise,
   the element’s track label is an empty string.
   The default attribute is a boolean attribute, which, if specified,
   indicates that the track is to be enabled if the user’s preferences do not
   indicate that another track would be more appropriate.
   Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose
   kind attribute is in the Subtitles or Captions state and whose default
   attribute is specified.
   Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose
   kind attribute is in the Descriptions state and whose default attribute is
   specified.
   Each media element must have no more than one track element child whose
   kind attribute is in the Chapters state and whose default attribute is
   specified.
   There is no limit on the number of track elements whose kind attribute is
   in the Metadata state and whose default attribute is specified.
   track . readyState
           Returns the text track readiness state, represented by a number
           from the following list:
                track . NONE (0)
                        The text track not loaded state.
                track . LOADING (1)
                        The text track loading state.
                track . LOADED (2)
                        The text track loaded state.
                track . ERROR (3)
                        The text track failed to load state.
   track . track
           Returns the TextTrack object corresponding to the text track of
           the track element.
   The readyState attribute must return the numeric value corresponding to
   the text track readiness state of the track element’s text track, as
   defined by the following list:
   NONE (numeric value 0)
           The text track not loaded state.
   LOADING (numeric value 1)
           The text track loading state.
   LOADED (numeric value 2)
           The text track loaded state.
   ERROR (numeric value 3)
           The text track failed to load state.
   The track IDL attribute must, on getting, return the track element’s text
   track’s corresponding TextTrack object.
   The src, srclang, label, and default IDL attributes must reflect the
   respective content attributes of the same name. The kind IDL attribute
   must reflect the content attribute of the same name, limited to only known
   values.
   This video has subtitles in several languages:
 
   
   
   
   
      
   (The lang attributes on the last two describe the language of the label
   attribute, not the language of the subtitles themselves. The language of
   the subtitles is given by the srclang attribute.)
    4.7.13. Media elements
   HTMLMediaElement objects (audio and video, in this specification) are
   simply known as media elements.
 enum CanPlayTypeResult { "" /* empty string */, "maybe", "probably" };
 typedef (MediaStream or MediaSource or Blob) MediaProvider;
 interface HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement {
   // error state
   readonly attribute MediaError? error;
   // network state
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute MediaProvider? srcObject;
   readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc;
   attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
   const unsigned short NETWORK_EMPTY = 0;
   const unsigned short NETWORK_IDLE = 1;
   const unsigned short NETWORK_LOADING = 2;
   const unsigned short NETWORK_NO_SOURCE = 3;
   readonly attribute unsigned short networkState;
   attribute DOMString preload;
   readonly attribute TimeRanges buffered;
   void load();
   CanPlayTypeResult canPlayType(DOMString type);
   // ready state
   const unsigned short HAVE_NOTHING = 0;
   const unsigned short HAVE_METADATA = 1;
   const unsigned short HAVE_CURRENT_DATA = 2;
   const unsigned short HAVE_FUTURE_DATA = 3;
   const unsigned short HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA = 4;
   readonly attribute unsigned short readyState;
   readonly attribute boolean seeking;
   // playback state
   attribute double currentTime;
   void fastSeek(double time);
   readonly attribute unrestricted double duration;
   object getStartDate();
   readonly attribute boolean paused;
   attribute double defaultPlaybackRate;
   attribute double playbackRate;
   readonly attribute TimeRanges played;
   readonly attribute TimeRanges seekable;
   readonly attribute boolean ended;
   attribute boolean autoplay;
   attribute boolean loop;
   void play();
   void pause();
   // controls
   attribute boolean controls;
   attribute double volume;
   attribute boolean muted;
   attribute boolean defaultMuted;
   // tracks
   [SameObject] readonly attribute AudioTrackList audioTracks;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute VideoTrackList videoTracks;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute TextTrackList textTracks;
   TextTrack addTextTrack(TextTrackKind kind, optional DOMString label = "", optional DOMString language = "");
 };
   The media element attributes, src, crossorigin, preload, autoplay, loop,
   muted, and controls, apply to all media elements. They are defined in this
   section.
   Media elements are used to present audio data, or video and audio data, to
   the user. This is referred to as media data in this section, since this
   section applies equally to media elements for audio or for video.
   The term media resource is used to refer to the complete set of media
   data, e.g., the complete video file, or complete audio file.
   A media resource can have multiple audio and video tracks. For the
   purposes of a media element, the video data of the media resource is only
   that of the currently selected track (if any) as given by the element’s
   videoTracks attribute when the event loop last reached step 1, and the
   audio data of the media resource is the result of mixing all the currently
   enabled tracks (if any) given by the element’s audioTracks attribute when
   the event loop last reached step 1.
   Both audio and video elements can be used for both audio and video. The
   main difference between the two is simply that the audio element has no
   playback area for visual content (such as video or captions), whereas the
   video element does.
   Except where otherwise explicitly specified, the task source for all the
   tasks queued in this section and its subsections is the media element
   event task source of the media element in question.
      4.7.13.1. Error codes
   media . error
           Returns a MediaError object representing the current error state
           of the element.
           Returns null if there is no error.
   All media elements have an associated error status, which records the last
   error the element encountered since its resource selection algorithm was
   last invoked. The error attribute, on getting, must return the MediaError
   object created for this last error, or null if there has not been an
   error.
 interface MediaError {
   const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED = 1;
   const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK = 2;
   const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_DECODE = 3;
   const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED = 4;
   readonly attribute unsigned short code;
 };
   media . error . code
           Returns the current error’s error code, from the list below.
   The code attribute of a MediaError object must return the code for the
   error, which must be one of the following:
   MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED (numeric value 1)
           The fetching process for the media resource was aborted by the
           user agent at the user’s request.
   MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK (numeric value 2)
           A network error of some description caused the user agent to stop
           fetching the media resource, after the resource was established to
           be usable.
   MEDIA_ERR_DECODE (numeric value 3)
           An error of some description occurred while decoding the media
           resource, after the resource was established to be usable.
   MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED (numeric value 4)
           The media resource indicated by the src attribute or assigned
           media provider object was not suitable.
      4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource
   The src content attribute on media elements gives the address of the media
   resource (video, audio) to show. The attribute, if present, must contain a
   valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces.
   The crossorigin content attribute on media elements is a CORS settings
   attribute.
   If a media element is created with a src attribute, the user agent must
   immediately invoke the media element’s resource selection algorithm.
   If a src attribute of a media element is set or changed, the user agent
   must invoke the media element’s media element load algorithm. (Removing
   the src attribute does not do this, even if there are source elements
   present.)
   The src IDL attribute on media elements must reflect the content attribute
   of the same name.
   The crossOrigin IDL attribute must reflect the crossorigin content
   attribute.
   A media provider object is an object that can represent a media resource,
   separate from a URL. MediaStream objects, MediaSource objects, Blob
   objects, and File objects are all media provider objects.
   Each media element can have an assigned media provider object, which is a
   media provider object. When a media element is created, it has no assigned
   media provider object.
   media . srcObject [ = source ]
           Allows the media element to be assigned a media provider object.
   media . currentSrc
           Returns the URL of the current media resource, if any.
           Returns the empty string when there is no media resource, or it
           doesn’t have a URL.
   The currentSrc IDL attribute is initially the empty string. Its value is
   changed by the resource selection algorithm defined below.
   The srcObject IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s
   assigned media provider object, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, it
   must set the element’s assigned media provider object to the new value,
   and then invoke the element’s media element load algorithm.
   There are three ways to specify a media resource, the srcObject IDL
   attribute, the src content attribute, and source elements. The IDL
   attribute takes priority, followed by the content attribute, followed by
   the elements.
      4.7.13.3. MIME types
   A media resource can be described in terms of its type, specifically a
   MIME type, in some cases with a codecs parameter. (Whether the codecs
   parameter is allowed or not depends on the MIME type.) [RFC6381]
   Types are usually somewhat incomplete descriptions; for example
   "video/mpeg" doesn’t say anything except what the container type is, and
   even a type like "video/mp4; codecs="avc1.42E01E, mp4a.40.2"" doesn’t
   include information like the actual bitrate (only the maximum bitrate).
   Thus, given a type, a user agent can often only know whether it might be
   able to play media of that type (with varying levels of confidence), or
   whether it definitely cannot play media of that type.
   A type that the user agent knows it cannot render is one that describes a
   resource that the user agent definitely does not support, for example
   because it doesn’t recognize the container type, or it doesn’t support the
   listed codecs.
   The MIME type "application/octet-stream" with no parameters is never a
   type that the user agent knows it cannot render. User agents must treat
   that type as equivalent to the lack of any explicit Content-Type metadata
   when it is used to label a potential media resource.
   Only the MIME type "application/octet-stream" with no parameters is
   special-cased here; if any parameter appears with it, it will be treated
   just like any other MIME type. This is a deviation from the rule that
   unknown MIME type parameters should be ignored.
   media . canPlayType(type)
           Returns the empty string (a negative response), "maybe", or
           "probably" based on how confident the user agent is that it can
           play media resources of the given type.
   The canPlayType(type) method must return the empty string if type is a
   type that the user agent knows it cannot render or is the type
   "application/octet-stream"; it must return "probably" if the user agent is
   confident that the type represents a media resource that it can render if
   used in with this audio or video element; and it must return "maybe"
   otherwise. Implementors are encouraged to return "maybe" unless the type
   can be confidently established as being supported or not. Generally, a
   user agent should never return "probably" for a type that allows the
   codecs parameter if that parameter is not present.
   This script tests to see if the user agent supports a (fictional) new
   format to dynamically decide whether to use a video element or a plugin:
 
 
   The type attribute of the source element allows the user agent to avoid
   downloading resources that use formats it cannot render.
      4.7.13.4. Network states
   media . networkState
           Returns the current state of network activity for the element,
           from the codes in the list below.
   As media elements interact with the network, their current network
   activity is represented by the networkState attribute. On getting, it must
   return the current network state of the element, which must be one of the
   following values:
   NETWORK_EMPTY (numeric value 0)
           The element has not yet been initialized. All attributes are in
           their initial states.
   NETWORK_IDLE (numeric value 1)
           The element’s resource selection algorithm is active and has
           selected a resource, but it is not actually using the network at
           this time.
   NETWORK_LOADING (numeric value 2)
           The user agent is actively trying to download data.
   NETWORK_NO_SOURCE (numeric value 3)
           The element’s resource selection algorithm is active, but it has
           not yet found a resource to use.
   The resource selection algorithm defined below describes exactly when the
   networkState attribute changes value and what events fire to indicate
   changes in this state.
      4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   media . load()
           Causes the element to reset and start selecting and loading a new
           media resource from scratch.
   All media elements have an autoplaying flag, which must begin in the true
   state, and a delaying-the-load-event flag, which must begin in the false
   state. While the delaying-the-load-event flag is true, the element must
   delay the load event of its document.
   When the load() method on a media element is invoked, the user agent must
   run the media element load algorithm.
   The media element load algorithm consists of the following steps.
    1. Abort any already-running instance of the resource selection algorithm
       for this element.
    2. If there are any tasks from the media element’s media element event
       task source in one of the task queues, then remove those tasks.
       Basically, pending events and callbacks for the media element are
       discarded when the media element starts loading a new resource.
    3. If the media element’s networkState is set to NETWORK_LOADING or
       NETWORK_IDLE, queue a task to fire a simple event named abort at the
       media element.
    4. If the media element’s networkState is not set to NETWORK_EMPTY, then
       run these substeps:
         1. Queue a task to fire a simple event named emptied at the media
            element.
         2. If a fetching process is in progress for the media element, the
            user agent should stop it.
         3. If the media element’s assigned media provider object is a
            MediaSource object, then detach it.
         4. Forget the media element’s media-resource-specific tracks.
         5. If readyState is not set to HAVE_NOTHING, then set it to that
            state.
         6. If the paused attribute is false, then set it to true.
         7. If seeking is true, set it to false.
         8. Set the current playback position to 0.
            Set the official playback position to 0.
            If this changed the official playback position, then queue a task
            to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the media element.
         9. Set the initial playback position to 0.
        10. Set the timeline offset to Not-a-Number (NaN).
        11. Update the duration attribute to Not-a-Number (NaN).
            The user agent will not fire a durationchange event for this
            particular change of the duration.
    5. Set the playbackRate attribute to the value of the defaultPlaybackRate
       attribute.
    6. Set the error attribute to null and the autoplaying flag to true.
    7. Invoke the media element’s resource selection algorithm.
    8. Playback of any previously playing media resource for this element
       stops.
   The resource selection algorithm for a media element is as follows. This
   algorithm is always invoked as part of a task, but one of the first steps
   in the algorithm is to return and continue running the remaining steps in
   parallel. In addition, this algorithm interacts closely with the event
   loop mechanism; in particular, it has synchronous sections (which are
   triggered as part of the event loop algorithm). Steps in such sections are
   marked with ⌛.
    1. Set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE
       value.
    2. Set the element’s show poster flag to true.
    3. Set the media element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to true (this
       delays the load event).
    4. in parallel await a stable state, allowing the task that invoked this
       algorithm to continue. The synchronous section consists of all the
       remaining steps of this algorithm until the algorithm says the
       synchronous section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections are
       marked with ⌛.)
    5. ⌛ If the media element’s blocked-on-parser flag is false, then
       populate the list of pending text tracks.
    6. ⌛ If the media element has an assigned media provider object, then let
       mode be object.
       ⌛ Otherwise, if the media element has no assigned media provider
       object but has a src attribute, then let mode be attribute.
       ⌛ Otherwise, if the media element does not have an assigned media
       provider object and does not have a src attribute, but does have a
       source element child, then let mode be children and let candidate be
       the first such source element child in tree order.
       ⌛ Otherwise the media element has no assigned media provider object
       and has neither a src attribute nor a source element child: set the
       networkState to NETWORK_EMPTY, and abort these steps; the synchronous
       section ends.
    7. ⌛ Set the media element’s networkState to NETWORK_LOADING.
    8. ⌛ Queue a task to fire a simple event named loadstart at the media
       element.
    9. Run the appropriate steps from the following list:
            If mode is object
                      1. ⌛ Set the currentSrc attribute to the empty string.
                      2. End the synchronous section, continuing the
                         remaining steps in parallel.
                      3. Run the resource fetch algorithm with the assigned
                         media provider object. If that algorithm returns
                         without aborting this one, then the load failed.
                      4. Failed with media provider: Reaching this step
                         indicates that the media resource failed to load.
                         Queue a task to run the dedicated media source
                         failure steps.
                      5. Wait for the task queued by the previous step to
                         have executed.
                      6. Abort these steps. The element won’t attempt to load
                         another resource until this algorithm is triggered
                         again.
            If mode is attribute
                      1. ⌛ If the src attribute’s value is the empty string,
                         then end the synchronous section, and jump down to
                         the failed with attribute step below.
                      2. ⌛ Let urlString and urlRecord be the resulting URL
                         string and the resulting URL record, respectively,
                         that would have resulted from parsing the URL
                         specified by the src attribute’s value relative to
                         the media element's node document when the src
                         attribute was last changed.
                      3. ⌛ If urlString was obtained successfully, set the
                         currentSrc attribute to urlString.
                      4. End the synchronous section, continuing the
                         remaining steps in parallel.
                      5. If urlRecord was obtained successfully, run the
                         resource fetch algorithm with urlRecord. If that
                         algorithm returns without aborting this one, then
                         the load failed.
                      6. Failed with attribute: Reaching this step indicates
                         that the media resource failed to load or that the
                         given URL could not be parsed. Queue a task to run
                         the dedicated media source failure steps.
                      7. Wait for the task queued by the previous step to
                         have executed.
                      8. Abort these steps. The element won’t attempt to load
                         another resource until this algorithm is triggered
                         again.
            Otherwise (mode is children)
                      1. ⌛ Let pointer be a position defined by two adjacent
                         nodes in the media element’s child list, treating
                         the start of the list (before the first child in the
                         list, if any) and end of the list (after the last
                         child in the list, if any) as nodes in their own
                         right. One node is the node before pointer, and the
                         other node is the node after pointer. Initially, let
                         pointer be the position between the candidate node
                         and the next node, if there are any, or the end of
                         the list, if it is the last node.
                         As nodes are inserted and removed into the media
                         element, pointer must be updated as follows:
                              If a new node is inserted between the two nodes
                              that define pointer
                                      Let pointer be the point between the
                                      node before pointer and the new node.
                                      In other words, insertions at pointer
                                      go after pointer.
                              If the node before pointer is removed
                                      Let pointer be the point between the
                                      node after pointer and the node before
                                      the node after pointer. In other words,
                                      pointer doesn’t move relative to the
                                      remaining nodes.
                              If the node after pointer is removed
                                      Let pointer be the point between the
                                      node before pointer and the node after
                                      the node before pointer. Just as with
                                      the previous case, pointer doesn’t move
                                      relative to the remaining nodes.
                         Other changes don’t affect pointer.
                      2. ⌛ Process candidate: If candidate does not have a
                         src attribute, or if its src attribute’s value is
                         the empty string, then end the synchronous section,
                         and jump down to the failed with elements step
                         below.
                      3. ⌛ Let urlString and urlRecord be the resulting URL
                         string and the resulting URL record, respectively,
                         that would have resulted from parsing the URL
                         specified by candidate’s src attribute’s value
                         relative to the candidate’s node document when the
                         src attribute was last changed.
                      4. ⌛ If urlString was not obtained successfully, then
                         end the synchronous section, and jump down to the
                         Failed with elements step below.
                      5. ⌛ If candidate has a type attribute whose value,
                         when parsed as a MIME type (including any codecs
                         described by the codecs parameter, for types that
                         define that parameter), represents a type that the
                         user agent knows it cannot render, then end the
                         synchronous section, and jump down to the failed
                         with elements step below.
                      6. ⌛ Set the currentSrc attribute to urlString.
                      7. End the synchronous section, continuing the
                         remaining steps in parallel.
                      8. Run the resource fetch algorithm with urlRecord. If
                         that algorithm returns without aborting this one,
                         then the load failed.
                      9. Failed with elements: Queue a task to fire a simple
                         event named error at the candidate element.
                     10. Await a stable state. The synchronous section
                         consists of all the remaining steps of this
                         algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous
                         section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections
                         are marked with ⌛.)
                     11. ⌛ Forget the media element’s media-resource-specific
                         tracks.
                     12. ⌛ Find next candidate: Let candidate be null.
                     13. ⌛ Search loop: If the node after pointer is the end
                         of the list, then jump to the waiting step below.
                     14. ⌛ If the node after pointer is a source element, let
                         candidate be that element.
                     15. ⌛ Advance pointer so that the node before pointer is
                         now the node that was after pointer, and the node
                         after pointer is the node after the node that used
                         to be after pointer, if any.
                     16. ⌛ If candidate is null, jump back to the search loop
                         step. Otherwise, jump back to the process candidate
                         step.
                     17. ⌛ Waiting: Set the element’s networkState attribute
                         to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE value.
                     18. ⌛ Set the element’s show poster flag to true.
                     19. ⌛ Queue a task to set the element’s
                         delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This stops
                         delaying the load event.
                     20. End the synchronous section, continuing the
                         remaining steps in parallel.
                     21. Wait until the node after pointer is a node other
                         than the end of the list. (This step might wait
                         forever.)
                     22. Await a stable state. The synchronous section
                         consists of all the remaining steps of this
                         algorithm until the algorithm says the synchronous
                         section has ended. (Steps in synchronous sections
                         are marked with ⌛.)
                     23. ⌛ Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag
                         back to true (this delays the load event again, in
                         case it hasn’t been fired yet).
                     24. ⌛ Set the networkState back to NETWORK_LOADING.
                     25. ⌛ Jump back to the find next candidate step above.
       The dedicated media source failure steps are the following steps:
         1. Set the error attribute to a new MediaError object whose code
            attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED.
         2. Forget the media element’s media-resource-specific tracks.
         3. Set the element’s networkState attribute to the NETWORK_NO_SOURCE
            value.
         4. Set the element’s show poster flag to true.
         5. Fire a simple event named error at the media element.
         6. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This
            stops delaying the load event.
   The resource fetch algorithm for a media element and a given URL record or
   media provider object is as follows:
    1. If the algorithm was invoked with media provider object or a URL
       record whose object is a media provider object, then let mode be
       local. Otherwise let mode be remote.
    2. If mode is remote, then let the current media resource be the resource
       given by the URL record passed to this algorithm; otherwise, let the
       current media resource be the resource given by the media provider
       object. Either way, the current media resource is now the element’s
       media resource.
    3. Remove all media-resource-specific text tracks from the media
       element’s list of pending text tracks, if any.
    4. Run the appropriate steps from the following list:
            If mode is remote
                      1. Optionally, run the following substeps. This is the
                         expected behavior if the user agent intends to not
                         attempt to fetch the resource until the user
                         requests it explicitly (e.g., as a way to implement
                         the preload attribute’s none keyword).
                           1. Set the networkState to NETWORK_IDLE.
                           2. Queue a task to fire a simple event named
                              suspend at the element.
                           3. Queue a task to set the element’s
                              delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This
                              stops delaying the load event.
                           4. Wait for the task to be run.
                           5. Wait for an implementation-defined event (e.g.,
                              the user requesting that the media element
                              begin playback).
                           6. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag
                              back to true (this delays the load event again,
                              in case it hasn’t been fired yet).
                           7. Set the networkState to NETWORK_LOADING.
                      2. Let request be the result of creating a
                         potential-CORS request given current media
                         resource’s URL record and the media element’s
                         crossorigin content attribute value.
                         Set request’s client to the media element’s node
                         document’s Window object’s environment settings
                         object and type to "audio" if the media element is
                         an audio element and to "video" otherwise.
                         Fetch request.
                         The response’s unsafe response obtained in this
                         fashion, if any, contains the media data. It can be
                         CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin; this affects
                         whether subtitles referenced in the media data are
                         exposed in the API and, for video elements, whether
                         a canvas gets tainted when the video is drawn on it.
                         The stall timeout is a user-agent defined length of
                         time, which should be about three seconds. When a
                         media element that is actively attempting to obtain
                         media data has failed to receive any data for a
                         duration equal to the stall timeout, the user agent
                         must queue a task to fire a simple event named
                         stalled at the element.
                         User agents may allow users to selectively block or
                         slow media data downloads. When a media element’s
                         download has been blocked altogether, the user agent
                         must act as if it was stalled (as opposed to acting
                         as if the connection was closed). The rate of the
                         download may also be throttled automatically by the
                         user agent, e.g., to balance the download with other
                         connections sharing the same bandwidth.
                         User agents may decide to not download more content
                         at any time, e.g., after buffering five minutes of a
                         one hour media resource, while waiting for the user
                         to decide whether to play the resource or not, while
                         waiting for user input in an interactive resource,
                         or when the user navigates away from the page. When
                         a media element’s download has been suspended, the
                         user agent must queue a task, to set the
                         networkState to NETWORK_IDLE and fire a simple event
                         named suspend at the element. If and when
                         downloading of the resource resumes, the user agent
                         must queue a task to set the networkState to
                         NETWORK_LOADING. Between the queuing of these tasks,
                         the load is suspended (so progress events don’t
                         fire, as described above).
                         The preload attribute provides a hint regarding how
                         much buffering the author thinks is advisable, even
                         in the absence of the autoplay attribute.
                         When a user agent decides to completely suspend a
                         download, e.g., if it is waiting until the user
                         starts playback before downloading any further
                         content, the user agent must queue a task to set the
                         element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false.
                         This stops delaying the load event.
                         The user agent may use whatever means necessary to
                         fetch the resource (within the constraints put
                         forward by this and other specifications); for
                         example, reconnecting to the server in the face of
                         network errors, using HTTP range retrieval requests,
                         or switching to a streaming protocol. The user agent
                         must consider a resource erroneous only if it has
                         given up trying to fetch it.
                         To determine the format of the media resource, the
                         user agent must use the rules for sniffing audio and
                         video specifically.
                         While the load is not suspended (see below), every
                         350ms (±200ms) or for every byte received, whichever
                         is least frequent, queue a task to fire a simple
                         event named progress at the element.
                         The networking task source tasks to process the data
                         as it is being fetched must each immediately queue a
                         task to run the first appropriate steps from the
                         media data processing steps list below. (A new task
                         is used for this so that the work described below
                         occurs relative to the media element event task
                         source rather than the networking task source.)
                         When the networking task source has queued the last
                         task as part of fetching the media resource (i.e.,
                         once the download has completed), if the fetching
                         process completes without errors, including decoding
                         the media data, and if all of the data is available
                         to the user agent without network access, then, the
                         user agent must move on to the final step below.
                         This might never happen, e.g., when streaming an
                         infinite resource such as Web radio, or if the
                         resource is longer than the user agent’s ability to
                         cache data.
                         While the user agent might still need network access
                         to obtain parts of the media resource, the user
                         agent must remain on this step.
                         For example, if the user agent has discarded the
                         first half of a video, the user agent will remain at
                         this step even once the playback has ended, because
                         there is always the chance the user will seek back
                         to the start. In fact, in this situation, once
                         playback has ended, the user agent will end up
                         firing a suspend event, as described earlier.
            Otherwise (mode is local)
                    The resource described by the current media resource, if
                    any, contains the media data. It is CORS-same-origin.
                    If the current media resource is a raw data stream (e.g.,
                    from a File object), then to determine the format of the
                    media resource, the user agent must use the rules for
                    sniffing audio and video specifically. Otherwise, if the
                    data stream is pre-decoded, then the format is the format
                    given by the relevant specification.
                    Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false.
                    This stops delaying the load event when the resource is
                    local.
                    Whenever new data for the current media resource becomes
                    available, queue a task to run the first appropriate
                    steps from the media data processing steps list below.
                    When the current media resource is permanently exhausted
                    (e.g., all the bytes of a Blob have been processed), if
                    there were no decoding errors, then the user agent must
                    move on to the final step below. This might never happen,
                    e.g., if the current media resource is a MediaStream.
       The media data processing steps list is as follows:
            If the media data cannot be fetched at all, due to network
            errors, causing the user agent to give up trying to fetch the
            resource
            If the media data can be fetched but is found by inspection to be
            in an unsupported format, or can otherwise not be rendered at all
                    DNS errors, HTTP 4xx and 5xx errors (and equivalents in
                    other protocols), and other fatal network errors that
                    occur before the user agent has established whether the
                    current media resource is usable, as well as the file
                    using an unsupported container format, or using
                    unsupported codecs for all the data, must cause the user
                    agent to execute the following steps:
                      1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process.
                      2. Abort this subalgorithm, returning to the resource
                         selection algorithm.
            If the media resource is found to have an audio track
                      1. Create an AudioTrack object to represent the audio
                         track.
                      2. Update the media element’s audioTracks attribute’s
                         AudioTrackList object with the new AudioTrack
                         object.
                      3. Let enable be unknown.
                      4. If either the media resource or the address of the
                         current media resource indicate a particular set of
                         audio tracks to enable, or if the user agent has
                         information that would facilitate the selection of
                         specific audio tracks to improve the user’s
                         experience, then: if this audio track is one of the
                         ones to enable, then set enable to true, otherwise,
                         set enable to false.
                         This could be triggered by Media Fragments URI
                         fragment identifier syntax, but it could also be
                         triggered e.g., by the user agent selecting a 5.1
                         surround sound audio track over a stereo audio
                         track. [MEDIA-FRAGS]
                      5. If enable is still unknown, then, if the media
                         element does not yet have an enabled audio track,
                         then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to
                         false.
                      6. If enable is true, then enable this audio track,
                         otherwise, do not enable this audio track.
                      7. Fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that
                         does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses
                         the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute
                         initialized to the new AudioTrack object, at this
                         AudioTrackList object.
            If the media resource is found to have a video track
                      1. Create a VideoTrack object to represent the video
                         track.
                      2. Update the media element’s videoTracks attribute’s
                         VideoTrackList object with the new VideoTrack
                         object.
                      3. Let enable be unknown.
                      4. If either the media resource or the address of the
                         current media resource indicate a particular set of
                         video tracks to enable, or if the user agent has
                         information that would facilitate the selection of
                         specific video tracks to improve the user’s
                         experience, then: if this video track is the first
                         such video track, then set enable to true,
                         otherwise, set enable to false.
                         This could again be triggered by media fragments
                         syntax.
                      5. If enable is still unknown, then, if the media
                         element does not yet have a selected video track,
                         then set enable to true, otherwise, set enable to
                         false.
                      6. If enable is true, then select this track and
                         unselect any previously selected video tracks,
                         otherwise, do not select this video track. If other
                         tracks are unselected, then a change event will be
                         fired.
                      7. Fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that
                         does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses
                         the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute
                         initialized to the new VideoTrack object, at this
                         VideoTrackList object.
            Once enough of the media data has been fetched to determine the
            duration of the media resource, its dimensions, and other
            metadata
                    This indicates that the resource is usable. The user
                    agent must follow these substeps:
                      1. Establish the media timeline for the purposes of the
                         current playback position and the earliest possible
                         position, based on the media data.
                      2. Update the timeline offset to the date and time that
                         corresponds to the zero time in the media timeline
                         established in the previous step, if any. If no
                         explicit time and date is given by the media
                         resource, the timeline offset must be set to
                         Not-a-Number (NaN).
                      3. Set the current playback position and the official
                         playback position to the earliest possible position.
                      4. Update the duration attribute with the time of the
                         last frame of the resource, if known, on the media
                         timeline established above. If it is not known
                         (e.g., a stream that is in principle infinite),
                         update the duration attribute to the value positive
                         Infinity.
                         The user agent will queue a task to fire a simple
                         event named durationchange at the element at this
                         point.
                      5. For video elements, set the videoWidth and
                         videoHeight attributes, and queue a task to fire a
                         simple event named resize at the media element.
                         Further resize events will be fired if the
                         dimensions subsequently change.
                      6. Set the readyState attribute to HAVE_METADATA.
                         A loadedmetadata DOM event will be fired as part of
                         setting the readyState attribute to a new value.
                      7. Let jumped be false.
                      8. If the media element’s default playback start
                         position is greater than zero, then seek to that
                         time, and let jumped be true.
                      9. Let the media element’s default playback start
                         position be zero.
                     10. Let the initial playback position be zero.
                     11. If either the media resource or the address of the
                         current media resource indicate a particular start
                         time, then set the initial playback position to that
                         time and, if jumped is still false, seek to that
                         time and let jumped be true.
                         For example, with media formats that support the
                         media fragment syntax the fragment, can be used to
                         indicate a start position. [MEDIA-FRAGS]
                     12. If there is no enabled audio track, then enable an
                         audio track. This will cause a change event to be
                         fired.
                     13. If there is no selected video track, then select a
                         video track. This will cause a change event to be
                         fired.
                    Once the readyState attribute reaches HAVE_CURRENT_DATA,
                    after the loadeddata event has been fired, set the
                    element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to false. This
                    stops delaying the load event.
                    A user agent that is attempting to reduce network usage
                    while still fetching the metadata for each media resource
                    would also stop buffering at this point, following the
                    rules described previously, which involve the
                    networkState attribute switching to the NETWORK_IDLE
                    value and a suspend event firing.
                    The user agent is required to determine the duration of
                    the media resource and go through this step before
                    playing.
            Once the entire media resource has been fetched (but potentially
            before any of it has been decoded)
                    Fire a simple event named progress at the media element.
                    Set the networkState to NETWORK_IDLE and fire a simple
                    event named suspend at the media element.
                    If the user agent ever discards any media data and then
                    needs to resume the network activity to obtain it again,
                    then it must queue a task to set the networkState to
                    NETWORK_LOADING.
                    If the user agent can keep the media resource loaded,
                    then the algorithm will continue to its final step below,
                    which aborts the algorithm.
            If the connection is interrupted after some media data has been
            received, causing the user agent to give up trying to fetch the
            resource
                    Fatal network errors that occur after the user agent has
                    established whether the current media resource is usable
                    (i.e., once the media element’s readyState attribute is
                    no longer HAVE_NOTHING) must cause the user agent to
                    execute the following steps:
                      1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process.
                      2. Set the error attribute to a new MediaError object
                         whose code attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK.
                      3. Set the element’s networkState attribute to the
                         NETWORK_IDLE value.
                      4. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to
                         false. This stops delaying the load event.
                      5. Fire a simple event named error at the media
                         element.
                      6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.
            If the media data is corrupted
                    Fatal errors in decoding the media data that occur after
                    the user agent has established whether the current media
                    resource is usable (i.e., once the media element’s
                    readyState attribute is no longer HAVE_NOTHING) must
                    cause the user agent to execute the following steps:
                      1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process.
                      2. Set the error attribute to a new MediaError object
                         whose code attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_DECODE.
                      3. Set the element’s networkState attribute to the
                         NETWORK_IDLE value.
                      4. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to
                         false. This stops delaying the load event.
                      5. Fire a simple event named error at the media
                         element.
                      6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.
            If the media data fetching process is aborted by the user
                    The fetching process is aborted by the user, e.g.,
                    because the user pressed a "stop" button, the user agent
                    must execute the following steps. These steps are not
                    followed if the load() method itself is invoked while
                    these steps are running, as the steps above handle that
                    particular kind of abort.
                      1. The user agent should cancel the fetching process.
                      2. Set the error attribute to a new MediaError object
                         whose code attribute is set to MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED.
                      3. Fire a simple event named abort at the media
                         element.
                      4. If the media element’s readyState attribute has a
                         value equal to HAVE_NOTHING, set the element’s
                         networkState attribute to the NETWORK_EMPTY value,
                         set the element’s show poster flag to true, and fire
                         a simple event named emptied at the element.
                         Otherwise, set the element’s networkState attribute
                         to the NETWORK_IDLE value.
                      5. Set the element’s delaying-the-load-event flag to
                         false. This stops delaying the load event.
                      6. Abort the overall resource selection algorithm.
            If the media data can be fetched but has non-fatal errors or
            uses, in part, codecs that are unsupported, preventing the user
            agent from rendering the content completely correctly but not
            preventing playback altogether
                    The server returning data that is partially usable but
                    cannot be optimally rendered must cause the user agent to
                    render just the bits it can handle, and ignore the rest.
            If the media resource is found to declare a
            media-resource-specific text track that the user agent supports
                    If the media data is CORS-same-origin, run the steps to
                    expose a media-resource-specific text track with the
                    relevant data.
                    Cross-origin videos do not expose their subtitles, since
                    that would allow attacks such as hostile sites reading
                    subtitles from confidential videos on a user’s intranet.
    5. Final step: If the user agent ever reaches this step (which can only
       happen if the entire resource gets loaded and kept available): abort
       the overall resource selection algorithm.
   When a media element is to forget the media element’s
   media-resource-specific tracks, the user agent must remove from the media
   element’s list of text tracks all the media-resource-specific text tracks,
   then empty the media element’s audioTracks attribute’s AudioTrackList
   object, then empty the media element’s videoTracks attribute’s
   VideoTrackList object. No events (in particular, no removetrack events)
   are fired as part of this; the error and emptied events, fired by the
   algorithms that invoke this one, can be used instead.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The preload attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following table
   lists the keywords and states for the attribute — the keywords in the left
   column map to the states in the cell in the second column on the same row
   as the keyword. The attribute can be changed even once the media resource
   is being buffered or played; the descriptions in the table below are to be
   interpreted with that in mind.
   Keyword  State     Brief description                                       
                      Hints to the user agent that either the author does not 
                      expect the user to need the media resource, or that the 
                      server wants to minimize unnecessary traffic. This      
   none     None      state does not provide a hint regarding how             
                      aggressively to actually download the media resource if 
                      buffering starts anyway (e.g., once the user hits       
                      "play").                                                
                      Hints to the user agent that the author does not expect 
                      the user to need the media resource, but that fetching  
                      the resource metadata (dimensions, track list,          
                      duration, etc), and maybe even the first few frames, is 
                      reasonable. If the user agent precisely fetches no more 
                      than the metadata, then the media element will end up   
                      with its readyState attribute set to HAVE_METADATA;     
   metadata Metadata  typically though, some frames will be obtained as well  
                      and it will probably be HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or            
                      HAVE_FUTURE_DATA. When the media resource is playing,   
                      hints to the user agent that bandwidth is to be         
                      considered scarce, e.g., suggesting throttling the      
                      download so that the media data is obtained at the      
                      slowest possible rate that still maintains consistent   
                      playback.                                               
                      Hints to the user agent that the user agent can put the 
   auto     Automatic user’s needs first without risk to the server, up to    
                      and including optimistically downloading the entire     
                      resource.                                               
   The empty string is also a valid keyword, and maps to the Automatic state.
   The attribute’s missing value default is user-agent defined, though the
   Metadata state is suggested as a compromise between reducing server load
   and providing an optimal user experience.
   Authors might switch the attribute from "none" or "metadata" to "auto"
   dynamically once the user begins playback. For example, on a page with
   many videos this might be used to indicate that the many videos are not to
   be downloaded unless requested, but that once one is requested it is to be
   downloaded aggressively.
   The preload attribute is intended to provide a hint to the user agent
   about what the author thinks will lead to the best user experience. The
   attribute may be ignored altogether, for example based on explicit user
   preferences or based on the available connectivity.
   The preload IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name, limited to only known values.
   The autoplay attribute can override the preload attribute (since if the
   media plays, it naturally has to buffer first, regardless of the hint
   given by the preload attribute). Including both is not an error, however.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   media . buffered
           Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the
           media resource that the user agent has buffered.
   The buffered attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges
   object that represents the ranges of the media resource, if any, that the
   user agent has buffered, at the time the attribute is evaluated. Users
   agents must accurately determine the ranges available, even for media
   streams where this can only be determined by tedious inspection.
   Typically this will be a single range anchored at the zero point, but if,
   e.g., the user agent uses HTTP range requests in response to seeking, then
   there could be multiple ranges.
   User agents may discard previously buffered data.
   Thus, a time position included within a range of the objects return by the
   buffered attribute at one time can end up being not included in the
   range(s) of objects returned by the same attribute at later times.
      4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
   media . duration
           Returns the length of the media resource, in seconds, assuming
           that the start of the media resource is at time zero.
           Returns NaN if the duration isn’t available.
           Returns Infinity for unbounded streams.
   media . currentTime [ = value ]
           Returns the official playback position, in seconds.
           Can be set, to seek to the given time.
   A media resource has a media timeline that maps times (in seconds) to
   positions in the media resource. The origin of a timeline is its earliest
   defined position. The duration of a timeline is its last defined position.
   Establishing the media timeline: If the media resource somehow specifies
   an explicit timeline whose origin is not negative (i.e., gives each frame
   a specific time offset and gives the first frame a zero or positive
   offset), then the media timeline should be that timeline. (Whether the
   media resource can specify a timeline or not depends on the media
   resource’s format.) If the media resource specifies an explicit start time
   and date, then that time and date should be considered the zero point in
   the media timeline; the timeline offset will be the time and date, exposed
   using the getStartDate() method.
   If the media resource has a discontinuous timeline, the user agent must
   extend the timeline used at the start of the resource across the entire
   resource, so that the media timeline of the media resource increases
   linearly starting from the earliest possible position (as defined below),
   even if the underlying media data has out-of-order or even overlapping
   time codes.
   For example, if two clips have been concatenated into one video file, but
   the video format exposes the original times for the two clips, the video
   data might expose a timeline that goes, say, 00:15..00:29 and then
   00:05..00:38. However, the user agent would not expose those times; it
   would instead expose the times as 00:15..00:29 and 00:29..01:02, as a
   single video.
   In the rare case of a media resource that does not have an explicit
   timeline, the zero time on the media timeline should correspond to the
   first frame of the media resource. In the even rarer case of a media
   resource with no explicit timings of any kind, not even frame durations,
   the user agent must itself determine the time for each frame in a
   user-agent-defined manner. (This is a fingerprinting vector.)
   An example of a file format with no explicit timeline but with explicit
   frame durations is the Animated GIF format. An example of a file format
   with no explicit timings at all is the JPEG-push format
   (multipart/x-mixed-replace with JPEG frames, often used as the format for
   MJPEG streams).
   If, in the case of a resource with no timing information, the user agent
   will nonetheless be able to seek to an earlier point than the first frame
   originally provided by the server, then the zero time should correspond to
   the earliest seekable time of the media resource; otherwise, it should
   correspond to the first frame received from the server (the point in the
   media resource at which the user agent began receiving the stream).
   At the time of writing, there is no known format that lacks explicit frame
   time offsets yet still supports seeking to a frame before the first frame
   sent by the server.
   Consider a stream from a TV broadcaster, which begins streaming on a sunny
   Friday afternoon in October, and always sends connecting user agents the
   media data on the same media timeline, with its zero time set to the start
   of this stream. Months later, user agents connecting to this stream will
   find that the first frame they receive has a time with millions of
   seconds. The getStartDate() method would always return the date that the
   broadcast started; this would allow controllers to display real times in
   their scrubber (e.g., "2:30pm") rather than a time relative to when the
   broadcast began ("8 months, 4 hours, 12 minutes, and 23 seconds").
   Consider a stream that carries a video with several concatenated
   fragments, broadcast by a server that does not allow user agents to
   request specific times but instead just streams the video data in a
   predetermined order, with the first frame delivered always being
   identified as the frame with time zero. If a user agent connects to this
   stream and receives fragments defined as covering timestamps 2010-03-20
   23:15:00 UTC to 2010-03-21 00:05:00 UTC and 2010-02-12 14:25:00 UTC to
   2010-02-12 14:35:00 UTC, it would expose this with a media timeline
   starting at 0s and extending to 3,600s (one hour). Assuming the streaming
   server disconnected at the end of the second clip, the duration attribute
   would then return 3,600. The getStartDate() method would return a Date
   object with a time corresponding to 2010-03-20 23:15:00 UTC. However, if a
   different user agent connected five minutes later, it would (presumably)
   receive fragments covering timestamps 2010-03-20 23:20:00 UTC to
   2010-03-21 00:05:00 UTC and 2010-02-12 14:25:00 UTC to 2010-02-12 14:35:00
   UTC, and would expose this with a media timeline starting at 0s and
   extending to 3,300s (fifty five minutes). In this case, the getStartDate()
   method would return a Date object with a time corresponding to 2010-03-20
   23:20:00 UTC.
   In both of these examples, the seekable attribute would give the ranges
   that the controller would want to actually display in its UI; typically,
   if the servers don’t support seeking to arbitrary times, this would be the
   range of time from the moment the user agent connected to the stream up to
   the latest frame that the user agent has obtained; however, if the user
   agent starts discarding earlier information, the actual range might be
   shorter.
   In any case, the user agent must ensure that the earliest possible
   position (as defined below) using the established media timeline, is
   greater than or equal to zero.
   The media timeline also has an associated clock. Which clock is used is
   user-agent defined, and may be media resource-dependent, but it should
   approximate the user’s wall clock.
   Media elements have a current playback position, which must initially
   (i.e., in the absence of media data) be zero seconds. The current playback
   position is a time on the media timeline.
   Media elements also have an official playback position, which must
   initially be set to zero seconds. The official playback position is an
   approximation of the current playback position that is kept stable while
   scripts are running.
   Media elements also have a default playback start position, which must
   initially be set to zero seconds. This time is used to allow the element
   to be seeked even before the media is loaded.
   Each media element has a show poster flag. When a media element is
   created, this flag must be set to true. This flag is used to control when
   the user agent is to show a poster frame for a video element instead of
   showing the video contents.
   The currentTime attribute must, on getting, return the media element’s
   default playback start position, unless that is zero, in which case it
   must return the element’s official playback position. The returned value
   must be expressed in seconds. On setting, if the media element’s
   readyState is HAVE_NOTHING, then it must set the media element’s default
   playback start position to the new value; otherwise, it must set the
   official playback position to the new value and then seek to the new
   value. The new value must be interpreted as being in seconds.
   Media elements have an initial playback position, which must initially
   (i.e., in the absence of media data) be zero seconds. The initial playback
   position is updated when a media resource is loaded. The initial playback
   position is a time on the media timeline.
   If the media resource is a streaming resource, then the user agent might
   be unable to obtain certain parts of the resource after it has expired
   from its buffer. Similarly, some media resources might have a media
   timeline that doesn’t start at zero. The earliest possible position is the
   earliest position in the stream or resource that the user agent can ever
   obtain again. It is also a time on the media timeline.
   The earliest possible position is not explicitly exposed in the API; it
   corresponds to the start time of the first range in the seekable
   attribute’s TimeRanges object, if any, or the current playback position
   otherwise.
   When the earliest possible position changes, then: if the current playback
   position is before the earliest possible position, the user agent must
   seek to the earliest possible position; otherwise, if the user agent has
   not fired a timeupdate event at the element in the past 15 to 250ms and is
   not still running event handlers for such an event, then the user agent
   must queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element.
   Because of the above requirement and the requirement in the resource fetch
   algorithm that kicks in when the metadata of the clip becomes known, the
   current playback position can never be less than the earliest possible
   position.
   If at any time the user agent learns that an audio or video track has
   ended and all media data relating to that track corresponds to parts of
   the media timeline that are before the earliest possible position, the
   user agent may queue a task to first remove the track from the audioTracks
   attribute’s AudioTrackList object or the videoTracks attribute’s
   VideoTrackList object as appropriate and then fire a trusted event with
   the name removetrack, that does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that
   uses the TrackEvent interface, with the track attribute initialized to the
   AudioTrack or VideoTrack object representing the track, at the media
   element’s aforementioned AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object.
   The duration attribute must return the time of the end of the media
   resource, in seconds, on the media timeline. If no media data is
   available, then the attributes must return the Not-a-Number (NaN) value.
   If the media resource is not known to be bounded (e.g., streaming radio,
   or a live event with no announced end time), then the attribute must
   return the positive Infinity value.
   The user agent must determine the duration of the media resource before
   playing any part of the media data and before setting readyState to a
   value equal to or greater than HAVE_METADATA, even if doing so requires
   fetching multiple parts of the resource.
   When the length of the media resource changes to a known value (e.g., from
   being unknown to known, or from a previously established length to a new
   length) the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named
   durationchange at the media element. (The event is not fired when the
   duration is reset as part of loading a new media resource.) If the
   duration is changed such that the current playback position ends up being
   greater than the time of the end of the media resource, then the user
   agent must also seek to the time of the end of the media resource.
   If an "infinite" stream ends for some reason, then the duration would
   change from positive Infinity to the time of the last frame or sample in
   the stream, and the durationchange event would be fired. Similarly, if the
   user agent initially estimated the media resource’s duration instead of
   determining it precisely, and later revises the estimate based on new
   information, then the duration would change and the durationchange event
   would be fired.
   Some video files also have an explicit date and time corresponding to the
   zero time in the media timeline, known as the timeline offset. Initially,
   the timeline offset must be set to Not-a-Number (NaN).
   The getStartDate() method must return a new Date object representing the
   current timeline offset.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The loop attribute is a boolean attribute that, if specified, indicates
   that the media element is to seek back to the start of the media resource
   upon reaching the end.
   The loop IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
      4.7.13.7. Ready states
   media . readyState
           Returns a value that expresses the current state of the element
           with respect to rendering the current playback position, from the
           codes in the list below.
   Media elements have a ready state, which describes to what degree they are
   ready to be rendered at the current playback position. The possible values
   are as follows; the ready state of a media element at any particular time
   is the greatest value describing the state of the element:
   HAVE_NOTHING (numeric value 0)
           No information regarding the media resource is available. No data
           for the current playback position is available. Media elements
           whose networkState attribute are set to NETWORK_EMPTY are always
           in the HAVE_NOTHING state.
   HAVE_METADATA (numeric value 1)
           Enough of the resource has been obtained that the duration of the
           resource is available. In the case of a video element, the
           dimensions of the video are also available. No media data is
           available for the immediate current playback position.
   HAVE_CURRENT_DATA (numeric value 2)
           Data for the immediate current playback position is available, but
           either not enough data is available that the user agent could
           successfully advance the current playback position in the
           direction of playback at all without immediately reverting to the
           HAVE_METADATA state, or there is no more data to obtain in the
           direction of playback. For example, in video this corresponds to
           the user agent having data from the current frame, but not the
           next frame, when the current playback position is at the end of
           the current frame; and to when playback has ended.
   HAVE_FUTURE_DATA (numeric value 3)
           Data for the immediate current playback position is available, as
           well as enough data for the user agent to advance the current
           playback position in the direction of playback at least a little
           without immediately reverting to the HAVE_METADATA state, and the
           text tracks are ready. For example, in video this corresponds to
           the user agent having data for at least the current frame and the
           next frame when the current playback position is at the instant in
           time between the two frames, or to the user agent having the video
           data for the current frame and audio data to keep playing at least
           a little when the current playback position is in the middle of a
           frame. The user agent cannot be in this state if playback has
           ended, as the current playback position can never advance in this
           case.
   HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA (numeric value 4)
           All the conditions described for the HAVE_FUTURE_DATA state are
           met, and, in addition, either of the following conditions is also
           true:
              * The user agent estimates that data is being fetched at a rate
                where the current playback position, if it were to advance at
                the effective playback rate, would not overtake the available
                data before playback reaches the end of the media resource.
              * The user agent has entered a state where waiting longer will
                not result in further data being obtained, and therefore
                nothing would be gained by delaying playback any further.
                (For example, the buffer might be full.)
   In practice, the difference between HAVE_METADATA and HAVE_CURRENT_DATA is
   negligible. Really the only time the difference is relevant is when
   painting a video element onto a canvas, where it distinguishes the case
   where something will be drawn (HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or greater) from the case
   where nothing is drawn (HAVE_METADATA or less). Similarly, the difference
   between HAVE_CURRENT_DATA (only the current frame) and HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
   (at least this frame and the next) can be negligible (in the extreme, only
   one frame). The only time that distinction really matters is when a page
   provides an interface for "frame-by-frame" navigation.
   When the ready state of a media element whose networkState is not
   NETWORK_EMPTY changes, the user agent must follow the steps given below:
    1. Apply the first applicable set of substeps from the following list:
            If the previous ready state was HAVE_NOTHING, and the new ready
            state is HAVE_METADATA
                    Queue a task to fire a simple event named loadedmetadata
                    at the element.
                    Before this task is run, as part of the event loop
                    mechanism, the rendering will have been updated to resize
                    the video element if appropriate.
            If the previous ready state was HAVE_METADATA and the new ready
            state is HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or greater
                    If this is the first time this occurs for this media
                    element since the load() algorithm was last invoked, the
                    user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named
                    loadeddata at the element.
                    If the new ready state is HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or
                    HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA, then the relevant steps below must then
                    be run also.
            If the previous ready state was HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or more, and the
            new ready state is HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or less
                    If the media element was potentially playing before its
                    readyState attribute changed to a value lower than
                    HAVE_FUTURE_DATA, and the element has not ended playback,
                    and playback has not stopped due to errors, paused for
                    user interaction, or paused for in-band content, the user
                    agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named
                    timeupdate at the element, and queue a task to fire a
                    simple event named waiting at the element.
            If the previous ready state was HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or less, and
            the new ready state is HAVE_FUTURE_DATA
                    The user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event
                    named canplay at the element.
                    If the element’s paused attribute is false, the user
                    agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named
                    playing at the element.
            If the new ready state is HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA
                    If the previous ready state was HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or
                    less, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple
                    event named canplay at the element, and, if the element’s
                    paused attribute is false, queue a task to fire a simple
                    event named playing at the element.
                    If the autoplaying flag is true, and the paused attribute
                    is true, and the media element has an autoplay attribute
                    specified, and the media element’s node document’s active
                    sandboxing flag set does not have the sandboxed automatic
                    features browsing context flag set, then the user agent
                    may also run the following substeps:
                      1. Set the paused attribute to false.
                      2. If the element’s show poster flag is true, set it to
                         false and run the time marches on steps.
                      3. Queue a task to fire a simple event named play at
                         the element.
                      4. Queue a task to fire a simple event named playing at
                         the element.
                      5. Set the autoplaying flag to false.
                    User agents do not need to support autoplay, and it is
                    suggested that user agents honor user preferences on the
                    matter. Authors are urged to use the autoplay attribute
                    rather than using script to force the video to play, so
                    as to allow the user to override the behavior if so
                    desired.
                    In any case, the user agent must finally queue a task to
                    fire a simple event named canplaythrough at the element.
   It is possible for the ready state of a media element to jump between
   these states discontinuously. For example, the state of a media element
   can jump straight from HAVE_METADATA to HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA without passing
   through the HAVE_CURRENT_DATA and HAVE_FUTURE_DATA states.
   The readyState IDL attribute must, on getting, return the value described
   above that describes the current ready state of the media element.
   The autoplay attribute is a boolean attribute. When present, the user
   agent (as described in the algorithm described herein) will automatically
   begin playback of the media resource as soon as it can do so without
   stopping.
   Authors are urged to use the autoplay attribute rather than using script
   to trigger automatic playback, as this allows the user to override the
   automatic playback when it is not desired, e.g., when using a screen
   reader. Authors are also encouraged to consider not using the automatic
   playback behavior at all, and instead to let the user agent wait for the
   user to start playback explicitly.
   The autoplay IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
      4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
   media . paused
           Returns true if playback is paused; false otherwise.
   media . ended
           Returns true if playback has reached the end of the media
           resource.
   media . defaultPlaybackRate [ = value ]
           Returns the default rate of playback, for when the user is not
           fast-forwarding or reversing through the media resource.
           Can be set, to change the default rate of playback.
           The default rate has no direct effect on playback, but if the user
           switches to a fast-forward mode, when they return to the normal
           playback mode, it is expected that the rate of playback will be
           returned to the default rate of playback.
   media . playbackRate [ = value ]
           Returns the current rate playback, where 1.0 is normal speed.
           Can be set, to change the rate of playback.
   media . played
           Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the
           media resource that the user agent has played.
   media . play()
           Sets the paused attribute to false, loading the media resource and
           beginning playback if necessary. If the playback had ended, will
           restart it from the start.
   media . pause()
           Sets the paused attribute to true, loading the media resource if
           necessary.
   The paused attribute represents whether the media element is paused or
   not. The attribute must initially be true.
   A media element is a blocked media element if its readyState attribute is
   in the HAVE_NOTHING state, the HAVE_METADATA state, or the
   HAVE_CURRENT_DATA state, or if the element has paused for user interaction
   or paused for in-band content.
   A media element is said to be potentially playing when its paused
   attribute is false, the element has not ended playback, playback has not
   stopped due to errors, and the element is not a blocked media element.
   A waiting DOM event can be fired as a result of an element that is
   potentially playing stopping playback due to its readyState attribute
   changing to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA.
   A media element is said to have ended playback when:
     * The element’s readyState attribute is HAVE_METADATA or greater, and
     * Either:
          * The current playback position is the end of the media resource,
            and
          * The direction of playback is forwards, and
          * The media element does not have a loop attribute specified.
       Or:
          * The current playback position is the earliest possible position,
            and
          * The direction of playback is backwards.
   The ended attribute must return true if, the last time the event loop
   reached step 1, the media element had ended playback and the direction of
   playback was forwards, and false otherwise.
   A media element is said to have stopped due to errors when the element’s
   readyState attribute is HAVE_METADATA or greater, and the user agent
   encounters a non-fatal error during the processing of the media data, and
   due to that error, is not able to play the content at the current playback
   position.
   A media element is said to have paused for user interaction when its
   paused attribute is false, the readyState attribute is either
   HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA and the user agent has reached a
   point in the media resource where the user has to make a selection for the
   resource to continue.
   It is possible for a media element to have both ended playback and paused
   for user interaction at the same time.
   When a media element that is potentially playing stops playing because it
   has paused for user interaction, the user agent must queue a task to fire
   a simple event named timeupdate at the element.
   A media element is said to have paused for in-band content when its paused
   attribute is false, the readyState attribute is either HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or
   HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA and the user agent has suspended playback of the media
   resource in order to play content that is temporally anchored to the media
   resource and has a non-zero length, or to play content that is temporally
   anchored to a segment of the media resource but has a length longer than
   that segment.
   One example of when a media element would be paused for in-band content is
   when the user agent is playing audio descriptions from an external WebVTT
   file, and the synthesized speech generated for a cue is longer than the
   time between the text track cue start time and the text track cue end
   time.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When the current playback position reaches the end of the media resource
   when the direction of playback is forwards, then the user agent must
   follow these steps:
    1. If the media element has a loop attribute specified, then seek to the
       earliest possible position of the media resource and abort these
       steps.
    2. As defined above, the ended IDL attribute starts returning true once
       the event loop returns to step 1.
    3. Queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the media
       element.
    4. Queue a task that, if the media element has still ended playback, and
       the direction of playback is still forwards, and paused is false,
       changes paused to true and fires a simple event named pause at the
       media element.
    5. Queue a task to fire a simple event named ended at the media element.
   When the current playback position reaches the earliest possible position
   of the media resource when the direction of playback is backwards, then
   the user agent must only queue a task to fire a simple event named
   timeupdate at the element.
   The word "reaches" here does not imply that the current playback position
   needs to have changed during normal playback; it could be via seeking, for
   instance.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The defaultPlaybackRate attribute gives the desired speed at which the
   media resource is to play, as a multiple of its intrinsic speed. The
   attribute is mutable: on getting it must return the last value it was set
   to, or 1.0 if it hasn’t yet been set; on setting the attribute must be set
   to the new value.
   The defaultPlaybackRate is used by the user agent when it exposes a user
   interface to the user.
   The playbackRate attribute gives the effective playback rate which is the
   speed at which the media resource plays, as a multiple of its intrinsic
   speed. If it is not equal to the defaultPlaybackRate, then the implication
   is that the user is using a feature such as fast forward or slow motion
   playback. The attribute is mutable: on getting it must return the last
   value it was set to, or 1.0 if it hasn’t yet been set; on setting the
   attribute must be set to the new value, and the playback will change speed
   (if the element is potentially playing).
   When the defaultPlaybackRate or playbackRate attributes change value
   (either by being set by script or by being changed directly by the user
   agent, e.g., in response to user control) the user agent must queue a task
   to fire a simple event named ratechange at the media element.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The played attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges object
   that represents the ranges of points on the media timeline of the media
   resource reached through the usual monotonic increase of the current
   playback position during normal playback, if any, at the time the
   attribute is evaluated.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When the play() method on a media element is invoked, the user agent must
   run the following steps.
    1. If the media element’s networkState attribute has the value
       NETWORK_EMPTY, invoke the media element’s resource selection
       algorithm.
    2. If the playback has ended and the direction of playback is forwards,
       seek to the earliest possible position of the media resource.
       This will cause the user agent to queue a task to fire a simple event
       named timeupdate at the media element.
    3. If the media element’s paused attribute is true, run the following
       substeps:
         1. Change the value of paused to false.
         2. If the show poster flag is true, set the element’s show poster
            flag to false and run the time marches on steps.
         3. Queue a task to fire a simple event named play at the element.
         4. If the media element’s readyState attribute has the value
            HAVE_NOTHING, HAVE_METADATA, or HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, queue a task
            to fire a simple event named waiting at the element.
            Otherwise, the media element’s readyState attribute has the value
            HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA: queue a task to fire a
            simple event named playing at the element.
    4. Set the media element’s autoplaying flag to false.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When the pause() method is invoked, and when the user agent is required to
   pause the media element, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. If the media element’s networkState attribute has the value
       NETWORK_EMPTY, invoke the media element’s resource selection
       algorithm.
    2. Run the internal pause steps for the media element.
   The internal pause steps for a media element are as follows:
    1. Set the media element’s autoplaying flag to false.
    2. If the media element’s paused attribute is false, run the following
       steps:
         1. Change the value of paused to true.
         2. Queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the
            element.
         3. Queue a task to fire a simple event named pause at the element.
         4. Set the official playback position to the current playback
            position.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The effective playback rate is just the element’s playbackRate.
   If the effective playback rate is positive or zero, then the direction of
   playback is forwards. Otherwise, it is backwards.
   When a media element is potentially playing and its Document is a fully
   active Document, its current playback position must increase monotonically
   at effective playback rate units of media time per unit time of the media
   timeline’s clock. (This specification always refers to this as an
   increase, but that increase could actually be a decrease if the effective
   playback rate is negative.)
   The effective playback rate can be 0.0, in which case the current playback
   position doesn’t move, despite playback not being paused (paused doesn’t
   become true, and the pause event doesn’t fire).
   This specification doesn’t define how the user agent achieves the
   appropriate playback rate — depending on the protocol and media available,
   it is plausible that the user agent could negotiate with the server to
   have the server provide the media data at the appropriate rate, so that
   (except for the period between when the rate is changed and when the
   server updates the stream’s playback rate) the client doesn’t actually
   have to drop or interpolate any frames.
   Any time the user agent provides a stable state, the official playback
   position must be set to the current playback position.
   While the direction of playback is backwards, any corresponding audio must
   be muted. While the effective playback rate is so low or so high that the
   user agent cannot play audio usefully, the corresponding audio must also
   be muted. If the effective playback rate is not 1.0, the user agent may
   apply pitch adjustments to the audio as necessary to render it faithfully.
   Media elements that are potentially playing while not in a Document must
   not play any video, but should play any audio component. Media elements
   must not stop playing just because all references to them have been
   removed; only once a media element is in a state where no further audio
   could ever be played by that element may the element be garbage collected.
   It is possible for an element to which no explicit references exist to
   play audio, even if such an element is not still actively playing: for
   instance, a media element whose media resource has no audio tracks could
   eventually play audio again if it had an event listener that changes the
   media resource.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each media element has a list of newly introduced cues, which must be
   initially empty. Whenever a text track cue is added to the list of cues of
   a text track that is in the list of text tracks for a media element, that
   cue must be added to the media element’s list of newly introduced cues.
   Whenever a text track is added to the list of text tracks for a media
   element, all of the cues in that text track’s list of cues must be added
   to the media element’s list of newly introduced cues. When a media
   element’s list of newly introduced cues has new cues added while the media
   element’s show poster flag is not set, then the user agent must run the
   time marches on steps.
   When a text track cue is removed from the list of cues of a text track
   that is in the list of text tracks for a media element, and whenever a
   text track is removed from the list of text tracks of a media element, if
   the media element’s show poster flag is not set, then the user agent must
   run the time marches on steps.
   When the current playback position of a media element changes (e.g., due
   to playback or seeking), the user agent must run the time marches on
   steps. If the current playback position changes while the steps are
   running, then the user agent must wait for the steps to complete, and then
   must immediately rerun the steps. (These steps are thus run as often as
   possible or needed — if one iteration takes a long time, this can cause
   certain cues to be skipped over as the user agent rushes ahead to "catch
   up".)
   The time marches on steps are as follows:
    1. Let current cues be a list of cues, initialized to contain all the
       cues of all the hidden or showing text tracks of the media element
       (not the disabled ones) whose start times are less than or equal to
       the current playback position and whose end times are greater than the
       current playback position.
    2. Let other cues be a list of cues, initialized to contain all the cues
       of hidden and showing text tracks of the media element that are not
       present in current cues.
    3. Let last time be the current playback position at the time this
       algorithm was last run for this media element, if this is not the
       first time it has run.
    4. If the current playback position has, since the last time this
       algorithm was run, only changed through its usual monotonic increase
       during normal playback, then let missed cues be the list of cues in
       other cues whose start times are greater than or equal to last time
       and whose end times are less than or equal to the current playback
       position. Otherwise, let missed cues be an empty list.
    5. Remove all the cues in missed cues that are also in the media
       element’s list of newly introduced cues, and then empty the element’s
       list of newly introduced cues.
    6. If the time was reached through the usual monotonic increase of the
       current playback position during normal playback, and if the user
       agent has not fired a timeupdate event at the element in the past 15
       to 250ms and is not still running event handlers for such an event,
       then the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event named
       timeupdate at the element. (In the other cases, such as explicit
       seeks, relevant events get fired as part of the overall process of
       changing the current playback position.)
       The event thus is not to be fired faster than about 66Hz or slower
       than 4Hz (assuming the event handlers don’t take longer than 250ms to
       run). User agents are encouraged to vary the frequency of the event
       based on the system load and the average cost of processing the event
       each time, so that the UI updates are not any more frequent than the
       user agent can comfortably handle while decoding the video.
    7. If all of the cues in current cues have their text track cue active
       flag set, none of the cues in other cues have their text track cue
       active flag set, and missed cues is empty, then abort these steps.
    8. If the time was reached through the usual monotonic increase of the
       current playback position during normal playback, and there are cues
       in other cues that have their text track cue pause-on-exit flag set
       and that either have their text track cue active flag set or are also
       in missed cues, then immediately pause the media element.
       In the other cases, such as explicit seeks, playback is not paused by
       going past the end time of a cue, even if that cue has its text track
       cue pause-on-exit flag set.
    9. Let events be a list of tasks, initially empty. Each task in this list
       will be associated with a text track, a text track cue, and a time,
       which are used to sort the list before the tasks are queued.
       Let affected tracks be a list of text tracks, initially empty.
       When the steps below say to prepare an event named event for a text
       track cue target with a time time, the user agent must run these
       substeps:
         1. Let track be the text track with which the text track cue target
            is associated.
         2. Create a task to fire a simple event named event at target.
         3. Add the newly created task to events, associated with the time
            time, the text track track, and the text track cue target.
         4. Add track to affected tracks.
   10. For each text track cue in missed cues, prepare an event named enter
       for the TextTrackCue object with the text track cue start time.
   11. For each text track cue in other cues that either has its text track
       cue active flag set or is in missed cues, prepare an event named exit
       for the TextTrackCue object with the later of the text track cue end
       time and the text track cue start time.
   12. For each text track cue in current cues that does not have its text
       track cue active flag set, prepare an event named enter for the
       TextTrackCue object with the text track cue start time.
   13. Sort the tasks in events in ascending time order (tasks with earlier
       times first).
       Further sort tasks in events that have the same time by the relative
       text track cue order of the text track cues associated with these
       tasks.
       Finally, sort tasks in events that have the same time and same text
       track cue order by placing tasks that fire enter events before those
       that fire exit events.
   14. Queue each task in events, in list order.
   15. Sort affected tracks in the same order as the text tracks appear in
       the media element’s list of text tracks, and remove duplicates.
   16. For each text track in affected tracks, in the list order, queue a
       task to fire a simple event named cuechange at the TextTrack object,
       and, if the text track has a corresponding track element, to then fire
       a simple event named cuechange at the track element as well.
   17. Set the text track cue active flag of all the cues in the current
       cues, and unset the text track cue active flag of all the cues in the
       other cues.
   18. Run the rules for updating the text track rendering of each of the
       text tracks in affected tracks that are showing, providing the text
       track’s text track language as the fallback language if it is not the
       empty string. For example, for text tracks based on WebVTT, the rules
       for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT]
   For the purposes of the algorithm above, a text track cue is considered to
   be part of a text track only if it is listed in the text track list of
   cues, not merely if it is associated with the text track.
   If the media element’s node document stops being a fully active document,
   then the playback will stop until the document is active again.
   When a media element is removed from a Document, the user agent must run
   the following steps:
    1. Await a stable state, allowing the task that removed the media element
       from the Document to continue. The synchronous section consists of all
       the remaining steps of this algorithm. (Steps in the synchronous
       section are marked with ⌛.)
    2. ⌛ If the media element is in a Document, abort these steps.
    3. ⌛ Run the internal pause steps for the media element.
      4.7.13.9. Seeking
   media . seeking
           Returns true if the user agent is currently seeking.
   media . seekable
           Returns a TimeRanges object that represents the ranges of the
           media resource to which it is possible for the user agent to seek.
   media . fastSeek( time )
           Seeks to near the given time as fast as possible, trading
           precision for speed. (To seek to a precise time, use the
           currentTime attribute.)
           This does nothing if the media resource has not been loaded.
   The seeking attribute must initially have the value false.
   The fastSeek() method must seek to the time given by the method’s
   argument, with the approximate-for-speed flag set.
   When the user agent is required to seek to a particular new playback
   position in the media resource, optionally with the approximate-for-speed
   flag set, it means that the user agent must run the following steps. This
   algorithm interacts closely with the event loop mechanism; in particular,
   it has a synchronous section (which is triggered as part of the event loop
   algorithm). Steps in that section are marked with ⌛.
    1. Set the media element’s show poster flag to false.
    2. If the media element’s readyState is HAVE_NOTHING, abort these steps.
    3. If the element’s seeking IDL attribute is true, then another instance
       of this algorithm is already running. Abort that other instance of the
       algorithm without waiting for the step that it is running to complete.
    4. Set the seeking IDL attribute to true.
    5. If the seek was in response to a DOM method call or setting of an IDL
       attribute, then continue the script. The remainder of these steps must
       be run in parallel. With the exception of the steps marked with ⌛,
       they could be aborted at any time by another instance of this
       algorithm being invoked.
    6. If the new playback position is later than the end of the media
       resource, then let it be the end of the media resource instead.
    7. If the new playback position is less than the earliest possible
       position, let it be that position instead.
    8. If the (possibly now changed) new playback position is not in one of
       the ranges given in the seekable attribute, then let it be the
       position in one of the ranges given in the seekable attribute that is
       the nearest to the new playback position. If two positions both
       satisfy that constraint (i.e., the new playback position is exactly in
       the middle between two ranges in the seekable attribute) then use the
       position that is closest to the current playback position. If there
       are no ranges given in the seekable attribute then set the seeking IDL
       attribute to false and abort these steps.
    9. If the approximate-for-speed flag is set, adjust the new playback
       position to a value that will allow for playback to resume promptly.
       If new playback position before this step is before current playback
       position, then the adjusted new playback position must also be before
       the current playback position. Similarly, if the new playback position
       before this step is after current playback position, then the adjusted
       new playback position must also be after the current playback
       position.
       For example, the user agent could snap to a nearby key frame, so that
       it doesn’t have to spend time decoding then discarding intermediate
       frames before resuming playback.
   10. Queue a task to fire a simple event named seeking at the element.
   11. Set the current playback position to the new playback position.
       If the media element was potentially playing immediately before it
       started seeking, but seeking caused its readyState attribute to change
       to a value lower than HAVE_FUTURE_DATA, then a waiting event will be
       fired at the element.
       This step sets the current playback position, and thus can immediately
       trigger other conditions, such as the rules regarding when playback
       "reaches the end of the media resource" (part of the logic that
       handles looping), even before the user agent is actually able to
       render the media data for that position (as determined in the next
       step).
       The currentTime attribute returns the official playback position, not
       the current playback position, and therefore gets updated before
       script execution, separate from this algorithm.
   12. Wait until the user agent has established whether or not the media
       data for the new playback position is available, and, if it is, until
       it has decoded enough data to play back that position.
   13. Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of all the
       remaining steps of this algorithm. (Steps in the synchronous section
       are marked with ⌛.)
   14. ⌛ Set the seeking IDL attribute to false.
   15. ⌛ Run the time marches on steps.
   16. ⌛ Queue a task to fire a simple event named timeupdate at the element.
   17. ⌛ Queue a task to fire a simple event named seeked at the element.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The seekable attribute must return a new static normalized TimeRanges
   object that represents the ranges of the media resource, if any, that the
   user agent is able to seek to, at the time the attribute is evaluated.
   If the user agent can seek to anywhere in the media resource, e.g.,
   because it is a simple movie file and the user agent and the server
   support HTTP Range requests, then the attribute would return an object
   with one range, whose start is the time of the first frame (the earliest
   possible position, typically zero), and whose end is the time of the last
   frame.
   The range might be continuously changing, e.g., if the user agent is
   buffering a sliding window on an infinite stream. This is the behavior
   seen with DVRs viewing live TV, for instance.
   User agents should adopt a very liberal and optimistic view of what is
   seekable. User agents should also buffer recent content where possible to
   enable seeking to be fast.
   For instance, consider a large video file served on an HTTP server without
   support for HTTP Range requests. A browser could implement this by only
   buffering the current frame and data obtained for subsequent frames, never
   allow seeking, except for seeking to the very start by restarting the
   playback. However, this would be a poor implementation. A high quality
   implementation would buffer the last few minutes of content (or more, if
   sufficient storage space is available), allowing the user to jump back and
   rewatch something surprizing without any latency, and would in addition
   allow arbitrary seeking by reloading the file from the start if necessary,
   which would be slower but still more convenient than having to literally
   restart the video and watch it all the way through just to get to an
   earlier unbuffered spot.
   Media resources might be internally scripted or interactive. Thus, a media
   element could play in a non-linear fashion. If this happens, the user
   agent must act as if the algorithm for seeking was used whenever the
   current playback position changes in a discontinuous fashion (so that the
   relevant events fire).
      4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks
   A media resource can have multiple embedded audio and video tracks. For
   example, in addition to the primary video and audio tracks, a media
   resource could have foreign-language dubbed dialogs, director’s
   commentaries, audio descriptions, alternative angles, or sign-language
   overlays.
   media . audioTracks
           Returns an AudioTrackList object representing the audio tracks
           available in the media resource.
   media . videoTracks
           Returns a VideoTrackList object representing the video tracks
           available in the media resource.
   The audioTracks attribute of a media element must return a live
   AudioTrackList object representing the audio tracks available in the media
   element’s media resource.
   The videoTracks attribute of a media element must return a live
   VideoTrackList object representing the video tracks available in the media
   element’s media resource.
   There are only ever one AudioTrackList object and one VideoTrackList
   object per media element, even if another media resource is loaded into
   the element: the objects are reused. (The AudioTrack and VideoTrack
   objects are not, though.)
   In this example, a script defines a function that takes a URL to a video
   and a reference to an element where the video is to be placed. That
   function then tries to load the video, and, once it is loaded, checks to
   see if there is a sign-language track available. If there is, it also
   displays that track. Both tracks are just placed in the given container;
   it’s assumed that styles have been applied to make this work in a pretty
   way!
 
        4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   The AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList interfaces are used by attributes
   defined in the previous section.
 interface AudioTrackList : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter AudioTrack (unsigned long index);
   AudioTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);
   attribute EventHandler onchange;
   attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
   attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
 };
 interface AudioTrack {
   readonly attribute DOMString id;
   readonly attribute DOMString kind;
   readonly attribute DOMString label;
   readonly attribute DOMString language;
   attribute boolean enabled;
 };
 interface VideoTrackList : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter VideoTrack (unsigned long index);
   VideoTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);
   readonly attribute long selectedIndex;
   attribute EventHandler onchange;
   attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
   attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
 };
 interface VideoTrack {
   readonly attribute DOMString id;
   readonly attribute DOMString kind;
   readonly attribute DOMString label;
   readonly attribute DOMString language;
   attribute boolean selected;
 };
   media . audioTracks . length
   media . videoTracks . length
           Returns the number of tracks in the list.
   audioTrack = media . audioTracks[index]
   videoTrack = media . videoTracks[index]
           Returns the specified AudioTrack or VideoTrack object.
   audioTrack = media . audioTracks . getTrackById( id )
   videoTrack = media . videoTracks . getTrackById( id )
           Returns the AudioTrack or VideoTrack object with the given
           identifier, or null if no track has that identifier.
   audioTrack . id
   videoTrack . id
           Returns the ID of the given track. This is the ID that can be used
           with a fragment if the format supports the media fragments syntax,
           and that can be used with the getTrackById() method. [MEDIA-FRAGS]
   audioTrack . kind
   videoTrack . kind
           Returns the category the given track falls into. The possible
           track categories are given below.
   audioTrack . label
   videoTrack . label
           Returns the label of the given track, if known, or the empty
           string otherwise.
   audioTrack . language
   videoTrack . language
           Returns the language of the given track, if known, or the empty
           string otherwise.
   audioTrack . enabled [ = value ]
           Returns true if the given track is active, and false otherwise.
           Can be set, to change whether the track is enabled or not. If
           multiple audio tracks are enabled simultaneously, they are mixed.
   media . videoTracks . selectedIndex
           Returns the index of the currently selected track, if any, or -1
           otherwise.
   videoTrack . selected [ = value ]
           Returns true if the given track is active, and false otherwise.
           Can be set, to change whether the track is selected or not. Either
           zero or one video track is selected; selecting a new track while a
           previous one is selected will unselect the previous one.
   An AudioTrackList object represents a dynamic list of zero or more audio
   tracks, of which zero or more can be enabled at a time. Each audio track
   is represented by an AudioTrack object.
   A VideoTrackList object represents a dynamic list of zero or more video
   tracks, of which zero or one can be selected at a time. Each video track
   is represented by a VideoTrack object.
   Tracks in AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects must be consistently
   ordered. If the media resource is in a format that defines an order, then
   that order must be used; otherwise, the order must be the relative order
   in which the tracks are declared in the media resource. The order used is
   called the natural order of the list.
   Each track in one of these objects thus has an index; the first has the
   index 0, and each subsequent track is numbered one higher than the
   previous one. If a media resource dynamically adds or removes audio or
   video tracks, then the indices of the tracks will change dynamically. If
   the media resource changes entirely, then all the previous tracks will be
   removed and replaced with new tracks.
   The AudioTrackList.length and VideoTrackList.length attributes must return
   the number of tracks represented by their objects at the time of getting.
   The supported property indices of AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList
   objects at any instant are the numbers from zero to the number of tracks
   represented by the respective object minus one, if any tracks are
   represented. If an AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object represents no
   tracks, it has no supported property indices.
   To determine the value of an indexed property for a given index index in
   an AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object list, the user agent must
   return the AudioTrack or VideoTrack object that represents the indexth
   track in list.
   The AudioTrackList.getTrackById(id) and VideoTrackList.getTrackById(id)
   methods must return the first AudioTrack or VideoTrack object
   (respectively) in the AudioTrackList or VideoTrackList object
   (respectively) whose identifier is equal to the value of the id argument
   (in the natural order of the list, as defined above). When no tracks match
   the given argument, the methods must return null.
   The AudioTrack and VideoTrack objects represent specific tracks of a media
   resource. Each track can have an identifier, category, label, and
   language. These aspects of a track are permanent for the lifetime of the
   track; even if a track is removed from a media resource’s AudioTrackList
   or VideoTrackList objects, those aspects do not change.
   In addition, AudioTrack objects can each be enabled or disabled; this is
   the audio track’s enabled state. When an AudioTrack is created, its
   enabled state must be set to false (disabled). The resource fetch
   algorithm can override this.
   Similarly, a single VideoTrack object per VideoTrackList object can be
   selected, this is the video track’s selection state. When a VideoTrack is
   created, its selection state must be set to false (not selected). The
   resource fetch algorithm can override this.
   The AudioTrack.id and VideoTrack.id attributes must return the identifier
   of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. If the media
   resource is in a format that supports the Media Fragments URI fragment
   identifier syntax, the identifier returned for a particular track must be
   the same identifier that would enable the track if used as the name of a
   track in the track dimension of such a fragment identifier. [MEDIA-FRAGS]
   [INBANDTRACKS]
   For example, in Ogg files, this would be the Name header field of the
   track. [OGGSKELETON]
   The AudioTrack.kind and VideoTrack.kind attributes must return the
   category of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise.
   The category of a track is the string given in the first column of the
   table below that is the most appropriate for the track based on the
   definitions in the table’s second and third columns, as determined by the
   metadata included in the track in the media resource. The cell in the
   third column of a row says what the category given in the cell in the
   first column of that row applies to; a category is only appropriate for an
   audio track if it applies to audio tracks, and a category is only
   appropriate for video tracks if it applies to video tracks. Categories
   must only be returned for AudioTrack objects if they are appropriate for
   audio, and must only be returned for VideoTrack objects if they are
   appropriate for video.
             Return values for AudioTrack.kind and VideoTrack.kind
   Category          Definition                              Applies to...    
                     A possible alternative to the main                       
   "alternative"     track, e.g., a different take of a song Audio and video.
                     (audio), or a different angle (video).  
                     A version of the main video track with                   
   "captions"        captions burnt in. (For legacy content; Video only.
                     new content would use text tracks.)     
   "descriptions"    An audio description of a video track.  Audio only.      
   "main"            The primary audio or video track.       Audio and video. 
   "main-desc"       The primary audio track, mixed with     Audio only.      
                     audio descriptions.                     
   "sign"            A sign-language interpretation of an    Video only.      
                     audio track.                            
                     A version of the main video track with                   
   "subtitles"       subtitles burnt in. (For legacy         Video only.
                     content; new content would use text     
                     tracks.)                                
   "translation"     A translated version of the main audio  Audio only.      
                     track.                                  
                     Commentary on the primary audio or                       
   "commentary"      video track, e.g., a director’s         Audio and video.
                     commentary.                             
                     No explicit kind, or the kind given by                   
   "" (empty string) the track’s metadata is not recognized  Audio and video.
                     by the user agent.                      
   The AudioTrack.label and VideoTrack.label attributes must return the label
   of the track, if it has one, or the empty string otherwise. [INBANDTRACKS]
   The AudioTrack.language and VideoTrack.language attributes must return the
   BCP 47 language tag of the language of the track, if it has one, or the
   empty string otherwise. If the user agent is not able to express that
   language as a BCP 47 language tag (for example because the language
   information in the media resource’s format is a free-form string without a
   defined interpretation), then the method must return the empty string, as
   if the track had no language.
   Source attribute values for id, kind, label and language of multitrack
   audio and video tracks as described for the relevant media resource
   format. [INBANDTRACKS]
   The AudioTrack.enabled attribute, on getting, must return true if the
   track is currently enabled, and false otherwise. On setting, it must
   enable the track if the new value is true, and disable it otherwise. (If
   the track is no longer in an AudioTrackList object, then the track being
   enabled or disabled has no effect beyond changing the value of the
   attribute on the AudioTrack object.)
   Whenever an audio track in an AudioTrackList that was disabled is enabled,
   and whenever one that was enabled is disabled, the user agent must queue a
   task to fire a simple event named change at the AudioTrackList object.
   An audio track that has no data for a particular position on the media
   timeline, or that does not exist at that position, must be interpreted as
   being silent at that point on the timeline.
   The VideoTrackList.selectedIndex attribute must return the index of the
   currently selected track, if any. If the VideoTrackList object does not
   currently represent any tracks, or if none of the tracks are selected, it
   must instead return -1.
   The VideoTrack.selected attribute, on getting, must return true if the
   track is currently selected, and false otherwise. On setting, it must
   select the track if the new value is true, and unselect it otherwise. If
   the track is in a VideoTrackList, then all the other VideoTrack objects in
   that list must be unselected. (If the track is no longer in a
   VideoTrackList object, then the track being selected or unselected has no
   effect beyond changing the value of the attribute on the VideoTrack
   object.)
   Whenever a track in a VideoTrackList that was previously not selected is
   selected, and whenever the selected track in a VideoTrackList is
   unselected without a new track being selected in its stead, the user agent
   must queue a task to fire a simple event named change at the
   VideoTrackList object. This task must be queued before the task that fires
   the resize event, if any.
   A video track that has no data for a particular position on the media
   timeline must be interpreted as being fully transparent black at that
   point on the timeline, with the same dimensions as the last frame before
   that position, or, if the position is before all the data for that track,
   the same dimensions as the first frame for that track. A track that does
   not exist at all at the current position must be treated as if it existed
   but had no data.
   For instance, if a video has a track that is only introduced after one
   hour of playback, and the user selects that track then goes back to the
   start, then the user agent will act as if that track started at the start
   of the media resource but was simply transparent until one hour in.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) that must be supported, as event handler IDL
   attributes, by all objects implementing the AudioTrackList and
   VideoTrackList interfaces:
   Event handler Event handler event type 
   onchange      change                   
   onaddtrack    addtrack                 
   onremovetrack removetrack              
        4.7.13.10.2. Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively
   The audioTracks and videoTracks attributes allow scripts to select which
   track should play, but it is also possible to select specific tracks
   declaratively, by specifying particular tracks in the fragment of the URL
   of the media resource. The format of the fragment depends on the MIME type
   of the media resource. [RFC2046] [URL]
   In this example, a video that uses a format that supports the media
   fragments syntax is embedded in such a way that the alternative angles
   labeled "Alternative" are enabled instead of the default video track.
   [MEDIA-FRAGS]
  
      4.7.13.11. Timed text tracks
        4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
   A media element can have a group of associated text tracks, known as the
   media element’s list of text tracks. The text tracks are sorted as
   follows:
    1. The text tracks corresponding to track element children of the media
       element, in tree order.
    2. Any text tracks added using the addTextTrack() method, in the order
       they were added, oldest first.
    3. Any media-resource-specific text tracks (text tracks corresponding to
       data in the media resource), in the order defined by the media
       resource’s format specification.
   A text track consists of:
   The kind of text track
           This decides how the track is handled by the user agent. The kind
           is represented by a string. The possible strings are:
              * subtitles
              * captions
              * descriptions
              * chapters
              * metadata
           The kind of track can change dynamically, in the case of a text
           track corresponding to a track element.
   A label
           This is a human-readable string intended to identify the track for
           the user.
           The label of a track can change dynamically, in the case of a text
           track corresponding to a track element.
           When a text track label is the empty string, the user agent should
           automatically generate an appropriate label from the text track’s
           other properties (e.g., the kind of text track and the text
           track’s language) for use in its user interface. This
           automatically-generated label is not exposed in the API.
   An in-band metadata track dispatch type
           This is a string extracted from the media resource specifically
           for in-band metadata tracks to enable such tracks to be dispatched
           to different scripts in the document.
           For example, a traditional TV station broadcast streamed on the
           Web and augmented with Web-specific interactive features could
           include text tracks with metadata for ad targeting, trivia game
           data during game shows, player states during sports games, recipe
           information during food programs, and so forth. As each program
           starts and ends, new tracks might be added or removed from the
           stream, and as each one is added, the user agent could bind them
           to dedicated script modules using the value of this attribute.
           Other than for in-band metadata text tracks, the in-band metadata
           track dispatch type is the empty string. How this value is
           populated for different media formats is described in steps to
           expose a media-resource-specific text track.
   A language
           This is a string (a BCP 47 language tag) representing the language
           of the text track’s cues. [BCP47]
           The language of a text track can change dynamically, in the case
           of a text track corresponding to a track element.
   A readiness state
           One of the following:
                Not loaded
                        Indicates that the text track’s cues have not been
                        obtained.
                Loading
                        Indicates that the text track is loading and there
                        have been no fatal errors encountered so far. Further
                        cues might still be added to the track by the parser.
                Loaded
                        Indicates that the text track has been loaded with no
                        fatal errors.
                Failed to load
                        Indicates that the text track was enabled, but when
                        the user agent attempted to obtain it, this failed in
                        some way (e.g., URL could not be parsed, network
                        error, unknown text track format). Some or all of the
                        cues are likely missing and will not be obtained.
           The readiness state of a text track changes dynamically as the
           track is obtained.
   A mode
           One of the following:
                Disabled
                        Indicates that the text track is not active. Other
                        than for the purposes of exposing the track in the
                        DOM, the user agent is ignoring the text track. No
                        cues are active, no events are fired, and the user
                        agent will not attempt to obtain the track’s cues.
                Hidden
                        Indicates that the text track is active, but that the
                        user agent is not actively displaying the cues. If no
                        attempt has yet been made to obtain the track’s cues,
                        the user agent will perform such an attempt
                        momentarily. The user agent is maintaining a list of
                        which cues are active, and events are being fired
                        accordingly.
                Showing
                        Indicates that the text track is active. If no
                        attempt has yet been made to obtain the track’s cues,
                        the user agent will perform such an attempt
                        momentarily. The user agent is maintaining a list of
                        which cues are active, and events are being fired
                        accordingly. In addition, for text tracks whose kind
                        is subtitles or captions, the cues are being overlaid
                        on the video as appropriate; for text tracks whose
                        kind is descriptions, the user agent is making the
                        cues available to the user in a non-visual fashion;
                        and for text tracks whose kind is chapters, the user
                        agent is making available to the user a mechanism by
                        which the user can navigate to any point in the media
                        resource by selecting a cue.
   A list of zero or more cues
           A list of text track cues, along with rules for updating the text
           track rendering. For example, for WebVTT, the rules for updating
           the display of WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT]
           The list of cues of a text track can change dynamically, either
           because the text track has not yet been loaded or is still
           loading, or due to DOM manipulation.
   Each text track has a corresponding TextTrack object.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each media element has a list of pending text tracks, which must initially
   be empty, a blocked-on-parser flag, which must initially be false, and a
   did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag, which must also initially be
   false.
   When the user agent is required to populate the list of pending text
   tracks of a media element, the user agent must add to the element’s list
   of pending text tracks each text track in the element’s list of text
   tracks whose text track mode is not disabled and whose text track
   readiness state is loading.
   Whenever a track element’s parent node changes, the user agent must remove
   the corresponding text track from any list of pending text tracks that it
   is in.
   Whenever a text track’s text track readiness state changes to either
   loaded or failed to load, the user agent must remove it from any list of
   pending text tracks that it is in.
   When a media element is created by an HTML parser or XML parser, the user
   agent must set the element’s blocked-on-parser flag to true. When a media
   element is popped off the stack of open elements of an HTML parser or XML
   parser, the user agent must honor user preferences for automatic text
   track selection, populate the list of pending text tracks, and set the
   element’s blocked-on-parser flag to false.
   The text tracks of a media element are ready when both the element’s list
   of pending text tracks is empty and the element’s blocked-on-parser flag
   is false.
   Each media element has a pending text track change notification flag,
   which must initially be unset.
   Whenever a text track that is in a media element’s list of text tracks has
   its text track mode change value, the user agent must run the following
   steps for the media element:
    1. If the media element’s pending text track change notification flag is
       set, abort these steps.
    2. Set the media element’s pending text track change notification flag.
    3. Queue a task that runs the following substeps:
         1. Unset the media element’s pending text track change notification
            flag.
         2. Fire a simple event named change at the media element’s
            textTracks attribute’s TextTrackList object.
    4. If the media element’s show poster flag is not set, run the time
       marches on steps.
   The task source for the tasks listed in this section is the DOM
   manipulation task source.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   A text track cue is the unit of time-sensitive data in a text track,
   corresponding for instance for subtitles and captions to the text that
   appears at a particular time and disappears at another time.
   Each text track cue consists of:
   An identifier
           An arbitrary string.
   A start time
           The time, in seconds and fractions of a second, that describes the
           beginning of the range of the media data to which the cue applies.
   An end time
           The time, in seconds and fractions of a second, that describes the
           end of the range of the media data to which the cue applies.
   A pause-on-exit flag
           A boolean indicating whether playback of the media resource is to
           pause when the end of the range to which the cue applies is
           reached.
   Some additional format-specific data
           Additional fields, as needed for the format. For example, WebVTT
           has a text track cue writing direction and so forth. [WEBVTT]
   Rules for extracting the chapter title
           An algorithm which, when applied to the cue, returns a string that
           can be used in user interfaces that use the cue as a chapter
           title.
   The text track cue start time and text track cue end time can be negative.
   (The current playback position can never be negative, though, so cues
   entirely before time zero cannot be active.)
   Each text track cue has a corresponding TextTrackCue object (or more
   specifically, an object that inherits from TextTrackCue — for example,
   WebVTT cues use the VTTCue interface). A text track cue’s in-memory
   representation can be dynamically changed through this TextTrackCue API.
   [WEBVTT]
   A text track cue is associated with rules for updating the text track
   rendering, as defined by the specification for the specific kind of text
   track cue. These rules are used specifically when the object representing
   the cue is added to a TextTrack object using the addCue() method.
   In addition, each text track cue has two pieces of dynamic information:
   The active flag
           This flag must be initially unset. The flag is used to ensure
           events are fired appropriately when the cue becomes active or
           inactive, and to make sure the right cues are rendered.
           The user agent must immediately unset this flag whenever the text
           track cue is removed from its text track’s text track list of
           cues; whenever the text track itself is removed from its media
           element’s list of text tracks or has its text track mode changed
           to disabled; and whenever the media element’s readyState is
           changed back to HAVE_NOTHING. When the flag is unset in this way
           for one or more cues in text tracks that were showing prior to the
           relevant incident, the user agent must, after having unset the
           flag for all the affected cues, apply the rules for updating the
           text track rendering of those text tracks. For example, for text
           tracks based on WebVTT, the rules for updating the display of
           WebVTT text tracks. [WEBVTT]
   The display state
           This is used as part of the rendering model, to keep cues in a
           consistent position. It must initially be empty. Whenever the text
           track cue active flag is unset, the user agent must empty the text
           track cue display state.
   The text track cues of a media element’s text tracks are ordered relative
   to each other in the text track cue order, which is determined as follows:
   first group the cues by their text track, with the groups being sorted in
   the same order as their text tracks appear in the media element’s list of
   text tracks; then, within each group, cues must be sorted by their start
   time, earliest first; then, any cues with the same start time must be
   sorted by their end time, latest first; and finally, any cues with
   identical end times must be sorted in the order they were last added to
   their respective text track list of cues, oldest first (so e.g., for cues
   from a WebVTT file, that would initially be the order in which the cues
   were listed in the file). [WEBVTT]
        4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
   A media-resource-specific text track is a text track that corresponds to
   data found in the media resource.
   Rules for processing and rendering such data are defined by the relevant
   specifications, e.g., the specification of the video format if the media
   resource is a video. Details for some legacy formats can be found in the
   Sourcing In-band Media Resource Tracks from Media Containers into HTML
   specification. [INBANDTRACKS]
   When a media resource contains data that the user agent recognizes and
   supports as being equivalent to a text track, the user agent runs the
   steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track with the relevant
   data, as follows.
    1. Associate the relevant data with a new text track and its
       corresponding new TextTrack object. The text track is a
       media-resource-specific text track.
    2. Set the new text track’s kind, label, and language based on the
       semantics of the relevant data, as defined for the relevant format
       [INBANDTRACKS]. If there is no label in that data, then the label must
       be set to the empty string.
    3. Associate the text track list of cues with the rules for updating the
       text track rendering appropriate for the format in question.
    4. If the new text track’s kind is metadata, then set the text track
       in-band metadata track dispatch type as follows, based on the type of
       the media resource:
            If the media resource is an Ogg file
                    The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must
                    be set to the value of the Role header field.
                    [OGGSKELETON]
            If the media resource is a WebM file
                    The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must
                    be set to the value of the CodecID element. [WEBM]
            If the media resource is an MPEG-2 file
                    Let stream type be the value of the "stream_type" field
                    describing the text track’s type in the file’s program
                    map section, interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
                    Let length be the value of the "ES_info_length" field for
                    the track in the same part of the program map section,
                    interpreted as an integer as defined by the MPEG-2
                    specification. Let descriptor bytes be the length bytes
                    following the "ES_info_length" field. The text track
                    in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the
                    concatenation of the stream type byte and the zero or
                    more descriptor bytes bytes, expressed in hexadecimal
                    using uppercase ASCII hex digits. [MPEG2TS]
            If the media resource is an MPEG-4 file
                    Let the first stsd box of the first stbl box of the first
                    minf box of the first mdia box of the text track’s trak
                    box in the first moov box of the file be the stsd box, if
                    any.
                    If the file has no stsd box, or if the stsd box has
                    neither a mett box nor a metx box, then the text track
                    in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to the
                    empty string.
                    Otherwise, if the stsd box has a mett box then the text
                    track in-band metadata track dispatch type must be set to
                    the concatenation of the string "mett", a U+0020 SPACE
                    character, and the value of the first mime_format field
                    of the first mett box of the stsd box, or the empty
                    string if that field is absent in that box.
                    Otherwise, if the stsd box has no mett box but has a metx
                    box then the text track in-band metadata track dispatch
                    type must be set to the concatenation of the string
                    "metx", a U+0020 SPACE character, and the value of the
                    first namespace field of the first metx box of the stsd
                    box, or the empty string if that field is absent in that
                    box.
                    [MPEG4]
            If the media resource is a DASH media resource
                    The text track in-band metadata track dispatch type must
                    be set to the concatenation of the "AdaptationSet"
                    element attributes and all child Role descriptors.
                    [MPEGDASH]
    5. Populate the new text track’s list of cues with the cues parsed so
       far, following the guidelines for exposing cues, and begin updating it
       dynamically as necessary.
    6. Set the new text track’s readiness state to loaded.
    7. Set the new text track’s mode to the mode consistent with the user’s
       preferences and the requirements of the relevant specification for the
       data.
       For instance, if there are no other active subtitles, and this is a
       forced subtitle track (a subtitle track giving subtitles in the audio
       track’s primary language, but only for audio that is actually in
       another language), then those subtitles might be activated here.
    8. Add the new text track to the media element’s list of text tracks.
    9. Fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that does not bubble and
       is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent interface, with the
       track attribute initialized to the text track’s TextTrack object, at
       the media element’s textTracks attribute’s TextTrackList object.
        4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   When a track element is created, it must be associated with a new text
   track (with its value set as defined below) and its corresponding new
   TextTrack object.
   The text track kind is determined from the state of the element’s kind
   attribute according to the following table; for a state given in a cell of
   the first column, the kind is the string given in the second column:
   State        String       
   Subtitles    subtitles    
   Captions     captions     
   Descriptions descriptions 
   Chapters     chapters     
   Metadata     metadata     
   The text track label is the element’s track label.
   The text track language is the element’s track language, if any, or the
   empty string otherwise.
   As the kind, label, and srclang attributes are set, changed, or removed,
   the text track must update accordingly, as per the definitions above.
   Changes to the track URL are handled in the algorithm below.
   The text track readiness state is initially not loaded, and the text track
   mode is initially disabled.
   The text track list of cues is initially empty. It is dynamically modified
   when the referenced file is parsed. Associated with the list are the rules
   for updating the text track rendering appropriate for the format in
   question; for WebVTT, this is the rules for updating the display of WebVTT
   text tracks. [WEBVTT]
   When a track element’s parent element changes and the new parent is a
   media element, then the user agent must add the track element’s
   corresponding text track to the media element’s list of text tracks, and
   then queue a task to fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that
   does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent
   interface, with the track attribute initialized to the text track’s
   TextTrack object, at the media element’s textTracks attribute’s
   TextTrackList object.
   When a track element’s parent element changes and the old parent was a
   media element, then the user agent must remove the track element’s
   corresponding text track from the media element’s list of text tracks, and
   then queue a task to fire a trusted event with the name removetrack, that
   does not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent
   interface, with the track attribute initialized to the text track’s
   TextTrack object, at the media element’s textTracks attribute’s
   TextTrackList object.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When a text track corresponding to a track element is added to a media
   element’s list of text tracks, the user agent must queue a task to run the
   following steps for the media element:
    1. If the element’s blocked-on-parser flag is true, abort these steps.
    2. If the element’s did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag is true,
       abort these steps.
    3. Honor user preferences for automatic text track selection for this
       element.
   When the user agent is required to honor user preferences for automatic
   text track selection for a media element, the user agent must run the
   following steps:
    1. Perform automatic text track selection for subtitles and captions.
    2. Perform automatic text track selection for descriptions.
    3. Perform automatic text track selection for chapters.
    4. If there are any text tracks in the media element’s list of text
       tracks whose text track kind is metadata that correspond to track
       elements with a default attribute set whose text track mode is set to
       disabled, then set the text track mode of all such tracks to hidden
    5. Set the element’s did-perform-automatic-track-selection flag to true.
   When the steps above say to perform automatic text track selection for one
   or more text track kinds, it means to run the following steps:
    1. Let candidates be a list consisting of the text tracks in the media
       element’s list of text tracks whose text track kind is one of the
       kinds that were passed to the algorithm, if any, in the order given in
       the list of text tracks.
    2. If candidates is empty, then abort these steps.
    3. If any of the text tracks in candidates have a text track mode set to
       showing, abort these steps.
    4. If the user has expressed an interest in having a track from
       candidates enabled based on its text track kind, text track language,
       and text track label, then set its text track mode to showing.
       For example, the user could have set a browser preference to the
       effect of "I want French captions whenever possible", or "If there is
       a subtitle track with "Commentary" in the title, enable it", or "If
       there are audio description tracks available, enable one, ideally in
       Swiss German, but failing that in Standard Swiss German or Standard
       German".
       Otherwise, if there are any text tracks in candidates that correspond
       to track elements with a default attribute set whose text track mode
       is set to disabled, then set the text track mode of the first such
       track to showing.
   When a text track corresponding to a track element experiences any of the
   following circumstances, the user agent must start the track processing
   model for that text track and its track element:
     * The track element is created.
     * The text track has its text track mode changed.
     * The track element’s parent element changes and the new parent is a
       media element.
   When a user agent is to start the track processing model for a text track
   and its track element, it must run the following algorithm. This algorithm
   interacts closely with the event loop mechanism; in particular, it has a
   synchronous section (which is triggered as part of the event loop
   algorithm). The steps in that section are marked with ⌛.
    1. If another occurrence of this algorithm is already running for this
       text track and its track element, abort these steps, letting that
       other algorithm take care of this element.
    2. If the text track’s text track mode is not set to one of hidden or
       showing, abort these steps.
    3. If the text track’s track element does not have a media element as a
       parent, abort these steps.
    4. Run the remainder of these steps in parallel, allowing whatever caused
       these steps to run to continue.
    5. Top: Await a stable state. The synchronous section consists of the
       following steps. (The steps in the synchronous section are marked with
       ⌛.)
    6. ⌛ Set the text track readiness state to loading.
    7. ⌛ Let URL be the track URL of the track element.
    8. ⌛ If the track element’s parent is a media element then let
       corsAttributeState be the state of the parent media element’s
       crossorigin content attribute. Otherwise, let corsAttributeState be No
       CORS.
    9. End the synchronous section, continuing the remaining steps in
       parallel.
   10. If URL is not the empty string, run these substeps:
         1. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request
            given URL, corsAttributeState, and with the same-origin fallback
            flag set.
         2. Set request’s client to the track element’s node document’s
            Window object’s environment settings object and type to "track".
         3. Fetch request.
       The tasks queued by the fetching algorithm on the networking task
       source to process the data as it is being fetched must determine the
       type of the resource. If the type of the resource is not a supported
       text track format, the load will fail, as described below. Otherwise,
       the resource’s data must be passed to the appropriate parser (e.g.,
       the WebVTT parser) as it is received, with the text track list of cues
       being used for that parser’s output. [WEBVTT]
       The appropriate parser will incrementally update the text track list
       of cues during these networking task source tasks, as each such task
       is run with whatever data has been received from the network).
       This specification does not currently say whether or how to check the
       MIME types of text tracks, or whether or how to perform file type
       sniffing using the actual file data. Implementors differ in their
       intentions on this matter and it is therefore unclear what the right
       solution is. In the absence of any requirement here, the HTTP
       specification’s strict requirement to follow the Content-Type header
       prevails ("Content-Type specifies the media type of the underlying
       data." ... "If and only if the media type is not given by a
       Content-Type field, the recipient MAY attempt to guess the media type
       via inspection of its content and/or the name extension(s) of the URI
       used to identify the resource.").
       If the fetching algorithm fails for any reason (network error, the
       server returns an error code, a cross-origin check fails, etc), or if
       URL is the empty string, then queue a task to first change the text
       track readiness state to failed to load and then fire a simple event
       named error at the track element. This task must use the DOM
       manipulation task source.
       If the fetching algorithm does not fail, but the type of the resource
       is not a supported text track format, or the file was not successfully
       processed (e.g., the format in question is an XML format and the file
       contained a well-formedness error that the XML specification requires
       be detected and reported to the application), then the task that is
       queued by the networking task source in which the aforementioned
       problem is found must change the text track readiness state to failed
       to load and fire a simple event named error at the track element.
       If the fetching algorithm does not fail, and the file was successfully
       processed, then the final task that is queued by the networking task
       source, after it has finished parsing the data, must change the text
       track readiness state to loaded, and fire a simple event named load at
       the track element.
       If, while fetching is ongoing, either:
          * the track URL changes so that it is no longer equal to URL, while
            the text track mode is set to hidden or showing; or
          * the text track mode changes to hidden or showing, while the track
            URL is not equal to URL
       ...then the user agent must abort fetching, discarding any pending
       tasks generated by that algorithm (and in particular, not adding any
       cues to the text track list of cues after the moment the URL changed),
       and then queue a task that first changes the text track readiness
       state to failed to load and then fires a simple event named error at
       the track element. This task must use the DOM manipulation task
       source.
   11. Wait until the text track readiness state is no longer set to loading.
   12. Wait until the track URL is no longer equal to URL, at the same time
       as the text track mode is set to hidden or showing.
   13. Jump to the step labeled top.
   Whenever a track element has its src attribute set, changed, or removed,
   the user agent must immediately empty the element’s text track’s text
   track list of cues. (This also causes the algorithm above to stop adding
   cues from the resource being obtained using the previously given URL, if
   any.)
        4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text
        track cues
   How a specific format’s text track cues are to be interpreted for the
   purposes of processing by an HTML user agent is defined by that format
   [INBANDTRACKS]. In the absence of such a specification, this section
   provides some constraints within which implementations can attempt to
   consistently expose such formats.
   To support the text track model of HTML, each unit of timed data is
   converted to a text track cue. Where the mapping of the format’s features
   to the aspects of a text track cue as defined in this specification are
   not defined, implementations must ensure that the mapping is consistent
   with the definitions of the aspects of a text track cue as defined above,
   as well as with the following constraints:
   The text track cue identifier
           Should be set to the empty string if the format has no obvious
           analog to a per-cue identifier.
   The text track cue pause-on-exit flag
           Should be set to false.
   For media-resource-specific text tracks of kind metadata, text track cues
   are exposed using the DataCue object unless there is a more appropriate
   TextTrackCue interface available. For example, if the
   media-resource-specific text track format is WebVTT, then VTTCue is more
   appropriate.
        4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
 interface TextTrackList : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter TextTrack (unsigned long index);
   TextTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);
   attribute EventHandler onchange;
   attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
   attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
 };
   media . textTracks . length
           Returns the number of text tracks associated with the media
           element (e.g., from track elements). This is the number of text
           tracks in the media element’s list of text tracks.
   media . textTracks[ n ]
           Returns the TextTrack object representing the nth text track in
           the media element’s list of text tracks.
   textTrack = media . textTracks . getTrackById( id )
           Returns the TextTrack object with the given identifier, or null if
           no track has that identifier.
   A TextTrackList object represents a dynamically updating list of text
   tracks in a given order.
   The textTracks attribute of media elements must return a TextTrackList
   object representing the TextTrack objects of the text tracks in the media
   element’s list of text tracks, in the same order as in the list of text
   tracks.
   The length attribute of a TextTrackList object must return the number of
   text tracks in the list represented by the TextTrackList object.
   The supported property indices of a TextTrackList object at any instant
   are the numbers from zero to the number of text tracks in the list
   represented by the TextTrackList object minus one, if any. If there are no
   text tracks in the list, there are no supported property indices.
   To determine the value of an indexed property of a TextTrackList object
   for a given index index, the user agent must return the indexth text track
   in the list represented by the TextTrackList object.
   The getTrackById(id) method must return the first TextTrack in the
   TextTrackList object whose id IDL attribute would return a value equal to
   the value of the id argument. When no tracks match the given argument, the
   method must return null.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 enum TextTrackMode { "disabled",  "hidden",  "showing" };
 enum TextTrackKind { "subtitles",  "captions",  "descriptions",  "chapters",  "metadata" };
 interface TextTrack : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute TextTrackKind kind;
   readonly attribute DOMString label;
   readonly attribute DOMString language;
   readonly attribute DOMString id;
   readonly attribute DOMString inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType;
   attribute TextTrackMode mode;
   readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? cues;
   readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? activeCues;
   void addCue(TextTrackCue cue);
   void removeCue(TextTrackCue cue);
   attribute EventHandler oncuechange;
 };
   textTrack = media . addTextTrack( kind [, label [, language ] ] )
           Creates and returns a new TextTrack object, which is also added to
           the media element’s list of text tracks.
   textTrack . kind
           Returns the text track kind string.
   textTrack . label
           Returns the text track label, if there is one, or the empty string
           otherwise (indicating that a custom label probably needs to be
           generated from the other attributes of the object if the object is
           exposed to the user).
   textTrack . language
           Returns the text track language string.
   textTrack . id
           Returns the ID of the given track.
           For in-band tracks, this is the ID that can be used with a
           fragment if the format supports the media fragments syntax/cite>,
           and that can be used with the getTrackById() method. [MEDIA-FRAGS]
           For TextTrack objects corresponding to track elements, this is the
           ID of the track element.
   textTrack . inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType
           Returns the text track in-band metadata track dispatch type
           string.
   textTrack . mode [ = value ]
           Returns the text track mode, represented by a string from the
           following list:
                "disabled"
                        The text track disabled mode.
                "hidden"
                        The text track hidden mode.
                "showing"
                        The text track showing mode.
           Can be set, to change the mode.
   textTrack . cues
           Returns the text track list of cues, as a TextTrackCueList object.
   textTrack . activeCues
           Returns the text track cues from the text track list of cues that
           are currently active (i.e., that start before the current playback
           position and end after it), as a TextTrackCueList object.
   textTrack . addCue( cue )
           Adds the given cue to textTrack’s text track list of cues.
   textTrack . removeCue( cue )
           Removes the given cue from textTrack’s text track list of cues.
   The addTextTrack(kind, label, language) method of media elements, when
   invoked, must run the following steps:
    1. Create a new TextTrack object.
    2. Create a new text track corresponding to the new object, and set its
       text track kind to kind, its text track label to label, its text track
       language to language, its text track readiness state to the text track
       loaded state, its text track mode to the text track hidden mode, and
       its text track list of cues to an empty list.
       Initially, the text track list of cues is not associated with any
       rules for updating the text track rendering. When a text track cue is
       added to it, the text track list of cues has its rules permanently set
       accordingly.
    3. Add the new text track to the media element’s list of text tracks.
    4. Queue a task to fire a trusted event with the name addtrack, that does
       not bubble and is not cancelable, and that uses the TrackEvent
       interface, with the track attribute initialized to the new text
       track’s TextTrack object, at the media element’s textTracks
       attribute’s TextTrackList object.
    5. Return the new TextTrack object.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The kind attribute must return the text track kind of the text track that
   the TextTrack object represents.
   The label attribute must return the text track label of the text track
   that the TextTrack object represents.
   The language attribute must return the text track language of the text
   track that the TextTrack object represents.
   The id attribute returns the track’s identifier, if it has one, or the
   empty string otherwise. For tracks that correspond to track elements, the
   track’s identifier is the value of the element’s id attribute, if any. For
   in-band tracks, the track’s identifier is specified by the media resource.
   If the media resource is in a format that supports the media fragments
   syntax, the identifier returned for a particular track must be the same
   identifier that would enable the track if used as the name of a track in
   the track dimension of such a fragment. [MEDIA-FRAGS]
   The inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType attribute must return the text track
   in-band metadata track dispatch type of the text track that the TextTrack
   object represents.
   The mode attribute, on getting, must return the string corresponding to
   the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object
   represents, as defined by the following list:
   "disabled"
           The text track disabled mode.
   "hidden"
           The text track hidden mode.
   "showing"
           The text track showing mode.
   On setting, if the new value isn’t equal to what the attribute would
   currently return, the new value must be processed as follows:
   If the new value is "disabled"
           Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack
           object represents to the text track disabled mode.
   If the new value is "hidden"
           Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack
           object represents to the text track hidden mode.
   If the new value is "showing"
           Set the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack
           object represents to the text track showing mode.
   If the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object
   represents is not the text track disabled mode, then the cues attribute
   must return a live TextTrackCueList object that represents the subset of
   the text track list of cues of the text track that the TextTrack object
   represents whose end times occur at or after the earliest possible
   position when the script started, in text track cue order. Otherwise, it
   must return null. For each TextTrack object, when an object is returned,
   the same TextTrackCueList object must be returned each time.
   The earliest possible position when the script started is whatever the
   earliest possible position was the last time the event loop reached step
   1.
   If the text track mode of the text track that the TextTrack object
   represents is not the text track disabled mode, then the activeCues
   attribute must return a live TextTrackCueList object that represents the
   subset of the text track list of cues of the text track that the TextTrack
   object represents whose active flag was set when the script started, in
   text track cue order. Otherwise, it must return null. For each TextTrack
   object, when an object is returned, the same TextTrackCueList object must
   be returned each time.
   A text track cue’s active flag was set when the script started if its text
   track cue active flag was set the last time the event loop reached step 1.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The addCue(cue) method of TextTrack objects, when invoked, must run the
   following steps:
    1. If the text track list of cues does not yet have any associated rules
       for updating the text track rendering, then associate the text track
       list of cues with the rules for updating the text track rendering
       appropriate to cue.
    2. If text track list of cues' associated rules for updating the text
       track rendering are not the same rules for updating the text track
       rendering as appropriate for cue, then throw an InvalidStateError
       exception and abort these steps.
    3. If the given cue is in a text track list of cues, then remove cue from
       that text track list of cues.
    4. Add cue to the method’s TextTrack object’s text track’s text track
       list of cues.
   The removeCue(cue) method of TextTrack objects, when invoked, must run the
   following steps:
    1. If the given cue is not currently listed in the method’s TextTrack
       object’s text track’s text track list of cues, then throw a
       NotFoundError exception and abort these steps.
    2. Remove cue from the method’s TextTrack object’s text track’s text
       track list of cues.
   In this example, an audio element is used to play a specific sound-effect
   from a sound file containing many sound effects. A cue is used to pause
   the audio, so that it ends exactly at the end of the clip, even if the
   browser is busy running some script. If the page had relied on script to
   pause the audio, then the start of the next clip might be heard if the
   browser was not able to run the script at the exact time specified.
 var sfx = new Audio('sfx.wav');
 var sounds = sfx.addTextTrack('metadata');
 // add sounds we care about
 function addFX(start, end, name) {
   var cue = new VTTCue(start, end, '');
   cue.id = name;
   cue.pauseOnExit = true;
   sounds.addCue(cue);
 }
 addFX(12.783, 13.612, 'dog bark');
 addFX(13.612, 15.091, 'kitten mew'))
 function playSound(id) {
   sfx.currentTime = sounds.getCueById(id).startTime;
   sfx.play();
 }
 // play a bark as soon as we can
 sfx.oncanplaythrough = function () {
   playSound('dog bark');
 }
 // meow when the user tries to leave
 window.onbeforeunload = function () {
   playSound('kitten mew');
   return 'Are you sure you want to leave this awesome page?';
 }
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 interface TextTrackCueList {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter TextTrackCue (unsigned long index);
   TextTrackCue? getCueById(DOMString id);
 };
   cuelist . length
           Returns the number of cues in the list.
   cuelist[index]
           Returns the text track cue with index index in the list. The cues
           are sorted in text track cue order.
   cuelist . getCueById( id )
           Returns the first text track cue (in text track cue order) with
           text track cue identifier id. Returns null if none of the cues
           have the given identifier or if the argument is the empty string.
   A TextTrackCueList object represents a dynamically updating list of text
   track cues in a given order.
   The length attribute must return the number of cues in the list
   represented by the TextTrackCueList object.
   The supported property indices of a TextTrackCueList object at any instant
   are the numbers from zero to the number of cues in the list represented by
   the TextTrackCueList object minus one, if any. If there are no cues in the
   list, there are no supported property indices.
   To determine the value of an indexed property for a given index index, the
   user agent must return the indexth text track cue in the list represented
   by the TextTrackCueList object.
   The getCueById(id) method, when called with an argument other than the
   empty string, must return the first text track cue in the list represented
   by the TextTrackCueList object whose text track cue identifier is id, if
   any, or null otherwise. If the argument is the empty string, then the
   method must return null.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 interface TextTrackCue : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute TextTrack? track;
   attribute DOMString id;
   attribute double startTime;
   attribute double endTime;
   attribute boolean pauseOnExit;
   attribute EventHandler onenter;
   attribute EventHandler onexit;
 };
   cue . track
           Returns the TextTrack object to which this text track cue belongs,
           if any, or null otherwise.
   cue . id [ = value ]
           Returns the text track cue identifier. Can be set.
   cue . startTime [ = value ]
           Returns the text track cue start time, in seconds. Can be set.
   cue . endTime [ = value ]
           Returns the text track cue end time, in seconds. Can be set.
   cue . pauseOnExit [ = value ]
           Returns true if the text track cue pause-on-exit flag is set,
           false otherwise. Can be set.
   The track attribute, on getting, must return the TextTrack object of the
   text track in whose list of cues the text track cue that the TextTrackCue
   object represents finds itself, if any; or null otherwise.
   The id attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue identifier of
   the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents. On setting,
   the text track cue identifier must be set to the new value.
   The startTime attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue start
   time of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents, in
   seconds. On setting, the text track cue start time must be set to the new
   value, interpreted in seconds; then, if the TextTrackCue object’s text
   track cue is in a text track’s list of cues, and that text track is in a
   media element’s list of text tracks, and the media element’s show poster
   flag is not set, then run the time marches on steps for that media
   element.
   The endTime attribute, on getting, must return the text track cue end time
   of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents, in seconds.
   On setting, the text track cue end time must be set to the new value,
   interpreted in seconds; then, if the TextTrackCue object’s text track cue
   is in a text track’s list of cues, and that text track is in a media
   element’s list of text tracks, and the media element’s show poster flag is
   not set, then run the time marches on steps for that media element.
   The pauseOnExit attribute, on getting, must return true if the text track
   cue pause-on-exit flag of the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object
   represents is set; or false otherwise. On setting, the text track cue
   pause-on-exit flag must be set if the new value is true, and must be unset
   otherwise.
        4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
   Media resources often contain one or more media-resource-specific text
   tracks containing data that browsers don’t render, but want to expose to
   script to allow being dealt with.
   If the browser is unable to identify a TextTrackCue interface that is more
   appropriate to expose the data in the cues of a media-resource-specific
   text track, the DataCue object is used. [INBANDTRACKS]
 [Constructor(double startTime, double endTime, ArrayBuffer data)]
 interface DataCue : TextTrackCue {
   attribute ArrayBuffer data;
 };
   cue = new DataCue( [ startTime, endTime, data ] )
           Returns a new DataCue object, for use with the addCue() method.
           The startTime argument sets the text track cue start time. The
           endTime argument sets the text track cue end time. The data
           argument is copied as the text track cue data.
   cue . data [ = value ]
           Returns the text track cue data in raw unparsed form. Can be set.
   The data attribute, on getting, must return the raw text track cue data of
   the text track cue that the TextTrackCue object represents. On setting,
   the text track cue data must be set to the new value.
   The user agent will use DataCue to expose only text track cue objects that
   belong to a text track that has a text track kind of metadata.
   DataCue has a constructor to allow script to create DataCue objects in
   cases where generic metadata needs to be managed for a text track.
   The rules for updating the text track rendering for a DataCue simply state
   that there is no rendering, even when the cues are in showing mode and the
   text track kind is one of subtitles or captions or descriptions or
   chapters.
        4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters
   Chapters are segments of a media resource with a given title. Chapters can
   be nested, in the same way that sections in a document outline can have
   subsections.
   Each text track cue in a text track being used for describing chapters has
   three key features: the text track cue start time, giving the start time
   of the chapter, the text track cue end time, giving the end time of the
   chapter, and the text track rules for extracting the chapter title.
   The rules for constructing the chapter tree from a text track are as
   follows. They produce a potentially nested list of chapters, each of which
   have a start time, end time, title, and a list of nested chapters. This
   algorithm discards cues that do not correctly nest within each other, or
   that are out of order.
    1. Let list be a copy of the list of cues of the text track being
       processed.
    2. Remove from list any text track cue whose text track cue end time is
       before its text track cue start time.
    3. Let output be an empty list of chapters, where a chapter is a record
       consisting of a start time, an end time, a title, and a (potentially
       empty) list of nested chapters. For the purpose of this algorithm,
       each chapter also has a parent chapter.
    4. Let current chapter be a stand-in chapter whose start time is negative
       infinity, whose end time is positive infinity, and whose list of
       nested chapters is output. (This is just used to make the algorithm
       easier to describe.)
    5. Loop: If list is empty, jump to the step labeled end.
    6. Let current cue be the first cue in list, and then remove it from
       list.
    7. If current cue’s text track cue start time is less than the start time
       of current chapter, then return to the step labeled loop.
    8. While current cue’s text track cue start time is greater than or equal
       to current chapter’s end time, let current chapter be current
       chapter’s parent chapter.
    9. If current cue’s text track cue end time is greater than the end time
       of current chapter, then return to the step labeled loop.
   10. Create a new chapter new chapter, whose start time is current cue’s
       text track cue start time, whose end time is current cue’s text track
       cue end time, whose title is current cue’s text track cue data
       interpreted according to its rules for rendering the cue in isolation,
       and whose list of nested chapters is empty.
   11. Append new chapter to current chapter’s list of nested chapters, and
       let current chapter be new chapter’s parent.
   12. Let current chapter be new chapter.
   13. Return to the step labeled loop.
   14. End: Return output.
   The following snippet of a WebVTT file shows how nested chapters can be
   marked up. The file describes three 50-minute chapters, "Astrophysics",
   "Computational Physics", and "General Relativity". The first has three
   subchapters, the second has four, and the third has two. [WEBVTT]
 WEBVTT
 00:00:00.000 --> 00:50:00.000
 Astrophysics
 00:00:00.000 --> 00:10:00.000
 Introduction to Astrophysics
 00:10:00.000 --> 00:45:00.000
 The Solar System
 00:00:00.000 --> 00:10:00.000
 Coursework Description
 00:50:00.000 --> 01:40:00.000
 Computational Physics
 00:50:00.000 --> 00:55:00.000
 Introduction to Programming
 00:55:00.000 --> 01:30:00.000
 Data Structures
 01:30:00.000 --> 01:35:00.000
 Answers to Last Exam
 01:35:00.000 --> 01:40:00.000
 Coursework Description
 01:40:00.000 --> 02:30:00.000
 General Relativity
 01:40:00.000 --> 02:00:00.000
 Tensor Algebra
 02:00:00.000 --> 02:30:00.000
 The General Relativistic Field Equations
        4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs
   The following are the event handlers that (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes,
   by all objects implementing the TextTrackList interface:
   Event handler Event handler event type 
   onchange      change                   
   onaddtrack    addtrack                 
   onremovetrack removetrack              
   The following are the event handlers that (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes,
   by all objects implementing the TextTrack interface:
   Event handler Event handler event type 
   oncuechange   cuechange                
   The following are the event handlers that (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) must be supported, as event handler IDL attributes,
   by all objects implementing the TextTrackCue interface:
   Event handler Event handler event type 
   onenter       enter                    
   onexit        exit                     
        4.7.13.11.9. Best practices for metadata text tracks
   This section is non-normative.
   Text tracks can be used for storing data relating to the media data, for
   interactive or augmented views.
   For example, a page showing a sports broadcast could include information
   about the current score. Suppose a robotics competition was being streamed
   live. The image could be overlayed with the scores, as follows:
   IFrame
   In order to make the score display render correctly whenever the user
   seeks to an arbitrary point in the video, the metadata text track cues
   need to be as long as is appropriate for the score. For example, in the
   frame above, there would be maybe one cue that lasts the length of the
   match that gives the match number, one cue that lasts until the blue
   alliance’s score changes, and one cue that lasts until the red alliance’s
   score changes. If the video is just a stream of the live event, the time
   in the bottom right would presumably be automatically derived from the
   current video time, rather than based on a cue. However, if the video was
   just the highlights, then that might be given in cues also.
   The following shows what fragments of this could look like in a WebVTT
   file:
 WEBVTT
 ...
 05:10:00.000 --> 05:12:15.000
 matchtype:qual
 matchnumber:37
 ...
 05:11:02.251 --> 05:11:17.198
 red:78
 05:11:03.672 --> 05:11:54.198
 blue:66
 05:11:17.198 --> 05:11:25.912
 red:80
 05:11:25.912 --> 05:11:26.522
 red:83
 05:11:26.522 --> 05:11:26.982
 red:86
 05:11:26.982 --> 05:11:27.499
 red:89
 ...
   The key here is to notice that the information is given in cues that span
   the length of time to which the relevant event applies. If, instead, the
   scores were given as zero-length (or very brief, nearly zero-length) cues
   when the score changes, for example saying "red+2" at 05:11:17.198,
   "red+3" at 05:11:25.912, etc, problems arise: primarily, seeking is much
   harder to implement, as the script has to walk the entire list of cues to
   make sure that no notifications have been missed; but also, if the cues
   are short it’s possible the script will never see that they are active
   unless it listens to them specifically.
   When using cues in this manner, authors are encouraged to use the
   cuechange event to update the current annotations. (In particular, using
   the timeupdate event would be less appropriate as it would require doing
   work even when the cues haven’t changed, and, more importantly, would
   introduce a higher latency between when the metadata cues become active
   and when the display is updated, since timeupdate events are
   rate-limited.)
      4.7.13.12. Identifying a track kind through a URL
   Other specifications or formats that need a URL to identify the return
   values of the AudioTrack.kind or VideoTrack.kind IDL attributes, or
   identify the kind of text track, must use the about:html-kind URL.
      4.7.13.13. User interface
   The controls attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it indicates
   that the author has not provided a scripted controller and would like the
   user agent to provide its own set of controls.
   If the attribute is present, or if scripting is disabled for the media
   element, then the user agent should expose a user interface to the user.
   This user interface should include features to begin playback, pause
   playback, seek to an arbitrary position in the content (if the content
   supports arbitrary seeking), change the volume, change the display of
   closed captions or embedded sign-language tracks, select different audio
   tracks or turn on audio descriptions, and show the media content in
   manners more suitable to the user (e.g., fullscreen video or in an
   independent resizable window). Other controls may also be made available.
   Even when the attribute is absent, however, user agents may provide
   controls to affect playback of the media resource (e.g., play, pause,
   seeking, track selection, and volume controls), but such features should
   not interfere with the page’s normal rendering. For example, such features
   could be exposed in the media element’s platform media keys, or a remote
   control. The user agent may implement this simply by exposing a user
   interface to the user as described above (as if the controls attribute was
   present).
   If the user agent exposes a user interface to the user by displaying
   controls over the media element, then the user agent should suppress any
   user interaction events while the user agent is interacting with this
   interface. (For example, if the user clicks on a video’s playback control,
   mousedown events and so forth would not simultaneously be fired at
   elements on the page.)
   Where possible (specifically, for starting, stopping, pausing, and
   unpausing playback, for seeking, for changing the rate of playback, for
   fast-forwarding or rewinding, for listing, enabling, and disabling text
   tracks, and for muting or changing the volume of the audio), user
   interface features exposed by the user agent must be implemented in terms
   of the DOM API described above, so that, e.g., all the same events fire.
   For the purposes of listing chapters in the media resource, only text
   tracks in the media element’s list of text tracks that are showing and
   whose text track kind is chapters should be used. Such tracks must be
   interpreted according to the rules for constructing the chapter tree from
   a text track. When seeking in response to a user manipulating a chapter
   selection interface, user agents should not use the approximate-for-speed
   flag.
   The controls IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   media . volume [ = value ]
           Returns the current playback volume, as a number in the range 0.0
           to 1.0, where 0.0 is the quietest and 1.0 the loudest.
           Can be set, to change the volume.
           Throws an IndexSizeError exception if the new value is not in the
           range 0.0 .. 1.0.
   media . muted [ = value ]
           Returns true if audio is muted, overriding the volume attribute,
           and false if the volume attribute is being honored.
           Can be set, to change whether the audio is muted or not.
   A media element has a playback volume, which is a fraction in the range
   0.0 (silent) to 1.0 (loudest). Initially, the volume should be 1.0, but
   user agents may remember the last set value across sessions, on a per-site
   basis or otherwise, so the volume may start at other values.
   The volume IDL attribute must return the playback volume of any audio
   portions of the media element. On setting, if the new value is in the
   range 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive, the media element’s playback volume must be
   set to the new value. If the new value is outside the range 0.0 to 1.0
   inclusive, then, on setting, an IndexSizeError exception must be thrown
   instead.
   A media element can also be muted. If anything is muting the element, then
   it is muted. (For example, when the direction of playback is backwards,
   the element is muted.)
   The muted IDL attribute must return the value to which it was last set.
   When a media element is created, if the element has a muted content
   attribute specified, then the muted IDL attribute should be set to true;
   otherwise, the user agents may set the value to the user’s preferred value
   (e.g., remembering the last set value across sessions, on a per-site basis
   or otherwise). While the muted IDL attribute is set to true, the media
   element must be muted.
   Whenever either of the values that would be returned by the volume and
   muted IDL attributes change, the user agent must queue a task to fire a
   simple event named volumechange at the media element.
   An element’s effective media volume is determined as follows:
    1. If the user has indicated that the user agent is to override the
       volume of the element, then the element’s effective media volume is
       the volume desired by the user. Abort these steps.
    2. If the element’s audio output is muted, the element’s effective media
       volume is zero. Abort these steps.
    3. Let volume be the playback volume of the audio portions of the media
       element, in range 0.0 (silent) to 1.0 (loudest).
    4. The element’s effective media volume is volume, interpreted relative
       to the range 0.0 to 1.0, with 0.0 being silent, and 1.0 being the
       loudest setting, values in between increasing in loudness. The range
       need not be linear. The loudest setting may be lower than the system’s
       loudest possible setting; for example the user could have set a
       maximum volume.
   The muted content attribute on media elements is a boolean attribute that
   controls the default state of the audio output of the media resource,
   potentially overriding user preferences.
   The defaultMuted IDL attribute must reflect the muted content attribute.
   This attribute has no dynamic effect (it only controls the default state
   of the element).
   This video (an advertisement) autoplays, but to avoid annoying users, it
   does so without sound, and allows the user to turn the sound on.
  
      4.7.13.14. Time ranges
   Objects implementing the TimeRanges interface represent a list of ranges
   (periods) of time.
 interface TimeRanges {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   double start(unsigned long index);
   double end(unsigned long index);
 };
   media . length
           Returns the number of ranges in the object.
   time = media . start(index)
           Returns the time for the start of the range with the given index.
           Throws an IndexSizeError exception if the index is out of range.
   time = media . end(index)
           Returns the time for the end of the range with the given index.
           Throws an IndexSizeError exception if the index is out of range.
   The length IDL attribute must return the number of ranges represented by
   the object.
   The start(index) method must return the position of the start of the
   indexth range represented by the object, in seconds measured from the
   start of the timeline that the object covers.
   The end(index) method must return the position of the end of the indexth
   range represented by the object, in seconds measured from the start of the
   timeline that the object covers.
   These methods must throw IndexSizeError exceptions if called with an index
   argument greater than or equal to the number of ranges represented by the
   object.
   When a TimeRanges object is said to be a normalized TimeRanges object, the
   ranges it represents must obey the following criteria:
     * The start of a range must be greater than the end of all earlier
       ranges.
     * The start of a range must be less than or equal to the end of that
       same range.
   In other words, the ranges in such an object are ordered, don’t overlap,
   and don’t touch (adjacent ranges are folded into one bigger range). A
   range can be empty (referencing just a single moment in time), e.g., to
   indicate that only one frame is currently buffered in the case that the
   user agent has discarded the entire media resource except for the current
   frame, when a media element is paused.
   Ranges in a TimeRanges object must be inclusive.
   Thus, the end of a range would be equal to the start of a following
   adjacent (touching but not overlapping) range. Similarly, a range covering
   a whole timeline anchored at zero would have a start equal to zero and an
   end equal to the duration of the timeline.
   The timelines used by the objects returned by the buffered, seekable and
   played IDL attributes of media elements must be that element’s media
   timeline.
      4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional TrackEventInit eventInitDict)]
 interface TrackEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track;
 };
 dictionary TrackEventInit : EventInit {
   (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track = null;
 };
   event . track
           Returns the track object (TextTrack, AudioTrack, or VideoTrack) to
           which the event relates.
   The track attribute must return the value it was initialized to. When the
   object is created, this attribute must be initialized to null. It
   represents the context information for the event.
      4.7.13.16. Event summary
   This section is non-normative.
   The following events fire on media elements as part of the processing
   model described above:
   Event name     Interface Fired when...            Preconditions            
                            The user agent begins                             
   loadstart      Event     looking for media data,  networkState equals      
                            as part of the resource  NETWORK_LOADING
                            selection algorithm.     
   progress       Event     The user agent is        networkState equals      
                            fetching media data.     NETWORK_LOADING          
                            The user agent is                                 
   suspend        Event     intentionally not        networkState equals      
                            currently fetching media NETWORK_IDLE
                            data.                    
                                                     error is an object with  
                            The user agent stops     the code                 
                            fetching the media data  MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED.       
   abort          Event     before it is completely  networkState equals      
                            downloaded, but not due  either NETWORK_EMPTY or  
                            to an error.             NETWORK_IDLE, depending  
                                                     on when the download was 
                                                     aborted.                 
                                                     error is an object with  
                                                     the code                 
                            An error occurs while    MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK or     
                            fetching the media data  higher. networkState     
   error          Event     or the type of the       equals either            
                            resource is not          NETWORK_EMPTY or         
                            supported media format.  NETWORK_IDLE, depending  
                                                     on when the download was 
                                                     aborted.                 
                            A media element whose                             
                            networkState was                                  
                            previously not in the                             
                            NETWORK_EMPTY state has                           
                            just switched to that    
                            state (either because of networkState is
   emptied        Event     a fatal error during     NETWORK_EMPTY; all the
                            load that’s about to be  IDL attributes are in
                            reported, or because the their initial states.
                            load() method was        
                            invoked while the        
                            resource selection       
                            algorithm was already    
                            running).                
                            The user agent is trying                          
   stalled        Event     to fetch media data, but networkState is          
                            data is unexpectedly not NETWORK_LOADING.
                            forthcoming.             
                            The user agent has just  readyState is newly      
                            determined the duration  equal to HAVE_METADATA   
   loadedmetadata Event     and dimensions of the    or greater for the first 
                            media resource and the   time.                    
                            text tracks are ready.   
                            The user agent can       readyState newly         
                            render the media data at increased to             
   loadeddata     Event     the current playback     HAVE_CURRENT_DATA or     
                            position for the first   greater for the first    
                            time.                    time.                    
                            The user agent can                                
                            resume playback of the                            
                            media data, but                                   
                            estimates that if                                 
                            playback were to be      readyState newly
   canplay        Event     started now, the media   increased to
                            resource could not be    HAVE_FUTURE_DATA or
                            rendered at the current  greater.
                            playback rate up to its  
                            end without having to    
                            stop for further         
                            buffering of content.    
                            The user agent estimates                          
                            that if playback were to                          
                            be started now, the                               
                            media resource could be  readyState is newly
   canplaythrough Event     rendered at the current  equal to
                            playback rate all the    HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA.
                            way to its end without   
                            having to stop for       
                            further buffering.       
                                                     readyState is newly      
                                                     equal to or greater than 
                                                     HAVE_FUTURE_DATA and     
                                                     paused is false, or      
                                                     paused is newly false    
                            Playback is ready to     and readyState is equal  
                            start after having been  to or greater than       
   playing        Event     paused or delayed due to HAVE_FUTURE_DATA. Even   
                            lack of media data.      if this event fires, the 
                                                     element might still not  
                                                     be potentially playing,  
                                                     e.g., if the element is  
                                                     paused for user          
                                                     interaction or paused    
                                                     for in-band content.     
                                                     readyState is equal to   
                                                     or less than             
                                                     HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, and   
                                                     paused is false. Either  
                                                     seeking is true, or the  
                                                     current playback         
                                                     position is not          
                                                     contained in any of the  
                                                     ranges in buffered. It   
                            Playback has stopped     is possible for playback 
                            because the next frame   to stop for other        
                            is not available, but    reasons without paused   
   waiting        Event     the user agent expects   being false, but those   
                            that frame to become     reasons do not fire this 
                            available in due course. event (and when those    
                                                     situations resolve, a    
                                                     separate playing event   
                                                     is not fired either):    
                                                     e.g., the playback       
                                                     ended, or playback       
                                                     stopped due to errors,   
                                                     or the element has       
                                                     paused for user          
                                                     interaction or paused    
                                                     for in-band content.     
                            The seeking IDL          
                            attribute changed to     
   seeking        Event     true, and the user agent 
                            has started seeking to a 
                            new position.            
                            The seeking IDL          
                            attribute changed to     
   seeked         Event     false after the current  
                            playback position was    
                            changed.                 
                            Playback has stopped     currentTime equals the   
   ended          Event     because the end of the   end of the media         
                            media resource was       resource; ended is true. 
                            reached.                 
   durationchange Event     The duration attribute   
                            has just been updated.   
                            The current playback     
                            position changed as part 
   timeupdate     Event     of normal playback or in 
                            an especially            
                            interesting way, for     
                            example discontinuously. 
                            The element is no longer                          
                            paused. Fired after the  
                            play() method has        
   play           Event     returned, or when the    paused is newly false.
                            autoplay attribute has   
                            caused playback to       
                            begin.                   
                            The element has been                              
   pause          Event     paused. Fired after the  paused is newly true.
                            pause() method has       
                            returned.                
                            Either the               
                            defaultPlaybackRate or   
   ratechange     Event     the playbackRate         
                            attribute has just been  
                            updated.                 
                            One or both of the       Media element is a video 
   resize         Event     videoWidth and           element; readyState is   
                            videoHeight attributes   not HAVE_NOTHING         
                            have just been updated.  
                            Either the volume        
                            attribute or the muted   
   volumechange   Event     attribute has changed.   
                            Fired after the relevant 
                            attribute’s setter has   
                            returned.                
   The following event fires on source element:
   Event name Interface Fired when...                                         
   error      Event     An error occurs while fetching the media data or the  
                        type of the resource is not supported media format.   
   The following events fire on AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, and
   TextTrackList objects:
   Event name  Interface  Fired when...                                       
   change      Event      One or more tracks in the track list have been      
                          enabled or disabled.                                
   addtrack    TrackEvent A track has been added to the track list.           
   removetrack TrackEvent A track has been removed from the track list.       
   The following event fires on TextTrack objects and track elements:
   Event name Interface Fired when...                                         
   cuechange  Event     One or more cues in the track have become active or   
                        stopped being active.                                 
   The following events fire on track elements:
   Event name Interface Fired when...                                         
                        An error occurs while fetching the track data or the  
   error      Event     type of the resource is not supported text track      
                        format.                                               
   load       Event     A track data has been fetched and successfully        
                        processed.                                            
   The following events fire on TextTrackCue objects:
   Event name Interface Fired when...                     
   enter      Event     The cue has become active.        
   exit       Event     The cue has stopped being active. 
      4.7.13.17. Security and privacy considerations
   The main security and privacy implications of the video and audio elements
   come from the ability to embed media cross-origin. There are two
   directions that threats can flow: from hostile content to a victim page,
   and from a hostile page to victim content.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   If a victim page embeds hostile content, the threat is that the content
   might contain scripted code that attempts to interact with the Document
   that embeds the content. To avoid this, user agents must ensure that there
   is no access from the content to the embedding page. In the case of media
   content that uses DOM concepts, the embedded content must be treated as if
   it was in its own unrelated top-level browsing context.
   For instance, if an SVG animation was embedded in a video element, the
   user agent would not give it access to the DOM of the outer page. From the
   perspective of scripts in the SVG resource, the SVG file would appear to
   be in a lone top-level browsing context with no parent.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   If a hostile page embeds victim content, the threat is that the embedding
   page could obtain information from the content that it would not otherwise
   have access to. The API does expose some information: the existence of the
   media, its type, its duration, its size, and the performance
   characteristics of its host. Such information is already potentially
   problematic, but in practice the same information can be obtained using
   the img element, and so it has been deemed acceptable.
   However, significantly more sensitive information could be obtained if the
   user agent further exposes metadata within the content such as subtitles
   or chapter titles. Such information is therefore only exposed if the video
   resource passes a CORS resource sharing check. The crossorigin attribute
   allows authors to control how this check is performed. [FETCH]
   Without this restriction, an attacker could trick a user running within a
   corporate network into visiting a site that attempts to load a video from
   a previously leaked location on the corporation’s intranet. If such a
   video included confidential plans for a new product, then being able to
   read the subtitles would present a serious confidentiality breach.
      4.7.13.18. Best practices for authors using media elements
   This section is non-normative.
   Playing audio and video resources on small devices such as set-top boxes
   or mobile phones is often constrained by limited hardware resources in the
   device. For example, a device might only support three simultaneous
   videos. For this reason, it is a good practice to release resources held
   by media elements when they are done playing, either by being very careful
   about removing all references to the element and allowing it to be garbage
   collected, or, even better, by removing the element’s src attribute and
   any source element descendants, and invoking the element’s load() method.
   Similarly, when the playback rate is not exactly 1.0, hardware, software,
   or format limitations can cause video frames to be dropped and audio to be
   choppy or muted.
      4.7.13.19. Best practices for implementors of media elements
   This section is non-normative.
   How accurately various aspects of the media element API are implemented is
   considered a quality-of-implementation issue.
   For example, when implementing the buffered attribute, how precise an
   implementation reports the ranges that have been buffered depends on how
   carefully the user agent inspects the data. Since the API reports ranges
   as times, but the data is obtained in byte streams, a user agent receiving
   a variable-bit-rate stream might only be able to determine precise times
   by actually decoding all of the data. User agents aren’t required to do
   this, however; they can instead return estimates (e.g., based on the
   average bitrate seen so far) which get revised as more information becomes
   available.
   As a general rule, user agents are urged to be conservative rather than
   optimistic. For example, it would be bad to report that everything had
   been buffered when it had not.
   Another quality-of-implementation issue would be playing a video backwards
   when the codec is designed only for forward playback (e.g., there aren’t
   many key frames, and they are far apart, and the intervening frames only
   have deltas from the previous frame). User agents could do a poor job,
   e.g., only showing key frames; however, better implementations would do
   more work and thus do a better job, e.g., actually decoding parts of the
   video forwards, storing the complete frames, and then playing the frames
   backwards.
   Similarly, while implementations are allowed to drop buffered data at any
   time (there is no requirement that a user agent keep all the media data
   obtained for the lifetime of the media element), it is again a quality of
   implementation issue: user agents with sufficient resources to keep all
   the data around are encouraged to do so, as this allows for a better user
   experience. For example, if the user is watching a live stream, a user
   agent could allow the user only to view the live video; however, a better
   user agent would buffer everything and allow the user to seek through the
   earlier material, pause it, play it forwards and backwards, etc.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When a media element that is paused is removed from a document and not
   reinserted before the next time the event loop reaches step 1,
   implementations that are resource constrained are encouraged to take that
   opportunity to release all hardware resources (like video planes,
   networking resources, and data buffers) used by the media element. (User
   agents still have to keep track of the playback position and so forth,
   though, in case playback is later restarted.)
    4.7.14. The map element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Transparent.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           name - Name of image map to reference from the usemap attribute
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLMapElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString name;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection areas;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection images;
 };
   The map element, in conjunction with an img element and any area element
   descendants, defines an image map. The element represents its children.
   The name attribute gives the map a name so that it can be referenced. The
   attribute must be present and must have a non-empty value with no space
   characters. The value of the name attribute must not be a compatibility
   caseless match for the value of the name attribute of another map element
   in the same document. If the id attribute is also specified, both
   attributes must have the same value.
   map . areas
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the area elements in the map.
   map . images
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the img and object elements that use
           the map.
   The areas attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the map
   element, whose filter matches only area elements.
   The images attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document
   node, whose filter matches only img and object elements that are
   associated with this map element according to the image map processing
   model.
   The IDL attribute name must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
   Image maps can be defined in conjunction with other content on the page,
   to ease maintenance. This example is of a page with an image map at the
   top of the page and a corresponding set of text links at the bottom.
 
 Babies™: Toys 
 
   Toys 
    
  
   ...
 
    4.7.15. The area element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected, but only if there is a map
           element ancestor or a template element ancestor.
   Content model:
           Nothing.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           No end tag
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           alt - Replacement text for use when images are not available
           coords - Coordinates for the shape to be created in an image map
           download - Whether to download the resource instead of navigating
           to it, and its file name if so
           href - Address of the hyperlink
           hreflang - Language of the linked resource
           rel - Relationship of this document (or subsection/topic) to the
           destination resource
           shape - The kind of shape to be created in an image map
           target - browsing context for hyperlink navigation
           type - Hint for the type of the referenced resource
           referrerpolicy - Referrer policy for fetches initiated by the
           element
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           link role (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLAreaElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString alt;
   attribute DOMString coords;
   attribute DOMString shape;
   attribute DOMString target;
   attribute DOMString download;
   attribute DOMString rel;
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList;
   attribute DOMString hreflang;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
 };
 HTMLAreaElement implements HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils;
   The area element represents either a hyperlink with some text and a
   corresponding area on an image map, or a dead area on an image map.
   An area element with a parent node must have a map element ancestor or a
   template element ancestor.
   If the area element has an href attribute, then the area element
   represents a hyperlink. In this case, the alt attribute must be present.
   It specifies the text of the hyperlink. Its value must be text that
   informs the user about the destination of the link.
   If the area element has no href attribute, then the area represented by
   the element cannot be selected, and the alt attribute must be omitted.
   In both cases, the shape and coords attributes specify the area.
   The shape attribute is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists
   the keywords defined for this attribute. The states given in the first
   cell of the rows with keywords give the states to which those keywords
   map. Some of the keywords are non-conforming, as noted in the last column.
   State           Keywords  Notes          
   Circle state    circle    
                   circ      Non-conforming 
   Default state   default   
   Polygon state   poly      
                   polygon   Non-conforming 
   Rectangle state rect      
                   rectangle Non-conforming 
   The attribute may be omitted. The missing value default is the rectangle
   state.
   The coords attribute must, if specified, contain a valid list of
   floating-point numbers. This attribute gives the coordinates for the shape
   described by the shape attribute. The processing for this attribute is
   described as part of the image map processing model.
   In the circle state, area elements must have a coords attribute present,
   with three integers, the last of which must be non-negative. The first
   integer must be the distance in CSS pixels from the left edge of the image
   to the center of the circle, the second integer must be the distance in
   CSS pixels from the top edge of the image to the center of the circle, and
   the third integer must be the radius of the circle, again in CSS pixels.
   In the default state state, area elements must not have a coords
   attribute. (The area is the whole image.)
   In the polygon state, area elements must have a coords attribute with at
   least six integers, and the number of integers must be even. Each pair of
   integers must represent a coordinate given as the distances from the left
   and the top of the image in CSS pixels respectively, and all the
   coordinates together must represent the points of the polygon, in order.
   In the rectangle state, area elements must have a coords attribute with
   exactly four integers, the first of which must be less than the third, and
   the second of which must be less than the fourth. The four points must
   represent, respectively, the distance from the left edge of the image to
   the left side of the rectangle, the distance from the top edge to the top
   side, the distance from the left edge to the right side, and the distance
   from the top edge to the bottom side, all in CSS pixels.
   When user agents allow users to follow hyperlinks or download hyperlinks
   created using the area element, as described in the next section, the
   href, target, and download attributes decide how the link is followed. The
   rel, and hreflang attributes may be used to indicate to the user the
   likely nature of the target resource before the user follows the link.
   The target, download, rel, hreflang, type, and referrerpolicy attributes
   must be omitted if the href attribute is not present.
   The activation behavior of area elements is to run the following steps:
    1. If the area element’s node document is not fully active, then abort
       these steps.
    2. If the area element has a download attribute and the algorithm is not
       allowed to show a popup; or, if the user has not indicated a specific
       browsing context for following the link, and the element’s target
       attribute is present, and applying the rules for choosing a browsing
       context given a browsing context name, using the value of the target
       attribute as the browsing context name, would result in there not
       being a chosen browsing context, then run these substeps:
         1. If there is an entry settings object, throw an InvalidAccessError
            exception.
         2. Abort these steps without following the hyperlink.
    3. Otherwise, the user agent must follow the hyperlink or download the
       hyperlink created by the area element, if any, and as determined by
       the download attribute and any expressed user preference.
   The IDL attributes alt, coords, target, download, rel, and hreflang, each
   must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.
   The IDL attribute shape must reflect the shape content attribute.
   The IDL attribute relList must reflect the rel content attribute.
   The IDL attribute referrerPolicy must reflect the referrerpolicy content
   attribute, limited to only known values.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The area element also supports the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface.
   [URL]
   When the element is created, and whenever the element’s href content
   attribute is set, changed, or removed, the user agent must invoke the
   element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s set the input algorithm
   with the value of the href content attribute, if any, or the empty string
   otherwise, as the given value.
   The element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s get the base algorithm
   must simply return the document base URL.
   The element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface’s query encoding is the
   document’s character encoding.
   When the element’s HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils interface invokes its update
   steps with a string value, the user agent must set the element’s href
   content attribute to the string value.
    4.7.16. Image maps
      4.7.16.1. Authoring
   An image map allows geometric areas on an image to be associated with
   hyperlinks.
   An image, in the form of an img element, may be associated with an image
   map (in the form of a map element) by specifying a usemap attribute on the
   img element. The usemap attribute, if specified, must be a valid hash-name
   reference to a map element.
   Consider an image that looks as follows:
   A line with four shapes in it, equally spaced: a red hollow box, a green
   circle, a blue triangle, and a yellow four-pointed star.
   If we wanted just the colored areas to be clickable, we could do it as
   follows:
 
   Please select a shape:
    
   
     
    
    
    
    
    
 
      4.7.16.2. Processing model
   If an img element has a usemap attribute specified, user agents must
   process it as follows:
    1. Parse the attribute’s value using the rules for parsing a hash-name
       reference to a map element, with the element’s node document as the
       context node. This will return either an element (the map) or null.
    2. If that returned null, then abort these steps. The image is not
       associated with an image map after all.
    3. Otherwise, the user agent must collect all the area elements that are
       descendants of the map. Let those be the areas.
   Having obtained the list of area elements that form the image map (the
   areas), interactive user agents must process the list in one of two ways.
   If the user agent intends to show the text that the img element
   represents, then it must use the following steps.
   In user agents that do not support images, or that have images disabled,
   object elements cannot represent images, and thus this section never
   applies (the fallback content is shown instead). The following steps
   therefore only apply to img elements.
    1. Remove all the area elements in areas that have no href attribute.
    2. Remove all the area elements in areas that have no alt attribute, or
       whose alt attribute’s value is the empty string, if there is another
       area element in areas with the same value in the href attribute and
       with a non-empty alt attribute.
    3. Each remaining area element in areas represents a hyperlink. Those
       hyperlinks should all be made available to the user in a manner
       associated with the text of the img.
       In this context, user agents may represent area and img elements with
       no specified alt attributes, or whose alt attributes are the empty
       string or some other non-visible text, in a user-agent-defined fashion
       intended to indicate the lack of suitable author-provided text.
   If the user agent intends to show the image and allow interaction with the
   image to select hyperlinks, then the image must be associated with a set
   of layered shapes, taken from the area elements in areas, in reverse tree
   order (so the last specified area element in the map is the bottom-most
   shape, and the first element in the map, in tree order, is the top-most
   shape).
   Each area element in areas must be processed as follows to obtain a shape
   to layer onto the image:
    1. Find the state that the element’s shape attribute represents.
    2. Use the rules for parsing a list of floating-point numbers to parse
       the element’s coords attribute, if it is present, and let the result
       be the coords list. If the attribute is absent, let the coords list be
       the empty list.
    3. If the number of items in the coords list is less than the minimum
       number given for the area element’s current state, as per the
       following table, then the shape is empty; abort these steps.
       State           Minimum number of items 
       Circle state    3                       
       Default state   0                       
       Polygon state   6                       
       Rectangle state 4                       
    4. Check for excess items in the coords list as per the entry in the
       following list corresponding to the shape attribute’s state:
            Circle state
                    Drop any items in the list beyond the third.
            Default state
                    Drop all items in the list.
            Polygon state
                    Drop the last item if there’s an odd number of items.
            Rectangle state
                    Drop any items in the list beyond the fourth.
    5. If the shape attribute represents the rectangle state, and the first
       number in the list is numerically greater than the third number in the
       list, then swap those two numbers around.
    6. If the shape attribute represents the rectangle state, and the second
       number in the list is numerically greater than the fourth number in
       the list, then swap those two numbers around.
    7. If the shape attribute represents the circle state, and the third
       number in the list is less than or equal to zero, then the shape is
       empty; abort these steps.
    8. Now, the shape represented by the element is the one described for the
       entry in the list below corresponding to the state of the shape
       attribute:
            Circle state
                    Let x be the first number in coords, y be the second
                    number, and r be the third number.
                    The shape is a circle whose center is x CSS pixels from
                    the left edge of the image and y CSS pixels from the top
                    edge of the image, and whose radius is r CSS pixels.
            Default state
                    The shape is a rectangle that exactly covers the entire
                    image.
            Polygon state
                    Let x_i be the (2i)th entry in coords, and y_i be the
                    (2i+1)th entry in coords (the first entry in coords being
                    the one with index 0).
                    Let the coordinates be (x_i, y_i), interpreted in CSS
                    pixels measured from the top left of the image, for all
                    integer values of i from 0 to (N/2)-1, where N is the
                    number of items in coords.
                    The shape is a polygon whose vertices are given by the
                    coordinates, and whose interior is established using the
                    even-odd rule. [GRAPHICS]
            Rectangle state
                    Let x_1 be the first number in coords, y_1 be the second
                    number, x_2 be the third number, and y_2 be the fourth
                    number.
                    The shape is a rectangle whose top-left corner is given
                    by the coordinate (x_1, y_1) and whose bottom right
                    corner is given by the coordinate (x_2, y_2), those
                    coordinates being interpreted as CSS pixels from the top
                    left corner of the image.
       For historical reasons, the coordinates must be interpreted relative
       to the displayed image after any stretching caused by the CSS width
       and height properties (or, for non-CSS browsers, the image element’s
       width and height attributes — CSS browsers map those attributes to the
       aforementioned CSS properties).
       Browser zoom features and transforms applied using CSS or SVG do not
       affect the coordinates.
   Pointing device interaction with an image associated with a set of layered
   shapes per the above algorithm must result in the relevant user
   interaction events being first fired to the top-most shape covering the
   point that the pointing device indicated, if any, or to the image element
   itself, if there is no shape covering that point. User agents should make
   area elements representing hyperlinks focusable, to ensure that they can
   be selected and activated by all users.
   Because a map element (and its area elements) can be associated with
   multiple img and object elements, it is possible for an area element to
   correspond to multiple focusable areas of the document.
   Image maps are live; if the DOM is mutated, then the user agent must act
   as if it had rerun the algorithms for image maps.
    4.7.17. MathML
   The MathML math element falls into the embedded content, phrasing content,
   flow content, and palpable content categories for the purposes of the
   content models in this specification.
   When the MathML annotation-xml element contains elements from the HTML
   namespace, such elements must all be flow content.
   When the MathML token elements (MathML mi, MathML mo, MathML mn, MathML
   ms, and MathML mtext) are descendants of HTML elements, they may contain
   phrasing content elements from the HTML namespace. [MATHML]
   User agents must handle text other than inter-element white space found in
   MathML elements whose content models do not allow straight text by
   pretending for the purposes of MathML content models, layout, and
   rendering that the text is actually wrapped in an MathML mtext element in
   the MathML namespace. (Such text is not, however, conforming.)
   User agents must act as if any MathML element whose contents does not
   match the element’s content model was replaced, for the purposes of MathML
   layout and rendering, by an MathML merror element containing some
   appropriate error message.
   To enable authors to use MathML tools that only accept MathML in its XML
   form, interactive HTML user agents are encouraged to provide a way to
   export any MathML fragment as an XML namespace-well-formed XML fragment.
   The semantics of MathML elements are defined by the MathML specification
   and other applicable specifications. [MATHML]
   Here is an example of the use of MathML in an HTML document:
 
 
   
   The quadratic formula 
   
   
   The quadratic formula 
   
     
     x 
     = 
     
       
       -  b 
       ± 
       
          b  2   
         - 
         4    a    c 
        
        
       
       2    a 
        
      
      
   
   
 
    4.7.18. SVG
   The SVG svg element falls into the embedded content, phrasing content,
   flow content, and palpable content categories for the purposes of the
   content models in this specification.
   To enable authors to use SVG tools that only accept SVG in its XML form,
   interactive HTML user agents are encouraged to provide a way to export any
   SVG fragment as an XML namespace-well-formed XML fragment.
   When the SVG foreignObject element contains elements from the HTML
   namespace, such elements must all be flow content. [SVG11]
   The content model for SVG title elements inside HTML documents is phrasing
   content. (This further constrains the requirements given in the SVG
   specification.)
   The semantics of SVG elements are defined by the SVG specification and
   other applicable specifications. [SVG11]
    4.7.19. Dimension attributes
   Author requirements: The width and height attributes on img, iframe,
   embed, object, video, and, when their type attribute is in the Image
   Button state, input elements may be specified to give the dimensions of
   the visual content of the element (the width and height respectively,
   relative to the nominal direction of the output medium), in CSS pixels.
   The attributes, if specified, must have values that are valid non-negative
   integers.
   The specified dimensions given may differ from the dimensions specified in
   the resource itself, since the resource may have a resolution that differs
   from the CSS pixel resolution. (On screens, CSS pixels have a resolution
   of 96ppi, but in general the CSS pixel resolution depends on the reading
   distance.) If both attributes are specified, then one of the following
   statements must be true:
     * specified width - 0.5 ≤ specified height * target ratio ≤ specified
       width + 0.5
     * specified height - 0.5 ≤ specified width / target ratio ≤ specified
       height + 0.5
     * specified height = specified width = 0
   The target ratio is the ratio of the intrinsic width to the intrinsic
   height in the resource. The specified width and specified height are the
   values of the width and height attributes respectively.
   The two attributes must be omitted if the resource in question does not
   have both an intrinsic width and an intrinsic height.
   If the two attributes are both zero, it indicates that the element is not
   intended for the user (e.g., it might be a part of a service to count page
   views).
   The dimension attributes are not intended to be used to stretch the image.
   User agent requirements: User agents are expected to use these attributes
   as hints for the rendering.
   The width and height IDL attributes on the iframe, embed, object, and
   video elements must reflect the respective content attributes of the same
   name.
   For iframe, embed, and object the IDL attributes are DOMString; for video
   the IDL attributes are unsigned long.
   The corresponding IDL attributes for img and input elements are defined in
   those respective elements' sections, as they are slightly more specific to
   those elements' other behaviors.
  4.8. Links
    4.8.1. Introduction
   Links are a conceptual construct, created by a, area, and link elements,
   that represent a connection between two resources, one of which is the
   current Document. There are two kinds of links in HTML:
   Links to external resources
           These are links to resources that are to be used to augment the
           current document, generally automatically processed by the user
           agent.
   Hyperlinks
           These are links to other resources that are generally exposed to
           the user by the user agent so that the user can cause the user
           agent to navigate to those resources, e.g., to visit them in a
           browser or download them.
   For link elements with an href attribute and a rel attribute, links must
   be created for the keywords of the rel attribute, as defined for those
   keywords in the link types section.
   Similarly, for a and area elements with an href attribute and a rel
   attribute, links must be created for the keywords of the rel attribute as
   defined for those keywords in the link types section. Unlike link
   elements, however, a and area elements with an href attribute that either
   do not have a rel attribute, or whose rel attribute has no keywords that
   are defined as specifying hyperlinks, must also create a hyperlink. This
   implied hyperlink has no special meaning (it has no link type) beyond
   linking the element’s node document to the resource given by the element’s
   href attribute.
   A hyperlink can have one or more hyperlink annotations that modify the
   processing semantics of that hyperlink.
    4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
   The href attribute on a and area elements must have a value that is a
   valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces.
   The href attribute on a and area elements is not required; when those
   elements do not have href attributes they do not create hyperlinks.
   The target attribute, if present, must be a valid browsing context name or
   keyword. It gives the name of the browsing context that will be used. User
   agents use this name when following hyperlinks.
   When an a or area element’s activation behavior is invoked, the user agent
   may allow the user to indicate a preference regarding whether the
   hyperlink is to be used for navigation or whether the resource it
   specifies is to be downloaded.
   In the absence of a user preference, the default should be navigation if
   the element has no download attribute, and should be to download the
   specified resource if it does.
   Whether determined by the user’s preferences or via the presence or
   absence of the attribute, if the decision is to use the hyperlink for
   navigation then the user agent must follow the hyperlink, and if the
   decision is to use the hyperlink to download a resource, the user agent
   must download the hyperlink. These terms are defined in subsequent
   sections below.
   The download attribute, if present, indicates that the author intends the
   hyperlink to be used for downloading a resource. The attribute may have a
   value; the value, if any, specifies the default file name that the author
   recommends for use in labeling the resource in a local file system. There
   are no restrictions on allowed values, but authors are cautioned that most
   file systems have limitations with regard to what punctuation is supported
   in file names, and user agents are likely to adjust file names
   accordingly.
   The rel attribute on a and area elements controls what kinds of links the
   elements create. The attribute’s value must be a set of space-separated
   tokens. The allowed keywords and their meanings are defined below.
   rel's supported tokens are the keywords defined in HTML link types which
   are allowed on a and area elements, impact the processing model, and are
   supported by the user agent. The possible supported tokens are noreferrer,
   and noopener. rel's supported tokens must only include the tokens from
   this list that the user agent implements the processing model for.
   Other specifications may add HTML link types as defined in Other link
   types, with the following additional requirements:
     * Such specifications may require that their link types be included in
       rel's supported tokens.
     * Such specifications may specify that their link types are body-ok.
   The rel attribute has no default value. If the attribute is omitted or if
   none of the values in the attribute are recognized by the user agent, then
   the document has no particular relationship with the destination resource
   other than there being a hyperlink between the two.
   link and a elements may also have a rev attribute, which is used to
   describe a reverse link relationship from the resource specified by the
   href to the current document. If present, the value of this attribute must
   be a set of space-separated tokens. Like the rel attribute, §4.8.6 Link
   types describes the allowed keywords and their meanings for the rev
   attribute. Both the rel and rev attributes may be present on the same
   element.
   Reverse links are a way to express the reverse directional relationship of
   a link. In contrast to the rel attribute, whose value conveys a forward
   directional relationship ("how is the link related to me"), the rev
   attribute allows for similiar relationships to be expressed in the reverse
   direction ("how am I related to this link"). These values can enable user
   agents to build a more comprehensive map of linked documents.
   Given two documents, each containing a chapter of a book, the links
   between them could be described with the rel and rev attributes as
   follows:
   Document with URL "chapter1.html"
  
   Document with URL "chapter2.html"
  
  
   From chapter1.html, the link to chapter2.html is the "next" chapter in the
   series in the forward direction, and the "previous" chapter in the reverse
   diretion (from chapter2.html to chapter1.html).
   The links in a table of contents document might be described using rel and
   rev as follows:
 
   chapter 1  
    chapter 2 
    chapter 3 
  
   From the table of contents, the "next" logical path is to the first
   chapter, expressed using rel. Each chapter link has a "toc" rev value
   which indicates that the current document is the table of contents
   document for every chapter.
   The hreflang attribute on a elements that create hyperlinks, if present,
   gives the language of the linked resource. It is purely advisory. The
   value must be a valid BCP 47 language tag. [BCP47] User agents must not
   consider this attribute authoritative — upon fetching the resource, user
   agents must use only language information associated with the resource to
   determine its language, not metadata included in the link to the resource.
   The type attribute, if present, gives the MIME type of the linked
   resource. It is purely advisory. The value must be a valid mime type. User
   agents must not consider the type attribute authoritative — upon fetching
   the resource, user agents must not use metadata included in the link to
   the resource to determine its type.
   The referrerpolicy attribute is a referrer policy attribute. Its purpose
   is to set the referrer policy used when following hyperlinks.
   [REFERRERPOLICY]
    4.8.3. API for a and area elements
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils {
   stringifier attribute USVString href;
   readonly attribute USVString origin;
   attribute USVString protocol;
   attribute USVString username;
   attribute USVString password;
   attribute USVString host;
   attribute USVString hostname;
   attribute USVString port;
   attribute USVString pathname;
   attribute USVString search;
   attribute USVString hash;
 };
   hyperlink . toString()
   hyperlink . href
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL.
           Can be set, to change the URL.
   hyperlink . origin
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s origin.
   hyperlink . protocol
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s scheme.
           Can be set, to change the URL’s scheme.
   hyperlink . username
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s username.
           Can be set, to change the URL’s username.
   hyperlink . password
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s password.
           Can be set, to change the URL’s password.
   hyperlink . host
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s host and port (if different from the
           default port for the scheme).
           Can be set, to change the URL’s host and port.
   hyperlink . hostname
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s host.
           Can be set, to change the URL’s host.
   hyperlink . port
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s port.
           Can be set, to change the URL’s port.
   hyperlink . pathname
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s path.
           Can be set, to change the URL’s path.
   hyperlink . search
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s query (includes leading "?" if
           non-empty).
           Can be set, to change the URL’s query (ignores leading "?").
   hyperlink . hash
           Returns the hyperlink’s URL’s fragment (includes leading "#" if
           non-empty).
           Can be set, to change the URL’s fragment (ignores leading "#").
   An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an
   associated url (null or a URL). It is initially null.
   An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an
   associated set the url algorithm, which sets this element’s URL to the
   resulting URL string of parsing this element’s href content attribute
   value relative to this element. If parsing was aborted with an error, set
   this element’s URL to null.
   When elements implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin are
   created, and whenever those elements have their href content attribute
   set, changed, or removed, the user agent must set the url.
   This is only observable for blob: URLs as parsing them involves the
   StructuredSerialize abstract operation.
   An element implementing the HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils mixin has an
   associated reinitialise url algorithm, which runs these steps:
    1. If element’s URL is non-null, its scheme is "blob", and its
       non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps.
    2. Set the url.
   To update href, set the element’s href content attribute’s value to the
   element’s URL, serialized.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The href attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null and this element has no href content attribute, return
       the empty string.
    4. Otherwise, if url is null, return this element’s href content
       attribute’s value.
    5. Return url, serialized.
   The href attribute’s setter must set this element’s href content
   attribute’s value to the given value.
   The origin attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. If this element’s URL is null, return the empty string.
    3. Return the Unicode serialization of this element’s URL's origin.
   It returns the Unicode rather than the ASCII serialization for
   compatibility with MessageEvent.
   The protocol attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. If this element’s URL is null, return " 
       :".
    3. Return this element’s URL's scheme, followed by ":".
   The protocol attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. If this element’s URL is null, terminate these steps.
    3. Basic URL parse the given value, followed by :", with this element’s
       URL as url and scheme start state as state override.
    4. Update href.
   The username attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. If this element’s URL is null, return the empty string.
    3. Return this element’s URL's username.
   The username attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url or url’s host is null, or url’s non-relative flag is set,
       terminate these steps.
    4. set the username, given url and the given value.
    5. Update href.
   The password attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url or url’s password is null, return the empty string.
    4. Return url’s password.
   The password attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url or url’s host is null, or url’s non-relative flag is set,
       terminate these steps.
    4. Set the password, given url and the given value.
    5. Update href.
   The host attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url or url’s host is null, return the empty string.
    4. If url’s port is null, return url’s host, serialized.
    5. Return url’s host, serialized, followed by ":" and url’s port,
       serialized.
   The host attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null or url’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these
       steps.
    4. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and host state as
       state override.
    5. Update href.
   The hostname attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url or url’s host is null, return the empty string.
    4. Return url’s host, serialized.
   The hostname attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null or url’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these
       steps.
    4. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and hostname state as
       state override.
    5. Update href.
   The port attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url or url’s port is null, return the empty string.
    4. Return url’s port, serialized.
   The port attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url or url’s host is null, url’s non-relative flag is set, or url’s
       scheme is "file", terminate these steps.
    4. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and port state as
       state override.
    5. Update href.
   The pathname attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null, return the empty string.
    4. If url’s non-relative flag is set, return the first string in url’s
       path.
    5. Return "/", followed by the strings in url’s path (including empty
       strings), separated from each other by "/".
   The pathname attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null or url’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these
       steps.
    4. Set url’s path to the empty list.
    5. Basic URL parse the given value, with url as url and path start state
       as state override.
    6. Update href.
   The search attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null, or url’s query is either null or the empty string,
       return the empty string.
    4. Return "?", followed by url’s query.
   The search attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null, terminate these steps.
    4. If the given value is the empty string, set url’s query to null.
    5. Otherwise, run these substeps:
         1. Let input be the given value with a single leading "?" removed,
            if any.
         2. Set url’s query to the empty string.
         3. Basic URL parse input, with url as url and query state as state
            override, and this element’s node document’s document’s character
            encoding as encoding override.
    6. Update href.
   The hash attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null, or url’s fragment is either null or the empty string,
       return the empty string.
    4. Return "#", followed by url’s fragment.
   The hash attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Reinitialise url.
    2. Let url be this element’s URL.
    3. If url is null or url’s scheme is "javascript", terminate these steps.
    4. If the given value is the empty string, set url’s fragment to null.
    5. Otherwise, run these substeps:
         1. Let input be the given value with a single leading "#" removed,
            if any.
         2. Set url’s fragment to the empty string.
         3. Basic URL parse input, with url as url and fragment state as
            state override.
    6. Update href.
    4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
   When a user follows a hyperlink created by an element subject, optionally
   with a hyperlink suffix, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let replace be false.
    2. Let source be the browsing context that contains the Document object
       with which subject in question is associated.
    3. If the user indicated a specific browsing context when following the
       hyperlink, or if the user agent is configured to follow hyperlinks by
       navigating a particular browsing context, then let target be that
       browsing context. If this is a new top-level browsing context (e.g.,
       when the user followed the hyperlink using "Open in New Tab"), then
       source must be set as the new browsing context’s one permitted
       sandboxed navigator.
       Otherwise, if subject is an a or area element that has a target
       attribute, then let target be the browsing context that is chosen by
       applying the rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing
       context name, using the value of the target attribute as the browsing
       context name. If these rules result in the creation of a new browsing
       context, set replace to true.
       Otherwise, if target is an a or area element with no target attribute,
       but the Document contains a base element with a target attribute, then
       let target be the browsing context that is chosen by applying the
       rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name,
       using the value of the target attribute of the first such base element
       as the browsing context name. If these rules result in the creation of
       a new browsing context, set replace to true.
       Otherwise, let target be the browsing context that subject itself is
       in.
    4. If subject’s link types include the noreferrer or noopener keyword,
       and replace is true, then disown target’s opener.
    5. Parse the URL given by subject’s href attribute, relative to subject’s
       node document.
    6. If that is successful, let URL be the resulting URL string.
       Otherwise, if parsing the URL failed, the user agent may report the
       error to the user in a user-agent-specific manner, may queue a task to
       navigate the target browsing context to an error page to report the
       error, or may ignore the error and do nothing. In any case, the user
       agent must then abort these steps.
    7. If there is a hyperlink suffix, append it to URL.
    8. Let resource be a new request whose url is URL and whose referrer
       policy is the current state of subject’s referrerpolicy content
       attribute.
    9. Queue a task to navigate the target browsing context to resource. If
       replace is true, the navigation must be performed with replacement
       enabled. The source browsing context must be source.
   The task source for the tasks mentioned above is the DOM manipulation task
   source.
    4.8.5. Downloading resources
   In some cases, resources are intended for later use rather than immediate
   viewing. To indicate that a resource is intended to be downloaded for use
   later, rather than immediately used, the download attribute can be
   specified on the a or area element that creates the hyperlink to that
   resource.
   The attribute can furthermore be given a value, to specify the file name
   that user agents are to use when storing the resource in a file system.
   This value can be overridden by the Content-Disposition HTTP header’s
   filename parameters. [RFC6266]
   In cross-origin situations, the download attribute has to be combined with
   the Content-Disposition HTTP header, specifically with the attachment
   disposition type, to avoid the user being warned of possibly nefarious
   activity. (This is to protect users from being made to download sensitive
   personal or confidential information without their full understanding.)
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When a user downloads a hyperlink created by an element subject,
   optionally with a hyperlink suffix, the user agent must run the following
   steps:
    1. Parse the URL given by subject’s href attribute, relative to subject.
    2. If parsing the URL fails, the user agent may report the error to the
       user in a user-agent-specific manner, may navigate to an error page to
       report the error, or may ignore the error and do nothing. In either
       case, the user agent must abort these steps.
    3. Otherwise, let URL be the resulting URL string.
    4. If there is a hyperlink suffix, append it to URL.
    5. Return to whatever algorithm invoked these steps and continue these
       steps in parallel.
    6. Fetch URL and handle the resulting resource as a download.
   When a user agent is to handle a resource obtained from a fetch as a
   download, it should provide the user with a way to save the resource for
   later use, if a resource is successfully obtained; or otherwise should
   report any problems downloading the file to the user.
   If the user agent needs a file name for a resource being handled as a
   download, it should select one using the following algorithm.
   This algorithm is intended to mitigate security dangers involved in
   downloading files from untrusted sites, and user agents are strongly urged
   to follow it.
    1. Let filename be the void value.
    2. If the resource has a Content-Disposition header, that header
       specifies the attachment disposition type, and the header includes
       file name information, then let filename have the value specified by
       the header, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. [RFC6266]
    3. Let interface origin be the origin of the Document in which the
       download or navigate action resulting in the download was initiated,
       if any.
    4. Let resource origin be the origin of the URL of the resource being
       downloaded, unless that URL’s scheme component is data, in which case
       let resource origin be the same as the interface origin, if any.
    5. If there is no interface origin, then let trusted operation be true.
       Otherwise, let trusted operation be true if resource origin is the
       same origin as interface origin, and false otherwise.
    6. If trusted operation is true and the resource has a
       Content-Disposition header and that header includes file name
       information, then let filename have the value specified by the header,
       and jump to the step labeled sanitize below. [RFC6266]
    7. If the download was not initiated from a hyperlink created by an a or
       area element, or if the element of the hyperlink from which it was
       initiated did not have a download attribute when the download was
       initiated, or if there was such an attribute but its value when the
       download was initiated was the empty string, then jump to the step
       labeled no proposed file name.
    8. Let proposed filename have the value of the download attribute of the
       element of the hyperlink that initiated the download at the time the
       download was initiated.
    9. If trusted operation is true, let filename have the value of proposed
       filename, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below.
   10. If the resource has a Content-Disposition header and that header
       specifies the attachment disposition type, let filename have the value
       of proposed filename, and jump to the step labeled sanitize below.
       [RFC6266]
   11. No proposed file name: If trusted operation is true, or if the user
       indicated a preference for having the resource in question downloaded,
       let filename have a value derived from the URL of the resource in a
       user-agent-defined manner, and jump to the step labeled sanitize
       below.
   12. Act in a user-agent-defined manner to safeguard the user from a
       potentially hostile cross-origin download. If the download is not to
       be aborted, then let filename be set to the user’s preferred file name
       or to a file name selected by the user agent, and jump to the step
       labeled sanitize below.
       If the algorithm reaches this step, then a download was begun from a
       different origin than the resource being downloaded, and the origin
       did not mark the file as suitable for downloading, and the download
       was not initiated by the user. This could be because a download
       attribute was used to trigger the download, or because the resource in
       question is not of a type that the user agent supports.
       This could be dangerous, because, for instance, a hostile server could
       be trying to get a user to unknowingly download private information
       and then re-upload it to the hostile server, by tricking the user into
       thinking the data is from the hostile server.
       Thus, it is in the user’s interests that the user be somehow notified
       that the resource in question comes from quite a different source, and
       to prevent confusion, any suggested file name from the potentially
       hostile interface origin should be ignored.
   13. Sanitize: Optionally, allow the user to influence filename. For
       example, a user agent could prompt the user for a file name,
       potentially providing the value of filename as determined above as a
       default value.
   14. Adjust filename to be suitable for the local file system.
       For example, this could involve removing characters that are not legal
       in file names, or trimming leading and trailing white space.
   15. If the platform conventions do not in any way use extensions to
       determine the types of file on the file system, then return filename
       as the file name and abort these steps.
   16. Let claimed type be the type given by the resource’s Content-Type
       metadata, if any is known. Let named type be the type given by
       filename’s extension, if any is known. For the purposes of this step,
       a type is a mapping of a MIME type to an extension.
   17. If named type is consistent with the user’s preferences (e.g., because
       the value of filename was determined by prompting the user), then
       return filename as the file name and abort these steps.
   18. If claimed type and named type are the same type (i.e., the type given
       by the resource’s Content-Type metadata is consistent with the type
       given by filename’s extension), then return filename as the file name
       and abort these steps.
   19. If the claimed type is known, then alter filename to add an extension
       corresponding to claimed type.
       Otherwise, if named type is known to be potentially dangerous (e.g.,
       it will be treated by the platform conventions as a native executable,
       shell script, HTML application, or executable-macro-capable document)
       then optionally alter filename to add a known-safe extension (e.g.,
       ".txt").
       This last step would make it impossible to download executables, which
       might not be desirable. As always, implementors are forced to balance
       security and usability in this matter.
   20. Return filename as the file name.
   For the purposes of this algorithm, a file extension consists of any part
   of the file name that platform conventions dictate will be used for
   identifying the type of the file. For example, many operating systems use
   the part of the file name following the last dot (".") in the file name to
   determine the type of the file, and from that the manner in which the file
   is to be opened or executed.
   User agents should ignore any directory or path information provided by
   the resource itself, its URL, and any download attribute, in deciding
   where to store the resulting file in the user’s file system.
    4.8.6. Link types
   The following table summarizes the link types that are defined by this
   specification, by their coresponding keywords. This table is
   non-normative; the actual definitions for the link types are given in the
   next few sections.
   In this section, the term referenced document refers to the resource
   identified by the element representing the link, and the term current
   document refers to the resource within which the element representing the
   link finds itself.
   To determine which link types apply to a link, a, or area element, the
   element’s rel attribute must be split on spaces. The resulting tokens are
   the keywords for the link types that apply to that element.
   Except where otherwise specified, a keyword must not be specified more
   than once per rel attribute.
   Some of the sections that follow the table below list synonyms for certain
   keywords. The indicated synonyms are to be handled as specified by user
   agents, but must not be used in documents (for example, the keyword
   "copyright").
   Keywords are always ASCII case-insensitive, and must be compared as such.
   Thus, rel="next" is the same as rel="NEXT".
   Keywords that are body-ok affect whether link elements are allowed in the
   body. The body-ok keyword defined by this specification is stylesheet.
   Other specifications can also define body-ok keywords.
   Link type  Effect on...             body-ok Brief description              
              link         a and area  
                                               Gives alternate                
   alternate  hyperlink    hyperlink   ·       representations of the current 
                                               document.                      
                                               Gives a link to the author of  
   author     hyperlink    hyperlink   ·       the current document or        
                                               article.                       
   bookmark   not allowed  hyperlink   ·       Gives the permalink for the    
                                               nearest ancestor section.      
                                               Indicates that the referenced  
   external   not allowed  Annotation  ·       document is not part of the    
                                               same site as the current       
                                               document.                      
   help       hyperlink    hyperlink   ·       Provides a link to             
                                               context-sensitive help.        
   icon       External     not allowed ·       Imports an icon to represent   
              Resource                         the current document.          
                                               Indicates that the main        
                                               content of the current         
   license    hyperlink    hyperlink   ·       document is covered by the     
                                               copyright license described by 
                                               the referenced document.       
                                               Indicates that the current     
                                               document is a part of a        
   next       hyperlink    hyperlink   ·       series, and that the next      
                                               document in the series is the  
                                               referenced document.           
                                               Indicates that the current     
   nofollow   not allowed  Annotation  ·       document’s original author or  
                                               publisher does not endorse the 
                                               referenced document.           
                                               Requires that any browsing     
   noopener   not allowed  Annotation  ·       context created by following   
                                               the hyperlink to disown its    
                                               opener.                        
                                               Requires that the user agent   
   noreferrer not allowed  Annotation  ·       not send an HTTP Referer (sic) 
                                               header if the user follows the 
                                               hyperlink.                     
                                               Indicates that the current     
                                               document is a part of a        
   prev       hyperlink    hyperlink   ·       series, and that the previous  
                                               document in the series is the  
                                               referenced document.           
                                               Gives a link to a resource     
   search     hyperlink    hyperlink   ·       that can be used to search     
                                               through the current document   
                                               and its related pages.         
   stylesheet External     not allowed Yes     Imports a stylesheet.          
              Resource     
                                               Gives a tag (identified by the 
   tag        not allowed  hyperlink   ·       given address) that applies to 
                                               the current document.          
      4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate"
   The alternate keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements.
   The meaning of this keyword depends on the values of the other attributes.
   If the element is a link element and the rel attribute also contains the
   keyword stylesheet
           The alternate keyword modifies the meaning of the stylesheet
           keyword in the way described for that keyword. The alternate
           keyword does not create a link of its own.
           Here, a set of link elements provide some style sheets:
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
   If the alternate keyword is used with the type attribute set to the value
   application/rss+xml or the value application/atom+xml
           The keyword creates a hyperlink referencing a syndication feed
           (though not necessarily syndicating exactly the same content as
           the current page).
           The first link or a element in the document (in tree order) with
           the alternate keyword used with the type attribute set to the
           value application/rss+xml or the value application/atom+xml must
           be treated as the default syndication feed for the purposes of
           feed autodiscovery.
           The following link element gives the syndication feed for the
           current page:
  
           The following extract offers various different syndication feeds:
 You can access the planets database using Atom feeds:
 
   Otherwise
           The keyword creates a hyperlink referencing an alternate
           representation of the current document.
           The nature of the referenced document is given by the hreflang,
           and type attributes.
           If the alternate keyword is used with the hreflang attribute, and
           that attribute’s value differs from the document element’s
           language, it indicates that the referenced document is a
           translation.
           If the alternate keyword is used with the type attribute, it
           indicates that the referenced document is a reformulation of the
           current document in the specified format.
           The hreflang and type attributes can be combined when specified
           with the alternate keyword.
           The following example shows how you can specify versions of the
           page that use alternative formats, are aimed at other languages,
           and that are intended for other media:
  
  
  
  
  
           This relationship is transitive — that is, if a document links to
           two other documents with the link type "alternate", then, in
           addition to implying that those documents are alternative
           representations of the first document, it is also implying that
           those two documents are alternative representations of each other.
      4.8.6.2. Link type "author"
   The author keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This
   keyword creates a hyperlink.
   For a and area elements, the author keyword indicates that the referenced
   document provides further information about the author of the nearest
   article element ancestor of the element defining the hyperlink, if there
   is one, or of the page as a whole, otherwise.
   For link elements, the author keyword indicates that the referenced
   document provides further information about the author for the page as a
   whole.
   The "referenced document" can be, and often is, a mailto: URL giving the
   e-mail address of the author. [RFC6068]
   Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat link, a, and
   area elements that have a rev attribute with the value "made" as having
   the author keyword specified as a link relationship.
      4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark"
   The bookmark keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword
   creates a hyperlink.
   The bookmark keyword gives a permalink for the nearest ancestor article
   element of the linking element in question, or of the section the linking
   element is most closely associated with, if there are no ancestor article
   elements.
   The following snippet has three permalinks. A user agent could determine
   which permalink applies to which part of the spec by looking at where the
   permalinks are given.
 ...
  
  Example of permalinks 
  
  Second example 
  
    This permalink applies to
    the outer ARTICLE element  (which could be, e.g., a blog post).
    
    This permalink applies to
    the inner ARTICLE element  (which could be, e.g., a blog comment).
     
   
  
  ...
      4.8.6.4. Link type "help"
   The help keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword
   creates a hyperlink.
   For a and area elements, the help keyword indicates that the referenced
   document provides further help information for the parent of the element
   defining the hyperlink, and its children.
   In the following example, the form control has associated
   context-sensitive help. The user agent could use this information, for
   example, displaying the referenced document if the user presses the "Help"
   or "F1" key.
  Topic:   (Help)  
   For link elements, the help keyword indicates that the referenced document
   provides help for the page as a whole.
   For a and area elements, on some browsers, the help keyword causes the
   link to use a different cursor.
      4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
   The icon keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword creates an
   external resource link.
   The specified resource is an icon representing the page or site, and
   should be used by the user agent when representing the page in the user
   interface.
   Icons could be auditory icons, visual icons, or other kinds of icons. If
   multiple icons are provided, the user agent must select the most
   appropriate icon according to the type, media, and sizes attributes. If
   there are multiple equally appropriate icons, user agents must use the
   last one declared in tree order at the time that the user agent collected
   the list of icons. If the user agent tries to use an icon but that icon is
   determined, upon closer examination, to in fact be inappropriate (e.g.,
   because it uses an unsupported format), then the user agent must try the
   next-most-appropriate icon as determined by the attributes.
   User agents are not required to update icons when the list of icons
   changes, but are encouraged to do so.
   There is no default type for resources given by the icon keyword. However,
   for the purposes of determining the type of the resource, user agents must
   expect the resource to be an image.
   The sizes keyword represent icon sizes in raw pixels (as opposed to CSS
   pixels).
   An icon that is 50 CSS pixels wide intended for displays with a device
   pixel density of two device pixels per CSS pixel (2x, 192dpi) would have a
   width of 100 raw pixels. This feature does not support indicating that a
   different resource is to be used for small high-resolution icons vs large
   low-resolution icons (e.g., 50×50 2x vs 100×100 1x).
   To parse and process the attribute’s value, the user agent must first
   split the attribute’s value on spaces, and must then parse each resulting
   keyword to determine what it represents.
   The any keyword represents that the resource contains a scalable icon,
   e.g., as provided by an SVG image.
   Other keywords must be further parsed as follows to determine what they
   represent:
     * If the keyword doesn’t contain exactly one U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X
       or U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X character, then this keyword doesn’t
       represent anything. Abort these steps for that keyword.
     * Let width string be the string before the "x" or "X".
     * Let height string be the string after the "x" or "X".
     * If either width string or height string start with a U+0030 DIGIT ZERO
       (0) character or contain any characters other than ASCII digits, then
       this keyword doesn’t represent anything. Abort these steps for that
       keyword.
     * Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to width string to
       obtain width.
     * Apply the rules for parsing non-negative integers to height string to
       obtain height.
     * The keyword represents that the resource contains a bitmap icon with a
       width of width device pixels and a height of height device pixels.
   The keywords specified on the sizes attribute must not represent icon
   sizes that are not actually available in the linked resource.
   In the absence of a link with the icon keyword, for Document objects
   obtained over HTTP or HTTPS, user agents may instead run these steps in
   parallel:
    1. Let request be a new request whose URL is the absolute URL obtained by
       resolving the URL "/favicon.ico" against the document’s URL, client is
       the Document object’s Window object’s environment settings object,
       type is "image", destination is "subresource", synchronous flag is
       set, credentials mode is "include", and whose use-URL-credentials flag
       is set.
    2. Let response be the result of fetching request.
    3. Use response’s unsafe response as an icon as if it had been declared
       using the icon keyword.
   The following snippet shows the top part of an application with several
   icons.
 
 
   
   lsForums — Inbox 
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
    
   
   
   ...
   For historical reasons, the icon keyword may be preceded by the keyword
   "shortcut". If the "shortcut" keyword is present, the rel attribute’s
   entire value must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string
   "shortcut icon" (with a single U+0020 SPACE character between the tokens
   and no other space characters).
      4.8.6.6. Link type "license"
   The license keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This
   keyword creates a hyperlink.
   The license keyword indicates that the referenced document provides the
   copyright license terms under which the main content of the current
   document is provided.
   This specification defines the main content of a document and content that
   is not deemed to be part of that main content via the main element. The
   distinction should be made clear to the user.
   Consider a photo sharing site. A page on that site might describe and show
   a photograph, and the page might be marked up as follows:
 
 
   
   Exampl Pictures: Kissat 
    
   
   
   Kissat 
   
     Return to photo index 
    
   
   
      
     Kissat 
    
   One of them has six toes!
   This photograph is MIT Licensed  
    
   
   
 
   In this case the license applies to just the photo (the main content of
   the document), not the whole document. In particular not the design of the
   page itself, which is covered by the copyright given at the bottom of the
   document. This should be made clear in the text referencing the licensing
   link and could also be made clearer in the styling (e.g., making the
   license link prominently positioned near the photograph, while having the
   page copyright in small text at the foot of the page, or adding a border
   to the main element.)
   Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat the keyword
   "copyright" like the license keyword.
      4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow"
   The nofollow keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword
   does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by
   the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one).
   The nofollow keyword indicates that the link is not endorsed by the
   original author or publisher of the page, or that the link to the
   referenced document was included primarily because of a commercial
   relationship between people affiliated with the two pages.
      4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener"
   The noopener keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword
   does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by
   the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one).
   The keyword indicates that any newly created browsing context which
   results from following the hyperlink will have disowned its opener, which
   means that its window.opener property will be null.
      4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer"
   The noreferrer keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword
   does not create a hyperlink, but annotates any other hyperlinks created by
   the element (the implied hyperlink, if no other keywords create one).
   It indicates that no referrer information is to be leaked when following
   the link.
   If a user agent follows a link defined by an a or area element that has
   the noreferrer keyword, the user agent must set their request’s referrer
   to "no-referrer".
   For historical reasons, the noreferrer keyword implies the behavior
   associated with the noopener keyword when present on a hyperlink that
   creates a new browsing context. That is,  has the same behavior as  .
      4.8.6.10. Link type "search"
   The search keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This
   keyword creates a hyperlink.
   The search keyword indicates that the referenced document provides an
   interface specifically for searching the document and its related
   resources.
   OpenSearch description documents can be used with link elements and the
   search link type to enable user agents to autodiscover search interfaces.
   [OPENSEARCH]
      4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
   The stylesheet keyword may be used with link elements. This keyword
   creates an external resource link that contributes to the styling
   processing model. This keyword is body-ok.
   The specified resource is a resource that describes how to present the
   document. Exactly how the resource is to be processed depends on the
   actual type of the resource.
   If the alternate keyword is also specified on the link element, then the
   link is an alternative stylesheet; in this case, the title attribute must
   be specified on the link element, with a non-empty value.
   The default type for resources given by the stylesheet keyword is
   text/css.
   The appropriate times to obtain the resource are:
     * When the external resource link is created on a link element that is
       already in a Document.
     * When the external resource link’s link element is inserted into a
       document.
     * When the href attribute of the link element of an external resource
       link that is already in a Document is changed.
     * When the crossorigin attribute of the link element of an external
       resource link that is already in a Document is set, changed, or
       removed.
     * When the type attribute of the link element of an external resource
       link that is already in a Document is set or changed to a value that
       does not or no longer matches the Content-Type metadata of the
       previous obtained external resource, if any.
     * When the type attribute of the link element of an external resource
       link that is already in a Document but was previously not obtained due
       to the type attribute specifying an unsupported type is set, removed,
       or changed.
     * When the external resource link changes from being an alternative
       stylesheet to not being one, or vice versa.
   Quirk: If the document has been set to quirks mode, has the same origin as
   the URL of the external resource, and the Content-Type metadata of the
   external resource is not a supported style sheet type, the user agent must
   instead assume it to be text/css.
   Once a resource has been obtained, if its Content-Type metadata is
   text/css, the user agent must run these steps:
    1. Let element be the link element that created the external resource
       link.
    2. If element has an associated CSS style sheet, remove the CSS style
       sheet in question.
    3. If element no longer creates an external resource link that
       contributes to the styling processing model, or if, since the resource
       in question was obtained, it has become appropriate to obtain it again
       (meaning this algorithm is about to be invoked again for a newly
       obtained resource), then abort these steps.
    4. Create a CSS style sheet with the following properties:
            type
                    text/css
            location
                    The resulting URL string determined during the obtain
                    algorithm.
                    This is before any redirects get applied.
            owner node
                    element
            media
                    The media attribute of element.
                    This is a reference to the (possibly absent at this time)
                    attribute, rather than a copy of the attribute’s current
                    value. The CSSOM specification defines what happens when
                    the attribute is dynamically set, changed, or removed.
            title
                    The title attribute of element.
                    This is similarly a reference to the attribute, rather
                    than a copy of the attribute’s current value.
            alternate flag
                    Set if the link is an alternative stylesheet; unset
                    otherwise.
            origin-clean flag
                    Set if the resource is CORS-same-origin; unset otherwise.
            parent CSS style sheet
            owner CSS rule
                    null
            disabled flag
                    Left at its default value.
            CSS rules
                    Left uninitialized.
       The CSS environment encoding is the result of running the following
       steps: [CSS-SYNTAX-3]
         1. If the element has a charset attribute, get an encoding from that
            attribute’s value. If that succeeds, return the resulting
            encoding and abort these steps. [ENCODING]
         2. Otherwise, return the document’s character encoding. [DOM41]
      4.8.6.12. Link type "tag"
   The tag keyword may be used with a and area elements. This keyword creates
   a hyperlink.
   The tag keyword indicates that the tag that the referenced document
   represents applies to the current document.
   Since it indicates that the tag applies to the current document, it would
   be inappropriate to use this keyword in the markup of a tag cloud, which
   lists the popular tags across a set of pages.
   This document is about some gems, and so it is tagged with
   "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gemstone" to unambiguously categorize it as
   applying to the "jewel" kind of gems, and not to, say, the towns in the
   US, the Ruby package format, or the Swiss locomotive class:
 
 
   
   My Precious 
   
   
   
   Recently I managed to dispose of a red gem that had been
   bothering me. I now have a much nicer blue sapphire.
   The red gem had been found in a bauxite stone while I was digging
   out the office level, but nobody was willing to haul it away. The
   same red gem stayed there for literally years.
   
   
 
   In this document, there are two articles. The "tag" link, however, applies
   to the whole page (and would do so wherever it was placed, including if it
   was within the article elements).
 
 
   
   Gem 4/4 
   
   
   
     801: Steinbock 
     The number 801 Gem 4/4 electro-diesel has an ibex and was rebuilt in 2002.
    
   
     802: Murmeltier 
     
      
     The 802 in the 1980s, above Lago Bianco. 
      
     The number 802 Gem 4/4 electro-diesel has a marmot and was rebuilt in 2003.
    
   Gem 4/4 
   
 
      4.8.6.13. Sequential link types
   Some documents form part of a sequence of documents.
   A sequence of documents is one where each document can have a previous
   sibling and a next sibling. A document with no previous sibling is the
   start of its sequence, a document with no next sibling is the end of its
   sequence.
   A document may be part of multiple sequences.
        4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next"
   The next keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword
   creates a hyperlink.
   The next keyword indicates that the document is part of a sequence, and
   that the link is leading to the document that is the next logical document
   in the sequence.
        4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev"
   The prev keyword may be used with link, a, and area elements. This keyword
   creates a hyperlink.
   The prev keyword indicates that the document is part of a sequence, and
   that the link is leading to the document that is the previous logical
   document in the sequence.
   Synonyms: For historical reasons, user agents must also treat the keyword
   "previous" like the prev keyword.
      4.8.6.14. Other link types
   Extensions to the predefined set of link types may be registered in the
   HTML link extensions section of the microformats wiki existing-rel-values
   page [MFREL], or filed as an issue on this specification.
   Proposed extension types should be specified with the following
   information:
   Keyword
           The actual value being defined. The value should not be
           confusingly similar to any other defined value (e.g., differing
           only in case).
           If the value contains a U+003A COLON character (:), it must also
           be an absolute URL.
   Effect on... link
           One of the following:
                Not allowed
                        The keyword must not be specified on link elements.
                Hyperlink
                        The keyword may be specified on a link element; it
                        creates a hyperlink.
                External Resource
                        The keyword may be specified on a link element; it
                        creates an external resource link.
   Effect on... a and area
           One of the following:
                Not allowed
                        The keyword must not be specified on a and area
                        elements.
                Hyperlink
                        The keyword may be specified on a and area elements;
                        it creates a hyperlink.
                External Resource
                        The keyword may be specified on a and area elements;
                        it creates an external resource link.
                Hyperlink Annotation
                        The keyword may be specified on a and area elements;
                        it annotates other hyperlinks created by the element.
   Brief description
           A short non-normative description of what the keyword’s meaning
           is.
   Specification
           A link to a more detailed description of the keyword’s semantics
           and requirements. It could be another page on the Wiki, or a link
           to an external page.
   Synonyms
           A list of other keyword values that have exactly the same
           processing requirements. Authors should not use the values defined
           to be synonyms, they are only intended to allow user agents to
           support legacy content. Anyone may remove synonyms that are not
           used in practice; only names that need to be processed as synonyms
           for compatibility with legacy content are to be registered in this
           way.
   Status
           One of the following:
                Proposed
                        The keyword has not received wide peer review and
                        approval. Someone has proposed it and is, or soon
                        will be, using it.
                Ratified
                        The keyword has received wide peer review and
                        approval. It has a specification that unambiguously
                        defines how to handle pages that use the keyword,
                        including when they use it in incorrect ways.
                Discontinued
                        The keyword has received wide peer review and it has
                        been found wanting. Existing pages are using this
                        keyword, but new pages should avoid it. The "brief
                        description" and "specification" entries will give
                        details of what authors should use instead, if
                        anything.
           If a keyword is found to be redundant with existing values, it
           should be removed and listed as a synonym for the existing value.
           If a keyword is registered in the "proposed" state for a period of
           a month or more without being used or specified, then it may be
           removed from the registry.
           If a keyword is added with the "proposed" status and found to be
           redundant with existing values, it should be removed and listed as
           a synonym for the existing value. If a keyword is added with the
           "proposed" status and found to be harmful, then it should be
           changed to "discontinued" status.
           Anyone can change the status at any time, but should only do so in
           accordance with the definitions above.
   Conformance checkers may use the information given on the microformats
   wiki existing-rel-values page to establish if a value is allowed or not:
   values defined in this specification or marked as "proposed" or "ratified"
   must be accepted when used on the elements for which they apply as
   described in the "Effect on..." field, whereas values marked as
   "discontinued" or values not containing a U+003A COLON character but not
   listed in either this specification or on the aforementioned page must be
   reported as invalid. The remaining values must be accepted as valid if
   they are absolute URLs containing US-ASCII characters only and rejected
   otherwise. Conformance checkers may cache this information (e.g., for
   performance reasons or to avoid the use of unreliable network
   connectivity).
   Note: Even URL-valued link types are compared ASCII-case-insensitively.
   Validators might choose to warn about characters U+0041 (LATIN CAPITAL
   LETTER A) through U+005A (LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z) (inclusive) in the
   pre-case-folded form of link types that contain a colon.
   When an author uses a new type not defined by either this specification or
   the Wiki page, conformance checkers should offer to add the value to the
   Wiki, with the details described above, with the "proposed" status.
   Types defined as extensions in the microformats wiki existing-rel-values
   page with the status "proposed" or "ratified" may be used with the rel
   attribute on link, a, and area elements in accordance to the "Effect
   on..." field. [MFREL]
  4.9. Tabular data
    4.9.1. The table element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where flow content is expected.
   Content model:
           In this order: optionally a caption element, followed by zero or
           more colgroup elements, followed optionally by a thead element,
           followed by either zero or more tbody elements or one or more tr
           elements, followed optionally by a tfoot element, optionally
           intermixed with one or more script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           border
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           table role (default - do not set), Any other role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTableElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute HTMLTableCaptionElement? caption;
   HTMLTableCaptionElement createCaption();
   void deleteCaption();
   attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tHead;
   HTMLTableSectionElement createTHead();
   void deleteTHead();
   attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tFoot;
   HTMLTableSectionElement createTFoot();
   void deleteTFoot();
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection tBodies;
   HTMLTableSectionElement createTBody();
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows;
   HTMLTableRowElement insertRow(optional long index = -1);
   void deleteRow(long index);
 };
   The table element represents data with more than one dimension, in the
   form of a table.
   The table element takes part in the table model. Tables have rows,
   columns, and cells given by their descendants. The rows and columns form a
   grid; a table’s cells must completely cover that grid without overlap.
   Precise rules for determining whether this conformance requirement is met
   are described in the description of the table model.
   Authors are encouraged to provide information describing how to interpret
   complex tables. Guidance on how to provide such information is given
   below.
   Tables should not be used as layout aids.
   Historically, many Web authors have tables in HTML as a way to control
   their page layout making it difficult to extract tabular data from such
   documents.
   In particular, users of accessibility tools, like screen readers, are
   likely to find it very difficult to navigate pages with tables used for
   layout.
   If a table is to be used for layout it must be marked with the attribute
   role="presentation" for a user agent to properly represent the table to an
   assistive technology and to properly convey the intent of the author to
   tools that wish to extract tabular data from the document.
   There are a variety of alternatives to using HTML tables for layout,
   primarily using CSS positioning and the CSS table model. [CSS-2015]
   The border content attribute may be specified on a table element to
   explicitly indicate that the table element is not being used for layout
   purposes. If specified, the attribute’s value must either be the empty
   string or the value "1". The attribute is used by certain user agents as
   an indication that borders should be drawn around cells of the table.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Tables can be complicated to understand and navigate. To help users with
   this, user agents should clearly delineate cells in a table from each
   other, unless the user agent has classified the table as a layout table.
   Authors and implementors are encouraged to consider using some of the
   table design techniques described below to make tables easier to navigate
   for users.
   User agents, especially those that do table analysis on arbitrary content,
   are encouraged to find heuristics to determine which tables actually
   contain data and which are merely being used for layout. This
   specification does not define a precise heuristic, but the following are
   suggested as possible indicators:
   Feature                              Indication                            
   The use of the role attribute with   Probably a layout table               
   the value presentation               
   The use of the border attribute with Probably a layout table               
   the non-conforming value 0           
   The use of the non-conforming                                              
   cellspacing and cellpadding          Probably a layout table
   attributes with the value 0          
   The use of caption, thead, or th     Probably a non-layout table           
   elements                             
   The use of the headers and scope     Probably a non-layout table           
   attributes                           
   The use of the border attribute with Probably a non-layout table           
   a value other than 0                 
   Explicit visible borders set using   Probably a non-layout table           
   CSS                                  
   The use of the non-conforming        Not a good indicator (both layout and 
   summary attribute                    non-layout tables have historically   
                                        been given this attribute)            
   It is quite possible that the above suggestions are wrong. Implementors
   are urged to provide feedback elaborating on their experiences with trying
   to create a layout table detection heuristic.
   If a table element has a (non-conforming) summary attribute, and the user
   agent has not classified the table as a layout table, the user agent may
   report the contents of that attribute to the user.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   table . caption [ = value ]
           Returns the table’s caption element.
           Can be set, to replace the caption element.
   caption = table . createCaption()
           Ensures the table has a caption element, and returns it.
   table . deleteCaption()
           Ensures the table does not have a caption element.
   table . tHead [ = value ]
           Returns the table’s thead element.
           Can be set, to replace the thead element. If the new value is not
           a thead element, throws a HierarchyRequestError exception.
   thead = table . createTHead()
           Ensures the table has a thead element, and returns it.
   table . deleteTHead()
           Ensures the table does not have a thead element.
   table . tFoot [ = value ]
           Returns the table’s tfoot element.
           Can be set, to replace the tfoot element. If the new value is not
           a tfoot element, throws a HierarchyRequestError exception.
   tfoot = table . createTFoot()
           Ensures the table has a tfoot element, and returns it.
   table . deleteTFoot()
           Ensures the table does not have a tfoot element.
   table . tBodies
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the tbody elements of the table.
   tbody = table . createTBody()
           Creates a tbody element, inserts it into the table, and returns
           it.
   table . rows
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the tr elements of the table.
   tr = table . insertRow( [ index ] )
           Creates a tr element, along with a tbody if required, inserts them
           into the table at the position given by the argument, and returns
           the tr.
           The position is relative to the rows in the table. The index -1,
           which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to
           inserting at the end of the table.
           If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the number
           of rows, throws an IndexSizeError exception.
   table . deleteRow(index)
           Removes the tr element with the given position in the table.
           The position is relative to the rows in the table. The index -1 is
           equivalent to deleting the last row of the table.
           If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the index of
           the last row, or if there are no rows, throws an IndexSizeError
           exception.
   The caption IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first caption
   element child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting,
   the first caption element child of the table element, if any, must be
   removed, and the new value, if not null, must be inserted as the first
   node of the table element.
   The createCaption() method must return the first caption element child of
   the table element, if any; otherwise a new caption element must be
   created, inserted as the first node of the table element, and then
   returned.
   The deleteCaption() method must remove the first caption element child of
   the table element, if any.
   The tHead IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first thead element
   child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, if the
   new value is null or a thead element, the first thead element child of the
   table element, if any, must be removed, and the new value, if not null,
   must be inserted immediately before the first element in the table element
   that is neither a caption element nor a colgroup element, if any, or at
   the end of the table if there are no such elements. If the new value is
   neither null nor a thead element, then a HierarchyRequestError DOM
   exception must be thrown instead.
   The createTHead() method must return the first thead element child of the
   table element, if any; otherwise a new thead element must be created and
   inserted immediately before the first element in the table element that is
   neither a caption element nor a colgroup element, if any, or at the end of
   the table if there are no such elements, and then that new element must be
   returned.
   The deleteTHead() method must remove the first thead element child of the
   table element, if any.
   The tFoot IDL attribute must return, on getting, the first tfoot element
   child of the table element, if any, or null otherwise. On setting, if the
   new value is null or a tfoot element, the first tfoot element child of the
   table element, if any, must be removed, and the new value, if not null,
   must be inserted at the end of the table. If the new value is neither null
   nor a tfoot element, then a HierarchyRequestError DOM exception must be
   thrown instead.
   The createTFoot() method must return the first tfoot element child of the
   table element, if any; otherwise a new tfoot element must be created and
   inserted at the end of the table, and then that new element must be
   returned.
   The deleteTFoot() method must remove the first tfoot element child of the
   table element, if any.
   The tBodies attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the table
   node, whose filter matches only tbody elements that are children of the
   table element.
   The createTBody() method must create a new tbody element, insert it
   immediately after the last tbody element child in the table element, if
   any, or at the end of the table element if the table element has no tbody
   element children, and then must return the new tbody element.
   The rows attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the table node,
   whose filter matches only tr elements that are either children of the
   table element, or children of thead, tbody, or tfoot elements that are
   themselves children of the table element. The elements in the collection
   must be ordered such that those elements whose parent is a thead are
   included first, in tree order, followed by those elements whose parent is
   either a table or tbody element, again in tree order, followed finally by
   those elements whose parent is a tfoot element, still in tree order.
   The behavior of the insertRow(index) method depends on the state of the
   table. When it is called, the method must act as required by the first
   item in the following list of conditions that describes the state of the
   table and the index argument:
   If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in rows
   collection:
           The method must throw an IndexSizeError exception.
   If the rows collection has zero elements in it, and the table has no tbody
   elements in it:
           The method must create a tbody element, then create a tr element,
           then append the tr element to the tbody element, then append the
           tbody element to the table element, and finally return the tr
           element.
   If the rows collection has zero elements in it:
           The method must create a tr element, append it to the last tbody
           element in the table, and return the tr element.
   If index is -1 or equal to the number of items in rows collection:
           The method must create a tr element, and append it to the parent
           of the last tr element in the rows collection. Then, the newly
           created tr element must be returned.
   Otherwise:
           The method must create a tr element, insert it immediately before
           the indexth tr element in the rows collection, in the same parent,
           and finally must return the newly created tr element.
   When the deleteRow(index) method is called, the user agent must run the
   following steps:
    1. If index is equal to -1, then index must be set to the number of items
       in the rows collection, minus one.
    2. Now, if index is less than zero, or greater than or equal to the
       number of elements in the rows collection, the method must instead
       throw an IndexSizeError exception, and these steps must be aborted.
    3. Otherwise, the method must remove the indexth element in the rows
       collection from its parent.
   Here is an example of a table being used to mark up a Sudoku puzzle.
   Observe the lack of headers, which are not necessary in such a table.
 
   Today’s Sudoku 
   
    
    
    
   
       1       3   6       4   7       9
             2           9           1  
         7                               6
      
       2       4       3       9       8
                                        
         5           9       7           1
      
       6               5               2
                         7              
         9           8       2           5
      
  
      4.9.1.1. Techniques for describing tables
   For tables that consist of more than just a grid of cells with headers in
   the first row and headers in the first column, and for any table in
   general where the reader might have difficulty understanding the content,
   authors should include explanatory information introducing the table. This
   information is useful for all users, but is especially useful for users
   who cannot see the table, e.g., users of screen readers.
   Such explanatory information should introduce the purpose of the table,
   outline its basic cell structure, highlight any trends or patterns, and
   generally teach the user how to use the table.
   For instance, the following table:
                Characteristics with positive and negative sides
   Negative Characteristic Positive 
   Sad      Mood           Happy    
   Failing  Grade          Passing  
   ...could benefit from a description explaining the way the table is laid
   out, something like "Characteristics are given in the second column, with
   the negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right
   column".
   There are a variety of ways to include this information, such as:
   In prose, surrounding the table
 In the following table, characteristics are
 given in the second column, with the negative side in the left column and the positive
 side in the right column.
  
   Characteristics with positive and negative sides 
   
   
      Negative
       Characteristic
       Positive
      
   
      Sad
       Mood
       Happy
     
      Failing
       Grade
       Passing
    
    
           In the example above the aria-describedby attribute is used to
           explicitly associate the information with the table for assistive
           technology users.
   Next to the table, in the same figure
 
  Characteristics are given in the second column, with the
   negative side in the left column and the positive side in the right
   column.
   
   Characteristics with positive and negative sides 
   
     
      Negative
       Characteristic
       Positive
      
     
      Sad
       Mood
       Happy
       
      Failing
       Grade
       Passing
      
  
    
           The figure in this example has been labeled by the table caption
           using aria-labelledby.
   Authors may also use other techniques, or combinations of the above
   techniques, as appropriate.
   Regardless of the method used to provide additional descriptive
   information for a table, if a table needs a caption, authors should use a
   caption element as it is the most robust method for providing an
   accessible caption for a table.
   The best option, of course, rather than writing a description explaining
   the way the table is laid out, is to adjust the table such that no
   explanation is needed.
   In the case of the table used in the examples above, a simple
   rearrangement of the table so that the headers are on the top and left
   sides removes the need for an explanation as well as removing the need for
   the use of headers attributes:
 
   Characteristics with positive and negative sides 
   
   
      Characteristic
       Negative
       Positive
      
   
      Mood
       Sad
       Happy
     
      Grade
       Failing
       Passing
    
      4.9.1.2. Techniques for table design
   Good table design is key to making tables more readable and usable.
   In visual media, providing column and row borders and alternating row
   backgrounds can be very effective to make complicated tables more
   readable.
   For tables with large volumes of numeric content, using monospaced fonts
   can help users see patterns, especially in situations where a user agent
   does not render the borders. (Unfortunately, for historical reasons, not
   rendering borders on tables is a common default.)
   In speech media, table cells can be distinguished by reporting the
   corresponding headers before reading the cell’s contents, and by allowing
   users to navigate the table in a grid fashion, rather than serializing the
   entire contents of the table in source order.
   Authors are encouraged to use CSS to achieve these effects.
   User agents are encouraged to render tables using these techniques
   whenever the page does not use CSS and the table is not classified as a
   layout table.
    4.9.2. The caption element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As the first element child of a table element.
   Content model:
           Flow content, but with no descendant table elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTableCaptionElement : HTMLElement {};
   The caption element represents the title of the table that is its parent,
   if it has a parent and that is a table element.
   The caption element takes part in the table model.
   When a table element is the only content in a figure element other than
   the figcaption, the caption element should be omitted in favor of the
   figcaption.
   A caption can introduce context for a table, making it significantly
   easier to understand.
   Consider, for instance, the following table:
     1 2 3 4  5  6  
   1 2 3 4 5  6  7  
   2 3 4 5 6  7  8  
   3 4 5 6 7  8  9  
   4 5 6 7 8  9  10 
   5 6 7 8 9  10 11 
   6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
   In the abstract, this table is not clear. However, with a caption giving
   the table’s number (for reference in the main prose) and explaining its
   use, it makes more sense:
 
 Table 1.
 
This table shows the total score obtained from rolling two
 six-sided dice. The first row represents the value of the first die,
 the first column the value of the second die. The total is given in
 the cell that corresponds to the values of the two dice.
 
 
   This provides the user with more context:
      Table 1. This table shows the total score obtained from rolling two
    six-sided dice. The first row represents the value of the first die, the
    first column the value of the second die. The total is given in the cell
                that corresponds to the values of the two dice.
     1 2 3 4  5  6  
   1 2 3 4 5  6  7  
   2 3 4 5 6  7  8  
   3 4 5 6 7  8  9  
   4 5 6 7 8  9  10 
   5 6 7 8 9  10 11 
   6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
    4.9.3. The colgroup element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a table element, after any caption elements and
           before any thead, tbody, tfoot, and tr elements.
   Content model:
           If the span attribute is present: Nothing.
           If the span attribute is absent: Zero or more col and template
           elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           A colgroup element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing
           inside the colgroup element is a col element, and if the element
           is not immediately preceded by another colgroup element whose end
           tag has been omitted. (It can’t be omitted if the element is
           empty.)
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           span - Number of columns spanned by the element
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute unsigned long span;
 };
   The colgroup element represents a group of one or more columns in the
   table that is its parent, if it has a parent and that is a table element.
   If the colgroup element contains no col elements, then the element may
   have a span content attribute specified, whose value must be a valid
   non-negative integer greater than zero.
   The colgroup element and its span attribute take part in the table model.
   The span IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name. The value must be limited to only non-negative numbers greater than
   zero.
    4.9.4. The col element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a colgroup element that doesn’t have a span
           attribute.
   Content model:
           Nothing.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           No end tag.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           span
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
           HTMLTableColElement, same as for colgroup elements. This interface
           defines one member, span.
   If a col element has a parent and that is a colgroup element that itself
   has a parent that is a table element, then the col element represents one
   or more columns in the column group represented by that colgroup.
   The element may have a span content attribute specified, whose value must
   be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero.
   The col element and its span attribute take part in the table model.
   The span IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name. The value must be limited to only non-negative numbers greater than
   zero.
    4.9.5. The tbody element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, and
           thead elements, but only if there are no tr elements that are
           children of the table element.
   Content model:
           Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           A tbody element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing
           inside the tbody element is a tr element, and if the element is
           not immediately preceded by a tbody, thead, or tfoot element whose
           end tag has been omitted. (It can’t be omitted if the element is
           empty.). A tbody element’s end tag may be omitted if the tbody
           element is immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element, or if
           there is no more content in the parent element.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           rowgroup role (default - do not set), Any other role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement {
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows;
   HTMLElement insertRow(optional long index = -1);
   void deleteRow(long index);
 };
           The HTMLTableSectionElement interface is also used for thead and
           tfoot elements.
   The tbody element represents a block of rows that consist of a body of
   data for the parent table element, if the tbody element has a parent and
   it is a table.
   The tbody element takes part in the table model.
   tbody . rows
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the tr elements of the table section.
   tr = tbody . insertRow( [ index ] )
           Creates a tr element, inserts it into the table section at the
           position given by the argument, and returns the tr.
           The position is relative to the rows in the table section. The
           index -1, which is the default if the argument is omitted, is
           equivalent to inserting at the end of the table section.
           If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the number
           of rows, throws an IndexSizeError exception.
   tbody . deleteRow(index)
           Removes the tr element with the given position in the table
           section.
           The position is relative to the rows in the table section. The
           index -1 is equivalent to deleting the last row of the table
           section.
           If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the index of
           the last row, or if there are no rows, throws an IndexSizeError
           exception.
   The rows attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the element,
   whose filter matches only tr elements that are children of the element.
   The insertRow(index) method must, when invoked on an element table
   section, act as follows:
   If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in the
   rows collection, the method must throw an IndexSizeError exception.
   If index is -1 or equal to the number of items in the rows collection, the
   method must create a tr element, append it to the element table section,
   and return the newly created tr element.
   Otherwise, the method must create a tr element, insert it as a child of
   the table section element, immediately before the indexth tr element in
   the rows collection, and finally must return the newly created tr element.
   The deleteRow(index) method must, when invoked, act as follows:
   If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in the
   rows collection, the method must throw an IndexSizeError exception.
   If index is -1, remove the last element in the rows collection from its
   parent.
   Otherwise, remove the indexth element in the rows collection from its
   parent.
    4.9.6. The thead element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a table element, after any caption, and colgroup
           elements and before any tbody, tfoot, and tr elements, but only if
           there are no other thead elements that are children of the table
           element.
   Content model:
           Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           A thead element’s end tag may be omitted if the thead element is
           immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           rowgroup role (default - do not set), Any other role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
           HTMLTableSectionElement, as defined for tbody elements.
   The thead element represents the block of rows that consist of the column
   labels (headers) for the parent table element, if the thead element has a
   parent and it is a table.
   The thead element takes part in the table model.
   This example shows a thead element being used. Notice the use of the th
   element to provide headers in the thead element:
       
       
    4.9.7. The tfoot element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, thead,
           tbody, and tr elements, but only if there are no other tfoot
           elements that are children of the table element.
   Content model:
           Zero or more tr and script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           A tfoot element’s end tag may be omitted if the tfoot element is
           immediately followed by a tbody element, or if there is no more
           content in the parent element.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           rowgroup role (default - do not set), Any other role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
           HTMLTableSectionElement, as defined for tbody elements.
   The tfoot element represents the block of rows that consist of the column
   summaries (footers) for the parent table element, if the tfoot element has
   a parent and it is a table.
   The tfoot element takes part in the table model.
    4.9.8. The tr element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a thead element.
           As a child of a tbody element.
           As a child of a tfoot element.
           As a child of a table element, after any caption, colgroup, and
           thead elements, but only if there are no tbody elements that are
           children of the table element.
   Content model:
           Zero or more td, th, and script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           A tr element’s end tag may be omitted if the tr element is
           immediately followed by another tr element, or if there is no more
           content in the parent element.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           row role (default - do not set), Any other role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTableRowElement : HTMLElement {
   readonly attribute long rowIndex;
   readonly attribute long sectionRowIndex;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection cells;
   HTMLElement insertCell(optional long index = -1);
   void deleteCell(long index);
 };
   The tr element represents a row of cells in a table.
   The tr element takes part in the table model.
   tr . rowIndex
           Returns the position of the row in the table’s rows list.
           Returns -1 if the element isn’t in a table.
   tr . sectionRowIndex
           Returns the position of the row in the table section’s rows list.
           Returns -1 if the element isn’t in a table section.
   tr . cells
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the td and th elements of the row.
   cell = tr . insertCell( [ index ] )
           Creates a td element, inserts it into the table row at the
           position given by the argument, and returns the td.
           The position is relative to the cells in the row. The index -1,
           which is the default if the argument is omitted, is equivalent to
           inserting at the end of the row.
           If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the number
           of cells, throws an IndexSizeError exception.
   tr . deleteCell(index)
           Removes the td or th element with the given position in the row.
           The position is relative to the cells in the row. The index -1 is
           equivalent to deleting the last cell of the row.
           If the given position is less than -1 or greater than the index of
           the last cell, or if there are no cells, throws an IndexSizeError
           exception.
   The rowIndex attribute must, if the element has a parent table element, or
   a parent tbody, thead, or tfoot element and a grandparent table element,
   return the index of the tr element in that table element’s rows
   collection. If there is no such table element, then the attribute must
   return -1.
   The sectionRowIndex attribute must, if the element has a parent table,
   tbody, thead, or tfoot element, return the index of the tr element in the
   parent element’s rows collection (for tables, that’s the
   HTMLTableElement.rows collection; for table sections, that’s the
   HTMLTableRowElement.rows collection). If there is no such parent element,
   then the attribute must return -1.
   The cells attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the tr
   element, whose filter matches only td and th elements that are children of
   the tr element.
   The insertCell(index) method must act as follows:
   If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in the
   cells collection, the method must throw an IndexSizeError exception.
   If index is equal to -1 or equal to the number of items in cells
   collection, the method must create a td element, append it to the tr
   element, and return the newly created td element.
   Otherwise, the method must create a td element, insert it as a child of
   the tr element, immediately before the indexth td or th element in the
   cells collection, and finally must return the newly created td element.
   The deleteCell(index) method must act as follows:
   If index is less than -1 or greater than the number of elements in the
   cells collection, the method must throw an IndexSizeError exception.
   If index is -1, remove the last element in the cells collection from its
   parent.
   Otherwise, remove the indexth element in the cells collection from its
   parent.
    4.9.9. The td element
   Categories:
           Sectioning root.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a tr element.
   Content model:
           Flow content.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           A td element’s end tag may be omitted if the td element is
           immediately followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more
           content in the parent element.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           colspan - Number of columns that the cell is to span
           rowspan - Number of rows that the cell is to span
           headers - The header cells for this cell
           cell role (default - do not set), Any other role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTableDataCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement {};
   The td element represents a data cell in a table.
   The td element and its colspan, rowspan, and headers attributes take part
   in the table model.
   User agents, especially in non-visual environments or where displaying the
   table as a 2D grid is impractical, may give the user context for the cell
   when rendering the contents of a cell; for instance, giving its position
   in the table model, or listing the cell’s header cells (as determined by
   the algorithm for assigning header cells). When a cell’s header cells are
   being listed, user agents may use the value of abbr attributes on those
   header cells, if any, instead of the contents of the header cells
   themselves.
    4.9.10. The th element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a tr element.
   Content model:
           Flow content, but with no header, footer, sectioning content, or
           heading content descendants
   Tag omission in text/html:
           A th element’s end tag may be omitted if the th element is
           immediately followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more
           content in the parent element.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           colspan - Number of columns that the cell is to span
           rowspan - Number of rows that the cell is to span
           headers - The headers for this cell
           scope - Specifies which cells the header cell applies to
           abbr - Alternative label to use for the header cell when
           referencing the cell in other contexts
           columnheader or rowheader role (default - do not set), Any other
           role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTableHeaderCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement {
   attribute DOMString scope;
   attribute DOMString abbr;
 };
   The th element represents a header cell in a table.
   The th element may have a scope content attribute specified. The scope
   attribute is an enumerated attribute with five states, four of which have
   explicit keywords:
   The row keyword, which maps to the row state
           The row state means the header cell applies to some of the
           subsequent cells in the same row(s).
   The col keyword, which maps to the column state
           The column state means the header cell applies to some of the
           subsequent cells in the same column(s).
   The rowgroup keyword, which maps to the row group state
           The row group state means the header cell applies to all the
           remaining cells in the row group. A th element’s scope attribute
           must not be in the row group state if the element is not anchored
           in a row group.
   The colgroup keyword, which maps to the column group state
           The colgroup group state means the header cell applies to all the
           remaining cells in the column group. A th element’s scope
           attribute must not be in the column group state if the element is
           not anchored in a column group.
   The auto state
           The auto state makes the header cell apply to a set of cells
           selected based on context.
   The scope attribute’s missing value default is the auto state.
   The th element may have an abbr content attribute specified. Its value
   must be an alternative label for the header cell, to be used when
   referencing the cell in other contexts (e.g., when describing the header
   cells that apply to a data cell). It is typically an abbreviated form of
   the full header cell, but can also be an expansion, or merely a different
   phrasing.
   The th element and its colspan, rowspan, headers, and scope attributes
   take part in the table model.
   The scope IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name, limited to only known values.
   The abbr IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
   The following example shows how the scope attribute’s rowgroup value
   affects which data cells a header cell applies to.
   Here is a markup fragment showing a table:
   The tbody elements in this example identify the range of the row groups.
 
     Measurement of legs and tails in Cats and English speakers 
   
     ID   Measurement   Average   Maximum
      
       Cats    
       93   Legs   3.5   4
       10   Tails   1   1
      
   
       English speakers    
       32   Legs   2.67   4
       35   Tails   0.33   1
      
 
   This would result in the following table:
           Measurement of legs and tails in Cats and English speakers
   ID Measurement      Average Maximum 
      Cats             
   93 Legs             3.5     4       
   10 Tails            1       1       
      English speakers 
   32 Legs             2.67    4       
   35 Tails            0.33    1       
   The header cells in row 1 ("ID", "Measurement", "Average" and "Maximum")
   each apply only to the cells in their column.
   The header cells with a scope=rowgroup ("Cats" and 'English speakers')
   apply to all the cells in their row group other than the cells (to their
   left) in column 1:
   The header "Cats" (row 2, column 2) applies to the headers "Legs" (row 3,
   column 2) and "Tails" (row 4, column 2) and to the data cells in rows 2, 3
   and 4 of the "Average" and "Maximum" columns.
   The header 'English speakers' (row 5, column 2) applies to the headers
   "Legs" (row 6, column 2) and "Tails" (row 7, column 2) and to the data
   cells in rows 5, 6 and 7 of the "Average" and "Maximum" columns.
   Each of the "Legs" and "Tails" header cells has a scope=row and therefore
   apply to the data cells (to the right) in their row, from the "Average"
   and "Maximum" columns.
   Representation of the example table overlayed with arrows indicating which
   cells each header applies to.
    4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
   The td and th elements may have a colspan content attribute specified,
   whose value must be a valid non-negative integer greater than zero.
   The td and th elements may also have a rowspan content attribute
   specified, whose value must be a valid non-negative integer. For this
   attribute, the value zero means that the cell is to span all the remaining
   rows in the row group.
   These attributes give the number of columns and rows respectively that the
   cell is to span. These attributes must not be used to overlap cells, as
   described in the table model.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The td and th element may have a headers content attribute specified. The
   headers attribute, if specified, must contain a string consisting of an
   unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are case-sensitive,
   each of which must have the value of an id of a th element taking part in
   the same table as the td or th element (as defined by the table model).
   A th element with id id is said to be directly targeted by all td and th
   elements in the same table that have headers attributes whose values
   include as one of their tokens the ID id. A th element A is said to be
   targeted by a th or td element B if either A is directly targeted by B or
   if there exists an element C that is itself targeted by the element B and
   A is directly targeted by C.
   A th element must not be targeted by itself.
   The colspan, rowspan, and headers attributes take part in the table model.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The td and th elements implement interfaces that inherit from the
   HTMLTableCellElement interface:
 interface HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute unsigned long colSpan;
   attribute unsigned long rowSpan;
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList headers;
   readonly attribute long cellIndex;
 };
   cell . cellIndex
           Returns the position of the cell in the row’s cells list. This
           does not necessarily correspond to the x-position of the cell in
           the table, since earlier cells might cover multiple rows or
           columns.
           Returns -1 if the element isn’t in a row.
   The colSpan IDL attribute must reflect the colspan content attribute. Its
   default value is 1.
   The rowSpan IDL attribute must reflect the rowspan content attribute. Its
   default value is 1.
   The headers IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
   The cellIndex IDL attribute must, if the element has a parent tr element,
   return the index of the cell’s element in the parent element’s cells
   collection. If there is no such parent element, then the attribute must
   return -1.
    4.9.12. Processing model
   The various table elements and their content attributes together define
   the table model.
   A table consists of cells aligned on a two-dimensional grid of slots with
   coordinates (x, y). The grid is finite, and is either empty or has one or
   more slots. If the grid has one or more slots, then the x coordinates are
   always in the range 0 ≤ x < x_width, and the y coordinates are always in
   the range 0 ≤ y < y_height. If one or both of x_width and y_height are
   zero, then the table is empty (has no slots). Tables correspond to table
   elements.
   A cell is a set of slots anchored at a slot (cell_x, cell_y), and with a
   particular width and height such that the cell covers all the slots with
   coordinates (x, y) where cell_x ≤ x < cell_x+width and
   cell_y ≤ y < cell_y+height. Cells can either be data cells or header
   cells. Data cells correspond to td elements, and header cells correspond
   to th elements. Cells of both types can have zero or more associated
   header cells.
   It is possible, in certain error cases, for two cells to occupy the same
   slot.
   A row is a complete set of slots from x=0 to x=x_width-1, for a particular
   value of y. Rows usually correspond to tr elements, though a row group can
   have some implied rows at the end in some cases involving cells spanning
   multiple rows.
   A column is a complete set of slots from y=0 to y=y_height-1, for a
   particular value of x. Columns can correspond to col elements. In the
   absence of col elements, columns are implied.
   A row group is a set of rows anchored at a slot (0, group_y) with a
   particular height such that the row group covers all the slots with
   coordinates (x, y) where 0 ≤ x < x_width and group_y ≤ y < group_y+height.
   Row groups correspond to tbody, thead, and tfoot elements. Not every row
   is necessarily in a row group.
   A column group is a set of columns anchored at a slot (group_x, 0) with a
   particular width such that the column group covers all the slots with
   coordinates (x, y) where group_x ≤ x < group_x+width and 0 ≤ y < y_height.
   Column groups correspond to colgroup elements. Not every column is
   necessarily in a column group.
   Row groups cannot overlap each other. Similarly, column groups cannot
   overlap each other.
   A cell cannot cover slots that are from two or more row groups. It is,
   however, possible for a cell to be in multiple column groups. All the
   slots that form part of one cell are part of zero or one row groups and
   zero or more column groups.
   In addition to cells, columns, rows, row groups, and column groups, tables
   can have a caption element associated with them. This gives the table a
   heading, or legend.
   A table model error is an error with the data represented by table
   elements and their descendants. Documents must not have table model
   errors.
      4.9.12.1. Forming a table
   User agents must use the following algorithm to determine
     * which elements correspond to which slots in a table associated with a
       table element,
     * the dimensions of the table (x_width and y_height), and
     * if there are any table model errors .
       The algorithm selects the first caption encountered and assigns it as
       the caption for the table, and selects the first thead and processes
       it. Until there is a thead, tfoot, tbody or tr element, it processes
       any colgroup elements encountered, and any col children, to create
       column groups. Finally, from the first thead, tfoot, tbody or tr
       element encountered as a child of the table it processes those
       elements, moving the first tfoot encountered to the end of the table
       respectively.
         1. Let x_width be zero.
         2. Let y_height be zero.
         3. Let table footer be null.
         4. Let table header be null.
         5. Let the table be the table represented by the table element. The
            x_width and y_height variables give the table’s dimensions. The
            table is initially empty.
         6. If the table element has no children elements, then return the
            table (which will be empty), and abort these steps.
         7. Associate the first caption element child of the table element
            with the table. If there are no such children, then it has no
            associated caption element.
         8. Let the current element be the first element child of the table
            element.
            If a step in this algorithm ever requires the current element to
            be advanced to the next child of the table when there is no such
            next child, then the user agent must jump to the step labeled
            end, near the end of this algorithm.
         9. While the current element is not one of the following elements,
            advance the current element to the next child of the table:
               * colgroup
               * thead
               * tbody
               * tfoot
               * tr
        10. If the current element is a colgroup, follow these substeps:
              1. Column groups: Process the current element according to the
                 appropriate case below:
                      If the current element has any col element children
                              Follow these steps:
                                1. Let x_start have the value of x_width.
                                2. Let the current column be the first col
                                   element child of the colgroup element.
                                3. Columns: If the current column col element
                                   has a span attribute, then parse its value
                                   using the rules for parsing non-negative
                                   integers.
                                   If the result of parsing the value is not
                                   an error or zero, then let span be that
                                   value.
                                   Otherwise, if the col element has no span
                                   attribute, or if trying to parse the
                                   attribute’s value resulted in an error or
                                   zero, then let span be 1.
                                4. Increase x_width by span.
                                5. Let the last span columns in the table
                                   correspond to the current column col
                                   element.
                                6. If current column is not the last col
                                   element child of the colgroup element,
                                   then let the current column be the next
                                   col element child of the colgroup element,
                                   and return to the step labeled columns.
                                7. Let all the last columns in the table from
                                   x=x_start to x=x_width-1 form a new column
                                   group, anchored at the slot (x_start, 0),
                                   with width x_width-x_start, corresponding
                                   to the colgroup element.
                      If the current element has no col element children
                                1. If the colgroup element has a span
                                   attribute, then parse its value using the
                                   rules for parsing non-negative integers.
                                   If the result of parsing the value is not
                                   an error or zero, then let span be that
                                   value.
                                   Otherwise, if the colgroup element has no
                                   span attribute, or if trying to parse the
                                   attribute’s value resulted in an error or
                                   zero, then let span be 1.
                                2. Increase x_width by span.
                                3. Let the last span columns in the table
                                   form a new column group, anchored at the
                                   slot (x_width-span, 0), with width span,
                                   corresponding to the colgroup element.
              2. Advance the current element to the next child of the table.
              3. While the current element is not one of the following
                 elements, advance the current element to the next child of
                 the table:
                    * colgroup
                    * thead
                    * tbody
                    * tfoot
                    * tr
              4. If the current element is a colgroup element, jump to the
                 step labeled column groups above.
        11. Let y_current be zero.
        12. Let the list of downward-growing cells be an empty list.
        13. Rows: While the current element is not one of the following
            elements, advance the current element to the next child of the
            table:
               * thead
               * tbody
               * tfoot
               * tr
            Run the algorithm for processing row groups for the first thead
            child of the table.
        14. If the current element is a tfoot and the value of table footer
            is null, then run the following substeps:
              1. let table footer be the current element;
              2. advance the current element to the next child of the table,
                 and
              3. return to the step labeled rows.
        15. If the current element is a thead and the value of table header
            is null, then run the following substeps:
              1. let table header be the current element;
              2. advance the current element to the next child of the table,
                 and
              3. return to the step labeled rows.
        16. If the current element is a tr then run the algorithm for
            processing rows, advance the current element to the next child of
            the table, and return to the step labeled rows.
        17. Run the algorithm for ending a row group.
        18. The current element is either a thead, tfoot, or a tbody.
            Run the algorithm for processing row groups.
        19. Advance the current element to the next child of the table.
        20. Return to the step labeled rows.
        21. End: run the algorithm for processing row groups to process table
            footer.
        22. If there exists a row or column in the table containing only
            slots that do not have a cell anchored to them, then this is a
            table model error.
        23. Return the table.
       The algorithm for processing row groups, which is invoked by the set
       of steps above for processing thead, tbody, and tfoot elements, is:
         1. Let y_start have the value of y_height.
         2. For each tr element that is a child of the element being
            processed, in tree order, run the algorithm for processing rows.
         3. If y_height > y_start, then let all the last rows in the table
            from y=y_start to y=y_height-1 form a new row group, anchored at
            the slot with coordinate (0, y_start), with height
            y_height-y_start, corresponding to the element being processed.
         4. Run the algorithm for ending a row group.
       The algorithm for ending a row group, which is invoked by the set of
       steps above when starting and ending a block of rows, is:
         1. While y_current is less than y_height, follow these steps:
              1. Run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells.
              2. Increase y_current by 1.
         2. Empty the list of downward-growing cells.
       The algorithm for processing rows, which is invoked by the set of
       steps above for processing tr elements, is:
         1. If y_height is equal to y_current, then increase y_height by
              1. (y_current is never greater than y_height.)
         2. Let x_current be 0.
         3. Run the algorithm for growing downward-growing cells.
         4. If the tr element being processed has no td or th element
            children, then increase y_current by 1, abort this set of steps,
            and return to the algorithm above.
         5. Let current cell be the first td or th element child in the tr
            element being processed.
         6. Cells: While x_current is less than x_width and the slot with
            coordinate (x_current, y_current) already has a cell assigned to
            it, increase x_current by 1.
         7. If x_current is equal to x_width, increase x_width by 1.
            (x_current is never greater than x_width.)
         8. If the current cell has a colspan attribute, then parse that
            attribute’s value, and let colspan be the result.
            If parsing that value failed, or returned zero, or if the
            attribute is absent, then let colspan be 1, instead.
         9. If the current cell has a rowspan attribute, then parse that
            attribute’s value, and let rowspan be the result.
            If parsing that value failed or if the attribute is absent, then
            let rowspan be 1, instead.
        10. If rowspan is zero and the table element’s node document is not
            set to quirks mode, then let cell grows downward be true, and set
            rowspan to 1. Otherwise, let cell grows downward be false.
        11. If x_width < x_current+colspan, then let x_width be
            x_current+colspan.
        12. If y_height < y_current+rowspan, then let y_height be
            y_current+rowspan.
        13. Let the slots with coordinates (x, y) such that
            x_current ≤ x < x_current+colspan and
            y_current ≤ y < y_current+rowspan be covered by a new cell c,
            anchored at (x_current, y_current), which has width colspan and
            height rowspan, corresponding to the current cell element.
            If the current cell element is a th element, let this new cell c
            be a header cell; otherwise, let it be a data cell.
            To establish which header cells apply to the current cell
            element, use the algorithm for assigning header cells described
            in the next section.
            If any of the slots involved already had a cell covering them,
            then this is a table model error. Those slots now have two cells
            overlapping.
        14. If cell grows downward is true, then add the tuple {c, x_current,
            colspan} to the list of downward-growing cells.
        15. Increase x_current by colspan.
        16. If current cell is the last td or th element child in the tr
            element being processed, then increase y_current by 1, abort this
            set of steps, and return to the algorithm above.
        17. Let current cell be the next td or th element child in the tr
            element being processed.
        18. Return to the step labeled cells.
       When the algorithms above require the user agent to run the algorithm
       for growing downward-growing cells, the user agent must, for each
       {cell, cell_x, width} tuple in the list of downward-growing cells, if
       any, extend the cell cell so that it also covers the slots with
       coordinates (x, y_current), where cell_x ≤ x < cell_x+width.
      4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
       Each cell can be assigned zero or more header cells. The algorithm for
       assigning header cells to a cell principal cell is as follows.
         1. Let header list be an empty list of cells.
         2. Let (principal_x, principal_y) be the coordinate of the slot to
            which the principal cell is anchored.
         3.      If the principal cell has a headers attribute specified
                           1. Take the value of the principal cell’s headers
                              attribute and split it on spaces, letting id
                              list be the list of tokens obtained.
                           2. For each token in the id list, if the first
                              element in the Document with an ID equal to the
                              token is a cell in the same table, and that
                              cell is not the principal cell, then add that
                              cell to header list.
                 If principal cell does not have a headers attribute
                 specified
                           1. Let principal_width be the width of the
                              principal cell.
                           2. Let principal_height be the height of the
                              principal cell.
                           3. For each value of y from principal_y to
                              principal_y+principal_height-1, run the
                              internal algorithm for scanning and assigning
                              header cells, with the principal cell, the
                              header list, the initial coordinate
                              (principal_x,y), and the increments Δx=-1 and
                              Δy=0.
                           4. For each value of x from principal_x to
                              principal_x+principal_width-1, run the internal
                              algorithm for scanning and assigning header
                              cells, with the principal cell, the header
                              list, the initial coordinate (x,principal_y),
                              and the increments Δx=0 and Δy=-1.
                           5. If the principal cell is anchored in a row
                              group, then add all header cells that are row
                              group headers and are anchored in the same row
                              group with an x-coordinate less than or equal
                              to principal_x+principal_width-1 and a
                              y-coordinate less than or equal to
                              principal_y+principal_height-1 to header list.
                           6. If the principal cell is anchored in a column
                              group, then add all header cells that are
                              column group headers and are anchored in the
                              same column group with an x-coordinate less
                              than or equal to principal_x+principal_width-1
                              and a y-coordinate less than or equal to
                              principal_y+principal_height-1 to header list.
         4. Remove all the empty cells from the header list.
         5. Remove any duplicates from the header list.
         6. Remove principal cell from the header list if it is there.
         7. Assign the headers in the header list to the principal cell.
       The internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, given
       a principal cell, a header list, an initial coordinate (initial_x,
       initial_y), and Δx and Δy increments, is as follows:
         1. Let x equal initial_x.
         2. Let y equal initial_y.
         3. Let opaque headers be an empty list of cells.
         4.      If principal cell is a header cell
                         Let in header block be true, and let headers from
                         current header block be a list of cells containing
                         just the principal cell.
                 Otherwise
                         Let in header block be false and let headers from
                         current header block be an empty list of cells.
         5. Loop: Increment x by Δx; increment y by Δy.
            For each invocation of this algorithm, one of Δx and Δy will be
            -1, and the other will be 0.
         6. If either x or y is less than 0, then abort this internal
            algorithm.
         7. If there is no cell covering slot (x, y), or if there is more
            than one cell covering slot (x, y), return to the substep labeled
            loop.
         8. Let current cell be the cell covering slot (x, y).
         9.      If current cell is a header cell
                           1. Set in header block to true.
                           2. Add current cell to headers from current header
                              block.
                           3. Let blocked be false.
                           4.      If Δx is 0
                                           If there are any cells in the
                                           opaque headers list anchored with
                                           the same x-coordinate as the
                                           current cell, and with the same
                                           width as current cell, then let
                                           blocked be true.
                                           If the current cell is not a
                                           column header, then let blocked be
                                           true.
                                   If Δy is 0
                                           If there are any cells in the
                                           opaque headers list anchored with
                                           the same y-coordinate as the
                                           current cell, and with the same
                                           height as current cell, then let
                                           blocked be true.
                                           If the current cell is not a row
                                           header, then let blocked be true.
                           5. If blocked is false, then add the current cell
                              to the headers list.
                 If current cell is a data cell and in header block is true
                         Set in header block to false. Add all the cells in
                         headers from current header block to the opaque
                         headers list, and empty the headers from current
                         header block list.
        10. Return to the step labeled loop.
       A header cell anchored at the slot with coordinate (x, y) with width
       width and height height is said to be a column header if any of the
       following conditions are true:
          * The cell’s scope attribute is in the column state, or
          * The cell’s scope attribute is in the auto state, and there are no
            data cells in any of the cells covering slots with x-coordinates
            x .. x+width-1.
       A header cell anchored at the slot with coordinate (x, y) with width
       width and height height is said to be a row header if any of the
       following conditions are true:
          * The cell’s scope attribute is in the row state, or
          * The cell’s scope attribute is in the auto state, the cell is not
            a column header, and there are no data cells in any of the cells
            covering slots with y-coordinates y .. y+height-1.
       A header cell is said to be a column group header if its scope
       attribute is in the column group state.
       A header cell is said to be a row group header if its scope attribute
       is in the row group state.
       A cell is said to be an empty cell if it contains no elements and its
       text content, if any, consists only of White_Space characters.
    4.9.13. Examples
       This section is non-normative.
       The following shows how might one mark up the bottom part of table 45
       of the Smithsonian physical tables, Volume 71:
 
   Specification values: Steel , Castings ,
   Ann. A.S.T.M. A27-16, Class B;* P max. 0.06; S max. 0.05. 
   
   
     Grade. 
     Yield Point. 
     Ultimate tensile strength 
     Per cent elong. 50.8mm or 2 in. 
     Per cent reduct. area. 
    
   
     kg/mm2  
     lb/in2  
    
    
   
   
     Hard 
     0.45 ultimate 
     56.2 
     80,000 
     15 
     20 
    
   
     Medium 
     0.45 ultimate 
     49.2 
     70,000 
     18 
     25 
    
   
     Soft 
     0.45 ultimate 
     42.2 
     60,000 
     22 
     30 
    
    
 
       This table could look like this:
       Specification values: Steel, Castings, Ann. A.S.T.M. A27-16, Class B;*
                             P max. 0.06; S max. 0.05.
                           Ultimate tensile  Per cent elong. 50.8 mm Per cent 
       Grade. Yield Point. strength          or 2 in.                reduct.  
                           kg/mm^2  lb/in^2                          area.    
       Hard   0.45         56.2     80,000   15                      20       
              ultimate     
       Medium 0.45         49.2     70,000   18                      25       
              ultimate     
       Soft   0.45         42.2     60,000   22                      30       
              ultimate     
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
       The following shows how one might mark up the gross margin table on
       page 46 of Apple, Inc’s 10-K filing for fiscal year 2008:
 
   
   
     
      2008
      2007
      2006
      
   
     Net sales
      $ 32,479
      $ 24,006
      $ 19,315
     
     Cost of sales
        21,334
        15,852
        13,717
      
   
     Gross margin
      $ 11,145
      $  8,154
      $  5,598
      
   
     Gross margin percentage
      34.3%
      34.0%
      29.0%
    
       This table could look like this:
                               2008     2007     2006     
       Net sales               $ 32,479 $ 24,006 $ 19,315 
       Cost of sales           21,334   15,852   13,717   
       Gross margin            $ 11,145 $ 8,154  $ 5,598  
       Gross margin percentage 34.3%    34.0%    29.0%    
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
       The following shows how one might mark up the operating expenses table
       from lower on the same page of that document:
 
     
          
    
      2008  2007  2006
      
     Research and development
           $ 1,109   $ 782   $ 712
       Percentage of net sales
           3.4%   3.3%   3.7%
      
     Selling, general, and administrative
           $ 3,761   $ 2,963   $ 2,433
       Percentage of net sales
           11.6%   12.3%   12.6%
    
       This table could look like this:
                                            2008    2007    2006    
       Research and development             $ 1,109 $ 782   $ 712   
       Percentage of net sales              3.4%    3.3%    3.7%    
       Selling, general, and administrative $ 3,761 $ 2,963 $ 2,433 
       Percentage of net sales              11.6%   12.3%   12.6%   
  4.10. Forms
    4.10.1. Introduction
   This section is non-normative.
   A form is a component of a Web page that has form controls, such as text
   fields, buttons, checkboxes, range controls, or color pickers. A user can
   interact with such a form, providing data that can then be sent to the
   server for further processing (e.g., returning the results of a search or
   calculation). No client-side scripting is needed in many cases, though an
   API is available so that scripts can augment the user experience or use
   forms for purposes other than submitting data to a server.
   Writing a form consists of several steps, which can be performed in any
   order: writing the user interface, implementing the server-side
   processing, and configuring the user interface to communicate with the
   server.
      4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
   This section is non-normative.
   For the purposes of this brief introduction, we will create a pizza
   ordering form.
   Any form starts with a form element, inside which are placed the controls.
   Most controls are represented by the input element, which by default
   provides a one-line text field. To label a control, the label element is
   used; the label text and the control itself go inside the label element.
   Each area within a form is typically represented using a div element.
   Putting this together, here is how one might ask for the customer’s name:
 
   To let the user select the size of the pizza, we can use a set of radio
   buttons. Radio buttons also use the input element, this time with a type
   attribute with the value radio. To make the radio buttons work as a group,
   they are given a common name using the name attribute. To group a batch of
   controls together, such as, in this case, the radio buttons, one can use
   the fieldset element. The title of such a group of controls is given by
   the first element in the fieldset, which has to be a legend element.
 
   Changes from the previous step are highlighted.
   To pick toppings, we can use checkboxes. These use the input element with
   a type attribute with the value checkbox:
 
   The pizzeria for which this form is being written is always making
   mistakes, so it needs a way to contact the customer. For this purpose, we
   can use form controls specifically for telephone numbers (input elements
   with their type attribute set to tel) and e-mail addresses (input elements
   with their type attribute set to email):
 
   We can use an input element with its type attribute set to time to ask for
   a delivery time. Many of these form controls have attributes to control
   exactly what values can be specified; in this case, three attributes of
   particular interest are min, max, and step. These set the minimum time,
   the maximum time, and the interval between allowed values (in seconds).
   This pizzeria only delivers between 11am and 9pm, and doesn’t promise
   anything better than 15 minute increments, which we can mark up as
   follows:
 
   The textarea element can be used to provide a free-form text field. In
   this instance, we are going to use it to provide a space for the customer
   to give delivery instructions:
 
   Finally, to make the form submittable we use the button element:
 
   Customer name:  
   Telephone:  
   E-mail address:  
   
    Pizza Size  
      Small  
      Medium  
      Large  
    
   
    Pizza Toppings  
      Bacon  
      Extra Cheese  
      Onion  
      Mushroom  
    
   Preferred delivery time:  
   Delivery instructions:  
   Submit order 
  
      4.10.1.2. Implementing the server-side processing for a form
   This section is non-normative.
   The exact details for writing a server-side processor are out of scope for
   this specification. For the purposes of this introduction, we will assume
   that the script at https://pizza.example.com/order.cgi is configured to
   accept submissions using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded format,
   expecting the following parameters sent in an HTTP POST body:
   custname
           Customer’s name
   custtel
           Customer’s telephone number
   custemail
           Customer’s e-mail address
   size
           The pizza size, either small, medium, or large
   topping
           A topping, specified once for each selected topping, with the
           allowed values being bacon, cheese, onion, and mushroom
   delivery
           The requested delivery time
   comments
           The delivery instructions
      4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server
   This section is non-normative.
   Form submissions are exposed to servers in a variety of ways, most
   commonly as HTTP GET or POST requests. To specify the exact method used,
   the method attribute is specified on the form element. This doesn’t
   specify how the form data is encoded, though; to specify that, you use the
   enctype attribute. You also have to specify the URL of the service that
   will handle the submitted data, using the action attribute.
   For each form control you want submitted, you then have to give a name
   that will be used to refer to the data in the submission. We already
   specified the name for the group of radio buttons; the same attribute
   (name) also specifies the submission name. Radio buttons can be
   distinguished from each other in the submission by giving them different
   values, using the value attribute.
   Multiple controls can have the same name; for example, here we give all
   the checkboxes the same name, and the server distinguishes which checkbox
   was checked by seeing which values are submitted with that name — like the
   radio buttons, they are also given unique values with the value attribute.
   Given the settings in the previous section, this all becomes:
 
   Customer name:  
   Telephone:  
   E-mail address:  
   
    Pizza Size  
      Small  
      Medium  
      Large  
    
   
    Pizza Toppings  
      Bacon  
      Extra Cheese  
      Onion  
      Mushroom  
    
   Preferred delivery time:  
   Delivery instructions:  
   Submit order 
  
   There is no particular significance to the way some of the attributes have
   their values quoted and others don’t. The HTML syntax allows a variety of
   equally valid ways to specify attributes, as discussed in §8 The HTML
   syntax.
   For example, if the customer entered "Denise Lawrence" as their name,
   "555-321-8642" as their telephone number, did not specify an e-mail
   address, asked for a medium-sized pizza, selected the Extra Cheese and
   Mushroom toppings, entered a delivery time of 7pm, and left the delivery
   instructions text field blank, the user agent would submit the following
   to the online Web service:
 custname=Denise+Lawrence&custtel=555-321-8642&custemail=&size=medium&topping=cheese&topping=mushroom&delivery=19%3A00&comments=
      4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation
   This section is non-normative.
   Forms can be annotated in such a way that the user agent will check the
   user’s input before the form is submitted. The server still has to verify
   the input is valid (since hostile users can easily bypass the form
   validation), but it allows the user to avoid the wait incurred by having
   the server be the sole checker of the user’s input.
   The simplest annotation is the required attribute, which can be specified
   on input elements to indicate that the form is not to be submitted until a
   value is given. By adding this attribute to the customer name, pizza size,
   and delivery time fields, we allow the user agent to notify the user when
   the user submits the form without filling in those fields:
 
   Customer name:  
   Telephone:  
   E-mail address:  
   
    Pizza Size  
      Small  
      Medium  
      Large  
    
   
    Pizza Toppings  
      Bacon  
      Extra Cheese  
      Onion  
      Mushroom  
    
   Preferred delivery time:  
   Delivery instructions:  
   Submit order 
  
   It is also possible to limit the length of the input, using the maxlength
   attribute. By adding this to the textarea element, we can limit users to
   1000 characters, preventing them from writing huge essays to the busy
   delivery drivers instead of staying focused and to the point:
 
   Customer name:  
   Telephone:  
   E-mail address:  
   
    Pizza Size  
      Small  
      Medium  
      Large  
    
   
    Pizza Toppings  
      Bacon  
      Extra Cheese  
      Onion  
      Mushroom  
    
   Preferred delivery time:  
   Delivery instructions:  
   Submit order 
  
   When a form is submitted, invalid events are fired at each form control
   that is invalid, and then at the form element itself. This can be useful
   for displaying a summary of the problems with the form, since typically
   the browser itself will only report one problem at a time.
      4.10.1.5. Enabling client-side automatic filling of form controls
   This section is non-normative.
   Some browsers attempt to aid the user by automatically filling form
   controls rather than having the user reenter their information each time.
   For example, a field asking for the user’s telephone number can be
   automatically filled with the user’s phone number.
   To help the user agent with this, the autocomplete attribute can be used
   to describe the field’s purpose. In the case of this form, we have three
   fields that can be usefully annotated in this way: the information about
   who the pizza is to be delivered to. Adding this information looks like
   this:
 
   Customer name:  
   Telephone:  
   E-mail address:  
   
    Pizza Size  
      Small  
      Medium  
      Large  
    
   
    Pizza Toppings  
      Bacon  
      Extra Cheese  
      Onion  
      Mushroom  
    
   Preferred delivery time:  
   Delivery instructions:  
   Submit order 
  
      4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field name,
      and the input modality
   This section is non-normative.
   The type and autocomplete attributes can seem confusingly similar. For
   instance, in all three cases, the string "email" is a valid value. This
   section attempts to illustrate the difference between the three attributes
   and provides advice suggesting how to use them.
   The type attribute on input elements decides what kind of control the user
   agent will use to expose the field. Choosing between different values of
   this attribute is the same choice as choosing whether to use an input
   element, a textarea element, a select element, etc.
   The autocomplete attribute, in contrast, describes what the value that the
   user will enter actually represents. Choosing between different values of
   this attribute is the same choice as choosing what the label for the
   element will be.
   First, consider telephone numbers. If a page is asking for a telephone
   number from the user, the right form control to use is  .
   However, which autocomplete value to use depends on which phone number the
   page is asking for, whether they expect a telephone number in the
   international format or just the local format, and so forth.
   For example, a page that forms part of a checkout process on an e-commerce
   site for a customer buying a gift to be shipped to a friend might need
   both the buyer’s telephone number (in case of payment issues) and the
   friend’s telephone number (in case of delivery issues). If the site
   expects international phone numbers (with the country code prefix), this
   could thus look like this:
 Your phone number:  
 Recipient’s phone number:  
 Please enter complete phone numbers including the country code prefix, as in "+1 555 123 4567".
   But if the site only supports British customers and recipients, it might
   instead look like this (notice the use of tel-national rather than tel):
 
Your phone number:  
 Recipient’s phone number:  
 Please enter complete UK phone numbers, as in "(01632) 960 123".
   Now, consider a person’s preferred languages. The right autocomplete value
   is language. However, there could be a number of different form controls
   used for the purpose: a free text field ( ), a drop-down
   list (), radio buttons ( ), etc. It only depends
   on what kind of interface is desired.
      4.10.1.7. Date, time, and number formats
   This section is non-normative.
   In this pizza delivery example, the times are specified in the format
   "HH:MM": two digits for the hour, in 24-hour format, and two digits for
   the time. (Seconds could also be specified, though they are not necessary
   in this example.)
   In some locales, however, times are often expressed differently when
   presented to users. For example, in the United States, it is still common
   to use the 12-hour clock with an am/pm indicator, as in "2pm". In France,
   it is common to use the 24-hour clock, and separate the hours from the
   minutes using an "h" character, as in "14h00".
   Similar issues exist with dates, with the added complication that even the
   order of the components is not always consistent — for example, in Cyprus
   the first of February 2003 would typically be written "1/2/03", while that
   same date in Japan would typically be written as "2003年02月01日" — and even
   with numbers, where locales differ, for example, in what punctuation is
   used as the decimal separator and the thousands separator.
   It is therefore important to distinguish the time, date, and number
   formats used in HTML and in form submissions, which are always the formats
   defined in this specification (and based on the well-established ISO 8601
   standard for computer-readable date and time formats), from the time,
   date, and number formats presented to the user by the browser and accepted
   as input from the user by the browser.
   The format used "on the wire", i.e. in HTML markup and in form
   submissions, is intended to be computer-readable and consistent
   irrespective of the user’s locale. Dates, for instance, are always written
   in the format "YYYY-MM-DD", as in "2003-02-01". Users are not expected to
   ever see this format.
   The time, date, or number given by the page in the wire format is then
   translated to the user’s preferred presentation (based on user preferences
   or on the locale of the page itself), before being displayed to the user.
   Similarly, after the user inputs a time, date, or number using their
   preferred format, the user agent converts it back to the wire format
   before putting it in the DOM or submitting it.
   This allows scripts in pages and on servers to process times, dates, and
   numbers in a consistent manner without needing to support dozens of
   different formats, while still supporting the users' needs.
   See also the implementation notes regarding localization of form controls.
   In places that change from e.g. Standard Time to Daylight Saving Time, the
   same time can occur twice in the same day when the clocks are moved
   backwards. An input element with a type of datetime-local or time cannot
   differentiate between two identical instances of time. If this difference
   matters, applications should allow users to specify which occurence of the
   duplicated time they mean, for example by choosing between "Winter time"
   and "Summer Time".
    4.10.2. Categories
   Mostly for historical reasons, elements in this section fall into several
   overlapping (but subtly different) categories in addition to the usual
   ones like flow content, phrasing content, and interactive content.
   A number of the elements are form-associated elements, which means they
   can have a form owner.
     * button
     * fieldset
     * input
     * label
     * object
     * output
     * select
     * textarea
     * img
   The form-associated elements fall into several subcategories:
   Listed elements
           Denotes elements that are listed in the form.elements and
           fieldset.elements APIs.
              * button
              * fieldset
              * input
              * object
              * output
              * select
              * textarea
   Submittable elements
           Denotes elements that can be used for constructing the form data
           set when a form element is submitted.
              * button
              * input
              * object
              * select
              * textarea
           Some submittable elements can be, depending on their attributes,
           buttons. The prose below defines when an element is a button. Some
           buttons are specifically submit buttons.
   Resettable elements
           Denotes elements that can be affected when a form element is
           reset.
              * input
              * output
              * select
              * textarea
   Reassociateable elements
           Denotes elements that have a form content attribute, and a
           matching form IDL attribute, that allow authors to specify an
           explicit form owner.
              * button
              * fieldset
              * input
              * object
              * output
              * select
              * textarea
   Some elements, not all of them form-associated, are categorized as
   labelable elements. These are elements that can be associated with a label
   element.
     * button
     * input (if the type attribute is not in the Hidden state)
     * meter
     * output
     * progress
     * select
     * textarea
   The following table is non-normative and summarizes the above categories
   of form elements:
         form-associated listed            submittable  resettable reassociateable labelable  
                                           can be used                                        
                                           for          can be     have a form     can be     
                         listed in the     constructing affected   attribute       associated 
         can have a form form.elements and the form     when a     (allows authors with a     
         owner           fieldset.elements data set     form       to specify an   label      
                         APIs              when a form  element is explicit form   element
                                           element is   reset      owner)
                                           submitted    
                                                                                   yes        
input    yes             yes               yes          yes        yes             (except    
                                                                                   "hidden")  
button   yes             yes               yes          no         yes             yes        
select   yes             yes               yes          yes        yes             yes        
textarea yes             yes               yes          yes        yes             yes        
fieldset yes             yes               no           no         yes             no         
output   yes             yes               no           yes        yes             yes        
object   yes             yes               yes          no         yes             no         
meter    no              no                no           no         no              yes        
progress no              no                no           no         no              yes        
label    yes             no                no           no         no              no         
img      yes             no                no           no         no              no         
    4.10.3. The form element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where flow content is expected.
   Content model:
           Flow content, but with no form element descendants.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           accept-charset - Character encodings to use for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           action - URL to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           autocomplete - Default setting for autofill feature for controls
           in the form
           enctype - Form data set encoding type to use for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           method - HTTP method to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           name - Name of form to use in the document.forms API
           novalidate - Bypass form control validation for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           target - browsing context for §4.10.21 Form submission
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values: dd>form (default - do not set), search
   or presentation.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 [OverrideBuiltins]
 interface HTMLFormElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString acceptCharset;
   attribute DOMString action;
   attribute DOMString autocomplete;
   attribute DOMString enctype;
   attribute DOMString encoding;
   attribute DOMString method;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute boolean noValidate;
   attribute DOMString target;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLFormControlsCollection elements;
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter Element (unsigned long index);
   getter (RadioNodeList or Element) (DOMString name);
   void submit();
   void reset();
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
 };
   The form element represents a collection of form-associated elements, some
   of which can represent editable values that can be submitted to a server
   for processing.
   The accept-charset content attribute gives the character encodings that
   are to be used for the submission. If specified, the value must be an
   ordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are ASCII
   case-insensitive, and each token must be an ASCII case-insensitive match
   for one of the labels of an ASCII-compatible encoding. [ENCODING]
   The name content attribute represents the form's name within the forms
   collection. The value must not be the empty string, and the value must be
   unique amongst the form elements in the forms collection that it is in, if
   any.
   The autocomplete content attribute is an enumerated attribute. The
   attribute has two states. The on keyword maps to the on state, and the off
   keyword maps to the off state. The attribute may also be omitted. The
   missing value default is the on state. The off state indicates that by
   default, form controls in the form will have their autofill field name set
   to "off"; the on state indicates that by default, form controls in the
   form will have their autofill field name set to "on".
   The action, enctype, method, enctype, novalidate, and target attributes
   are attributes for form submission.
   form . elements
           Returns an HTMLFormControlsCollection of the form controls in the
           form (excluding image buttons for historical reasons).
   form . length
           Returns the number of form controls in the form (excluding image
           buttons for historical reasons).
   form[index]
           Returns the indexth element in the form (excluding image buttons
           for historical reasons).
   form[name]
           Returns the form control (or, if there are several, a
           RadioNodeList of the form controls) in the form with the given ID
           or name (excluding image buttons for historical reasons); or, if
           there are none, returns the img element with the given ID.
           Once an element has been referenced using a particular name, that
           name will continue being available as a way to reference that
           element in this method, even if the element’s actual ID or name
           changes, for as long as the element remains in the Document.
           If there are multiple matching items, then a RadioNodeList object
           containing all those elements is returned.
   form . submit()
           Submits the form.
   form . reset()
           Resets the form.
   form . checkValidity()
           Returns true if the form’s controls are all valid; otherwise,
           returns false.
   form . reportValidity()
           Returns true if the form’s controls are all valid; otherwise,
           returns false and informs the user.
   The autocomplete IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the
   same name, limited to only known values.
   The name IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
   The acceptCharset IDL attribute must reflect the accept-charset content
   attribute.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The elements IDL attribute must return an HTMLFormControlsCollection
   rooted at the form element, whose filter matches listed elements whose
   form owner is the form element, with the exception of input elements whose
   type attribute is in the Image Button state, which must, for historical
   reasons, be excluded from this particular collection.
   The length IDL attribute must return the number of nodes represented by
   the elements collection.
   The supported property indices at any instant are the indices supported by
   the object returned by the elements attribute at that instant.
   When a form element is indexed for indexed property retrieval, the user
   agent must return the value returned by the item method on the elements
   collection, when invoked with the given index as its argument.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each form element has a mapping of names to elements called the past names
   map. It is used to persist names of controls even when they change names.
   The supported property names consist of the names obtained from the
   following algorithm, in the order obtained from this algorithm:
    1. Let sourced names be an initially empty ordered list of tuples
       consisting of a string, an element, a source, where the source is
       either id, name, or past, and, if the source is past, an age.
    2. For each listed element candidate whose form owner is the form
       element, with the exception of any input elements whose type attribute
       is in the Image Button state, run these substeps:
         1. If candidate has an id attribute, add an entry to sourced names
            with that id attribute’s value as the string, candidate as the
            element, and id as the source.
         2. If candidate has a name attribute, add an entry to sourced names
            with that name attribute’s value as the string, candidate as the
            element, and name as the source.
    3. For each img element candidate whose form owner is the form element,
       run these substeps:
         1. If candidate has an id attribute, add an entry to sourced names
            with that id attribute’s value as the string, candidate as the
            element, and id as the source.
         2. If candidate has a name attribute, add an entry to sourced names
            with that name attribute’s value as the string, candidate as the
            element, and name as the source.
    4. For each entry past entry in the past names map add an entry to
       sourced names with the past entry’s name as the string, past entry’s
       element as the element, past as the source, and the length of time
       past entry has been in the past names map as the age.
    5. Sort sourced names by tree order of the element entry of each tuple,
       sorting entries with the same element by putting entries whose source
       is id first, then entries whose source is name, and finally entries
       whose source is past, and sorting entries with the same element and
       source by their age, oldest first.
    6. Remove any entries in sourced names that have the empty string as
       their name.
    7. Remove any entries in sourced names that have the same name as an
       earlier entry in the map.
    8. Return the list of names from sourced names, maintaining their
       relative order.
   The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable.
   When a form element is indexed for named property retrieval, the user
   agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let candidates be a live RadioNodeList object containing all the
       listed elements whose form owner is the form element that have either
       an id attribute or a name attribute equal to name, with the exception
       of input elements whose type attribute is in the Image Button state,
       in tree order.
    2. If candidates is empty, let candidates be a live RadioNodeList object
       containing all the img elements that are descendants of the form
       element and that have either an id attribute or a name attribute equal
       to name, in tree order.
    3. If candidates is empty, name is the name of one of the entries in the
       form element’s past names map: return the object associated with name
       in that map.
    4. If candidates contains more than one node, return candidates and abort
       these steps.
    5. Otherwise, candidates contains exactly one node. Add a mapping from
       name to the node in candidates in the form element’s past names map,
       replacing the previous entry with the same name, if any.
    6. Return the node in candidates.
   If an element listed in a form element’s past names map changes form
   owner, then its entries must be removed from that map.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The submit() method, when invoked, must submit the form element from the
   form element itself, with the submitted from submit() method flag set.
   The reset() method, when invoked, must run the following steps:
    1. If the form element is marked as locked for reset, then abort these
       steps.
    2. Mark the form element as locked for reset.
    3. Reset the form element.
    4. Unmark the form element as locked for reset.
   If the checkValidity() method is invoked, the user agent must statically
   validate the constraints of the form element, and return true if the
   constraint validation return a positive result, and false if it returned a
   negative result.
   If the reportValidity() method is invoked, the user agent must
   interactively validate the constraints of the form element, and return
   true if the constraint validation return a positive result, and false if
   it returned a negative result.
   This example shows two search forms:
 
   Google:    
  
 
   Bing:    
  
    4.10.4. The label element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Interactive content.
           form-associated element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Phrasing content, but with no descendant labelable elements unless
           it is the element’s labeled control, and no descendant label
           elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           for - Associate the label with form control
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLLabelElement : HTMLElement {
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString htmlFor;
   readonly attribute HTMLElement? control;
 };
   The label element represents a caption in a user interface. The caption
   can be associated with a specific form control, known as the label
   element’s labeled control, either using the for attribute, or by putting
   the form control inside the label element itself.
   Except where otherwise specified by the following rules, a label element
   has no labeled control.
   The for attribute may be specified to indicate a form control with which
   the caption is to be associated. If the attribute is specified, the
   attribute’s value must be the ID of a labelable element in the same
   Document as the label element. If the attribute is specified and there is
   an element in the Document whose ID is equal to the value of the for
   attribute, and the first such element is a labelable element, then that
   element is the label element’s labeled control.
   The following example shows the use of a for attribute, to associate
   labels which do not contain the element they label.
 
   
  
   Note that the id attribute is required to associate the for attribute,
   while the name attribute is required so the value of the input will be
   submitted as part of the form.
   If the for attribute is not specified, but the label element has a
   labelable element descendant, then the first such descendant in tree order
   is the label element’s labeled control.
   The label element’s activation behavior should match the platform’s label
   behavior. Similarly, any additional presentation hints should match the
   platform’s label presentation.
   On many platforms activating a checkbox label checks the checkbox, while
   activating a text input’s label focuses the input. Clicking the label
   "Lost" in the following snippet could trigger the user agent to run
   synthetic click activation steps on the checkbox, as if the element itself
   had been triggered by the user, while clicking the label "Where?" would
   queue a task that runs the focusing steps for the element to the text
   input:
   Lost  Where?  
   If a label element has interactive content other than its labeled control,
   the activation behavior of the label element for events targeted at those
   interactive content descendants and any descendants of those must be to do
   nothing.
   In the following example, clicking on the link does not toggle the
   checkbox, even if the platform normally toggles a checkbox when clicking
   on a label. Instead, clicking the link triggers the normal activation
   behavior of following the link.
 
  I agree to the terms and conditions  
   The ability to click or press a label to trigger an event on a control
   provides usability and accessibility benefits by increasing the hit area
   of a control, making it easier for a user to operate. These benefits may
   be lost or reduced, if the label element contains an element with its own
   activation behavior, such as a link:
 
 I agree to the terms and conditions  
   The usability and accessibility benefits can be maintained by placing such
   elements outside the label element:
   
    I agree to the terms and conditions 
 (read Terms and Conditions )
   The following example shows three form controls each with a label, two of
   which have small text showing the right format for users to use.
 Full name:   Format: First Last  
 Age:  
 Post code:   Format: AB12 3CD  
   label . control
           Returns the form control that is associated with this element.
   The htmlFor IDL attribute must reflect the for content attribute.
   The control IDL attribute must return the label element’s labeled control,
   if any, or null if there isn’t one.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   control . labels
           Returns a NodeList of all the label elements that the form control
           is associated with.
   Labelable elements have a NodeList object associated with them that
   represents the list of label elements, in tree order, whose labeled
   control is the element in question. The labels IDL attribute of labelable
   elements, on getting, must return that NodeList object.
    4.10.5. The input element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: interactive
           content.
           If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: listed,
           labelable, submittable, resettable, and reassociateable
           form-associated element.
           If the type attribute is in the Hidden state: listed, submittable,
           resettable, and reassociateable form-associated element.
           If the type attribute is not in the Hidden state: Palpable
           content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Nothing.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           No end tag
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           accept - Hint for expected file type in File Upload controls
           alt - Replacement text for use when images are not available
           autocomplete - Hint for form autofill feature
           autofocus - Automatically focus the form control when the page is
           loaded
           checked - Whether the command or control is checked
           dirname - Name of form field to use for sending the element’s
           directionality in §4.10.21 Form submission
           disabled - Whether the form control is disabled
           form - Associates the control with a form element
           formaction - URL to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           formenctype - Form data set encoding type to use for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           formmethod - HTTP method to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           formnovalidate - Bypass form control validation for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           formtarget - browsing context for §4.10.21 Form submission
           height - Vertical dimension
           list - List of autocomplete options
           max - Maximum value
           maxlength - Maximum length of value
           min - Minimum value
           minlength - Minimum length of value
           multiple - Whether to allow multiple values
           name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           and in the form.elements API
           pattern - Pattern to be matched by the form control’s value
           placeholder - User-visible label to be placed within the form
           control
           readonly - Whether to allow the value to be edited by the user
           required - Whether the control is required for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           size - Size of the control
           src - Address of the resource
           step - Granularity to be matched by the form control’s value
           type - Type of form control
           value - Value of the form control
           width - Horizontal dimension
           Also, the title attribute has special semantics on this element
           when used in conjunction with the pattern attribute.
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           Depends upon state of the type attribute.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLInputElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString accept;
   attribute DOMString alt;
   attribute DOMString autocomplete;
   attribute boolean autofocus;
   attribute boolean defaultChecked;
   attribute boolean checked;
   attribute DOMString dirName;
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   readonly attribute FileList? files;
   attribute DOMString formAction;
   attribute DOMString formEnctype;
   attribute DOMString formMethod;
   attribute boolean formNoValidate;
   attribute DOMString formTarget;
   attribute unsigned long height;
   attribute boolean indeterminate;
   readonly attribute HTMLElement? list;
   attribute DOMString max;
   attribute long maxLength;
   attribute DOMString min;
   attribute long minLength;
   attribute boolean multiple;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString pattern;
   attribute DOMString placeholder;
   attribute boolean readOnly;
   attribute boolean _required;
   attribute unsigned long size;
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString step;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString defaultValue;
   [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString value;
   attribute object? valueAsDate;
   attribute unrestricted double valueAsNumber;
   attribute unsigned long width;
   void stepUp(optional long n = 1);
   void stepDown(optional long n = 1);
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
   void select();
   attribute unsigned long? selectionStart;
   attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd;
   attribute DOMString? selectionDirection;
   void setRangeText(DOMString replacement);
   void setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve");
   void setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction);
 };
   The input element represents a typed data field, usually with a form
   control to allow the user to edit the data.
   The type attribute controls the data type of the element. It is an
   enumerated attribute. The data type is used to select the control to use
   for the input. Some data types allow either a text field or combo box
   control to be used, based on the absence or presence of a list attribute
   on the element. The following table lists the keywords and states for the
   attribute — the keywords in the left column map to the state, data type
   and control(s) in the cells on the same row.
   Keyword        State          Data type                   Control type     
   hidden         Hidden         An arbitrary string         n/a              
   text           Text           Text with no line breaks    A text field or  
                                                             combo box        
   search         Search         Text with no line breaks    Search field or  
                                                             combo box        
   tel            Telephone      Text with no line breaks    A text field or  
                                                             combo box        
   url            URL            An absolute URL             A text field or  
                                                             combo box        
   email          E-mail         An e-mail address or list   A text field or  
                                 of e-mail addresses         combo box        
                                 Text with no line breaks    A text field     
   password       Password       (sensitive information)     that obscures    
                                                             data entry       
   date           Date           A date (year, month, day)   A date control   
                                 with no time zone           
                                 A date consisting of a year                  
   month          Month          and a month with no time    A month control
                                 zone                        
                                 A date consisting of a                       
   week           Week           week-year number and a week A week control
                                 number with no time zone    
                                 A time (hour, minute,                        
   time           Time           seconds, fractional         A time control
                                 seconds) with no time zone  
                                 A date and time (year,                       
                  Local Date and month, day, hour, minute,   A date and time  
   datetime-local Time           second, fraction of a       control
                                 second) with no timezone    
                                 offset                      
                                                             A text field or  
   number         Number         A numerical value           combo box or     
                                                             spinner control  
                                 A numerical value, with the                  
   range          Range          extra semantic that the     A slider control 
                                 exact value is not          or similar
                                 important                   
                                 An sRGB color with 8-bit                     
   color          Color          red, green, and blue        A color well
                                 components                  
                                 A set of zero or more                        
   checkbox       Checkbox       values from a predefined    A checkbox
                                 list                        
   radio          Radio Button   An enumerated value         A radio button   
                                 Zero or more files each     A label and a    
   file           File Upload    with a MIME type and        button           
                                 optionally a file name      
                                 An enumerated value, with                    
                                 the extra semantic that it  
   submit         Submit Button  must be the last value      A button
                                 selected and initiates form 
                                 submission                  
                                 A coordinate, relative to a                  
                                 particular image’s size,    Either a         
   image          Image Button   with the extra semantic     clickable image, 
                                 that it must be the last    or a button
                                 value selected and          
                                 initiates form submission   
   reset          Reset Button   n/a                         A button         
   button         Button         n/a                         A button         
   The missing value default is the Text state.
   Which of the accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction,
   formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max,
   maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly,
   required, size, src, step, and width content attributes, the checked,
   files, valueAsDate, valueAsNumber, and list IDL attributes, the select()
   method, the selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection, IDL
   attributes, the setRangeText() and setSelectionRange() methods, the
   stepUp() and stepDown() methods, and the input and change events apply to
   an input element depends on the state of its type attribute. The
   subsections that define each type also clearly define in normative
   "bookkeeping" sections which of these feature apply, and which do not
   apply, to each type. The behavior of these features depends on whether
   they apply or not, as defined in their various sections (q.v. for Content
   attributes, for APIs, for events).
   The following table is non-normative and summarizes which of those content
   attributes, IDL attributes, methods, and events apply to each state:
                                                             Local                                                                 
                                                             Date                                                                  
                                                             and                       Checkbox,                           Reset   
                    Hidden  Text,  URL,      E-mail Password Time,  Number Range Color Radio      File     Submit  Image   Button,
                            Search Telephone                 Date,                     Button     Upload   Button  Button  Button
                                                             Month, 
                                                             Week,  
                                                             Time   
Content attributes  
accept              ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          Yes      ·       ·       ·       
alt                 ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       Yes     ·       
autocomplete        ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      Yes    Yes    Yes   Yes   ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
checked             ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     Yes        ·        ·       ·       ·       
dirname             ·       Yes    ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
formaction          ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        Yes     Yes     ·       
formenctype         ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        Yes     Yes     ·       
formmethod          ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        Yes     Yes     ·       
formnovalidate      ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        Yes     Yes     ·       
formtarget          ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        Yes     Yes     ·       
height              ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       Yes     ·       
list                ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    ·        Yes    Yes    Yes   Yes   ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
max                 ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        Yes    Yes    Yes   ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
maxlength           ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
min                 ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        Yes    Yes    Yes   ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
minlength           ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
multiple            ·       ·      ·         Yes    ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          Yes      ·       ·       ·       
pattern             ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
placeholder         ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      ·      Yes    ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
readonly            ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      Yes    Yes    ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
required            ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      Yes    Yes    ·     ·     Yes        Yes      ·       ·       ·       
size                ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
src                 ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       Yes     ·       
step                ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        Yes    Yes    Yes   ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
width               ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       Yes     ·       
IDL attributes and methods
checked             ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     Yes        ·        ·       ·       ·       
files               ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          Yes      ·       ·       ·       
value               default value  value     value  value    value  value  value value default/on filename default default default 
valueAsDate         ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        Yes    ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
valueAsNumber       ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        Yes    Yes    Yes   ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
list                ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    ·        Yes    Yes    Yes   Yes   ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
select()            ·       Yes    Yes†      Yes    Yes†     Yes†   Yes†   ·     Yes†  ·          Yes†     ·       ·       ·       
selectionStart      ·       Yes    Yes       ·      Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
selectionEnd        ·       Yes    Yes       ·      Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
selectionDirection  ·       Yes    Yes       ·      Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
setRangeText()      ·       Yes    Yes       ·      Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
setSelectionRange() ·       Yes    Yes       ·      Yes      ·      ·      ·     ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
stepDown()          ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        Yes    Yes    Yes   ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
stepUp()            ·       ·      ·         ·      ·        Yes    Yes    Yes   ·     ·          ·        ·       ·       ·       
Events              
input event         ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      Yes    Yes    Yes   Yes   Yes        Yes      ·       ·       ·       
change event        ·       Yes    Yes       Yes    Yes      Yes    Yes    Yes   Yes   Yes        Yes      ·       ·       ·       
   † If the control has no text field, the select() method results in a
   no-op, with no "InvalidStateError" DOMException.
   Some states of the type attribute define a value sanitization algorithm.
   Each input element has a value, which is exposed by the value IDL
   attribute. Some states define an algorithm to convert a string to a
   number, an algorithm to convert a number to a string, an algorithm to
   convert a string to a Date object, and an algorithm to convert a Date
   object to a string, which are used by max, min, step, valueAsDate,
   valueAsNumber, stepDown(), and stepUp().
   Each input element has a boolean dirty value flag. The dirty value flag
   must be initially set to false when the element is created, and must be
   set to true whenever the user interacts with the control in a way that
   changes the value. (It is also set to true when the value is
   programmatically changed, as described in the definition of the value IDL
   attribute.)
   The value content attribute gives the default value of the input element.
   When the value content attribute is added, set, or removed, if the
   control’s dirty value flag is false, the user agent must set the value of
   the element to the value of the value content attribute, if there is one,
   or the empty string otherwise, and then run the current value sanitization
   algorithm, if one is defined.
   Each input element has a checkedness, which is exposed by the checked IDL
   attribute.
   Each input element has a boolean dirty checkedness flag. When it is true,
   the element is said to have a dirty checkedness. The dirty checkedness
   flag must be initially set to false when the element is created, and must
   be set to true whenever the user interacts with the control in a way that
   changes the checkedness.
   The checked content attribute is a boolean attribute that gives the
   default checkedness of the input element. When the checked content
   attribute is added, if the control does not have dirty checkedness, the
   user agent must set the checkedness of the element to true; when the
   checked content attribute is removed, if the control does not have dirty
   checkedness, the user agent must set the checkedness of the element to
   false.
   The reset algorithm for input elements is to set the dirty value flag and
   dirty checkedness flag back to false, set the value of the element to the
   value of the value content attribute, if there is one, or the empty string
   otherwise, set the checkedness of the element to true if the element has a
   checked content attribute and false if it does not, empty the list of
   selected files, and then invoke the value sanitization algorithm, if the
   type attribute’s current state defines one.
   Each input element can be mutable. Except where otherwise specified, an
   input element is always mutable. Similarly, except where otherwise
   specified, the user agent should not allow the user to modify the
   element’s value or checkedness.
   When an input element is disabled, it is not mutable.
   The readonly attribute can also in some cases (e.g., for the Date state,
   but not the Checkbox state) stop an input element from being mutable.
   The cloning steps for input elements must propagate the value, dirty value
   flag, checkedness, and dirty checkedness flag from the node being cloned
   to the copy.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When an input element is first created, the element’s rendering and
   behavior must be set to the rendering and behavior defined for the type
   attribute’s state, and the value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined
   for the type attribute’s state, must be invoked.
   When an input element’s type attribute changes state, the user agent must
   run the following steps:
    1. If the previous state of the element’s type attribute put the value
       IDL attribute in the value mode, and the element’s value is not the
       empty string, and the new state of the element’s type attribute puts
       the value IDL attribute in either the default mode or the default/on
       mode, then set the element’s value content attribute to the element’s
       value.
    2. Otherwise, if the previous state of the element’s type attribute put
       the value IDL attribute in any mode other than the value mode, and the
       new state of the element’s type attribute puts the value IDL attribute
       in the value mode, then set the value of the element to the value of
       the value content attribute, if there is one, or the empty string
       otherwise, and then set the control’s dirty value flag to false.
    3. Otherwise, if the previous state of the element’s type attribute put
       the value IDL attribute in any mode other than the filename mode, and
       the new state of the element’s type attribute puts the value IDL
       attribute in the filename mode, then set the value of the element to
       the empty string.
    4. Update the element’s rendering and behavior to the new state’s.
    5. Signal a type change for the element. (The Radio Button state uses
       this, in particular.)
    6. Invoke the value sanitization algorithm, if one is defined for the
       type attribute’s new state.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The name attribute represents the element’s name. The dirname attribute
   controls how the element’s directionality is submitted. The disabled
   attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to prevent its
   value from being submitted. The form attribute is used to explicitly
   associate the input element with its form owner. The autofocus attribute
   controls focus. The autocomplete attribute controls how the user agent
   provides autofill behavior.
   The indeterminate IDL attribute must initially be set to false. On
   getting, it must return the last value it was set to. On setting, it must
   be set to the new value. It has no effect except for changing the
   appearance of checkbox controls.
   The accept, alt, max, min, multiple, pattern, placeholder, required, size,
   src, and step IDL attributes must reflect the respective content
   attributes of the same name. The dirName IDL attribute must reflect the
   dirname content attribute. The readOnly IDL attribute must reflect the
   readonly content attribute. The defaultChecked IDL attribute must reflect
   the checked content attribute. The defaultValue IDL attribute must reflect
   the value content attribute.
   The type IDL attribute must reflect the respective content attribute of
   the same name, limited to only known values. The maxLength IDL attribute
   must reflect the maxlength content attribute, limited to only non-negative
   numbers. The minLength IDL attribute must reflect the minlength content
   attribute, limited to only non-negative numbers.
   The IDL attributes width and height must return the rendered width and
   height of the image, in CSS pixels, if an image is being rendered, and is
   being rendered to a visual medium; or else the intrinsic width and height
   of the image, in CSS pixels, if an image is available but not being
   rendered to a visual medium; or else 0, if no image is available. When the
   input element’s type attribute is not in the Image Button state, then no
   image is available. [CSS-2015]
   On setting, they must act as if they reflected the respective content
   attributes of the same name.
   The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the
   checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are
   part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a
   list of the element’s labels. The select(), selectionStart, selectionEnd,
   selectionDirection, setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods and
   IDL attributes expose the element’s text selection. The autofocus,
   disabled, form, and name IDL attributes are part of the element’s forms
   API.
      4.10.5.1. States of the type attribute
        4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Hidden state, the rules
   in this section apply.
   The input element represents a value that is not intended to be examined
   or manipulated by the user.
   Constraint validation: If an input element’s type attribute is in the
   Hidden state, it is barred from constraint validation.
   If the name attribute is present and has a value that is a case-sensitive
   match for the string "_charset_", then the element’s value attribute must
   be omitted.
   The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction,
   formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max,
   maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly,
   required, size, src, step, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The input and change events do not apply.
        4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           textbox, searchbox with no list attribute (default - do not set)
           or with a list attribute: combobox (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Text state or the Search
   state, the rules in this section apply.
   The input element represents a one line plain text edit control for the
   element’s value.
   The difference between the Text state and the Search state is primarily
   stylistic: on platforms where search fields are distinguished from regular
   text fields, the Search state might result in an appearance consistent
   with the platform’s search fields rather than appearing like a regular
   text field.
   If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User
   agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D
   CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the element’s value.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the writing direction of the element, setting it either to a left-to-right
   writing direction or a right-to-left writing direction. If the user does
   so, the user agent must then run the following steps:
    1. Set the element’s dir attribute to "ltr" if the user selected a
       left-to-right writing direction, and "rtl" if the user selected a
       right-to-left writing direction.
    2. Queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the
       input element.
   The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no
   U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the
   value.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, dirname, list, maxlength,
   minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content
   attributes; list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and
   value IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange()
   methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, formaction, formenctype, formmethod,
   formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, src, step, and
   width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown()
   and stepUp() methods.
        4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           textbox with no list attribute (default - do not set) or with a
           list attribute: combobox (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Telephone state, the
   rules in this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for editing a telephone number
   given in the element’s value.
   If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User
   agents may change the spacing and, with care, the punctuation of values
   that the user enters. User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A
   LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the
   element’s value.
   The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no
   U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the
   value.
   Unlike the URL and E-mail types, the Telephone type does not enforce a
   particular syntax. This is intentional; in practice, telephone number
   fields tend to be free-form fields, because there are a wide variety of
   valid phone numbers. Systems that need to enforce a particular format are
   encouraged to use the pattern attribute or the setCustomValidity() method
   to hook into the client-side validation mechanism.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength,
   pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes;
   list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL
   attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, src,
   step, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown()
   and stepUp() methods.
        4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           textbox with no list attribute (default - do not set) or with a
           list attribute: combobox (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the URL state, the rules in
   this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for editing a single absolute URL
   given in the element’s value.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the URL represented by its value. User agents may allow the user to set
   the value to a string that is not a valid absolute URL, but may also or
   instead automatically escape characters entered by the user so that the
   value is always a valid absolute URL (even if that isn’t the actual value
   seen and edited by the user in the interface). User agents should allow
   the user to set the value to the empty string. User agents must not allow
   users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR)
   characters into the value.
   The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is
   a valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces that is also an absolute URL.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the
   value, then strip leading and trailing white space from the value.
   Constraint validation: While the value of the element is neither the empty
   string nor a valid absolute URL, the element is suffering from a type
   mismatch.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength,
   pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes;
   list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL
   attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, multiple, src,
   step, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; stepDown()
   and stepUp() methods.
   If a document contained the following markup:
  
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
   
   ...and the user had typed "www.w3", and the user agent had also found that
   the user had visited https://www.w3.org/Consortium/#membership and
   https://www.w3.org/TR/XForms/ in the recent past, then the rendering might
   look like this:
   A text box with an icon on the left followed by the text "www.w3" and a
   cursor, with a drop down button on the right hand side; with, below, a
   drop down box containing a list of six URLs on the left, with the first
   four having grayed out labels on the right; and a scroll bar to the right
   of the drop down box, indicating further values are available.
   The first four URLs in this sample consist of the four URLs in the
   author-specified list that match the text the user has entered, sorted in
   some user agent-defined manner (maybe by how frequently the user refers to
   those URLs). Note how the user agent is using the knowledge that the
   values are URLs to allow the user to omit the scheme part and perform
   intelligent matching on the domain name.
   The last two URLs (and probably many more, given the scrollbar’s
   indications of more values being available) are the matches from the user
   agent’s session history data. This data is not made available to the page
   DOM. In this particular case, the user agent has no titles to provide for
   those values.
        4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           textbox with no list attribute (default - do not set) or with a
           list attribute: combobox (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the E-mail state, the rules
   in this section apply.
   User agents may transform the values for display and editing.
   User agents should convert punycode in the domain labels of the value to
   Internationalized Domain Names in the display, and vice versa.
   User agents should allow the user to set the value to a string that is not
   a valid e-mail address or valid e-mail address list.
   User agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D
   CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value.
   Some aspects of how the E-mail state operates depend on whether the
   multiple attribute is present.
   When the multiple attribute is not specified on the element
           The input element represents a control for editing an e-mail
           address given in the element’s value.
           If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to
           change the e-mail address represented by its value, including
           setting the value to the empty string.
           The user agent should act in a manner consistent with expecting
           the user to provide a single e-mail address.
           Constraint validation: While the user interface is representing
           input that the user agent cannot convert to punycode, the control
           is suffering from bad input.
           The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value
           that is a single valid e-mail address.
           The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks
           from the value, then strip leading and trailing white space from
           the value.
           Constraint validation: While the value of the element is neither
           the empty string nor a single valid e-mail address, the element is
           suffering from a type mismatch.
   When the multiple attribute is specified on the element
           The input element represents a control for adding, removing, and
           editing a list of e-mail addresses given in the element’s values.
           If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to
           add, remove, and edit the e-mail addresses represented by its
           values, including removing all addresses and setting the value to
           the empty string.
           User agents may allow the user to set any individual value in the
           list of values to a string that is not a valid e-mail address, but
           must not allow users to set any individual value to a string
           containing U+002C COMMA (,) as well as the U+000A LINE FEED (LF),
           or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
           Constraint validation: While the user interface describes a
           situation where an individual value contains a U+002C COMMA (,) or
           is representing input that the user agent cannot convert to
           punycode, the control is suffering from bad input.
           Whenever the user changes the element’s values, the user agent
           must run the following steps:
             1. Let latest values be a copy of the element’s values.
             2. Strip leading and trailing white space from each value in
                latest values.
             3. Let the element’s value be the result of concatenating all
                the values in latest values, separating each value from the
                next by a single U+002C COMMA character (,), maintaining the
                list’s order.
           The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a
           valid e-mail address list.
           The value sanitization algorithm is as follows:
             1. Split on commas the element’s value, strip leading and
                trailing white space from each resulting token, if any, and
                let the element’s values be the (possibly empty) resulting
                list of (possibly empty) tokens, maintaining the original
                order.
             2. Let the element’s value be the result of concatenating the
                element’s values, separating each value from the next by a
                single U+002C COMMA character (,), maintaining the list’s
                order.
           Constraint validation: While the value of the element is not a
           valid e-mail address list, the element is suffering from a type
           mismatch.
   When the multiple attribute is set or removed, the user agent must run the
   value sanitization algorithm.
   A valid e-mail address is a string that matches the email production of
   the following ABNF, the character set for which is Unicode. This ABNF
   implements the extensions described in RFC 1123. [ABNF] [RFC5322]
   [RFC1034] [RFC1123]
 email         = 1*( atext / "." ) "@" label *( "." label )
 label         = let-dig [ [ ldh-str ] let-dig ]
                         ; limited to a length of 63 characters by RFC 1034 section 3.5
 atext         = ALPHA / DIGIT /    ; Printable US-ASCII characters not including "specials".
                 "!" / "#" /        ;
                 "$" / "%" /        ; This is as defined in RFC 5322 section 3.2.3
                 "&" / "'" /
                 "*" / "+" / "-" / "/" / "=" / "?" /
                 "^" / "_" / "`" / "{" / "|" / "}" / "~"
 let-dig       = ALPHA / DIGIT ; defined in RFC 1034 section 3.5
 ldh-str       = let-dig / "-" ; defined in RFC 1034 section 3.5
   This requirement is a willful violation of RFC 5322.
   This syntax allows e-mail addresses with Internationalised Domain Names
   using punycode, such as example@xn--d1acpjx3f.xn--p1ai. A user agent
   should represent that in the user interface as example@яндекс.рф
   This syntax does not allow valid internationalised email addresses, such
   as 我買@屋企.香港. See also Issue 845.
   The following JavaScript- and Perl-compatible regular expression is an
   implementation of the above definition.
 /^[a-zA-Z0-9.!#$%&'*+\/=?^_`{|}~-]+@[a-zA-Z0-9](?:[a-zA-Z0-9-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?(?:\.[a-zA-Z0-9](?:[a-zA-Z0-9-]{0,61}[a-zA-Z0-9])?)*$/
   A valid e-mail address list is a set of comma-separated tokens, where each
   token is itself a valid e-mail address. To obtain the list of tokens from
   a valid e-mail address list, an implementation must split the string on
   commas.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, maxlength, minlength,
   multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, and size content
   attributes; list and value IDL attributes; select() method.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, min, src, step, and
   width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown() and stepUp() methods.
        4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Password state, the rules
   in this section apply.
   The input element represents a one line plain text edit control for the
   element’s value. The user agent should obscure the value so that people
   other than the user cannot see it.
   If the element is mutable, its value should be editable by the user. User
   agents must not allow users to insert U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D
   CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters into the value.
   The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no
   U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: Strip line breaks from the
   value.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, maxlength, minlength, pattern,
   placeholder, readonly, required, and size content attributes;
   selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and value IDL
   attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, min, multiple,
   src, step, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, list, valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes;
   stepDown() and stepUp() methods.
        4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Date state, the rules in
   this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to
   a string representing a specific date.
   date values represent a "floating" time and do not include time zone
   information. Care is needed when converting values of this type to or from
   date data types in JavaScript and other programming languages. In many
   cases, an implicit time-of-day and time zone are used to create a global
   ("incremental") time (an integer value that represents the offset from
   some arbitrary epoch time). Processing or conversion of these values,
   particularly across time zones, can change the value of the date itself.
   [TIMEZONE]
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the date represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a date from it.
   User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string
   that is not a valid date string. If the user agent provides a user
   interface for selecting a date, then the value must be set to a valid date
   string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow the
   user to set the value to the empty string.
   Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the
   user agent cannot convert to a valid date string, the control is suffering
   from bad input.
   See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the
   difference between the input format and submission format for date, time,
   and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding
   localization of form controls.
   The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is
   a valid date string.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the
   element is not a valid date string, then set it to the empty string
   instead.
   The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid date
   string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   date string.
   The step attribute is expressed in days. The step scale factor is
   86,400,000 (which converts the days to milliseconds, which is the base
   unit of comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step
   is 1 day.
   When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may
   round the element’s value to the nearest date for which the element would
   not suffer from a step mismatch.
   The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as
   follows: If parsing a date from input results in an error, then return an
   error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight
   UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value
   "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z") to midnight UTC on the morning of the parsed
   date, ignoring leap seconds.
   The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as
   follows: Return a valid date string that represents the date that, in UTC,
   is current input milliseconds after midnight UTC on the morning of
   1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z").
   The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input,
   is as follows: If parsing a date from input results in an error, then
   return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight
   UTC on the morning of the parsed date.
   The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object
   input, is as follows: Return a valid date string that represents the date
   current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone.
   See the note on historical dates in the Local Date and Time state section.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly,
   required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and
   valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength,
   multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL
   attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.
        4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Month state, the rules in
   this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to
   a string representing a specific month.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the month represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a month from
   it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty
   string that is not a valid month string. If the user agent provides a user
   interface for selecting a month, then the value must be set to a valid
   month string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow
   the user to set the value to the empty string.
   Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the
   user agent cannot convert to a valid month string, the control is
   suffering from bad input.
   See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the
   difference between the input format and submission format for date, time,
   and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding
   localization of form controls.
   The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is
   a valid month string.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the
   element is not a valid month string, then set it to the empty string
   instead.
   The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid month
   string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   month string.
   The step attribute is expressed in months. The step scale factor is 1
   (units of whole months are the base unit of comparison for the conversion
   algorithms below). The default step is 1 month.
   When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may
   round the element’s value to the nearest month for which the element would
   not suffer from a step mismatch.
   The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as
   follows: If parsing a month from input results in an error, then return an
   error; otherwise, return the number of months between January 1970 and the
   parsed month.
   The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as
   follows: Return a valid month string that represents the month that has
   input months between it and January 1970.
   The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input,
   is as follows: If parsing a month from input results in an error, then
   return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight
   UTC on the morning of the first day of the parsed month.
   The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object
   input, is as follows: Return a valid month string that represents the
   month current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly,
   required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and
   valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength,
   multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL
   attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.
        4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Week state, the rules in
   this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to
   a string representing a specific week beginning on a Monday, at midnight
   UTC.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the week represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a week from it.
   User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string
   that is not a valid week string. If the user agent provides a user
   interface for selecting a week, then the value must be set to a valid week
   string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow the
   user to set the value to the empty string.
   Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the
   user agent cannot convert to a valid week string, the control is suffering
   from bad input.
   See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the
   difference between the input format and submission format for date, time,
   and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding
   localization of form controls.
   The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is
   a valid week string.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the
   element is not a valid week string, then set it to the empty string
   instead.
   The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid week
   string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   week string.
   The step attribute is expressed in weeks. The step scale factor is
   604,800,000 (which converts the weeks to milliseconds, which is the base
   unit of comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step
   is 1 week. The default step base is -259,200,000 (the start of week
   1970-W01 which is the Monday 3 days before 1970-01-01).
   When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may
   round the element’s value to the nearest week for which the element would
   not suffer from a step mismatch.
   The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as
   follows: If parsing a week string from input results in an error, then
   return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from
   midnight UTC on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the
   value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z") to midnight UTC on the morning of the
   Monday of the parsed week, ignoring leap seconds.
   The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as
   follows: Return a valid week string that represents the week that, in UTC,
   is current input milliseconds after midnight UTC on the morning of
   1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0Z").
   The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input,
   is as follows: If parsing a week from input results in an error, then
   return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing midnight
   UTC on the morning of the Monday of the parsed week.
   The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object
   input, is as follows: Return a valid week string that represents the week
   current at the time represented by input in the UTC time zone.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly,
   required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and
   valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength,
   multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL
   attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.
        4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Time state, the rules in
   this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to
   a string representing a specific time.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a time from it.
   User agents must not allow the user to set the value to a non-empty string
   that is not a valid time string. If the user agent provides a user
   interface for selecting a time, then the value must be set to a valid time
   string representing the user’s selection. User agents should allow the
   user to set the value to the empty string.
   Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the
   user agent cannot convert to a valid time string, the control is suffering
   from bad input.
   See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the
   difference between the input format and submission format for date, time,
   and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding
   localization of form controls.
   The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is
   a valid time string.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the
   element is not a valid time string, then set it to the empty string
   instead.
   The form control has a periodic domain.
   The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid time
   string. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   time string.
   The step attribute is expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000
   (which converts the seconds to milliseconds, which is the base unit of
   comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step is 60
   seconds.
   When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may
   round the element’s value to the nearest time for which the element would
   not suffer from a step mismatch.
   The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as
   follows: If parsing a time from input results in an error, then return an
   error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from midnight
   to the parsed time on a day with no time changes.
   The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as
   follows: Return a valid time string that represents the time that is input
   milliseconds after midnight on a day with no time changes.
   The algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, given a string input,
   is as follows: If parsing a time from input results in an error, then
   return an error; otherwise, return a new Date object representing the
   parsed time in UTC on 1970-01-01.
   The algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, given a Date object
   input, is as follows: Return a valid time string that represents the UTC
   time component that is represented by input.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly,
   required, and step content attributes; list, value, valueAsDate, and
   valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength,
   multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, and selectionDirection IDL
   attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods.
        4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Local Date and Time
   state, the rules in this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to
   a string representing a Local Date and Time, with no time-zone offset
   information.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the date and time represented by its value, as obtained by parsing a date
   and time from it. User agents must not allow the user to set the value to
   a non-empty string that is not a valid normalized global date and time
   string. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a Local
   Date and Time, then the value must be set to a valid normalized global
   date and time string representing the user’s selection. User agents should
   allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
   Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the
   user agent cannot convert to a valid normalized global date and time
   string, the control is suffering from bad input.
   The Local Date and Time state and other date-related states are not useful
   for vague values, and are only useful for dates ranging from recent
   history through a few thousand years. For example, "one millisecond after
   the big bang", "the Ides of March, 44BC", "the early part of the Jurassic
   period", or "a winter around 250 BCE", and many other expressions of time
   cannot be sensibly expressed in HTML form states.
   For the input of dates before the introduction of the Gregorian calendar,
   authors are encouraged to not use the Local Date and Time state (and the
   other date- and time-related states described in subsequent sections), as
   user agents are not required to support converting dates and times from
   earlier periods to the Gregorian calendar, and asking users to do so
   manually puts an undue burden on users. (This is complicated by the manner
   in which the Gregorian calendar was phased in, which occurred at different
   times in different countries, ranging from partway through the 16th
   century all the way to early in the 20th.) Instead, authors are encouraged
   to provide fine-grained input controls using the select element and input
   elements with the Number state.
   See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the
   difference between the input format and submission format for date, time,
   and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding
   localization of form controls.
   Applications need to use care when working with datetime-local values,
   since most date time objects (in languages such as JavaScript or
   server-side languages such as Java) use incremental time values tied to
   the UTC time zone. Implicit conversion of a floating time value to an
   incremental time can cause the actual value used to be different from user
   expectations. For more information, refer to: Working with Time Zones
   §floating
   The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is
   a valid floating date and time string.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the
   element is a valid floating date and time string, then set it to a valid
   normalized floating date and time string representing the same date and
   time; otherwise, set it to the empty string instead.
   The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   floating date and time string. The max attribute, if specified, must have
   a value that is a valid floating date and time string.
   The step attribute is expressed in seconds. The step scale factor is 1000
   (which converts the seconds to milliseconds, which is the base unit of
   comparison for the conversion algorithms below). The default step is 60
   seconds.
   When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may
   round the element’s value to the nearest floating date and time for which
   the element would not suffer from a step mismatch.
   The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as
   follows: If parsing a date and time from input results in an error, then
   return an error; otherwise, return the number of milliseconds elapsed from
   midnight on the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value
   "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0") to the parsed floating date and time, ignoring
   leap seconds.
   The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as
   follows: Return a valid normalized floating date and time string that
   represents the date and time that is input milliseconds after midnight on
   the morning of 1970-01-01 (the time represented by the value
   "1970-01-01T00:00:00.0").
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, readonly,
   required, and step content attributes; list, value, and valueAsNumber IDL
   attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength,
   multiple, pattern, placeholder, size, src, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and
   valueAsDate IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange()
   methods.
   The following example shows part of a flight booking application. The
   application uses an input element with its type attribute set to
   datetime-local, and it then interprets the given date and time in the time
   zone of the selected airport.
 
   Destination 
   Airport:  
   Departure time:  
  
 
   
    
    
    
    
   
        4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           spinbutton (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Number state, the rules
   in this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to
   a string representing a number.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the number represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules
   for parsing floating-point number values to it. User agents must not allow
   the user to set the value to a non-empty string that is not a valid
   floating-point number. If the user agent provides a user interface for
   selecting a number, then the value must be set to the best representation
   of the number representing the user’s selection as a floating-point
   number. User agents should allow the user to set the value to the empty
   string.
   Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the
   user agent cannot convert to a valid floating-point number, the control is
   suffering from bad input.
   This specification does not define what user interface user agents are to
   use; user agent vendors are encouraged to consider what would best serve
   their users' needs. For example, when displaying a page in the Persian or
   Arabic languages, a form might support Persian and Arabic style numeric
   input (converting it to the format required for submission as described
   above). Similarly, a user agent showing a page in a French locale might
   display the value with apostrophes between thousands and commas before the
   decimals, and allow the user to enter a value in that manner, internally
   converting it to the submission format described above.
   See §4.10.1.7 Date, time, and number formats for a discussion of the
   difference between the input format and submission format for date, time,
   and number form controls, and the implementation notes regarding
   localization of form controls.
   The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is
   a valid floating-point number.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the
   element is not a valid floating-point number, then set it to the empty
   string instead.
   The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   floating-point number. The max attribute, if specified, must have a value
   that is a valid floating-point number.
   The step scale factor is 1. The default step is 1 (allowing only integers
   to be selected by the user, unless the step base has a non-integer value).
   When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent may
   round the element’s value to the nearest number for which the element
   would not suffer from a step mismatch. If there are two such numbers, user
   agents are encouraged to pick the one nearest positive infinity.
   The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as
   follows: If applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to
   input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the
   resulting number.
   The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as
   follows: Return a valid floating-point number that represents input.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, placeholder,
   readonly, required, and step content attributes; list, value, and
   valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength,
   multiple, pattern, size, src, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and
   valueAsDate IDL attributes; setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange()
   methods.
   Here is an example of using a numeric input control:
 How much do you want to charge? $ 
   As described above, a user agent might support numeric input in the user’s
   local format, converting it to the format required for submission as
   described above. This might include handling grouping separators (as in
   "872,000,000,000") and various decimal separators (such as "3,99" vs
   "3.99") or using local digits (such as those in Arabic, Devanagari,
   Persian, and Thai).
   The type=number state is not appropriate for input that happens to only
   consist of numbers but isn’t strictly speaking a number. For example, it
   would be inappropriate for credit card numbers or US postal codes. A
   simple way of determining whether to use type=number is to consider
   whether it would make sense for the input control to have a spinbox
   interface (e.g., with "up" and "down" arrows). Getting a credit card
   number wrong by 1 in the last digit isn’t a minor mistake, it’s as wrong
   as getting every digit incorrect. So it would not make sense for the user
   to select a credit card number using "up" and "down" buttons. When a
   spinbox interface is not appropriate, type=text is probably the right
   choice (possibly with a pattern attribute).
        4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           slider (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Range state, the rules in
   this section apply.
   The input element represents a control for setting the element’s value to
   a string representing a number, but with the caveat that the exact value
   is not important, letting user agents provide a simpler interface than
   they do for the Number state.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the number represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules
   for parsing floating-point number values to it. User agents must not allow
   the user to set the value to a string that is not a valid floating-point
   number. If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a
   number, then the value must be set to a best representation of the number
   representing the user’s selection as a floating-point number. User agents
   must not allow the user to set the value to the empty string.
   Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the
   user agent cannot convert to a valid floating-point number, the control is
   suffering from bad input.
   The value attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   floating-point number.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the
   element is not a valid floating-point number, then set it to the best
   representation, as a floating-point number, of the default value.
   The default value is the minimum plus half the difference between the
   minimum and the maximum, unless the maximum is less than the minimum, in
   which case the default value is the minimum.
   When the element is suffering from an underflow, the user agent must set
   the element’s value to the best representation, as a floating-point
   number, of the minimum.
   When the element is suffering from an overflow, if the maximum is not less
   than the minimum, the user agent must set the element’s value to a valid
   floating-point number that represents the maximum.
   When the element is suffering from a step mismatch, the user agent must
   round the element’s value to the nearest number for which the element
   would not suffer from a step mismatch, and which is greater than or equal
   to the minimum, and, if the maximum is not less than the minimum, which is
   less than or equal to the maximum, if there is a number that matches these
   constraints. If two numbers match these constraints, then user agents must
   use the one nearest to positive infinity.
   For example, the markup
     results in a range
   control whose initial value is 60.
   Here is an example of a range control using an autocomplete list with the
   list attribute. This could be useful if there are values along the full
   range of the control that are especially important, such as preconfigured
   light levels or typical speed limits in a range control used as a speed
   control. The following markup fragment:
  
 
   
    
    
   
   
   ...with the following style sheet applied:
 input { height: 75px; width: 49px; background: #D5CCBB; color: black; }
   ...might render as:
   A vertical slider control whose primary color is black and whose
   background color is beige, with the slider having five tick marks, one
   long one at each extremity, and three short ones clustered around the
   midpoint.
   Note how the user agent determined the orientation of the control from the
   ratio of the style-sheet-specified height and width properties. The colors
   were similarly derived from the style sheet. The tick marks, however, were
   derived from the markup. In particular, the step attribute has not
   affected the placement of tick marks, the user agent deciding to only use
   the author-specified completion values and then adding longer tick marks
   at the extremes.
   Note also how the invalid value ++50 was completely ignored.
   For another example, consider the following markup fragment:
  
   A user agent could display in a variety of ways, for instance:
   As a dial.
   Or, alternatively, for instance:
   As a long horizontal slider with tick marks.
   The user agent could pick which one to display based on the dimensions
   given in the style sheet. This would allow it to maintain the same
   resolution for the tick marks, despite the differences in width.
   Finally, here is an example of a range control with two labeled values:
  
 
 
  
   
   With styles that make the control draw vertically, it might look as
   follows:
   A vertical slider control with two tick marks, one near the top labeled
   'High', and one near the bottom labeled 'Low'.
   In this state, the range and step constraints are enforced even during
   user input, and there is no way to set the value to the empty string.
   The min attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   floating-point number. The default minimum is 0. The max attribute, if
   specified, must have a value that is a valid floating-point number. The
   default maximum is 100.
   The step scale factor is 1. The default step is 1 (allowing only integers,
   unless the min attribute has a non-integer value).
   The algorithm to convert a string to a number, given a string input, is as
   follows: If applying the rules for parsing floating-point number values to
   input results in an error, then return an error; otherwise, return the
   resulting number.
   The algorithm to convert a number to a string, given a number input, is as
   follows: Return the best representation, as a floating-point number, of
   input.
   The following common input element content attributes, IDL attributes, and
   methods apply to the element: autocomplete, list, max, min, multiple, and
   step content attributes; list, value, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes;
   stepDown() and stepUp() methods.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, maxlength, minlength,
   pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection, and
   valueAsDate IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(), and
   setSelectionRange() methods.
        4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Color state, the rules in
   this section apply.
   The input element represents a color well control, for setting the
   element’s value to a string representing a simple color.
   In this state, there is always a color picked, and there is no way to set
   the value to the empty string.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the color represented by its value, as obtained from applying the rules
   for parsing simple color values to it. User agents must not allow the user
   to set the value to a string that is not a valid lowercase simple color.
   If the user agent provides a user interface for selecting a color, then
   the value must be set to the result of using the rules for serializing
   simple color values to the user’s selection. User agents must not allow
   the user to set the value to the empty string.
   Constraint validation: While the user interface describes input that the
   user agent cannot convert to a valid lowercase simple color, the control
   is suffering from bad input.
   The value attribute, if specified and not empty, must have a value that is
   a valid simple color.
   The value sanitization algorithm is as follows: If the value of the
   element is a valid simple color, then set it to the value of the element
   in ASCII lowercase; otherwise, set it to the string "#000000".
   The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes
   apply to the element: autocomplete and list content attributes; list and
   value IDL attributes; select() method.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode value.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, max, maxlength, min,
   minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size, src,
   step, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
        4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           checkbox (default - do not set), option or switch.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Checkbox state, the rules
   in this section apply.
   The input element represents a two-state control that represents the
   element’s checkedness state. If the element’s checkedness state is true,
   the control represents a positive selection, and if it is false, a
   negative selection. If the element’s indeterminate IDL attribute is set to
   true, then the control’s selection should be obscured as if the control
   was in a third, indeterminate, state.
   The control is never a true tri-state control, even if the element’s
   indeterminate IDL attribute is set to true. The indeterminate IDL
   attribute only gives the appearance of a third state.
   If the element is mutable, then: The pre-click activation steps consist of
   setting the element’s checkedness to its opposite value (i.e., true if it
   is false, false if it is true), and of setting the element’s indeterminate
   IDL attribute to false. The canceled activation steps consist of setting
   the checkedness and the element’s indeterminate IDL attribute back to the
   values they had before the pre-click activation steps were run. The
   activation behavior is to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at
   the element and then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the
   element.
   If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior.
   Constraint validation: If the element is required and its checkedness is
   false, then the element is suffering from being missing.
   input . indeterminate [ = value ]
           When set, overrides the rendering of checkbox controls so that the
           current value is not visible.
   The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes
   apply to the element: checked, and required content attributes; checked
   and value IDL attributes.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode default/on.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min,
   minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, size, src, step, and
   width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
        4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           radio (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Radio Button state, the
   rules in this section apply.
   The input element represents a control that, when used in conjunction with
   other input elements, forms a radio button group in which only one control
   can have its checkedness state set to true. If the element’s checkedness
   state is true, the control represents the selected control in the group,
   and if it is false, it indicates a control in the group that is not
   selected.
   The radio button group that contains an input element a also contains all
   the other input elements b that fulfill all of the following conditions:
     * The input element b’s type attribute is in the Radio Button state.
     * Either a and b have the same form owner, or they both have no form
       owner.
     * Both a and b are in the same tree.
     * They both have a name attribute, their name attributes are not empty,
       and the value of a’s name attribute is a compatibility caseless match
       for the value of b’s name attribute.
   A document must not contain an input element whose radio button group
   contains only that element.
   When any of the following phenomena occur, if the element’s checkedness
   state is true after the occurrence, the checkedness state of all the other
   elements in the same radio button group must be set to false:
     * The element’s checkedness state is set to true (for whatever reason).
     * The element’s name attribute is set, changed, or removed.
     * The element’s form owner changes.
     * A type change is signalled for the element.
   If the element R is mutable, then: The pre-click activation steps for R
   consist of getting a reference to the element in R’s radio button group
   that has its checkedness set to true, if any, and then setting R’s
   checkedness to true. The canceled activation steps for R consist of
   checking if the element to which a reference was obtained in the pre-click
   activation steps, if any, is still in what is now R’s radio button group,
   if it still has one, and if so, setting that element’s checkedness to
   true; or else, if there was no such element, or that element is no longer
   in R’s radio button group, or if R no longer has a radio button group,
   setting R’s checkedness to false. The activation behavior for R is to fire
   a simple event that bubbles named input at R and then fire a simple event
   that bubbles named change at R.
   If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior.
   Constraint validation: If an element in the radio button group is
   required, and all of the input elements in the radio button group have a
   checkedness that is false, then the element is suffering from being
   missing.
   If none of the radio buttons in a radio button group are checked when they
   are inserted into the document, then they will all be initially unchecked
   in the interface, until such time as one of them is checked (either by the
   user or by script).
   The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes
   apply to the element: checked and required content attributes; checked and
   value IDL attributes.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode default/on.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min,
   minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, size, src, step, and
   width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
        4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the File Upload state, the
   rules in this section apply.
   The input element represents a list of selected files, each file
   consisting of a file name, a file type, and a file body (the contents of
   the file).
   File names must not contain path components, even in the case that a user
   has selected an entire directory hierarchy or multiple files with the same
   name from different directories. Path components, for the purposes of the
   File Upload state, are those parts of file names that are separated by
   U+005C REVERSE SOLIDUS character (\) characters.
   Unless the multiple attribute is set, there must be no more than one file
   in the list of selected files.
   If the element is mutable, then the element’s activation behavior is to
   run the following steps:
    1. If the algorithm is not allowed to show a popup, then abort these
       steps without doing anything else.
    2. Return, but continue running these steps in parallel.
    3. Optionally, wait until any prior execution of this algorithm has
       terminated.
    4. Display a prompt to the user requesting that the user specify some
       files. If the multiple attribute is not set, there must be no more
       than one file selected; otherwise, any number may be selected. Files
       can be from the filesystem or created on the fly, e.g., a picture
       taken from a camera connected to the user’s device.
    5. Wait for the user to have made their selection.
    6. Queue a task to first update the element’s selected files so that it
       represents the user’s selection, then fire a simple event that bubbles
       named input at the input element, and finally fire a simple event that
       bubbles named change at the input element.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the files on the list in other ways also, e.g., adding or removing files
   by drag-and-drop. When the user does so, the user agent must queue a task
   to first update the element’s selected files so that it represents the
   user’s new selection, then fire a simple event that bubbles named input at
   the input element, and finally fire a simple event that bubbles named
   change at the input element.
   If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior and the user
   agent must not allow the user to change the element’s selection.
   Constraint validation: If the element is required and the list of selected
   files is empty, then the element is suffering from being missing.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The accept attribute may be specified to provide user agents with a hint
   of what file types will be accepted.
   If specified, the attribute must consist of a set of comma-separated
   tokens, each of which must be an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of
   the following:
   The string "audio/*"
           Indicates that sound files are accepted.
   The string "video/*"
           Indicates that video files are accepted.
   The string "image/*"
           Indicates that image files are accepted.
   A valid MIME type with no parameters
           Indicates that files of the specified type are accepted.
   A string whose first character is a U+002E FULL STOP character (.)
           Indicates that files with the specified file extension are
           accepted.
   The tokens must not be ASCII case-insensitive matches for any of the other
   tokens (i.e., duplicates are not allowed). To obtain the list of tokens
   from the attribute, the user agent must split the attribute value on
   commas.
   User agents may use the value of this attribute to display a more
   appropriate user interface than a generic file picker. For instance, given
   the value image/*, a user agent could offer the user the option of using a
   local camera or selecting a photograph from their photo collection; given
   the value audio/*, a user agent could offer the user the option of
   recording a clip using a headset microphone.
   User agents should prevent the user from selecting files that are not
   accepted by one (or more) of these tokens.
   Authors are encouraged to specify both any MIME types and any
   corresponding extensions when looking for data in a specific format.
   For example, consider an application that converts Microsoft Word
   documents to Open Document Format files. Since Microsoft Word documents
   are described with a wide variety of MIME types and extensions, the site
   can list several, as follows:
  
   On platforms that only use file extensions to describe file types, the
   extensions listed here can be used to filter the allowed documents, while
   the MIME types can be used with the system’s type registration table
   (mapping MIME types to extensions used by the system), if any, to
   determine any other extensions to allow. Similarly, on a system that does
   not have file names or extensions but labels documents with MIME types
   internally, the MIME types can be used to pick the allowed files, while
   the extensions can be used if the system has an extension registration
   table that maps known extensions to MIME types used by the system.
   Extensions tend to be ambiguous (e.g., there are an untold number of
   formats that use the ".dat" extension, and users can typically quite
   easily rename their files to have a ".doc" extension even if they are not
   Microsoft Word documents), and MIME types tend to be unreliable (e.g.,
   many formats have no formally registered types, and many formats are in
   practice labeled using a number of different MIME types). Authors are
   reminded that, as usual, data received from a client should be treated
   with caution, as it may not be in an expected format even if the user is
   not hostile and the user agent fully obeyed the accept attribute’s
   requirements.
   For historical reasons, the value IDL attribute prefixes the file name
   with the string "C:\fakepath\". Some legacy user agents actually included
   the full path (which was a security vulnerability). As a result of this,
   obtaining the file name from the value IDL attribute in a
   backwards-compatible way is non-trivial. The following function extracts
   the file name in a suitably compatible manner:
 function extractFilename(path) {
   if (path.substr(0, 12) == "C:\\fakepath\\")
     return path.substr(12); // modern browser
   var x;
   x = path.lastIndexOf('/');
   if (x >= 0) // Unix-based path
     return path.substr(x+1);
   x = path.lastIndexOf('\\');
   if (x >= 0) // Windows-based path
     return path.substr(x+1);
   return path; // just the file name
 }
   This can be used as follows:
 
 The name of the file you picked is: (none) 
 
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes
   apply to the element: accept, multiple, and required content attributes;
   files and value IDL attributes; select() method.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode filename.
   The input and change events apply.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction, formenctype,
   formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max, maxlength, min,
   minlength, pattern, placeholder, readonly, size, src, step, and width.
   The element’s value attribute must be omitted.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
        4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           button (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Submit Button state, the
   rules in this section apply.
   The input element represents a button that, when activated, submits the
   form. If the element has a value attribute, the button’s label must be the
   value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be an implementation-defined
   string that means "Submit" or some such. The element is a button,
   specifically a submit button. (This is a fingerprinting vector.)
   Since the default label is implementation-defined, and the width of the
   button typically depends on the button’s label, the button’s width can
   leak a few bits of fingerprintable information. These bits are likely to
   be strongly correlated to the identity of the user agent and the user’s
   locale.
   If the element is mutable, then the element’s activation behavior is as
   follows: if the element has a form owner, and the element’s node document
   is fully active, submit the form owner from the input element; otherwise,
   do nothing.
   If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior.
   The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget
   attributes are attributes for form submission.
   The formnovalidate attribute can be used to make submit buttons that do
   not trigger the constraint validation.
   The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes
   apply to the element: formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate,
   and formtarget content attributes; value IDL attribute.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode default.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, height, list,
   max, maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly,
   required, size, src, step, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The input and change events do not apply.
        4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           button (default - do not set), link, or radio.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Image Button state, the
   rules in this section apply.
   The input element represents either an image from which a user can select
   a coordinate and submit the form, or alternatively a button from which the
   user can submit the form. The element is a button, specifically a Submit
   Button.
   The coordinate is sent to the server during form submission by sending two
   entries for the element, derived from the name of the control but with
   ".x" and ".y" appended to the name with the x and y components of the
   coordinate respectively.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The image is given by the src attribute. The src attribute must be
   present, and must contain a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by
   spaces referencing a non-interactive, optionally animated, image resource
   that is neither paged nor scripted.
   When any of the these events occur
     * the input element’s type attribute is first set to the Image Button
       state (possibly when the element is first created), and the src
       attribute is present
     * the input element’s type attribute is changed back to the Image Button
       state, and the src attribute is present, and its value has changed
       since the last time the type attribute was in the Image Button state
     * the input element’s type attribute is in the Image Button state, and
       the src attribute is set or changed
   then unless the user agent cannot support images, or its support for
   images has been disabled, or the user agent only fetches images on demand,
   or the src attribute’s value is the empty string, the user agent must
   parse the value of the src attribute value, relative to the element’s node
   document, and if that is successful, run these substeps:
    1. Let request be a new request whose URL is the resulting URL string,
       client is the element’s node document’s Window object’s environment
       settings object, type is "image", destination is "subresource",
       omit-Origin-header flag is set, credentials mode is "include", and
       whose use-URL-credentials flag is set.
    2. Fetch request.
   Fetching the image must delay the load event of the element’s node
   document until the task that is queued by the networking task source once
   the resource has been fetched (defined below) has been run.
   If the image was successfully obtained, with no network errors, and the
   image’s type is a supported image type, and the image is a valid image of
   that type, then the image is said to be available. If this is true before
   the image is completely downloaded, each task that is queued by the
   networking task source while the image is being fetched must update the
   presentation of the image appropriately.
   The user agent should apply the image sniffing rules to determine the type
   of the image, with the image’s associated Content-Type headers giving the
   official type. If these rules are not applied, then the type of the image
   must be the type given by the image’s associated Content-Type headers.
   User agents must not support non-image resources with the input element.
   User agents must not run executable code embedded in the image resource.
   User agents must only display the first page of a multipage resource. User
   agents must not allow the resource to act in an interactive fashion, but
   should honor any animation in the resource.
   The task that is queued by the networking task source once the resource
   has been fetched, must, if the download was successful and the image is
   available, queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the input
   element; and otherwise, if the fetching process fails without a response
   from the remote server, or completes but the image is not a valid or
   supported image, queue a task to fire a simple event named error on the
   input element.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The alt attribute provides the textual label for the button for users and
   user agents who cannot use the image. The alt attribute must be present,
   and must contain a non-empty string giving the label that would be
   appropriate for an equivalent button if the image was unavailable.
   The input element supports dimension attributes.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   If the src attribute is set, and the image is available and the user agent
   is configured to display that image, then: The element represents a
   control for selecting a coordinate from the image specified by the src
   attribute; if the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user
   to select this coordinate, and the element’s activation behavior is as
   follows: if the element has a form owner, and the element’s node document
   is fully active, take the user’s selected coordinate, and submit the input
   element’s form owner from the input element. If the user activates the
   control without explicitly selecting a coordinate, then the coordinate
   (0,0) must be assumed.
   Otherwise, the element represents a submit button whose label is given by
   the value of the alt attribute; if the element is mutable, then the
   element’s activation behavior is as follows: if the element has a form
   owner, and the element’s node document is fully active, set the selected
   coordinate to (0,0), and submit the input element’s form owner from the
   input element.
   In either case, if the element is mutable but has no form owner or the
   element’s node document is not fully active, then its activation behavior
   must be to do nothing. If the element is not mutable, it has no activation
   behavior.
   The selected coordinate must consist of an x-component and a y-component.
   The coordinates represent the position relative to the edge of the image,
   with the coordinate space having the positive x direction to the right,
   and the positive y direction downwards.
   The x-component must be a valid integer representing a number x in the
   range -(border_left+padding_left) ≤ x ≤ width+border_right+padding_right,
   where width is the rendered width of the image, border_left is the width
   of the border on the left of the image, padding_left is the width of the
   padding on the left of the image, border_right is the width of the border
   on the right of the image, and padding_right is the width of the padding
   on the right of the image, with all dimensions given in CSS pixels.
   The y-component must be a valid integer representing a number y in the
   range -(border_top+padding_top) ≤ y ≤ height+border_bottom+padding_bottom,
   where height is the rendered height of the image, border_top is the width
   of the border above the image, padding_top is the width of the padding
   above the image, border_bottom is the width of the border below the image,
   and padding_bottom is the width of the padding below the image, with all
   dimensions given in CSS pixels.
   Where a border or padding is missing, its width is zero CSS pixels.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget
   attributes are attributes for form submission.
   image . width [ = value ]
   image . height [ = value ]
           These attributes return the actual rendered dimensions of the
           image, or zero if the dimensions are not known.
           They can be set, to change the corresponding content attributes.
   The following common input element content attributes and IDL attributes
   apply to the element: alt, formaction, formenctype, formmethod,
   formnovalidate, formtarget, height, src, and width content attributes;
   value IDL attribute.
   The value IDL attribute is in mode default.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, autocomplete, checked, dirname, list, max, maxlength,
   min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly, required, size,
   and step.
   The element’s value attribute must be omitted.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The input and change events do not apply.
   Many aspects of this state’s behavior are similar to the behavior of the
   img element. Readers are encouraged to read that section, where many of
   the same requirements are described in more detail.
   Take the following form:
 
    
  
   If the user clicked on the image at coordinate (127,40) then the URL used
   to submit the form would be "process.cgi?where.x=127&where.y=40".
   (In this example, it’s assumed that for users who don’t see the map, and
   who instead just see a button labeled "Show location list", clicking the
   button will cause the server to show a list of locations to pick from
   instead of the map.)
        4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           button (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Reset Button state, the
   rules in this section apply.
   The input element represents a button that, when activated, resets the
   form. If the element has a value attribute, the button’s label must be the
   value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be an implementation-defined
   string that means "Reset" or some such. The element is a button. (This is
   a fingerprinting vector.)
   Since the default label is implementation-defined, and the width of the
   button typically depends on the button’s label, the button’s width can
   leak a few bits of fingerprintable information. These bits are likely to
   be strongly correlated to the identity of the user agent and the user’s
   locale.
   If the element is mutable, then the element’s activation behavior, if the
   element has a form owner and the element’s node document is fully active,
   is to reset the form owner; otherwise, it is to do nothing.
   If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior.
   Constraint validation: The element is barred from constraint validation.
   The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction,
   formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max,
   maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly,
   required, size, src, step, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The input and change events do not apply.
        4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           button (default - do not set), link, radio or switch.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   When an input element’s type attribute is in the Button state, the rules
   in this section apply.
   The input element represents a button with no default behavior. A label
   for the button must be provided in the value attribute, though it may be
   the empty string. If the element has a value attribute, the button’s label
   must be the value of that attribute; otherwise, it must be the empty
   string. The element is a button.
   If the element is mutable, the element’s activation behavior is to do
   nothing.
   If the element is not mutable, it has no activation behavior.
   Constraint validation: The element is barred from constraint validation.
   The value IDL attribute applies to this element and is in mode default.
   The following content attributes must not be specified and do not apply to
   the element: accept, alt, autocomplete, checked, dirname, formaction,
   formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, formtarget, height, list, max,
   maxlength, min, minlength, multiple, pattern, placeholder, readonly,
   required, size, src, step, and width.
   The following IDL attributes and methods do not apply to the element:
   checked, files, list, selectionStart, selectionEnd, selectionDirection,
   valueAsDate, and valueAsNumber IDL attributes; select(), setRangeText(),
   setSelectionRange(), stepDown(), and stepUp() methods.
   The input and change events do not apply.
      4.10.5.2. Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls
   This section is non-normative.
   The formats shown to the user in date, time, and number controls is
   independent of the format used for form submission.
   Browsers should use user interfaces that present locale-affected formats
   such as dates, times, and numbers according to the conventions of either
   the locale implied by the input element’s language or the user’s preferred
   locale. Using the page’s locale will ensure consistency with page-provided
   data.
   For example, it would be confusing to users if an American English page
   claimed that a Cirque De Soleil show was going to be showing on 02/03, but
   their browser, configured to use the British English locale, only showed
   the date 03/02 in the ticket purchase date picker. Using the page’s locale
   would at least ensure that the date was presented in the same format
   everywhere. (There’s still a risk that the user would end up arriving a
   month late, of course, but there’s only so much that can be done about
   such cultural differences...)
      4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes
   These attributes only apply to an input element if its type attribute is
   in a state whose definition declares that the attribute applies. When an
   attribute doesn’t apply to an input element, user agents must ignore the
   attribute, regardless of the requirements and definitions below.
        4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes
   The maxlength attribute, when it applies, is a form control maxlength
   attribute controlled by the input element’s dirty value flag.
   The minlength attribute, when it applies, is a form control minlength
   attribute controlled by the input element’s dirty value flag.
   If the input element has a maximum allowed value length, then the
   code-unit length of the value of the element’s value attribute must be
   equal to or less than the element’s maximum allowed value length.
   The following extract shows how a messaging client’s text entry could be
   arbitrarily restricted to a fixed number of characters, thus forcing any
   conversation through this medium to be terse and discouraging intelligent
   discourse.
 What are you doing?  
   Here, a password is given a minimum length:
 Username:  
 
Password:  
        4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute
   The size attribute gives the number of characters that, in a visual
   rendering, the user agent is to allow the user to see while editing the
   element’s value.
   The size attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   non-negative integer greater than zero.
   If the attribute is present, then its value must be parsed using the rules
   for parsing non-negative integers, and if the result is a number greater
   than zero, then the user agent should ensure that at least that many
   characters are visible.
   The size IDL attribute is limited to only non-negative numbers greater
   than zero and has a default value of 20.
        4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute
   The readonly attribute is a boolean attribute that controls whether or not
   the user can edit the form control. When specified, the element is not
   mutable.
   Constraint validation: If the readonly attribute is specified on an input
   element, the element is barred from constraint validation.
   The difference between disabled and readonly is that read-only controls
   are still focusable, so the user can still select the text and interact
   with it, whereas disabled controls are entirely non-interactive. Only text
   controls can be made read-only.
   In the following example, the existing product identifiers cannot be
   modified, but they are still displayed as part of the form, for
   consistency with the row representing a new product (where the identifier
   is not yet filled in).
 
   
    Add  
    Save  
  
        4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute
   The required attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, the element
   is required.
   Constraint validation: If the element is required, and its value IDL
   attribute applies and is in the mode value, and the element is mutable,
   and the element’s value is the empty string, then the element is suffering
   from being missing.
   The following form has two required fields, one for an e-mail address and
   one for a password. It also has a third field that is only considered
   valid if the user types the same password in the password field and this
   third field.
 Create new account 
 
   
   E-mail address: 
    
   
   Password: 
    
   
   Confirm password: 
    
   
    
 
 
   For radio buttons, the required attribute is satisfied if any of the radio
   buttons in the group is selected. Thus, in the following example, any of
   the radio buttons can be checked, not just the one marked as required:
 
   Did the movie pass the Bechdel test? 
     No, there are not even two female characters in the movie.  
   
  No, the female characters never talk to each other.  
   
  No, when female characters talk to each other it’s always about a male character.  
   
  Yes.  
   
  I don’t know.  
 
 
   To avoid confusion as to whether a radio button group is required or not,
   authors are encouraged to specify the attribute on all the radio buttons
   in a group. Indeed, in general, authors are encouraged to avoid having
   radio button groups that do not have any initially checked controls in the
   first place, as this is a state that the user cannot return to, and is
   therefore generally considered a poor user interface.
        4.10.5.3.5. The multiple attribute
   The multiple attribute is a boolean attribute that indicates whether the
   user is to be allowed to specify more than one value.
   The following extract shows how an e-mail client’s "Cc" field could accept
   multiple e-mail addresses.
 Cc:  
   If the user had, amongst many friends in their user contacts database, two
   friends "Arthur Dent" (with address "art@example.net") and "Adam Josh"
   (with address "adamjosh@example.net"), then, after the user has typed "a",
   the user agent might suggest these two e-mail addresses to the user.
   Form control group containing 'Send', 'Save now' and 'Discard' buttons, a
   'To:' combo box with an 'a' displayed in the text box and 2 list items
   below.
   The page could also link in the user’s contacts database from the site:
 Cc:  
 ...
 
   
    
    
    
   
   Suppose the user had entered "bob@example.net" into this text field, and
   then started typing a second e-mail address starting with "a". The user
   agent might show both the two friends mentioned earlier, as well as the
   "astrophy" and "astronomy" values given in the datalist element.
   Form control group containing 'send',     'save now' and 'discard' buttons
   and a 'To:' combo box with 'bob@example.net,a' displayed in the text box
   and 4 list items below.
   The following extract shows how an e-mail client’s "Attachments" field
   could accept multiple files for upload.
 Attachments:  
        4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute
   The pattern attribute specifies a regular expression against which the
   control’s value, or, when the multiple attribute applies and is set, the
   control’s values, are to be checked.
   If specified, the attribute’s value must match the JavaScript Pattern
   production. [ECMA-262]
   If an input element has a pattern attribute specified, and the attribute’s
   value, when compiled as a JavaScript regular expression with only the "u"
   flag specified, compiles successfully, then the resulting regular
   expression is the element’s compiled pattern regular expression. If the
   element has no such attribute, or if the value doesn’t compile
   successfully, then the element has no compiled pattern regular expression.
   [ECMA-262]
   If the value doesn’t compile successfully, user agents are encouraged to
   log this fact in a developer console, to aid debugging.
   Constraint validation: If the element’s value is not the empty string, and
   either the element’s multiple attribute is not specified or it does not
   apply to the input element given its type attribute’s current state, and
   the element has a compiled pattern regular expression but that regular
   expression does not match the entirety of the element’s value, then the
   element is suffering from a pattern mismatch.
   Constraint validation: If the element’s value is not the empty string, and
   the element’s multiple attribute is specified and applies to the input
   element, and the element has a compiled pattern regular expression but
   that regular expression does not match the entirety of each of the
   element’s values, then the element is suffering from a pattern mismatch.
   The compiled pattern regular expression, when matched against a string,
   must have its start anchored to the start of the string and its end
   anchored to the end of the string.
   This implies that the regular expression language used for this attribute
   is the same as that used in JavaScript, except that the pattern attribute
   is matched against the entire value, not just any subset (somewhat as if
   it implied a ^(?: at the start of the pattern and a )$ at the end).
   When an input element has a pattern attribute specified, authors should
   provide a description of the pattern in text near the control. Authors may
   also include a title attribute to give a description of the pattern. User
   agents may use the contents of this attribute, if it is present, when
   informing the user that the pattern is not matched, or at any other
   suitable time, such as in a tooltip or read out by assistive technology
   when the control gains focus.
   Relying on the title attribute for the visual display of text content is
   currently discouraged as many user agents do not expose the attribute in
   an accessible manner as required by this specification (e.g., requiring a
   pointing device such as a mouse to cause a tooltip to appear, which
   excludes keyboard-only users and touch-only users, such as anyone with a
   modern phone or tablet).
   For example, the following snippet:
  Part number:
    
  
   ...could cause the user agent to display an alert such as:
 A part number is a digit followed by three uppercase letters.You cannot submit this form when the field is incorrect.
   When a control has a pattern attribute, the title attribute, if used, must
   describe the pattern. Additional information could also be included, so
   long as it assists the user in filling in the control. Otherwise,
   assistive technology would be impaired.
   For instance, if the title attribute contained the caption of the control,
   assistive technology could end up saying something like The text you have
   entered does not match the required pattern. Birthday, which is not
   useful.
   user agents may still show the title in non-error situations (for example,
   as a tooltip when hovering over the control), so authors should be careful
   not to word titles as if an error has necessarily occurred.
        4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes
   Some form controls can have explicit constraints applied limiting the
   allowed range of values that the user can provide. Normally, such a range
   would be linear and continuous. A form control can have a periodic domain,
   however, in which case the form control’s broadest possible range is
   finite, and authors can specify explicit ranges within it that span the
   boundaries.
   Specifically, the broadest range of a type=time control is midnight to
   midnight (24 hours), and authors can set both continuous linear ranges
   (such as 9pm to 11pm) and discontinuous ranges spanning midnight (such as
   11pm to 1am).
   The min and max attributes indicate the allowed range of values for the
   element.
   Their syntax is defined by the section that defines the type attribute’s
   current state.
   If the element has a min attribute, and the result of applying the
   algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the min
   attribute is a number, then that number is the element’s minimum;
   otherwise, if the type attribute’s current state defines a default
   minimum, then that is the minimum; otherwise, the element has no minimum.
   The min attribute also defines the step base.
   If the element has a max attribute, and the result of applying the
   algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the max
   attribute is a number, then that number is the element’s maximum;
   otherwise, if the type attribute’s current state defines a default
   maximum, then that is the maximum; otherwise, the element has no maximum.
   If the element does not have a periodic domain, the max attribute’s value
   (the maximum) must not be less than the min attribute’s value (its
   minimum).
   If an element that does not have a periodic domain has a maximum that is
   less than its minimum, then so long as the element has a value, it will
   either be suffering from an underflow or suffering from an overflow.
   An element has a reversed range if it has a periodic domain and its
   maximum is less than its minimum.
   An element has range limitations if it has a defined minimum or a defined
   maximum.
   How these range limitations apply depends on whether the element has a
   multiple attribute.
   If the element does not have a multiple attribute specified or if the
   multiple attribute does not apply
           Constraint validation: When the element has a minimum and does not
           have a reversed range, and the result of applying the algorithm to
           convert a string to a number to the string given by the element’s
           value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is
           less than the minimum, the element is suffering from an underflow.
           Constraint validation: When the element has a maximum and does not
           have a reversed range, and the result of applying the algorithm to
           convert a string to a number to the string given by the element’s
           value is a number, and the number obtained from that algorithm is
           more than the maximum, the element is suffering from an overflow.
           Constraint validation: When an element has a reversed range, and
           the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a
           number to the string given by the element’s value is a number, and
           the number obtained from that algorithm is more than the maximum
           and less than the minimum, the element is simultaneously suffering
           from an underflow and suffering from an overflow.
   If the element does have a multiple attribute specified and the multiple
   attribute does apply
           Constraint validation: When the element has a minimum, and the
           result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number
           to any of the strings in the element’s values is a number that is
           less than the minimum, the element is suffering from an underflow.
           Constraint validation: When the element has a maximum, and the
           result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number
           to any of the strings in the element’s values is a number that is
           more than the maximum, the element is suffering from an overflow.
   The following date control limits input to dates that are before the
   1980s:
  
   The following number control limits input to whole numbers greater than
   zero:
  
   The following time control limits input to those minutes that occur
   between 9pm and 6am, defaulting to midnight:
  
        4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
   The step attribute indicates the granularity that is expected (and
   required) of the value or values, by limiting the allowed values. The
   section that defines the type attribute’s current state also defines the
   default step, the step scale factor, and in some cases the default step
   base, which are used in processing the attribute as described below.
   The step attribute, if specified, must either have a value that is a valid
   floating-point number that parses to a number that is greater than zero,
   or must have a value that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the
   string "any".
   The attribute provides the allowed value step for the element, as follows:
    1. If the step attribute is absent, then the allowed value step is the
       default step multiplied by the step scale factor.
    2. Otherwise, if the attribute’s value is an ASCII case-insensitive match
       for the string "any", then there is no allowed value step.
    3. Otherwise, let step value be the result of running the rules for
       parsing floating-point number values, when they are applied to the
       step attribute’s value.
    4. If the previous step returned an error, or step value is zero, or a
       number less than zero, then the allowed value step is the default step
       multiplied by the step scale factor.
    5. If the element’s type attribute is in the Local Date and Time, Date,
       Month, Week, or Time state, then round step value to the nearest whole
       number using the "round to nearest + round half up" technique, unless
       the value is less-than one, in which case let step value be 1.
    6. The allowed value step is step value multiplied by the step scale
       factor.
   The step base is the value returned by the following algorithm:
    1. If the element has a min content attribute, and the result of applying
       the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of the min
       content attribute is not an error, then return that result and abort
       these steps.
    2. If the element has a value content attribute, and the result of
       applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the value of
       the value content attribute is not an error, then return that result
       and abort these steps.
    3. If a default step base is defined for this element given its type
       attribute’s state, then return it and abort these steps.
    4. Return zero.
   How these range limitations apply depends on whether the element has a
   multiple attribute.
   If the element does not have a multiple attribute specified or if the
   multiple attribute does not apply
           Constraint validation: When the element has an allowed value step,
           and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a
           number to the string given by the value is a number, and that
           number is not step aligned, the element is suffering from a step
           mismatch.
   If the element does have a multiple attribute specified and the multiple
   attribute does apply
           Constraint validation: When the element has an allowed value step,
           and the result of applying the algorithm to convert a string to a
           number to any of the strings in the values is a number that is not
           step aligned, the element is suffering from a step mismatch.
   The following range control only accepts values in the range 0..1, and
   allows 256 steps in that range:
  
   The following control allows any time in the day to be selected, with any
   accuracy (e.g., thousandth-of-a-second accuracy or more):
  
   Normally, time controls are limited to an accuracy of one minute.
        4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute
   The list attribute is used to identify an element that lists predefined
   options suggested to the user.
   If present, its value must be the ID of a datalist element in the same
   document.
   The suggestions source element is the first element in the document in
   tree order to have an ID equal to the value of the list attribute, if that
   element is a datalist element. If there is no list attribute, or if there
   is no element with that ID, or if the first element with that ID is not a
   datalist element, then there is no suggestions source element.
   If there is a suggestions source element, then, when the user agent is
   allowing the user to edit the input element’s value, the user agent should
   offer the suggestions represented by the suggestions source element to the
   user in a manner suitable for the type of control used. The user agent may
   use the suggestion’s label to identify the suggestion if appropriate.
   User agents are encouraged to filter the suggestions represented by the
   suggestions source element when the number of suggestions is large,
   including only the most relevant ones (e.g., based on the user’s input so
   far). No precise threshold is defined, but capping the list at four to
   seven values is reasonable. User agents that perform filtering should
   implement substring matching on the label attribute.
   Existing user agents filter on either value or label so the behavior may
   be inconsistent.
   How user selections of suggestions are handled depends on whether the
   element is a control accepting a single value only, or whether it accepts
   multiple values:
   If the element does not have a multiple attribute specified or if the
   multiple attribute does not apply
           When the user selects a suggestion, the input element’s value must
           be set to the selected suggestion’s value, as if the user had
           written that value themself.
   If the element’s type attribute is in the Range state and the element has
   a multiple attribute specified
           When the user selects a suggestion, the user agent must identify
           which value in the element’s values the user intended to update,
           and must then update the element’s values so that the relevant
           value is changed to the value given by the selected suggestion’s
           value, as if the user had themself set it to that value.
   If the element’s type attribute is in the E-mail state and the element has
   a multiple attribute specified
           When the user selects a suggestion, the user agent must either add
           a new entry to the input element’s values, whose value is the
           selected suggestion’s value, or change an existing entry in the
           input element’s values to have the value given by the selected
           suggestion’s value, as if the user had themself added an entry
           with that value, or edited an existing entry to be that value.
           Which behavior is to be applied depends on the user interface in a
           user-agent-defined manner.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   If the list attribute does not apply, there is no suggestions source
   element.
   This URL field offers some suggestions.
 Homepage:  
 
   
    
   
   Other URLs from the user’s history might show also; this is up to the user
   agent.
   This example demonstrates how to design a form that uses the
   autocompletion list feature while still degrading usefully in legacy user
   agents.
   If the autocompletion list is merely an aid, and is not important to the
   content, then simply using a datalist element with children option
   elements is enough. To prevent the values from being rendered in legacy
   user agents, they need to be placed inside the value attribute instead of
   inline.
 
   
   Enter a breed:
    
   
     
      
     
     
    
 
   However, if the values need to be shown in legacy user agents, then
   fallback content can be placed inside the datalist element, as follows:
 
   
   Enter a breed:
    
    
   
   
     or select one from the list:
     
      (none selected)
      Abyssinian
      Alpaca
     
       
    
    
 
   The fallback content will only be shown in user agents that don’t support
   datalist. The options, on the other hand, will be detected by all user
   agents, even though they are not children of the datalist element.
   Note that if an option element used in a datalist is selected, it will be
   selected by default by legacy user agents (because it affects the select),
   but it will not have any effect on the input element in user agents that
   support datalist.
        4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute
   The placeholder attribute represents a short hint (a word or short phrase)
   intended to aid the user with data entry when the control has no value. A
   hint could be a sample value or a brief description of the expected
   format. The attribute, if specified, must have a value that contains no
   U+000A LINE FEED (LF) or U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) characters.
   The placeholder attribute should not be used as a replacement for a label.
   For a longer hint or other advisory text, place the text next to the
   control.
   Use of the placeholder attribute as a replacement for a label can reduce
   the accessibility and usability of the control for a range of users
   including older users and users with cognitive, mobility, fine motor skill
   or vision impairments. While the hint given by the control’s label is
   shown at all times, the short hint given in the placeholder attribute is
   only shown before the user enters a value. Furthermore, placeholder text
   may be mistaken for a pre-filled value, and as commonly implemented the
   default color of the placeholder text provides insufficient contrast and
   the lack of a separate visible label reduces the size of the hit region
   available for setting focus on the control.
   User agents should present this hint to the user, after having stripped
   line breaks from it, when the element’s value is the empty string,
   especially if the control is not focused.
   If a user agent normally doesn’t show this hint to the user when the
   control is focused, then the user agent should nonetheless show the hint
   for the control if it was focused as a result of the autofocus attribute,
   since in that case the user will not have had an opportunity to examine
   the control before focusing it.
   Here is an example of a mail configuration user interface that uses the
   placeholder attribute:
 
   Mail Account 
   Name:  
   Address:  
   Password:  
   Description:  
  
   In situations where the control’s content has one directionality but the
   placeholder needs to have a different directionality, Unicode’s
   bidirectional-algorithm formatting characters can be used in the attribute
   value:
  
  
   For slightly more clarity, here’s the same example using numeric character
   references instead of inline Arabic:
  
  
      4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   input . value [ = value ]
           Returns the current value of the form control.
           Can be set, to change the value.
           Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if it is set to any
           value other than the empty string when the control is a File
           Upload control.
   input . checked [ = value ]
           Returns the current checkedness of the form control.
           Can be set, to change the checkedness.
   input . files
           Returns a FileList object listing the selected files of the form
           control.
           Returns null if the control isn’t a file control.
   input . valueAsDate [ = value ]
           Returns a Date object representing the form control’s value, if
           applicable; otherwise, returns null.
           Can be set, to change the value.
           Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control isn’t
           date- or time-based.
   input . valueAsNumber [ = value ]
           Returns a number representing the form control’s value, if
           applicable; otherwise, returns NaN.
           Can be set, to change the value. Setting this to NaN will set the
           underlying value to the empty string.
           Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control is
           neither date- or time-based nor numeric.
   input . stepUp( [ n ] )
   input . stepDown( [ n ] )
           Changes the form control’s value by the value given in the step
           attribute, multiplied by n. The default value for n is 1.
           Throws "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the control is neither
           date- or time-based nor numeric, or if the step attribute’s value
           is "any".
   input . list
           Returns the datalist element indicated by the list attribute.
   The value IDL attribute allows scripts to manipulate the value of an input
   element. The attribute is in one of the following modes, which define its
   behavior:
   value
           On getting, it must return the current value of the element. On
           setting, it must set the element’s value to the new value, set the
           element’s dirty value flag to true, invoke the value sanitization
           algorithm, if the element’s type attribute’s current state defines
           one, and then, if the element has a text entry cursor position,
           should move the text entry cursor position to the end of the text
           field, unselecting any selected text and resetting the selection
           direction to none.
   default
           On getting, if the element has a value attribute, it must return
           that attribute’s value; otherwise, it must return the empty
           string. On setting, it must set the element’s value attribute to
           the new value.
   default/on
           On getting, if the element has a value attribute, it must return
           that attribute’s value; otherwise, it must return the string "on".
           On setting, it must set the element’s value attribute to the new
           value.
   filename
           On getting, it must return the string "C:\fakepath\" followed by
           the name of the first file in the list of selected files, if any,
           or the empty string if the list is empty. On setting, if the new
           value is the empty string, it must empty the list of selected
           files; otherwise, it must throw an "InvalidStateError"
           DOMException.
           This "fakepath" requirement is a sad accident of history. See the
           example in the File Upload state section for more information.
           Since path components are not permitted in file names in the list
           of selected files, the "\fakepath\" cannot be mistaken for a path
           component.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The checked IDL attribute allows scripts to manipulate the checkedness of
   an input element. On getting, it must return the current checkedness of
   the element; and on setting, it must set the element’s checkedness to the
   new value and set the element’s dirty checkedness flag to true.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The files IDL attribute allows scripts to access the element’s selected
   files. On getting, if the IDL attribute applies, it must return a FileList
   object that represents the current selected files. The same object must be
   returned until the list of selected files changes. If the IDL attribute
   does not apply, then it must instead return null. [FILEAPI]
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The valueAsDate IDL attribute represents the value of the element,
   interpreted as a date.
   On getting, if the valueAsDate attribute does not apply, as defined for
   the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then return null.
   Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a string to a Date object defined
   for that state to the element’s value; if the algorithm returned a Date
   object, then return it, otherwise, return null.
   On setting, if the valueAsDate attribute does not apply, as defined for
   the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then throw an
   InvalidStateError exception; otherwise, if the new value is not null and
   not a Date object throw a TypeError exception; otherwise if the new value
   is null or a Date object representing the NaN time value, then set the
   value of the element to the empty string; otherwise, run the algorithm to
   convert a Date object to a string, as defined for that state, on the new
   value, and set the value of the element to the resulting string.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The valueAsNumber IDL attribute represents the value of the element,
   interpreted as a number.
   On getting, if the valueAsNumber attribute does not apply, as defined for
   the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then return a
   Not-a-Number (NaN) value. Otherwise, if the valueAsDate attribute applies,
   run the algorithm to convert a string to a Date object defined for that
   state to the element’s value; if the algorithm returned a Date object,
   then return the time value of the object (the number of milliseconds from
   midnight UTC the morning of 1970-01-01 to the time represented by the Date
   object), otherwise, return a Not-a-Number (NaN) value. Otherwise, run the
   algorithm to convert a string to a number defined for that state to the
   element’s value; if the algorithm returned a number, then return it,
   otherwise, return a Not-a-Number (NaN) value.
   On setting, if the new value is infinite, then throw a TypeError
   exception. Otherwise, if the valueAsNumber attribute does not apply, as
   defined for the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then throw
   an InvalidStateError exception. Otherwise, if the new value is a
   Not-a-Number (NaN) value, then set the value of the element to the empty
   string. Otherwise, if the valueAsDate attribute applies, run the algorithm
   to convert a Date object to a string defined for that state, passing it a
   Date object whose time value is the new value, and set the value of the
   element to the resulting string. Otherwise, run the algorithm to convert a
   number to a string, as defined for that state, on the new value, and set
   the value of the element to the resulting string.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The stepDown(n) and stepUp(n) methods, when invoked, must run the
   following algorithm:
    1. If the stepDown() and stepUp() methods do not apply, as defined for
       the input element’s type attribute’s current state, then throw an
       "InvalidStateError" DOMException, and abort these steps.
    2. If the element has no allowed value step, then throw an
       "InvalidStateError" DOMException, and abort these steps.
    3. If the element has a minimum and a maximum and the minimum is greater
       than the maximum, then abort these steps.
    4. If the element has a minimum and a maximum and there is no step
       aligned value greater than or equal to the element’s minimum and less
       than or equal to the element’s maximum, then abort these steps.
    5. If applying the algorithm to convert a string to a number to the
       string given by the element’s value does not result in an error, then
       let value be the result of that algorithm. Otherwise, let value be
       zero.
    6. Let valueBeforeStepping be value.
    7. If value is not step aligned, then:
         1. If the method invoked was the stepDown() method, then step-align
            value with negative preference. Otherwise step-align value with
            positive preference. In either case, let value be the result.
            This ensures that the value first snaps to a step-aligned value
            when it doesn’t start step-aligned. For example, starting with
            the following input with value of 3:
  
            Invoking the stepUp() method will snap the value to 3.6;
            subsequent invocations will increment the value by 2.6 (e.g.,
            6.2, then 8.8). Likewise, the following input element in the Week
            state will also step-align in similar fashion, though in this
            state, the step value is rounded to 3, per the derivation of the
            allowed value step.
  
            Invoking stepUp() will result in a value of "2016-W22" because
            the nearest step-aligned value from the step base of "2016-W01"
            (the min value) with 3 week steps that is greater than the value
            of "2016-W20" is "2016-W22" (i.e.: W01, W04, W07, W10, W13, W16,
            W19, W22).
       Otherwise (value is step aligned), run the following substeps:
         1. Let n be the argument.
         2. Let delta be the allowed value step multiplied by n.
         3. If the method invoked was the stepDown() method, negate delta.
         4. Let value be the result of adding delta to value.
    8. If the element has a minimum, and value is less than that minimum,
       then set value to the step-aligned minimum value with positive
       preference.
    9. If the element has a maximum, and value is greater than that maximum,
       then set value to the step-aligned maximum value with negative
       preference.
   10. If either the method invoked was the stepDown() method and value is
       greater than valueBeforeStepping, or the method invoked was the
       stepUp() method and value is less than valueBeforeStepping, then abort
       these steps.
       This ensures that invoking the stepUp() method on the input element in
       the following example does not change the value of that element:
  
   11. Let value as string be the result of running the algorithm to convert
       a number to a string, as defined for the input element’s type
       attribute’s current state, on value.
   12. Set the value of the element to value as string.
   To determine if a value v is step aligned do the following:
   This algorithm checks to see if a value falls along an input element’s
   defined step intervals, with the interval’s origin at the step base value.
   It is used to determine if the element’s value is suffering from a step
   mismatch and for various checks in the stepUp() and stepDown() methods.
    1. Subtract the step base from v and let the result be relative distance.
    2. If dividing the relative distance by the allowed value step results in
       a value with a remainder then v is not step aligned. Otherwise it is
       step aligned.
   To step-align a value v with either negative preference or positive
   preference, do the following:
   negative preference selects a step-aligned value that is less than or
   equal to v, while positive preference step-aligns with a value greater
   than or equal to v.
    1. Subtract the step base from v and let the result be relative distance.
    2. Let step interval count be the result of integer dividing (or divide
       and throw out any remainder) relative distance by the allowed value
       step.
    3. Let candidate be the step interval count multiplied by the allowed
       value step.
    4. If this algorithm was invoked with negative preference and the value
       of v is less than candidate, then decrement candidate by the allowed
       value step.
       Otherwise, if this algorithm was invoked with positive preference and
       the value of v is greater than candidate, then increment candidate by
       the allowed value step.
    5. The step-aligned value is candidate. Return candidate.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The list IDL attribute must return the current suggestions source element,
   if any, or null otherwise.
      4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
   When the input and change events apply (which is the case for all input
   controls other than buttons and those with the type attribute in the
   Hidden state), the events are fired to indicate that the user has
   interacted with the control. The input event fires whenever the user has
   modified the data of the control. The change event fires when the value is
   committed, if that makes sense for the control, or else when the control
   loses focus. In all cases, the input event comes before the corresponding
   change event (if any).
   When an input element has a defined activation behavior, the rules for
   dispatching these events, if they apply, are given in the section above
   that defines the type attribute’s state. (This is the case for all input
   controls with the type attribute in the Checkbox state, the Radio Button
   state, or the File Upload state.)
   For input elements without a defined activation behavior, but to which
   these events apply, and for which the user interface involves both
   interactive manipulation and an explicit commit action, then when the user
   changes the element’s value, the user agent must queue a task to fire a
   simple event that bubbles named input at the input element, and any time
   the user commits the change, the user agent must queue a task to fire a
   simple event that bubbles named change at the input element.
   An example of a user interface involving both interactive manipulation and
   a commit action would be a Range controls that use a slider, when
   manipulated using a pointing device. While the user is dragging the
   control’s knob, input events would fire whenever the position changed,
   whereas the change event would only fire when the user let go of the knob,
   committing to a specific value.
   For input elements without a defined activation behavior, but to which
   these events apply, and for which the user interface involves an explicit
   commit action but no intermediate manipulation, then any time the user
   commits a change to the element’s value, the user agent must queue a task
   to first fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input
   element, and then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the
   input element.
   An example of a user interface with a commit action would be a Color
   control that consists of a single button that brings up a color wheel: if
   the value only changes when the dialog is closed, then that would be the
   explicit commit action. On the other hand, if manipulating the control
   changes the color interactively, then there might be no commit action.
   Another example of a user interface with a commit action would be a Date
   control that allows both text-based user input and user selection from a
   drop-down calendar: while text input does not have an explicit commit
   step, selecting a date from the drop down calendar and then dismissing the
   drop down would be a commit action.
   The Range control is also an example of a user interface that has a commit
   action when used with a pointing device (rather than a keyboard): during
   the time that the pointing device starts manipulating the slider until the
   time that the slider is released, no commit action is taken (though input
   events are fired as the value is changed). Only after the slider is
   release is the commit action taken.
   For input elements without a defined activation behavior, but to which
   these events apply, any time the user causes the element’s value to change
   without an explicit commit action, the user agent must queue a task to
   fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the input element. The
   corresponding change event, if any, will be fired when the control loses
   focus.
   Examples of a user changing the element’s value would include the user
   typing into a text field, pasting a new value into the field, or undoing
   an edit in that field. Some user interactions do not cause changes to the
   value, e.g., hitting the "delete" key in an empty text field, or replacing
   some text in the field with text from the clipboard that happens to be
   exactly the same text.
   A Range control in the form of a slider that the user has focused and is
   interacting with using a keyboard would be another example of the user
   changing the element’s value without a commit step.
   In the case of tasks that just fire an input event, user agents may wait
   for a suitable break in the user’s interaction before queuing the tasks;
   for example, a user agent could wait for the user to have not hit a key
   for 100ms, so as to only fire the event when the user pauses, instead of
   continuously for each keystroke.
   When the user agent is to change an input element’s value on behalf of the
   user (e.g., as part of a form prefilling feature), the user agent must
   queue a task to first update the value accordingly, then fire a simple
   event that bubbles named input at the input element, then fire a simple
   event that bubbles named change at the input element.
   These events are not fired in response to changes made to the values of
   form controls by scripts. (This is to make it easier to update the values
   of form controls in response to the user manipulating the controls,
   without having to then filter out the script’s own changes to avoid an
   infinite loop.)
   The task source for these tasks is the user interaction task source.
    4.10.6. The button element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Interactive content.
           listed, labelable, submittable, and reassociateable
           form-associated element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Phrasing content, but there must be no interactive content
           descendant.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           autofocus - Automatically focus the form control when the page is
           loaded
           disabled - Whether the form control is disabled
           form - Associates the control with a form element
           formaction - URL to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           formenctype - Form data set encoding type to use for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           formmethod - HTTP method to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           formnovalidate - Bypass form control validation for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           formtarget - browsing context for §4.10.21 Form submission
           name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           and in the form.elements API
           type - Type of button
           value - Value to be used for §4.10.21 Form submission
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           button (default - do not set), link, radio or switch.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLButtonElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean autofocus;
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString formAction;
   attribute DOMString formEnctype;
   attribute DOMString formMethod;
   attribute boolean formNoValidate;
   attribute DOMString formTarget;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString value;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
   The button element represents a control allowing a user to trigger
   actions, when enabled. It is labeled by its content.
   The element is a button.
   The type attribute controls the behavior of the button when it is
   activated. It is an enumerated attribute. The following table lists the
   keywords and states for the attribute — the keywords in the left column
   map to the states in the cell in the second column on the same row as the
   keyword.
   Keyword State         Brief description 
   submit  submit button Submits the form. 
   reset   reset button  Resets the form.  
   button  Button        Does nothing.     
   The missing value default is the submit button state.
   If the type attribute is in the submit button state, the element is
   specifically a submit button.
   Constraint validation: If the type attribute is in the reset button state,
   or the Button state, the element is barred from constrain validation.
   When a button element is not disabled, its activation behavior element is
   to run the steps defined in the following list for the current state of
   the element’s type attribute:
   submit button
           If the element has a form owner and the element’s node document is
           fully active, the element must submit the form owner from the
           button element.
   reset button
           If the element has a form owner and the element’s node document is
           fully active, the element must reset the form owner.
   Button
           Do nothing.
   The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the button element with
   its form owner. The name attribute represents the element’s name. The
   disabled attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to
   prevent its value from being submitted. The autofocus attribute controls
   focus. The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and
   formtarget attributes are attributes for form submission.
   The formnovalidate attribute can be used to make submit buttons that do
   not trigger the constraint validation.
   The formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate, and formtarget
   must not be specified if the element’s type attribute is not in the submit
   button state.
   The value attribute gives the element’s value for the purposes of form
   submission. The element’s value is the value of the element’s value
   attribute, if there is one, or the empty string otherwise.
   A button (and its value) is only included in the form submission if the
   button itself was used to initiate the form submission.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The value IDL attributes must reflect the content attributes of the same
   name.
   The type IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name, limited to only known values.
   The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the
   checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are
   part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a
   list of the element’s labels. The autofocus, disabled, form, and name IDL
   attributes are part of the element’s forms API.
   The following button is labeled "Show hint" and pops up a dialog box when
   activated:
 
   Show hint
  
    4.10.7. The select element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Interactive content.
           listed, labelable, submittable, resettable, and reassociateable
           form-associated element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Zero or more option, optgroup, and script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           autocomplete - Hint for form autofill feature
           autofocus - Automatically focus the form control when the page is
           loaded
           disabled - Whether the form control is disabled
           form - Associates the control with a form element
           multiple - Whether to allow multiple values
           name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           and in the form.elements API
           required - Whether the control is required for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           size - Size of the control
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           (with NO multiple attribute and NO size attribute having value
           greater than 1) combobox or (with a multiple attribute or a size
           attribute having value greater than 1) listbox otherwise None.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLSelectElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString autocomplete;
   attribute boolean autofocus;
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute boolean multiple;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute boolean _required;
   attribute unsigned long size;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLOptionsCollection options;
   attribute unsigned long length;
   getter Element? item(unsigned long index);
   HTMLOptionElement? namedItem(DOMString name);
   void add((HTMLOptionElement or HTMLOptGroupElement) element, optional (HTMLElement or long)? before = null);
   void remove(); // ChildNode overload
   void remove(long index);
   setter void (unsigned long index, HTMLOptionElement? option);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection selectedOptions;
   attribute long selectedIndex;
   attribute DOMString value;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
   The select element represents a control for selecting amongst a set of
   options.
   The multiple attribute is a boolean attribute. If the attribute is
   present, then the select element represents a control for selecting zero
   or more options from the list of options. If the attribute is absent, then
   the select element represents a control for selecting a single option from
   the list of options.
   The size attribute gives the number of options to show to the user. The
   size attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   non-negative integer greater than zero.
   The display size of a select element is the result of applying the rules
   for parsing non-negative integers to the value of element’s size
   attribute, if it has one and parsing it is successful. If applying those
   rules to the attribute’s value is not successful, or if the size attribute
   is absent, then the element’s display size is 4 if the element’s multiple
   content attribute is present, and 1 otherwise.
   The list of options for a select element consists of all the option
   element children of the select element, and all the option element
   children of all the optgroup element children of the select element, in
   tree order.
   The required attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, the user
   will be required to select a value before submitting the form.
   If a select element has a required attribute specified, does not have a
   multiple attribute specified, and has a display size of 1; and if the
   value of the first option element in the select element’s list of options
   (if any) is the empty string, and that option element’s parent node is the
   select element (and not an optgroup element), then that option is the
   select element’s placeholder label option.
   If a select element has a required attribute specified, does not have a
   multiple attribute specified, and has a display size of 1, then the select
   element must have a placeholder label option.
   In practice, the requirement stated in the paragraph above can only apply
   when a select element does not have a sizes attribute with a value greater
   than 1.
   Constraint validation: If the element has its required attribute
   specified, and either none of the option elements in the select element’s
   list of options have their selectedness set to true, or the only option
   element in the select element’s list of options with its selectedness set
   to true is the placeholder label option, then the element is suffering
   from being missing.
   If the multiple attribute is absent, and the element is not disabled, then
   the user agent should allow the user to pick an option element in its list
   of options that is itself not disabled. Upon this option element being
   picked (either through a click, or through unfocusing the element after
   changing its value, or through any other mechanism), and before the
   relevant user interaction event is queued (e.g., before the click event),
   the user agent must set the selectedness of the picked option element to
   true, set its dirtiness to true, and then send select update
   notifications.
   If the multiple attribute is absent, whenever an option element in the
   select element’s list of options has its selectedness set to true, and
   whenever an option element with its selectedness set to true is added to
   the select element’s list of options, the user agent must set the
   selectedness of all the other option elements in its list of options to
   false.
   If the multiple attribute is absent and the element’s display size is
   greater than 1, then the user agent should also allow the user to request
   that the option whose selectedness is true, if any, be unselected. Upon
   this request being conveyed to the user agent, and before the relevant
   user interaction event is queued (e.g., before the click event), the user
   agent must set the selectedness of that option element to false, set its
   dirtiness to true, and then send select update notifications.
   If nodes are inserted or nodes are removed causing the list of options to
   gain or lose one or more option elements, or if an option element in the
   list of options asks for a reset, then, if the select element’s multiple
   attribute is absent, the user agent must run the first applicable set of
   steps from the following list:
   If the select element’s display size is 1, and no option elements in the
   select element’s list of options have their selectedness set to true
           Set the selectedness of the first option element in the list of
           options in tree order that is not disabled, if any, to true.
   If two or more option elements in the select element’s list of options
   have their selectedness set to true
           Set the selectedness of all but the last option element with its
           selectedness set to true in the list of options in tree order to
           false.
   If the multiple attribute is present, and the element is not disabled,
   then the user agent should allow the user to toggle the selectedness of
   the option elements in its list of options that are themselves not
   disabled. Upon such an element being toggled (either through a click, or
   any other mechanism), and before the relevant user interaction event is
   queued (e.g., before a related click event), the selectedness of the
   option element must be changed (from true to false or false to true), the
   dirtiness of the element must be set to true, and the user agent must send
   select update notifications.
   When the user agent is to send select update notifications, queue a task
   to first fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the select
   element, and then fire a simple event that bubbles named change at the
   select element, using the user interaction task source as the task source.
   If the JavaScript execution context stack was not empty when the user
   agent was to send select update notifications, then the resulting input
   and change events must not be trusted.
   The reset algorithm for select elements is to go through all the option
   elements in the element’s list of options, set their selectedness to true
   if the option element has a selected attribute, and false otherwise, set
   their dirtiness to false, and then have the option elements ask for a
   reset.
   The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the select element with
   its form owner. The name attribute represents the element’s name. The
   disabled attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to
   prevent its value from being submitted. The autofocus attribute controls
   focus. The autocomplete attribute controls how the user agent provides
   autofill behavior.
   A select element that is not disabled is mutable.
   select . type
           Returns "select-multiple" if the element has a multiple attribute,
           and "select-one" otherwise.
   select . options
           Returns an HTMLOptionsCollection of the list of options.
   select . length [ = value ]
           Returns the number of elements in the list of options.
           When set to a smaller number, truncates the number of option
           elements in the select.
           When set to a greater number, adds new blank option elements to
           the select.
   element = select . item(index)
   select[index]
           Returns the item with index index from the list of options. The
           items are sorted in tree order.
   element = select . namedItem(name)
           Returns the first item with ID or name name from the list of
           options.
           Returns null if no element with that ID could be found.
   select . add(element [, before ] )
           Inserts element before the node given by before.
           The before argument can be a number, in which case element is
           inserted before the item with that number, or an element from the
           list of options, in which case element is inserted before that
           element.
           If before is omitted, null, or a number out of range, then element
           will be added at the end of the list.
           This method will throw a HierarchyRequestError exception if
           element is an ancestor of the element into which it is to be
           inserted.
   select . selectedOptions
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the list of options that are
           selected.
   select . selectedIndex [ = value ]
           Returns the index of the first selected item, if any, or -1 if
           there is no selected item.
           Can be set, to change the selection.
   select . value [ = value ]
           Returns the value of the first selected item, if any, or the empty
           string if there is no selected item.
           Can be set, to change the selection.
   The type IDL attribute, on getting, must return the string "select-one" if
   the multiple attribute is absent, and the string "select-multiple" if the
   multiple attribute is present.
   The options IDL attribute must return an HTMLOptionsCollection rooted at
   the select node, whose filter matches the elements in the list of options.
   The options collection is also mirrored on the HTMLSelectElement object.
   The supported property indices at any instant are the indices supported by
   the object returned by the options attribute at that instant.
   The length IDL attribute must return the number of nodes represented by
   the options collection. On setting, it must act like the attribute of the
   same name on the options collection.
   The item(index) method must return the value returned by the method of the
   same name on the options collection, when invoked with the same argument.
   The namedItem(name) method must return the value returned by the method of
   the same name on the options collection, when invoked with the same
   argument.
   When the user agent is to set the value of a new indexed property for a
   given property index index to a new value value, it must instead set the
   value of a new indexed property with the given property index index to the
   new value value on the options collection.
   Similarly, the add() method must act like its namesake method on that same
   options collection.
   The remove() method must act like its namesake method on that same options
   collection when it has arguments, and like its namesake method on the
   ChildNode interface implemented by the HTMLSelectElement ancestor
   interface Element when it has no arguments.
   The selectedOptions IDL attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at
   the select node, whose filter matches the elements in the list of options
   that have their selectedness set to true.
   The selectedIndex IDL attribute, on getting, must return the index of the
   first option element in the list of options in tree order that has its
   selectedness set to true, if any. If there isn’t one, then it must return
   -1.
   On setting, the selectedIndex attribute must set the selectedness of all
   the option elements in the list of options to false, and then the option
   element in the list of options whose index is the given new value, if any,
   must have its selectedness set to true and its dirtiness set to true.
   This can result in no element having a selectedness set to true even in
   the case of the select element having no multiple attribute and a display
   size of 1.
   The value IDL attribute, on getting, must return the value of the first
   option element in the list of options in tree order that has its
   selectedness set to true, if any. If there isn’t one, then it must return
   the empty string.
   On setting, the value attribute must set the selectedness of all the
   option elements in the list of options to false, and then the first option
   element in the list of options, in tree order, whose value is equal to the
   given new value, if any, must have its selectedness set to true and its
   dirtiness set to true.
   This can result in no element having a selectedness set to true even in
   the case of the select element having no multiple attribute and a display
   size of 1.
   The multiple, required, and size IDL attributes must reflect the
   respective content attributes of the same name. The size IDL attribute has
   a default value of zero.
   For historical reasons, the default value of the size IDL attribute does
   not return the actual size used, which, in the absence of the size content
   attribute, is either 1 or 4 depending on the presence of the multiple
   attribute.
   The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the
   checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are
   part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a
   list of the element’s labels. The autofocus, disabled, form, and name IDL
   attributes are part of the element’s forms API.
   The following example shows how a select element can be used to offer the
   user with a set of options from which the user can select a single option.
   The default option is preselected.
 
   Select unit type: 
   
    Miner  
    Puffer  
    Snipey  
    Max  
    Firebot  
    
 
   When there is no default option, a value that provides instructions or a
   hint (placeholder option) can be used instead:
 
    Select unit type  
    Miner  
    Puffer  
    Snipey  
    Max  
    Firebot  
  
   Here, the user is offered a set of options from which he can select any
   number. By default, all five options are selected.
 
   Select unit types to enable on this map: 
   
    Miner  
    Puffer  
    Snipey  
    Max  
    Firebot  
    
 
   Sometimes, a user has to select one or more items. This example shows such
   an interface.
 Select the songs from that you would like on your Act II Mix Tape:
 
   It Sucks to Be Me (Reprize)
    There is Life Outside Your Apartment
    The More You Ruv Someone
    Schadenfreude
    I Wish I Could Go Back to College
    The Money Song
    School for Monsters
    The Money Song (Reprize)
    There’s a Fine, Fine Line (Reprize)
    What Do You Do With a B.A. in English? (Reprize)
    For Now
   
    4.10.8. The datalist element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Either: phrasing content.
           Or: Zero or more option and script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           listbox (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLDataListElement : HTMLElement {
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection options;
 };
   The datalist element represents a set of option elements that represent
   predefined options for other controls. In the rendering, the datalist
   element represents nothing and it, along with its children, should be
   hidden.
   The datalist element can be used in two ways. In the simplest case, the
   datalist element has just option element children.
 
   Sex:
    
   
   
    
     
  
   In the more elaborate case, the datalist element can be given contents
   that are to be displayed for down-level clients that don’t support
   datalist. In this case, the option elements are provided inside a select
   element inside the datalist element.
 
   Sex:
    
  
 
   
   or select from the list:
   
     
      Female
      Male
     
    
  
   The datalist element is hooked up to an input element using the list
   attribute on the input element.
   Each option element that is a descendant of the datalist element, that is
   not disabled, and whose value is a string that isn’t the empty string,
   represents a suggestion. Each suggestion has a value and a label.
   datalist . options
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the option elements of the datalist
           element.
   The options IDL attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the
   datalist node, whose filter matches option elements.
   Constraint validation: If an element has a datalist element ancestor, it
   is barred from constraint validation.
    4.10.9. The optgroup element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a select element.
   Content model:
           Zero or more option and script-supporting elements.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           An optgroup element’s end tag may be omitted if the optgroup
           element is immediately followed by another optgroup element, or if
           there is no more content in the parent element.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           disabled - Whether the form control is disabled
           label - User-visible label
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLOptGroupElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean disabled;
   attribute DOMString label;
 };
   The optgroup element represents a group of option elements with a common
   label.
   The element’s group of option elements consists of the option elements
   that are children of the optgroup element.
   When showing option elements in select elements, user agents should show
   the option elements of such groups as being related to each other and
   separate from other option elements.
   The disabled content attribute is a boolean attribute and can be used to
   disable a group of option elements together.
   The label content attribute must be specified. Its value gives the name of
   the group, for the purposes of the user interface. User agents should use
   this attribute’s value when labeling the group of option elements in a
   select element.
   The disabled and label IDL attributes must reflect the respective content
   attributes of the same name.
   There is no way to select an optgroup element. Only option elements can be
   selected. An optgroup element merely provides a label for a group of
   option elements.
   The following snippet shows how a set of lessons from three courses could
   be offered in a select drop-down widget:
 
   Which course would you like to watch today?
   
Course:
   
     
     Lecture 01: Powers of Ten
      Lecture 02: 1D Kinematics
      Lecture 03: Vectors
      
     Lecture 01: What holds our world together?
      Lecture 02: Electric Field
      Lecture 03: Electric Flux
      
     Lecture 01: Periodic Phenomenon
      Lecture 02: Beats
      Lecture 03: Forced Oscillations with Damping
        
    
   
 
 
 
    4.10.10. The option element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As a child of a select element.
           As a child of a datalist element.
           As a child of an optgroup element.
   Content model:
           If the element has a label attribute and a value attribute:
           Nothing.
           If the element has a label attribute but no value attribute: Text.
           If the element has no label attribute: and is not a child of a
           datalist element: Text that is not inter-element white space.
           If the element has no label attribute and is a child of a datalist
           element: Text.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           An option element’s end tag may be omitted if the option element
           is immediately followed by another option element, or if it is
           immediately followed by an optgroup element, or if there is no
           more content in the parent element.
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           disabled - Whether the form control is disabled
           label - User-visible label
           selected - Whether the option is selected by default
           value - Value to be used for §4.10.21 Form submission
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           option (default - do not set) or separator.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 [NamedConstructor=Option(optional DOMString text = "", optional DOMString value, optional boolean defaultSelected = false, optional boolean selected = false)]
 interface HTMLOptionElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString label;
   attribute boolean defaultSelected;
   attribute boolean selected;
   attribute DOMString value;
   attribute DOMString text;
   readonly attribute long index;
 };
   The option element represents an option in a select element or as part of
   a list of suggestions in a datalist element.
   In certain circumstances described in the definition of the select
   element, an option element can be a select element’s placeholder label
   option. A placeholder label option does not represent an actual option,
   but instead represents a label for the select control.
   The disabled content attribute is a boolean attribute. An option element
   is disabled if its disabled attribute is present or if it is a child of an
   optgroup element whose disabled attribute is present.
   An option element that is disabled must prevent any click events that are
   queued on the user interaction task source from being dispatched on the
   element.
   The label content attribute provides a label for the element. The label of
   an option element is the value of the label content attribute, if there is
   one and its value is not the empty string, or, otherwise, the value of the
   element’s text IDL attribute if its value is not the empty string.
   The label content attribute, if specified, must not be empty.
   The value content attribute provides a value for element. The value of an
   option element is the value of the value content attribute, if there is
   one, or, if there is not, the value of the element’s text IDL attribute
   (which may be the empty string).
   The selected content attribute is a boolean attribute. It represents the
   default selectedness of the element.
   The dirtiness of an option element is a boolean state, initially false. It
   controls whether adding or removing the selected content attribute has any
   effect.
   The selectedness of an option element is a boolean state, initially false.
   Except where otherwise specified, when the element is created, its
   selectedness must be set to true if the element has a selected attribute.
   Whenever an option element’s selected attribute is added, if its dirtiness
   is false, its selectedness must be set to true. Whenever an option
   element’s selected attribute is removed, if its dirtiness is false, its
   selectedness must be set to false.
   The Option() constructor, when called with three or fewer arguments,
   overrides the initial state of the selectedness state to always be false
   even if the third argument is true (implying that a selected attribute is
   to be set). The fourth argument can be used to explicitly set the initial
   selectedness state when using the constructor.
   A select element whose multiple attribute is not specified must not have
   more than one descendant option element with its selected attribute set.
   An option element’s index is the number of option elements that are in the
   same list of options but that come before it in tree order. If the option
   element is not in a list of options, then the option element’s index is
   zero.
   option . selected
           Returns true if the element is selected, and false otherwise.
           Can be set, to override the current state of the element.
   option . index
           Returns the index of the element in its select element’s options
           list.
   option . form
           Returns the element’s form element, if any, or null otherwise.
   option . text
           Same as textContent, except that spaces are collapsed and script
           elements are skipped.
   option = new Option()( [ text [, value [, defaultSelected [, selected ] ]
   ] ] )
           Returns a new option element.
           The text argument sets the contents of the element.
           The value argument sets the value attribute.
           The defaultSelected argument sets the selected attribute.
           The selected argument sets whether or not the element is selected.
           If it is omitted, even if the defaultSelected argument is true,
           the element is not selected.
   The disabled IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name. The defaultSelected IDL attribute must reflect the selected content
   attribute.
   The label IDL attribute, on getting, if there is a label content
   attribute, must return that attribute’s value; otherwise, it must return
   the element’s label. On setting, the element’s label content attribute
   must be set to the new value.
   The value IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s value. On
   setting, the element’s value content attribute must be set to the new
   value.
   The selected IDL attribute, on getting, must return true if the element’s
   selectedness is true, and false otherwise. On setting, it must set the
   element’s selectedness to the new value, set its dirtiness to true, and
   then cause the element to ask for a reset.
   The index IDL attribute must return the element’s index.
   The text IDL attribute, on getting, must return the result of stripping
   and collapsing white space from the child text content of the option
   element, in tree order, excluding any that are descendants of descendants
   of the option element that are themselves script elements in the HTML
   namespace or script elements in the SVG namespace.
   On setting, the text attribute must act as if the textContent IDL
   attribute on the element had been set to the new value.
   The form IDL attribute’s behavior depends on whether the option element is
   in a select element or not. If the option has a select element as its
   parent, or has an optgroup element as its parent and that optgroup element
   has a select element as its parent, then the form IDL attribute must
   return the same value as the form IDL attribute on that select element.
   Otherwise, it must return null.
   A constructor is provided for creating HTMLOptionElement objects (in
   addition to the factory methods from DOM such as createElement()):
   Option(text, value, defaultSelected, selected). When invoked as a
   constructor, it must return a new HTMLOptionElement object (a new option
   element). If the first argument is not the empty string, the new object
   must have as its only child a Text node whose data is the value of that
   argument. Otherwise, it must have no children. If the value argument is
   present, the new object must have a value attribute set with the value of
   the argument as its value. If the defaultSelected argument is true, the
   new object must have a selected attribute set with no value. If the
   selected argument is true, the new object must have its selectedness set
   to true; otherwise the selectedness must be set to false, even if the
   defaultSelected argument is true. The element’s node document must be the
   active document of the browsing context of the Window object on which the
   interface object of the invoked constructor is found.
    4.10.11. The textarea element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Interactive content.
           listed, labelable, submittable, resettable, and reassociateable
           form-associated element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Text.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           autocomplete - Hint for form autofill feature
           autofocus - Automatically focus the form control when the page is
           loaded
           cols - Maximum number of characters per line
           dirname - Name of form field to use for sending the element’s
           directionality in §4.10.21 Form submission
           disabled - Whether the form control is disabled
           form - Associates the control with a form element
           maxlength - Maximum length of value
           minlength - Minimum length of value
           name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           and in the form.elements API
           placeholder - User-visible label to be placed within the form
           control
           readonly - Whether to allow the value to be edited by the user
           required - Whether the control is required for §4.10.21 Form
           submission
           rows - Number of lines to show
           wrap - How the value of the form control is to be wrapped for
           §4.10.21 Form submission
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           textbox with the aria-multiline property set to "true" (default -
           do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLTextAreaElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString autocomplete;
   attribute boolean autofocus;
   attribute unsigned long cols;
   attribute DOMString dirName;
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute long maxLength;
   attribute long minLength;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString placeholder;
   attribute boolean readOnly;
   attribute boolean _required;
   attribute unsigned long rows;
   attribute DOMString wrap;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString defaultValue;
   [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString value;
   readonly attribute unsigned long textLength;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
   void select();
   attribute unsigned long? selectionStart;
   attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd;
   attribute DOMString? selectionDirection;
   void setRangeText(DOMString replacement);
   void setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve");
   void setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction);
 };
   The textarea element represents a multiline plain text edit control for
   the element’s raw value. The contents of the control represent the
   control’s default value.
   The raw value of a textarea control must be initially the empty string.
   This element has rendering requirements involving the bidirectional
   algorithm.
   The readonly attribute is a boolean attribute used to control whether the
   text can be edited by the user or not.
   In this example, a text field is marked read-only because it represents a
   read-only file:
 Filename: /etc/bash.bashrc
 
 # System-wide .bashrc file for interactive bash(1) shells.
 # To enable the settings / commands in this file for login shells as well,
 # this file has to be sourced in /etc/profile.
 # If not running interactively, don’t do anything
 [ -z "$PS1" ] && return
 ... 
   Constraint validation: If the readonly attribute is specified on a
   textarea element, the element is barred from constraint validation.
   A textarea element is mutable if it is neither disabled nor has a readonly
   attribute specified.
   When a textarea is mutable, its raw value should be editable by the user:
   the user agent should allow the user to edit, insert, and remove text, and
   to insert and remove line breaks in the form of U+000A LINE FEED (LF)
   characters. Any time the user causes the element’s raw value to change,
   the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named
   input at the textarea element. User agents may wait for a suitable break
   in the user’s interaction before queuing the task; for example, a user
   agent could wait for the user to have not hit a key for 100ms, so as to
   only fire the event when the user pauses, instead of continuously for each
   keystroke.
   A textarea element has a dirty value flag, which must be initially set to
   false, and must be set to true whenever the user interacts with the
   control in a way that changes the raw value.
   When the textarea element’s textContent IDL attribute changes value, if
   the element’s dirty value flag is false, then the element’s raw value must
   be set to the value of the element’s textContent IDL attribute.
   The reset algorithm for textarea elements is to set the dirty value flag
   back to false, and set the element’s raw value to the value of the
   element’s textContent IDL attribute.
   When a textarea element is popped off the stack of open elements of an
   HTML parser or XML parser, then the user agent must invoke the element’s
   reset algorithm.
   If the element is mutable, the user agent should allow the user to change
   the writing direction of the element, setting it either to a left-to-right
   writing direction or a right-to-left writing direction. If the user does
   so, the user agent must then run the following steps:
    1. Set the element’s dir attribute to "ltr" if the user selected a
       left-to-right writing direction, and "rtl" if the user selected a
       right-to-left writing direction.
    2. Queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named input at the
       textarea element.
   The cols attribute specifies the expected maximum number of characters per
   line. If the cols attribute is specified, its value must be a valid
   non-negative integer greater than zero. If applying the rules for parsing
   non-negative integers to the attribute’s value results in a number greater
   than zero, then the element’s character width is that value; otherwise, it
   is 20.
   The user agent may use the textarea element’s character width as a hint to
   the user as to how many characters the server prefers per line (e.g., for
   visual user agents by making the width of the control be that many
   characters). In visual renderings, the user agent should wrap the user’s
   input in the rendering so that each line is no wider than this number of
   characters.
   The rows attribute specifies the number of lines to show. If the rows
   attribute is specified, its value must be a valid non-negative integer
   greater than zero. If applying the rules for parsing non-negative integers
   to the attribute’s value results in a number greater than zero, then the
   element’s character height is that value; otherwise, it is 2.
   Visual user agents should set the height of the control to the number of
   lines given by character height.
   The wrap attribute is an enumerated attribute with two keywords and
   states: the soft keyword which maps to the Soft state, and the hard
   keyword which maps to the Hard state. The missing value default is the
   Soft state.
   The Soft state indicates that the text in the textarea is not to be
   wrapped when it is submitted (though it can still be wrapped in the
   rendering).
   The Hard state indicates that the text in the textarea is to have newlines
   added by the user agent so that the text is wrapped when it is submitted.
   If the element’s wrap attribute is in the Hard state, the cols attribute
   must be specified.
   For historical reasons, the element’s value is normalized in three
   different ways for three different purposes. The raw value is the value as
   it was originally set. It is not normalized. The API value is the value
   used in the value IDL attribute. It is normalized so that line breaks use
   U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters. Finally, there is the value, as used in
   form submission and other processing models in this specification. It is
   normalized so that line breaks use U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED
   (CRLF) character pairs, and in addition, if necessary given the element’s
   wrap attribute, additional line breaks are inserted to wrap the text at
   the given width.
   The element’s API value is defined to be the element’s raw value with the
   following transformation applied:
    1. Replace every U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character
       pair from the raw value with a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character.
    2. Replace every remaining U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN character from the raw
       value with a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character.
   The element’s value is defined to be the element’s raw value with the
   textarea wrapping transformation applied. The textarea wrapping
   transformation is the following algorithm, as applied to a string:
    1. Replace every occurrence of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character
       not followed by a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, and every
       occurrence of a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character not preceded by a
       U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character, by a two-character string
       consisting of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF)
       character pair.
    2. If the element’s wrap attribute is in the Hard state, insert U+000D
       CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF) character pairs into the
       string using a user agent-defined algorithm so that each line has no
       more than character width characters. For the purposes of this
       requirement, lines are delimited by the start of the string, the end
       of the string, and U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF)
       character pairs.
   The maxlength attribute is a form control maxlength attribute controlled
   by the textarea element’s dirty value flag.
   If the textarea element has a maximum allowed value length, then the
   element’s children must be such that the code-unit length of the value of
   the element’s textContent IDL attribute with the textarea wrapping
   transformation applied is equal to or less than the element’s maximum
   allowed value length.
   The minlength attribute is a form control minlength attribute controlled
   by the textarea element’s dirty value flag.
   The required attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, the user
   will be required to enter a value before submitting the form.
   Constraint validation: If the element has its required attribute
   specified, and the element is mutable, and the element’s value is the
   empty string, then the element is suffering from being missing.
   The placeholder attribute represents a short hint (a word or short phrase)
   intended to aid the user with data entry when the control has no value. A
   hint could be a sample value or a brief description of the expected
   format.
   The placeholder attribute should not be used as a replacement for a label.
   For a longer hint or other advisory text, place the text next to the
   control.
   Use of the placeholder attribute as a replacement for a label can reduce
   the accessibility and usability of the control for a range of users
   including older users and users with cognitive, mobility, fine motor skill
   or vision impairments. While the hint given by the control’s label is
   shown at all times, the short hint given in the placeholder attribute is
   only shown before the user enters a value. Furthermore, placeholder text
   may be mistaken for a pre-filled value, and as commonly implemented the
   default color of the placeholder text provides insufficient contrast and
   the lack of a separate visible label reduces the size of the hit region
   available for setting focus on the control.
   User agents should present this hint to the user when the element’s value
   is the empty string and the control is not focused (e.g., by displaying it
   inside a blank unfocused control). All U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE
   FEED character pairs (CRLF) in the hint, as well as all other U+000D
   CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) and U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters in the hint,
   must be treated as line breaks when rendering the hint.
   The name attribute represents the element’s name. The dirname attribute
   controls how the element’s directionality is submitted. The disabled
   attribute is used to make the control non-interactive and to prevent its
   value from being submitted. The form attribute is used to explicitly
   associate the textarea element with its form owner. The autofocus
   attribute controls focus. The autocomplete attribute controls how the user
   agent provides autofill behavior.
   textarea . type
           Returns the string "textarea".
   textarea . value
           Returns the current value of the element.
           Can be set, to change the value.
   The cols, placeholder, required, rows, and wrap attributes must reflect
   the respective content attributes of the same name. The cols and rows
   attributes are limited to only non-negative numbers greater than zero. The
   cols attribute’s default value is 20. The rows attribute’s default value
   is 2. The dirName IDL attribute must reflect the dirname content
   attribute. The maxLength IDL attribute must reflect the maxlength content
   attribute, limited to only non-negative numbers. The minLength IDL
   attribute must reflect the minlength content attribute, limited to only
   non-negative numbers. The readOnly IDL attribute must reflect the readonly
   content attribute.
   The type IDL attribute must return the value "textarea".
   The defaultValue IDL attribute must act like the element’s textContent IDL
   attribute.
   The value attribute must, on getting, return the element’s API value; on
   setting, it must set the element’s raw value to the new value, set the
   element’s dirty value flag to true, and should then move the text entry
   cursor position to the end of the text field, unselecting any selected
   text and resetting the selection direction to none.
   The textLength IDL attribute must return the code-unit length of the
   element’s API value.
   The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the
   checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are
   part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a
   list of the element’s labels. The select(), selectionStart, selectionEnd,
   selectionDirection, setRangeText(), and setSelectionRange() methods and
   IDL attributes expose the element’s text selection. The autofocus,
   disabled, form, and name IDL attributes are part of the element’s forms
   API.
   Here is an example of a textarea being used for unrestricted free-form
   text input in a form:
 If you have any comments, please let us know: 
   To specify a maximum length for the comments, one can use the maxlength
   attribute:
 If you have any short comments, please let us know: 
   To give a default value, text can be included inside the element:
 If you have any comments, please let us know: You rock! 
   You can also give a minimum length. Here, a letter needs to be filled out
   by the user; a template (which is shorter than the minimum length) is
   provided, but is insufficient to submit the form:
 Dear Madam Speaker,
 Regarding your letter dated ...
 ...
 Yours Sincerely,
 ... 
   A placeholder can be given as well, to suggest the basic form to the user,
   without providing an explicit template:
  
   To have the browser submit the directionality of the element along with
   the value, the dirname attribute can be specified:
 If you have any comments, please let us know (you may use either English or Hebrew for your comments):
 
    4.10.12. The output element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           listed, labelable, resettable, and reassociateable form-associated
           element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Phrasing content.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           for - Specifies controls from which the output was calculated
           form - Associates the control with a form element
           name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           and in the form.elements API
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           status (default - do not set), Any role value.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLOutputElement : HTMLElement {
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList htmlFor;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString name;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString defaultValue;
   attribute DOMString value;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
   The output element represents the result of a calculation performed by the
   application, or the result of a user action.
   This element can be contrasted with the samp element, which is the
   appropriate element for quoting the output of other programs run
   previously.
   The for content attribute allows an explicit relationship to be made
   between the result of a calculation and the elements that represent the
   values that went into the calculation or that otherwise influenced the
   calculation. The for attribute, if specified, must contain a string
   consisting of an unordered set of unique space-separated tokens that are
   case-sensitive, each of which must have the value of an ID of an element
   in the same Document.
   The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the output element with
   its form owner. The name attribute represents the element’s name. The
   output element is associated with a form so that it can be easily
   referenced from the event handlers of form controls; the element’s value
   itself is not submitted when the form is submitted.
   The element has a value mode flag which is either value or default.
   Initially, the value mode flag must be set to default.
   The element also has a default value. Initially, the default value must be
   the empty string.
   When the value mode flag is in mode default, the contents of the element
   represent both the value of the element and its default value. When the
   value mode flag is in mode value, the contents of the element represent
   the value of the element only, and the default value is only accessible
   using the defaultValue IDL attribute.
   Whenever the element’s descendants are changed in any way, if the value
   mode flag is in mode default, the element’s default value must be set to
   the value of the element’s textContent IDL attribute.
   The reset algorithm for output elements is to set the element’s value mode
   flag to default and then to set the element’s textContent IDL attribute to
   the value of the element’s default value (thus replacing the element’s
   child nodes).
   output . value [ = value ]
           Returns the element’s current value.
           Can be set, to change the value.
   output . defaultValue [ = value ]
           Returns the element’s current default value.
           Can be set, to change the default value.
   output . type
           Returns the string "output".
   The value IDL attribute must act like the element’s textContent IDL
   attribute, except that on setting, in addition, before the child nodes are
   changed, the element’s value mode flag must be set to value.
   The defaultValue IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s
   default value. On setting, the attribute must set the element’s default
   value, and, if the element’s value mode flag is in the mode default, set
   the element’s textContent IDL attribute as well.
   The type attribute must return the string "output".
   The htmlFor IDL attribute must reflect the for content attribute.
   The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage IDL attributes, and the
   checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are
   part of the constraint validation API. The labels IDL attribute provides a
   list of the element’s labels. The form and name IDL attributes are part of
   the element’s forms API.
   A simple calculator could use output for its display of calculated
   results:
 
     +
     =
    
  
   In this example, an output element is used to report the results of a
   calculation performed by a remote server, as they come in:
  
 
    4.10.13. The progress element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Labelable element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Phrasing content, but there must be no progress element
           descendants.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           value - Current value of the element
           max - Upper bound of range
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           progressbar (default - do not set).
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLProgressElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute double value;
   attribute double max;
   readonly attribute double position;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
   The progress element represents the completion progress of a task. The
   progress is either indeterminate, indicating that progress is being made
   but that it is not clear how much more work remains to be done before the
   task is complete (e.g., because the task is waiting for a remote host to
   respond), or the progress is a number in the range zero to a maximum,
   giving the fraction of work that has so far been completed.
   There are two attributes that determine the current task completion
   represented by the element. The value content attribute specifies how much
   of the task has been completed, and the max content attribute specifies
   how much work the task requires in total. The units are arbitrary and not
   specified.
   To make a determinate progress bar, add a value attribute with the current
   progress (either a number from 0.0 to 1.0, or, if the max attribute is
   specified, a number from 0 to the value of the max attribute). To make an
   indeterminate progress bar, remove the value attribute.
   Authors are encouraged to also include the current value and the maximum
   value inline as text inside the element, so that the progress is made
   available to users of legacy user agents.
   Here is a snippet of a Web application that shows the progress of some
   automated task:
 
   Task Progress 
   Progress: 0 %
   
  
   (The updateProgress() method in this example would be called by some other
   code on the page to update the actual progress bar as the task
   progressed.)
   The value and max attributes, when present, must have values that are
   valid floating-point numbers. The value attribute, if present, must have a
   value equal to or greater than zero, and less than or equal to the value
   of the max attribute, if present, or 1.0, otherwise. The max attribute, if
   present, must have a value greater than zero.
   The progress element is the wrong element to use for something that is
   just a gauge, as opposed to task progress. For instance, indicating disk
   space usage using progress would be inappropriate. Instead, the meter
   element is available for such use cases.
   User agent requirements: If the value attribute is omitted, then the
   progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar. Otherwise, it is a
   determinate progress bar.
   If the progress bar is a determinate progress bar and the element has a
   max attribute, the user agent must parse the max attribute’s value
   according to the rules for parsing floating-point number values. If this
   does not result in an error, and if the parsed value is greater than zero,
   then the maximum value of the progress bar is that value. Otherwise, if
   the element has no max attribute, or if it has one but parsing it resulted
   in an error, or if the parsed value was less than or equal to zero, then
   the maximum value of the progress bar is 1.0.
   If the progress bar is a determinate progress bar, user agents must parse
   the value attribute’s value according to the rules for parsing
   floating-point number values. If this does not result in an error, and if
   the parsed value is less than the maximum value and greater than zero,
   then the current value of the progress bar is that parsed value.
   Otherwise, if the parsed value was greater than or equal to the maximum
   value, then the current value of the progress bar is the maximum value of
   the progress bar. Otherwise, if parsing the value attribute’s value
   resulted in an error, or a number less than or equal to zero, then the
   current value of the progress bar is zero.
   user agent requirements for showing the progress bar: When representing a
   progress element to the user, the user agent should indicate whether it is
   a determinate or indeterminate progress bar, and in the former case,
   should indicate the relative position of the current value relative to the
   maximum value.
   progress . position
           For a determinate progress bar (one with known current and maximum
           values), returns the result of dividing the current value by the
           maximum value.
           For an indeterminate progress bar, returns -1.
   If the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar, then the position
   IDL attribute must return -1. Otherwise, it must return the result of
   dividing the current value by the maximum value.
   If the progress bar is an indeterminate progress bar, then the value IDL
   attribute, on getting, must return 0. Otherwise, it must return the
   current value. On setting, the given value must be converted to the best
   representation of the number as a floating-point number and then the value
   content attribute must be set to that string.
   Setting the value IDL attribute to itself when the corresponding content
   attribute is absent would change the progress bar from an indeterminate
   progress bar to a determinate progress bar with no progress.
   The max IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same name,
   limited to numbers greater than zero. The default value for max is 1.0.
   The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels.
    4.10.14. The meter element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Labelable element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where phrasing content is expected.
   Content model:
           Phrasing content, but there must be no meter element descendants.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           value - Current value of the element
           min - Lower bound of range
           max - Upper bound of range
           low - High limit of low range
           high - Low limit of high range
           optimum - Optimum value in gauge
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLMeterElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute double value;
   attribute double min;
   attribute double max;
   attribute double low;
   attribute double high;
   attribute double optimum;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
   The meter element represents a scalar measurement within a known range, or
   a fractional value; for example disk usage, the relevance of a query
   result, or the fraction of a voting population to have selected a
   particular candidate.
   This is also known as a gauge.
   The meter element should not be used to indicate progress (as in a
   progress bar). For that role, HTML provides a separate progress element.
   The meter element also does not represent a scalar value of arbitrary
   range — for example, it would be wrong to use this to report a weight, or
   height, unless there is a known maximum value.
   There are six attributes that determine the semantics of the gauge
   represented by the element.
   The min attribute specifies the lower bound of the range, and the max
   attribute specifies the upper bound. The value attribute specifies the
   value to have the gauge indicate as the "measured" value.
   The other three attributes can be used to segment the gauge’s range into
   "low", "medium", and "high" parts, and to indicate which part of the gauge
   is the "optimum" part. The low attribute specifies the range that is
   considered to be the "low" part, and the high attribute specifies the
   range that is considered to be the "high" part. The optimum attribute
   gives the position that is "optimum"; if that is higher than the "high"
   value then this indicates that the higher the value, the better; if it’s
   lower than the "low" mark then it indicates that lower values are better,
   and naturally if it is in between then it indicates that neither high nor
   low values are good.
   Authoring requirements: The value attribute must be specified. The value,
   min, low, high, max, and optimum attributes, when present, must have
   values that are valid floating-point numbers.
   In addition, the attributes' values are further constrained:
   Let value be the value attribute’s number.
   If the min attribute is specified, then let minimum be that attribute’s
   value; otherwise, let it be zero.
   If the max attribute is specified, then let maximum be that attribute’s
   value; otherwise, let it be 1.0.
   The following inequalities must hold, as applicable:
     * minimum ≤ value ≤ maximum
     * minimum ≤ low ≤ maximum (if low is specified)
     * minimum ≤ high ≤ maximum (if high is specified)
     * minimum ≤ optimum ≤ maximum (if optimum is specified)
     * low ≤ high (if both low and high are specified)
   If no minimum or maximum is specified, then the range is assumed to be
   0..1, and the value thus has to be within that range.
   Authors are encouraged to include a textual representation of the gauge’s
   state in the element’s contents, for users of user agents that do not
   support the meter element.
   When used with microdata, the meter element’s value attribute provides the
   element’s machine-readable value.
   The following examples show three gauges that would all be three-quarters
   full:
 Storage space usage: 6 blocks used (out of 8 total) 
 Voter turnout:  
 Tickets sold:  
   The following example is incorrect use of the element, because it doesn’t
   give a range (and since the default maximum is 1, both of the gauges would
   end up looking maxed out):
 The grapefruit pie had a radius of 12cm and a height of 2cm .
 
   Instead, one would either not include the meter element, or use the meter
   element with a defined range to give the dimensions in context compared to
   other pies:
 The grapefruit pie had a radius of 12cm and a height of
 2cm.
 
   Radius:   12cm 
    Height:   2cm 
   
   There is no explicit way to specify units in the meter element, but the
   units may be specified in the title attribute in free-form text.
   The example above could be extended to mention the units:
 
   Radius:   12cm 
    Height:   2cm 
   
   User agent requirements: User agents must parse the min, max, value, low,
   high, and optimum attributes using the rules for parsing floating-point
   number values.
   User agents must then use all these numbers to obtain values for six
   points on the gauge, as follows. (The order in which these are evaluated
   is important, as some of the values refer to earlier ones.)
   The minimum value
           If the min attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out
           of it, then the minimum value is that value. Otherwise, the
           minimum value is zero.
   The maximum value
           If the max attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out
           of it, then the candidate maximum value is that value. Otherwise,
           the candidate maximum value is 1.0.
           If the candidate maximum value is greater than or equal to the
           minimum value, then the maximum value is the candidate maximum
           value. Otherwise, the maximum value is the same as the minimum
           value.
   The actual value
           If the value attribute is specified and a value could be parsed
           out of it, then that value is the candidate actual value.
           Otherwise, the candidate actual value is zero.
           If the candidate actual value is less than the minimum value, then
           the actual value is the minimum value.
           Otherwise, if the candidate actual value is greater than the
           maximum value, then the actual value is the maximum value.
           Otherwise, the actual value is the candidate actual value.
   The low boundary
           If the low attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out
           of it, then the candidate low boundary is that value. Otherwise,
           the candidate low boundary is the same as the minimum value.
           If the candidate low boundary is less than the minimum value, then
           the low boundary is the minimum value.
           Otherwise, if the candidate low boundary is greater than the
           maximum value, then the low boundary is the maximum value.
           Otherwise, the low boundary is the candidate low boundary.
   The high boundary
           If the high attribute is specified and a value could be parsed out
           of it, then the candidate high boundary is that value. Otherwise,
           the candidate high boundary is the same as the maximum value.
           If the candidate high boundary is less than the low boundary, then
           the high boundary is the low boundary.
           Otherwise, if the candidate high boundary is greater than the
           maximum value, then the high boundary is the maximum value.
           Otherwise, the high boundary is the candidate high boundary.
   The optimum point
           If the optimum attribute is specified and a value could be parsed
           out of it, then the candidate optimum point is that value.
           Otherwise, the candidate optimum point is the midpoint between the
           minimum value and the maximum value.
           If the candidate optimum point is less than the minimum value,
           then the optimum point is the minimum value.
           Otherwise, if the candidate optimum point is greater than the
           maximum value, then the optimum point is the maximum value.
           Otherwise, the optimum point is the candidate optimum point.
   All of which will result in the following inequalities all being true:
     * minimum value ≤ actual value ≤ maximum value
     * minimum value ≤ low boundary ≤ high boundary ≤ maximum value
     * minimum value ≤ optimum point ≤ maximum value
   user agent requirements for regions of the gauge: If the optimum point is
   equal to the low boundary or the high boundary, or anywhere in between
   them, then the region between the low and high boundaries of the gauge
   must be treated as the optimum region, and the low and high parts, if any,
   must be treated as suboptimal. Otherwise, if the optimum point is less
   than the low boundary, then the region between the minimum value and the
   low boundary must be treated as the optimum region, the region from the
   low boundary up to the high boundary must be treated as a suboptimal
   region, and the remaining region must be treated as an even less good
   region. Finally, if the optimum point is higher than the high boundary,
   then the situation is reversed; the region between the high boundary and
   the maximum value must be treated as the optimum region, the region from
   the high boundary down to the low boundary must be treated as a suboptimal
   region, and the remaining region must be treated as an even less good
   region.
   user agent requirements for showing the gauge: When representing a meter
   element to the user, the user agent should indicate the relative position
   of the actual value to the minimum and maximum values, and the
   relationship between the actual value and the three regions of the gauge.
   The following markup:
 Suggested groups 
 
   Hide suggested groups 
  
 
   Might be rendered as follows: With the  elements rendered as inline
   green bars of varying lengths.
   User agents may combine the value of the title attribute and the other
   attributes to provide context-sensitive help or inline text detailing the
   actual values.
   For example, the following snippet:
  
   ...might cause the user agent to display a gauge with a tooltip saying
   "Value: 23.2 out of 60." on one line and "seconds" on a second line.
   The value IDL attribute, on getting, must return the actual value. On
   setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of
   the number as a floating-point number and then the value content attribute
   must be set to that string.
   The min IDL attribute, on getting, must return the minimum value. On
   setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of
   the number as a floating-point number and then the min content attribute
   must be set to that string.
   The max IDL attribute, on getting, must return the maximum value. On
   setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of
   the number as a floating-point number and then the max content attribute
   must be set to that string.
   The low IDL attribute, on getting, must return the low boundary. On
   setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of
   the number as a floating-point number and then the low content attribute
   must be set to that string.
   The high IDL attribute, on getting, must return the high boundary. On
   setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of
   the number as a floating-point number and then the high content attribute
   must be set to that string.
   The optimum IDL attribute, on getting, must return the optimum value. On
   setting, the given value must be converted to the best representation of
   the number as a floating-point number and then the optimum content
   attribute must be set to that string.
   The labels IDL attribute provides a list of the element’s labels.
   The following example shows how a gauge could fall back to localized or
   pretty-printed text.
 Disk usage: 170 261 928 bytes used
 out of 233 257 824 bytes available 
    4.10.15. The fieldset element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Sectioning root.
           listed and reassociateable form-associated element.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where flow content is expected.
   Content model:
           Optionally a legend element, followed by flow content.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           disabled - Whether the form control is disabled
           form - Associates the control with a form element
           name - Name of form control to use for §4.10.21 Form submission
           and in the form.elements API
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           group or presentation.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLFieldSetElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString name;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection elements;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
 };
   The fieldset element represents a set of form controls optionally grouped
   under a common name.
   The name of the group is given by the first legend element that is a child
   of the fieldset element, if any. The remainder of the descendants form the
   group.
   The disabled attribute, when specified, causes all the form control
   descendants of the fieldset element, excluding those that are descendants
   of the fieldset element’s first legend element child, if any, to be
   disabled.
   A fieldset element is a disabled fieldset if it matches any of the
   following conditions:
     * Its disabled attribute is specified
     * It is a descendant of another fieldset element whose disabled
       attribute is specified, and is not a descendant of that fieldset
       element’s first legend element child, if any.
   The form attribute is used to explicitly associate the fieldset element
   with its form owner. The name attribute represents the element’s name.
   fieldset . type
           Returns the string "fieldset".
   fieldset . elements
           Returns an HTMLCollection of the form controls in the element.
   The disabled IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
   The type IDL attribute must return the string "fieldset".
   The elements IDL attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the
   fieldset element, whose filter matches listed elements.
   The willValidate, validity, and validationMessage attributes, and the
   checkValidity(), reportValidity(), and setCustomValidity() methods, are
   part of the constraint validation API. The form and name IDL attributes
   are part of the element’s forms API.
   This example shows a fieldset element being used to group a set of related
   controls:
 
   Display 
     Black on White 
   
  White on Black 
   
  Use grayscale 
   
Enhance contrast  
   
   
    
     
 
 
   The following snippet shows a fieldset with a checkbox in the legend that
   controls whether or not the fieldset is enabled. The contents of the
   fieldset consist of two required text fields and an optional year/month
   control.
 
    
    
   Use Club Card
      
   Name on card:  
   Card number:  
   Expiry date:  
  
   You can also nest fieldset elements. Here is an example expanding on the
   previous one that does so:
 
    
    
   Use Club Card
      
   Name on card:  
   
    
      
     My card has numbers on it
      
   Card number:  
    
   
    
      
     My card has letters on it
      
   Card code:  
    
  
   In this example, if the outer "Use Club Card" checkbox is not checked,
   everything inside the outer fieldset, including the two radio buttons in
   the legends of the two nested fieldsets, will be disabled. However, if the
   checkbox is checked, then the radio buttons will both be enabled and will
   let you select which of the two inner fieldsets is to be enabled.
    4.10.16. The legend element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As the first child of a fieldset element.
   Content model:
           Phrasing content and headings (h1-h6 elements).
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLLegendElement : HTMLElement {
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
 };
   The legend element represents a caption for the rest of the contents of
   the legend element’s parent fieldset element, if any.
   legend . form
           Returns the element’s form element, if any, or null otherwise.
   The form IDL attribute’s behavior depends on whether the legend element is
   in a fieldset element or not. If the legend has a fieldset element as its
   parent, then the form IDL attribute must return the same value as the form
   IDL attribute on that fieldset element. Otherwise, it must return null.
    4.10.17. Form control infrastructure
      4.10.17.1. A form control value
   Most form controls have a value and a checkedness. (The latter is only
   used by input elements.) These are used to describe how the user interacts
   with the control.
   A control’s value is its internal state. As such, it might not match the
   user’s current input.
   For instance, if a user enters the word "three" into a numeric field that
   expects digits, the user’s input would be the string "three" but the
   control’s value would remain unchanged. Or, if a user enters the email
   address "  awesome@example.com" (with leading white space) into an email
   field, the user’s input would be the string "  awesome@example.com" but
   the browser’s UI for email fields might translate that into a value of
   "awesome@example.com" (without the leading white space).
   To define the behavior of constraint validation in the face of the input
   element’s multiple attribute, input elements can also have separately
   defined values.
   The select element does not have a value; the selectedness of its option
   elements is what is used instead.
      4.10.17.2. Mutability
   A form control can be designated as mutable.
   This determines (by means of definitions and requirements in this
   specification that rely on whether an element is so designated) whether or
   not the user can modify the value or checkedness of a form control, or
   whether or not a control can be automatically prefilled.
      4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms
   A form-associated element can have a relationship with a form element,
   which is called the element’s form owner. If a form-associated element is
   not associated with a form element, its form owner is said to be null.
   A form-associated element is, by default, associated with its nearest
   ancestor form element (as described below), but, if it is reassociateable,
   may have a form attribute specified to override this.
   This feature allows authors to work around the lack of support for nested
   form elements.
   If a reassociateable form-associated element has a form attribute
   specified, then that attribute’s value must be the ID of a form element in
   the element’s owner Document.
   The rules in this section are complicated by the fact that although
   conforming documents will never contain nested form elements, it is quite
   possible (e.g., using a script that performs DOM manipulation) to generate
   documents that have such nested elements. They are also complicated by
   rules in the HTML parser that, for historical reasons, can result in a
   form-associated element being associated with a form element that is not
   its ancestor.
   When a form-associated element is created, its form owner must be
   initialized to null (no owner).
   When a form-associated element is to be associated with a form, its form
   owner must be set to that form.
   When a form-associated element or one of its ancestors is inserted into a
   Document, then the user agent must reset the form owner of that
   form-associated element. The HTML parser overrides this requirement when
   inserting form controls.
   When an element changes its parent node resulting in a form-associated
   element and its form owner (if any) no longer being in the same tree, then
   the user agent must reset the form owner of that form-associated element.
   When a reassociateable form-associated element’s form attribute is set,
   changed, or removed, then the user agent must reset the form owner of that
   element.
   When a reassociateable form-associated element has a form attribute and
   the ID of any of the elements in the Document changes, then the user agent
   must reset the form owner of that form-associated element.
   When a reassociateable form-associated element has a form attribute and an
   element with an ID is inserted into or removed from the Document, then the
   user agent must reset the form owner of that form-associated element.
   When the user agent is to reset the form owner of a form-associated
   element, it must run the following steps:
    1. If the element’s form owner is not null, and either the element is not
       reassociateable or its form content attribute is not present, and the
       element’s form owner is its nearest form element ancestor after the
       change to the ancestor chain, then do nothing, and abort these steps.
    2. Let the element’s form owner be null.
    3. If the element is reassociateable, has a form content attribute, and
       is itself in a Document, then run these substeps:
         1. If the first element in the Document to have an ID that is
            case-sensitively equal to the element’s form content attribute’s
            value is a form element, then associate the form-associated
            element with that form element.
         2. Abort the "reset the form owner" steps.
    4. Otherwise, if the form-associated element in question has an ancestor
       form element, then associate the form-associated element with the
       nearest such ancestor form element.
    5. Otherwise, the element is left unassociated.
   In the following non-conforming snippet:
 ...  
   
    
   
 ...
   The form owner of "d" would be the inner nested form "c", while the form
   owner of "e" would be the outer form "a".
   This happens as follows: First, the "e" node gets associated with "c" in
   the HTML parser. Then, the innerHTML algorithm moves the nodes from the
   temporary document to the "b" element. At this point, the nodes see their
   ancestor chain change, and thus all the "magic" associations done by the
   parser are reset to normal ancestor associations.
   This example is a non-conforming document, though, as it is a violation of
   the content models to nest form elements, and there is a parse error for
   the  tag.
   element . form
           Returns the element’s form owner.
           Returns null if there isn’t one.
   Reassociateable form-associated elements have a form IDL attribute, which,
   on getting, must return the element’s form owner, or null if there isn’t
   one.
    4.10.18. Attributes common to form controls
      4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute
   The name content attribute gives the name of the form control, as used in
   §4.10.21 Form submission and in the form element’s elements object. If the
   attribute is specified, its value must not be the empty string.
   Any non-empty value for name is allowed, but the name "_charset_" is
   special:
   _charset_
           This value, if used as the name of a Hidden control with no value
           attribute, is automatically given a value during submission
           consisting of the submission character encoding.
   The name IDL attribute must reflect the name content attribute.
      4.10.18.2. Submitting element directionality: the dirname attribute
   The dirname attribute on a form control element enables the submission of
   the directionality of the element, and gives the name of the field that
   contains this value during §4.10.21 Form submission. If such an attribute
   is specified, its value must not be the empty string.
   In this example, a form contains a text field and a submission button:
 
   Comment:  
   Post Comment 
  
   When the user submits the form, the user agent includes three fields, one
   called "comment", one called "comment.dir", and one called "mode"; so if
   the user types "Hello", the submission body might be something like:
 comment=Hello&comment.dir=ltr&mode=add
   If the user manually switches to a right-to-left writing direction and
   enters "مرحبا", the submission body might be something like:
 comment=%D9%85%D8%B1%D8%AD%D8%A8%D8%A7&comment.dir=rtl&mode=add
      4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
   A form control maxlength attribute, controlled by a dirty value flag,
   declares a limit on the number of characters a user can input.
   If an element has its form control maxlength attribute specified, the
   attribute’s value must be a valid non-negative integer. If the attribute
   is specified and applying the rules for parsing non-negative integers to
   its value results in a number, then that number is the element’s maximum
   allowed value length. If the attribute is omitted or parsing its value
   results in an error, then there is no maximum allowed value length.
   Constraint validation: If an element has a maximum allowed value length,
   its dirty value flag is true, its value was last changed by a user edit
   (as opposed to a change made by a script), and the code-unit length of the
   element’s value is greater than the element’s maximum allowed value
   length, then the element is suffering from being too long.
   User agents may prevent the user from causing the element’s value to be
   set to a value whose code-unit length is greater than the element’s
   maximum allowed value length.
   In the case of textarea elements, this is the value, not the raw value, so
   the textarea wrapping transformation is applied before the maximum allowed
   value length is checked.
      4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
      attribute
   A form control minlength attribute, controlled by a dirty value flag,
   declares a lower bound on the number of characters a user can input.
   The minlength attribute does not imply the required attribute. If the form
   control has no required attribute, then the value can still be omitted;
   the minlength attribute only kicks in once the user has entered a value at
   all. If the empty string is not allowed, then the required attribute also
   needs to be set.
   If an element has its form control minlength attribute specified, the
   attribute’s value must be a valid non-negative integer. If the attribute
   is specified and applying the rules for parsing non-negative integers to
   its value results in a number, then that number is the element’s minimum
   allowed value length. If the attribute is omitted or parsing its value
   results in an error, then there is no minimum allowed value length.
   If an element has both a maximum allowed value length and a minimum
   allowed value length, the minimum allowed value length must be smaller
   than or equal to the maximum allowed value length.
   Constraint validation: If an element has a minimum allowed value length,
   its dirty value flag is true, its value was last changed by a user edit
   (as opposed to a change made by a script), its value is not the empty
   string, and the code-unit length of the element’s value is less than the
   element’s minimum allowed value length, then the element is suffering from
   being too short.
   In this example, there are four text fields. The first is required, and
   has to be at least 5 characters long. The other three are optional, but if
   the user fills one in, the user has to enter at least 10 characters.
 
   Name of Event:  
   Describe what you would like for breakfast, if anything:
      
   Describe what you would like for lunch, if anything:
      
   Describe what you would like for dinner, if anything:
      
   
  
      4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled attribute
   The disabled content attribute is a boolean attribute.
   A form control is disabled if any of the following conditions are met:
    1. The element is a button, input, select, or textarea element, and the
       disabled attribute is specified on this element (regardless of its
       value).
    2. The element is a descendant of a fieldset element whose disabled
       attribute is specified, and is not a descendant of that fieldset
       element’s first legend element child, if any.
   A form control that is disabled must prevent any click events that are
   queued on the user interaction task source from being dispatched on the
   element.
   Constraint validation: If an element is disabled, it is barred from
   constraint validation.
   The disabled IDL attribute must reflect the disabled content attribute.
      4.10.18.6. Form submission
   Attributes for form submission can be specified both on form elements and
   on submit buttons (elements that represent buttons that submit forms,
   e.g., an input element whose type attribute is in the Submit Button
   state).
   The attributes for form submission that may be specified on form elements
   are action, enctype, method, novalidate, and target.
   The corresponding attributes for form submission that may be specified on
   submit buttons are formaction, formenctype, formmethod, formnovalidate,
   and formtarget. When omitted, they default to the values given on the
   corresponding attributes on the form element.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The action and formaction content attributes, if specified, must have a
   value that is a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces.
   The action of an element is the value of the element’s formaction
   attribute, if the element is a Submit Button and has such an attribute, or
   the value of its form owner’s action attribute, if it has one, or else the
   empty string.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The method and formmethod content attributes are enumerated attributes
   with the following keywords and states:
     * The keyword get, mapping to the state GET, indicating the HTTP GET
       method.
     * The keyword post, mapping to the state POST, indicating the HTTP POST
       method.
     * The keyword dialog, mapping to the state dialog, indicating that
       submitting the form is intended to close the dialog box in which the
       form finds itself, if any, and otherwise not submit.
   The invalid value default for these attributes is the GET state. The
   missing value default for the method attribute is also the GET state.
   (There is no missing value default for the formmethod attribute.)
   The method of an element is one of those states. If the element is a
   Submit Button and has a formmethod attribute, then the element’s method is
   that attribute’s state; otherwise, it is the form owner’s method
   attribute’s state.
   Here the method attribute is used to explicitly specify the default value,
   "get", so that the search query is submitted in the URL:
 
   Search terms:  
   
  
   On the other hand, here the method attribute is used to specify the value
   "post", so that the user’s message is submitted in the HTTP request’s
   body:
 
   Message:  
   
  
   In this example, a form is used with a dialog. The method attribute’s
   "dialog" keyword is used to have the dialog automatically close when the
   form is submitted.
   
   A ship has arrived in the harbour.
   Board the ship 
   Call to the captain 
    
  
 
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The enctype and formenctype content attributes are enumerated attributes
   with the following keywords and states:
     * The "application/x-www-form-urlencoded" keyword and corresponding
       state.
     * The "multipart/form-data" keyword and corresponding state.
     * The "text/plain" keyword and corresponding state.
   The invalid value default for these attributes is the
   application/x-www-form-urlencoded state. The missing value default for the
   enctype attribute is also the application/x-www-form-urlencoded state.
   (There is no missing value default for the formenctype attribute.)
   The enctype of an element is one of those three states. If the element is
   a Submit Button and has a formenctype attribute, then the element’s
   enctype is that attribute’s state; otherwise, it is the form owner’s
   enctype attribute’s state.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The target and formtarget content attributes, if specified, must have
   values that are valid browsing context names or keywords.
   The target of an element is the value of the element’s formtarget
   attribute, if the element is a Submit Button and has such an attribute; or
   the value of its form owner’s target attribute, if it has such an
   attribute; or, if the Document contains a base element with a target
   attribute, then the value of the target attribute of the first such base
   element; or, if there is no such element, the empty string.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The novalidate and formnovalidate content attributes are boolean
   attributes. If present, they indicate that the form is not to be validated
   during submission.
   The no-validate state of an element is true if the element is a Submit
   Button and the element’s formnovalidate attribute is present, or if the
   element’s form owner’s novalidate attribute is present, and false
   otherwise.
   This attribute is useful to include "save" buttons on forms that have
   validation constraints, to allow users to save their progress even though
   they haven’t fully entered the data in the form. The following example
   shows a simple form that has two required fields. There are three buttons:
   one to submit the form, which requires both fields to be filled in; one to
   save the form so that the user can come back and fill it in later; and one
   to cancel the form altogether.
 
   Name:  
   Essay:  
   
   
   
  
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The action IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name, except that on getting, when the content attribute is missing or its
   value is the empty string, the document’s URL must be returned instead.
   The target IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
   The method and enctype IDL attributes must reflect the respective content
   attributes of the same name, limited to only known values.
   The encoding IDL attribute must reflect the enctype content attribute,
   limited to only known values.
   The noValidate IDL attribute must reflect the novalidate content
   attribute.
   The formAction IDL attribute must reflect the formaction content
   attribute, except that on getting, when the content attribute is missing
   or its value is the empty string, the document’s URL must be returned
   instead.
   The formEnctype IDL attribute must reflect the formenctype content
   attribute, limited to only known values.
   The formMethod IDL attribute must reflect the formmethod content
   attribute, limited to only known values.
   The formNoValidate IDL attribute must reflect the formnovalidate content
   attribute.
   The formTarget IDL attribute must reflect the formtarget content
   attribute.
        4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
   The autofocus content attribute allows the author to indicate that a
   control is to be focused as soon as the page is loaded or as soon as the
   dialog within which it finds itself is shown, allowing the user to just
   start typing without having to manually focus the main control.
   Use of the autofocus attribute can reduce usability and accessibility for
   users. Users of assistive technology can be adversively affected, because
   its use overrides the default behaviour of assistive technology to display
   content at the top of a document in the viewport, or announce content from
   the start of the document. Users with cognitive disabilities can also be
   disorientated by unexpected focus movement upon page load.
   User agents should provide a method for users to disable the autofocus
   attribute behaviour.
   The autofocus attribute is a boolean attribute.
   An element’s nearest ancestor autofocus scoping document element is the
   element itself if the element is a dialog element, or else is the
   element’s nearest ancestor dialog element, if any, or else is the
   element’s document element.
   There must not be two elements with the same nearest ancestor autofocus
   scoping document element that both have the autofocus attribute specified.
   When an element with the autofocus attribute specified is inserted into a
   document, user agents should run the following steps:
    1. Let target be the element’s node document.
    2. If target has no browsing context, abort these steps.
    3. If target’s browsing context has no top-level browsing context (e.g.,
       it is a nested browsing context with no parent browsing context),
       abort these steps.
    4. If target’s active sandboxing flag set has the sandboxed automatic
       features browsing context flag, abort these steps.
    5. If target’s origin is not the same as the origin of the node document
       of the currently focused element in target’s top-level browsing
       context, abort these steps.
    6. If target’s origin is not the same as the origin of the active
       document of target’s top-level browsing context, abort these steps.
    7. If the user agent has already reached the last step of this list of
       steps in response to an element being inserted into a Document whose
       top-level browsing context’s active document is the same as target’s
       top-level browsing context’s active document, abort these steps.
    8. If the user has indicated (for example, by starting to type in a form
       control) that he does not wish focus to be changed, then optionally
       abort these steps.
    9. Queue a task that runs the focusing steps for the element. User agents
       may also change the scrolling position of the document, or perform
       some other action that brings the element to the user’s attention. The
       task source for this task is the user interaction task source.
   This handles the automatic focusing during document load. The show() and
   showModal() methods of dialog elements also processes the autofocus
   attribute.
   Focusing the control does not imply that the user agent must focus the
   browser window if it has lost focus.
   The autofocus IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
   In the following snippet, the text control would be focused when the
   document was loaded.
  
  
      4.10.18.7. Autofill
        4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
   User agents sometimes have features for helping users fill forms in, for
   example prefilling the user’s address based on earlier user input. The
   autocomplete content attribute can be used to hint to the user agent how
   to, or indeed whether to, provide such a feature.
   There are two ways this attribute is used. When wearing the autofill
   expectation mantle, the autocomplete attribute describes what input is
   expected from users. When wearing the autofill anchor mantle, the
   autocomplete attribute describes the meaning of the given value.
   On an input element whose type attribute is in the Hidden state, the
   autocomplete attribute wears the autofill anchor mantle. In all other
   cases, it wears the autofill expectation mantle.
   When wearing the autofill expectation mantle, the autocomplete attribute,
   if specified, must have a value that is an ordered set of space-separated
   tokens consisting of either a single token that is an ASCII
   case-insensitive match for the string "off", or a single token that is an
   ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "on", or autofill detail
   tokens.
   When wearing the autofill anchor mantle, the autocomplete attribute, if
   specified, must have a value that is an ordered set of space-separated
   tokens consisting of just autofill detail tokens (i.e., the "on" and "off"
   keywords are not allowed).
   Autofill detail tokens are the following, in the order given below:
    1. Optionally, a token whose first eight characters are an ASCII
       case-insensitive match for the string "section-", meaning that the
       field belongs to the named group.
       For example, if there are two shipping addresses in the form, then
       they could be marked up as:
 
   Ship the blue gift to... 
     Address:         
     City:           
     Postal Code:    
  
 
   Ship the red gift to... 
     Address:        
     City:           
     Postal Code:    
  
    2. Optionally, a token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of
       the following strings:
          * "shipping", meaning the field is part of the shipping address or
            contact information
          * "billing", meaning the field is part of the billing address or
            contact information
    3. Either of the following two options:
          * A token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the
            following autofill field names, excluding those that are
            inappropriate for the control:
               * "name"
               * "honorific-prefix"
               * "given-name"
               * "additional-name"
               * "family-name"
               * "honorific-suffix"
               * "nickname"
               * "username"
               * "new-password"
               * "current-password"
               * "organization-title"
               * "organization"
               * "street-address"
               * "address-line1"
               * "address-line2"
               * "address-line3"
               * "address-level4"
               * "address-level3"
               * "address-level2"
               * "address-level1"
               * "country"
               * "country-name"
               * "postal-code"
               * "cc-name"
               * "cc-given-name"
               * "cc-additional-name"
               * "cc-family-name"
               * "cc-number"
               * "cc-exp"
               * "cc-exp-month"
               * "cc-exp-year"
               * "cc-csc"
               * "cc-type"
               * "transaction-currency"
               * "transaction-amount"
               * "language"
               * "bday"
               * "bday-day"
               * "bday-month"
               * "bday-year"
               * "sex"
               * "url"
               * "photo"
            (See the table below for descriptions of these values.)
          * The following, in the given order:
              1. Optionally, a token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match
                 for one of the following strings:
                    * "home", meaning the field is for contacting someone at
                      their residence
                    * "work", meaning the field is for contacting someone at
                      their workplace
                    * "mobile", meaning the field is for contacting someone
                      regardless of location
                    * "fax", meaning the field describes a fax machine’s
                      contact details
                    * "pager", meaning the field describes a pager’s or
                      beeper’s contact details
              2. A token that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of
                 the following autofill field names, excluding those that are
                 inappropriate for the control:
                    * "tel"
                    * "tel-country-code"
                    * "tel-national"
                    * "tel-area-code"
                    * "tel-local"
                    * "tel-local-prefix"
                    * "tel-local-suffix"
                    * "tel-extension"
                    * "email"
                    * "impp"
                 (See the table below for descriptions of these values.)
   As noted earlier, the meaning of the attribute and its keywords depends on
   the mantle that the attribute is wearing.
   When wearing the autofill expectation mantle...
           The "off" keyword indicates either that the control’s input data
           is particularly sensitive (for example the activation code for a
           nuclear weapon); or that it is a value that will never be reused
           (for example a one-time-key for a bank login) and the user will
           therefore have to explicitly enter the data each time, instead of
           being able to rely on the user agent to prefill the value for him;
           or that the document provides its own autocomplete mechanism and
           does not want the user agent to provide autocompletion values.
           The "on" keyword indicates that the user agent is allowed to
           provide the user with autocompletion values, but does not provide
           any further information about what kind of data the user might be
           expected to enter. User agents would have to use heuristics to
           decide what autocompletion values to suggest.
           The autofill field listed above indicate that the user agent is
           allowed to provide the user with autocompletion values, and
           specifies what kind of value is expected. The meaning of each such
           keyword is described in the table below.
           If the autocomplete attribute is omitted, the default value
           corresponding to the state of the element’s form owner’s
           autocomplete attribute is used instead (either "on" or "off"). If
           there is no form owner, then the value "on" is used.
   When wearing the autofill anchor mantle...
           The autofill field listed above indicate that the value of the
           particular kind of value specified is that value provided for this
           element. The meaning of each such keyword is described in the
           table below.
           In this example the page has explicitly specified the currency and
           amount of the transaction. The form requests a credit card and
           other billing details. The user agent could use this information
           to suggest a credit card that it knows has sufficient balance and
           that supports the relevant currency.
 
    
    
   Credit card number:  
   
Expiry Date:  
   
 
 
 
   The autofill field keywords relate to each other as described in the table
   below. Each field name listed on a row of this table corresponds to the
   meaning given in the cell for that row in the column labeled "Meaning".
   Some fields correspond to subparts of other fields; for example, a credit
   card expiry date can be expressed as one field giving both the month and
   year of expiry ("cc-exp"), or as two fields, one giving the month
   ("cc-exp-month") and one the year ("cc-exp-year"). In such cases, the
   names of the broader fields cover multiple rows, in which the narrower
   fields are defined.
   Generally, authors are encouraged to use the broader fields rather than
   the narrower fields, as the narrower fields tend to expose Western biases.
   For example, while it is common in some Western cultures to have a given
   name and a family name, in that order (and thus often referred to as a
   first name and a surname), many cultures put the family name first and the
   given name second, and many others simply have one name (a mononym).
   Having a single field is therefore more flexible.
   Some fields are only appropriate for certain form controls. An autofill
   field name is inappropriate for a control if the control does not belong
   to the group listed for that autofill field in the fifth column of the
   first row describing that autofill field in the table below. What controls
   fall into each group is described below the table.
Field name             Meaning                       Canonical      Canonical Format Example                                             Control   
                                                     Format                                                                              group     
                                                     Free-form                                                                                     
"name"                 Full name                     text, no       Sir Timothy John Berners-Lee, OM, KBE, FRS, FREng, FRSA              Text
                                                     newlines       
                       Prefix or title (e.g., "Mr.", Free-form                                                                                     
  "honorific-prefix"   "Ms.", "Dr.", "M^lle")        text, no       Sir                                                                  Text
                                                     newlines       
                       Given name (in some Western   Free-form                                                                                     
  "given-name"         cultures, also known as the   text, no       Timothy                                                              Text
                       first name)                   newlines       
                       Additional names (in some     Free-form                                                                                     
  "additional-name"    Western cultures, also known  text, no       John                                                                 Text
                       as middle names, forenames    newlines       
                       other than the first name)    
                       Family name (in some Western  Free-form                                                                                     
  "family-name"        cultures, also known as the   text, no       Berners-Lee                                                          Text
                       last name or surname)         newlines       
                       Suffix (e.g., "Jr.", "B.Sc.", Free-form                                                                                     
  "honorific-suffix"   "MBASW", "II")                text, no       OM, KBE, FRS, FREng, FRSA                                            Text
                                                     newlines       
                       Nickname, screen name,        Free-form                                                                                     
"nickname"             handle: a typically short     text, no       Tim                                                                  Text
                       name used instead of the full newlines       
                       name                          
                       Job title (e.g., "Software    Free-form                                                                                     
"organization-title"   Engineer", "Senior Vice       text, no       Professor                                                            Text
                       President", "Deputy Managing  newlines       
                       Director")                    
                                                     Free-form                                                                                     
"username"             A username                    text, no       timbl                                                                Text
                                                     newlines       
                       A new password (e.g., when    Free-form                                                                                     
"new-password"         creating an account or        text, no       GUMFXbadyrS3                                                         Password
                       changing a password)          newlines       
                       The current password for the  Free-form                                                                                     
"current-password"     account identified by the     text, no       qwerty                                                               Password
                       username field (e.g., when    newlines       
                       logging in)                   
                       Company name corresponding to                                                                                               
                       the person, address, or       Free-form      
"organization"         contact information in the    text, no       World Wide Web Consortium                                            Text
                       other fields associated with  newlines
                       this field                    
"street-address"       Street address (multiple      Free-form text 32 Vassar Street                                                     Multiline 
                       lines, newlines preserved)                   MIT Room 32-G524                                                     
                                                     Free-form                                                                                     
  "address-line1"                                    text, no       32 Vassar Street                                                     Text
                                                     newlines       
                       Street address (one line per  Free-form                                                                                     
  "address-line2"      field)                        text, no       MIT Room 32-G524                                                     Text
                                                     newlines       
                                                     Free-form                                                                                     
  "address-line3"                                    text, no                                                                            Text
                                                     newlines       
                       The most fine-grained         Free-form                                                                                     
"address-level4"       administrative level, in      text, no                                                                            Text
                       addresses with four           newlines       
                       administrative levels         
                       The third administrative      Free-form                                                                                     
"address-level3"       level, in addresses with      text, no                                                                            Text
                       three or more administrative  newlines       
                       levels                        
                       The second administrative                                                                                                   
                       level, in addresses with two                 
                       or more administrative                       
                       levels; in the countries with Free-form
"address-level2"       two administrative levels,    text, no       Cambridge                                                            Text
                       this would typically be the   newlines
                       city, town, village, or other 
                       locality within which the     
                       relevant street address is    
                       found                         
                       The broadest administrative                                                                                                 
                       level in the address, i.e.,                  
                       the province within which the                
                       locality is found; for        Free-form
"address-level1"       example, in the US, this      text, no       MA                                                                   Text
                       would be the state; in        newlines
                       Switzerland it would be the   
                       canton; in the UK, the post   
                       town                          
                                                     Valid ISO                                                                                     
"country"              Country code                  3166-1-alpha-2 US                                                                   Text
                                                     country code   
                                                     [ISO3166]      
                                                     Free-form                                                                                     
                                                     text, no       
"country-name"         Country name                  newlines;      US                                                                   Text
                                                     derived from   
                                                     country in     
                                                     some cases     
                       Postal code, post code, ZIP                                                                                                 
                       code, CEDEX code (if CEDEX,   Free-form      
"postal-code"          append "CEDEX", and the       text, no       02139                                                                Text
                       dissement, if relevant, to    newlines
                       the address-level2 field)     
                       Full name as given on the     Free-form                                                                                     
"cc-name"              payment instrument            text, no       Tim Berners-Lee                                                      Text
                                                     newlines       
                       Given name as given on the    Free-form                                                                                     
  "cc-given-name"      payment instrument (in some   text, no       Tim                                                                  Text
                       Western cultures, also known  newlines       
                       as the first name)            
                       Additional names given on the                                                                                               
                       payment instrument (in some   Free-form      
  "cc-additional-name" Western cultures, also known  text, no                                                                            Text
                       as middle names, forenames    newlines
                       other than the first name)    
                       Family name given on the      Free-form                                                                                     
  "cc-family-name"     payment instrument (in some   text, no       Berners-Lee                                                          Text
                       Western cultures, also known  newlines       
                       as the last name or surname)  
                       Code identifying the payment                                                                                                
"cc-number"            instrument (e.g., the credit  ASCII digits   4114360123456785                                                     Text
                       card number)                  
"cc-exp"               Expiration date of the        Valid month    2014-12                                                              Month     
                       payment instrument            string         
                       Month component of the        valid integer                                                                                 
  "cc-exp-month"       expiration date of the        in the range   12                                                                   Numeric
                       payment instrument            1..12          
                       Year component of the         valid integer                                                                                 
  "cc-exp-year"        expiration date of the        greater than   2014                                                                 Numeric
                       payment instrument            zero           
                       Security code for the payment                                                                                               
                       instrument (also known as the 
                       card security code (CSC),     
"cc-csc"               card validation code (CVC),   ASCII digits   419                                                                  Text
                       card verification value       
                       (CVV), signature panel code   
                       (SPC), credit card ID (CCID), 
                       etc)                          
                                                     Free-form                                                                                     
"cc-type"              Type of payment instrument    text, no       Visa                                                                 Text
                                                     newlines       
                       The currency that the user    ISO 4217                                                                                      
"transaction-currency" would prefer the transaction  currency code  GBP                                                                  Text
                       to use                        [ISO4217]      
                       The amount that the user      Valid                                                                                         
"transaction-amount"   would like for the            floating-point 401.00                                                               Numeric
                       transaction (e.g., when       number         
                       entering a bid or sale price) 
                                                     Valid BCP 47                                                                                  
"language"             Preferred language            language tag   en                                                                   Text
                                                     [BCP47]        
"bday"                 Birthday                      Valid date     1955-06-08                                                           Date      
                                                     string         
                                                     valid integer                                                                                 
  "bday-day"           Day component of birthday     in the range   8                                                                    Numeric
                                                     1..31          
                                                     valid integer                                                                                 
  "bday-month"         Month component of birthday   in the range   6                                                                    Numeric
                                                     1..12          
                                                     valid integer                                                                                 
  "bday-year"          Year component of birthday    greater than   1955                                                                 Numeric
                                                     zero           
                       Gender identity (e.g.,        Free-form                                                                                     
"sex"                  Female, Fa’afafine)           text, no       Male                                                                 Text
                                                     newlines       
                       Home page or other Web page                                                                                                 
                       corresponding to the company, 
"url"                  person, address, or contact   Valid URL      https://www.w3.org/People/Berners-Lee/                               URL
                       information in the other      
                       fields associated with this   
                       field                         
                       Photograph, icon, or other                                                                                                  
                       image corresponding to the    
"photo"                company, person, address, or  Valid URL      https://www.w3.org/Press/Stock/Berners-Lee/2001-europaeum-eighth.jpg URL
                       contact information in the    
                       other fields associated with  
                       this field                    
                                                     ASCII digits                                                                                  
                                                     and U+0020     
                                                     SPACE          
"tel"                  Full telephone number,        characters,    +1 617 253 5702                                                      Tel
                       including country code        prefixed by a  
                                                     U+002B PLUS    
                                                     SIGN character 
                                                     (+)            
                                                     ASCII digits                                                                                  
                       Country code component of the prefixed by a  
  "tel-country-code"   telephone number              U+002B PLUS    +1                                                                   Text
                                                     SIGN character 
                                                     (+)            
                       Telephone number without the  ASCII digits                                                                                  
  "tel-national"       county code component, with a and U+0020     617 253 5702                                                         Text
                       country-internal prefix       SPACE          
                       applied if applicable         characters     
                       Area code component of the                                                                                                  
   "tel-area-code"     telephone number, with a      ASCII digits   617                                                                  Text
                       country-internal prefix       
                       applied if applicable         
                       Telephone number without the                                                                                                
   "tel-local"         country code and area code    ASCII digits   2535702                                                              Text
                       components                    
                       First part of the component                                                                                                 
                       of the telephone number that  
    "tel-local-prefix" follows the area code, when   ASCII digits   253                                                                  Text
                       that component is split into  
                       two components                
                       Second part of the component                                                                                                
                       of the telephone number that  
    "tel-local-suffix" follows the area code, when   ASCII digits   5702                                                                 Text
                       that component is split into  
                       two components                
"tel-extension"        Telephone number internal     ASCII digits   1000                                                                 Text      
                       extension code                
"email"                E-mail address                Valid e-mail   timbl@w3.org                                                         E-mail    
                                                     address        
                       URL representing an instant                                                                                                 
                       messaging protocol endpoint   
"impp"                 (for example,                 Valid URL      irc://example.org/timbl,isuser                                       URL
                       "aim:goim?screenname=example" 
                       or "xmpp:fred@example.net")   
   The groups correspond to controls as follows:
   Text
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Text state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Search state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   Multiline
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   Password
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Text state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Search state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Password state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   URL
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Text state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Search state
           input elements with a type attribute in the URL state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   E-mail
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Text state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Search state
           input elements with a type attribute in the E-mail state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   Tel
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Text state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Search state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Telephone state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   Numeric
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Text state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Search state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Number state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   Month
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Text state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Search state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Month state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   Date
           input elements with a type attribute in the Hidden state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Text state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Search state
           input elements with a type attribute in the Date state
           textarea elements
           select elements
   Address levels: The "address-level1" – "address-level4" fields are used to
   describe the locality of the street address. Different locales have
   different numbers of levels. For example, the US uses two levels (state
   and town), the UK uses one or two depending on the address (the post town,
   and in some cases the locality), and China can use three (province, city,
   district). The "address-level1" field represents the widest administrative
   division. Different locales order the fields in different ways; for
   example, in the US the town (level 2) precedes the state (level 1); while
   in Japan the prefecture (level 1) precedes the city (level 2) which
   precedes the district (level 3). Authors are encouraged to provide forms
   that are presented in a way that matches the country’s conventions
   (hiding, showing, and rearranging fields accordingly as the user changes
   the country).
        4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
   Each input element to which the autocomplete attribute applies, each
   select element, and each textarea element, has an autofill hint set, an
   autofill scope, an autofill field name, and an IDL-exposed autofill value.
   The autofill field name specifies the specific kind of data expected in
   the field, e.g., "street-address" or "cc-exp".
   The autofill hint set identifies what address or contact information type
   the user agent is to look at, e.g., "shipping fax" or "billing".
   The autofill scope identifies the group of fields that are to be filled
   with the information from the same source, and consists of the autofill
   hint set with, if applicable, the "section-*" prefix, e.g., "billing",
   "section-parent shipping", or "section-child shipping home".
   These values are defined as the result of running the following algorithm:
    1. If the element has no autocomplete attribute, then jump to the step
       labeled default.
    2. Let tokens be the result of splitting the attribute’s value on spaces.
    3. If tokens is empty, then jump to the step labeled default.
    4. Let index be the index of the last token in tokens.
    5. If the indexth token in tokens is not an ASCII case-insensitive match
       for one of the tokens given in the first column of the following
       table, or if the number of tokens in tokens is greater than the
       maximum number given in the cell in the second column of that token’s
       row, then jump to the step labeled default. Otherwise, let field be
       the string given in the cell of the first column of the matching row,
       and let category be the value of the cell in the third column of that
       same row.
       Token                  Maximum number of tokens Category  
       "off"                  1                        Off       
       "on"                   1                        Automatic 
       "name"                 3                        Normal    
       "honorific-prefix"     3                        Normal    
       "given-name"           3                        Normal    
       "additional-name"      3                        Normal    
       "family-name"          3                        Normal    
       "honorific-suffix"     3                        Normal    
       "nickname"             3                        Normal    
       "organization-title"   3                        Normal    
       "username"             3                        Normal    
       "new-password"         3                        Normal    
       "current-password"     3                        Normal    
       "organization"         3                        Normal    
       "street-address"       3                        Normal    
       "address-line1"        3                        Normal    
       "address-line2"        3                        Normal    
       "address-line3"        3                        Normal    
       "address-level4"       3                        Normal    
       "address-level3"       3                        Normal    
       "address-level2"       3                        Normal    
       "address-level1"       3                        Normal    
       "country"              3                        Normal    
       "country-name"         3                        Normal    
       "postal-code"          3                        Normal    
       "cc-name"              3                        Normal    
       "cc-given-name"        3                        Normal    
       "cc-additional-name"   3                        Normal    
       "cc-family-name"       3                        Normal    
       "cc-number"            3                        Normal    
       "cc-exp"               3                        Normal    
       "cc-exp-month"         3                        Normal    
       "cc-exp-year"          3                        Normal    
       "cc-csc"               3                        Normal    
       "cc-type"              3                        Normal    
       "transaction-currency" 3                        Normal    
       "transaction-amount"   3                        Normal    
       "language"             3                        Normal    
       "bday"                 3                        Normal    
       "bday-day"             3                        Normal    
       "bday-month"           3                        Normal    
       "bday-year"            3                        Normal    
       "sex"                  3                        Normal    
       "url"                  3                        Normal    
       "photo"                3                        Normal    
       "tel"                  4                        Contact   
       "tel-country-code"     4                        Contact   
       "tel-national"         4                        Contact   
       "tel-area-code"        4                        Contact   
       "tel-local"            4                        Contact   
       "tel-local-prefix"     4                        Contact   
       "tel-local-suffix"     4                        Contact   
       "tel-extension"        4                        Contact   
       "email"                4                        Contact   
       "impp"                 4                        Contact   
    6. If category is Off or Automatic but the element’s autocomplete
       attribute is wearing the autofill anchor mantle, then jump to the step
       labeled default.
    7. If category is Off, let the element’s autofill field name be the
       string "off", let its autofill hint set be empty, and let its
       IDL-exposed autofill value be the string "off". Then, abort these
       steps.
    8. If category is Automatic, let the element’s autofill field name be the
       string "on", let its autofill hint set be empty, and let its
       IDL-exposed autofill value be the string "on". Then, abort these
       steps.
    9. Let scope tokens be an empty list.
   10. Let hint tokens be an empty set.
   11. Let IDL value have the same value as field.
   12. If the indexth token in tokens is the first entry, then skip to the
       step labeled done.
   13. Decrement index by one.
   14. If category is Contact and the indexth token in tokens is an ASCII
       case-insensitive match for one of the strings in the following list,
       then run the substeps that follow:
          * "home"
          * "work"
          * "mobile"
          * "fax"
          * "pager"
       The substeps are:
         1. Let contact be the matching string from the list above.
         2. Insert contact at the start of scope tokens.
         3. Add contact to hint tokens.
         4. Let IDL value be the concatenation of contact, a U+0020 SPACE
            character, and the previous value of IDL value (which at this
            point will always be field).
         5. If the indexth entry in tokens is the first entry, then skip to
            the step labeled done.
         6. Decrement index by one.
   15. If the indexth token in tokens is an ASCII case-insensitive match for
       one of the strings in the following list, then run the substeps that
       follow:
          * "shipping"
          * "billing"
       The substeps are:
         1. Let mode be the matching string from the list above.
         2. Insert mode at the start of scope tokens.
         3. Add mode to hint tokens.
         4. Let IDL value be the concatenation of mode, a U+0020 SPACE
            character, and the previous value of IDL value (which at this
            point will either be field or the concatenation of contact, a
            space, and field).
         5. If the indexth entry in tokens is the first entry, then skip to
            the step labeled done.
         6. Decrement index by one.
   16. If the indexth entry in tokens is not the first entry, then jump to
       the step labeled default.
   17. If the first eight characters of the indexth token in tokens are not
       an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "section-", then jump
       to the step labeled default.
   18. Let section be the indexth token in tokens, in ASCII lowercase.
   19. Insert section at the start of scope tokens.
   20. Let IDL value be the concatenation of section, a U+0020 SPACE
       character, and the previous value of IDL value.
   21. Done: Let the element’s autofill hint set be hint tokens.
   22. Let the element’s autofill scope be scope tokens.
   23. Let the element’s autofill field name be field.
   24. Let the element’s IDL-exposed autofill value be IDL value.
   25. Abort these steps.
   26. Default: Let the element’s IDL-exposed autofill value be the empty
       string, and its autofill hint set and autofill scope be empty.
   27. If the element’s autocomplete attribute is wearing the autofill anchor
       mantle, then let the element’s autofill field name be the empty string
       and abort these steps.
   28. Let form be the element’s form owner, if any, or null otherwise.
   29. If form is not null and form’s autocomplete attribute is in the off
       state, then let the element’s autofill field name be "off".
       Otherwise, let the element’s autofill field name be "on".
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   For the purposes of autofill, a control’s data depends on the kind of
   control:
   An input element with its type attribute in the E-mail state and with the
   multiple attribute specified
           The element’s values.
   Any other input element
   A textarea element
           The element’s value.
   A select element with its multiple attribute specified
           The option elements in the select element’s list of options that
           have their selectedness set to true.
   Any other select element
           The option element in the select element’s list of options that
           has its selectedness set to true.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   How to process the autofill hint set, autofill scope, and autofill field
   name depends on the mantle that the autocomplete attribute is wearing.
   When wearing the autofill expectation mantle...
           When an element’s autofill field name is "off", the user agent
           should not remember the control’s data, and should not offer past
           values to the user.
           In addition, when an element’s autofill field name is "off",
           values are reset when traversing the history.
           Banks frequently do not want user agents to prefill login
           information:
 Account:  
 PIN:  
           When an element’s autofill field name is not "off", the user agent
           may store the control’s data, and may offer previously stored
           values to the user.
           For example, suppose a user visits a page with this control:
 
   Afghanistan
    Albania
    Algeria
    Andorra
    Angola
    Antigua and Barbuda
    Argentina
    Armenia
   
    Yemen
    Zambia
    Zimbabwe
   
           This might render as follows:
           A drop-down control with a long alphabetical list of countries.
           Suppose that on the first visit to this page, the user selects
           "Zambia". On the second visit, the user agent could duplicate the
           entry for Zambia at the top of the list, so that the interface
           instead looks like this:
           The same drop-down control with the alphabetical list of
           countries, but with Zambia as an entry at the top.
           When the autofill field name is "on", the user agent should
           attempt to use heuristics to determine the most appropriate values
           to offer the user, e.g., based on the element’s name value, the
           position of the element in the document’s DOM, what other fields
           exist in the form, and so forth.
           When the autofill field name is one of the names of the autofill
           fields described above, the user agent should provide suggestions
           that match the meaning of the field name as given in the table
           earlier in this section. The autofill hint set should be used to
           select amongst multiple possible suggestions.
           For example, if a user once entered one address into fields that
           used the "shipping" keyword, and another address into fields that
           used the "billing" keyword, then in subsequent forms only the
           first address would be suggested for form controls whose autofill
           hint set contains the keyword "shipping". Both addresses might be
           suggested, however, for address-related form controls whose
           autofill hint set does not contain either keyword.
   When wearing the autofill anchor mantle...
           When the autofill field name is not the empty string, then the
           user agent must act as if the user had specified the control’s
           data for the given autofill hint set, autofill scope, and autofill
           field name combination.
   When the user agent autofills form controls, elements with the same form
   owner and the same autofill scope must use data relating to the same
   person, address, payment instrument, and contact details. When a user
   agent autofills "country" and "country-name" fields with the same form
   owner and autofill scope, and the user agent has a value for the country"
   field(s), then the "country-name" field(s) must be filled using a
   human-readable name for the same country. When a user agent fills in
   multiple fields at once, all fields with the same autofill field name,
   form owner and autofill scope must be filled with the same value.
   Suppose a user agent knows of two phone numbers, +1 555 123 1234 and +1
   555 666 7777. It would not be conforming for the user agent to fill a
   field with autocomplete="shipping tel-local-prefix" with the value "123"
   and another field in the same form with autocomplete="shipping
   tel-local-suffix" with the value "7777". The only valid prefilled values
   given the aforementioned information would be "123" and "1234", or "666"
   and "7777", respectively.
   Similarly, if a form for some reason contained both a "cc-exp" field and a
   "cc-exp-month" field, and the user agent prefilled the form, then the
   month component of the former would have to match the latter.
   This requirement interacts with the autofill anchor mantle also. Consider
   the following markup snippet:
 
    
    
  
   The only value that a conforming user agent could suggest in the text
   field is "TreePlate", the value given by the hidden input element.
   The "section-*" tokens in the autofill scope are opaque; user agents must
   not attempt to derive meaning from the precise values of these tokens.
   For example, it would not be conforming if the user agent decided that it
   should offer the address it knows to be the user’s daughter’s address for
   "section-child" and the addresses it knows to be the user’s spouses'
   addresses for "section-spouse".
   The autocompletion mechanism must be implemented by the user agent acting
   as if the user had modified the control’s data, and must be done at a time
   where the element is mutable (e.g., just after the element has been
   inserted into the document, or when the user agent stops parsing). User
   agents must only prefill controls using values that the user could have
   entered.
   For example, if a select element only has option elements with values
   "Steve" and "Rebecca", "Jay", and "Bob", and has an autofill field name
   "given-name", but the user agent’s only idea for what to prefill the field
   with is "Evan", then the user agent cannot prefill the field. It would not
   be conforming to somehow set the select element to the value "Evan", since
   the user could not have done so themselves.
   A user agent prefilling a form control’s value must not cause that control
   to suffer from a type mismatch, suffer from being too long, suffer from
   being too short, suffer from an underflow, suffer from an overflow, suffer
   from a step mismatch, or suffer from a pattern mismatch. Where possible
   given the control’s constraints, user agents must use the format given as
   canonical in the aforementioned table. Where it’s not possible for the
   canonical format to be used, user agents should use heuristics to attempt
   to convert values so that they can be used.
   For example, if the user agent knows that the user’s middle name is
   "Ines", and attempts to prefill a form control that looks like this:
  
   ...then the user agent could convert "Ines" to "I" and prefill it that
   way.
   A more elaborate example would be with month values. If the user agent
   knows that the user’s birthday is the 27th of July 2012, then it might try
   to prefill all of the following controls with slightly different values,
   all driven from this information:
                                                                          The day is   
                                                                          dropped      
                                                                          since the    
                      2012-07 Month state  
                                                                          only accepts 
                                                                          a month/year 
                                                                          combination. 
                                                                          The user     
                                                                          agent picks  
                                                                          the month    
                                                                          from the     
                                                                          listed       
                                                                          options,     
                                                                          either by    
                                                                          noticing     
                                                                          there are    
                                                                          twelve       
                                                                          options and  
                                                                          picking the  
                                                                          7th, or by   
                                       recognizing  
  Jan                                                             that one of  
   Feb                                                             the strings  
  ...                                                                     (three       
   Jul                                                     July    characters   
   Aug                                                             "Jul"        
  ...                                                                     followed by  
                                                                   a newline    
                                                                          and a space) 
                                                                          is a close   
                                                                          match for    
                                                                          the name of  
                                                                          the month    
                                                                          (July) in    
                                                                          one of the   
                                                                          user agent’s 
                                                                          supported    
                                                                          languages,   
                                                                          or through   
                                                                          some other   
                                                                          similar      
                                                                          mechanism.   
                                                                          User agent   
                                                                          converts     
                                                                          "July" to a  
  7       month number 
                                                                          in the range 
                                                                          1..12, like  
                                                                          the field.   
                                                                          User agent   
                                                                          converts     
                                                                          "July" to a  
  6       month number 
                                                                          in the range 
                                                                          0..11, like  
                                                                          the field.   
                                                                          User agent   
                                                                          doesn’t fill 
                                                                          in the       
                                                                          field, since 
          it can’t     
                                                                          make a good  
                                                                          guess as to  
                                                                          what the     
                                                                          form         
                                                                          expects.     
   A user agent may allow the user to override an element’s autofill field
   name, e.g., to change it from "off" to "on" to allow values to be
   remembered and prefilled despite the page author’s objections, or to
   always "off", never remembering values.
   More specifically, user agents may in particular consider replacing the
   autofill field name of form controls that match the description given in
   the first column of the following table, when their autofill field name is
   either "on" or "off", with the value given in the second cell of that row.
   If this table is used, the replacements must be done in tree order, since
   all but the first row references the autofill field name of earlier
   elements. When the descriptions below refer to form controls being
   preceded or followed by others, they mean in the list of listed elements
   that share the same form owner.
   Form control                                       New autofill field name 
   an input element whose type attribute is in the                            
   Text state that is followed by an input element    "username"
   whose type attribute is in the Password state      
   an input element whose type attribute is in the                            
   Password state that is preceded by an input        "current-password"
   element whose autofill field name is "username"    
   an input element whose type attribute is in the                            
   Password state that is preceded by an input        "new-password"
   element whose autofill field name is               
   "current-password"                                 
   an input element whose type attribute is in the                            
   Password state that is preceded by an input        "new-password"
   element whose autofill field name is               
   "new-password"                                     
   The autocomplete IDL attribute, on getting, must return the element’s
   IDL-exposed autofill value, and on setting, must reflect the content
   attribute of the same name.
    4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
   The input and textarea elements define the following members in their DOM
   interfaces for handling their selection: select(), selectionStart,
   selectionEnd, selectionDirection, setRangeText(replacement),
   setSelectionRange(start, end)
   The setRangeText() method uses the following enumeration:
 enum SelectionMode {
   "select",
   "start",
   "end",
   "preserve" // default
 };
   These methods and attributes expose and control the selection of input and
   textarea text fields.
   element . select()
           Selects everything in the text field.
   element . selectionStart [ = value ]
           Returns the offset to the start of the selection.
           Can be set, to change the start of the selection.
   element . selectionEnd [ = value ]
           Returns the offset to the end of the selection.
           Can be set, to change the end of the selection.
   element . selectionDirection [ = value ]
           Returns the current direction of the selection.
           Can be set, to change the direction of the selection.
           The possible values are "forward", "backward", and "none".
   element . setSelectionRange(start, end [, direction] )
           Changes the selection to cover the given substring in the given
           direction. If the direction is omitted, it will be reset to be the
           platform default (none or forward).
   element . setRangeText(replacement [, start, end [, selectionMode ] ] )
           Replaces a range of text with the new text. If the start and end
           arguments are not provided, the range is assumed to be the
           selection.
           The final argument determines how the selection should be set
           after the text has been replaced. The possible values are:
                "select"
                        Selects the newly inserted text.
                "start"
                        Moves the selection to just before the inserted text.
                "end"
                        Moves the selection to just after the selected text.
                "preserve"
                        Attempts to preserve the selection. This is the
                        default.
   For input elements, calling these methods while they don’t apply, and
   getting or setting these attributes while they don’t apply, must throw an
   InvalidStateError exception. Otherwise, they must act as described below.
   For input elements, these methods and attributes must operate on the
   element’s value. For textarea elements, these methods and attributes must
   operate on the element’s raw value.
   Where possible, user interface features for changing the text selection in
   input and textarea elements must be implemented in terms of the DOM API
   described in this section, so that, e.g., all the same events fire.
   The selections of input and textarea elements have a direction, which is
   either forward, backward, or none. This direction is set when the user
   manipulates the selection. The exact meaning of the selection direction
   depends on the platform.
   On Windows, the direction indicates the position of the caret relative to
   the selection: a forward selection has the caret at the end of the
   selection and a backward selection has the caret at the start of the
   selection. Windows has no none direction. On Mac, the direction indicates
   which end of the selection is affected when the user adjusts the size of
   the selection using the arrow keys with the Shift modifier: the forward
   direction means the end of the selection is modified, and the backwards
   direction means the start of the selection is modified. The none direction
   is the default on Mac, it indicates that no particular direction has yet
   been selected. The user sets the direction implicitly when first adjusting
   the selection, based on which directional arrow key was used.
   The select() method must cause the contents of the text field to be fully
   selected, with the selection direction being none, if the platform support
   selections with the direction none, or otherwise forward. The user agent
   must then queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named select at
   the element, using the user interaction task source as the task source.
   In the case of input elements, if the control has no text field, then the
   method must do nothing.
   For instance, in a user agent where   is rendered as a
   color well with a picker, as opposed to a text field accepting a
   hexadecimal color code, there would be no text field, and thus nothing to
   select, and thus calls to the method are ignored.
   The selectionStart attribute must, on getting, return the offset (in
   logical order) to the character that immediately follows the start of the
   selection. If there is no selection, then it must return the offset (in
   logical order) to the character that immediately follows the text entry
   cursor.
   On setting, it must act as if the setSelectionRange() method had been
   called, with the new value as the first argument; the current value of the
   selectionEnd attribute as the second argument, unless the current value of
   the selectionEnd is less than the new value, in which case the second
   argument must also be the new value; and the current value of the
   selectionDirection as the third argument.
   The selectionEnd attribute must, on getting, return the offset (in logical
   order) to the character that immediately follows the end of the selection.
   If there is no selection, then it must return the offset (in logical
   order) to the character that immediately follows the text entry cursor.
   On setting, it must act as if the setSelectionRange() method had been
   called, with the current value of the selectionStart attribute as the
   first argument, the new value as the second argument, and the current
   value of the selectionDirection as the third argument.
   The selectionDirection attribute must, on getting, return the string
   corresponding to the current selection direction: if the direction is
   forward, "forward"; if the direction is backward, "backward"; and
   otherwise, "none".
   On setting, it must act as if the setSelectionRange() method had been
   called, with the current value of the selectionStart IDL attribute as the
   first argument, the current value of the selectionEnd IDL attribute as the
   second argument, and the new value as the third argument.
   The setSelectionRange(start, end, direction) method must set the selection
   of the text field to the sequence of characters starting with the
   character at the startth position (in logical order) and ending with the
   character at the (end-1)th position. Arguments greater than the length of
   the value of the text field must be treated as pointing at the end of the
   text field. If end is less than or equal to start then the start of the
   selection and the end of the selection must both be placed immediately
   before the character with offset end. In user agents where there is no
   concept of an empty selection, this must set the cursor to be just before
   the character with offset end. The direction of the selection must be set
   to backward if direction is a case-sensitive match for the string
   "backward", forward if direction is a case-sensitive match for the string
   "forward" or if the platform does not support selections with the
   direction none, and none otherwise (including if the argument is omitted).
   The user agent must then queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles
   named select at the element, using the user interaction task source as the
   task source.
   The setRangeText(replacement, start, end, selectMode) method must run the
   following steps:
    1. If the method has only one argument, then let start and end have the
       values of the selectionStart IDL attribute and the selectionEnd IDL
       attribute respectively.
       Otherwise, let start, end have the values of the second and third
       arguments respectively.
    2. If start is greater than end, then throw an IndexSizeError exception
       and abort these steps.
    3. If start is greater than the length of the value of the text field,
       then set it to the length of the value of the text field.
    4. If end is greater than the length of the value of the text field, then
       set it to the length of the value of the text field.
    5. Let selection start be the current value of the selectionStart IDL
       attribute.
    6. Let selection end be the current value of the selectionEnd IDL
       attribute.
    7. If start is less than end, delete the sequence of characters starting
       with the character at the startth position (in logical order) and
       ending with the character at the (end-1)th position.
    8. Insert the value of the first argument into the text of the value of
       the text field, immediately before the startth character.
    9. Let new length be the length of the value of the first argument.
   10. Let new end be the sum of start and new length.
   11. Run the appropriate set of substeps from the following list:
            If the fourth argument’s value is "select"
                    Let selection start be start.
                    Let selection end be new end.
            If the fourth argument’s value is "start"
                    Let selection start and selection end be start.
            If the fourth argument’s value is "end"
                    Let selection start and selection end be new end.
            If the fourth argument’s value is "preserve" (the default)
                      1. Let old length be end minus start.
                      2. Let delta be new length minus old length.
                      3. If selection start is greater than end, then
                         increment it by delta. (If delta is negative, i.e.,
                         the new text is shorter than the old text, then this
                         will decrease the value of selection start.)
                         Otherwise: if selection start is greater than start,
                         then set it to start. (This snaps the start of the
                         selection to the start of the new text if it was in
                         the middle of the text that it replaced.)
                      4. If selection end is greater than end, then increment
                         it by delta in the same way.
                         Otherwise: if selection end is greater than start,
                         then set it to new end. (This snaps the end of the
                         selection to the end of the new text if it was in
                         the middle of the text that it replaced.)
   12. Set the selection of the text field to the sequence of characters
       starting with the character at the selection startth position (in
       logical order) and ending with the character at the (selection
       end-1)th position. In user agents where there is no concept of an
       empty selection, this must set the cursor to be just before the
       character with offset end. The direction of the selection must be set
       to forward if the platform does not support selections with the
       direction none, and none otherwise.
   13. Queue a task to fire a simple event that bubbles named select at the
       element, using the user interaction task source as the task source.
   All elements to which this API applies have either a selection or a text
   entry cursor position at all times (even for elements that are not being
   rendered). User agents should follow platform conventions to determine
   their initial state.
   Characters with no visible rendering, such as U+200D ZERO WIDTH JOINER,
   still count as characters. Thus, for instance, the selection can include
   just an invisible character, and the text insertion cursor can be placed
   to one side or another of such a character.
   To obtain the currently selected text, the following JavaScript suffices:
 var selectionText = control.value.substring(control.selectionStart, control.selectionEnd);
   ...where control is the input or textarea element.
   To add some text at the start of a text control, while maintaining the
   text selection, the three attributes must be preserved:
 var oldStart = control.selectionStart;
 var oldEnd = control.selectionEnd;
 var oldDirection = control.selectionDirection;
 var prefix = "https://";
 control.value = prefix + control.value;
 control.setSelectionRange(oldStart + prefix.length, oldEnd + prefix.length, oldDirection);
   ...where control is the input or textarea element.
    4.10.20. Constraints
      4.10.20.1. Definitions
   A submittable element is a candidate for constraint validation except when
   a condition has barred the element from constraint validation. (For
   example, an element is barred from constraint validation if it is an
   object element.)
   An element can have a custom validity error message defined. Initially, an
   element must have its custom validity error message set to the empty
   string. When its value is not the empty string, the element is suffering
   from a custom error. It can be set using the setCustomValidity() method.
   The user agent should use the custom validity error message when alerting
   the user to the problem with the control.
   An element can be constrained in various ways. The following is the list
   of validity states that a form control can be in, making the control
   invalid for the purposes of constraint validation. (The definitions below
   are non-normative; other parts of this specification define more precisely
   when each state applies or does not.)
   Suffering from being missing
           When a control has no value but has a required attribute (input
           required, textarea required); or, in the case of an element in a
           radio button group, any of the other elements in the group has a
           required attribute; or, for select elements, none of the option
           elements have their selectedness set (select required).
   Suffering from a type mismatch
           When a control that allows arbitrary user input has a value that
           is not in the correct syntax (E-mail, URL).
   Suffering from a pattern mismatch
           When a control has a value that doesn’t satisfy the pattern
           attribute.
   Suffering from being too long
           When a control has a value that is too long for the form control
           maxlength attribute (input maxlength, textarea maxlength).
   Suffering from being too short
           When a control has a value that is too short for the form control
           minlength attribute (input minlength, textarea minlength).
   Suffering from an underflow
           When a control has a value that is not the empty string and is too
           low for the min attribute.
   Suffering from an overflow
           When a control has a value that is not the empty string and is too
           high for the max attribute.
   Suffering from a step mismatch
           When a control has a value that doesn’t fit the rules given by the
           step attribute.
   Suffering from bad input
           When a control has incomplete input and the user agent does not
           think the user ought to be able to submit the form in its current
           state.
   Suffering from a custom error
           When a control’s custom validity error message (as set by the
           element’s setCustomValidity() method) is not the empty string.
   An element can still suffer from these states even when the element is
   disabled; thus these states can be represented in the DOM even if
   validating the form during submission wouldn’t indicate a problem to the
   user.
   An element satisfies its constraints if it is not suffering from any of
   the above validity states.
      4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
   When the user agent is required to statically validate the constraints of
   form element form, it must run the following steps, which return either a
   positive result (all the controls in the form are valid) or a negative
   result (there are invalid controls) along with a (possibly empty) list of
   elements that are invalid and for which no script has claimed
   responsibility:
    1. Let controls be a list of all the submittable elements whose form
       owner is form, in tree order.
    2. Let invalid controls be an initially empty list of elements.
    3. For each element field in controls, in tree order, run the following
       substeps:
         1. If field is not a candidate for constraint validation, then move
            on to the next element.
         2. Otherwise, if field satisfies its constraints, then move on to
            the next element.
         3. Otherwise, add field to invalid controls.
    4. If invalid controls is empty, then return a positive result and abort
       these steps.
    5. Let unhandled invalid controls be an initially empty list of elements.
    6. For each element field in invalid controls, if any, in tree order, run
       the following substeps:
         1. Fire a simple event named invalid that is cancelable at field.
         2. If the event was not canceled, then add field to unhandled
            invalid controls.
    7. Return a negative result with the list of elements in the unhandled
       invalid controls list.
   If a user agent is to interactively validate the constraints of form
   element form, then the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. Statically validate the constraints of form, and let unhandled invalid
       controls be the list of elements returned if the result was negative.
    2. If the result was positive, then return that result and abort these
       steps.
    3. Report the problems with the constraints of at least one of the
       elements given in unhandled invalid controls to the user. User agents
       may focus one of those elements in the process, by running the
       focusing steps for that element, and may change the scrolling position
       of the document, or perform some other action that brings the element
       to the user’s attention. User agents may report more than one
       constraint violation. User agents may coalesce related constraint
       violation reports if appropriate (e.g., if multiple radio buttons in a
       group are marked as required, only one error need be reported). If one
       of the controls is not being rendered (e.g., it has the hidden
       attribute set) then user agents may report a script error.
    4. Return a negative result.
      4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   element . willValidate
           Returns true if the element will be validated when the form is
           submitted; false otherwise.
   element . setCustomValidity()
           Sets a custom error, so that the element would fail to validate.
           The given message is the message to be shown to the user when
           reporting the problem to the user.
           If the argument is the empty string, clears the custom error.
   element . validity . valueMissing
           Returns true if the element has no value but is a required field;
           false otherwise.
   element . validity . typeMismatch
           Returns true if the element’s value is not in the correct syntax;
           false otherwise.
   element . validity . patternMismatch
           Returns true if the element’s value doesn’t match the provided
           pattern; false otherwise.
   element . validity . tooLong
           Returns true if the element’s value is longer than the provided
           maximum length; false otherwise.
   element . validity . tooShort
           Returns true if the element’s value, if it is not the empty
           string, is shorter than the provided minimum length; false
           otherwise.
   element . validity . rangeUnderflow
           Returns true if the element’s value is lower than the provided
           minimum; false otherwise.
   element . validity . rangeOverflow
           Returns true if the element’s value is higher than the provided
           maximum; false otherwise.
   element . validity . stepMismatch
           Returns true if the element’s value doesn’t fit the rules given by
           the step attribute; false otherwise.
   element . validity . badInput
           Returns true if the user has provided input in the user interface
           that the user agent is unable to convert to a value; false
           otherwise.
   element . validity . customError
           Returns true if the element has a custom error; false otherwise.
   element . validity . valid
           Returns true if the element’s value has no validity problems;
           false otherwise.
   valid = element . checkValidity()
           Returns true if the element’s value has no validity problems;
           false otherwise. Fires an invalid event at the element in the
           latter case.
   valid = element . reportValidity()
           Returns true if the element’s value has no validity problems;
           otherwise, returns false, fires an invalid event at the element,
           and (if the event isn’t canceled) reports the problem to the user.
   element . validationMessage
           Returns the error message that would be shown to the user if the
           element was to be checked for validity.
   The willValidate IDL attribute must return true if an element is a
   candidate for constraint validation, and false otherwise (i.e., false if
   any conditions are barring it from constraint validation).
   The setCustomValidity(message), when invoked, must set the custom validity
   error message to the value of the given message argument.
   In the following example, a script checks the value of a form control each
   time it is edited, and whenever it is not a valid value, uses the
   setCustomValidity() method to set an appropriate message.
 Feeling:  
 
   The validity IDL attribute must return a ValidityState object that
   represents the validity states of the element. This object is live.
 interface ValidityState {
   readonly attribute boolean valueMissing;
   readonly attribute boolean typeMismatch;
   readonly attribute boolean patternMismatch;
   readonly attribute boolean tooLong;
   readonly attribute boolean tooShort;
   readonly attribute boolean rangeUnderflow;
   readonly attribute boolean rangeOverflow;
   readonly attribute boolean stepMismatch;
   readonly attribute boolean badInput;
   readonly attribute boolean customError;
   readonly attribute boolean valid;
 };
   A ValidityState object has the following attributes. On getting, they must
   return true if the corresponding condition given in the following list is
   true, and false otherwise.
   valueMissing, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from being missing.
   typeMismatch, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from a type mismatch.
   patternMismatch, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from a pattern mismatch.
   tooLong, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from being too long.
   tooShort, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from being too short.
   rangeUnderflow, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from an underflow.
   rangeOverflow, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from an overflow.
   stepMismatch, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from a step mismatch.
   badInput, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from bad input.
   customError, of type boolean, readonly
           The control is suffering from a custom error.
   valid, of type boolean, readonly
           None of the other conditions are true.
   When the checkValidity() method is invoked, if the element is a candidate
   for constraint validation and does not satisfy its constraints, the user
   agent must fire a simple event named invalid that is cancelable (but in
   this case has no default action) at the element and return false.
   Otherwise, it must only return true without doing anything else.
   When the reportValidity() method is invoked, if the element is a candidate
   for constraint validation and does not satisfy its constraints, the user
   agent must: fire a simple event named invalid that is cancelable at the
   element, and if that event is not canceled, report the problems with the
   constraints of that element to the user; then, return false. Otherwise, it
   must only return true without doing anything else. When reporting the
   problem with the constraints to the user, the user agent may run the
   focusing steps for that element, and may change the scrolling position of
   the document, or perform some other action that brings the element to the
   user’s attention. User agents may report more than one constraint
   violation, if the element suffers from multiple problems at once. If the
   element is not being rendered, then the user agent may, instead of
   notifying the user, report a script error.
   The validationMessage attribute must return the empty string if the
   element is not a candidate for constraint validation or if it is one but
   it satisfies its constraints; otherwise, it must return a suitably
   localized message that the user agent would show the user if this were the
   only form control with a validity constraint problem. If the user agent
   would not actually show a textual message in such a situation (e.g., it
   would show a graphical cue instead), then the attribute must return a
   suitably localized message that expresses (one or more of) the validity
   constraint(s) that the control does not satisfy. If the element is a
   candidate for constraint validation and is suffering from a custom error,
   then the custom validity error message should be present in the return
   value.
      4.10.20.4. Security
   Servers should not rely on client-side validation. Client-side validation
   can be intentionally bypassed by hostile users, and unintentionally
   bypassed by users of older user agents or automated tools that do not
   implement these features. The constraint validation features are only
   intended to improve the user experience, not to provide any kind of
   security mechanism.
    4.10.21. Form submission
      4.10.21.1. Introduction
   This section is non-normative.
   When a form is submitted, the data in the form is converted into the
   structure specified by the enctype, and then sent to the destination
   specified by the action using the given method.
   For example, take the following form:
 
    
    
    
  
   If the user types in "cats" in the first field and "fur" in the second,
   and then hits the submit button, then the user agent will load
   /find.cgi?t=cats&q=fur.
   On the other hand, consider this form:
 
    
    
    
  
   Given the same user input, the result on submission is quite different:
   the user agent instead does an HTTP POST to the given URL, with as the
   entity body something like the following text:
 ------kYFrd4jNJEgCervEContent-Disposition: form-data; name="t"
 cats
 ------kYFrd4jNJEgCervE
 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="q"
 fur
 ------kYFrd4jNJEgCervE--
      4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
   A form element’s default button is the first Submit Button in tree order
   whose form owner is that form element.
   If the user agent supports letting the user submit a form implicitly (for
   example, on some platforms hitting the "enter" key while a text field is
   focused implicitly submits the form), then doing so for a form whose
   default button has a defined activation behavior must cause the user agent
   to run synthetic click activation steps on that default button.
   Consequently, if the default button is disabled, the form is not submitted
   when such an implicit submission mechanism is used. (A button has no
   activation behavior when disabled.)
   There are pages on the Web that are only usable if there is a way to
   implicitly submit forms, so user agents are strongly encouraged to support
   this.
   If the form has no Submit Button, then the implicit submission mechanism
   must do nothing if the form has more than one field that blocks implicit
   submission, and must submit the form element from the form element itself
   otherwise.
   For the purpose of the previous paragraph, an element is a field that
   blocks implicit submission of a form element if it is an input element
   whose form owner is that form element and whose type attribute is in one
   of the following states: Text, Search, URL, Telephone, E-mail, Password,
   Local Date and Time, Date, Month, Week, Time, Number
      4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   When a form element form is submitted from an element submitter (typically
   a button), optionally with a submitted from submit() method flag set, the
   user agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let form document be the form’s node document.
    2. If form document has no associated browsing context or its active
       sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed forms browsing context flag set,
       then abort these steps without doing anything.
    3. Let form browsing context be the browsing context of form document.
    4. If the submitted from submit() method flag is not set, and the
       submitter element’s no-validate state is false, then interactively
       validate the constraints of form and examine the result: if the result
       is negative (the constraint validation concluded that there were
       invalid fields and probably informed the user of this) then fire a
       simple event named invalid at the form element and then abort these
       steps.
    5. If the submitted from submit() method flag is not set, then fire a
       simple event that bubbles and is cancelable named submit, at form. If
       the event’s default action is prevented (i.e., if the event is
       canceled) then abort these steps. Otherwise, continue (effectively the
       default action is to perform the submission).
    6. Let form data set be the result of constructing the form data set for
       form in the context of submitter.
    7. Let action be the submitter element’s action.
    8. If action is the empty string, let action be the document’s URL of the
       form document.
    9. Parse the URL action, relative to the submitter element’s node
       document. If this fails, abort these steps.
   10. Let action be the resulting URL string.
   11. Let action components be the resulting URL record.
   12. Let scheme be the scheme of the resulting URL record.
   13. Let enctype be the submitter element’s enctype.
   14. Let method be the submitter element’s method.
   15. Let target be the submitter element’s target.
   16. If the user indicated a specific browsing context to use when
       submitting the form, then let target browsing context be that browsing
       context. Otherwise, apply the rules for choosing a browsing context
       given a browsing context name using target as the name and form
       browsing context as the context in which the algorithm is executed,
       and let target browsing context be the resulting browsing context.
   17. If target browsing context was created in the previous step, or,
       alternatively, if the form document has not yet completely loaded and
       the submitted from submit() method flag is set, then let replace be
       true. Otherwise, let it be false.
   18. If the value of method is dialog then jump to the submit dialog steps.
       Otherwise, select the appropriate row in the table below based on the
       value of scheme as given by the first cell of each row. Then, select
       the appropriate cell on that row based on the value of method as given
       in the first cell of each column. Then, jump to the steps named in
       that cell and defined below the table.
                  GET               POST                  
       http       Mutate action URL Submit as entity body 
       https      Mutate action URL Submit as entity body 
       ftp        Get action URL    Get action URL        
       javascript Get action URL    Get action URL        
       data       Get action URL    Post to data:         
       mailto     Mail with headers Mail as body          
       If scheme is not one of those listed in this table, then the behavior
       is not defined by this specification. User agents should, in the
       absence of another specification defining this, act in a manner
       analogous to that defined in this specification for similar schemes.
       Each form element has a planned navigation, which is either null or a
       task; when the form is first created, its planned navigation must be
       set to null. In the behaviors described below, when the user agent is
       required to plan to navigate to a particular resource destination, it
       must run the following steps:
         1. If the form has a non-null planned navigation, remove it from its
            task queue.
         2. Let the form's planned navigation be a new task that consists of
            running the following steps:
              1. Let the form's planned navigation be null.
              2. Navigate target browsing context to destination. If replace
                 is true, then target browsing context must be navigated with
                 replacement enabled.
            For the purposes of this task, target browsing context and
            replace are the variables that were set up when the overall form
            submission algorithm was run, with their values as they stood
            when this planned navigation was queued.
         3. Queue a task that is the form's new planned navigation.
            The task source for this task is the DOM manipulation task
            source.
       The behaviors are as follows:
            Mutate action URL
                    Let query be the result of encoding the form data set
                    using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding
                    algorithm, interpreted as a US-ASCII string.
                    Set parsed action’s query component to query.
                    Let destination be a new URL formed by applying the URL
                    serializer algorithm to parsed action.
                    Plan to navigate to destination.
            Submit as entity body
                    Let entity body be the result of encoding the form data
                    set using the appropriate form encoding algorithm.
                    Let MIME type be determined as follows:
                         If enctype is application/x-www-form-urlencoded
                                 Let MIME type be
                                 "application/x-www-form-urlencoded".
                         If enctype is multipart/form-data
                                 Let MIME type be the concatenation of the
                                 string "multipart/form-data;", a U+0020
                                 SPACE character, the string "boundary=", and
                                 the multipart/form-data boundary string
                                 generated by the multipart/form-data
                                 encoding algorithm.
                         If enctype is text/plain
                                 Let MIME type be "text/plain".
                    Otherwise, plan to navigate to a new request whose URL is
                    action, method is method, header list consists of
                    Content-Type/MIME type, and body is entity body.
            Get action URL
                    Plan to navigate to action.
                    The form data set is discarded.
            Post to data:
                    Let data be the result of encoding the form data set
                    using the appropriate form encoding algorithm.
                    If action contains the string "%%%%" (four U+0025 PERCENT
                    SIGN characters), then percent encode all bytes in data
                    that, if interpreted as US-ASCII, are not characters in
                    the URL default encode set, and then, treating the result
                    as a US-ASCII string, UTF-8 percent encode all the U+0025
                    PERCENT SIGN characters in the resulting string and
                    replace the first occurrence of "%%%%" in action with the
                    resulting doubly-escaped string. [URL]
                    Otherwise, if action contains the string "%%" (two U+0025
                    PERCENT SIGN characters in a row, but not four), then
                    UTF-8 percent encode all characters in data that, if
                    interpreted as US-ASCII, are not characters in the URL
                    default encode set, and then, treating the result as a
                    US-ASCII string, replace the first occurrence of "%%" in
                    action with the resulting escaped string. [URL]
                    Plan to navigate to the potentially modified action
                    (which will be a data: URL).
            Mail with headers
                    Let headers be the resulting encoding the form data set
                    using the application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding
                    algorithm, interpreted as a US-ASCII string.
                    Replace occurrences of U+002B PLUS SIGN characters (+) in
                    headers with the string "%20".
                    Let destination consist of all the characters from the
                    first character in action to the character immediately
                    before the first U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?), if
                    any, or the end of the string if there are none.
                    Append a single U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?) to
                    destination.
                    Append headers to destination.
                    Plan to navigate to destination.
            Mail as body
                    Let body be the resulting of encoding the form data set
                    using the appropriate form encoding algorithm and then
                    percent encoding all the bytes in the resulting byte
                    string that, when interpreted as US-ASCII, are not
                    characters in the URL default encode set. [URL]
                    Let destination have the same value as action.
                    If destination does not contain a U+003F QUESTION MARK
                    character (?), append a single U+003F QUESTION MARK
                    character (?) to destination. Otherwise, append a single
                    U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&).
                    Append the string "body=" to destination.
                    Append body, interpreted as a US-ASCII string, to
                    destination.
                    Plan to navigate to destination.
            Submit dialog
                    Let subject be the nearest ancestor dialog element of
                    form, if any.
                    If there isn’t one, or if it does not have an open
                    attribute, do nothing. Otherwise, proceed as follows:
                    If submitter is an input element whose type attribute is
                    in the Image Button state, then let result be the string
                    formed by concatenating the selected coordinate’s
                    x-component, expressed as a base-ten number using ASCII
                    digits, a U+002C COMMA character (,), and the selected
                    coordinate’s y-component, expressed in the same way as
                    the x-component.
                    Otherwise, if submitter has a value, then let result be
                    that value.
                    Otherwise, there is no result.
                    Then, close the dialog subject. If there is a result, let
                    that be the return value.
       The appropriate form encoding algorithm is determined as follows:
            If enctype is application/x-www-form-urlencoded
                    Use the application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding
                    algorithm.
            If enctype is multipart/form-data
                    Use the multipart/form-data encoding algorithm.
            If enctype is text/plain
                    Use the text/plain encoding algorithm.
      4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
   The algorithm to construct the form data set for a form form optionally in
   the context of a submitter submitter is as follows. If not specified
   otherwise, submitter is null.
    1. Let controls be a list of all the submittable elements whose form
       owner is form, in tree order.
    2. Let the form data set be a list of name-value-type tuples, initially
       empty.
    3. Loop: For each element field in controls, in tree order, run the
       following substeps:
         1. If any of the following conditions are met, then skip these
            substeps for this element:
               * The field element has a datalist element ancestor.
               * The field element is disabled.
               * The field element is a button but it is not submitter.
               * The field element is an input element whose type attribute
                 is in the Checkbox state and whose checkedness is false.
               * The field element is an input element whose type attribute
                 is in the Radio Button state and whose checkedness is false.
               * The field element is not an input element whose type
                 attribute is in the Image Button state, and either the field
                 element does not have a name attribute specified, or its
                 name attribute’s value is the empty string.
               * The field element is an object element that is not using a
                 plugin.
            Otherwise, process field as follows:
         2. Let type be the value of the type IDL attribute of field.
         3. If the field element is an input element whose type attribute is
            in the Image Button state, then run these further nested
            substeps:
              1. If the field element has a name attribute specified and its
                 value is not the empty string, let name be that value
                 followed by a single U+002E FULL STOP character (.).
                 Otherwise, let name be the empty string.
              2. Let name_x be the string consisting of the concatenation of
                 name and a single U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X character (x).
              3. Let name_y be the string consisting of the concatenation of
                 name and a single U+0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y character (y).
              4. The field element is submitter, and before this algorithm
                 was invoked the user indicated a coordinate. Let x be the
                 x-component of the coordinate selected by the user, and let
                 y be the y-component of the coordinate selected by the user.
              5. Append an entry to the form data set with the name name_x,
                 the value x, and the type type.
              6. Append an entry to the form data set with the name name_y
                 and the value y, and the type type.
              7. Skip the remaining substeps for this element: if there are
                 any more elements in controls, return to the top of the loop
                 step, otherwise, jump to the end step below.
         4. Let name be the value of the field element’s name attribute.
         5. If the field element is a select element, then for each option
            element in the select element’s list of options whose
            selectedness is true and that is not disabled, append an entry to
            the form data set with the name as the name, the value of the
            option element as the value, and type as the type.
         6. Otherwise, if the field element is an input element whose type
            attribute is in the Checkbox state or the Radio Button state,
            then run these further nested substeps:
              1. If the field element has a value attribute specified, then
                 let value be the value of that attribute; otherwise, let
                 value be the string "on".
              2. Append an entry to the form data set with name as the name,
                 value as the value, and type as the type.
         7. Otherwise, if the field element is an input element whose type
            attribute is in the File Upload state, then for each file
            selected in the input element, append an entry to the form data
            set with the name as the name, the file (consisting of the name,
            the type, and the body) as the value, and type as the type. If
            there are no selected files, then append an entry to the form
            data set with the name as the name, the empty string as the
            value, and application/octet-stream as the type.
         8. Otherwise, if the field element is an object element: try to
            obtain a form submission value from the plugin, and if that is
            successful, append an entry to the form data set with name as the
            name, the returned form submission value as the value, and the
            string "object" as the type.
         9. Otherwise, append an entry to the form data set with name as the
            name, the value of the field element as the value, and type as
            the type.
        10. If the element has a dirname attribute, and that attribute’s
            value is not the empty string, then run these substeps:
              1. Let dirname be the value of the element’s dirname attribute.
              2. Let dir be the string "ltr" if the directionality of the
                 element is 'ltr', and "rtl" otherwise (i.e., when the
                 directionality of the element is 'rtl').
              3. Append an entry to the form data set with dirname as the
                 name, dir as the value, and the string "direction" as the
                 type.
            An element can only have a dirname attribute if it is a textarea
            element or an input element whose type attribute is in either the
            Text state or the Search state.
    4. End: For the name of each entry in the form data set, and for the
       value of each entry in the form data set whose type is not "file" or
       "textarea", replace every occurrence of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR)
       character not followed by a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, and every
       occurrence of a U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character not preceded by a
       U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character, by a two-character string
       consisting of a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED (CRLF)
       character pair.
       In the case of the value of textarea elements, this newline
       normalization is already performed during the conversion of the
       control’s raw value into the control’s value (which also performs any
       necessary line wrapping). In the case of input elements type
       attributes in the File Upload state, the value is not normalized.
    5. Return the form data set.
      4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding
   If the user agent is to pick an encoding for a form, it must run the
   following steps:
    1. Let encoding be the document’s character encoding.
    2. If the form element has an accept-charset attribute, set encoding to
       the return value of running these substeps:
         1. Let input be the value of the form element’s accept-charset
            attribute.
         2. Let candidate encoding labels be the result of splitting input on
            spaces.
         3. Let candidate encodings be an empty list of character encodings.
         4. For each token in candidate encoding labels in turn (in the order
            in which they were found in input), get an encoding for the token
            and, if this does not result in failure, append the encoding to
            candidate encodings.
         5. If candidate encodings is empty, return UTF-8.
         6. Return the first encoding in candidate encodings.
    3. Return the result of getting an output encoding from encoding.
      4.10.21.6. URL-encoded form data
   See the WHATWG URL specification for details on
   application/x-www-form-urlencoded. [URL]
   The application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding algorithm is as follows:
    1. Let encoding be the result of picking an encoding for the form.
    2. Let serialized be the result of running the
       application/x-www-form-urlencoded serializer given form data set and
       encoding.
    3. Return the result of encoding serialized.
      4.10.21.7. Multipart form data
   The multipart/form-data encoding algorithm is as follows:
    1. Let result be the empty string.
    2. If the algorithm was invoked with an explicit character encoding, let
       the selected character encoding be that encoding. (This algorithm is
       used by other specifications, which provide an explicit character
       encoding to avoid the dependency on the form element described in the
       next paragraph.)
       Otherwise, if the form element has an accept-charset attribute, let
       the selected character encoding be the result of picking an encoding
       for the form.
       Otherwise, if the form element has no accept-charset attribute, but
       the document’s character encoding is an ASCII-compatible encoding,
       then that is the selected character encoding.
       Otherwise, let the selected character encoding be UTF-8.
    3. Let charset be the name of the selected character encoding.
    4. For each entry in the form data set, perform these substeps:
         1. If the entry’s name is "_charset_" and its type is "hidden",
            replace its value with charset.
         2. For each character in the entry’s name and value that cannot be
            expressed using the selected character encoding, replace the
            character by a string consisting of a U+0026 AMPERSAND character
            (&), a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#), one or more ASCII digits
            representing the Unicode code point of the character in base ten,
            and finally a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;).
    5. Encode the (now mutated) form data set using the rules described by
       RFC 7578, Returning Values from Forms: multipart/form-data, and return
       the resulting byte stream. [RFC7578]
       Each entry in the form data set is a field, the name of the entry is
       the field name and the value of the entry is the field value.
       The order of parts must be the same as the order of fields in the form
       data set. Multiple entries with the same name must be treated as
       distinct fields.
       The parts of the generated multipart/form-data resource that
       correspond to non-file fields must not have a Content-Type header
       specified. Their names and values must be encoded using the character
       encoding selected above.
       File names included in the generated multipart/form-data resource (as
       part of file fields) must use the character encoding selected above,
       though the precise name may be approximated if necessary (e.g.,
       newlines could be removed from file names, quotes could be changed to
       "%22", and characters not expressible in the selected character
       encoding could be replaced by other characters).
       The boundary used by the user agent in generating the return value of
       this algorithm is the multipart/form-data boundary string. (This value
       is used to generate the MIME type of the form submission payload
       generated by this algorithm.)
   For details on how to interpret multipart/form-data payloads, see RFC
   7578. [RFC7578]
      4.10.21.8. Plain text form data
   The text/plain encoding algorithm is as follows:
    1. Let result be the empty string.
    2. Let encoding be the result of picking an encoding for the form.
    3. Let charset be the name of encoding.
    4. If the entry’s name is "_charset_" and its type is "hidden", replace
       its value with charset.
    5. If the entry’s type is "file", replace its value with the file’s name
       only.
    6. For each entry in the form data set, perform these substeps:
         1. Append the entry’s name to result.
         2. Append a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character (=) to result.
         3. Append the entry’s value to result.
         4. Append a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) U+000A LINE FEED (LF)
            character pair to result.
    7. Return the result of encoding result using encoding.
   Payloads using the text/plain format are intended to be human readable.
   They are not reliably interpretable by computer, as the format is
   ambiguous (for example, there is no way to distinguish a literal newline
   in a value from the newline at the end of the value).
    4.10.22. Resetting a form
   When a form element form is reset, the user agent must fire a simple event
   named reset, that bubbles and is cancelable, at form, and then, if that
   event is not canceled, must invoke the reset algorithm of each resettable
   element whose form owner is form.
   When the reset algorithm is invoked by the reset() method, the reset event
   fired by the reset algorithm must not be trusted.
   Each resettable element defines its own reset algorithm. Changes made to
   form controls as part of these algorithms do not count as changes caused
   by the user (and thus, e.g., do not cause input events to fire).
  4.11. Interactive elements
    4.11.1. The details element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Sectioning root.
           Interactive content.
           Palpable content.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where flow content is expected.
   Content model:
           One summary element followed by flow content.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           open - Whether the details are visible
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           group role (default - do not set)
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default role.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLDetailsElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean open;
 };
   The details element represents a disclosure widget from which the user can
   obtain additional information or controls.
   The details element is not appropriate for footnotes. Please see §4.13.5
   Footnotes for details on how to mark up footnotes.
   If the details element has a summary child element, then the first summary
   child element represents the summary or legend of the details element. If
   there is no summary child element, a user agent should provide its own
   legend (e.g. in English "Details" or Spanish "Detalles").
   The legend text should be presented in the language determined from the
   computed language of the element, if available, rather than from the
   locale of the browser/system.
   The rest of the element’s contents represents the additional information
   or controls.
   The open content attribute is a boolean attribute. If present, it
   indicates that both the summary and the additional information is to be
   shown to the user. If the attribute is absent, only the summary is to be
   shown.
   When the element is created, if the attribute is absent, the additional
   information should be hidden; if the attribute is present, that
   information should be shown. Subsequently, if the attribute is removed,
   then the information should be hidden; if the attribute is added, the
   information should be shown.
   The user agent should allow the user to request that the additional
   information be shown or hidden. To honor a request for the details to be
   shown, the user agent must set the open attribute on the element to the
   empty string. To honor a request for the information to be hidden, the
   user agent must remove the open attribute from the element.
   This ability to request that additional information be shown or hidden may
   simply be the activation behavior of the appropriate summary element, in
   the case such an element exists. However, if no such element exists, user
   agents can still provide this ability through some other user interface
   affordance.
   Whenever the open attribute is added to or removed from a details element,
   the user agent must queue a task that runs the following steps, which are
   known as the details notification task steps, for this details element:
    1. If another task has been queued to run the details notification task
       steps for this details element, then abort these steps.
       When the open attribute is toggled several times in succession, these
       steps essentially get coalesced so that only one event is fired.
    2. Fire a simple event named toggle at the details element.
   The task source for this task must be the DOM manipulation task source.
   The open IDL attribute must reflect the open content attribute.
   The following example shows the details element being used to hide
   technical details in a progress report.
 
   Copying "Really Achieving Your Childhood Dreams" 
   
   Copying...   25% 
   
     Transfer rate:  452KB/s 
     Local filename:  /home/rpausch/raycd.m4v 
     Remote filename:  /var/www/lectures/raycd.m4v 
     Duration:  01:16:27 
     Color profile:  SD (6-1-6) 
     Dimensions:  320×240 
    
    
  
   The following shows how a details element can be used to hide some
   controls by default:
 
   Name & Extension:  
    
   
  Hide extension 
 
 
   One could use this in conjunction with other details in a list to allow
   the user to collapse a set of fields down to a small set of headings, with
   the ability to open each one.
   In these examples, the summary really just summarizes what the controls
   can change, and not the actual values, which is less than ideal.
   Because the open attribute is added and removed automatically as the user
   interacts with the control, it can be used in CSS to style the element
   differently based on its state. Here, a stylesheet is used to animate the
   color of the summary when the element is opened or closed:
 
 
   Automated Status: Operational 
   Velocity: 12m/s
   Direction: North
  
    4.11.2. The summary element
   Categories:
           None.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           As the first child of a details element.
   Content model:
           Either: phrasing content.
           Or: one element of heading content.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           button.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
           Uses HTMLElement.
   The first summary child element of a details element represents a summary,
   caption, or legend for the rest of the contents of the parent details
   element, if any.
   The activation behavior of summary elements is to run the following steps:
    1. If this summary element has no parent node, then abort these steps.
    2. Let parent be this summary element’s parent node.
    3. If parent is not a details element, then abort these steps.
    4. If the open attribute is present on parent, then remove it. Otherwise,
       set parent’s open attribute to the empty string.
       This will then run the details notification task steps.
    4.11.3. Commands
      4.11.3.1. Facets
   A command is the abstraction behind buttons, and links. Once a command is
   defined, other parts of the interface can refer to the same command,
   allowing many access points to a single feature to share facets such as
   the Disabled State.
   Commands are defined to have the following facets:
   Label
           The name of the command as seen by the user.
   Access Key
           A key combination selected by the user agent that triggers the
           command. A command might not have an Access Key.
   Hidden State
           Whether the command is hidden or not.
   Disabled State
           Whether the command is relevant and can be triggered or not.
   Action
           The actual effect that triggering the command will have. This
           could be a scripted event handler, a URL to which to navigate, or
           a form submission.
   User agents may expose the commands that match the following criteria:
     * The Hidden State facet is false (visible)
     * The element is in a Document that has an associated browsing context.
     * Neither the element nor any of its ancestors has a hidden attribute
       specified.
   User agents are encouraged to do this especially for commands that have
   Access Keys, as a way to advertise those keys to the user.
      4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
   An a element with an href attribute defines a command.
   The Label of the command is the string given by the element’s textContent
   IDL attribute.
   The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key, if
   any.
   The Hidden State of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a
   hidden attribute, and false otherwise.
   The Disabled State facet of the command is true if the element or one of
   its ancestors is inert, and false otherwise.
   The Action of the command, if the element has a defined activation
   behavior, is to run synthetic click activation steps on the element.
   Otherwise, it is just to fire a click event at the element.
      4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command
   A button element always defines a command.
   The Label, Access Key, Hidden State, and Action facets of the command are
   determined as for a elements (see the previous section).
   The Disabled State of the command is true if the element or one of its
   ancestors is inert, or if the element’s disabled state is set, and false
   otherwise.
      4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
   An input element whose type attribute is in one of the Submit Button,
   Reset Button, Image Button, Button, Radio Button, or Checkbox states
   defines a command.
   The Label of the command is determined as follows:
     * If the type attribute is in one of the Submit Button, Reset Button,
       Image Button, or Button states, then the Label is the string given by
       the value attribute, if any, and a user agent-dependent,
       locale-dependent value that the user agent uses to label the button
       itself if the attribute is absent.
     * Otherwise, if the element is a labeled control, then the Label is the
       string given by the textContent of the first label element in tree
       order whose labeled control is the element in question. (In DOM terms,
       this is the string given by element.labels[0].textContent.)
     * Otherwise, if the value attribute is present, then the Label is the
       value of that attribute.
     * Otherwise, the Label is the empty string.
   The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key, if
   any.
   The Hidden State of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a
   hidden attribute, and false otherwise.
   The Disabled State of the command is true if the element or one of its
   ancestors is inert, or if the element’s disabled state is set, and false
   otherwise.
   The Action of the command, if the element has a defined activation
   behavior, is to run synthetic click activation steps on the element.
   Otherwise, it is just to fire a click event at the element.
      4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
   An option element with an ancestor select element and either no value
   attribute or a value attribute that is not the empty string defines a
   command.
   The Label of the command is the value of the option element’s label
   attribute, if there is one, or else the value of option element’s
   textContent IDL attribute, with leading and trailing white space stripped,
   and with any sequences of two or more space characters replaced by a
   single U+0020 SPACE character.
   The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key, if
   any.
   The Hidden State of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a
   hidden attribute, and false otherwise.
   The Disabled State of the command is true if the element is disabled, or
   if its nearest ancestor select element is disabled, or if it or one of its
   ancestors is inert, and false otherwise.
   If the option’s nearest ancestor select element has a multiple attribute,
   the Action of the command is to pick the option element. Otherwise, the
   Action is to toggle the option element.
      4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
      command
   A label element that has an assigned access key and a labeled control and
   whose labeled control defines a command, itself defines a command.
   The Label of the command is the string given by the element’s textContent
   IDL attribute.
   The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key.
   The Hidden State, Disabled State, and Action facets of the command are the
   same as the respective facets of the element’s labeled control.
      4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define a
      command
   A legend element that has an assigned access key and is a child of a
   fieldset element that has a descendant that is not a descendant of the
   legend element and is neither a label element nor a legend element but
   that defines a command, itself defines a command.
   The Label of the command is the string given by the element’s textContent
   IDL attribute.
   The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key.
   The Hidden State, Disabled State, and Action facets of the command are the
   same as the respective facets of the first element in tree order that is a
   descendant of the parent of the legend element that defines a command but
   is not a descendant of the legend element and is neither a label nor a
   legend element.
      4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
      elements
   An element that has an assigned access key defines a command.
   If one of the earlier sections that define elements that define commands
   define that this element defines a command, then that section applies to
   this element, and this section does not. Otherwise, this section applies
   to that element.
   The Label of the command depends on the element. If the element is a
   labeled control, the textContent of the first label element in tree order
   whose labeled control is the element in question is the Label (in DOM
   terms, this is the string given by element.labels[0].textContent).
   Otherwise, the Label is the textContent of the element itself.
   The Access Key of the command is the element’s assigned access key.
   The Hidden State of the command is true (hidden) if the element has a
   hidden attribute, and false otherwise.
   The Disabled State of the command is true if the element or one of its
   ancestors is inert, and false otherwise.
   The Action of the command is to run the following steps:
    1. Run the focusing steps for the element.
    2. If the element has a defined activation behavior, run synthetic click
       activation steps on the element.
    3. Otherwise, if the element does not have a defined activation behavior,
       fire a click event at the element.
    4.11.4. The dialog element
   Categories:
           Flow content.
           Sectioning root.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where flow content is expected.
   Content model:
           Flow content.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           open - Whether the dialog box is showing
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           dialog (default - do not set) or alertdialog.
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           Global aria-* attributes
           Any aria-* attributes applicable to the default or allowed roles.
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLDialogElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean open;
   attribute DOMString returnValue;
   void show(optional (MouseEvent or Element) anchor);
   void showModal(optional (MouseEvent or Element) anchor);
   void close(optional DOMString returnValue);
 };
   The dialog element represents a part of an application that a user
   interacts with to perform a task, for example a dialog box, inspector, or
   window.
   The open attribute is a boolean attribute. When specified, it indicates
   that the dialog element is active and that the user can interact with it.
   The following is an example of a modal dialog which provides a form for a
   user to add coins to their wallet, as part of an online game.
 ...
 
   
 
   Add to Wallet 
   How many gold coins do you want to add to your wallet? 
   
   You add coins at your own risk. 
     Only add perfectly round coins  
   
 
 
 ...
   Add to Wallet Dialog
   A dialog element without an open attribute specified should not be shown
   to the user. This requirement may be implemented indirectly through the
   style layer. For example, user agents that support the suggested default
   rendering implement this requirement using the CSS rules described in §10
   Rendering.
   The tabindex attribute must not be specified on dialog elements.
   dialog . show( [ anchor ] )
           Displays the dialog element.
           The argument, if provided, provides an anchor point to which the
           element will be fixed.
   dialog . showModal( [ anchor ] )
           Displays the dialog element and makes it the top-most modal
           dialog.
           The argument, if provided, provides an anchor point to which the
           element will be fixed.
           This method honors the autofocus attribute.
   dialog . close( [ result ] )
           Closes the dialog element.
           The argument, if provided, provides a return value.
   dialog . returnValue [ = result ]
           Returns the dialog’s return value.
           Can be set, to update the return value.
   When the show() method is invoked, the user agent must run the following
   steps:
    1. If the element already has an open attribute, then abort these steps.
    2. Add an open attribute to the dialog element, whose value is the empty
       string.
    3. If the show() method was invoked with an argument, set up the position
       of the dialog element, using that argument as the anchor. Otherwise,
       set the dialog to the normal alignment mode.
    4. Run the dialog focusing steps for the dialog element.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each Document has a stack of dialog elements known as the pending dialog
   stack. When a Document is created, this stack must be initialized to be
   empty.
   When an element is added to the pending dialog stack, it must also be
   added to the top layer. When an element is removed from the pending dialog
   stack, it must be removed from the top layer. [FULLSCREEN]
   When the showModal() method is invoked, the user agent must run the
   following steps:
    1. Let subject be the dialog element on which the method was invoked.
    2. If subject already has an open attribute, then throw an
       InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps.
    3. If subject is not in a Document, then throw an InvalidStateError
       exception and abort these steps.
    4. Add an open attribute to subject, whose value is the empty string.
    5. If the showModal() method was invoked with an argument, set up the
       position of subject, using that argument as the anchor. Otherwise, set
       the dialog to the centered alignment mode.
    6. Let subject’s node document be blocked by the modal dialog subject.
    7. Push subject onto subject’s node document’s pending dialog stack.
    8. Run the dialog focusing steps for subject.
   The dialog focusing steps for a dialog element subject are as follows:
    1. If for some reason subject is not a control group owner at this point,
       or if it is inert, abort these steps.
    2. Let control be the first non-inert focusable area in subject’s control
       group whose DOM anchor has an autofocus attribute specified.
       If there isn’t one, then let control be the first non-inert focusable
       area in subject’s control group.
       If there isn’t one of those either, then let control be subject.
    3. Run the focusing steps for control.
   If at any time a dialog element is removed from a Document, then if that
   dialog is in that Document’s pending dialog stack, the following steps
   must be run:
    1. Let subject be that dialog element and document be the Document from
       which it is being removed.
    2. Remove subject from document’s pending dialog stack.
    3. If document’s pending dialog stack is not empty, then let document be
       blocked by the modal dialog that is at the top of document’s pending
       dialog stack. Otherwise, let document be no longer blocked by a modal
       dialog at all.
   When the close() method is invoked, the user agent must close the dialog
   that the method was invoked on. If the method was invoked with an
   argument, that argument must be used as the return value; otherwise, there
   is no return value.
   When a dialog element subject is to be closed, optionally with a return
   value result, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. If subject does not have an open attribute, then abort these steps.
    2. Remove subject’s open attribute.
    3. If the argument result was provided, then set the returnValue
       attribute to the value of result.
    4. If subject is in its Document’s pending dialog stack, then run these
       substeps:
         1. Remove subject from that pending dialog stack.
         2. If that pending dialog stack is not empty, then let subject’s
            node document be blocked by the modal dialog that is at the top
            of the pending dialog stack. Otherwise, let document be no longer
            blocked by a modal dialog at all.
    5. Queue a task to fire a simple event named close at subject.
   The returnValue IDL attribute, on getting, must return the last value to
   which it was set. On setting, it must be set to the new value. When the
   element is created, it must be set to the empty string.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Canceling dialogs: When a Document’s pending dialog stack is not empty,
   user agents may provide a user interface that, upon activation, queues a
   task to fire a simple event named cancel that is cancelable at the top
   dialog element on the Document’s pending dialog stack. The default action
   of this event must be to check if that element has an open attribute, and
   if it does, close the dialog with no return value.
   An example of such a UI mechanism would be the user pressing the "Escape"
   key.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   All dialog elements are always in one of three modes: normal alignment,
   centered alignment, and magic alignment. When a dialog element is created,
   it must be placed in the normal alignment mode. In this mode, normal CSS
   requirements apply to the element. The centered alignment mode is only
   used for dialog elements that are in the top layer. [FULLSCREEN]
   [CSS-2015]
   When an element subject is placed in centered alignment mode, and when it
   is in that mode and has new rendering boxes created, the user agent must
   set up the element such that its top static position, for the purposes of
   calculating the used value of the top property, is the value that would
   place the element’s top margin edge as far from the top of the viewport as
   the element’s bottom margin edge from the bottom of the viewport, if the
   element’s height is less than the height of the viewport, and otherwise is
   the value that would place the element’s top margin edge at the top of the
   viewport.
   If there is a dialog element with centered alignment and that is being
   rendered when its browsing context changes viewport width (as measured in
   CSS pixels), then the user agent must recreate the element’s boxes,
   recalculating its top static position as in the previous paragraph.
   This top static position of a dialog element with centered alignment must
   remain the element’s top static position until its boxes are recreated.
   (The element’s static position is only used in calculating the used value
   of the top property in certain situations; it’s not used, for instance, to
   position the element if its position property is set to static.)
   When a user agent is to set up the position of an element subject using an
   anchor anchor, it must run the following steps:
    1. If anchor is a MouseEvent object, then run these substeps:
         1. If anchor’s target element does not have a rendered box, or is in
            a different document than subject, then let subject be in the
            centered alignment mode, and abort the set up the position steps.
         2. Let anchor element be an anonymous element rendered as a box with
            zero height and width (so its margin and border boxes both just
            form a point), positioned so that its top and left are at the
            coordinate identified by the event, and whose properties all
            compute to their initial values.
       Otherwise, let anchor element be anchor.
    2. Put subject in the magic alignment mode, aligned to anchor element.
   While an element A has magic alignment, aligned to an element B, the
   following requirements apply:
     * If at any time either A or B cease having rendered boxes, A and B
       cease being in the same Document, or B ceases being earlier than A in
       tree order, then, if subject is in the pending dialog stack, let
       subject’s mode become centered alignment, otherwise, let subject’s
       mode become normal alignment.
     * A’s position property must compute to the keyword 'absolute-anchored'
       rather than whatever it would otherwise compute to (i.e., the position
       property’s specified value is ignored).
       The 'absolute-anchored' keyword’s requirements are described below.
     * The anchor points for A and B are defined as per the appropriate entry
       in the following list:
            If the computed value of anchor-point is none on both A and B
                    The anchor points of A and B are the center points of
                    their respective first boxes' border boxes.
            If the computed value of anchor-point is none on A and a specific
            point on B
                    The anchor point of B is the point given by its
                    anchor-point property.
                    If the anchor point of B is the center point of B’s first
                    box’s border box, then A’s anchor point is the center
                    point of its first box’s margin box.
                    Otherwise, A’s anchor point is on one of its margin
                    edges. Consider four hypothetical half-infinite lines L1,
                    L2, L3, and L4 that each start in the center of B’s first
                    box’s border box, and that extend respectively through
                    the top left corner, top right corner, bottom right
                    corner, and bottom left corner of B’s first box’s border
                    box. A’s anchor point is determined by the location of
                    B’s anchor point relative to these four hypothetical
                    lines, as follows:
                    If the anchor point of B lies on L1 or L2, or inside the
                    area bounded by L1 and L2 that also contains the points
                    above B’s first box’s border box, then let A’s anchor
                    point be the horizontal center of A’s bottom margin edge.
                    Otherwise, if the anchor point of B lies on L3 or L4, or
                    inside the area bounded by L3 and L4 that also contains
                    the points below B’s first box’s border box, then let A’s
                    anchor point be the horizontal center of A’s top margin
                    edge.
                    Otherwise, if the anchor point of B lies inside the area
                    bounded by L4 and L1 that also contains the points to the
                    left of B’s first box’s border box, then let A’s anchor
                    point be the vertical center of A’s right margin edge.
                    Otherwise, the anchor point of B lies inside the area
                    bounded by L2 and L3 that also contains the points to the
                    right of B’s first box’s border box; let A’s anchor point
                    be the vertical center of A’s left margin edge.
            If the computed value of anchor-point is a specific point on A
            and none on B
                    The anchor point of A is the point given by its
                    anchor-point property.
                    If the anchor point of A is the center point of A’s first
                    box’s margin box, then B’s anchor point is the center
                    point of its first box’s border box.
                    Otherwise, B’s anchor point is on one of its border
                    edges. Consider four hypothetical half-infinite lines L1,
                    L2, L3, and L4 that each start in the center of A’s first
                    box’s margin box, and that extend respectively through
                    the top left corner, top right corner, bottom right
                    corner, and bottom left corner of A’s first box’s margin
                    box. B’s anchor point is determined by the location of
                    A’s anchor point relative to these four hypothetical
                    lines, as follows:
                    If the anchor point of A lies on L1 or L2, or inside the
                    area bounded by L1 and L2 that also contains the points
                    above A’s first box’s margin box, then let B’s anchor
                    point be the horizontal center of B’s bottom border edge.
                    Otherwise, if the anchor point of A lies on L3 or L4, or
                    inside the area bounded by L3 and L4 that also contains
                    the points below A’s first box’s margin box, then let B’s
                    anchor point be the horizontal center of B’s top border
                    edge.
                    Otherwise, if the anchor point of A lies inside the area
                    bounded by L4 and L1 that also contains the points to the
                    left of A’s first box’s margin box, then let B’s anchor
                    point be the vertical center of B’s right border edge.
                    Otherwise, the anchor point of A lies inside the area
                    bounded by L2 and L3 that also contains the points to the
                    right of A’s first box’s margin box; let B’s anchor point
                    be the vertical center of B’s left border edge.
            If the computed value of anchor-point is a specific point on both
            A and B
                    The anchor points of A and B are the points given by
                    their respective anchor-point properties.
       The rules above generally use A’s margin box, but B’s border box. This
       is because while A always has a margin box, and using the margin box
       allows for the dialog to be positioned offset from the box it is
       annotating, B sometimes does not have a margin box (e.g., if it is a
       table-cell), or has a margin box whose position may be not entirely
       clear (e.g., in the face of margin collapsing and clear handling of
       in-flow blocks).
       In cases where B does not have a border box but its border box is used
       by the algorithm above, user agents must use its first box’s content
       area instead. (This is in particular an issue with boxes in tables
       that have border-collapse set to collapse.)
     * When an element’s position property computes to 'absolute-anchored',
       the float property does not apply and must compute to none, the
       display property must compute to a value as described by the table in
       the section of CSS 2.1 describing the relationships between display,
       position, and float, and the element’s box must be positioned using
       the rules for absolute positioning but with its static position set
       such that if the box is positioned in its static position, its anchor
       point is exactly aligned over the anchor point of the element to which
       it is magically aligned. Elements aligned in this way are absolutely
       positioned. For the purposes of determining the containing block of
       other elements, the 'absolute-anchored' keyword must be treated like
       the absolute keyword.
   The trivial example of an element that does not have a rendered box is one
   whose display property computes to none. However, there are many other
   cases; e.g., table columns do not have boxes (their properties merely
   affect other boxes).
   If an element to which another element is anchored changes rendering, the
   anchored element will be repositioned accordingly. (In other words, the
   requirements above are live, they are not just calculated once per
   anchored element.)
   The 'absolute-anchored' keyword is not a keyword that can be specified in
   CSS; the position property can only compute to this value if the dialog
   element is positioned via the APIs described above.
   User agents in visual interactive media should allow the user to pan the
   viewport to access all parts of a dialog element’s border box, even if the
   element is larger than the viewport and the viewport would otherwise not
   have a scroll mechanism (e.g., because the viewport’s overflow property is
   set to hidden).
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The open IDL attribute must reflect the open content attribute.
      4.11.4.1. Anchor points
   This section will eventually be moved to a CSS specification; it is
   specified here only on an interim basis until an editor can be found to
   own this.
   Name:            anchor-point                                              
   Value:           [ none | 
 ]                                     
   Initial:         none                                                      
   Applies to:      all elements                                              
   Inherited:       no                                                        
   Percentages:     refer to width or height of box; see prose                
   Media:           visual                                                    
   Computed value:  The specified value, but with any lengths replaced by     
                    their corresponding absolute length                       
   Canonical order: per grammar                                               
   Animatable:      no                                                        
   The anchor-point property specifies a point to which dialog boxes are to
   be aligned.
   If the value is a , the anchor point is the point given by the
   value, which must be interpreted relative to the element’s first rendered
   box’s margin box. Percentages must be calculated relative to the element’s
   first rendered box’s margin box (specifically, its width for the
   horizontal position and its height for the vertical position).
   [CSS-VALUES] [CSS-2015]
   If the value is the keyword none, then no explicit anchor point is
   defined. The user agent will pick an anchor point automatically if
   necessary (as described in the definition of the open() method above).
  4.12. Scripting
   Scripts allow authors to add interactivity to their documents.
   Authors are encouraged to use declarative alternatives to scripting where
   possible, as declarative mechanisms are often more maintainable, and many
   users disable scripting.
   For example, instead of using script to show or hide a section to show
   more details, the details element could be used.
   Authors are also encouraged to make their applications degrade gracefully
   in the absence of scripting support.
   For example, if an author provides a link in a table header to dynamically
   resort the table, the link could also be made to function without scripts
   by requesting the sorted table from the server.
    4.12.1. The script element
   Categories:
           Metadata content.
           Flow content.
           Phrasing content.
           Script-supporting element.
   Contexts in which this element can be used:
           Where metadata content is expected.
           Where phrasing content is expected.
           Where script-supporting elements are expected.
   Content model:
           If there is no src attribute, depends on the value of the type
           attribute, but must match script content restrictions.
           If there is a src attribute, the element must be either empty or
           contain only script documentation that also matches script content
           restrictions.
   Tag omission in text/html:
           Neither tag is omissible
   Content attributes:
           Global attributes
           src - Address of the resource
           type - Type of embedded resource
           charset - Character encoding of the external script resource
           async - Execute script in parallel
           defer - Defer script execution
           crossorigin - How the element handles crossorigin requests
           nonce - Cryptographic nonce used in Content Security Policy checks
           [CSP3]
   Allowed ARIA role attribute values:
           None
   Allowed ARIA state and property attributes:
           None
   DOM interface:
 interface HTMLScriptElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString charset;
   attribute boolean async;
   attribute boolean defer;
   attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
   attribute DOMString text;
   attribute DOMString nonce;
 };
   The script element allows authors to include dynamic script and data
   blocks in their documents. The element does not represent content for the
   user.
   The type attribute allows customization of the type of script represented:
     * Omitting the attribute, or setting it to a JavaScript MIME type, means
       that the script is a classic script, to be interpreted according to
       the JavaScript Script top-level production. Classic scripts are
       affected by the charset, async, and defer attributes. Authors should
       omit the attribute, instead of redundantly giving a JavaScript MIME
       type.
     * Setting the attribute to an ASCII case-insensitive match for the
       string "module" means that the script is a module script, to be
       interpreted according to the JavaScript Module top-level production.
       Module scripts are not affected by the charset and defer attributes.
     * Setting the attribute to any other value means that the script is a
       data block, which is not processed. None of the script attributes
       (except type itself) have any effect on data blocks. Authors must use
       a valid MIME type that is not a JavaScript MIME type to denote data
       blocks.
   The requirement that data blocks must be denoted using a valid MIME type
   is in place to avoid potential future collisions. If this specification
   ever adds additional types of script, they will be triggered by setting
   the type attribute to something which is not a MIME type, like how the
   "module" value denotes module scripts. By using a valid MIME type now, you
   ensure that your data block will not ever be reinterpreted as a different
   script type, even in future user agents.
   Classic scripts and module scripts may either be embedded inline or may be
   imported from an external file using the src attribute, which if specified
   gives the URL of the external script resource to use. If src is specified,
   it must be a valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces. The
   contents of inline script elements, or the external script resource, must
   conform with the requirements of the JavaScript specification’s Script or
   Module productions, for classic scripts and module scripts respectively.
   [ECMA-262]
   When used to include data blocks, the data must be embedded inline, the
   format of the data must be given using the type attribute, and the
   contents of the script element must conform to the requirements defined
   for the format used. The src, charset, async, defer, crossorigin, and
   nonce attributes must not be specified.
   The charset attribute gives the character encoding of the external script
   resource. The attribute must not be specified if the src attribute is not
   present, or if the script is not a classic script. (Module scripts are
   always interpreted as UTF-8.) If the attribute is set, its value must be
   an ASCII case-insensitive match for one of the labels of an encoding, and
   must specify the same encoding as the charset parameter of the
   Content-Type metadata of the external file, if any. [ENCODING]
   The async and defer attributes are boolean attributes that indicate how
   the script should be executed. Classic scripts may specify defer or async;
   module scripts may specify async.
   There are several possible modes that can be selected using these
   attributes, and depending on the script’s type.
   For classic scripts, if the async attribute is present, then the classic
   script will be fetched in parallel to parsing and evaluated as soon as it
   is available (potentially before parsing completes). If the async
   attribute is not present but the defer attribute is present, then the
   classic script will be fetched in parallel and evaluated when the page has
   finished parsing. If neither attribute is present, then the script is
   fetched and evaluated immediately, blocking parsing until these are both
   complete.
   For module scripts, if the async attribute is present, then the module
   script and all its dependencies will be fetched in parallel to parsing,
   and the module script will be evaluated as soon as it is available
   (potentially before parsing completes). Otherwise, the module script and
   its dependencies will be fetched in parallel to parsing and evaluated when
   the page has finished parsing. (The defer attribute has no effect on
   module scripts.)
   This is all summarized in the following schematic diagram:
   With 
 
   The data in this case might be used by the script to generate the map of a
   video game. The data doesn’t have to be used that way, though; maybe the
   map data is actually embedded in other parts of the page’s markup, and the
   data block here is just used by the site’s search engine to help users who
   are looking for particular features in their game maps.
   The following sample shows how a script element can be used to define a
   function that is then used by other parts of the document, as part of a
   classic script. It also shows how a script element can be used to invoke
   script while the document is being parsed, in this case to initialize the
   form’s output.
 
 
   
   Work out the price of your car 
   Base cost: £52000.
   Select additional options:
   
   Total: £
    
   
  
   The following sample shows how a script element can be used to include an
   external module script.
 
   This module, and all its dependencies (expressed through JavaScript import
   statements in the source file), will be fetched. Once the entire resulting
   module tree has been imported, and the document has finished parsing, the
   contents of app.js will be evaluated.
   The following sample shows how a script element can be used to write an
   inline module script that performs a number of substitutions on the
   document’s text, in order to make for a more interesting reading
   experience (e.g. on a news site): [XKCD-1288]
 
   Some notable features gained by using a module script include the ability
   to import functions from other JavaScript modules, strict mode by default,
   and how top-level declarations do not introduce new properties onto the
   global object. Also note that no matter where this script element appears
   in the document, it will not be evaluated until both document parsing has
   complete and its dependency (dom-utils.js) has been fetched and evaluated.
      4.12.1.1. Processing model
   A script element has several associated pieces of state.
   The first is a flag indicating whether or not the script block has been
   "already started". Initially, script elements must have this flag unset
   (script blocks, when created, are not "already started"). The cloning
   steps for script elements must set the "already started" flag on the copy
   if it is set on the element being cloned.
   The second is a flag indicating whether the element was "parser-inserted".
   Initially, script elements must have this flag unset. It is set by the
   HTML parser and the XML parser on script elements they insert and affects
   the processing of those elements.
   The third is a flag indicating whether the element will "non-blocking".
   Initially, script elements must have this flag set. It is unset by the
   HTML parser and the XML parser on script elements they insert. In
   addition, whenever a script element whose "non-blocking" flag is set has
   an async content attribute added, the element’s "non-blocking" flag must
   be unset.
   The fourth is a flag indicating whether or not the script block is "ready
   to be parser-executed". Initially, script elements must have this flag
   unset (script blocks, when created, are not "ready to be
   parser-executed"). This flag is used only for elements that are also
   "parser-inserted", to let the parser know when to execute the script.
   The fifth is the script’s type, which is either "classic" or "module". It
   is determined when the script is prepared, based on the type attribute of
   the element at that time. Initially, script elements must have this flag
   unset.
   The sixth is a flag indicating whether or not the script is from an
   external file. It is determined when the script is prepared, based on the
   src attribute of the element at that time.
   Finally, a script element has the script’s script, which is a script
   resulting from preparing the element. This is set asynchronously after the
   classic script or module tree is fetched. Once it is set, either to a
   script in the case of success or to null in the case of failure, the
   fetching algorithms will note that the script is ready, which can trigger
   other actions. The user agent must delay the load event of the element’s
   node document until the script is ready.
   When a script element that is not marked as being "parser-inserted"
   experiences one of the events listed in the following list, the user agent
   must immediately prepare the script element:
     * The script element gets inserted into a document, at the time the node
       is inserted according to the DOM, after any other script elements
       inserted at the same time that are earlier in the Document in tree
       order.
     * The script element is in a Document and a node or document fragment is
       inserted into the script element, after any script elements inserted
       at that time.
     * The script element is in a Document and has a src attribute set where
       previously the element had no such attribute.
   To prepare a script, the user agent must act as follows:
    1. If the script element is marked as having "already started", then the
       user agent must abort these steps at this point. The script is not
       executed.
    2. If the element has its "parser-inserted" flag set, then set
       was-parser-inserted to true and unset the element’s "parser-inserted"
       flag. Otherwise, set was-parser-inserted to false.
       This is done so that if parser-inserted script elements fail to run
       when the parser tries to run them, e.g., because they are empty or
       specify an unsupported scripting language, another script can later
       mutate them and cause them to run again.
    3. If was-parser-inserted is true and the element does not have an async
       attribute, then set the element’s "non-blocking" flag to true.
       This is done so that if a parser-inserted script element fails to run
       when the parser tries to run it, but it is later executed after a
       script dynamically updates it, it will execute in a non-blocking
       fashion even if the async attribute isn’t set.
    4. If the element has no src attribute, and its child nodes, if any,
       consist only of comment nodes and empty Text nodes, then abort these
       steps at this point. The script is not executed.
    5. If the element is not in a Document, then the user agent must abort
       these steps at this point. The script is not executed.
    6. If either:
          * the script element has a type attribute and its value is the
            empty string, or
          * the script element has no type attribute but it has a language
            attribute and that attribute’s value is the empty string, or
          * the script element has neither a type attribute nor a language
            attribute, then
       ...let the script block’s type string for this script element be
       "text/javascript".
       Otherwise, if the script element has a type attribute, let the script
       block’s type string for this script element be the value of that
       attribute with any leading or trailing sequences of space characters
       removed.
       Otherwise, the element has a non-empty language attribute; let the
       script block’s type string for this script element be the child text
       content of the language attribute.
       The language attribute is never conforming, and is always ignored if
       there is a type attribute present.
       Determine the script’s type as follows:
          * If the script block’s type string is an ASCII case-insensitive
            match for any JavaScript MIME type, the script’s type is
            "classic".
          * If the script block’s type string is an ASCII case-insensitive
            match for the string "module", the script’s type is "module".
          * If neither of the above conditions are true, then abort these
            steps at this point. No script is executed.
    7. If was-parser-inserted is true, then flag the element as
       "parser-inserted" again, and set the element’s "non-blocking" flag to
       false.
    8. The user agent must set the element’s "already started" flag.
    9. If the element is flagged as "parser-inserted", but the element’s node
       document is not the Document of the parser that created the element,
       then abort these steps.
   10. If scripting is disabled for the script element, then abort these
       steps at this point. The script is not executed.
       The definition of scripting is disabled means that, amongst others,
       the following scripts will not execute: scripts in XMLHttpRequest's
       responseXML documents, scripts in DOMParser-created documents, scripts
       in documents created by XSLTProcessor’s transformToDocument feature,
       and scripts that are first inserted by a script into a Document that
       was created using the createDocument() API. [XHR] [DOM-PARSING]
       [XSLTP] [DOM41]
   11. If the script element does not have a src content attribute, and the
       Should element’s inline behavior be blocked by Content Security
       Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed upon the script
       element, "script", and the script element’s child text content, then
       abort these steps. The script is not executed. [CSP3]
   12. If the script element has an event attribute and a for attribute, and
       the script’s type is "classic", then run these substeps:
         1. Let for be the value of the for attribute.
         2. Let event be the value of the event attribute.
         3. Strip leading and trailing white space from event and for.
         4. If for is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string
            "window", then the user agent must abort these steps at this
            point. The script is not executed.
         5. If event is not an ASCII case-insensitive match for either the
            string "onload" or the string "onload()", then the user agent
            must abort these steps at this point. The script is not executed.
   13. If the script element has a charset attribute, then let encoding be
       the result of getting an encoding from the value of the charset
       attribute.
       If the script element does not have a charset attribute, or if getting
       an encoding failed, let encoding be the same as the encoding of the
       document itself.
       If the script’s type is "module", this encoding will be ignored.
   14. Let CORS setting be the current state of the element’s crossorigin
       content attribute.
   15. If the script element has a nonce attribute, then let cryptographic
       nonce be that attribute’s value.
       Otherwise, let cryptographic nonce be the empty string.
   16. Let parser state be "parser-inserted" if the script element has been
       flagged as "parser-inserted", and "not parser-inserted" otherwise.
   17. Let settings be the element’s node document’s Window object’s
       environment settings object.
   18. If the element has a src content attribute, run these substeps:
         1. Let src be the value of the element’s src attribute.
         2. If src is the empty string, queue a task to fire a simple event
            named error at the element, and abort these steps.
         3. Set the element’s from an external file flag.
         4. Parse src relative to the element’s node document.
         5. If the previous step failed, queue a task to fire a simple event
            named error at the element, and abort these steps.
            Otherwise, let url be the resulting URL record.
         6. Switch on the script’s type:
                 "classic"
                         Fetch a classic script given url, CORS setting,
                         cryptographic nonce, parser state, settings, and
                         encoding.
                 "module"
                           1. Let credentials mode be determined by switching
                              on CORS setting:
                                   No CORS
                                           "omit"
                                   Anonymous
                                           "same-origin"
                                   Use Credentials
                                           "include"
                           2. Fetch a module script tree given url,
                              credentials mode, cryptographic nonce, parser
                              state, "script", and settings.
            When the chosen algorithm asynchronously completes, set the
            script’s script to the result. At that time, the script is ready.
            For performance reasons, user agents may start fetching the
            classic script or module tree (as defined above) as the src
            attribute is set, instead, in the hope that the element will be
            inserted into the document (and that the crossorigin attribute
            won’t change value in the meantime). Either way, once the element
            is inserted into the document, the load must have started as
            described in this step. If the UA performs such prefetching, but
            the element is never inserted in the document, or the src
            attribute is dynamically changed, or the crossorigin attribute is
            dynamically changed, then the user agent will not execute the
            script so obtained, and the fetching process will have been
            effectively wasted.
   19. If the element does not have a src content attribute, run these
       substeps:
         1. Let source text be the value of the text IDL attribute.
         2. Switch on the script’s type:
                 "classic"
                           1. Let script be the result of creating a classic
                              script using source text and settings.
                           2. Set the script’s script to script.
                           3. The script is ready.
                 "module"
                           1. Let base URL be the script element’s node
                              document’s document base URL.
                           2. Let script be the result of creating a module
                              script using source text, settings, base URL,
                              and CORS setting.
                           3. If this returns null, set the script’s script
                              to null and abort these substeps; the script is
                              ready.
                           4. Fetch the descendants of script. When this
                              asynchronously completes, set the script’s
                              script to the result. At that time, the script
                              is ready.
   20. Then, follow the first of the following options that describes the
       situation:
                    the        src       defer     async                      
                    script’s   present?  present?  present? other conditions
                    type       
                                                            element flagged   
                    "classic"  yes       yes       no       as                
                                                            "parser-inserted" 
                                                            element flagged   
                    "module"   yes or no n/a       no       as                
                                                            "parser-inserted" 
                    Add the element to the end of the list of scripts that
                    will execute when the document has finished parsing
                    associated with the Document of the parser that created
                    the element.
                    When the the script is ready, set the element’s "ready to
                    be parser-executed" flag. The parser will handle
                    executing the script.
                    the        src       defer     async                      
                    script’s   present?  present?  present? other conditions
                    type       
                                                            element flagged   
                    "classic"  yes       no        no       as                
                                                            "parser-inserted" 
                    The element is the pending parsing-blocking script of the
                    Document of the parser that created the element. (There
                    can only be one such script per Document at a time.)
                    When the script is ready, set the element’s "ready to be
                    parser-executed" flag. The parser will handle executing
                    the script.
                    the        src       defer     async                      
                    script’s   present?  present?  present?  other conditions
                    type       
                                                             "non-blocking"   
                    "classic"  yes       yes or no no        flag not set on  
                                                             element          
                                                             "non-blocking"   
                    "module"   yes or no n/a       no        flag not set on  
                                                             element          
                    Add the element to the end of the list of scripts that
                    will execute in order as soon as possible associated with
                    the node document of the script element at the time the
                    prepare a script algorithm started.
                    When the script is ready, run the following steps:
                      1. If the element is not now the first element in the
                         list of scripts that will execute in order as soon
                         as possible to which it was added above, then mark
                         the element as ready but abort these steps without
                         executing the script yet.
                      2. Execution: Execute the script block corresponding to
                         the first script element in this list of scripts
                         that will execute in order as soon as possible.
                      3. Remove the first element from this list of scripts
                         that will execute in order as soon as possible.
                      4. If this list of scripts that will execute in order
                         as soon as possible is still not empty and the first
                         entry has already been marked as ready, then jump
                         back to the step labeled Execution.
                    the script’s  src        defer      async     other       
                    type          present?   present?   present?  conditions  
                    "classic"     yes        yes or no  yes or no n/a         
                    "module"      yes or no  n/a        yes or no n/a         
                    The element must be added to the set of scripts that will
                    execute as soon as possible of the node document of the
                    script element at the time the prepare a script algorithm
                    started.
                    When the script is ready, execute the script block and
                    then remove the element from the set of scripts that will
                    execute as soon as possible.
                    the       src      defer    async                          
                    script’s  present? present? present? other conditions
                    type      
                                                         All of the following: 
                                                           * element flagged   
                                                             as                
                                                             "parser-inserted" 
                                                                               
                                                           * an XML parser or  
                                                             an HTML parser    
                                                             whose script      
                                                             nesting level is  
                    "classic"          yes or   yes or       not greater than  
                    or        no       no       no           one created the   
                    "module"                                 script            
                                                                               
                                                           * the Document of   
                                                             the XML parser or 
                                                             HTML parser that  
                                                             created the       
                                                             script has a      
                                                             style sheet that  
                                                             is blocking       
                                                             scripts           
                    The element is the pending parsing-blocking script of the
                    Document of the parser that created the element. (There
                    can only be one such script per Document at a time.)
                    Set the element’s "ready to be parser-executed" flag. The
                    parser will handle executing the script.
            Otherwise
                    Immediately execute the script block, even if other
                    scripts are already executing.
   The pending parsing-blocking script of a Document is used by the
   Document's parser(s).
   If a script element that blocks a parser gets moved to another Document
   before it would normally have stopped blocking that parser, it nonetheless
   continues blocking that parser until the condition that causes it to be
   blocking the parser no longer applies (e.g., if the script is a pending
   parsing-blocking script because there was a style sheet that is blocking
   scripts when it was parsed, but then the script is moved to another
   Document before the style sheet loads, the script still blocks the parser
   until the style sheets are all loaded, at which time the script executes
   and the parser is unblocked).
   When the user agent is required to execute a script block, it must run the
   following steps:
    1. If the element is flagged as "parser-inserted", but the element’s node
       document is not the Document of the parser that created the element,
       then abort these steps.
    2. If the script’s script is null, fire a simple event named error at the
       element, and abort these steps.
    3. If the script is from an external file, or the script’s type is
       "module", then increment the ignore-destructive-writes counter of the
       script element’s node document. Let neutralized doc be that Document.
    4. Let old script element be the value to which the script element’s node
       document’s currentScript object was most recently set.
    5. Switch on the script’s type:
            "classic"
                      1. Set the script element’s node document’s
                         currentScript attribute to the script element.
                         This does not use the in a document check, as the
                         script element could have been removed from the
                         document prior to execution, and in that scenario
                         currentScript still needs to point to it.
                      2. Run the classic script given by the script’s script.
            "module"
                      1. Set the script element’s node document’s
                         currentScript attribute to null.
                      2. Run the module script given by the script’s script.
    6. Set the script element’s node document’s currentScript object to old
       script element.
    7. Decrement the ignore-destructive-writes counter of neutralized doc, if
       it was incremented in the earlier step.
    8. If the script’s type is "classic" and the script is from an external
       file, fire a simple event named load at the script element.
       Otherwise queue a task to fire a simple event named load at the script
       element.
      4.12.1.2. Scripting languages
   A JavaScript MIME type is a MIME type string that is one of the following
   and refers to JavaScript: [ECMA-262]
     * application/ecmascript
     * application/javascript
     * application/x-ecmascript
     * application/x-javascript
     * text/ecmascript
     * text/javascript
     * text/javascript1.0
     * text/javascript1.1
     * text/javascript1.2
     * text/javascript1.3
     * text/javascript1.4
     * text/javascript1.5
     * text/jscript
     * text/livescript
     * text/x-ecmascript
     * text/x-javascript
   User agents must recognize all JavaScript MIME types.
   User agents may support other MIME types for other languages, but must not
   support other MIME types for the languages in the list above. User agents
   are not required to support JavaScript. The processing model for languages
   other than JavaScript is outside the scope of this specification.
   The following MIME types (with or without parameters) must not be
   interpreted as scripting languages:
     * text/plain
     * text/xml
     * application/octet-stream
     * application/xml
   These types are explicitly listed here because they are poorly-defined
   types that are nonetheless likely to be used as formats for data blocks,
   and it would be problematic if they were suddenly to be interpreted as
   script by a user agent.
   When examining types to determine if they represent supported languages,
   user agents must not ignore MIME parameters. Types are to be compared
   including all parameters.
   For example, types that include the charset parameter will not be
   recognized as referencing any of the scripting languages listed above.
      4.12.1.3. Restrictions for contents of script elements
   The easiest and safest way to avoid the rather strange restrictions
   described in this section is to always escape "<!--" as "<\!--",
   "<script" as "<\script", and "</script" as "<\/script" when
   these sequences appear in literals in scripts (e.g., in strings, regular
   expressions, or comments), and to avoid writing code that uses such
   constructs in expressions. Doing so avoids the pitfalls that the
   restrictions in this section are prone to triggering: namely, that, for
   historical reasons, parsing of script blocks in HTML is a strange and
   exotic practice that acts unintuitively in the face of these sequences.
   The textContent of a script element must match the script production in
   the following ABNF, the character set for which is Unicode. [ABNF]
 script        = outer *( comment-open inner comment-close outer )
 outer         = < any string that doesn’t contain a substring that matches not-in-outer >
 not-in-outer  = comment-open
 inner         = < any string that doesn’t contain a substring that matches not-in-inner >
 not-in-inner  = comment-close / script-open
 comment-open  = ""
 script-open   = "<" s c r i p t tag-end
 s             =  %x0053 ; U+0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S
 s             =/ %x0073 ; U+0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S
 c             =  %x0043 ; U+0043 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C
 c             =/ %x0063 ; U+0063 LATIN SMALL LETTER C
 r             =  %x0052 ; U+0052 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R
 r             =/ %x0072 ; U+0072 LATIN SMALL LETTER R
 i             =  %x0049 ; U+0049 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I
 i             =/ %x0069 ; U+0069 LATIN SMALL LETTER I
 p             =  %x0050 ; U+0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P
 p             =/ %x0070 ; U+0070 LATIN SMALL LETTER P
 t             =  %x0054 ; U+0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T
 t             =/ %x0074 ; U+0074 LATIN SMALL LETTER T
 tag-end       =  %x0009 ; U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab)
 tag-end       =/ %x000A ; U+000A LINE FEED (LF)
 tag-end       =/ %x000C ; U+000C FORM FEED (FF)
 tag-end       =/ %x0020 ; U+0020 SPACE
 tag-end       =/ %x002F ; U+002F SOLIDUS (/)
 tag-end       =/ %x003E ; U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>)
   When a script element contains script documentation, there are further
   restrictions on the contents of the element, as described in the section
   below.
   The following script illustrates this issue. Suppose you have a script
   that contains a string, as in:
 var example = 'Consider this string: 
 
   What is going on here is that for legacy reasons, "<!--" and
   "<script" strings in script elements in HTML need to be balanced in
   order for the parser to consider closing the block.
   By escaping the problematic strings as mentioned at the top of this
   section, the problem is avoided entirely:
 
 
 
   It is possible for these sequences to naturally occur in script
   expressions, as in the following examples:
 if (x
   
   
 
 
   The hidden attribute must not be used to hide content just from one
   presentation — if something is marked hidden, it is hidden from all
   presentations, including, for instance, screen readers.
   Elements that are not themselves hidden must not hyperlink to elements
   that are hidden. The for attributes of label and output elements that are
   not themselves hidden must similarly not refer to elements that are
   hidden. In both cases, such references would cause user confusion.
   Elements and scripts may, however, refer to elements that are hidden in
   other contexts.
   For example, it would be incorrect to use the href attribute to link to a
   section marked with the hidden attribute. If the content is not applicable
   or relevant, then there is no reason to link to it.
   It would be fine, however, to use the ARIA aria-describedby attribute to
   refer to descriptions that are themselves hidden. While hiding the
   descriptions implies that they are not useful alone, they could be written
   in such a way that they are useful in the specific context of being
   referenced from the images that they describe.
   Similarly, a canvas element with the hidden attribute could be used by a
   scripted graphics engine as an off-screen buffer, and a form control could
   refer to a hidden form element using its form attribute.
   Accessibility APIs are encouraged to provide a way to expose structured
   content while marking it as hidden in the default view. Such content
   should not be perceivable to users in the normal document flow in any
   modality, whether using Assistive Technology (AT) or mainstream User
   Agents.
   When such features are available, User Agents may use them to expose the
   full semantics of hidden elements to AT when appropriate, if such content
   is referenced indirectly by an ID reference or valid hash-name reference.
   This allows ATs to access the structure of these hidden elements upon user
   request, while keeping the content hidden in all presentations of the
   normal document flow. Authors who wish to prevent user-initiated viewing
   of a hidden element should not reference the element with such a
   mechanism.
   Because some User Agents have flattened hidden content when exposing such
   content to AT, authors should not reference hidden content which would
   lose essential meaning when flattened.
   Elements in a section hidden by the hidden attribute are still active,
   e.g., scripts and form controls in such sections still execute and submit
   respectively. Only their presentation to the user changes.
   The hidden IDL attribute must reflect the content attribute of the same
   name.
  5.2. Inert subtrees
   This section does not define or create any content attribute named
   "inert". This section merely defines an abstract concept of inertness.
   A node (in particular elements and text nodes) can be marked as inert.
   When a node is inert, then the user agent must act as if the node was
   absent for the purposes of targeting user interaction events, may ignore
   the node for the purposes of text search user interfaces (commonly known
   as "find in page"), and may prevent the user from selecting text in that
   node. User agents should allow the user to override the restrictions on
   search and text selection, however.
   For example, consider a page that consists of just a single inert
   paragraph positioned in the middle of a body. If a user moves their
   pointing device from the body over to the inert paragraph and clicks on
   the paragraph, no mouseover event would be fired, and the mousemove and
   click events would be fired on the body element rather than the paragraph.
   When a node is inert, it generally cannot be focused. Inert nodes that are
   commands will also get disabled.
   While a browsing context container is marked as inert, its nested browsing
   context’s active document, and all nodes in that Document, must be marked
   as inert.
   An entire Document can be marked as blocked by a modal dialog subject.
   While a Document is so marked, every node that is in the Document, with
   the exception of the subject element and its descendants, must be marked
   inert. (The elements excepted by this paragraph can additionally be marked
   inert through other means; being part of a modal dialog does not "protect"
   a node from being marked inert.)
   Only one element at a time can mark a Document as being blocked by a modal
   dialog. When a new dialog is made to block a Document, the previous
   element, if any, stops blocking the Document.
   The dialog element’s showModal() method makes use of this mechanism.
  5.3. Activation
   Certain elements in HTML have an activation behavior, which means that the
   user can activate them. This triggers a sequence of events dependent on
   the activation mechanism, and normally culminating in a click event, as
   described below.
   The user agent should allow the user to manually trigger elements that
   have an activation behavior, for instance using keyboard or voice input,
   or through mouse clicks. When the user triggers an element with a defined
   activation behavior in a manner other than clicking it, the default action
   of the interaction event must be to run synthetic click activation steps
   on the element.
   For accessibility, the keyboard’s Enter and Space keys are often used to
   trigger an element’s activation behavior. [wai-aria-practices-1.1]
   Each element has a click in progress flag, initially set to false.
   When a user agent is to run synthetic click activation steps on an
   element, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. If the element’s click in progress flag is set to true, then abort
       these steps.
    2. Set the click in progress flag on the element to true.
    3. Run pre-click activation steps on the element.
    4. Fire a click event at the element. If the run synthetic click
       activation steps algorithm was invoked because the click() method was
       invoked, then the isTrusted attribute must be initialized to false.
    5. If this click event is not canceled, run post-click activation steps
       on the element.
       If the event is canceled, the user agent must run canceled activation
       steps on the element instead.
    6. Set the click in progress flag on the element to false.
   When a pointing device is clicked, the user agent must run authentic click
   activation steps instead of firing the click event. When a user agent is
   to run authentic click activation steps for a given event event, it must
   follow these steps:
    1. Let target be the element designated by the user (the target of
       event).
    2. If target is a canvas element, run the canvas MouseEvent rerouting
       steps. If this changes event’s target, then let target be the new
       target.
    3. Set the click in progress flag on target to true.
    4. Let e be the nearest activatable element of target (defined below), if
       any.
    5. If there is an element e, run pre-click activation steps on it.
    6. Dispatch event (the required click event) at target.
       If there is an element e and the click event is not canceled, run
       post-click activation steps on element e.
       If there is an element e and the event is canceled, run canceled
       activation steps on element e.
    7. Set the click in progress flag on target to false.
   The algorithms above don’t run for arbitrary synthetic events dispatched
   by author script. The click() method can be used to make the run synthetic
   click activation steps algorithm happen programmatically.
   Click-focusing behavior (e.g., the focusing of a text field when user
   clicks in one) typically happens before the click, when the mouse button
   is first depressed, and is therefore not discussed here.
   Given an element target, the nearest activatable element is the element
   returned by the following algorithm:
    1. If target has a defined activation behavior, then return target and
       abort these steps.
    2. If target has a parent element, then set target to that parent element
       and return to the first step.
    3. Otherwise, there is no nearest activatable element.
   When a user agent is to run pre-click activation steps on an element, it
   must run the pre-click activation steps defined for that element, if any.
   When a user agent is to run canceled activation steps on an element, it
   must run the canceled activation steps defined for that element, if any.
   When a user agent is to run post-click activation steps on an element, it
   must run the activation behavior defined for that element, if any.
   Activation behaviors can refer to the click event that was fired by the
   steps above leading up to this point.
   element . click()
           Acts as if the element was clicked.
   The click() method must run the following steps:
    1. If the element is a form control that is disabled, abort these steps.
    2. Run synthetic click activation steps on the element.
  5.4. Focus
    5.4.1. Introduction
   This section is non-normative.
   An HTML user interface typically consists of multiple interactive widgets,
   such as form controls, scrollable regions, links, dialog boxes, browser
   tabs, and so forth. These widgets form a hierarchy, with some (e.g.,
   browser tabs, dialog boxes) containing others (e.g., links, form
   controls).
   When interacting with an interface using a keyboard, key input is
   channeled from the system, through the hierarchy of interactive widgets,
   to an active widget, which is said to be focused.
   Consider an HTML application running in a browser tab running in a
   graphical environment. Suppose this application had a page with some text
   fields and links, and was currently showing a modal dialog, which itself
   had a text field and a button.
   The hierarchy of focusable widgets, in this scenario, would include the
   browser window, which would have, amongst its children, the browser tab
   containing the HTML application. The tab itself would have as its children
   the various links and text fields, as well as the dialog. The dialog
   itself would have as its children the text field and the button.
   If the widget with focus in this example was the text field in the dialog
   box, then key input would be channeled from the graphical system to ① the
   Web browser, then to ② the tab, then to ③ the dialog, and finally to ④ the
   text field.
   Keyboard events are always targeted at this focused element.
    5.4.2. Data model
   The term focusable area is used to refer to regions of the interface that
   can become the target of keyboard input. Focusable areas can be elements,
   parts of elements, or other regions managed by the user agent.
   Each focusable area has a DOM anchor, which is a Node object that
   represents the position of the focusable area in the DOM. (When the
   focusable area is itself a Node, it is its own DOM anchor.) The DOM anchor
   is used in some APIs as a substitute for the focusable area when there is
   no other DOM object to represent the focusable area.
   The following table describes what objects can be focusable areas. The
   cells in the left column describe objects that can be focusable areas; the
   cells in the right column describe the DOM anchors for those elements.
   (The cells that span both columns are non-normative examples.)
Focusable area                                      DOM anchor                                     
Examples                                            
Elements that have their tabindex focus flag set,                                                  
that are not actually disabled, that are not        The element itself.
expressly inert, and that are either being rendered 
or being used as relevant canvas fallback content.  
iframe,  , sometimes  (depending on platform conventions).
The shapes of area elements in an image map                                                        
associated with an img element that is being        The img element.
rendered and is not expressly inert.                
In the following example, the area element creates two shapes, one on each image. The DOM anchor
of the first shape is the first img element, and the DOM anchor of the second shape is the second
img element.                                        
                                                    
 
...                                                 
 
...                                                 
 
The user-agent provided subwidgets of elements that The element for which the focusable area is a  
are being rendered and are not actually disabled or subwidget.                                     
expressly inert.                                    
The controls in the user interface that is exposed to the user for a video element, the up and
down buttons in a spin-control version of  , the part of a details element’s
rendering that enabled the element to be opened or closed using keyboard input.
The scrollable regions of elements that are being   The element for which the box that the         
rendered and are not expressly inert.               scrollable region scrolls was created.         
The CSS overflow property’s scroll value typically creates a scrollable region.
The viewport of a Document that is in a browsing    The Document for which the viewport was        
context and is not inert.                           created.                                       
The contents of an iframe.                          
Any other element or part of an element, especially                                                
to aid with accessibility or to better match        The element.
platform conventions.                               
A user agent could make all list item bullets focusable, so that a user can more easily navigate
lists.                                              
                                                    
Similarly, a user agent could make all elements with title attributes focusable, so that their
advisory information can be accessed.               
   A browsing context container (e.g., an iframe) is a focusable area, but
   key events routed to a browsing context container get immediately routed
   to the nested browsing context’s active document. Similarly, in sequential
   focus navigation a browsing context container essentially acts merely as a
   placeholder for its nested browsing context’s active document.
   Each focusable area belongs to a control group. Each control group has an
   owner. Control group owners are control group owner objects. The following
   are control group owner objects:
     * Document object that have browsing contexts.
     * dialog elements that have an open attribute specified and that are
       being rendered.
   Each control group owner object owns one control group (though that group
   might be empty).
   If the DOM anchor of a focusable area is a control group owner object,
   then that focusable area belongs to that control group owner object’s
   control group. Otherwise, the focusable area belongs to its DOM anchor’s
   nearest ancestor control group owner object.
   Thus, a viewport always belongs to the control group of the Document for
   which the viewport was created, an input control belongs to the control
   group of its nearest ancestor dialog or Document, and an image map’s
   shapes belong to the nearest ancestor dialog or Document of the img
   elements (not the area elements — this means one area element might create
   multiple shapes in different control groups).
   An element is expressly inert if it is inert but it is not a control group
   owner object and its nearest ancestor control group owner object is not
   inert.
   One focusable area in each non-empty control group is designated the
   focused area of the control group. Which control is so designated changes
   over time, based on algorithms in this specification. If a control group
   is empty, it has no focused area.
   Each control group owner object can also act as the manager of a dialog
   group.
   Each dialog element that has an open attribute specified and that is being
   rendered (i.e., that is a control group owner object) and is not expressly
   inert belongs to the dialog group whose manager is the dialog element’s
   nearest ancestor control group owner object.
   A dialog is expressly inert if it is inert but its nearest ancestor
   control group owner object is not.
   If no dialog element has a particular control group owner object as its
   nearest ancestor control group owner object, then that control group owner
   object has no dialog group.
   Each dialog group can have a dialog designated as the focused dialog of
   the dialog group. Which dialog is so designated changes over time, based
   on algorithms in this specification.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Focusable areas in control groups are ordered relative to the tree order
   of their DOM anchors. Focusable areas with the same DOM anchor in a
   control group are ordered relative to their CSS box’s relative positions
   in a pre-order, depth-first traversal of the box tree. [CSS-2015]
   Elements in dialog groups are ordered in tree order.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The currently focused area of a top-level browsing context at any
   particular time is the focusable area or dialog returned by this
   algorithm:
    1. Let candidate be the Document of the top-level browsing context.
    2. If candidate has a dialog group with a designated focused dialog of
       the dialog group, then let candidate be the designated focused dialog
       of the dialog group, and redo this step.
       Otherwise, if candidate has a non-empty control group, and the
       designated focused area of the control group is a browsing context
       container, then let candidate be the active document of that browsing
       context container’s nested browsing context, and redo this step.
       Otherwise, if candidate has a non-empty control group, let candidate
       be the designated focused area of the control group.
    3. Return candidate.
   An element that is the DOM anchor of a focusable area is said to gain
   focus when that focusable area becomes the currently focused area of a
   top-level browsing context. When an element is the DOM anchor of a
   focusable area of the currently focused area of a top-level browsing
   context, it is focused.
   The focus chain of a focusable area or control group owner object subject
   is the ordered list constructed as follows:
    1. Let current object be subject.
    2. Let output be an empty list.
    3. Loop: Append current object to output.
    4. If current object is an area element’s shape, append that area element
       to output.
       Otherwise, if current object is a focusable area whose DOM anchor is
       an element that is not current object itself, append that DOM anchor
       element to output.
    5. If current object is a dialog object in a dialog group, let current
       object be that dialog group’s manager, and return to the step labeled
       loop.
       Otherwise, if current object is a focusable area, let current object
       be that focusable area’s control group’s owner, and return to the step
       labeled loop.
       Otherwise, if current object is a Document in a nested browsing
       context, let current object be its browsing context container, and
       return to the step labeled loop.
    6. Return output.
       The chain starts with subject and (if subject is or can be the
       currently focused area of a top-level browsing context) continues up
       the focus hierarchy up to the Document of the top-level browsing
       context.
    5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
   The tabindex content attribute allows authors to indicate that an element
   is supposed to be focusable, whether it is supposed to be reachable using
   sequential focus navigation and, optionally, to suggest where in the
   sequential focus navigation order the element appears.
   Using a positive value for tabindex to specify the element’s position in
   the sequential focus navigation order interacts with the order of all
   focusable elements. It is error-prone, and therefore not recommended.
   Authors should generally leave elements to appear in their default order.
   Elements that do not receive focus by default can be made focusable using
   tabindex="0". This value does not specify a particular position in the
   sequential focus navigation order. Instead, the element’s position in the
   navigation order will be determined by the order in which the element
   appears in the document. However, authors should only make elements
   focusable if they act as interactive controls or widgets. In addition,
   authors should ensure that these focusable elements have an appropriate
   ARIA role attribute.
   For non-interactive elements that need to receive focus but that are not
   meant to be part of the sequential focus navigation order (for instance,
   the target of a skip link, or a container element that needs to be
   programmatically focused via JavaScript), authors should use a negative
   value of tabindex="-1".
   The name "tab index" comes from the common use of the "tab" key to
   navigate through the focusable elements. The term "tabbing" refers to
   moving between focusable elements using sequential focus navigation.
   When the attribute is omitted, the user agent applies defaults. (There is
   no way to make an element that is being rendered be not focusable at all
   without disabling it or making it inert.)
   The tabindex attribute, if specified, must have a value that is a valid
   integer. Any valid value indicates that an element should be focusable.
   Positive number values also affect the relative position of the element’s
   focusable areas in the sequential focus navigation order, as defined
   below. Negative number values indicate that the control should be
   unreachable by sequential focus navigation.
   Each element can have a tabindex focus flag set, as defined below. This
   flag is a factor that contributes towards determining whether an element
   is a focusable area, as described in the previous section.
   If the tabindex attribute is specified on an element, it must be parsed
   using the rules for parsing integers. The attribute’s value must be
   interpreted as follows:
   If the attribute is omitted or parsing the value returns an error
           The user agent should follow platform conventions to determine if
           the element’s tabindex focus flag is set and, if so, whether the
           element and any focusable areas that have the element as their DOM
           anchor can be reached using sequential focus navigation, and if
           so, what their relative position in the sequential focus
           navigation order is to be.
           Modulo platform conventions, it is suggested that for the
           following elements, the tabindex focus flag be set:
              * a elements that have an href attribute
              * link elements that have an href attribute
              * button elements
              * input elements whose type attribute are not in the Hidden
                state
              * select elements
              * textarea elements
              * Elements with a draggable attribute set, if that would enable
                the user agent to allow the user to begin a drag operations
                for those elements without the use of a pointing device
              * audio and video elements with a controls attribute
              * Editing hosts
              * Browsing context containers
   If the value is a negative integer
           The user agent must set the element’s tabindex focus flag, but
           should omit the element from the sequential focus navigation
           order.
           One valid reason to ignore the requirement that sequential focus
           navigation not allow the author to lead to the element would be if
           the user’s only mechanism for moving the focus is sequential focus
           navigation. For instance, a keyboard-only user would be unable to
           click on a text field with a negative tabindex, so that user’s
           user agent would be well justified in allowing the user to tab to
           the control regardless.
   If the value is a zero
           The user agent must set the element’s tabindex focus flag, should
           allow the element and any focusable areas that have the element as
           their DOM anchor to be reached using sequential focus navigation,
           following platform conventions to determine the element’s relative
           position in the sequential focus navigation order.
   If the value is greater than zero
           The user agent must set the element’s tabindex focus flag, should
           allow the element and any focusable areas that have the element as
           their DOM anchor to be reached using sequential focus navigation,
           and should place the element — referenced as candidate below — and
           the aforementioned focusable areas in the sequential focus
           navigation order so that, relative to other focusable areas in the
           sequential focus navigation order, they are:
              * before any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element
                whose tabindex attribute has been omitted or whose value,
                when parsed, returns an error,
              * before any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element
                whose tabindex attribute has a value equal to or less than
                zero,
              * after any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element whose
                tabindex attribute has a value greater than zero but less
                than the value of the tabindex attribute on candidate,
              * after any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element whose
                tabindex attribute has a value equal to the value of the
                tabindex attribute on candidate but that is earlier in the
                document in tree order than candidate,
              * before any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element
                whose tabindex attribute has a value equal to the value of
                the tabindex attribute on candidate but that is later in the
                document in tree order than candidate, and
              * before any focusable area whose DOM anchor is an element
                whose tabindex attribute has a value greater than the value
                of the tabindex attribute on candidate.
   In current user agent implementations, an element that is only focusable
   because of its tabindex attribute will generally not fire a click event in
   response to a non-mouse activation (e.g., hitting the "enter" key while
   the element is focused).
   An element with the tabindex attribute specified is interactive content.
   The tabIndex IDL attribute must reflect the value of the tabindex content
   attribute. Its default value is 0 for elements that are focusable and are
   included in the sequential focus navigation order, and -1 for all other
   elements.
   Most current browsers instead give the tabIndex IDL attribute a value of 0
   for some list of elements that are by default a focusable area, and -1 for
   other elements, if there is no tabindex content attribute set. This
   behaviour is not well-defined and will hopefully be improved in the
   future.
    5.4.4. Processing model
   The focusing steps for an object new focus target that is either a
   focusable area, or an element that is not a focusable area, or a browsing
   context, are as follows. They can optionally be run with a fallback
   target.
    1. If new focus target is neither a dialog element that has an open
       attribute specified and that is being rendered (i.e., that is a
       control group owner object), nor a focusable area, then run the first
       matching set of steps from the following list:
            If new focus target is an area element with one or more shapes
            that are focusable areas
                    Let new focus target be the shape corresponding to the
                    first img element in tree order that uses the image map
                    to which the area element belongs.
            If new focus target is an element with one or more scrollable
            regions that are focusable areas
                    Let new focus target be the element’s first scrollable
                    region, according to a pre-order, depth-first traversal
                    of the box tree. [CSS-2015]
            If new focus target is the document element of its Document
                    Let new focus target be the Document’s viewport.
            If new focus target is a browsing context
                    Let new focus target be the browsing context’s active
                    document.
            If new focus target is a browsing context container
                    Let new focus target be the browsing context container’s
                    nested browsing context’s active document.
            Otherwise
                    If no fallback target was specified, abort the focusing
                    steps.
                    Otherwise, let new focus target be the fallback target.
    2. If new focus target is a control group owner object that is not a
       focusable area, but does have a dialog group, and that dialog group
       has a designated focused dialog, then let new focus target be the
       focused dialog of the dialog group, and redo this step.
       Otherwise, if new focus target is a control group owner object that is
       not a focusable area, and its control group is not empty, then
       designate new focus target as the focused area of the control group,
       and redo this step.
       Otherwise, if new focus target is a browsing context container, then
       let new focus target be the nested browsing context’s active document,
       and redo this step.
       A dialog element can be both a control group owner object and a
       focusable area, if it has both an open attribute specified and a
       tabindex attribute specified and is being rendered.
    3. If new focus target is a focusable area and its DOM anchor is inert,
       then abort these steps.
    4. If new focus target is the currently focused area of a top-level
       browsing context, then abort these steps.
    5. Let old chain be the focus chain of the currently focused area of the
       top-level browsing context in which new focus target finds itself.
    6. Let new chain be the focus chain of new focus target.
    7. Run the focus update steps with old chain, new chain, and new focus
       target respectively.
   User agents must immediately run the focusing steps for a focusable area,
   dialog, or browsing context candidate whenever the user attempts to move
   the focus to candidate.
   The unfocusing steps for an object old focus target that is either a
   focusable area or an element that is not a focusable area are as follows:
    1. If old focus target is inert, then abort these steps.
    2. If old focus target is an area element and one of its shapes is the
       currently focused area of a top-level browsing context, or, if old
       focus target is an element with one or more scrollable regions, and
       one of them is the currently focused area of a top-level browsing
       context, then let old focus target be that currently focused area of a
       top-level browsing context.
    3. Let old chain be the focus chain of the currently focused area of a
       top-level browsing context.
    4. If old focus target is not one of the entries in old chain, then abort
       these steps.
    5. If old focus target is a dialog in a dialog group, and the dialog
       group manager has a non-empty control group, then let new focus target
       be the designated focused area of that focus group.
       Otherwise, if old focus target is a focusable area, then let new focus
       target be the first focusable area of its control group (if the
       control group owner is a Document, this will always be a viewport).
       Otherwise, let new focus target be null.
    6. If new focus target is not null, then run the focusing steps for new
       focus target.
   When the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context is somehow
   unfocused without another element being explicitly focused in its stead,
   the user agent must immediately run the unfocusing steps for that object.
   The unfocusing steps do not always result in the focus changing, even when
   applied to the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context. For
   example, if the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context is
   a viewport, then it will usually keep its focus regardless until another
   focusable area is explicitly focused with the focusing steps.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When a focusable area is added to an empty control group, it must be
   designated the focused area of the control group.
   When a dialog group is formed, if the dialog group manager has an empty
   control group, the first non-inert dialog in the dialog group, if any, or
   else the first dialog in the dialog group regardless of inertness, must be
   designated the focused dialog of the dialog group.
   Focus fixup rule one: When the designated focused area of a control group
   is removed from that control group in some way (e.g., it stops being a
   focusable area, it is removed from the DOM, it becomes expressly inert,
   etc), and the control group is still not empty: designate the first
   non-inert focused area in that control group to be the new focused area of
   the control group, if any; if they are all inert, then designate the first
   focused area in that control group to be the new focused area of the
   control group regardless of inertness. If such a removal instead results
   in the control group being empty, then there is simply no longer a focused
   area of the control group.
   For example, this might happen because an element is removed from its
   Document, or has a hidden attribute added. It might also happen to an
   input element when the element gets disabled.
   Focus fixup rule two: When a dialog group has no designated focused dialog
   of the dialog group, and its dialog group manager’s control group changes
   from being non-empty to being empty, the first non-inert dialog in the
   dialog group, if any, or else the first dialog in the dialog group
   regardless of inertness, must be designated the focused dialog of the
   dialog group.
   Focus fixup rule three: When the designated focused dialog of a dialog
   group is removed from that dialog group in some way (e.g., it stops being
   rendered, it loses its open attribute, it becomes expressly inert, etc),
   and there is still a dialog group (because the dialog in question was not
   the last dialog in that dialog group): if the dialog group’s manager’s
   control group is non-empty, let there be no designated focused dialog of
   the dialog group any more; otherwise (in the case that the control group
   is empty), designate the first non-inert dialog in the dialog group to be
   the focused dialog of the dialog group, or, if they are all inert,
   designate the first dialog in the dialog group to be the focused dialog of
   the dialog group regardless of inertness.
   When the currently focused area of a top-level browsing context was a
   focusable area but stops being a focusable area, or when it was a dialog
   in a dialog group and stops being part of that dialog group, or when it
   starts being inert, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let old focus target be whatever the currently focused area of the
       top-level browsing context was immediately before this algorithm
       became applicable (e.g., before the element was disabled, or the
       dialog was closed, or whatever caused this algorithm to run).
    2. Let old chain be the focus chain of the currently focused area of the
       top-level browsing context at the same time.
    3. Make sure that the changes implied by the focus fixup rules one, two,
       and three above are applied.
    4. Let new focus target be the currently focused area of a top-level
       browsing context.
    5. If old focus target and new focus target are the same, abort these
       steps.
    6. Let new chain be the focus chain of new focus target.
    7. Run the focus update steps with old chain, new chain, and new focus
       target respectively.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The focus update steps, given an old chain, a new chain, and a new focus
   target respectively, are as follows:
    1. If the last entry in old chain and the last entry in new chain are the
       same, pop the last entry from old chain and the last entry from new
       chain and redo this step.
    2. For each entry entry in old chain, in order, run these substeps:
         1. If entry is an input element, and the change event applies to the
            element, and the element does not have a defined activation
            behavior, and the user has changed the element’s value or its
            list of selected files while the control was focused without
            committing that change, then fire a simple event that bubbles
            named change at the element.
         2. If entry is an element, let blur event target be entry.
            If entry is a Document object, let blur event target be that
            Document object’s Window object.
            Otherwise, let blur event target be null.
         3. If entry is the last entry in old chain, and entry is an Element,
            and the last entry in new chain is also an Element, then let
            related blur target be the last entry in new chain. Otherwise,
            let related blur target be null.
         4. If blur event target is not null, fire a focus event named blur
            at blur event target, with related blur target as the related
            target.
            In some cases, e.g., if entry is an area element’s shape, a
            scrollable region, or a viewport, no event is fired.
    3. Apply any relevant platform-specific conventions for focusing new
       focus target. (For example, some platforms select the contents of a
       text field when that field is focused.)
    4. For each entry entry in new chain, in reverse order, run these
       substeps:
         1. If entry is a dialog element: Let entry be the designated focused
            dialog of its dialog group.
         2. If entry is a focusable area: Designate entry as the focused area
            of the control group. If its control group’s owner is also a
            dialog group manager, then let there be no designated focused
            dialog in that dialog group.
            It is possible for entry to be both a dialog element and a
            focusable area, in which case it is its own control group owner.
         3. If entry is an element, let focus event target be entry.
            If entry is a Document object, let focus event target be that
            Document object’s Window object.
            Otherwise, let focus event target be null.
         4. If entry is the last entry in new chain, and entry is an Element,
            and the last entry in old chain is also an Element, then let
            related focus target be the last entry in old chain. Otherwise,
            let related focus target be null.
         5. If focus event target is not null, fire a focus event named focus
            at focus event target, with related focus target as the related
            target.
            In some cases, e.g., if entry is an area element’s shape, a
            scrollable region, or a viewport, no event is fired.
   When a user agent is required to fire a focus event named e at an element
   t and with a given related target r, the user agent must create a trusted
   FocusEvent object, initialize it to have the given name e, to not bubble,
   to not be cancelable, and to have the relatedTarget attribute initialized
   to r, the view attribute initialized to the Window object of the Document
   object of t, and the detail attribute initialized to 0, and must then
   dispatch the newly created FocusEvent object at the specified target
   element t.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When a key event is to be routed in a top-level browsing context, the user
   agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let target area be the currently focused area of the top-level
       browsing context.
    2. If target area is a focusable area, let target node be target area’s
       DOM anchor. Otherwise, target area is a dialog; let target node be
       target area.
    3. If target node is a Document that has a body element, then let target
       node be the body element of that Document.
       Otherwise, if target node is a Document object that has a non-null
       document element, then let target node be that document element.
    4. If target node is not inert, fire the event at target node.
       It is possible for the currently focused area of a top-level browsing
       context to be inert, for example if a modal dialog is shown, and then
       that dialog element is made inert. It is likely to be the result of a
       logic error in the application, though.
    5. If the event was not canceled, then let target area handle the key
       event. This might include running synthetic click activation steps for
       target node.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The has focus steps, given a Document object target, are as follows:
    1. Let candidate be the Document of the top-level browsing context.
    2. If candidate is target, return true and abort these steps.
    3. If candidate has a dialog group with a designated focused dialog of
       the dialog group, then let candidate be the designated focused dialog
       of the dialog group, and redo this step.
       Otherwise, if candidate has a non-empty control group, and the
       designated focused area of the control group is a browsing context
       container, and the active document of that browsing context
       container’s nested browsing context is target, then return true and
       abort these steps.
       Otherwise, if candidate has a non-empty control group, and the
       designated focused area of the control group is a browsing context
       container, then let candidate be the active document of that browsing
       context container’s nested browsing context, and redo this step.
       Otherwise, return false and abort these steps.
    5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation
   Each control group has a sequential focus navigation order, which orders
   some or all of the focusable areas in the control group relative to each
   other. The order in the sequential focus navigation order does not have to
   be related to the order in the control group itself. If a focusable area
   is omitted from the sequential focus navigation order of its control
   group, then it is unreachable via sequential focus navigation.
   There can also be a sequential focus navigation starting point. It is
   initially unset. The user agent may set it when the user indicates that it
   should be moved.
   For example, the user agent could set it to the position of the user’s
   click if the user clicks on the document contents.
   When the user requests that focus move from the currently focused area of
   a top-level browsing context to the next or previous focusable area (e.g.,
   as the default action of pressing the tab key), or when the user requests
   that focus sequentially move to a top-level browsing context in the first
   place (e.g., from the browser’s location bar), the user agent must use the
   following algorithm:
    1. Let starting point be the currently focused area of a top-level
       browsing context, if the user requested to move focus sequentially
       from there, or else the top-level browsing context itself, if the user
       instead requested to move focus from outside the top-level browsing
       context.
    2. If there is a sequential focus navigation starting point defined and
       it is inside starting point, then let starting point be the sequential
       focus navigation starting point instead.
    3. Let direction be forward if the user requested the next control, and
       backward if the user requested the previous control.
       Typically, pressing tab requests the next control, and pressing
       shift+tab requests the previous control.
    4. Loop: Let selection mechanism be sequential if the starting point is a
       browsing context or if starting point is in its control group’s
       sequential focus navigation order.
       Otherwise, starting point is not in its control group’s sequential
       focus navigation order; let selection mechanism be DOM.
    5. Let candidate be the result of running the sequential navigation
       search algorithm with starting point, direction, and selection
       mechanism as the arguments.
    6. If candidate is not null, then run the focusing steps for candidate
       and abort these steps.
    7. Otherwise, unset the sequential focus navigation starting point.
    8. If starting point is the top-level browsing context, or a focusable
       area in the top-level browsing context, the user agent should transfer
       focus to its own controls appropriately (if any), honouring direction,
       and then abort these steps.
       For example, if direction is backward, then the last focusable control
       before the browser’s rendering area would be the control to focus.
       If the user agent has no focusable controls — a kiosk-mode browser,
       for instance — then the user agent may instead restart these steps
       with the starting point being the top-level browsing context itself.
    9. Otherwise, starting point is a focusable area in a nested browsing
       context. Let starting point be that nested browsing context’s browsing
       context container, and return to the step labeled loop.
   The sequential navigation search algorithm consists of the following
   steps. This algorithm takes three arguments: starting point, direction,
   and selection mechanism.
    1. Pick the appropriate cell from the following table, and follow the
       instructions in that cell.
       The appropriate cell is the one that is from the column whose header
       describes direction and from the first row whose header describes
       starting point and selection mechanism.
                         direction is forward       direction is backward     
                         Let candidate be the first Let candidate be the last 
                         suitable sequentially      suitable sequentially     
       starting point is focusable area in starting focusable area in         
       a browsing        point’s active document’s  starting point’s active   
       context           primary control group, if  document’s primary        
                         any; or else null          control group, if any; or 
                                                    else null                 
                         Let candidate be the first Let candidate be the last 
                         suitable sequentially      suitable sequentially     
       selection         focusable area in the home focusable area in the     
       mechanism is DOM  control group following    home control group        
                         starting point, if any; or preceding starting point, 
                         else null                  if any; or else null      
                         Let candidate be the first Let candidate be the last 
                         suitable sequentially      suitable sequentially     
       selection         focusable area in the home focusable area in the     
       mechanism is      sequential focus           home sequential focus     
       sequential        navigation order following navigation order          
                         starting point, if any; or preceding starting point, 
                         else null                  if any; or else null      
       A suitable sequentially focusable area is a focusable area whose DOM
       anchor is not inert and that is in its control group’s sequential
       focus navigation order.
       The primary control group of a control group owner object X is the
       control group of X if X has no dialog group or if its dialog group has
       no designated focused dialog of the dialog group, otherwise, it is the
       primary control group of X’s dialog group’s designated focused dialog
       of the dialog group.
       The home control group is the control group to which starting point
       belongs.
       The home sequential focus navigation order is the sequential focus
       navigation order to which starting point belongs.
       The home sequential focus navigation order is the home control group’s
       sequential focus navigation order, but is only used when the starting
       point is in that sequential focus navigation order (when it’s not,
       selection mechanism will be DOM).
    2. If candidate is a browsing context container, then let new candidate
       be the result of running the sequential navigation search algorithm
       with candidate’s nested browsing context as the first argument,
       direction as the second, and sequential as the third.
       If new candidate is null, then let starting point be candidate, and
       return to the top of this algorithm. Otherwise, let candidate be new
       candidate.
    3. Return candidate.
    5.4.6. Focus management APIs
   document . activeElement
           Returns the deepest element in the document through which or to
           which key events are being routed. This is, roughly speaking, the
           focused element in the document.
           For the purposes of this API, when a child browsing context is
           focused, its browsing context container is focused in the parent
           browsing context. For example, if the user moves the focus to a
           text field in an iframe, the iframe is the element returned by the
           activeElement API in the iframe’s node document.
   document . hasFocus()
           Returns true if key events are being routed through or to the
           document; otherwise, returns false. Roughly speaking, this
           corresponds to the document, or a document nested inside this one,
           being focused.
   window . focus()
           Moves the focus to the window’s browsing context, if any.
   element . focus()
           Moves the focus to the element.
           If the element is a browsing context container, moves the focus to
           the nested browsing context instead.
   element . blur()
           Moves the focus to the viewport. Use of this method is
           discouraged; if you want to focus the viewport, call the focus()
           method on the Document’s document element.
           Do not use this method to hide the focus ring if you find the
           focus ring unsightly. Instead, use a CSS rule to override the
           outline property, and provide a different way to show what element
           is focused. Be aware that if an alternative focusing style isn’t
           made available, the page will be significantly less usable for
           people who primarily navigate pages using a keyboard, or those
           with reduced vision who use focus outlines to help them navigate
           the page.
           For example, to hide the outline from links and instead use a
           yellow background to indicate focus, you could use:
 :link:focus, :visited:focus { outline: none; background: yellow; color: black; }
           Do not use this method to hide the focus ring. Do not use any
           other method that hides the focus ring from keyboard users, in
           particular do not use a CSS rule to override the outline property.
           Removal of the focus ring leads to serious accessibility issues
           for users who navigate and interact with interactive content using
           the keyboard.
   The activeElement attribute on Document objects must return the value
   returned by the following steps:
    1. Let candidate be the Document on which the method was invoked.
    2. If candidate has a dialog group with a designated focused dialog of
       the dialog group, then let candidate be the designated focused dialog
       of the dialog group, and redo this step.
    3. If candidate has a non-empty control group, let candidate be the
       designated focused area of the control group.
    4. If candidate is a focusable area, let candidate be candidate’s DOM
       anchor.
    5. If candidate is a Document that has a body element, then let candidate
       be the body element of that Document.
       Otherwise, if candidate is a Document with a non-null document
       element, then let candidate be that document element.
       Otherwise, if candidate is a Document, then let candidate be null.
    6. Return candidate.
   The hasFocus() method on the Document object, when invoked, must return
   the result of running the has focus steps with the Document object as the
   argument.
   The focus() method on the Window object, when invoked, must run the
   focusing steps with the Window object’s browsing context. Additionally, if
   this browsing context is a top-level browsing context, user agents are
   encouraged to trigger some sort of notification to indicate to the user
   that the page is attempting to gain focus.
   The blur() method on the Window object, when invoked, provides a hint to
   the user agent that the script believes the user probably is not currently
   interested in the contents of the browsing context of the Window object on
   which the method was invoked, but that the contents might become
   interesting again in the future.
   User agents are encouraged to ignore calls to this blur() method entirely.
   Historically, the focus() and blur() methods actually affected the
   system-level focus of the system widget (e.g., tab or window) that
   contained the browsing context, but hostile sites widely abuse this
   behavior to the user’s detriment.
   The focus() method on elements, when invoked, must run the following
   algorithm:
    1. If the element is marked as locked for focus, then abort these steps.
    2. Mark the element as locked for focus.
    3. Run the focusing steps for the element.
    4. Unmark the element as locked for focus.
   The blur() method, when invoked, should run the unfocusing steps for the
   element on which the method was called. User agents may selectively or
   uniformly ignore calls to this method for usability reasons.
   For example, if the blur() method is unwisely being used to remove the
   focus ring for aesthetics reasons, the page would become unusable by
   keyboard users. Ignoring calls to this method would thus allow keyboard
   users to interact with the page.
    5.4.7. Clipboard actions and focus
   There are three clipboard actions that affect selection: cut, copy, and
   paste. Focus may follow selection, and user-agents handle this by default,
   but when custom clipboard actions are implemented the author needs to
   provide the following behaviors:
   Cut action:
           When a cut action is performed, the selected object should be
           removed and the collapsed section set in place of the cut object.
   Copy action:
           When a copy action is performed, it does not affect the collapsed
           section or selection.
   Paste action:
           When a paste action is performed, the collapsed section should be
           placed at the end of the pasted content.
  5.5. Assigning keyboard shortcuts
    5.5.1. Introduction
   This section is non-normative.
   Each element that can be activated or focused can be assigned a shortcut
   key combination to activate it, using the accesskey attribute.
   The exact shortcut is determined by the user agent, potentially using
   information about the user’s preferences, what keyboard shortcuts already
   exist on the platform, and what other shortcuts have been specified on the
   page, as well as the value of the accesskey attribute.
   User agents may not assign any shortcut, or assigned shortcuts may be
   overridden by other browser- or system-level shortcuts.
   A valid value for the accesskey attribute consists of a single printable
   character, such as a letter or digit.
   User agents should provide users with a list of the shortcuts available,
   but authors are encouraged to do so also.
   In this example, an author has suggested that a button should be available
   using a shortcut, and suggested "C" as a memorable and useful shortcut.
  
    5.5.2. The accesskey attribute
   All HTML elements may have the accesskey content attribute set. The
   accesskey attribute’s value is used by the user agent as a guide for
   creating a keyboard shortcut that activates or focuses the element.
   If specified, the value must be a single printable character: typically a
   string one Unicode code point in length.
   Decomposed characters in Normalization Form D, such as
   accesskey="ñ" to assign ñ as a shortcut, are not valid
   values, and in many browsers no shortcut will be assigned. Characters in
   Normalization Form C are valid values. Printable characters that may
   represent more than one Unicode code point, such as accesskey="श्र", are
   valid values.
   Authors should not use space characters such as " ", nor characters that
   cannot be generated by a single keystroke with no modifier keys, as a
   value of accesskey.
   Authors should not use an accesskey attribute with the same value, nor
   with a value that differs only by case, especially for ASCII characters,
   to two or more elements in the same document, as in some browsers, this
   causes the attribute to be ignored.
   In the following example, a variety of links are given with access keys so
   that keyboard users familiar with the site can more quickly navigate to
   the relevant pages:
 
   
     Activities  |
     Technical Reports  |
     Site Index  |
     About Consortium  |
     Contact 
   
  
    5.5.3. Processing model
   An element’s assigned access key is a key combination derived from the
   element’s accesskey content attribute, or assigned by the user agent,
   optionally based on a user preference. Initially, an element must not have
   an assigned access key.
   Whenever an element’s accesskey attribute is set, changed, or removed, the
   user agent must update the element’s assigned access key by running the
   following steps:
    1. If the element has no accesskey attribute, then skip to the fallback
       step below.
    2. The user agent may assign a key combination based on stored user
       preferences as the element’s assigned access key and then abort these
       steps.
    3. Let value be the value of the accesskey attribute.
    4. The user agent may strip content from value to reduce the length of
       value to a single unicode code point.
    5. If value is not a string of exactly one printable character, then the
       user agent may abort these steps.
    6. The user agent may assign a combination of a mix of zero or more
       modifier keys and value as the element’s assigned access key and abort
       these steps.
    7. Fallback: Optionally, the user agent may assign a key combination of
       its choosing as the element’s assigned access key and then abort these
       steps.
    8. If this step is reached, the element has no assigned access key.
   Once a user agent has selected and assigned an access key for an element,
   the user agent should not change the element’s assigned access key unless
   the accesskey content attribute is changed or the element is moved to
   another Document.
   When the user presses the key combination corresponding to the assigned
   access key for an element, if the element defines a command, the command’s
   Hidden State facet is false (visible), the command’s Disabled State facet
   is also false (enabled), the element is in a Document that has an
   associated browsing context, and neither the element nor any of its
   ancestors has a hidden attribute specified, then the user agent must
   either focus the element, or trigger the Action of the command.
   User agents might expose elements that have an accesskey attribute in
   other ways as well, e.g., in a menu displayed in response to a specific
   key combination, or with a user gesture.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The accessKey IDL attribute must reflect the accesskey content attribute.
  5.6. Editing
    5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content
    attribute
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface ElementContentEditable {
   attribute DOMString contentEditable;
   readonly attribute boolean isContentEditable;
 };
   The contenteditable content attribute is an enumerated attribute whose
   keywords are the empty string, true, and false. The empty string and the
   true keyword map to the true state. The false keyword maps to the false
   state. In addition, there is a third state, the inherit state, which is
   the missing value default (and the invalid value default).
   The true state indicates that the element is editable. The inherit state
   indicates that the element is editable if its parent is. The false state
   indicates that the element is not editable.
   element . contentEditable [ = value ]
           Returns "true", "false", or "inherit", based on the state of the
           contenteditable attribute.
           Can be set, to change that state.
           Throws a "SyntaxError" DOMException if the new value isn’t one of
           those strings.
   element . isContentEditable
           Returns true if the element is editable; otherwise, returns false.
   The contentEditable IDL attribute, on getting, must return the string
   "true" if the content attribute is set to the true state, "false" if the
   content attribute is set to the false state, and "inherit" otherwise. On
   setting, if the new value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the
   string "inherit" then the content attribute must be removed, if the new
   value is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "true" then the
   content attribute must be set to the string "true", if the new value is an
   ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "false" then the content
   attribute must be set to the string "false", and otherwise the attribute
   setter must throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException.
   The isContentEditable IDL attribute, on getting, must return true if the
   element is either an editing host or editable, and false otherwise.
    5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute
   Documents have a designMode, which can be either enabled or disabled.
   document . designMode [ = value ]
           Returns "on" if the document is editable, and "off" if it isn’t.
           Can be set, to change the document’s current state. This focuses
           the document and resets the selection in that document.
   The designMode IDL attribute on the Document object takes two values, "on"
   and "off". On setting, the new value must be compared in an ASCII
   case-insensitive manner to these two values; if it matches the "on" value,
   then designMode must be enabled, and if it matches the "off" value, then
   designMode must be disabled. Other values must be ignored.
   On getting, if designMode is enabled, the IDL attribute must return the
   value "on"; otherwise it is disabled, and the attribute must return the
   value "off".
   The last state set must persist until the document is destroyed or the
   state is changed. Initially, documents must have their designMode
   disabled.
   When the designMode changes from being disabled to being enabled, the user
   agent must immediately reset the document’s active range’s start and end
   boundary points to be at the start of the Document and then run the
   focusing steps for the document element of the Document, if non-null.
    5.6.3. Best practices for in-page editors
   Authors are encouraged to set the white-space property on editing hosts
   and on markup that was originally created through these editing mechanisms
   to the value pre-wrap. Default HTML white space handling is not well
   suited to WYSIWYG editing, and line wrapping will not work correctly in
   some corner cases if white-space is left at its default value.
   As an example of problems that occur if the default normal value is used
   instead, consider the case of the user typing "yellow␣␣ball", with two
   spaces (here represented by "␣") between the words. With the editing rules
   in place for the default value of white-space (normal), the resulting
   markup will either consist of "yellow  ball" or "yellow  ball";
   i.e., there will be a non-breaking space between the two words in addition
   to the regular space. This is necessary because the normal value for
   white-space requires adjacent regular spaces to be collapsed together.
   In the former case, "yellow⍽" might wrap to the next line ("⍽" being used
   here to represent a non-breaking space) even though "yellow" alone might
   fit at the end of the line; in the latter case, "⍽ball", if wrapped to the
   start of the line, would have visible indentation from the non-breaking
   space.
   When white-space is set to pre-wrap, however, the editing rules will
   instead simply put two regular spaces between the words, and should the
   two words be split at the end of a line, the spaces would be neatly
   removed from the rendering.
    5.6.4. Editing APIs
   The definition of the terms active range, editing host, and editable, the
   user interface requirements of elements that are editing hosts or
   editable, the execCommand(), queryCommandEnabled(),
   queryCommandIndeterm(), queryCommandState(), queryCommandSupported(), and
   queryCommandValue() methods, text selections, and the delete the selection
   algorithm are defined in the HTML Editing APIs specification. The
   interaction of editing and the undo/redo features in user agents is
   defined by the UndoManager and DOM Transaction specification. [EDITING]
   [UNDO]
    5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
   User agents can support the checking of spelling and grammar of editable
   text, either in form controls (such as the value of textarea elements), or
   in elements in an editing host (e.g., using contenteditable).
   For each element, user agents must establish a default behavior, either
   through defaults or through preferences expressed by the user. There are
   three possible default behaviors for each element:
   true-by-default
           The element will be checked for spelling and grammar if its
           contents are editable and spellchecking is not explicitly disabled
           through the spellcheck attribute.
   false-by-default
           The element will never be checked for spelling and grammar unless
           spellchecking is explicitly enabled through the spellcheck
           attribute.
   inherit-by-default
           The element’s default behavior is the same as its parent
           element’s. Elements that have no parent element cannot have this
           as their default behavior.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The spellcheck attribute is an enumerated attribute whose keywords are the
   empty string, true and false. The empty string and the true keyword map to
   the true state. The false keyword maps to the false state. In addition,
   there is a third state, the default state, which is the missing value
   default (and the invalid value default).
   The true state indicates that the element is to have its spelling and
   grammar checked. The default state indicates that the element is to act
   according to a default behavior, possibly based on the parent element’s
   own spellcheck state, as defined below. The false state indicates that the
   element is not to be checked.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   element . spellcheck [ = value ]
           Returns true if the element is to have its spelling and grammar
           checked; otherwise, returns false.
           Can be set, to override the default and set the spellcheck content
           attribute.
   element . forceSpellCheck()
           Forces the user agent to report spelling and grammar errors on the
           element (if checking is enabled), even if the user has never
           focused the element. (If the method is not invoked, user agents
           can hide errors in text that wasn’t just entered by the user.)
   The spellcheck IDL attribute, on getting, must return true if the
   element’s spellcheck content attribute is in the true state, or if the
   element’s spellcheck content attribute is in the default state and the
   element’s default behavior is true-by-default, or if the element’s
   spellcheck content attribute is in the default state and the element’s
   default behavior is inherit-by-default and the element’s parent element’s
   spellcheck IDL attribute would return true; otherwise, if none of those
   conditions applies, then the attribute must instead return false.
   The spellcheck IDL attribute is not affected by user preferences that
   override the spellcheck content attribute, and therefore might not reflect
   the actual spellchecking state.
   On setting, if the new value is true, then the element’s spellcheck
   content attribute must be set to the literal string "true", otherwise it
   must be set to the literal string "false".
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   User agents must only consider the following pieces of text as checkable
   for the purposes of this feature:
     * The value of input elements whose type attributes are in the Text,
       Search, URL, or E-mail states and that are mutable (i.e., that do not
       have the readonly attribute specified and that are not disabled).
     * The value of textarea elements that do not have a readonly attribute
       and that are not disabled.
     * Text in Text nodes that are children of editing hosts or editable
       elements.
     * Text in attributes of editable elements.
   For text that is part of a Text node, the element with which the text is
   associated is the element that is the immediate parent of the first
   character of the word, sentence, or other piece of text. For text in
   attributes, it is the attribute’s element. For the values of input and
   textarea elements, it is the element itself.
   To determine if a word, sentence, or other piece of text in an applicable
   element (as defined above) is to have spelling- and grammar-checking
   enabled, the user agent must use the following algorithm:
    1. If the user has disabled the checking for this text, then the checking
       is disabled.
    2. Otherwise, if the user has forced the checking for this text to always
       be enabled, then the checking is enabled.
    3. Otherwise, if the element with which the text is associated has a
       spellcheck content attribute, then: if that attribute is in the true
       state, then checking is enabled; otherwise, if that attribute is in
       the false state, then checking is disabled.
    4. Otherwise, if there is an ancestor element with a spellcheck content
       attribute that is not in the default state, then: if the nearest such
       ancestor’s spellcheck content attribute is in the true state, then
       checking is enabled; otherwise, checking is disabled.
    5. Otherwise, if the element’s default behavior is true-by-default, then
       checking is enabled.
    6. Otherwise, if the element’s default behavior is false-by-default, then
       checking is disabled.
    7. Otherwise, if the element’s parent element has its checking enabled,
       then checking is enabled.
    8. Otherwise, checking is disabled.
   If the checking is enabled for a word/sentence/text, the user agent should
   indicate spelling and grammar errors in that text. User agents should take
   into account the other semantics given in the document when suggesting
   spelling and grammar corrections. User agents may use the language of the
   element to determine what spelling and grammar rules to use, or may use
   the user’s preferred language settings. user agents should use input
   element attributes such as pattern to ensure that the resulting value is
   valid, where possible.
   If checking is disabled, the user agent should not indicate spelling or
   grammar errors for that text.
   Even when checking is enabled, user agents may opt to not report spelling
   or grammar errors in text that the user agent deems the user has no
   interest in having checked (e.g., text that was already present when the
   page was loaded, or that the user did not type, or text in controls that
   the user has not focused, or in parts of e-mail addresses that the user
   agent is not confident were misspelt). The forceSpellCheck() method, when
   invoked on an element, must override this behavior, forcing the user agent
   to consider all spelling and grammar errors in text in that element for
   which checking is enabled to be of interest to the user.
   The element with ID "a" in the following example would be the one used to
   determine if the word "Hello" is checked for spelling errors. In this
   example, it would not be.
 
 Hell o! 
 
   The element with ID "b" in the following example would have checking
   enabled (the leading space character in the attribute’s value on the input
   element causes the attribute to be ignored, so the ancestor’s value is
   used instead, regardless of the default).
 Name:  
 
   This specification does not define the user interface for spelling and
   grammar checkers. A user agent could offer on-demand checking, could
   perform continuous checking while the checking is enabled, or could use
   other interfaces.
  5.7. Drag and drop
   This section defines an event-based drag-and-drop mechanism.
   This specification does not define exactly what a drag-and-drop operation
   actually is.
   On a visual medium with a pointing device, a drag operation could be the
   default action of a mousedown event that is followed by a series of
   mousemove events, and the drop could be triggered by the mouse being
   released.
   When using an input modality other than a pointing device, users would
   probably have to explicitly indicate their intention to perform a
   drag-and-drop operation, stating what they wish to drag and where they
   wish to drop it, respectively.
   However it is implemented, drag-and-drop operations must have a starting
   point (e.g., where the mouse was clicked, or the start of the selection or
   element that was selected for the drag), may have any number of
   intermediate steps (elements that the mouse moves over during a drag, or
   elements that the user picks as possible drop points as he cycles through
   possibilities), and must either have an end point (the element above which
   the mouse button was released, or the element that was finally selected),
   or be canceled. The end point must be the last element selected as a
   possible drop point before the drop occurs (so if the operation is not
   canceled, there must be at least one element in the middle step).
    5.7.1. Introduction
   This section is non-normative.
   To make an element draggable is simple: give the element a draggable
   attribute, and set an event listener for dragstart that stores the data
   being dragged.
   The event handler typically needs to check that it’s not a text selection
   that is being dragged, and then needs to store data into the DataTransfer
   object and set the allowed effects (copy, move, link, or some
   combination).
   For example:
   What fruits do you like?
   
   Apples 
   Oranges 
   Pears 
    
   
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   To accept a drop, the drop target has to listen to the drop event.
   A drop target can handle the dragenter event (to report whether or not the
   drop target is to accept the drop) and the dragover event (to specify what
   feedback is to be shown to the user).
   The drop event allows the actual drop to be performed. This event needs to
   be canceled, so that the dropEffect attribute’s value can be used by the
   source (otherwise it’s reset).
   For example:
 Drop your favorite fruits below:
 
 
  
 
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   To remove the original element (the one that was dragged) from the
   display, the dragend event can be used.
   For our example here, that means updating the original markup to handle
   that event:
 What fruits do you like?
 
   
  
 
    5.7.2. The drag data store
   The data that underlies a drag-and-drop operation, known as the drag data
   store, consists of the following information:
     * A drag data store item list, which is a list of items representing the
       dragged data, each consisting of the following information:
            The drag data item kind
                    The kind of data:
                         Plain Unicode string
                                 Text.
                         File
                                 Binary data with a file name.
            The drag data item type string
                    A Unicode string giving the type or format of the data,
                    generally given by a MIME type. Some values that are not
                    MIME types are special-cased for legacy reasons. The API
                    does not enforce the use of MIME types; other values can
                    be used as well. In all cases, however, the values are
                    all converted to ASCII lowercase by the API.
                    There is a limit of one Plain Unicode string item per
                    item type string.
            The actual data
                    A Unicode or binary string, in some cases with a file
                    name (itself a Unicode string), as per the drag data item
                    kind.
       The drag data store item list is ordered in the order that the items
       were added to the list; most recently added last.
     * The following information, used to generate the UI feedback during the
       drag:
          * User-agent-defined default feedback information, known as the
            drag data store default feedback.
          * Optionally, a bitmap image and the coordinate of a point within
            that image, known as the drag data store bitmap and drag data
            store hot spot coordinate.
     * A drag data store mode, which is one of the following:
            Read/write mode
                    For the dragstart event. New data can be added to the
                    drag data store.
            Read-only mode
                    For the drop event. The list of items representing
                    dragged data can be read, including the data. No new data
                    can be added.
            Protected mode
                    For all other events. The formats and kinds in the drag
                    data store list of items representing dragged data can be
                    enumerated, but the data itself is unavailable and no new
                    data can be added.
     * A drag data store allowed effects state, which is a string.
   When a drag data store is created, it must be initialized such that its
   drag data store item list is empty, it has no drag data store default
   feedback, it has no drag data store bitmap and drag data store hot spot
   coordinate, its drag data store mode is protected mode, and its drag data
   store allowed effects state is the string "uninitialized".
    5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface
   DataTransfer objects are used to expose the drag data store that underlies
   a drag-and-drop operation.
 interface DataTransfer {
   attribute DOMString dropEffect;
   attribute DOMString effectAllowed;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute DataTransferItemList items;
   void setDragImage(Element image, long x, long y);
   /* old interface */
   [SameObject] readonly attribute DOMString[] types;
   DOMString getData(DOMString format);
   void setData(DOMString format, DOMString data);
   void clearData(optional DOMString format);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute FileList files;
 };
   dataTransfer . dropEffect [ = value ]
           Returns the kind of operation that is currently selected. If the
           kind of operation isn’t one of those that is allowed by the
           effectAllowed attribute, then the operation will fail.
           Can be set, to change the selected operation.
           The possible values are "none", "copy", "link", and "move".
   dataTransfer . effectAllowed [ = value ]
           Returns the kinds of operations that are to be allowed.
           Can be set (during the dragstart event), to change the allowed
           operations.
           The possible values are "none", "copy", "copyLink", "copyMove",
           "link", "linkMove", "move", "all", and "uninitialized",
   dataTransfer . items
           Returns a DataTransferItemList object, with the drag data.
   dataTransfer . setDragImage(element, x, y)
           Uses the given element to update the drag feedback, replacing any
           previously specified feedback.
   dataTransfer . types
           Returns an array listing the formats that were set in the
           dragstart event. In addition, if any files are being dragged, then
           one of the types will be the string "Files".
   data = dataTransfer . getData(format)
           Returns the specified data. If there is no such data, returns the
           empty string.
   dataTransfer . setData(format, data)
           Adds the specified data.
   dataTransfer . clearData( [ format ] )
           Removes the data of the specified formats. Removes all data if the
           argument is omitted.
   dataTransfer . files
           Returns a FileList of the files being dragged, if any.
   DataTransfer objects are used during the drag-and-drop events, and are
   only valid while those events are being fired.
   A DataTransfer object is associated with a drag data store while it is
   valid.
   The dropEffect attribute controls the drag-and-drop feedback that the user
   is given during a drag-and-drop operation. When the DataTransfer object is
   created, the dropEffect attribute is set to a string value. On getting, it
   must return its current value. On setting, if the new value is one of
   "none", "copy", "link", or "move", then the attribute’s current value must
   be set to the new value. Other values must be ignored.
   The effectAllowed attribute is used in the drag-and-drop processing model
   to initialize the dropEffect attribute during the dragenter and dragover
   events. When the DataTransfer object is created, the effectAllowed
   attribute is set to a string value. On getting, it must return its current
   value. On setting, if drag data store’s mode is the read/write mode and
   the new value is one of "none", "copy", "copyLink", "copyMove", "link",
   "linkMove", "move", "all", or "uninitialized", then the attribute’s
   current value must be set to the new value. Otherwise it must be left
   unchanged.
   The items attribute must return a DataTransferItemList object associated
   with the DataTransfer object.
   The setDragImage(element, x, y) method must run the following steps:
    1. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data
       store, abort these steps. Nothing happens.
    2. If the drag data store’s mode is not the read/write mode, abort these
       steps. Nothing happens.
    3. If the element argument is an img element, then set the drag data
       store bitmap to the element’s image (at its intrinsic size);
       otherwise, set the drag data store bitmap to an image generated from
       the given element (the exact mechanism for doing so is not currently
       specified).
    4. Set the drag data store hot spot coordinate to the given x, y
       coordinate.
   The types attribute must return a live read only array giving the strings
   that the following steps would produce.
    1. Start with an empty list L.
    2. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data
       store, the array is empty. Abort these steps; return the empty list L.
    3. For each item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain
       Unicode string, add an entry to the list L consisting of the item’s
       type string.
    4. If there are any items in the drag data store item list whose kind is
       File, then add an entry to the list L consisting of the string
       "Files". (This value can be distinguished from the other values
       because it is not lowercase.)
    5. The strings produced by these steps are those in the list L.
   The getData(format) method must run the following steps:
    1. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data
       store, return the empty string and abort these steps.
    2. If the drag data store’s mode is the protected mode, return the empty
       string and abort these steps.
    3. Let format be the first argument, in ASCII lowercase.
    4. Let convert-to-URL be false.
    5. If format equals "text", change it to "text/plain".
    6. If format equals "url", change it to "text/uri-list" and set
       convert-to-URL to true.
    7. If there is no item in the drag data store item list whose kind is
       Plain Unicode string and whose type string is equal to format, return
       the empty string and abort these steps.
    8. Let result be the data of the item in the drag data store item list
       whose kind is Plain Unicode string and whose type string is equal to
       format.
    9. If convert-to-URL is true, then parse result as appropriate for
       text/uri-list data, and then set result to the first URL from the
       list, if any, or the empty string otherwise. [RFC2483]
   10. Return result.
   The setData(format, data) method must run the following steps:
    1. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data
       store, abort these steps. Nothing happens.
    2. If the drag data store’s mode is not the read/write mode, abort these
       steps. Nothing happens.
    3. Let format be the first argument, in ASCII lowercase.
    4. If format equals "text", change it to "text/plain".
       If format equals "url", change it to "text/uri-list".
    5. Remove the item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain
       Unicode string and whose type string is equal to format, if there is
       one.
    6. Add an item to the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain
       Unicode string, whose type string is equal to format, and whose data
       is the string given by the method’s second argument.
   The clearData() method must run the following steps:
    1. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data
       store, abort these steps. Nothing happens.
    2. If the drag data store’s mode is not the read/write mode, abort these
       steps. Nothing happens.
    3. If the method was called with no arguments, remove each item in the
       drag data store item list whose kind is Plain Unicode string, and
       abort these steps.
    4. Let format be the first argument, in ASCII lowercase.
    5. If format equals "text", change it to "text/plain".
       If format equals "url", change it to "text/uri-list".
    6. Remove the item in the drag data store item list whose kind is Plain
       Unicode string and whose type string is equal to format, if there is
       one.
   The clearData() method does not affect whether any files were included in
   the drag, so the types attribute’s list might still not be empty after
   calling clearData() (it would still contain the "Files" string if any
   files were included in the drag).
   The files attribute must return a live FileList sequence consisting of
   File objects representing the files found by the following steps.
   Furthermore, for a given FileList object and a given underlying file, the
   same File object must be used each time.
    1. Start with an empty list L.
    2. If the DataTransfer object is no longer associated with a drag data
       store, the FileList is empty. Abort these steps; return the empty list
       L.
    3. If the drag data store’s mode is the protected mode, abort these
       steps; return the empty list L.
    4. For each item in the drag data store item list whose kind is File ,
       add the item’s data (the file, in particular its name and contents, as
       well as its type) to the list L.
    5. The files found by these steps are those in the list L.
   This version of the API does not expose the types of the files during the
   drag.
      5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface
   Each DataTransfer object is associated with a DataTransferItemList object.
 interface DataTransferItemList {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter DataTransferItem (unsigned long index);
   DataTransferItem? add(DOMString data, DOMString type);
   DataTransferItem? add(File data);
   void remove(unsigned long index);
   void clear();
 };
   items . length
           Returns the number of items in the drag data store.
   items[index]
           Returns the DataTransferItem object representing the indexth entry
           in the drag data store.
   items . remove(index)
           Removes the indexth entry in the drag data store.
   items . clear()
           Removes all the entries in the drag data store.
   items . add(data)
   items . add(data, type)
           Adds a new entry for the given data to the drag data store. If the
           data is plain text then a type string has to be provided also.
   While the DataTransferItemList object’s DataTransfer object is associated
   with a drag data store, the DataTransferItemList object’s mode is the same
   as the drag data store mode. When the DataTransferItemList object’s
   DataTransfer object is not associated with a drag data store, the
   DataTransferItemList object’s mode is the disabled mode. The drag data
   store referenced in this section (which is used only when the
   DataTransferItemList object is not in the disabled mode) is the drag data
   store with which the DataTransferItemList object’s DataTransfer object is
   associated.
   The length attribute must return zero if the object is in the disabled
   mode; otherwise it must return the number of items in the drag data store
   item list.
   When a DataTransferItemList object is not in the disabled mode, its
   supported property indices are the numbers in the range 0 .. n-1, where n
   is the number of items in the drag data store item list.
   To determine the value of an indexed property i of a DataTransferItemList
   object, the user agent must return a DataTransferItem object representing
   the ith item in the drag data store. The same object must be returned each
   time a particular item is obtained from this DataTransferItemList object.
   The DataTransferItem object must be associated with the same DataTransfer
   object as the DataTransferItemList object when it is first created.
   The add() method must run the following steps:
    1. If the DataTransferItemList object is not in the read/write mode,
       return null and abort these steps.
    2. Jump to the appropriate set of steps from the following list:
            If the first argument to the method is a string
                    If there is already an item in the drag data store item
                    list whose kind is Plain Unicode string and whose type
                    string is equal to the value of the method’s second
                    argument, in ASCII lowercase, then throw a
                    NotSupportedError exception and abort these steps.
                    Otherwise, add an item to the drag data store item list
                    whose kind is Plain Unicode string, whose type string is
                    equal to the value of the method’s second argument, in
                    ASCII lowercase, and whose data is the string given by
                    the method’s first argument.
            If the first argument to the method is a File
                    Add an item to the drag data store item list whose kind
                    is File, whose type string is the type of the File, in
                    ASCII lowercase, and whose data is the same as the File’s
                    data.
    3. Determine the value of the indexed property corresponding to the newly
       added item, and return that value (a newly created DataTransferItem
       object).
   The remove() method, when invoked with the argument i, must run these
   steps:
    1. If the DataTransferItemList object is not in the read/write mode,
       throw an InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps.
    2. Remove the ith item from the drag data store.
   The clear() method, if the DataTransferItemList object is in the
   read/write mode, must remove all the items from the drag data store.
   Otherwise, it must do nothing.
      5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface
   Each DataTransferItem object is associated with a DataTransfer object.
 interface DataTransferItem {
   readonly attribute DOMString kind;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   void getAsString(FunctionStringCallback? _callback);
   File? getAsFile();
 };
 callback FunctionStringCallback = void (DOMString data);
   item . kind
           Returns the drag data item kind, one of: "string", "file".
   item . type
           Returns the drag data item type string.
   item . getAsString(callback)
           Invokes the callback with the string data as the argument, if the
           drag data item kind is Plain Unicode string.
   file = item . getAsFile()
           Returns a File object, if the drag data item kind is File.
   While the DataTransferItem object’s DataTransfer object is associated with
   a drag data store and that drag data store’s drag data store item list
   still contains the item that the DataTransferItem object represents, the
   DataTransferItem object’s mode is the same as the drag data store mode.
   When the DataTransferItem object’s DataTransfer object is not associated
   with a drag data store, or if the item that the DataTransferItem object
   represents has been removed from the relevant drag data store item list,
   the DataTransferItem object’s mode is the disabled mode. The drag data
   store referenced in this section (which is used only when the
   DataTransferItem object is not in the disabled mode) is the drag data
   store with which the DataTransferItem object’s DataTransfer object is
   associated.
   The kind attribute must return the empty string if the DataTransferItem
   object is in the disabled mode; otherwise it must return the string given
   in the cell from the second column of the following table from the row
   whose cell in the first column contains the drag data item kind of the
   item represented by the DataTransferItem object:
   Kind                 String   
   Plain Unicode string "string" 
   File                 "file"   
   The type attribute must return the empty string if the DataTransferItem
   object is in the disabled mode; otherwise it must return the drag data
   item type string of the item represented by the DataTransferItem object.
   The getAsString(callback) method must run the following steps:
    1. If the callback is null, abort these steps.
    2. If the DataTransferItem object is not in the read/write mode or the
       read-only mode, abort these steps. The callback is never invoked.
    3. If the drag data item kind is not Plain Unicode string, abort these
       steps. The callback is never invoked.
    4. Otherwise, queue a task to invoke callback, passing the actual data of
       the item represented by the DataTransferItem object as the argument.
   The getAsFile() method must run the following steps:
    1. If the DataTransferItem object is not in the read/write mode or the
       read-only mode, return null and abort these steps.
    2. If the drag data item kind is not File, then return null and abort
       these steps.
    3. Return a new File object representing the actual data of the item
       represented by the DataTransferItem object.
    5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
   The drag-and-drop processing model involves several events. They all use
   the DragEvent interface.
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional DragEventInit eventInitDict)]
 interface DragEvent : MouseEvent {
   readonly attribute DataTransfer? dataTransfer;
 };
 dictionary DragEventInit : MouseEventInit {
   DataTransfer? dataTransfer = null;
 };
   event . dataTransfer
           Returns the DataTransfer object for the event.
   Although, for consistency with other event interfaces, the DragEvent
   interface has a constructor, it is not particularly useful. In particular,
   there’s no way to create a useful DataTransfer object from script, as
   DataTransfer objects have a processing and security model that is
   coordinated by the browser during drag-and-drops.
   The dataTransfer attribute of the DragEvent interface must return the
   value it was initialized to. It represents the context information for the
   event.
   When a user agent is required to fire a DND event named e at an element,
   using a particular drag data store, and optionally with a specific related
   target, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let dataDragStoreWasChanged be false.
    2. If no specific related target was provided, set related target to
       null.
    3. Let window be the Window object of the Document object of the
       specified target element.
    4. If e is dragstart, then set the data store mode to the read/write mode
       and set dataDragStoreWasChanged to true.
       If e is drop, set the drag data store mode to the read-only mode.
    5. Let dataTransfer be a newly created DataTransfer object associated
       with the given drag data store.
    6. Set the effectAllowed attribute to the drag data store’s drag data
       store allowed effects state.
    7. Set the dropEffect attribute to "none" if e is dragstart, drag,
       dragexit, or dragleave; to the value corresponding to the current drag
       operation if e is drop or dragend; and to a value based on the
       effectAllowed attribute’s value and the drag-and-drop source, as given
       by the following table, otherwise (i.e., if e is dragenter or
       dragover):
       effectAllowed                              dropEffect                  
       "none"                                     "none"                      
       "copy"                                     "copy"                      
       "copyLink"                                 "copy", or, if appropriate, 
                                                  "link"                      
       "copyMove"                                 "copy", or, if appropriate, 
                                                  "move"                      
       "all"                                      "copy", or, if appropriate, 
                                                  either "link" or "move"     
       "link"                                     "link"                      
       "linkMove"                                 "link", or, if appropriate, 
                                                  "move"                      
       "move"                                     "move"                      
       "uninitialized" when what is being dragged "move", or, if appropriate, 
       is a selection from a text field           either "copy" or "link"     
       "uninitialized" when what is being dragged "copy", or, if appropriate, 
       is a selection                             either "link" or "move"     
       "uninitialized" when what is being dragged "link", or, if appropriate, 
       is an a element with an href attribute     either "copy" or "move"     
       Any other case                             "copy", or, if appropriate, 
                                                  either "link" or "move"     
       Where the table above provides possibly appropriate alternatives, user
       agents may instead use the listed alternative values if platform
       conventions dictate that the user has requested those alternate
       effects.
       For example, Windows platform conventions are such that dragging while
       holding the "alt" key indicates a preference for linking the data,
       rather than moving or copying it. Therefore, on a Windows system, if
       "link" is an option according to the table above while the "alt" key
       is depressed, the user agent could select that instead of "copy" or
       "move".
    8. Create a trusted DragEvent object and initialize it to have the given
       name e, to bubble, to be cancelable unless e is dragexit, dragleave,
       or dragend, and to have the view attribute initialized to window, the
       detail attribute initialized to zero, the mouse and key attributes
       initialized according to the state of the input devices as they would
       be for user interaction events, the relatedTarget attribute
       initialized to related target, and the dataTransfer attribute
       initialized to dataTransfer, the DataTransfer object created above.
       If there is no relevant pointing device, the object must have its
       screenX, screenY, clientX, clientY, and button attributes set to 0.
    9. Dispatch the newly created DragEvent object at the specified target
       element.
   10. Set the drag data store allowed effects state to the current value of
       dataTransfer’s effectAllowed attribute. (It can only have changed
       value if e is dragstart.)
   11. If dataDragStoreWasChanged is true, then set the drag data store mode
       back to the protected mode.
   12. Break the association between dataTransfer and the drag data store.
    5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
   When the user attempts to begin a drag operation, the user agent must run
   the following steps. User agents must act as if these steps were run even
   if the drag actually started in another document or application and the
   user agent was not aware that the drag was occurring until it intersected
   with a document under the user agent’s purview.
    1. Determine what is being dragged, as follows:
       If the drag operation was invoked on a selection, then it is the
       selection that is being dragged.
       Otherwise, if the drag operation was invoked on a Document, it is the
       first element, going up the ancestor chain, starting at the node that
       the user tried to drag, that has the IDL attribute draggable set to
       true. If there is no such element, then nothing is being dragged;
       abort these steps, the drag-and-drop operation is never started.
       Otherwise, the drag operation was invoked outside the user agent’s
       purview. What is being dragged is defined by the document or
       application where the drag was started.
       img elements and a elements with an href attribute have their
       draggable attribute set to true by default.
    2. Create a drag data store. All the DND events fired subsequently by the
       steps in this section must use this drag data store.
    3. Establish which DOM node is the source node, as follows:
       If it is a selection that is being dragged, then the source node is
       the Text node that the user started the drag on (typically the Text
       node that the user originally clicked). If the user did not specify a
       particular node, for example if the user just told the user agent to
       begin a drag of "the selection", then the source node is the first
       Text node containing a part of the selection.
       Otherwise, if it is an element that is being dragged, then the source
       node is the element that is being dragged.
       Otherwise, the source node is part of another document or application.
       When this specification requires that an event be dispatched at the
       source node in this case, the user agent must instead follow the
       platform-specific conventions relevant to that situation.
       Multiple events are fired on the source node during the course of the
       drag-and-drop operation.
    4. Determine the list of dragged nodes, as follows:
       If it is a selection that is being dragged, then the list of dragged
       nodes contains, in tree order, every node that is partially or
       completely included in the selection (including all their ancestors).
       Otherwise, the list of dragged nodes contains only the source node, if
       any.
    5. If it is a selection that is being dragged, then add an item to the
       drag data store item list, with its properties set as follows:
            The drag data item type string
                    "text/plain"
            The drag data item kind
                    Plain Unicode string
            The actual data
                    The text of the selection
       Otherwise, if any files are being dragged, then add one item per file
       to the drag data store item list, with their properties set as
       follows:
            The drag data item type string
                    The MIME type of the file, if known, or
                    "application/octet-stream" otherwise.
            The drag data item kind
                    File
            The actual data
                    The file’s contents and name.
       Dragging files can currently only happen from outside a browsing
       context, for example from a file system manager application.
       If the drag initiated outside of the application, the user agent must
       add items to the drag data store item list as appropriate for the data
       being dragged, honoring platform conventions where appropriate;
       however, if the platform conventions do not use MIME types to label
       dragged data, the user agent must make a best-effort attempt to map
       the types to MIME types, and, in any case, all the drag data item type
       strings must be in ASCII lowercase.
       User agents may also add one or more items representing the selection
       or dragged element(s) in other forms, e.g., as HTML.
    6. If the list of dragged nodes is not empty, then extract the microdata
       from those nodes into a JSON form, and add one item to the drag data
       store item list, with its properties set as follows:
            The drag data item type string
                    application/microdata+json
            The drag data item kind
                    Plain Unicode string
            The actual data
                    The resulting JSON string.
    7. Run the following substeps:
         1. Let urls be an empty list of absolute URLs.
         2. For each node in the list of dragged nodes:
                 If the node is an a element with an href attribute
                         Add to urls the result of parsing the element’s href
                         content attribute relative to the element’s node
                         document
                 If the node is an img element with a src attribute
                         Add to urls the result of parsing the element’s src
                         content attribute relative to the element’s node
                         document
         3. If urls is still empty, abort these substeps.
         4. Let url string be the result of concatenating the strings in
            urls, in the order they were added, separated by a U+000D
            CARRIAGE RETURN U+000A LINE FEED character pair (CRLF).
         5. Add one item to the drag data store item list, with its
            properties set as follows:
                 The drag data item type string
                         text/uri-list
                 The drag data item kind
                         Plain Unicode string
                 The actual data
                         url string
    8. Update the drag data store default feedback as appropriate for the
       user agent (if the user is dragging the selection, then the selection
       would likely be the basis for this feedback; if the user is dragging
       an element, then that element’s rendering would be used; if the drag
       began outside the user agent, then the platform conventions for
       determining the drag feedback should be used).
    9. Fire a DND event named dragstart at the source node.
       If the event is canceled, then the drag-and-drop operation should not
       occur; abort these steps.
       Since events with no event listeners registered are, almost by
       definition, never canceled, drag-and-drop is always available to the
       user if the author does not specifically prevent it.
   10. Initiate the drag-and-drop operation in a manner consistent with
       platform conventions, and as described below.
       The drag-and-drop feedback must be generated from the first of the
       following sources that is available:
         1. The drag data store bitmap, if any. In this case, the drag data
            store hot spot coordinate should be used as hints for where to
            put the cursor relative to the resulting image. The values are
            expressed as distances in CSS pixels from the left side and from
            the top side of the image respectively. [CSS-2015]
         2. The drag data store default feedback.
   From the moment that the user agent is to initiate the drag-and-drop
   operation, until the end of the drag-and-drop operation, device input
   events (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) must be suppressed.
   During the drag operation, the element directly indicated by the user as
   the drop target is called the immediate user selection. (Only elements can
   be selected by the user; other nodes must not be made available as drop
   targets.) However, the immediate user selection is not necessarily the
   current target element, which is the element currently selected for the
   drop part of the drag-and-drop operation.
   The immediate user selection changes as the user selects different
   elements (either by pointing at them with a pointing device, or by
   selecting them in some other way). The current target element changes when
   the immediate user selection changes, based on the results of event
   listeners in the document, as described below.
   Both the current target element and the immediate user selection can be
   null, which means no target element is selected. They can also both be
   elements in other (DOM-based) documents, or other (non-Web) programs
   altogether. (For example, a user could drag text to a word-processor.) The
   current target element is initially null.
   In addition, there is also a current drag operation, which can take on the
   values "none", "copy", "link", and "move". Initially, it has the value
   "none". It is updated by the user agent as described in the steps below.
   User agents must, as soon as the drag operation is initiated and every
   350ms (±200ms) thereafter for as long as the drag operation is ongoing,
   queue a task to perform the following steps in sequence:
    1. If the user agent is still performing the previous iteration of the
       sequence (if any) when the next iteration becomes due, abort these
       steps for this iteration (effectively "skipping missed frames" of the
       drag-and-drop operation).
    2. Fire a DND event named drag at the source node. If this event is
       canceled, the user agent must set the current drag operation to "none"
       (no drag operation).
    3. If the drag event was not canceled and the user has not ended the
       drag-and-drop operation, check the state of the drag-and-drop
       operation, as follows:
         1. If the user is indicating a different immediate user selection
            than during the last iteration (or if this is the first
            iteration), and if this immediate user selection is not the same
            as the current target element, then fire a DND event named
            dragexit at the current target element, and then update the
            current target element as follows:
                 If the new immediate user selection is null
                         Set the current target element to null also.
                 If the new immediate user selection is in a non-DOM document
                 or application
                         Set the current target element to the immediate user
                         selection.
                 Otherwise
                         Fire a DND event named dragenter at the immediate
                         user selection.
                         If the event is canceled, then set the current
                         target element to the immediate user selection.
                         Otherwise, run the appropriate step from the
                         following list:
                              If the immediate user selection is a text field
                              (e.g., textarea, or an input element whose type
                              attribute is in the Text state) or an editing
                              host or editable element, and the drag data
                              store item list has an item with the drag data
                              item type string "text/plain" and the drag data
                              item kind Plain Unicode string
                                      Set the current target element to the
                                      immediate user selection anyway.
                              If the immediate user selection is the body
                              element
                                      Leave the current target element
                                      unchanged.
                              Otherwise
                                      Fire a DND event named dragenter at the
                                      body element, if there is one, or at
                                      the Document object, if not. Then, set
                                      the current target element to the body
                                      element, regardless of whether that
                                      event was canceled or not.
         2. If the previous step caused the current target element to change,
            and if the previous target element was not null or a part of a
            non-DOM document, then fire a DND event named dragleave at the
            previous target element, with the new current target element as
            the specific related target.
         3. If the current target element is a DOM element, then fire a DND
            event named dragover at this current target element.
            If the dragover event is not canceled, run the appropriate step
            from the following list:
                 If the current target element is a text field (e.g.,
                 textarea, or an input element whose type attribute is in the
                 Text state) or an editing host or editable element, and the
                 drag data store item list has an item with the drag data
                 item type string "text/plain" and the drag data item kind
                 Plain Unicode string
                         Set the current drag operation to either "copy" or
                         "move", as appropriate given the platform
                         conventions.
                 Otherwise
                         Reset the current drag operation to "none".
            Otherwise (if the dragover event is canceled), set the current
            drag operation based on the values of the effectAllowed and
            dropEffect attributes of the DragEvent object’s dataTransfer
            object as they stood after the event dispatch finished, as per
            the following table:
            effectAllowed                           dropEffect Drag operation 
            "uninitialized", "copy", "copyLink",    "copy"     "copy"         
            "copyMove", or "all"                    
            "uninitialized", "link", "copyLink",    "link"     "link"         
            "linkMove", or "all"                    
            "uninitialized", "move", "copyMove",    "move"     "move"         
            "linkMove", or "all"                    
            Any other case                                     "none"         
         4. Otherwise, if the current target element is not a DOM element,
            use platform-specific mechanisms to determine what drag operation
            is being performed (none, copy, link, or move), and set the
            current drag operation accordingly.
         5. Update the drag feedback (e.g., the mouse cursor) to match the
            current drag operation, as follows:
            Drag operation Feedback                                           
            "copy"         Data will be copied if dropped here.               
            "link"         Data will be linked if dropped here.               
            "move"         Data will be moved if dropped here.                
            "none"         No operation allowed, dropping here will cancel    
                           the drag-and-drop operation.                       
    4. Otherwise, if the user ended the drag-and-drop operation (e.g., by
       releasing the mouse button in a mouse-driven drag-and-drop interface),
       or if the drag event was canceled, then this will be the last
       iteration. Run the following steps, then stop the drag-and-drop
       operation:
         1. If the current drag operation is "none" (no drag operation), or,
            if the user ended the drag-and-drop operation by canceling it
            (e.g., by hitting the Escape key), or if the current target
            element is null, then the drag operation failed. Run these
            substeps:
              1. Let dropped be false.
              2. If the current target element is a DOM element, fire a DND
                 event named dragleave at it; otherwise, if it is not null,
                 use platform-specific conventions for drag cancelation.
              3. Set the current drag operation to "none".
            Otherwise, the drag operation might be a success; run these
            substeps:
              1. Let dropped be true.
              2. If the current target element is a DOM element, fire a DND
                 event named drop at it; otherwise, use platform-specific
                 conventions for indicating a drop.
              3. If the event is canceled, set the current drag operation to
                 the value of the dropEffect attribute of the DragEvent
                 object’s dataTransfer object as it stood after the event
                 dispatch finished.
                 Otherwise, the event is not canceled; perform the event’s
                 default action, which depends on the exact target as
                 follows:
                      If the current target element is a text field (e.g.,
                      textarea, or an input element whose type attribute is
                      in the Text state) or an editing host or editable
                      element, and the drag data store item list has an item
                      with the drag data item type string "text/plain" and
                      the drag data item kind Plain Unicode string
                              Insert the actual data of the first item in the
                              drag data store item list to have a drag data
                              item type string of "text/plain" and a drag
                              data item kind that is Plain Unicode string
                              into the text field or editing host or editable
                              element in a manner consistent with
                              platform-specific conventions (e.g., inserting
                              it at the current mouse cursor position, or
                              inserting it at the end of the field).
                      Otherwise
                              Reset the current drag operation to "none".
         2. Fire a DND event named dragend at the source node.
         3. Run the appropriate steps from the following list as the default
            action of the dragend event:
                 If dropped is true, the current target element is a text
                 field (see below), the current drag operation is "move", and
                 the source of the drag-and-drop operation is a selection in
                 the DOM that is entirely contained within an editing host
                         Delete the selection.
                 If dropped is true, the current target element is a text
                 field (see below), the current drag operation is "move", and
                 the source of the drag-and-drop operation is a selection in
                 a text field
                         The user agent should delete the dragged selection
                         from the relevant text field.
                 If dropped is false or if the current drag operation is
                 "none"
                         The drag was canceled. If the platform conventions
                         dictate that this be represented to the user (e.g.,
                         by animating the dragged selection going back to the
                         source of the drag-and-drop operation), then do so.
                 Otherwise
                         The event has no default action.
            For the purposes of this step, a text field is a textarea element
            or an input element whose type attribute is in one of the Text,
            Search, Telephone, URL, E-mail, Password, or Number states.
   User agents are encouraged to consider how to react to drags near the edge
   of scrollable regions. For example, if a user drags a link to the bottom
   of the viewport on a long page, it might make sense to scroll the page so
   that the user can drop the link lower on the page.
   This model is independent of which Document object the nodes involved are
   from; the events are fired as described above and the rest of the
   processing model runs as described above, irrespective of how many
   documents are involved in the operation.
    5.7.6. Events summary
   This section is non-normative.
   The following events are involved in the drag-and-drop model.
   Event Name Target    Cancelable?  Drag data   dropEffect    Default Action 
                                     store mode  
              Source                 Read/write                Initiate the   
   dragstart  node      ✓ Cancelable mode        "none"        drag-and-drop  
                                                               operation      
              Source                 Protected                 Continue the   
   drag       node      ✓ Cancelable mode        "none"        drag-and-drop  
                                                               operation      
              Immediate                                        Reject         
              user                               Based on      immediate user 
   dragenter  selection ✓ Cancelable Protected   effectAllowed selection as   
              or the                 mode        value         potential      
              body                                             target element 
              element   
              Previous               Protected                                
   dragexit   target    —            mode        "none"        None
              element   
              Previous               Protected                                
   dragleave  target    —            mode        "none"        None
              element   
              Current                            Based on      Reset the      
   dragover   target    ✓ Cancelable Protected   effectAllowed current drag   
              element                mode        value         operation to   
                                                               "none"         
              Current                Read-only   Current drag                 
   drop       target    ✓ Cancelable mode        operation     Varies
              element   
   dragend    Source    —            Protected   Current drag  Varies         
              node                   mode        operation     
   Not shown in the above table: all these events bubble, and the
   effectAllowed attribute always has the value it had after the dragstart
   event, defaulting to "uninitialized" in the dragstart event.
    5.7.7. The draggable attribute
   All HTML elements may have the draggable content attribute set. The
   draggable attribute is an enumerated attribute. It has three states. The
   first state is true and it has the keyword true. The second state is false
   and it has the keyword false. The third state is auto; it has no keywords
   but it is the missing value default.
   The true state means the element is draggable; the false state means that
   it is not. The auto state uses the default behavior of the user agent.
   An element with a draggable attribute should also have a title attribute
   that names the element for the purpose of non-visual interactions.
   element . draggable [ = value ]
           Returns true if the element is draggable; otherwise, returns
           false.
           Can be set, to override the default and set the draggable content
           attribute.
   The draggable IDL attribute, whose value depends on the content
   attribute’s in the way described below, controls whether or not the
   element is draggable. Generally, only text selections are draggable, but
   elements whose draggable IDL attribute is true become draggable as well.
   If an element’s draggable content attribute has the state true, the
   draggable IDL attribute must return true.
   Otherwise, if the element’s draggable content attribute has the state
   false, the draggable IDL attribute must return false.
   Otherwise, the element’s draggable content attribute has the state auto.
   If the element is an img element, an object element that represents an
   image, or an a element with an href content attribute, the draggable IDL
   attribute must return true; otherwise, the draggable IDL attribute must
   return false.
   If the draggable IDL attribute is set to the value false, the draggable
   content attribute must be set to the literal value "false". If the
   draggable IDL attribute is set to the value true, the draggable content
   attribute must be set to the literal value "true".
    5.7.8. Security risks in the drag-and-drop model
   User agents must not make the data added to the DataTransfer object during
   the dragstart event available to scripts until the drop event, because
   otherwise, if a user were to drag sensitive information from one document
   to a second document, crossing a hostile third document in the process,
   the hostile document could intercept the data.
   For the same reason, user agents must consider a drop to be successful
   only if the user specifically ended the drag operation — if any scripts
   end the drag operation, it must be considered unsuccessful (canceled) and
   the drop event must not be fired.
   User agents should take care to not start drag-and-drop operations in
   response to script actions. For example, in a mouse-and-window
   environment, if a script moves a window while the user has his mouse
   button depressed, the user agent would not consider that to start a drag.
   This is important because otherwise user agents could cause data to be
   dragged from sensitive sources and dropped into hostile documents without
   the user’s consent.
   User agents should filter potentially active (scripted) content (e.g.,
   HTML) when it is dragged and when it is dropped, using a safelist of
   known-safe features. Similarly, relative URLs should be turned into
   absolute URLs to avoid references changing in unexpected ways. This
   specification does not specify how this is performed.
   Consider a hostile page providing some content and getting the user to
   select and drag and drop (or indeed, copy and paste) that content to a
   victim page’s contenteditable region. If the browser does not ensure that
   only safe content is dragged, potentially unsafe content such as scripts
   and event handlers in the selection, once dropped (or pasted) into the
   victim site, get the privileges of the victim site. This would thus enable
   a cross-site scripting attack.
6. Loading Web pages
   This section describes features that apply most directly to Web browsers.
   Having said that, except where specified otherwise, the requirements
   defined in this section do apply to all user agents, whether they are Web
   browsers or not.
  6.1. Browsing contexts
   A browsing context is an environment in which Document objects are
   presented to the user.
   A tab or window in a Web browser typically contains a browsing context, as
   does an iframe or frames in a frameset.
   A browsing context has a corresponding WindowProxy object.
   A browsing context has a session history, which lists the Document objects
   that the browsing context has presented, is presenting, or will present.
   At any time, one Document in each browsing context is designated the
   active document. A Document's browsing context is that browsing context
   whose session history contains the Document, if any. (A Document created
   using an API such as createDocument() has no browsing context.) Each
   Document in a browsing context is associated with a Window object.
   In general, there is a 1-to-1 mapping from the Window object to the
   Document object. There are two exceptions. First, a Window can be reused
   for the presentation of a second Document in the same browsing context,
   such that the mapping is then 1-to-2. This occurs when a browsing context
   is navigated from the initial about:blank Document to another, with
   replacement enabled. Second, a Document can end up being reused for
   several Window objects when the document.open() method is used, such that
   the mapping is then many-to-1.
   A Document does not necessarily have a browsing context associated with
   it. In particular, data mining tools are likely to never instantiate
   browsing contexts.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   A browsing context can have a creator browsing context, the browsing
   context that was responsible for its creation. If a browsing context has a
   parent browsing context, then that is its creator browsing context.
   Otherwise, if the browsing context has an opener browsing context, then
   that is its creator browsing context. Otherwise, the browsing context has
   no creator browsing context.
   If a browsing context context has a creator browsing context creator, it
   also has the following properties. In what follows, let creator document
   be creator’s active document at the time context is created:
   creator origin
           creator document’s origin
   creator URL
           creator document’s URL
   creator base URL
           creator document’s base URL
   creator referrer policy
           creator document’s referrer policy
   creator context security
           The result of executing Is environment settings object a secure
           context? on creator document’s relevant settings object
   To create a new browsing context:
    1. Call the JavaScript InitializeHostDefinedRealm() abstract operation
       with the following customizations:
          * For the global object, create a new Window object window.
          * For the global this value, create a new WindowProxy object
            windowProxy, whose [[Window]] internal slot value is window.
            The internal slot value is updated when navigations occur.
          * Let realm execution context be the created JavaScript execution
            context.
    2. Set the new browsing context’s associated WindowProxy to windowProxy.
    3. Let document be a new Document, whose URL is about:blank, which is
       marked as being an HTML document, whose character encoding is UTF-8,
       and which is both ready for post-load tasks and completely loaded
       immediately.
    4. Set the origin of document:
          * If the new browsing context has a creator browsing context, then
            the origin of document is the creator origin.
          * Otherwise, the origin of document is a unique opaque origin
            assigned when the new browsing context is created.
    5. If the new browsing context has a creator browsing context, then set
       document’s referrer to the creator URL.
    6. Ensure that document has a single child html node, which itself has
       two empty child nodes: a head element, and a body element.
    7. Implement the sandboxing for document.
    8. Add document to the new browsing context’s session history.
    9. Set window’s associated Document to document.
   10. Set up a browsing context environment settings object with realm
       execution context.
    6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
   Certain elements (for example, iframe elements) can instantiate further
   browsing contexts. These are called nested browsing contexts. If a
   browsing context P has a Document D with an element E that nests another
   browsing context C inside it, then C is said to be nested through D, and E
   is said to be the browsing context container of C. If the browsing context
   container element E is in the Document D, then P is said to be the parent
   browsing context of C and C is said to be a child browsing context of P.
   Otherwise, the nested browsing context C has no parent browsing context.
   A browsing context A is said to be an ancestor of a browsing context B if
   there exists a browsing context A' that is a child browsing context of A
   and that is itself an ancestor of B, or if the browsing context A is the
   parent browsing context of B.
   A browsing context that is not a nested browsing context has no parent
   browsing context, and is the top-level browsing context of all the
   browsing contexts for which it is an ancestor browsing context.
   The transitive closure of parent browsing contexts for a nested browsing
   context gives the list of ancestor browsing contexts.
   The list of the descendant browsing contexts of a Document d is the
   (ordered) list returned by the following algorithm:
    1. Let list be an empty list.
    2. For each child browsing context of d that is nested through an element
       that is in the Document d, in the tree order of the elements nesting
       those browsing contexts, run these substeps:
         1. Append that child browsing context to the list list.
         2. Append the list of the descendant browsing contexts of the active
            document of that child browsing context to the list list.
    3. Return the constructed list.
   A Document is said to be fully active when it has a browsing context and
   it is the active document of that browsing context, and either its
   browsing context is a top-level browsing context, or it has a parent
   browsing context and the Document through which it is nested is itself
   fully active.
   Because they are nested through an element, child browsing contexts are
   always tied to a specific Document in their parent browsing context. User
   agents must not allow the user to interact with child browsing contexts of
   elements that are in Documents that are not themselves fully active.
   A nested browsing context can be put into a delaying load events mode.
   This is used when it is navigated, to delay the load event of the browsing
   context container before the new Document is created.
   The document family of a browsing context consists of the union of all the
   Document objects in that browsing context’s session history and the
   document families of all those Document objects. The document family of a
   Document object consists of the union of all the document families of the
   browsing contexts that are nested through the Document object.
   The content document of a browsing context container container is the
   result of the following algorithm:
    1. If container’s nested browsing context is null, then return null.
    2. Let context be container’s nested browsing context.
    3. Let document be context’s active document.
    4. If document’s origin and the origin specified by the current settings
       object are not same origin-domain, then return null.
    5. Return document.
      6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM
   window . top
           Returns the WindowProxy for the top-level browsing context.
   window . parent
           Returns the WindowProxy for the parent browsing context.
   window . frameElement
           Returns the Element for the browsing context container.
           Returns null if there isn’t one, and in cross-origin situations.
   The top IDL attribute on the Window object of a Document in a browsing
   context b must return the WindowProxy object of its top-level browsing
   context (which would be its own WindowProxy object if it was a top-level
   browsing context itself), if it has one, or its own WindowProxy object
   otherwise (e.g., if it was a detached nested browsing context).
   The parent IDL attribute on the Window object of a Document that has a
   browsing context b must return the WindowProxy object of the parent
   browsing context, if there is one (i.e., if b is a child browsing
   context), or the WindowProxy object of the browsing context b itself,
   otherwise (i.e., if it is a top-level browsing context or a detached
   nested browsing context).
   The frameElement IDL attribute, on getting, must run the following
   algorithm:
    1. Let d be the Window object’s associated Document.
    2. Let context be d’s browsing context.
    3. If context is not a nested browsing context, return null and abort
       these steps.
    4. Let container be context’s browsing context container.
    5. If container’s node document’s origin is not same origin-domain with
       the entry settings object’s origin, then return null and abort these
       steps.
    6. Return container.
    6.1.2. Auxiliary browsing contexts
   It is possible to create new browsing contexts that are related to a
   top-level browsing context without being nested through an element. Such
   browsing contexts are called auxiliary browsing contexts. Auxiliary
   browsing contexts are always top-level browsing contexts.
   An auxiliary browsing context has an opener browsing context, which is the
   browsing context from which the auxiliary browsing context was created.
      6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM
   The opener IDL attribute on the Window object, on getting, must return the
   WindowProxy object of the browsing context from which the current browsing
   context was created (its opener browsing context), if there is one, if it
   is still available, and if the current browsing context has not disowned
   its opener; otherwise, it must return null.
   On setting the opener attribute, if the new value is null then the current
   browsing context must disown its opener; if the new value is anything else
   then the user agent must call the [[DefineOwnProperty]] internal method of
   the Window object, passing the property name "opener" as the property key,
   and the Property Descriptor { [[Value]]: value, [[Writable]]: true,
   [[Enumerable]]: true, [[Configurable]]: true } as the property descriptor,
   where value is the new value.
    6.1.3. Security
   A browsing context A is familiar with a second browsing context B if one
   of the following conditions is true:
     * Either the origin of the active document of A is the same as the
       origin of the active document of B, or
     * The browsing context A is a nested browsing context with a top-level
       browsing context, and its top-level browsing context is B, or
     * The browsing context B is an auxiliary browsing context and A is
       familiar with B’s opener browsing context, or
     * The browsing context B is not a top-level browsing context, but there
       exists an ancestor browsing context of B whose active document has the
       same origin as the active document of A (possibly in fact being A
       itself).
   The relationship "familiar with" may be used to decide the value of a
   browsing context name, see the table in the following browsing context
   names section for details.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   A browsing context A is allowed to navigate a second browsing context B if
   the following algorithm terminates positively:
    1. If A is not the same browsing context as B, and A is not one of the
       ancestor browsing contexts of B, and B is not a top-level browsing
       context, and A’s active document’s active sandboxing flag set has its
       sandboxed navigation browsing context flag set, then abort these steps
       negatively.
    2. Otherwise, if B is a top-level browsing context, and is one of the
       ancestor browsing contexts of A, and A’s active document’s active
       sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed top-level navigation browsing
       context flag set, then abort these steps negatively.
    3. Otherwise, if B is a top-level browsing context, and is neither A nor
       one of the ancestor browsing contexts of A, and A’s Document's active
       sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed navigation browsing context flag
       set, and A is not the one permitted sandboxed navigator of B, then
       abort these steps negatively.
    4. Otherwise, terminate positively!
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An element has a browsing context scope origin if its Document's browsing
   context is a top-level browsing context or if all of its Document's
   ancestor browsing contexts all have active documents whose origin are the
   same origin as the element’s node document’s origin. If an element has a
   browsing context scope origin, then its value is the origin of the
   element’s node document.
    6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
   Each browsing context is defined as having a list of one or more directly
   reachable browsing contexts. These are:
     * The browsing context itself.
     * All the browsing context’s child browsing contexts.
     * The browsing context’s parent browsing context.
     * All the browsing contexts that have the browsing context as their
       opener browsing context.
     * The browsing context’s opener browsing context.
   The transitive closure of all the browsing contexts that are directly
   reachable browsing contexts forms a unit of related browsing contexts.
   Each unit of related browsing contexts is then further divided into the
   smallest number of groups such that every member of each group has an
   active document with an origin that, through appropriate manipulation of
   the document.domain attribute, could be made to be same origin-domain with
   other members of the group, but could not be made the same as members of
   any other group. Each such group is a unit of related similar-origin
   browsing contexts.
   There is also at most one event loop per unit of related similar-origin
   browsing contexts (though several units of related similar-origin browsing
   contexts can have a shared event loop).
    6.1.5. Browsing context names
   Browsing contexts can have a browsing context name. By default, a browsing
   context has no name (its name is not set).
   A valid browsing context name is any string with at least one character
   that does not start with a U+005F LOW LINE character. (Names starting with
   an underscore are reserved for special keywords.)
   A valid browsing context name or keyword is any string that is either a
   valid browsing context name or that is an ASCII case-insensitive match for
   one of: _blank, _self, _parent, or _top.
   These values have different meanings based on whether the page is
   sandboxed or not, as summarized in the following (non-normative) table. In
   this table, "current" means the browsing context that the link or script
   is in, "parent" means the parent browsing context of the one the link or
   script is in, "top" means the top-level browsing context of the one the
   link or script is in, "new" means a new top-level browsing context or
   auxiliary browsing context is to be created, subject to various user
   preferences and user agent policies, "none" means that nothing will
   happen, and "maybe new" means the same as "new" if the "allow-popups"
   keyword is also specified on the sandbox attribute (or if the user
   overrode the sandboxing), and the same as "none" otherwise.
   Keyword             Ordinary    Effect in an iframe with...
                       effect      sandbox=""  sandbox="allow-top-navigation" 
   none specified, for                                                        
   links and form      current     current     current
   submissions         
   empty string        current     current     current                        
   _blank              new         maybe new   maybe new                      
   _self               current     current     current                        
   _parent if there    current     current     current                        
   isn’t a parent      
   _parent if parent   parent/top  none        parent/top                     
   is also top         
   _parent if there is                                                        
   one and it’s not    parent      none        none
   top                 
   _top if top is      current     current     current                        
   current             
   _top if top is not  top         none        top                            
   current             
   name that doesn’t   new         maybe new   maybe new                      
   exist               
   name that exists    specified   specified   specified descendant           
   and is a descendant descendant  descendant  
   name that exists    current     current     current                        
   and is current      
   name that exists    specified                                              
   and is an ancestor  ancestor    none        specified ancestor/top
   that is top         
   name that exists    specified                                              
   and is an ancestor  ancestor    none        none
   that is not top     
   other name that                                                            
   exists with common  specified   none        none
   top                 
   name that exists                                                           
   with different top, 
   if familiar and one specified   specified   specified
   permitted sandboxed 
   navigator           
   name that exists                                                           
   with different top, 
   if familiar but not specified   none        none
   one permitted       
   sandboxed navigator 
   name that exists                                                           
   with different top, new         maybe new   maybe new
   not familiar        
   Most of the restrictions on sandboxed browsing contexts are applied by
   other algorithms, e.g., the navigation algorithm, not the rules for
   choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name given below.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An algorithm is allowed to show a popup if any of the following conditions
   is true:
     * The task in which the algorithm is running is currently processing an
       activation behavior whose click event was trusted.
     * The task in which the algorithm is running is currently running the
       event listener for a trusted event whose type is in the following
       list:
          * change
          * click
          * dblclick
          * mouseup
          * reset
          * submit
     * The task in which the algorithm is running was queued by an algorithm
       that was allowed to show a popup, and the chain of such algorithms
       started within a user-agent defined timeframe.
       For example, if a user clicked a button, it might be acceptable for a
       popup to result from that after 4 seconds, but it would likely not be
       acceptable for a popup to result from that after 4 hours.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name
   are as follows. The rules assume that they are being applied in the
   context of a browsing context, as part of the execution of a task.
    1. If the given browsing context name is the empty string or _self, then
       the chosen browsing context must be the current one.
    2. If the given browsing context name is _parent, then the chosen
       browsing context must be the parent browsing context of the current
       one, unless there isn’t one, in which case the chosen browsing context
       must be the current browsing context.
    3. If the given browsing context name is _top, then the chosen browsing
       context must be the top-level browsing context of the current one, if
       there is one, or else the current browsing context.
    4. If the given browsing context name is not _blank and there exists a
       browsing context whose name is the same as the given browsing context
       name, and the current browsing context is familiar with that browsing
       context, and the user agent determines that the two browsing contexts
       are related enough that it is ok if they reach each other, then that
       browsing context must be the chosen one. If there are multiple
       matching browsing contexts, the user agent should select one in some
       arbitrary consistent manner, such as the most recently opened, most
       recently focused, or more closely related.
    5. Otherwise, a new browsing context is being requested, and what happens
       depends on the user agent’s configuration and abilities — it is
       determined by the rules given for the first applicable option from the
       following list:
            If the algorithm is not allowed to show a popup and the user
            agent has been configured to not show popups (i.e., the user
            agent has a "popup blocker" enabled)
                    There is no chosen browsing context. The user agent may
                    inform the user that a popup has been blocked.
            If the current browsing context’s active document’s active
            sandboxing flag set has the sandboxed auxiliary navigation
            browsing context flag set.
                    Typically, there is no chosen browsing context.
                    The user agent may offer to create a new top-level
                    browsing context or reuse an existing top-level browsing
                    context. If the user picks one of those options, then the
                    designated browsing context must be the chosen one (the
                    browsing context’s name isn’t set to the given browsing
                    context name). The default behavior (if the user agent
                    doesn’t offer the option to the user, or if the user
                    declines to allow a browsing context to be used) must be
                    that there must not be a chosen browsing context.
                    If this case occurs, it means that an author has
                    explicitly sandboxed the document that is trying to open
                    a link.
            If the user agent has been configured such that in this instance
            it will create a new browsing context, and the browsing context
            is being requested as part of following a hyperlink whose link
            types include the noreferrer keyword
                    A new top-level browsing context must be created. If the
                    given browsing context name is not _blank, then the new
                    top-level browsing context’s name must be the given
                    browsing context name (otherwise, it has no name). The
                    chosen browsing context must be this new browsing
                    context. The creation of such a browsing context is a new
                    start for session storage.
                    If it is immediately navigated, then the navigation will
                    be done with replacement enabled.
            If the user agent has been configured such that in this instance
            it will create a new browsing context, and the noreferrer keyword
            doesn’t apply
                    A new auxiliary browsing context must be created, with
                    the opener browsing context being the current one. If the
                    given browsing context name is not _blank, then the new
                    auxiliary browsing context’s name must be the given
                    browsing context name (otherwise, it has no name). The
                    chosen browsing context must be this new browsing
                    context.
                    If it is immediately navigated, then the navigation will
                    be done with replacement enabled.
            If the user agent has been configured such that in this instance
            it will reuse the current browsing context
                    The chosen browsing context is the current browsing
                    context.
            If the user agent has been configured such that in this instance
            it will not find a browsing context
                    There must not be a chosen browsing context.
       User agent implementors are encouraged to provide a way for users to
       configure the user agent to always reuse the current browsing context.
       If the chosen browsing context picked above, if any, is a new browsing
       context, then:
         1. Let flagSet be the current browsing context’s active document’s
            active sandboxing flag set.
         2. If flagSet’s sandboxed navigation browsing context flag is set,
            then the current browsing context must be set as the new browsing
            context’s one permitted sandboxed navigator.
         3. If flagSet’s sandbox propagates to auxiliary browsing contexts
            flag is set, then all the flags that are set in flagSet must be
            set in the new browsing context’s popup sandboxing flag set.
    6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
   When the user agent is required to set up a browsing context environment
   settings object, given a JavaScript execution context execution context,
   it must run the following steps:
    1. Let realm be the value of execution context’s Realm component.
    2. Let window be realm’s global object.
    3. Let url be a copy of the URL of the Document with which window is
       associated.
    4. Let settings object be a new environment settings object whose
       algorithms are defined as follows:
            The realm execution context
                    Return execution context.
            The module map
                    Return the module map of the Document with which window
                    is currently associated.
            The responsible browsing context
                    Return the browsing context with which window is
                    associated.
            The responsible event loop
                    Return the event loop that is associated with the unit of
                    related similar-origin browsing contexts to which
                    window’s browsing context belongs.
            The responsible document
                    Return the Document with which window is currently
                    associated.
            The API URL character encoding
                    Return the current character encoding of the Document
                    with which window is currently associated.
            The API base URL
                    Return the current base URL of the Document with which
                    window is currently associated.
            The origin
                    Return the origin of the Document with which window is
                    currently associated.
            The creation URL
                    Return url.
            The HTTPS state
                    Return the HTTPS state of the Document with which window
                    is currently associated.
    5. Set realm’s [[HostDefined]] field to settings object.
    6. Return settings object.
  6.2. Security infrastructure for Window, WindowProxy, and Location objects
   Although typically objects cannot be accessed across origins, the web
   platform would not be true to itself if it did not have some legacy
   exceptions to that rule that the web depends upon.
    6.2.1. Integration with IDL
   When perform a security check is invoked, with a platformObject, realm,
   identifier, and type, run these steps:
    1. If platformObject is a Window or Location object, then:
         1. Repeat for each e that is an element of
            CrossOriginProperties(platformObject):
              1. If SameValue(e.[[Property]], identifier) is true, then:
                   1. If type is "method" and e has neither [[NeedsGet]] nor
                      [[NeedsSet]], then return.
                   2. Otherwise, if type is "getter" and e.[[NeedsGet]] is
                      true, then return.
                   3. Otherwise, if type is "setter" and e.[[NeedsSet]] is
                      true, then return.
    2. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(platformObject) is false, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]]
   Window and Location objects both have a
   [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] internal slot, whose value is
   initially an empty map.
   The [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] internal slot contains a map with
   entries whose keys are (currentOrigin, objectOrigin, propertyKey)-tuples
   and values are property descriptors, as a memoization of what is visible
   to scripts when currentOrigin inspects a Window or Location object from
   objectOrigin. It is filled lazily by CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper,
   which consults it on future lookups.
   User agents should allow a value held in the map to be garbage collected
   along with its corresponding key when nothing holds a reference to any
   part of the value. That is, as long as garbage collection is not
   observable.
   For example, with
 const href = Object.getOwnPropertyDescriptor(crossOriginLocation, "href").set
   the value and its corresponding key in the map cannot be garbage collected
   as that would be observable.
   User agents may have an optimization whereby they remove key-value pairs
   from the map when document.domain is set. This is not observable as
   document.domain cannot revisit an earlier value.
   For example, setting document.domain to "example.com" on www.example.com
   means user agents can remove all key-value pairs from the map where part
   of the key is www.example.com, as that can never be part of the origin
   again and therefore the corresponding value could never be retrieved from
   the map.
    6.2.3. Shared abstract operations
      6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O )
    1. Assert: O is a Location or Window object.
    2. If O is a Location object, then return
   « {
       [[Property]]: "href",
       [[NeedsGet]]: false,
       [[NeedsSet]]: true
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "replace"
     } »
    3. Let crossOriginWindowProperties be
   « {
       [[Property]]: "window",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: false
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "self",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: false
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "location",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: true
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "close"
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "closed",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: false
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "focus"
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "blur"
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "frames",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: false
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "length",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: false
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "top",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: false
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "opener",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: false
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "parent",
       [[NeedsGet]]: true,
       [[NeedsSet]]: false
     },
     {
       [[Property]]: "postMessage"
     } »
    4. Repeat for each e that is an element of the child browsing context
       name property set:
         1. Add { [[Property]]: e } as the last element of
            crossOriginWindowProperties.
    5. Return crossOriginWindowProperties.
   Indexed properties do not need to be safelisted as they are handled
   directly by the WindowProxy object.
      6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O )
    1. Return true if the current settings object’s origin is same
       origin-domain with O’s relevant settings object’s origin, and false
       otherwise.
      6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P )
   If this abstract operation returns undefined and there is no custom
   behavior, the caller needs to throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
    1. If P is @@toStringTag, @@hasInstance, or @@isConcatSpreadable, then
       return PropertyDescriptor { [[Value]]: undefined, [[Writable]]: false,
       [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }.
    2. Let crossOriginKey be a tuple consisting of the current settings
       object’s origin's effective domain, O’s relevant settings object’s
       origin's effective domain, and P.
    3. Repeat for each e that is an element of CrossOriginProperties(O):
         1. If SameValue(e.[[Property]], P) is true, then:
              1. If the value of the [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]]
                 internal slot of O contains an entry whose key is
                 crossOriginKey, then return that entry’s value.
              2. Let originalDesc be OrdinaryGetOwnProperty(O, P).
              3. Let crossOriginDesc be CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor(e,
                 originalDesc).
              4. Create an entry in the value of the
                 [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] internal slot of O with
                 key crossOriginKey and value crossOriginDesc.
              5. Return crossOriginDesc.
    4. Return undefined.
        6.2.3.3.1. CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor ( crossOriginProperty,
        originalDesc )
    1. If crossOriginProperty.[[NeedsGet]] and
       crossOriginProperty.[[NeedsSet]] are absent, then:
         1. Let value be originalDesc.[[Value]].
         2. If IsCallable(value) is true, set value to
            CrossOriginFunctionWrapper(true, value).
         3. Return PropertyDescriptor{ [[Value]]: value, [[Enumerable]]:
            false, [[Writable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }.
    2. Otherwise:
         1. Let crossOriginGet be
            CrossOriginFunctionWrapper(crossOriginProperty.[[NeedsGet]],
            originalDesc.[[Get]]).
         2. Let crossOriginSet be
            CrossOriginFunctionWrapper(crossOriginProperty.[[NeedsSet]],
            originalDesc.[[Set]]).
         3. Return PropertyDescriptor{ [[Get]]: crossOriginGet, [[Set]]:
            crossOriginSet, [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }.
        6.2.3.3.2. CrossOriginFunctionWrapper ( needsWrapping, functionToWrap )
    1. If needsWrapping is false, then return undefined.
    2. Return a new cross-origin wrapper function whose [[Wrapped]] internal
       slot is functionToWrap.
   A cross-origin wrapper function is an anonymous built-in function that has
   a [[Wrapped]] internal slot.
   When a cross-origin wrapper function F is called with a list of arguments
   argumentsList, the following steps are taken:
    1. Assert: F has a [[Wrapped]] internal slot that is a function.
    2. Let wrappedFunction be the [[Wrapped]] internal slot of F.
    3. Return Call(wrappedFunction, this, argumentsList).
   Due to this being invoked from a different origin, a cross-origin wrapper
   function will have a different value for Function.prototype from the
   function being wrapped. This follows from how JavaScript creates anonymous
   built-in functions.
      6.2.3.4. CrossOriginGet ( O, P, Receiver )
    1. Let desc be O.[[GetOwnProperty]](P).
    2. Assert: desc is not undefined.
    3. If IsDataDescriptor(desc) is true, then return desc.[[Value]].
    4. Assert: IsAccessorDescriptor(desc) is true.
    5. Let getter be desc.[[Get]].
    6. If getter is undefined, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
    7. Return Call(getter, Receiver).
      6.2.3.5. CrossOriginSet ( O, P, V, Receiver )
    1. Let desc be O.[[GetOwnProperty]](P).
    2. Assert: desc is not undefined.
    3. If IsAccessorDescriptor(desc) is true, then:
         1. Let setter be desc.[[Set]].
         2. If setter is undefined, return false.
         3. Perform Call(setter, Receiver, «V»).
         4. Return true.
    4. Return false.
      6.2.3.6. CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys ( O )
    1. Let keys be a new empty List.
    2. Repeat for each e that is an element of CrossOriginProperties(O):
         1. Add e.[[Property]] as the last element of keys.
    3. Return keys.
  6.3. The Window object
 [PrimaryGlobal, LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties]
 /*sealed*/ interface Window : EventTarget {
 // the current browsing context
 [Unforgeable] readonly attribute WindowProxy window;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy self;
 [Unforgeable] readonly attribute Document document;
 attribute DOMString name;
 [PutForwards=href, Unforgeable] readonly attribute Location location;
 readonly attribute History history;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp locationbar;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp menubar;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp personalbar;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp scrollbars;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp statusbar;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp toolbar;
 attribute DOMString status;
 void close();
 readonly attribute boolean closed;
 void stop();
 void focus();
 void blur();
 // other browsing contexts
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy frames;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute unsigned long length;
 [Unforgeable] readonly attribute WindowProxy top;
 attribute any opener;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy parent;
 readonly attribute Element? frameElement;
 WindowProxy open(optional DOMString url = "about:blank", optional DOMString target = "_blank", [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] optional DOMString features = "", optional boolean replace = false);
 getter WindowProxy (unsigned long index);
 getter object (DOMString name);
 // Since this is the global object, the IDL named getter adds a NamedPropertiesObject exotic
 // object on the prototype chain. Indeed, this does not make the global object an exotic object.
 // Indexed access is taken care of by the WindowProxy exotic object.
 // the user agent
 readonly attribute Navigator navigator;
 // user prompts
 void alert();
 void alert(DOMString message);
 boolean confirm(optional DOMString message = "");
 DOMString? prompt(optional DOMString message = "", optional DOMString default = "");
 void print();
 unsigned long requestAnimationFrame(FrameRequestCallback callback);
 void cancelAnimationFrame(unsigned long handle);
 };
 Window implements GlobalEventHandlers;
 Window implements WindowEventHandlers;
 callback FrameRequestCallback = void (DOMHighResTimeStamp time);
   window . window
   window . frames
   window . self
           These attributes all return window.
   window . document
           Returns the Document associated with window.
   document . defaultView
           Returns the Window object of the active document.
   The window, frames, and self IDL attributes must all return the Window
   object’s browsing context’s WindowProxy object.
   The document IDL attribute must return the Window object’s newest Document
   object.
   The Document object associated with a Window object can change in exactly
   one case: when the navigate algorithm initializes a new Document object
   for the first page loaded in a browsing context. In that specific case,
   the Window object of the original about:blank page is reused and gets a
   new Document object.
   The defaultView IDL attribute of the Document interface must return the
   Document's browsing context’s WindowProxy object, if there is one, or null
   otherwise.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   For historical reasons, Window objects must also have a writable,
   configurable, non-enumerable property named HTMLDocument whose value is
   the Document interface object.
    6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
   window = window . open( [ url [, target [, features [, replace ] ] ] ] )
           Opens a window to show url (defaults to about:blank), and returns
           it. The target argument gives the name of the new window. If a
           window exists with that name already, it is reused. The replace
           attribute, if true, means that whatever page is currently open in
           that window will be removed from the window’s session history. The
           features argument can be used to influence the rendering of the
           new window.
   window . name [ = value ]
           Returns the name of the window.
           Can be set, to change the name.
   window . close()
           Closes the window.
   window . closed
           Returns true if the window has been closed, false otherwise.
   window . stop()
           Cancels the document load.
   The open() method on Window objects provides a mechanism for navigating an
   existing browsing context or opening and navigating an auxiliary browsing
   context.
   When the method is invoked, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let entry settings be the entry settings object when the method was
       invoked.
    2. Let url be the first argument.
    3. Let target be the second argument.
    4. Let features be the third argument.
    5. Let replace be the fourth argument.
    6. Let source browsing context be the responsible browsing context
       specified by entry settings.
    7. If target is the empty string, let it be the string "_blank" instead.
    8. If the user has indicated a preference for which browsing context to
       navigate, follow these substeps:
         1. Let target browsing context be the browsing context indicated by
            the user.
         2. If target browsing context is a new top-level browsing context,
            let the source browsing context be set as target browsing
            context’s one permitted sandboxed navigator.
       For example, suppose there is a user agent that supports
       control-clicking a link to open it in a new tab. If a user clicks in
       that user agent on an element whose onclick handler uses the
       window.open() API to open a page in an iframe, but, while doing so,
       holds the control key down, the user agent could override the
       selection of the target browsing context to instead target a new tab.
       Otherwise, apply the rules for choosing a browsing context given a
       browsing context name using target as the name and source browsing
       context as the context in which the algorithm is executed. If this
       results in there not being a chosen browsing context, then throw an
       InvalidAccessError exception and abort these steps. Otherwise, let
       target browsing context be the browsing context so obtained.
    9. If target browsing context was just created, either as part of the
       rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name or
       due to the user indicating a preference for navigating a new top-level
       browsing context, then let new be true. Otherwise, let it be false.
   10. Interpret features as defined in the CSSOM View specification.
       [CSSOM-VIEW]
   11. If url is the empty string, run the appropriate steps from the
       following list:
            If new is false
                    Jump to the step labeled end.
            If new is true
                    Let resource be the URL "about:blank".
       Otherwise, parse url relative to entry settings, and let resource be
       the resulting URL record, if any. If the parse a URL algorithm failed,
       then run one of the following two steps instead:
          * Let resource be a resource representing an inline error page.
          * If new is false, jump to the step labeled end, otherwise, let
            resource be the URL "about:blank".
   12. If resource is "about:blank" and new is true, queue a task to fire a
       simple event named load at target browsing context’s Window object,
       with target override set to target browsing context’s Window object’s
       Document object.
       Otherwise, navigate target browsing context to resource, with the
       exceptions enabled flag set. If new is true, then replacement must be
       enabled also. The source browsing context is source browsing context.
   13. End:
         1. If the result of splitting features on commas contains the token
            "noopener", then disown target browsing context’s opener and
            return null.
         2. Otherwise, return the WindowProxy object of target browsing
            context.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The name attribute of the Window object must, on getting, return the
   current name of the browsing context, if one is set, or the empty string
   otherwise; and, on setting, set the name of the browsing context to the
   new value.
   The name gets reset when the browsing context is navigated to another
   domain.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The close() method on Window objects should, if all the following
   conditions are met, close the browsing context A:
     * The corresponding browsing context A is script-closable.
     * The responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings
       object is familiar with the browsing context A.
     * The responsible browsing context specified by the incumbent settings
       object is allowed to navigate the browsing context A.
   A browsing context is script-closable if it is an auxiliary browsing
   context that was created by a script (as opposed to by an action of the
   user), or if it is a top-level browsing context whose session history
   contains only one Document.
   The closed attribute on Window objects must return true if the Window
   object’s browsing context has been discarded, and false otherwise.
   The stop() method on Window objects should, if there is an existing
   attempt to navigate the browsing context and that attempt is not currently
   running the unload a document algorithm, cancel that navigation; then, it
   must abort the active document of the browsing context of the Window
   object on which it was invoked.
    6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts
   window . length
           Returns the number of child browsing contexts.
   window[index]
           Returns the indicated child browsing context.
   The number of child browsing contexts of a Window object W is the number
   of child browsing contexts that are nested through elements that are in a
   Document that is the active document of the Window object’s associated
   Document object’s browsing context.
   The length IDL attribute’s getter must return the number of child browsing
   contexts of this Window object.
   Indexed access to child browsing contexts is defined through the
   [[GetOwnProperty]] internal method of the WindowProxy object.
    6.3.3. Named access on the Window object
   window[name]
           Returns the indicated element or collection of elements.
           As a general rule, relying on this will lead to brittle code.
           Which IDs end up mapping to this API can vary over time, as new
           features are added to the Web platform, for example. Instead of
           this, use document.getElementById() or document.querySelector().
   The child browsing context name property set consists of the browsing
   context names of any child browsing context of the active document whose
   name is not the empty string, with duplicates omitted.
   The Window interface supports named properties. The supported property
   names at any moment consist of the following, in tree order, ignoring
   later duplicates:
     * the child browsing context name property set.
     * the value of the name content attribute for all a, applet, area,
       embed, form, frameset, img, and object elements in the active document
       that have a non-empty name content attribute, and
     * the value of the id content attribute of any HTML element in the
       active document with a non-empty id content attribute.
   To determine the value of a named property name when the Window object is
   indexed for property retrieval, the user agent must return the value
   obtained using the following steps:
    1. Let objects be the list of named objects with the name name in the
       active document.
       There will be at least one such object, by definition.
    2. If objects contains a nested browsing context, then return the
       WindowProxy object of the nested browsing context corresponding to the
       first browsing context container in tree order whose browsing context
       is in objects, and abort these steps.
    3. Otherwise, if objects has only one element, return that element and
       abort these steps.
    4. Otherwise return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document node, whose
       filter matches only named objects with the name name. (By definition,
       these will all be elements.)
   Named objects with the name name, for the purposes of the above algorithm,
   are those that are either:
     * child browsing contexts of the active document whose name is name,
     * a, applet, area, embed, form, frameset, img, or object elements that
       have a name content attribute whose value is name, or
     * HTML elements that have an id content attribute whose value is name.
    6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
   A browsing context has a strong reference to each of its Documents and its
   WindowProxy object, and the user agent itself has a strong reference to
   its top-level browsing contexts.
   A Document has a strong reference to its Window object.
   A Window object has a strong reference to its Document object through its
   document attribute. Thus, references from other scripts to either of those
   objects will keep both alive. Similarly, both Document and Window objects
   have implied strong references to the WindowProxy object.
   Each script has a strong reference to its settings object, and each
   environment settings object has strong references to its global object,
   responsible browsing context, and responsible document (if any).
   When a browsing context is to discard a Document, the user agent must run
   the following steps:
    1. Set the Document's salvageable state to false.
    2. Run any unloading document cleanup steps for the Document that are
       defined by this specification and other applicable specifications.
    3. Abort the Document.
    4. Remove any tasks associated with the Document in any task source,
       without running those tasks.
    5. Discard all the child browsing contexts of the Document.
    6. Lose the strong reference from the Document's browsing context to the
       Document.
   Whenever a Document object is discarded, it is also removed from the list
   of the worker’s Documents of each worker whose list contains that
   Document.
   When a browsing context is discarded, the strong reference from the user
   agent itself to the browsing context must be severed, and all the Document
   objects for all the entries in the browsing context’s session history must
   be discarded as well.
   User agents may discard top-level browsing contexts at any time
   (typically, in response to user requests, e.g., when a user force-closes a
   window containing one or more top-level browsing contexts). Other browsing
   contexts must be discarded once their WindowProxy object is eligible for
   garbage collection.
    6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts
   When the user agent is required to close a browsing context, it must run
   the following steps:
    1. Let specified browsing context be the browsing context being closed.
    2. Prompt to unload the active document of the specified browsing
       context. If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded,
       then abort these steps.
    3. Unload the active document of the specified browsing context with the
       recycle parameter set to false.
    4. Remove the specified browsing context from the user interface (e.g.,
       close or hide its tab in a tabbed browser).
    5. Discard the specified browsing context.
   User agents should offer users the ability to arbitrarily close any
   top-level browsing context.
    6.3.6. Browser interface elements
   To allow Web pages to integrate with Web browsers, certain Web browser
   interface elements are exposed in a limited way to scripts in Web pages.
   Each interface element is represented by a BarProp object:
 interface BarProp {
   readonly attribute boolean visible;
 };
   window . locationbar . visible
           Returns true if the location bar is visible; otherwise, returns
           false.
   window . menubar . visible
           Returns true if the menu bar is visible; otherwise, returns false.
   window . personalbar . visible
           Returns true if the personal bar is visible; otherwise, returns
           false.
   window . scrollbars . visible
           Returns true if the scroll bars are visible; otherwise, returns
           false.
   window . statusbar . visible
           Returns true if the status bar is visible; otherwise, returns
           false.
   window . toolbar . visible
           Returns true if the toolbar is visible; otherwise, returns false.
   The visible attribute, on getting, must return either true or a value
   determined by the user agent to most accurately represent the visibility
   state of the user interface element that the object represents, as
   described below.
   The following BarProp objects exist for each Document object in a browsing
   context. Some of the user interface elements represented by these objects
   might have no equivalent in some user agents; for those user agents,
   except when otherwise specified, the object must act as if it was present
   and visible (i.e., its visible attribute must return true).
   The location bar BarProp object
           Represents the user interface element that contains a control that
           displays the URL of the active document, or some similar interface
           concept.
   The menu bar BarProp object
           Represents the user interface element that contains a list of
           commands in menu form, or some similar interface concept.
   The personal bar BarProp object
           Represents the user interface element that contains links to the
           user’s favorite pages, or some similar interface concept.
   The scrollbar BarProp object
           Represents the user interface element that contains a scrolling
           mechanism, or some similar interface concept.
   The status bar BarProp object
           Represents a user interface element found immediately below or
           after the document, as appropriate for the user’s media, which
           typically provides information about ongoing network activity or
           information about elements that the user’s pointing device is
           current indicating. If the user agent has no such user interface
           element, then the object may act as if the corresponding user
           interface element was absent (i.e., its visible attribute may
           return false).
   The toolbar BarProp object
           Represents the user interface element found immediately above or
           before the document, as appropriate for the user’s media, which
           typically provides session history traversal controls (back and
           forward buttons, reload buttons, etc). If the user agent has no
           such user interface element, then the object may act as if the
           corresponding user interface element was absent (i.e., its visible
           attribute may return false).
   The locationbar attribute must return the location bar BarProp object.
   The menubar attribute must return the menu bar BarProp object.
   The personalbar attribute must return the personal bar BarProp object.
   The scrollbars attribute must return the scrollbar BarProp object.
   The statusbar attribute must return the status bar BarProp object.
   The toolbar attribute must return the toolbar BarProp object.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   For historical reasons, the status attribute on the Window object must, on
   getting, return the last string it was set to, and on setting, must set
   itself to the new value. When the Window object is created, the attribute
   must be set to the empty string. It does not do anything else.
    6.3.7. The WindowProxy object
   A WindowProxy is an exotic object that wraps a Window ordinary object,
   indirecting most operations through to the wrapped object. Each browsing
   context has an associated WindowProxy object. When the browsing context is
   navigated, the Window object wrapped by the browsing context’s associated
   WindowProxy object is changed.
   There is no WindowProxy interface object.
   Every WindowProxy object has a [[Window]] internal slot representing the
   wrapped Window object.
   Although WindowProxy is named as a "proxy", it does not do polymorphic
   dispatch on its target’s internal methods as a real proxy would, due to a
   desire to reuse machinery between WindowProxy and Location objects. As
   long as the Window object remains an ordinary object this is unobservable
   and can be implemented either way.
   In the following example, the variable x is set to the WindowProxy object
   returned by the window accessor on the global object. All of the
   expressions following the assignment return true, because the WindowProxy
   object passes most operations through to the underlying ordinary Window
   object.
 var x = window;
 x instanceof Window; // true
 x === this; // true
      6.3.7.1. The WindowProxy internal methods
   The WindowProxy object internal methods are described in the subsections
   below.
        6.3.7.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( )
    1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this.
    2. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return !
       OrdinaryGetPrototypeOf(W).
    3. Return null.
        6.3.7.1.2. [[SetPrototypeOf]] ( V )
    1. Return false.
        6.3.7.1.3. [[IsExtensible]] ( )
    1. Return true.
        6.3.7.1.4. [[PreventExtensions]] ( )
    1. Return false.
        6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
    1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this.
    2. If P is an array index property name, then:
         1. Let index be ToUint32(P).
         2. Let maxProperties be the number of child browsing contexts of W.
         3. Let value be undefined.
         4. If maxProperties is greater than 0 and index is less than
            maxProperties, then:
              1. Set value to the WindowProxy object of the indexth child
                 browsing context of the Document that is nested through an
                 element that is in W’s Document, sorted in the order that
                 the elements nesting those browsing contexts were most
                 recently inserted into the Document, the WindowProxy object
                 of the most recently inserted browsing context container’s
                 nested browsing context being last.
         5. Return PropertyDescriptor{ [[Value]]: value, [[Writable]]: false,
            [[Enumerable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }.
    3. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return
       OrdinaryGetOwnProperty(W, P).
       This violates JavaScript’s internal method invariants.
    4. Let property be CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper(W, P).
    5. If property is not undefined, return property.
    6. If property is undefined and P is in the child browsing context name
       property set, then:
         1. Let value be the WindowProxy object of the named object with the
            name P.
         2. Return PropertyDescriptor{ [[Value]]: value, [[Enumerable]]:
            false, [[Writable]]: false, [[Configurable]]: true }.
    7. Throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
        6.3.7.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc )
    1. If P is an array index property name, return false.
    2. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this.
    3. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return
       OrdinaryDefineOwnProperty(W, P, Desc).
       See above about how this violates JavaScript’s internal method
       invariants.
    4. Return false.
        6.3.7.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
    1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this.
    2. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return
       OrdinaryGet(this, P, Receiver).
    3. Return ? CrossOriginGet(this, P, Receiver).
        6.3.7.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
    1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this.
    2. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return OrdinarySet(W,
       this, Receiver).
    3. Return CrossOriginSet(this, P, V, Receiver).
        6.3.7.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P )
    1. If P is an array index property name, return false.
    2. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this.
    3. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return
       OrdinaryDelete(W, P).
    4. Return false.
        6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
    1. Let W be the value of the [[Window]] internal slot of this.
    2. Let keys be a new empty List.
    3. Let maxProperties be the number of child browsing contexts of W.
    4. Let index be 0.
    5. Repeat while index < maxProperties,
         1. Add ! ToString(index) as the last element of keys.
         2. Increment index by 1.
    6. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(W) is true, then return the
       concatenation of keys and ! OrdinaryOwnPropertyKeys(W).
    7. Return the concatenation of keys and ! CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys(W).
  6.4. Origin
   Origins are the fundamental currency of the Web’s security model. Two
   actors in the Web platform that share an origin are assumed to trust each
   other and to have the same authority. Actors with differing origins are
   considered potentially hostile versus each other, and are isolated from
   each other to varying degrees.
   For example, if Example Bank’s Web site, hosted at bank.example.com, tries
   to examine the DOM of Example Charity’s Web site, hosted at
   charity.example.org, a "SecurityError" DOMException will be raised.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An origin is one of the following:
   An opaque origin
           An internal value, with no serialisation, for which the only
           meaningful operation is testing for equality.
   A tuple origin
           A tuple consists of:
              * A scheme (a scheme).
              * A host (a host).
              * A port (a port).
              * A domain (null or a domain). Null unless stated otherwise.
   Origins can be shared, e.g., among multiple Document objects. Furthermore,
   origins are generally immutable. Only the domain of a tuple origin can be
   changed, and only through the document.domain API.
   The effective domain of an origin origin is computed as follows:
    1. If origin is an opaque origin, then return origin.
    2. If origin’s domain is non-null, then return origin’s domain.
    3. Return origin’s host.
   Various specification objects are defined to have an origin. These origins
   are determined as follows:
   For Document objects
                If the Document's active sandboxing flag set has its
                sandboxed origin browsing context flag set
                If the Document was generated from a data: URL
                        A unique opaque origin is assigned when the Document
                        is created.
                If the Document's URL's scheme is a network scheme
                        A copy of the Document's URL's origin assigned when
                        the Document is created.
                        The document.open() method can change the Document's
                        URL to "about:blank". Therefore the origin is
                        assigned when the Document is created.
                If the Document is the initial "about:blank" document
                        The one it was assigned when its browsing context was
                        created.
                If the Document is a non-initial "about:blank" document
                        The origin of the incumbent settings object when the
                        navigate algorithm was invoked, or, if no script was
                        involved, of the node document of the element that
                        initiated the navigation to that URL.
                If the Document was created as part of the processing for
                javascript: URLs
                        The origin of the active document of the browsing
                        context being navigated when the navigate algorithm
                        was invoked.
                If the Document is an iframe srcdoc document
                        The origin of the Document's browsing context’s
                        browsing context container’s node document.
                If the Document was obtained in some other manner (e.g., a
                Document created using the createDocument() API, etc)
                        The default behavior as defined in the DOM
                        specification applies. [DOM41].
                        The origin is a unique opaque origin assigned when
                        the Document is created.
   For images of img elements
                If the image data is CORS-cross-origin
                        A unique opaque origin assigned when the image is
                        created.
                If the image data is CORS-same-origin
                        The img element’s node document’s origin.
   For audio and video elements
                If the media data is CORS-cross-origin
                        A unique opaque origin assigned when the media data
                        is fetched.
                If the media data is CORS-same-origin
                        The media element’s node document’s origin.
   For fonts
           For a downloadable Web font it is a copy of the origin of the URL
           record used to obtain the font (after any redirects).
           [CSS-FONTS-3] [CSS-FONT-LOADING-3]
           For a locally installed system font it is the origin of the
           Document in which that font is being used.
   Other specifications can override the above definitions by themselves
   specifying the origin of a particular Document object, image, media
   element, or font.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The Unicode serialization of an origin is the string obtained by applying
   the following algorithm to the given origin origin:
    1. If origin is an opaque origin, then return "null".
    2. Let host be origin’s host.
    3. Let unicodeHost be host if host is not a domain, and the result of
       applying domain to Unicode to host otherwise.
    4. Let unicodeOrigin be a new tuple origin consisting origin’s scheme,
       unicodeHost, and origin’s port.
    5. Return the ASCII serialization of an origin, given unicodeOrigin.
       The name ASCII serialization of an origin is misleading, as it merely
       serialises an origin, which are all ASCII by default due to the URL
       parser.
   The Unicode serialization of ("https", "xn--maraa-rta.example", null,
   null) is "https://maraña.example".
   The ASCII serialization of an origin is the string obtained by applying
   the following algorithm to the given origin origin:
    1. If origin is an opaque origin, then return "null".
    2. Otherwise, let result be origin’s scheme.
    3. Append "://" to result.
    4. Append origin’s host, serialized, to result.
    5. If origin’s port is non-null, append a U+003A COLON character (:), and
       origin’s port, serialized, to result.
    6. Return result.
   Two origins A and B are said to be same origin if the following algorithm
   returns true:
    1. If A and B are the same opaque origin, then return true.
    2. If A and B are both tuple origins, and their schemes, hosts, and ports
       are identical, then return true.
    3. Return false.
   Two origins A and B are said to be same origin-domain if the following
   algorithm returns true:
    1. If A and B are the same opaque origin, then return true.
    2. If A and B are both tuple origins, run these substeps:
         1. If A and B’s schemes are identical, and their domains are
            identical and non-null, then return true.
         2. Otherwise, if A and B are same origin and their domains are
            identical and null, then return true.
    3. Return false.
   The following table shows how A and B are related:
   A                              B                    same    same           
                                                       origin  origin-domain  
   ("https", "example.org", null, ("https",                                   
   null)                          "example.org", null, ✅       ✅
                                  null)                
   ("https", "example.org", 314,  ("https",                                   
   "example.org")                 "example.org", 420,  ❌       ✅
                                  "example.org")       
   ("https", "example.org", null, ("https",                                   
   null)                          "example.org", null, ✅       ❌
                                  "example.org")       
   ("https", "example.org", null, ("http",                                    
   "example.org")                 "example.org", null, ❌       ❌
                                  "example.org")       
    6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction
   document . domain [ = domain ]
           Returns the current domain used for security checks.
           Can be set to a value that removes subdomains, to change the
           origin's domain to allow pages on other subdomains of the same
           domain (if they do the same thing) to access each other. (Can’t be
           set in sandboxed iframes.)
   The domain attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Document object does not have a browsing context, then return
       the empty string.
    2. Let effectiveDomain be this Document's origin's effective domain.
    3. If effectiveDomain is an opaque origin, then return the empty string.
    4. Return effectiveDomain, serialised.
   The domain attribute on setting must run these steps:
    1. If this Document object has no browsing context, throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. If this Document object’s active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed
       document.domain browsing context flag set, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    3. If the given value is the empty string, then throw a "SecurityError"
       DOMException.
    4. Let host be the result of parsing the given value.
    5. If host is failure, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
    6. Let effectiveDomain be this Document object’s origin's effective
       domain.
    7. If host is not equal to effectiveDomain, then run these substeps:
         1. If host or effectiveDomain is not a domain, then throw a
            "SecurityError" DOMException.
            This is meant to exclude hosts that are an IPv4 address or an
            IPv6 address.
         2. If host, prefixed by a U+002E FULL STOP (.), does not exactly
            match the end of effectiveDomain, then throw a "SecurityError"
            DOMException.
         3. If host matches a suffix in the Public Suffix List, or, if host,
            prefixed by a U+002E FULL STOP (.), matches the end of a suffix
            in the Public Suffix List, then throw a "SecurityError"
            DOMException. [PSL]
            Suffixes must be compared after applying the host parser
            algorithm. [URL]
    8. Set origin’s domain to host.
   The document.domain attribute is used to enable pages on different hosts
   of a domain to access each others' DOMs.
   Do not use the document.domain attribute when using shared hosting. If an
   untrusted third party is able to host an HTTP server at the same IP
   address but on a different port, then the same-origin protection that
   normally protects two different sites on the same host will fail, as the
   ports are ignored when comparing origins after the document.domain
   attribute has been used.
  6.5. Sandboxing
   A sandboxing flag set is a set of zero or more of the following flags,
   which are used to restrict the abilities that potentially untrusted
   resources have:
   The sandboxed navigation browsing context flag
           This flag prevents content from navigating browsing contexts other
           than the sandboxed browsing context itself (or browsing contexts
           further nested inside it), auxiliary browsing contexts (which are
           protected by the sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context
           flag defined next), and the top-level browsing context (which is
           protected by the sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context
           flag defined below).
           If the sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag is not
           set, then in certain cases the restrictions nonetheless allow
           popups (new top-level browsing contexts) to be opened. These
           browsing contexts always have one permitted sandboxed navigator,
           set when the browsing context is created, which allows the
           browsing context that created them to actually navigate them.
           (Otherwise, the sandboxed navigation browsing context flag would
           prevent them from being navigated even if they were opened.)
   The sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag
           This flag prevents content from creating new auxiliary browsing
           contexts, e.g., using the target attribute, the window.open()
           method.
   The sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag
           This flag prevents content from navigating their top-level
           browsing context and prevents content from closing their top-level
           browsing context.
           When the sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag is
           not set, content can navigate its top-level browsing context, but
           other browsing contexts are still protected by the sandboxed
           navigation browsing context flag and possibly the sandboxed
           auxiliary navigation browsing context flag.
   The sandboxed plugins browsing context flag
           This flag prevents content from instantiating plugins, whether
           using the embed element, the object element, the applet element,
           or through navigation of a nested browsing context, unless those
           plugins can be secured.
   The sandboxed origin browsing context flag
           This flag forces content into a unique origin, thus preventing it
           from accessing other content from the same origin.
           This flag also prevents script from reading from or writing to the
           document.cookie IDL attribute, and blocks access to localStorage.
           [WEBSTORAGE]
   The sandboxed forms browsing context flag
           This flag blocks form submission.
   The sandboxed pointer lock browsing context flag
           This flag disables the Pointer Lock API. [POINTERLOCK]
   The sandboxed scripts browsing context flag
           This flag blocks script execution.
   The sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag
           This flag blocks features that trigger automatically, such as
           automatically playing a video or automatically focusing a form
           control.
   The sandboxed storage area URLs flag
           This flag prevents URL schemes that use storage areas from being
           able to access the origin’s data.
   The sandboxed fullscreen browsing context flag
           This flag prevents content from using the requestFullscreen()
           method.
   The sandboxed document.domain browsing context flag
           This flag prevents content from using the document.domain setter.
   The sandbox propagates to auxiliary browsing contexts flag
           This flag prevents content from escaping the sandbox by ensuring
           that any auxiliary browsing context it creates inherits the
           content’s active sandboxing flag set.
   The sandboxed modals flag
           This flag prevents content from using any of the following
           features to produce modal dialogs:
              * window.alert()
              * window.confirm()
              * window.print()
              * window.prompt()
              * the beforeunload event
   The sandboxed presentation browsing context flag
           This flag disables the Presentation API. [PRESENTATION-API]
   When the user agent is to parse a sandboxing directive, given a string
   input, a sandboxing flag set output, and optionally an allow fullscreen
   flag, it must run the following steps:
    1. Split input on spaces, to obtain tokens.
    2. Let output be empty.
    3. Add the following flags to output:
          * The sandboxed navigation browsing context flag.
          * The sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag, unless
            tokens contains the allow-popups keyword.
          * The sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag, unless
            tokens contains the allow-top-navigation keyword.
          * The sandboxed plugins browsing context flag.
          * The sandboxed origin browsing context flag, unless the tokens
            contains the allow-same-origin keyword.
            The allow-same-origin keyword is intended for two cases.
            First, it can be used to allow content from the same site to be
            sandboxed to disable scripting, while still allowing access to
            the DOM of the sandboxed content.
            Second, it can be used to embed content from a third-party site,
            sandboxed to prevent that site from opening pop-up windows, etc,
            without preventing the embedded page from communicating back to
            its originating site, using the database APIs to store data, etc.
          * The sandboxed forms browsing context flag, unless tokens contains
            the allow-forms keyword.
          * The sandboxed pointer lock browsing context flag, unless tokens
            contains the allow-pointer-lock keyword.
          * The sandboxed scripts browsing context flag, unless tokens
            contains the allow-scripts keyword.
          * The sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag, unless
            tokens contains the allow-scripts keyword (defined above).
            This flag is relaxed by the same keyword as scripts, because when
            scripts are enabled these features are trivially possible anyway,
            and it would be unfortunate to force authors to use script to do
            them when sandboxed rather than allowing them to use the
            declarative features.
          * The sandboxed storage area URLs flag.
          * The sandboxed fullscreen browsing context flag, unless the allow
            fullscreen flag was passed to the parse a sandboxing directive
            flag.
          * The sandboxed document.domain browsing context flag.
          * The sandbox propagates to auxiliary browsing contexts flag,
            unless tokens contains the allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox
            keyword.
          * The sandboxed modals flag, unless tokens contains the
            allow-modals keyword.
          * The sandboxed presentation browsing context flag, unless tokens
            contains the allow-presentation keyword.
            There is only one known native implementation of the
            allow-presentation token (Chrome/Blink). Therefore this feature
            should not be relied upon until it becomes interoperable.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Every top-level browsing context has a popup sandboxing flag set, which is
   a sandboxing flag set. When a browsing context is created, its popup
   sandboxing flag set must be empty. It is populated by the rules for
   choosing a browsing context given a browsing context name.
   Every nested browsing context has an iframe sandboxing flag set, which is
   a sandboxing flag set. Which flags in a nested browsing context’s iframe
   sandboxing flag set are set at any particular time is determined by the
   iframe element’s sandbox attribute.
   Every Document has an active sandboxing flag set, which is a sandboxing
   flag set. When the Document is created, its active sandboxing flag set
   must be empty. It is populated by the navigation algorithm.
   Every resource that is obtained by the navigation algorithm has a forced
   sandboxing flag set, which is a sandboxing flag set. A resource by default
   has no flags set in its forced sandboxing flag set, but other
   specifications can define that certain flags are set.
   In particular, the forced sandboxing flag set is used by the Content
   Security Policy specification. [CSP3]
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When a user agent is to implement the sandboxing for a Document, it must
   populate Document's active sandboxing flag set with the union of the flags
   that are present in the following sandboxing flag sets at the time the
   Document object is created:
     * If the Document's browsing context is a top-level browsing context,
       then: the flags set on the browsing context’s popup sandboxing flag
       set.
     * If the Document's browsing context is a nested browsing context, then:
       the flags set on the browsing context’s iframe sandboxing flag set.
     * If the Document's browsing context is a nested browsing context, then:
       the flags set on the browsing context’s parent browsing context’s
       active document’s active sandboxing flag set.
     * The flags set on the Document's resource’s forced sandboxing flag set,
       if it has one.
  6.6. Session history and navigation
    6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
   The sequence of Documents in a browsing context is its session history.
   Each browsing context, including nested browsing contexts, has a distinct
   session history. A browsing context’s session history consists of a flat
   list of session history entries. Each session history entry consists, at a
   minimum, of a URL, and each entry may in addition have a serialized state,
   a title, a Document object, form data, a scroll restoration mode, a scroll
   position, and other information associated with it.
   Each entry, when first created, has a Document. However, when a Document
   is not active, it’s possible for it to be discarded to free resources. The
   URL and other data in a session history entry is then used to bring a new
   Document into being to take the place of the original, should the user
   agent find itself having to reactivate that Document.
   Titles associated with session history entries need not have any relation
   with the current title of the Document. The title of a session history
   entry is intended to explain the state of the document at that point, so
   that the user can navigate the document’s history.
   URLs without associated serialized state are added to the session history
   as the user (or script) navigates from page to page.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each Document object in a browsing context’s session history is associated
   with a unique History object which must all model the same underlying
   session history.
   The history attribute of the Window interface must return the object
   implementing the History interface for that Window object’s newest
   Document.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Serialized state is a serialization (via StructuredSerializeForStorage) of
   an object representing a user interface state. We sometimes informally
   refer to "state objects", which are the objects representing user
   interface state supplied by the author, or alternately the objects created
   by deserializing (via StructuredDeserialize) serialized state.
   Pages can add serialized state to the session history. These are then
   deserialized and returned to the script when the user (or script) goes
   back in the history, thus enabling authors to use the "navigation"
   metaphor even in one-page applications.
   Serialized state is intended to be used for two main purposes: first,
   storing a preparsed description of the state in the URL so that in the
   simple case an author doesn’t have to do the parsing (though one would
   still need the parsing for handling URLs passed around by users, so it’s
   only a minor optimization), and second, so that the author can store state
   that one wouldn’t store in the URL because it only applies to the current
   Document instance and it would have to be reconstructed if a new Document
   were opened.
   An example of the latter would be something like keeping track of the
   precise coordinate from which a pop-up div was made to animate, so that if
   the user goes back, it can be made to animate to the same location. Or
   alternatively, it could be used to keep a pointer into a cache of data
   that would be fetched from the server based on the information in the URL,
   so that when going back and forward, the information doesn’t have to be
   fetched again.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   At any point, one of the entries in the session history is the current
   entry. This is the entry representing the active document of the browsing
   context. Which entry is the current entry is changed by the algorithms
   defined in this specification, e.g., during session history traversal.
   The current entry is usually an entry for the URL of the Document.
   However, it can also be one of the entries for serialized state added to
   the history by that document.
   An entry with persisted user state is one that also has user-agent defined
   state. This specification does not specify what kind of state can be
   stored.
   For example, some user agents might want to persist the scroll position,
   or the values of form controls.
   User agents that persist the value of form controls are encouraged to also
   persist their directionality (the value of the element’s dir attribute).
   This prevents values from being displayed incorrectly after a history
   traversal when the user had originally entered the values with an
   explicit, non-default directionality.
   An entry’s scroll restoration mode indicates whether the user agent should
   restore the persisted scroll position (if any) when traversing to it. The
   scroll restoration mode may be one of the following:
   "auto"
           The user agent is responsible for restoring the scroll position
           upon navigation.
   "manual"
           The page is responsible for restoring the scroll position and the
           user agent does not attempt to do so automatically
   If unspecified, the scroll restoration mode of a new entry must be set to
   "auto".
   Entries that consist of serialized state share the same Document as the
   entry for the page that was active when they were added.
   Contiguous entries that differ just by fragment also share the same
   Document.
   All entries that share the same Document (and that are therefore merely
   different states of one particular document) are contiguous by definition.
   Each Document in a browsing context can also have a latest entry. This is
   the entry for that Document to which the browsing context’s session
   history was most recently traversed. When a Document is created, it
   initially has no latest entry.
   User agents may discard the Document objects of entries other than the
   current entry that are not referenced from any script, reloading the pages
   afresh when the user or script navigates back to such pages. This
   specification does not specify when user agents should discard Document
   objects and when they should cache them.
   Entries that have had their Document objects discarded must, for the
   purposes of the algorithms given below, act as if they had not. When the
   user or script navigates back or forwards to a page which has no in-memory
   DOM objects, any other entries that shared the same Document object with
   it must share the new object as well.
    6.6.2. The History interface
 enum ScrollRestoration { "auto", "manual" };
 interface History {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   attribute ScrollRestoration scrollRestoration;
   readonly attribute any state;
   void go(optional long delta = 0);
   void back();
   void forward();
   void pushState(any data, DOMString title, optional DOMString? url = null);
   void replaceState(any data, DOMString title, optional DOMString? url = null);
 };
   window . history . length
           Returns the number of entries in the joint session history.
   window . history . scrollRestoration [ = value ]
           Returns the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in the
           session history.
           Can be set, to change the scroll restoration mode of the current
           entry in the session history.
   window . history . state
           Returns the current serialized state, deserialized into an object.
   window . history . go( [ delta ] )
           Goes back or forward the specified number of steps in the joint
           session history.
           A zero delta will reload the current page.
           If the delta is out of range, does nothing.
   window . history . back()
           Goes back one step in the joint session history.
           If there is no previous page, does nothing.
   window . history . forward()
           Goes forward one step in the joint session history.
           If there is no next page, does nothing.
   window . history . pushState(data, title [, url ] )
           Pushes the given data onto the session history, with the given
           title, and, if provided and not null, the given URL.
   window . history . replaceState(data, title [, url ] )
           Updates the current entry in the session history to have the given
           data, title, and, if provided and not null, URL.
   The joint session history of a top-level browsing context is the union of
   all the session histories of all browsing contexts of all the fully active
   Document objects that share that top-level browsing context, with all the
   entries that are current entries in their respective session histories
   removed except for the current entry of the joint session history.
   The current entry of the joint session history is the entry that most
   recently became a current entry in its session history.
   Entries in the joint session history are ordered chronologically by the
   time they were added to their respective session histories. Each entry has
   an index; the earliest entry has index 0, and the subsequent entries are
   numbered with consecutively increasing integers (1, 2, 3, etc).
   Since each Document in a browsing context might have a different event
   loop, the actual state of the joint session history can be somewhat
   nebulous. For example, two sibling iframe elements could both traverse
   from one unique origin to another at the same time, so their precise order
   might not be well-defined; similarly, since they might only find out about
   each other later, they might disagree about the length of the joint
   session history.
   The length attribute of the History interface, on getting, must return the
   number of entries in the top-level browsing context’s joint session
   history. If this History object is associated with a Document that is not
   fully active, getting must instead throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
   The actual entries are not accessible from script.
   The scrollRestoration attribute of the History interface, on getting, must
   return the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in the session
   history. On setting, the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in
   the session history must be set to the new value. If this History object
   is associated with a Document that is not fully active, both getting and
   setting must instead throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
   The state attribute of the History interface, on getting, must return the
   last value it was set to by the user agent. If this History object is
   associated with a Document that is not fully active, getting must instead
   throw a SecurityError DOMException. Initially, its value must be null.
   When the go(delta) method is invoked, if delta is zero, the user agent
   must act as if the location.reload() method was called instead. Otherwise,
   the user agent must traverse the history by a delta whose value is delta
   If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully
   active, invoking must instead throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
   When the back() method is invoked, the user agent must traverse the
   history by a delta −1. If this History object is associated with a
   Document that is not fully active, invoking must instead throw a
   "SecurityError" DOMException.
   When the forward()method is invoked, the user agent must traverse the
   history by a delta +1. If this History object is associated with a
   Document that is not fully active, invoking must instead throw a
   "SecurityError" DOMException.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each top-level browsing context has a session history traversal queue,
   initially empty, to which tasks can be added.
   Each top-level browsing context, when created, must begin running the
   following algorithm, known as the session history event loop for that
   top-level browsing context, in parallel:
    1. Wait until this top-level browsing context’s session history traversal
       queue is not empty.
    2. Pull the first task from this top-level browsing context’s session
       history traversal queue, and execute it.
    3. Return to the first step of this algorithm.
   The session history event loop helps coordinate cross-browsing-context
   transitions of the joint session history: since each browsing context
   might, at any particular time, have a different event loop (this can
   happen if the user agent has more than one event loop per unit of related
   browsing contexts), transitions would otherwise have to involve
   cross-event-loop synchronization.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   To traverse the history by a delta delta, the user agent must append a
   task to this top-level browsing context’s session history traversal queue,
   the task consisting of running the following steps:
    1. If the index of the current entry of the joint session history plus
       delta is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of
       items in the joint session history, then abort these steps.
    2. Let specified entry be the entry in the joint session history whose
       index is the sum of delta and the index of the current entry of the
       joint session history.
    3. Let specified browsing context be the browsing context of the
       specified entry.
    4. If the specified browsing context’s active document’s unload a
       document algorithm is currently running, abort these steps.
    5. Queue a task that consists of running the following substeps. The
       relevant event loop is that of the specified browsing context’s active
       document. The task source for the queued task is the history traversal
       task source.
         1. If there is an ongoing attempt to navigate specified browsing
            context that has not yet matured (i.e., it has not passed the
            point of making its Document the active document), then cancel
            that attempt to navigate the browsing context.
         2. If the specified browsing context’s active document is not the
            same Document as the Document of the specified entry, then run
            these substeps:
              1. Prompt to unload the active document of the specified
                 browsing context. If the user refused to allow the document
                 to be unloaded, then abort these steps.
              2. Unload the active document of the specified browsing context
                 with the recycle parameter set to false.
         3. Traverse the history of the specified browsing context to the
            specified entry.
   When the user navigates through a browsing context, e.g., using a
   browser’s back and forward buttons, the user agent must traverse the
   history by a delta equivalent to the action specified by the user.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The pushState() method adds a state object entry to the history.
   The replaceState() method updates the state object, title, and optionally
   the URL of the current entry in the history.
   When either of these methods is invoked, the user agent must run the
   following steps:
    1. If this History object is associated with a Document that is not fully
       active, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Optionally, abort these steps. (For example, the user agent might
       disallow calls to these methods that are invoked on a timer, or from
       event listeners that are not triggered in response to a clear user
       action, or that are invoked in rapid succession.)
    3. Let targetRealm be this History object’s relevant settings object’s
       Realm.
    4. Let serializedData be a StructuredSerialize(data), targetRealm).
       Rethrow any exceptions.
    5. If the third argument is not null, run these substeps:
         1. Parse the value of the third argument, relative to the entry
            settings object.
         2. If that fails, throw a "SecurityError" DOMException and abort
            these steps.
         3. Let new URL be the resulting URL record.
         4. Compare new URL to the document’s URL. If any component of these
            two URL records differ other than the path, query, and fragment
            components, then throw a "SecurityError" DOMException and abort
            these steps.
         5. If the origin of new URL is not the same as the origin of the
            responsible document specified by the entry settings object, and
            either the path or query components of the two URL records
            compared in the previous step differ, throw a "SecurityError"
            DOMException and abort these steps. (This prevents sandboxed
            content from spoofing other pages on the same origin.)
    6. If the third argument is null, then let new URL be the URL of the
       current entry.
    7. If the method invoked was the pushState() method:
         1. Remove all the entries in the browsing context’s session history
            after the current entry. If the current entry is the last entry
            in the session history, then no entries are removed.
            This doesn’t necessarily have to affect the user agent’s user
            interface.
         2. Remove any tasks queued by the history traversal task source that
            are associated with any Document objects in the top-level
            browsing context’s document family.
         3. If appropriate, update the current entry to reflect any state
            that the user agent wishes to persist. The entry is then said to
            be an entry with persisted user state.
         4. Add a session history entry entry to the session history, after
            the current entry, with serializedData as the serialized state,
            the given title as the title, new URL as the URL of the entry,
            and the scroll restoration mode of the current entry in the
            session history as the scroll restoration mode.
         5. Update the current entry to be this newly added entry.
       Otherwise, if the method invoked was the replaceState() method:
         1. Update the current entry in the session history so that
            serializedData is the entry’s new serialized state, the given
            title is the new title, and new URL is the entry’s new URL.
    8. If the current entry in the session history represents a non-GET
       request (e.g., it was the result of a POST submission) then update it
       to instead represent a GET request.
    9. Set the document’s URL to new URL.
       Since this is neither a navigation of the browsing context nor a
       history traversal, it does not cause a hashchange event to be fired.
   10. Let targetRealm be this History object’s relevant settings object’s
       Realm.
   11. Let state be StructuredDeserialize(serializedData, targetRealm). If
       this throws an exception, ignore the exception and set state to null.
   12. Set history.state to state.
   13. Let the latest entry of the Document of the current entry be the
       current entry.
   The title is purely advisory. User agents might use the title in the user
   interface.
   User agents may limit the number of state objects added to the session
   history per page. If a page hits the user agent-defined limit, user agents
   must remove the entry immediately after the first entry for that Document
   object in the session history after having added the new entry. (Thus the
   state history acts as a FIFO buffer for eviction, but as a LIFO buffer for
   navigation.)
   Consider a game where the user can navigate along a line, such that the
   user is always at some coordinate, and such that the user can bookmark the
   page corresponding to a particular coordinate, to return to it later.
   A static page implementing the x=5 position in such a game could look like
   the following:
 
 
 Line Game - 5 
 You are at coordinate 5 on the line.
 
 Advance to 6  or
 retreat to 4 ?
 
   The problem with such a system is that each time the user clicks, the
   whole page has to be reloaded. Here instead is another way of doing it,
   using script:
 
 
 Line Game - 5 
 You are at coordinate 5  on the line.
 
 Advance to 6  or
 retreat to 4 ?
 
 
   In systems without script, this still works like the previous example.
   However, users that do have script support can now navigate much faster,
   since there is no network access for the same experience. Furthermore,
   contrary to the experience the user would have with just a naïve
   script-based approach, bookmarking and navigating the session history
   still work.
   In the example above, the data argument to the pushState() method is the
   same information as would be sent to the server, but in a more convenient
   form, so that the script doesn’t have to parse the URL each time the user
   navigates.
   Applications might not use the same title for a session history entry as
   the value of the document’s title element at that time. For example, here
   is a simple page that shows a block in the title element. Clearly, when
   navigating backwards to a previous state the user does not go back in
   time, and therefore it would be inappropriate to put the time in the
   session history title.
 
 Line 
 
 
 
 State: 1   
  
   Most applications want to use the same scroll restoration mode value for
   all of their history entries. To achieve this they should set the
   scrollRestoration attribute as soon as possible (e.g., in the first script
   element in the document’s head element) to ensure that any entry added to
   the history session gets the desired scroll restoration mode.
 
   
 
    6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history
   This section is non-normative.
   The History interface is not meant to place restrictions on how
   implementations represent the session history to the user.
   For example, session history could be implemented in a tree-like manner,
   with each page having multiple "forward" pages. This specification doesn’t
   define how the linear list of pages in the history object are derived from
   the actual session history as seen from the user’s perspective.
   Similarly, a page containing two iframes has a history object distinct
   from the iframes' history objects, despite the fact that typical Web
   browsers present the user with just one "Back" button, with a session
   history that interleaves the navigation of the two inner frames and the
   outer page.
   Security: It is suggested that to avoid letting a page "hijack" the
   history navigation facilities of a UA by abusing pushState(), the UA
   provide the user with a way to jump back to the previous page (rather than
   just going back to the previous state). For example, the back button could
   have a drop down showing just the pages in the session history, and not
   showing any of the states. Similarly, an aural browser could have two
   "back" commands, one that goes back to the previous state, and one that
   jumps straight back to the previous page.
   For both pushState() and replaceState(), user agents are encouraged to
   prevent abuse of these APIs via too-frequent calls or over-large state
   objects. As detailed above, the algorithm explicitly allows user agents to
   ignore any such calls when appropriate.
    6.6.4. The Location interface
   Each Window object is associated with a unique instance of a Location
   object, allocated when the Window object is created.
   To create a Location object, run these steps:
    1. Let location be a new Location platform object.
    2. Perform ! location.[[DefineOwnProperty]]("toString", { [[Value]]:
       %ObjProto_toString%, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false,
       [[Configurable]]: false }).
    3. Perform ! location.[[DefineOwnProperty]]("toJSON", { [[Value]]:
       undefined, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false,
       [[Configurable]]: false }).
    4. Perform ! location.[[DefineOwnProperty]]("valueOf", { [[Value]]:
       %ObjProto_valueOf%, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false,
       [[Configurable]]: false }).
    5. Perform ! location.[[DefineOwnProperty]](@@toPrimitive, { [[Value]]:
       undefined, [[Writable]]: false, [[Enumerable]]: false,
       [[Configurable]]: false }).
    6. Set the value of the [[DefaultProperties]] internal slot of location
       to location.[[OwnPropertyKeys]]().
    7. Return location.
   document . location [ = value ]
   window . location [ = value ]
           Returns a Location object with the current page’s location.
           Can be set, to navigate to another page.
   The location attribute of the Document interface must return the Location
   object for that Document object’s global object, if it has a browsing
   context, and null otherwise.
   The location attribute of the Window interface must return the Location
   object for that Window object.
   Location objects provide a representation of the URL of the active
   document of their Document's browsing context, and allow the current entry
   of the browsing context’s session history to be changed, by adding or
   replacing entries in the history object.
 interface Location {
   [Unforgeable] stringifier attribute USVString href;
   [Unforgeable] readonly attribute USVString origin;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString protocol;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString host;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString hostname;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString port;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString pathname;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString search;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString hash;
   [Unforgeable] void assign(USVString url);
   [Unforgeable] void replace(USVString url);
   [Unforgeable] void reload();
   [Unforgeable, SameObject] readonly attribute USVString[] ancestorOrigins;
 };
   location . toString()
   location . href
           Returns the Location object’s URL.
           Can be set, to navigate to the given URL.
   location . origin
           Returns the Location object’s URL’s origin.
   location . protocol
           Returns the Location object’s URL’s scheme.
           Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed scheme.
   location . host
           Returns the Location object’s URL’s host and port (if different
           from the default port for the scheme).
           Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed host and
           port.
   location . hostname
           Returns the Location object’s URL’s host.
           Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed host.
   location . port
           Returns the Location object’s URL’s port.
           Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed port.
   location . pathname
           Returns the Location object’s URL’s path.
           Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed path.
   location . search
           Returns the Location object’s URL’s query (includes leading "?" if
           non-empty).
           Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed query
           (ignores leading "?").
   location . hash
           Returns the Location object’s URL’s fragment (includes leading "#"
           if non-empty).
           Can be set, to navigate to the same URL with a changed fragment
           (ignores leading "#").
   location . assign(url)
           Navigates to the given URL.
   location . replace(url)
           Removes the current page from the session history and navigates to
           the given URL.
   location . reload()
           Reloads the current page.
   location . ancestorOrigins
           Returns an array whose values are the origins of the ancestor
           browsing contexts, from the parent browsing context to the
           top-level browsing context.
   A Location object has an associated relevant Document, which is this
   Location object’s associated Document object’s browsing context’s active
   document.
   A Location object has an associated url, which is this Location object’s
   relevant Document’s URL.
   A Location object has an associated ancestor origins array. When a
   Location object is created, its ancestor origins array must be set to a
   array created from the list of strings that the following steps would
   produce:
    1. Let output be an empty ordered list of strings.
    2. Let current be the browsing context of the Document with which the
       Location object is associated.
    3. Loop: If current has no parent browsing context, jump to the step
       labeled End.
    4. Let current be current’s parent browsing context.
    5. Append the Unicode serialization of current’s active document’s origin
       to output as a new value.
    6. Return to the step labeled Loop.
    7. End: Return output.
   A Location object has an associated Location-object-setter navigate
   algorithm, which given a url, runs these steps:
    1. If any of the following conditions are met, let replacement flag be
       unset; otherwise, let it be set:
          * This Location object’s relevant Document has completely loaded,
            or
          * In the task in which the algorithm is running, an activation
            behavior is currently being processed whose click event was
            trusted, or
          * In the task in which the algorithm is running, the event listener
            for a trusted click event is being handled.
    2. Location-object navigate, given url and replacement flag.
   To Location-object navigate, given a url and replacement flag, run these
   steps:
    1. The source browsing context is the responsible browsing context
       specified by the incumbent settings object.
    2. Navigate the browsing context to url, with the exceptions enabled flag
       set. Rethrow any exceptions.
       If the replacement flag is set or the browsing context’s session
       history contains only one Document, and that was the about:blank
       Document created when the browsing context was created, then the
       navigation must be done with replacement enabled.
   The href attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Return this Location object’s URL, serialized.
   The href attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. Parse the given value relative to the entry settings object. If that
       failed, throw a TypeError exception.
    2. Location-object-setter navigate to the resulting URL record.
   The href attribute setter intentionally has no security check.
   The origin attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Return the Unicode serialization of this Location object’s URL's
       origin.
   It returns the Unicode rather than the ASCII serialization for
   compatibility with MessageEvent.
   The protocol attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Return this Location object’s URL's scheme, followed by ":".
   The protocol attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL.
    3. Let possibleFailure be the result of basic URL parsing the given
       value, followed by ":", with copyURL as url and scheme start state as
       state override.
    4. If possibleFailure is failure, throw a TypeError exception.
    5. If copyURL’s scheme is not "http" or "https", terminate these steps.
    6. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL.
   The host attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let url be this Location object’s URL.
    3. If url’s host is null, return the empty string.
    4. If url’s port is null, return url’s host, serialized.
    5. Return url’s host, serialized, followed by ":" and url’s port,
       serialized.
   The host attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL.
    3. If copyURL’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps.
    4. Basic URL parse the given value, with copyURL as url and host state as
       state override.
    5. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL.
   The hostname attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. If this Location object’s URL's host is null, return the empty string.
    3. Return this Location object’s URL's host, serialized.
   The hostname attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL.
    3. If copyURL’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps.
    4. Basic URL parse the given value, with copyURL as url and hostname
       state as state override.
    5. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL.
   The port attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. If this Location object’s URL's port is null, return the empty string.
    3. Return this Location object’s URL's port, serialized.
   The port attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL.
    3. If copyURL’s host is null, copyURL’s non-relative flag is set, or
       copyURL’s scheme is "file", terminate these steps.
    4. Basic URL parse the given value, with copyURL as url and port state as
       state override.
    5. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL.
   The pathname attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let url be this Location object’s URL.
    3. If url’s non-relative flag is set, return the first string in url’s
       path.
    4. Return "/", followed by the strings in url’s path (including empty
       strings), separated from each other by "/".
   The pathname attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL.
    3. If copyURL’s non-relative flag is set, terminate these steps.
    4. Set copyURL’s path to the empty list.
    5. Basic URL parse the given value, with copyURL as url and path start
       state as state override.
    6. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL.
   The search attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. If this Location object’s URL's query is either null or the empty
       string, return the empty string.
    3. Return "?", followed by this Location object’s URL's query.
   The search attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL.
    3. If the given value is the empty string, set copyURL’s query to null.
    4. Otherwise, run these substeps:
         1. Let input be the given value with a single leading "?" removed,
            if any.
         2. Set copyURL’s query to the empty string.
         3. Basic URL parse input, with copyURL as url and query state as
            state override, and the relevant Document’s document’s character
            encoding as encoding override.
    5. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL.
   The hash attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. If this Location object’s URL's fragment is either null or the empty
       string, return the empty string.
    3. Return "#", followed by this Location object’s URL's fragment.
   The hash attribute’s setter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Let copyURL be a copy of this Location object’s URL.
    3. If copyURL’s scheme is "javascript", terminate these steps.
    4. Let input be the given value with a single leading "#" removed, if
       any.
    5. Set copyURL’s fragment to the empty string.
    6. Basic URL parse input, with copyURL as url and fragment state as state
       override.
    7. Location-object-setter navigate to copyURL.
   Unlike the equivalent API for the a and area elements, the hash
   attribute’s setter does not special case the empty string to remain
   compatible with deployed scripts.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When the assign(url) method is invoked, the user agent must run the
   following steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Parse url, relative to the entry settings object. If that failed,
       throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException.
    3. Location-object navigate to the resulting URL record.
   When the replace(url) method is invoked, the user agent must run the
   following steps:
    1. Parse url, relative to the entry settings object. If that failed,
       throw a "SyntaxError" DOMException.
    2. Location-object navigate to the resulting URL record with the
       replacement flag set.
   The replace() method intentionally has no security check.
   When the reload() method is invoked, the user agent must run the
   appropriate steps from the following list:
   If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same origin
   with entry settings object’s origin
           Throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
   If the currently executing task is the dispatch of a resize event in
   response to the user resizing the browsing context
           Repaint the browsing context and abort these steps.
   If the browsing context’s active document is an iframe srcdoc document
           Reprocess the iframe attributes of the browsing context’s browsing
           context container.
   If the browsing context’s active document has its reload override flag set
           Perform an overridden reload, with the browsing context being
           navigated as the responsible browsing context.
   Otherwise
           Navigate the browsing context to the document’s URL with the
           exceptions enabled flag set and replacement enabled. The source
           browsing context must be the browsing context being navigated.
           This is a reload-triggered navigation. Rethrow any exceptions.
   When a user requests that the active document of a browsing context be
   reloaded through a user interface element, the user agent should navigate
   the browsing context to the same resource as that Document, with
   replacement enabled. In the case of non-idempotent methods (e.g., HTTP
   POST), the user agent should prompt the user to confirm the operation
   first, since otherwise transactions (e.g., purchases or database
   modifications) could be repeated. User agents may allow the user to
   explicitly override any caches when reloading. If browsing context’s
   active document’s reload override flag is set, then the user agent may
   instead perform an overridden reload rather than the navigation described
   in this paragraph (with the browsing context being reloaded as the source
   browsing context).
   The ancestorOrigins attribute’s getter must run these steps:
    1. If this Location object’s relevant Document’s origin is not same
       origin-domain with the entry settings object’s origin, then throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. Otherwise, return this Location object’s ancestor origins array.
      6.6.4.1. The Location internal methods
   The Location object requires additional logic beyond IDL for security
   purposes. The internal slot and internal methods Location objects must
   implement are defined below.
   Every Location object has a [[DefaultProperties]] internal slot
   representing its own properties at time of its creation.
        6.6.4.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( )
    1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return !
       OrdinaryGetPrototypeOf(this).
    2. Return null.
        6.6.4.1.2. [[SetPrototypeOf]] ( V )
    1. Return false.
        6.6.4.1.3. [[IsExtensible]] ( )
    1. Return true.
        6.6.4.1.4. [[PreventExtensions]] ( )
    1. Return false.
        6.6.4.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
    1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then:
         1. Let desc be OrdinaryGetOwnProperty(this, P).
         2. If the value of the [[DefaultProperties]] internal slot of this
            contains P, then set desc.[[Configurable]] to true.
         3. Return desc.
    2. Let property be ! CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper(this, P).
    3. If property is not undefined, return property.
    4. Throw a "SecurityError" DOMException.
        6.6.4.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc )
    1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then:
         1. If the value of the [[DefaultProperties]] internal slot of this
            contains P, then return false.
         2. Return ? OrdinaryDefineOwnProperty(this, P, Desc).
    2. Return false.
        6.6.4.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
    1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return ?
       OrdinaryGet(this, P, Receiver).
    2. Return ? CrossOriginGet(this, P, Receiver).
        6.6.4.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
    1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return ?
       OrdinarySet(this, P, Receiver).
    2. Return ? CrossOriginSet(this, P, V, Receiver).
        6.6.4.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P )
    1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return ?
       OrdinaryDelete(this, P).
    2. Return false.
        6.6.4.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
    1. If IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin(this) is true, then return !
       OrdinaryOwnPropertyKeys(this).
    2. Return ! CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys(this).
  6.7. Browsing the Web
    6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   Certain actions cause the browsing context to navigate to a new resource.
   A user agent may provide various ways for the user to explicitly cause a
   browsing context to navigate, in addition to those defined in this
   specification.
   For example, following a hyperlink, §4.10.21 Form submission, and the
   window.open() and location.assign() methods can all cause a browsing
   context to navigate.
   A resource has a URL, but that might not be the only information necessary
   to identify it. For example, a form submission that uses HTTP POST would
   also have the HTTP method and payload. Similarly, an iframe srcdoc
   document needs to know the data it is to use.
   Navigation always involves source browsing context, which is the browsing
   context which was responsible for starting the navigation.
   When a browsing context is navigated to a new resource, the user agent
   must run the following steps:
    1. If the source browsing context is not allowed to navigate the browsing
       context being navigated, then abort these steps.
       If these steps are aborted here, the user agent may instead offer to
       open the new resource in a new top-level browsing context or in the
       top-level browsing context of the source browsing context, at the
       user’s option, in which case the user agent must navigate that
       designated top-level browsing context to the new resource as if the
       user had requested it independently.
       Doing so, however, can be dangerous, as it means that the user is
       overriding the author’s explicit request to sandbox the content.
       If the navigate algorithm was invoked optionally with an exceptions
       enabled flag, and it is aborted on this step, then in addition to
       aborting this algorithm, the user agent must also throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException.
    2. If there is a preexisting attempt to navigate the browsing context,
       and the source browsing context is the same as the browsing context
       being navigated, and that attempt is currently running the unload a
       document algorithm, and the origin of the URL of the resource being
       loaded in that navigation is not the same origin as the origin of the
       URL of the resource being loaded in this navigation, then abort these
       steps without affecting the preexisting attempt to navigate the
       browsing context.
    3. If a task queued by the traverse the history by a delta algorithm is
       running the unload a document algorithm for the active document of the
       browsing context being navigated, then abort these steps without
       affecting the unload a document algorithm or the aforementioned
       history traversal task.
    4. If the prompt to unload a document algorithm is being run for the
       active document of the browsing context being navigated, then abort
       these steps without affecting the prompt to unload a document
       algorithm.
    5. Let gone async be false.
       The handle redirects step later in this algorithm can in certain cases
       jump back to the step labeled Fragments. Since, between those two
       steps, this algorithm goes from operating immediately in the context
       of the calling task to operating in parallel independent of the event
       loop, some of the intervening steps need to be able to handle both
       being run as part of a task and running in parallel. The gone async
       flag is thus used to make these steps aware of which mode they are
       operating in.
    6. Fragments: If this is not a reload-triggered navigation: apply the URL
       parser algorithm to the absolute URL of the new resource and the URL
       of the active document of the browsing context being navigated; if all
       the components of the resulting parsed URLs, ignoring any fragment
       components, are identical, and the new resource is to be fetched using
       GET, and the URL record of the new resource has a fragment component
       that is not null (even if it is empty), then navigate to that fragment
       and abort these steps.
    7. If gone async is false, cancel any preexisting but not yet mature
       attempt to navigate the browsing context, including canceling any
       instances of the fetch algorithm started by those attempts. If one of
       those attempts has already created and initialized a new Document
       object, abort that Document also. (Navigation attempts that have
       matured already have session history entries, and are therefore
       handled during the update the session history with the new page
       algorithm, later.)
    8. If the new resource is to be handled using a mechanism that does not
       affect the browsing context, e.g., ignoring the navigation request
       altogether because the specified scheme is not one of the supported
       protocols, then abort these steps and proceed with that mechanism
       instead.
    9. If gone async is false, prompt to unload the Document object. If the
       user refused to allow the document to be unloaded, then abort these
       steps.
       If this instance of the navigation algorithm gets canceled while this
       step is running, the prompt to unload a document algorithm must
       nonetheless be run to completion.
   10. If gone async is false, abort the active document of the browsing
       context.
   11. If the new resource is to be handled by displaying some sort of inline
       content, e.g., an error message because the specified scheme is not
       one of the supported protocols, or an inline prompt to allow the user
       to select a registered handler for the given scheme, then display the
       inline content and abort these steps.
       In the case of a registered handler being used, the algorithm will be
       reinvoked with a new URL to handle the request.
   12. If the browsing context being navigated is a nested browsing context,
       then put it in the delaying load events mode.
       The user agent must take this nested browsing context out of the
       delaying load events mode when this navigation algorithm later
       matures, or when it terminates (whether due to having run all the
       steps, or being canceled, or being aborted), whichever happens first.
   13. This is the step that attempts to obtain the resource, if necessary.
       Jump to the first appropriate substep:
            If the resource has already been obtained (e.g., because it is
            being used to populate an object element’s new child browsing
            context)
                    Skip this step. The data is already available.
            If the new resource is a URL whose scheme is javascript
                    Queue a task to run these "javascript: URL" steps,
                    associated with the active document of the browsing
                    context being navigated:
                      1. If the origin of the source browsing context is not
                         the same origin as the origin of the active document
                         of the browsing context being navigated, then let
                         result be undefined, and jump to the step labeled
                         process results below.
                      2. Let urlRecord be the result of running the URL
                         parser on the URL of the new resource.
                      3. Let script source be the empty string.
                      4. Append the first string of urlRecord’s path
                         component to script source.
                      5. If urlRecord’s query component is not null, then
                         first append a U+003F QUESTION MARK character (?) to
                         script source, and then append urlRecord’s query
                         component to script source.
                      6. If urlRecord’s fragment component is not null, then
                         first append a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character (#) to
                         script source, and then append urlRecord’s fragment
                         component to script source.
                      7. Replace script source with the result of applying
                         the percent decode algorithm to script source.
                      8. Replace script source with the result of applying
                         the UTF-8 decode algorithm to script source.
                      9. Let address be the URL of the active document of the
                         browsing context being navigated.
                     10. Let settings be the relevant settings object of the
                         browsing context being navigated.
                     11. Let script be the result of creating a classic
                         script given script source and settings.
                     12. Let result be the result of running the classic
                         script script. If evaluation was unsuccessful, let
                         result be undefined instead. (The result will also
                         be undefined if scripting is disabled.)
                     13. Process results: If Type(result) is not String, then
                         the result of obtaining the resource for the URL is
                         a response whose status is 204.
                         Otherwise, the result of obtaining the resource for
                         the URL is a response whose header list consists of
                         Content-Type/text/html and whose body is result, and
                         whose HTTPS state is settings’s HTTPS state.
                         When it comes time to set the document’s address in
                         the navigation algorithm, use address as the
                         override URL.
                    The task source for this task is the DOM manipulation
                    task source.
                    So for example a javascript: URL in an href attribute of
                    an a element would only be evaluated when the link was
                    followed, while such a URL in the src attribute of an
                    iframe element would be evaluated in the context of the
                    iframe’s own nested browsing context when the iframe is
                    being set up; once evaluated, its return value (if it was
                    not void) would replace that browsing context’s Document,
                    thus also changing the Window object of that browsing
                    context.
            Otherwise
                      1. Let request be the new resource.
                      2. If request is a URL, set request to a new request
                         whose URL is request.
                      3. Set request’s client to the source browsing
                         context’s active document’s Window object’s
                         environment settings object, target browsing context
                         to the browsing context being navigated, destination
                         to "document", mode to "navigate", credentials mode
                         to "include", use-URL-credentials flag, and redirect
                         mode to "manual".
                      4. Set request’s omit-Origin-header flag.
                      5. If request’s method is not GET, or, if the
                         navigation algorithm was invoked as a result of the
                         form submission algorithm, then if there is an
                         origin of the active document of the source browsing
                         context, unset request’s omit-Origin-header flag.
                      6. Otherwise, if the browsing context being navigated
                         is a child browsing context, and the browsing
                         context container of the browsing context being
                         navigated has a browsing context scope origin, set
                         request’s origin to that browsing context scope
                         origin and unset request’s omit-Origin-header flag.
                      7. Fetch request.
   14. If gone async is false, return to whatever algorithm invoked the
       navigation steps and continue running these steps in parallel.
   15. Let gone async be true.
   16. Wait for one or more bytes to be available or for the user agent to
       establish that the resource in question is empty. During this time,
       the user agent may allow the user to cancel this navigation attempt or
       start other navigation attempts.
   17. Handle redirects: If fetching the resource results in a redirect, and
       either the URL of the target of the redirect has the same origin as
       the original resource, or the resource is being obtained using the
       POST method or a safe method (in HTTP terms), return to the step
       labeled Fragments with the new resource, except that if the URL of the
       target of the redirect does not have a fragment and the URL of the
       resource that led to the redirect does, then the fragment of the
       resource that led to the redirect must be propagated to the URL of the
       target of the redirect.
       So for instance, if the original URL was
       "https://example.com/#!sample" and "https://example.com/" is found to
       redirect to "https://example.com/", the URL of the new resource will
       be "https://example.com/#!sample".
       Otherwise, if fetching the resource results in a redirect but the URL
       of the target of the redirect does not have the same origin as the
       original resource and the resource is being obtained using a method
       that is neither the POST method nor a safe method (in HTTP terms),
       then abort these steps. The user agent may indicate to the user that
       the navigation has been aborted for security reasons.
   18. Resource handling: If the resource’s out-of-band metadata (e.g., HTTP
       headers), not counting any type information (such as the Content-Type
       HTTP header), requires some sort of processing that will not affect
       the browsing context, then perform that processing and abort these
       steps.
       Such processing might be triggered by, amongst other things, the
       following:
          * HTTP status codes (e.g., 204 No Content or 205 Reset Content)
          * Network errors (e.g., the network interface being unavailable)
          * Cryptographic protocol failures (e.g., an incorrect TLS
            certificate)
       Responses with HTTP Content-Disposition headers specifying the
       attachment disposition type must be handled as a download.
       HTTP 401 responses that do not include a challenge recognized by the
       user agent must be processed as if they had no challenge, e.g.,
       rendering the entity body as if the response had been 200 OK.
       User agents may show the entity body of an HTTP 401 response even when
       the response does include a recognized challenge, with the option to
       login being included in a non-modal fashion, to enable the information
       provided by the server to be used by the user before authenticating.
       Similarly, user agents should allow the user to authenticate (in a
       non-modal fashion) against authentication challenges included in other
       responses such as HTTP 200 OK responses, effectively allowing
       resources to present HTTP login forms without requiring their use.
   19. Let type be the computed type of the resource.
   20. If the user agent has been configured to process resources of the
       given type using some mechanism other than rendering the content in a
       browsing context, then skip this step. Otherwise, if the type is one
       of the following types, jump to the appropriate entry in the following
       list, and process the resource as described there:
            an HTML MIME type
                    Follow the steps given in the HTML document section, and
                    then, once they have completed, abort this navigate
                    algorithm.
            an XML MIME type that is not an explicitly supported XML type
                    Follow the steps given in the XML document section. If
                    that section determines that the content is not to be
                    displayed as a generic XML document, then proceed to the
                    next step in this overall set of steps. Otherwise, once
                    the steps given in the XML document section have
                    completed, abort this navigate algorithm.
            a JavaScript MIME type
            a JSON MIME type that is not an explicitly supported JSON type
            "text/css"
            "text/plain"
            "text/vtt"
                    Follow the steps given in the plain text file section,
                    and then, once they have completed, abort this navigate
                    algorithm.
            "multipart/x-mixed-replace"
                    Follow the steps given in the §12.2
                    multipart/x-mixed-replace section, and then, once they
                    have completed, abort this navigate algorithm.
            A supported image, video, or audio type
                    Follow the steps given in the media section, and then,
                    once they have completed, abort this navigate algorithm.
            A type that will use an external application to render the
            content in the browsing context
                    Follow the steps given in the plugin section, and then,
                    once they have completed, abort this navigate algorithm.
       An explicitly supported XML type is one for which the user agent is
       configured to use an external application to render the content
       (either a plugin rendering directly in the browsing context, or a
       separate application), or one for which the user agent has dedicated
       processing rules (e.g., a Web browser with a built-in Atom feed viewer
       would be said to explicitly support the application/atom+xml MIME
       type), or one for which the user agent has a dedicated handler (e.g.,
       one registered using registerContentHandler()).
       The term JSON MIME type is used to refer to the MIME types
       application/json, text/json, and any MIME type whose subtype ends with
       the five characters "+json".
       An explicitly supported JSON type is one for which the user agent is
       configured to use an external application to render the content
       (either a plugin rendering directly in the browsing context, or a
       separate application), or one for which the user agent has dedicated
       processing rules, or one for which the user agent has a dedicated
       handler (e.g., one registered using registerContentHandler()).
       Setting the document’s address: If there is no override URL, then any
       Document created by these steps must have its URL set to the URL that
       was originally to be fetched, ignoring any other data that was used to
       obtain the resource. However, if there is an override URL, then any
       Document created by these steps must have its URL set to that URL
       instead.
       An override URL is set when dereferencing a javascript: URL and when
       performing an overridden reload.
       Initializing a new Document object: when a Document is created as part
       of the above steps, the user agent will be required to additionally
       run the following algorithm after creating the new object:
         1. If browsingContext’s only entry in its session history is the
            about:blank Document that was added when browsingContext was
            created, and navigation is occurring with replacement enabled,
            and that Document has the same origin as the new Document, then
              1. Let window be the Window object of that Document.
              2. Change the document attribute of window to point to the new
                 Document.
         2. Otherwise,
              1. Call the JavaScript InitializeHostDefinedRealm() abstract
                 operation with the following customizations:
                    * For the global object, create a new Window object
                      window.
                    * For the global this value, use browsingContext’s
                      WindowProxy object.
                    * Let realm execution context be the created JavaScript
                      execution context.
                    * Do not obtain any source texts for scripts or modules.
              2. Set up a browsing context environment settings object with
                 realm execution context, and let settings object be the
                 result.
              3. Set window’s associated Document to the new Document.
         3. Set browsingContext’s WindowProxy object’s [[Window]] internal
            slot value to window.
         4. Set the Document's HTTPS state to the HTTPS state of the resource
            used to generate the document.
         5. Set the Document's referrer policy to the result of parsing the
            Referrer-Policy header of the response used to generate the
            document. [REFERRERPOLICY]
         6. Execute the Initialize a Document’s CSP list algorithm on the
            Document object and the resource used to generate the document.
            [CSP3]
         7. Set the document’s referrer to the address of the resource from
            which Request-URIs are obtained as determined when the fetch
            algorithm obtained the resource, if that algorithm was used and
            determined such a value; otherwise, set it to the empty string.
         8. Implement the sandboxing for the Document.
         9. If the active sandboxing flag set of the Document's browsing
            context or any of its ancestor browsing contexts (if any) have
            the sandboxed fullscreen browsing context flag set, then skip
            this step.
            If the Document's browsing context has a browsing context
            container and either it is not an iframe element, or it does not
            have the allowfullscreen attribute specified, or its Document
            does not have the fullscreen enabled flag set, then also skip
            this step.
            Otherwise, set the Document's fullscreen enabled flag.
        10. Non-document content: If, given type, the new resource is to be
            handled by displaying some sort of inline content, e.g., a native
            rendering of the content, an error message because the specified
            type is not supported, or an inline prompt to allow the user to
            select a registered handler for the given type, then display the
            inline content, and then abort these steps.
            In the case of a registered handler being used, the algorithm
            will be reinvoked with a new URL to handle the request.
        11. Otherwise, the document’s type is such that the resource will not
            affect the browsing context, e.g., because the resource is to be
            handed to an external application or because it is an unknown
            type that will be processed as a download. Process the resource
            appropriately.
   When a resource is handled by passing its URL or data to an external
   software package separate from the user agent (e.g., handing a mailto: URL
   to a mail client, or a Word document to a word processor), user agents
   should attempt to mitigate the risk that this is an attempt to exploit the
   target software, e.g., by prompting the user to confirm that the source
   browsing context’s active document’s origin is to be allowed to invoke the
   specified software. In particular, if the navigate algorithm, when it was
   invoked, was not allowed to show a popup, the user agent should not invoke
   the external software package without prior user confirmation.
   For example, there could be a vulnerability in the target software’s URL
   handler which a hostile page would attempt to exploit by tricking a user
   into clicking a link.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Some of the sections below, to which the above algorithm defers in certain
   cases, require the user agent to update the session history with the new
   page. When a user agent is required to do this, it must queue a task
   (associated with the Document object of the current entry, not the new
   one) to run the following steps:
    1. Unload the Document object of the current entry, with the recycle
       parameter set to false.
       If this instance of the navigation algorithm is canceled while this
       step is running the unload a document algorithm, then the unload a
       document algorithm must be allowed to run to completion, but this
       instance of the navigation algorithm must not run beyond this step.
       (In particular, for instance, the cancelation of this algorithm does
       not abort any event dispatch or script execution occurring as part of
       unloading the document or its descendants.)
    2.      If the navigation was initiated for entry update of an entry
                      1. Replace the Document of the entry being updated, and
                         any other entries that referenced the same document
                         as that entry, with the new Document.
                      2. Traverse the history to the new entry.
                    This can only happen if the entry being updated is not
                    the current entry, and can never happen with replacement
                    enabled. (It happens when the user tried to traverse to a
                    session history entry that no longer had a Document
                    object.)
            Otherwise
                      1. Remove all the entries in the browsing context’s
                         session history after the current entry. If the
                         current entry is the last entry in the session
                         history, then no entries are removed.
                         This doesn’t necessarily have to affect the user
                         agent’s user interface.
                      2. Append a new entry at the end of the History object
                         representing the new resource and its Document
                         object, related state, and the default scroll
                         restoration mode of "auto".
                      3. Traverse the history to the new entry. If the
                         navigation was initiated with replacement enabled,
                         then the traversal must itself be initiated with
                         replacement enabled.
    3. The navigation algorithm has now matured.
    4. fragment loop: Spin the event loop for a user-agent-defined amount of
       time, as desired by the user agent implementor. (This is intended to
       allow the user agent to optimize the user experience in the face of
       performance concerns.)
    5. If the Document object has no parser, or its parser has stopped
       parsing, or the user agent has reason to believe the user is no longer
       interested in scrolling to the fragment, then abort these steps.
    6. Scroll to the fragment given in the document’s URL. If this fails to
       find an indicated part of the document, then return to the fragment
       loop step.
   The task source for this task is the networking task source.
    6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
   When an HTML document is to be loaded in a browsing context, the user
   agent must queue a task to create a Document object, mark it as being an
   HTML document, set its content type to "text/html", initialize the
   Document object, and finally create an HTML parser and associate it with
   the Document. Each task that the networking task source places on the task
   queue while fetching runs must then fill the parser’s input byte stream
   with the fetched bytes and cause the HTML parser to perform the
   appropriate processing of the input stream.
   The input byte stream converts bytes into characters for use in the
   tokenizer. This process relies, in part, on character encoding information
   found in the real Content-Type metadata of the resource; the "computed
   type" is not used for this purpose.
   When no more bytes are available, the user agent must queue a task for the
   parser to process the implied EOF character, which eventually causes a
   load event to be fired.
   After creating the Document object, but before any script execution,
   certainly before the parser stops, the user agent must update the session
   history with the new page.
   The task source for the two tasks mentioned in this section must be the
   networking task source.
    6.7.3. Page load processing model for XML files
   When faced with displaying an XML file inline, user agents must follow the
   requirements defined in the XML and Namespaces in XML recommendations, RFC
   7303, DOM, and other relevant specifications to create a Document object
   and a corresponding XML parser. [XML] [XML-NAMES] [RFC7303] [DOM41]
   At the time of writing, the XML specification community had not actually
   yet specified how XML and the DOM interact.
   After the Document is created, the user agent must initialize the Document
   object.
   The actual HTTP headers and other metadata, not the headers as mutated or
   implied by the algorithms given in this specification, are the ones that
   must be used when determining the character encoding according to the
   rules given in the above specifications. Once the character encoding is
   established, the document’s character encoding must be set to that
   character encoding.
   User agents may examine the namespace of the root Element node of this
   Document object to perform namespace-based dispatch to alternative
   processing tools, e.g., determining that the content is actually a
   syndication feed and passing it to a feed handler. If such processing is
   to take place, abort the steps in this section, and jump to the next step
   (labeled non-document content) in the navigate steps above.
   Otherwise, then, with the newly created Document, the user agent must
   update the session history with the new page. User agents may do this
   before the complete document has been parsed (thus achieving incremental
   rendering), and must do this before any scripts are to be executed.
   Error messages from the parse process (e.g., XML namespace well-formedness
   errors) may be reported inline by mutating the Document.
    6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
   When a plain text document is to be loaded in a browsing context, the user
   agent must queue a task to create a Document object, mark it as being an
   HTML document, set its content type to the computed MIME type of the
   resource (type in the navigate algorithm), initialize the Document object,
   create an HTML parser, associate it with the Document, act as if the
   tokenizer had emitted a start tag token with the tag name "pre" followed
   by a single U+000A LINE FEED (LF) character, and switch the HTML parser’s
   tokenizer to the §8.2.4.5 PLAINTEXT state. Each task that the networking
   task source places on the task queue while fetching runs must then fill
   the parser’s input byte stream with the fetched bytes and cause the HTML
   parser to perform the appropriate processing of the input stream.
   The rules for how to convert the bytes of the plain text document into
   actual characters, and the rules for actually rendering the text to the
   user, are defined by the specifications for the computed MIME type of the
   resource (type in the navigate algorithm).
   The document’s character encoding must be set to the character encoding
   used to decode the document.
   When no more bytes are available, the user agent must queue a task for the
   parser to process the implied EOF character, which eventually causes a
   load event to be fired.
   After creating the Document object, but potentially before the page has
   finished parsing, the user agent must update the session history with the
   new page.
   User agents may add content to the head element of the Document, e.g., to
   link to a style sheet, provide a script, give the document a title, etc.
   In particular, if the user agent supports the Format=Flowed feature of
   RFC3676 then the user agent would need to apply extra styling to cause the
   text to wrap correctly and to handle the quoting feature. [RFC3676]
   The task source for the two tasks mentioned in this section must be the
   networking task source.
    6.7.5. Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace resources
   When a resource with the type multipart/x-mixed-replace is to be loaded in
   a browsing context, the user agent must parse the resource using the rules
   for multipart types. [RFC2046]
   For each body part obtained from the resource, the user agent must run a
   new instance of the navigate algorithm, starting from the resource
   handling step, using the new body part as the resource being navigated,
   with replacement enabled if a previous body part from the same resource
   resulted in a Document object being created and initialized, and otherwise
   using the same setup as the navigate attempt that caused this section to
   be invoked in the first place.
   For the purposes of algorithms processing these body parts as if they were
   complete stand-alone resources, the user agent must act as if there were
   no more bytes for those resources whenever the boundary following the body
   part is reached.
   Thus, load events (and for that matter unload events) do fire for each
   body part loaded.
    6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
   When an image, video, or audio resource is to be loaded in a browsing
   context, the user agent should create a Document object, mark it as being
   an HTML document, set its content type to the computed MIME type of the
   resource (type in the navigate algorithm), initialize the Document object,
   append an html element to the Document, append a head element and a body
   element to the html element, append an element host element for the media,
   as described below, to the body element, and set the appropriate attribute
   of the element host element, as described below, to the address of the
   image, video, or audio resource.
   The element host element to create for the media is the element given in
   the table below in the second cell of the row whose first cell describes
   the media. The appropriate attribute to set is the one given by the third
   cell in that same row.
   Type of media Element for the media Appropriate attribute 
   Image         img                   src                   
   Video         video                 src                   
   Audio         audio                 src                   
   Then, the user agent must act as if it had stopped parsing.
   After creating the Document object, but potentially before the page has
   finished fully loading, the user agent must update the session history
   with the new page.
   User agents may add content to the head element of the Document, or
   attributes to the element host element, e.g., to link to a style sheet,
   provide a script, give the document a title, make the media autoplay, etc.
    6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
   When a resource that requires an external resource to be rendered is to be
   loaded in a browsing context, the user agent should create a Document
   object, mark it as being an HTML document and mark it as being a plugin
   document, set its content type to the computed MIME type of the resource
   (type in the navigate algorithm), initialize the Document object, append
   an html element to the Document, append a head element and a body element
   to the html element, append an embed to the body element, and set the src
   attribute of the embed element to the address of the resource.
   The term plugin document is used by Content Security Policy as part of the
   mechanism that ensures iframes can’t be used to evade plugin-types
   directives. [CSP3]
   Then, the user agent must act as if it had stopped parsing.
   After creating the Document object, but potentially before the page has
   finished fully loading, the user agent must update the session history
   with the new page.
   User agents may add content to the head element of the Document, or
   attributes to the embed element, e.g., to link to a style sheet, to give
   the document a title, etc.
   If the Document's active sandboxing flag set has its sandboxed plugins
   browsing context flag set, the synthesized embed element will fail to
   render the content if the relevant plugin cannot be secured.
    6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have a DOM
   When the user agent is to display a user agent page inline in a browsing
   context, the user agent should create a Document object, mark it as being
   an HTML document, set its content type to "text/html", initialize the
   Document object, and then either associate that Document with a custom
   rendering that is not rendered using the normal Document rendering rules,
   or mutate that Document until it represents the content the user agent
   wants to render.
   Once the page has been set up, the user agent must act as if it had
   stopped parsing.
   After creating the Document object, but potentially before the page has
   been completely set up, the user agent must update the session history
   with the new page.
    6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
   When a user agent is supposed to navigate to a fragment, then the user
   agent must run the following steps:
    1. Remove all the entries in the browsing context’s session history after
       the current entry. If the current entry is the last entry in the
       session history, then no entries are removed.
       This doesn’t necessarily have to affect the user agent’s user
       interface.
    2. Remove any tasks queued by the history traversal task source that are
       associated with any Document objects in the top-level browsing
       context’s document family.
    3. Append a new entry at the end of the History object representing the
       new resource and its Document object, related state, and current
       history scroll restoration preference. Its URL must be set to the
       address to which the user agent was navigating. The title must be left
       unset.
    4. Traverse the history to the new entry, with the non-blocking events
       flag set. This will scroll to the fragment given in what is now the
       document’s URL.
   If the scrolling fails because the relevant ID has not yet been parsed,
   then the original navigation algorithm will take care of the scrolling
   instead, as the last few steps of its update the session history with the
   new page algorithm.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When the user agent is required to scroll to the fragment and the
   indicated part of the document, if any, is being rendered, the user agent
   must either change the scrolling position of the document using the
   following algorithm, or perform some other action such that the indicated
   part of the document is brought to the user’s attention. If there is no
   indicated part, or if the indicated part is not being rendered, then the
   user agent must do nothing. The aforementioned algorithm is as follows:
    1. Let target be the indicated part of the document, as defined below.
    2. If target is the top of the document, then scroll to the beginning of
       the document for the Document, and abort these steps. [CSSOM-VIEW]
    3. Use the scroll an element into view algorithm to scroll target into
       view, with the align to top flag set. [CSSOM-VIEW]
    4. Run the focusing steps for that element, with the Document's viewport
       as the fallback target.
    5. Move the sequential focus navigation starting point to target.
   The indicated part of the document is the one that the fragment, if any,
   identifies. The semantics of the fragment in terms of mapping it to a
   specific DOM Node is defined by the specification that defines the MIME
   type used by the Document (for example, the processing of fragment for XML
   MIME types is the responsibility of RFC7303). [RFC7303]
   For HTML documents (and HTML MIME types), the following processing model
   must be followed to determine what the indicated part of the document is.
    1. Apply the URL parser algorithm to the URL, and let fragid be the
       fragment component of the resulting URL record.
    2. If fragid is the empty string, then the indicated part of the document
       is the top of the document; stop the algorithm here.
    3. Let fragid bytes be the result of percent decoding fragid.
    4. Let decoded fragid be the result of running UTF-8 decode without BOM
       or fail on fragid bytes. If decoded fragid is failure, jump to the
       step labeled no decoded fragid.
    5. If there is an element in the DOM that has an ID exactly equal to
       decoded fragid, then the first such element in tree order is the
       indicated part of the document; stop the algorithm here.
    6. No decoded fragid: If there is an a element in the DOM that has a name
       attribute whose value is exactly equal to fragid (not decoded fragid),
       then the first such element in tree order is the indicated part of the
       document; stop the algorithm here.
    7. If fragid is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string top, then
       the indicated part of the document is the top of the document; stop
       the algorithm here.
    8. Otherwise, there is no indicated part of the document.
   For the purposes of the interaction of HTML with Selectors' :target
   pseudo-class, the target element is the indicated part of the document, if
   that is an element; otherwise there is no target element. [SELECTORS4]
   The task source for the task mentioned in this section must be the DOM
   manipulation task source.
    6.7.10. History traversal
   When a user agent is required to traverse the history to a specified
   entry, optionally with replacement enabled, and optionally with the
   non-blocking events flag set, the user agent must act as follows.
   This algorithm is not just invoked when explicitly going back or forwards
   in the session history — it is also invoked in other situations, for
   example when navigating a browsing context, as part of updating the
   session history with the new page.
    1. If there is no longer a Document object for the entry in question,
       navigate the browsing context to the resource for that entry to
       perform an entry update of that entry, and abort these steps. The
       "navigate" algorithm reinvokes this "traverse" algorithm to complete
       the traversal, at which point there is a Document object and so this
       step gets skipped. The navigation must be done using the same source
       browsing context as was used the first time this entry was created.
       (This can never happen with replacement enabled.)
       If the resource was obtained using a non-idempotent action, for
       example a POST form submission, or if the resource is no longer
       available, for example because the computer is now offline and the
       page wasn’t cached, navigating to it again might not be possible. In
       this case, the navigation will result in a different page than
       previously; for example, it might be an error message explaining the
       problem or offering to resubmit the form.
    2. If the current entry’s title was not set by the pushState() or
       replaceState() methods, then set its title to the value returned by
       the document.title IDL attribute.
    3. If appropriate, update the current entry in the browsing context’s
       Document object’s History object to reflect any state that the user
       agent wishes to persist. The entry is then said to be an entry with
       persisted user state.
    4. If the specified entry has a different Document object than the
       current entry, then run the following substeps:
         1. Remove any tasks queued by the history traversal task source that
            are associated with any Document objects in the top-level
            browsing context’s document family.
         2. If the origin of the Document of the specified entry is not the
            same as the origin of the Document of the current entry, then run
            the following sub-sub-steps:
              1. The current browsing context name must be stored with all
                 the entries in the history that are associated with Document
                 objects with the same origin as the active document and that
                 are contiguous with the current entry.
              2. If the browsing context is a top-level browsing context, but
                 not an auxiliary browsing context, then the browsing
                 context’s browsing context name must be unset.
         3. Make the specified entry’s Document object the active document of
            the browsing context.
         4. If the specified entry has a browsing context name stored with
            it, then run the following sub-sub-steps:
              1. Set the browsing context’s browsing context name to the name
                 stored with the specified entry.
              2. Clear any browsing context names stored with all entries in
                 the history that are associated with Document objects with
                 the same origin as the new active document and that are
                 contiguous with the specified entry.
         5. If the specified entry’s Document has any form controls whose
            autofill field name is "off", invoke the reset algorithm of each
            of those elements.
         6. If the current document readiness of the specified entry’s
            Document is "complete", queue a task to run the following
            sub-sub-steps:
              1. If the Document's page showing flag is true, then abort this
                 task (i.e., don’t fire the event below).
              2. Set the Document's page showing flag to true.
              3. Run any session history document visibility change steps for
                 Document that are defined by other applicable
                 specifications.
                 This is specifically intended for use by the Page Visibility
                 specification. [PAGE-VISIBILITY]
              4. Fire a trusted event with the name pageshow at the Window
                 object of that Document, with target override set to the
                 Document object, using the PageTransitionEvent interface,
                 with the persisted attribute initialized to true. This event
                 must not bubble, must not be cancelable, and has no default
                 action.
    5. Set the document’s URL to the URL of the specified entry.
    6. If the specified entry has a URL whose fragment differs from that of
       the current entry’s when compared in a case-sensitive manner, and the
       two share the same Document object, then let hash changed be true, and
       let old URL be the URL of the current entry and new URL be the URL of
       the specified entry. Otherwise, let hash changed be false.
    7. If the traversal was initiated with replacement enabled, remove the
       entry immediately before the specified entry in the session history.
    8. If the specified entry is not an entry with persisted user state, but
       its URL has a fragment, scroll to the fragment.
    9. If the entry is an entry with persisted user state, the user agent may
       restore persisted user state and update aspects of the document and
       its rendering.
   10. Let targetRealm be the current Realm Record.
   11. If the entry is a serialized state entry, let state be
       StructuredDeserialize(entry’s serialized state, targetRealm). If this
       throws an exception, ignore the exception and let state be null.
   12. Set history.state to state.
   13. Let state changed be true if the Document of the specified entry has a
       latest entry, and that entry is not the specified entry; otherwise let
       it be false.
   14. Let the latest entry of the Document of the specified entry be the
       specified entry.
   15. If the non-blocking events flag is not set, then run the following
       steps immediately. Otherwise, the non-blocking events flag is set;
       queue a task to run the following substeps instead.
         1. If state changed is true, fire a trusted event with the name
            popstate at the Window object of the Document, using the
            PopStateEvent interface, with the state attribute initialized to
            the value of state. This event must bubble but not be cancelable
            and has no default action.
         2. If hash changed is true, then fire a trusted event with the name
            hashchange at the browsing context’s Window object, using the
            HashChangeEvent interface, with the oldURL attribute initialized
            to old URL and the newURL attribute initialized to new URL. This
            event must bubble but not be cancelable and has no default
            action.
   16. The current entry is now the specified entry.
   The task source for the tasks mentioned above is the DOM manipulation task
   source.
      6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration
   When the user agent is to restore persisted user state from a history
   entry, it must run the following steps immediately:
    1. If the entry has a scroll restoration mode, let scrollRestoration be
       that. Otherwise let scrollRestoration be "auto"
    2. If scrollRestoration is "manual" the user agent should not restore the
       scroll position for the document, otherwise, it may do so.
    3. Optionally, update other aspects of the document and its rendering,
       for instance values of form fields, that the user agent had previously
       recorded.
   This can even include updating the dir attribute of textarea elements or
   input elements whose type attribute is in either the Text state or the
   Search state, if the persisted state includes the directionality of user
   input in such controls.
      6.7.10.2. The PopStateEvent interface
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional PopStateEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
 interface PopStateEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute any state;
 };
 dictionary PopStateEventInit : EventInit {
   any state = null;
 };
   event . state
           Returns a copy of the information that was provided to pushState()
           or replaceState().
   The state attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents the context information for the event, or null, if the state
   represented is the initial state of the Document.
      6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional HashChangeEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
 interface HashChangeEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute USVString oldURL;
   readonly attribute USVString newURL;
 };
 dictionary HashChangeEventInit : EventInit {
   USVString oldURL = "";
   USVString newURL = "";
 };
   event . oldURL
           Returns the URL of the session history entry that was previously
           current.
   event . newURL
           Returns the URL of the session history entry that is now current.
   The oldURL attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents context information for the event, specifically the URL of the
   session history entry that was traversed from.
   The newURL attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents context information for the event, specifically the URL of the
   session history entry that was traversed to.
      6.7.10.4. The PageTransitionEvent interface
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional PageTransitionEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
 interface PageTransitionEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute boolean persisted;
 };
 dictionary PageTransitionEventInit : EventInit {
   boolean persisted = false;
 };
   event . persisted
           For the pageshow event, returns false if the page is newly being
           loaded (and the load event will fire). Otherwise, returns true.
           For the pagehide event, returns false if the page is going away
           for the last time. Otherwise, returns true, meaning that (if
           nothing conspires to make the page unsalvageable) the page might
           be reused if the user navigates back to this page.
           Things that can cause the page to be unsalvageable include:
              * document.open()
              * Listening for beforeunload events
              * Listening for unload events
              * Having iframes that are not salvageable
              * Active WebSocket objects
              * Aborting a Document
   The persisted attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents the context information for the event.
    6.7.11. Unloading documents
   A Document has a salvageable state, which must initially be true, a fired
   unload flag, which must initially be false, and a page showing flag, which
   must initially be false. The page showing flag is used to ensure that
   scripts receive pageshow and pagehide events in a consistent manner (e.g.,
   that they never receive two pagehide events in a row without an
   intervening pageshow, or vice versa).
   Event loops have a termination nesting level counter, which must initially
   be zero.
   When a user agent is to prompt to unload a document, it must run the
   following steps.
    1. Increase the event loop’s termination nesting level by one.
    2. Increase the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter by one.
    3. Let event be a new trusted BeforeUnloadEvent event object with the
       name beforeunload, which does not bubble but is cancelable.
    4. Dispatch: Dispatch event at the Document's Window object.
    5. Decrease the event loop’s termination nesting level by one.
    6. If any event listeners were triggered by the earlier dispatch step,
       then set the Document's salvageable state to false.
    7. If the Document's active sandboxing flag set does not have its
       sandboxed modals flag set, and the returnValue attribute of the event
       object is not the empty string, or if the event was canceled, then the
       user agent should ask the user to confirm that they wish to unload the
       document.
       The prompt shown by the user agent may include the string of the
       returnValue attribute, or optionally truncated.
       The user agent must pause while waiting for the user’s response.
       If the user did not confirm the page navigation, then the user agent
       refused to allow the document to be unloaded.
    8. If this algorithm was invoked by another instance of the "prompt to
       unload a document" algorithm (i.e., through the steps below that
       invoke this algorithm for all descendant browsing contexts), then jump
       to the step labeled end.
    9. Let descendants be the list of the descendant browsing contexts of the
       Document.
   10. If descendants is not an empty list, then for each browsing context b
       in descendants run the following substeps:
         1. Prompt to unload the active document of the browsing context b.
            If the user refused to allow the document to be unloaded, then
            the user implicitly also refused to allow this document to be
            unloaded; jump to the step labeled end.
         2. If the salvageable state of the active document of the browsing
            context b is false, then set the salvageable state of this
            document to false also.
   11. End: Decrease the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter by
       one.
   When a user agent is to unload a document, it must run the following
   steps. These steps are passed an argument, recycle, which is either true
   or false, indicating whether the Document object is going to be re-used.
   (This is set by the document.open() method.)
    1. Increase the event loop’s termination nesting level by one.
    2. Increase the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter by one.
    3. If the Document's page showing flag is false, then jump to the step
       labeled unload event below (i.e., skip firing the pagehide event and
       don’t rerun the unloading document visibility change steps).
    4. Set the Document's page showing flag to false.
    5. Fire a trusted event with the name pagehide at the Window object of
       the Document, with target override set to the Document object, using
       the PageTransitionEvent interface, with the persisted attribute
       initialized to true if the Document object’s salvageable state is
       true, and false otherwise. This event must not bubble, must not be
       cancelable, and has no default action.
    6. Run any unloading document visibility change steps for Document that
       are defined by other applicable specifications.
       This is specifically intended for use by the Page Visibility
       specification. [PAGE-VISIBILITY]
    7. Unload event: If the Document's fired unload flag is false, fire a
       simple event named unload at the Document's Window object, with target
       override set to the Document object.
    8. Decrease the event loop’s termination nesting level by one.
    9. If any event listeners were triggered by the earlier unload event
       step, then set the Document object’s salvageable state to false and
       set the Document's fired unload flag to true.
   10. Run any unloading document cleanup steps for Document that are defined
       by this specification and other applicable specifications.
   11. If this algorithm was invoked by another instance of the "unload a
       document" algorithm (i.e., by the steps below that invoke this
       algorithm for all descendant browsing contexts), then jump to the step
       labeled end.
   12. Let descendants be the list of the descendant browsing contexts of the
       Document.
   13. If descendants is not an empty list, then for each browsing context b
       in descendants run the following substeps:
         1. Unload the active document of the browsing context b with the
            recycle parameter set to false.
         2. If the salvageable state of the active document of the browsing
            context b is false, then set the salvageable state of this
            document to false also.
   14. If both the Document's salvageable state and recycle are false, then
       the Document's browsing context must discard the Document.
   15. End: Decrease the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter by
       one.
   This specification defines the following unloading document cleanup steps.
   Other specifications can define more.
    1. Make disappear any WebSocket objects that were created by the
       WebSocket() constructor from the Document's Window object.
       If this affected any WebSocket objects, then set Document's
       salvageable state to false.
    2. If the Document's salvageable state is false, forcibly close any
       EventSource objects that whose constructor was invoked from the
       Document's Window object.
    3. If the Document's salvageable state is false, empty the Document's
       Window’s list of active timers.
      6.7.11.1. The BeforeUnloadEvent interface
 interface BeforeUnloadEvent : Event {
   attribute DOMString returnValue;
 };
   event . returnValue [ = value ]
           Returns the current return value of the event (the message to show
           the user).
           Can be set, to update the message.
   There are no BeforeUnloadEvent-specific initialization methods.
   The returnValue attribute represents the message to show the user. When
   the event is created, the attribute must be set to the empty string. On
   getting, it must return the last value it was set to. On setting, the
   attribute must be set to the new value.
    6.7.12. Aborting a document load
   If a Document is aborted, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. Abort the active documents of every child browsing context. If this
       results in any of those Document objects having their salvageable
       state set to false, then set this Document's salvageable state to
       false also.
    2. Cancel any instances of the fetch algorithm in the context of this
       Document, discarding any tasks queued for them, and discarding any
       further data received from the network for them. If this resulted in
       any instances of the fetch algorithm being canceled or any queued
       tasks or any network data getting discarded, then set the Document's
       salvageable state to false.
    3. If the Document has an active parser, then abort that parser and set
       the Document's salvageable state to false.
   User agents may allow users to explicitly invoke the abort a document
   algorithm for a Document. If the user does so, then, if that Document is
   an active document, the user agent should queue a task to fire a simple
   event named abort at that Document's Window object before invoking the
   abort algorithm.
    6.7.13. Browser state
 [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)]
 interface NavigatorOnLine {
   readonly attribute boolean onLine;
 };
   window . navigator . onLine
           Returns false if the user agent is definitely offline
           (disconnected from the network). Returns true if the user agent
           might be online.
           The events online and offline are fired when the value of this
           attribute changes.
   The navigator.onLine attribute must return false if the user agent will
   not contact the network when the user follows links or when a script
   requests a remote page (or knows that such an attempt would fail), and
   must return true otherwise.
   When the value that would be returned by the navigator.onLine attribute of
   a Window or WorkerGlobalScope changes from true to false, the user agent
   must queue a task to fire a simple event named offline at the Window or
   WorkerGlobalScope object.
   On the other hand, when the value that would be returned by the
   navigator.onLine attribute of a Window or WorkerGlobalScope changes from
   false to true, the user agent must queue a task to fire a simple event
   named online at the Window or WorkerGlobalScope object.
   The task source for these tasks is the networking task source.
   This attribute is inherently unreliable. A computer can be connected to a
   network without having Internet access.
   In this example, an indicator is updated as the browser goes online and
   offline.
 
 
   
     Online status 
     
   
   
     The network is: (state unknown) 
   
 
7. Web application APIs
  7.1. Scripting
    7.1.1. Introduction
   Various mechanisms can cause author-provided executable code to run in the
   context of a document. These mechanisms include, but are probably not
   limited to:
     * Processing of script elements.
     * Navigating to javascript: URLs.
     * Event handlers, whether registered through the DOM using
       addEventListener(), by explicit event handler content attributes, by
       event handler IDL attributes, or otherwise.
     * Processing of technologies like SVG that have their own scripting
       features.
    7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting
   Scripting is enabled in a browsing context when all of the following
   conditions are true:
     * The user agent supports scripting.
     * The user has not disabled scripting for this browsing context at this
       time. (User agents may provide users with the option to disable
       scripting globally, or in a finer-grained manner, e.g. on a per-origin
       basis.)
     * The browsing context’s active document’s active sandboxing flag set
       does not have its sandboxed scripts browsing context flag set.
   Scripting is disabled in a browsing context when any of the above
   conditions are false (i.e., when scripting is not enabled).
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Scripting is enabled for a node if the node’s node document has a browsing
   context, and scripting is enabled in that browsing context.
   Scripting is disabled for a node if there is no such browsing context, or
   if scripting is disabled in that browsing context.
    7.1.3. Processing model
      7.1.3.1. Definitions
   A script is one of two possible structures. All scripts have:
   A settings object
           An environment settings object, containing various settings that
           are shared with other scripts in the same context.
   A classic script additionally has:
   A Source text
           A string containing a block of executable code to be evaluated as
           a JavaScript Script.
   Optionally, a muted errors flag
           A flag which, if set, means that error information will not be
           provided for errors in this script (used to mute errors for
           cross-origin scripts, since that can leak private information).
   A module script additionally has:
   A module record
           A Source Text Module Record representing the parsed module, ready
           to be evaluated.
   A base URL
           A base URL used for resolving module specifiers when resolving a
           module specifier. This will either be the URL from which the
           script was obtained, for external module scripts, or the document
           base URL of the containing document, for inline module scripts.
   A credentials mode
           A credentials mode used to fetch imported modules.
   A cryptographic nonce
           A cryptographic nonce used to fetch imported modules.
   A parser state
           The parser metadata used to fetch imported modules.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An environment settings object specifies algorithms for obtaining the
   following:
   A realm execution context
           A JavaScript execution context shared by all script elements that
           use this settings object, i.e. all scripts in a given JavaScript
           realm. When we run a classic script or run a module script, this
           execution context becomes the top of the JavaScript execution
           context stack, on top of which another execution context specific
           to the script in question is pushed. (This setup ensures
           ParseScript and ModuleEvaluation know which Realm to use.)
   A module map
           Used when importing JavaScript modules.
   A responsible browsing context
           A browsing context that is assigned responsibility for actions
           taken by the scripts that use this environment settings object.
           When a script creates and navigates a new top-level browsing
           context, the opener attribute of the new browsing context’s Window
           object will be set to the responsible browsing context’s
           WindowProxy object.
   A responsible event loop
           An event loop that is used when it would not be immediately clear
           what event loop to use.
   A responsible document
           A Document that is assigned responsibility for actions taken by
           the scripts that use this environment settings object.
           For example, the URL of the responsible document is used to set
           the URL of the Document after it has been reset using open().
           If the responsible event loop is not a browsing context event
           loop, then the environment settings object has no responsible
           document.
   An API URL character encoding
           A character encoding used to encode URLs by APIs called by scripts
           that use this environment settings object.
   An API base URL
           An URL used by APIs called by scripts that use this environment
           settings object to parse URLs.
   An origin
           An origin used in security checks.
   A creation URL
           An absolute URL representing the location of the resource with
           which the environment settings object is associated. Note that
           this URL might be distinct from the responsible document’s URL,
           due to mechanisms such as history.pushState().
   An HTTPS state
           An HTTPS state value representing the security properties of the
           network channel used to deliver the resource with which the
           environment settings object is associated.
   An referrer policy
           The default referrer policy for fetches performed using this
           environment settings object as a request client. [REFERRERPOLICY]
   An environment settings object also has an outstanding rejected promises
   weak set and an about-to-be-notified rejected promises list, used to track
   unhandled promise rejections. The outstanding rejected promises weak set
   must not create strong references to any of its members, and
   implementations are free to limit its size, e.g., by removing old entries
   from it when new ones are added.
      7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
   The various script-fetching algorithms below have two hooks that may be
   customized by their callers:
     * Set up the request, which takes a request which it may modify before
       the algorithm continues
     * Process the response, which takes a response and must either return
       true or false to indicate success or failure, respectively
   Service Workers is an example of a specification that runs these
   algorithms with its own options for the hooks. [SERVICE-WORKERS]
   To fetch a classic script for a script element element, given a url, a
   CORS setting, a cryptographic nonce, a parser state, a settings object,
   and a character encoding, run these steps. The algorithm will
   asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or a new classic
   script (on success).
    1. Let request be the result of creating a potential-CORS request given
       url and CORS setting.
    2. Set request’s client to settings object, its type to "script", its
       destination to "script", its cryptographic nonce metadata to
       cryptographic nonce, and its parser metadata to parser state.
    3. If the caller specified custom steps to set up the request, perform
       them on request.
    4. Fetch request.
    5. Return from this algorithm, and run the remaining steps as part of the
       fetch’s process response for the response response.
       response can be either CORS-same-origin or CORS-cross-origin. This
       only affects how error reporting happens.
    6. If response’s type is "error", or response’s status is not an ok
       status, asynchronously complete this algorithm with null, and abort
       these steps.
    7. If the caller specified custom steps to process the response, perform
       them on response. If they return false, complete this algorithm with
       null, and abort these steps.
    8. If response’s Content-Type metadata, if any, specifies a character
       encoding, and the user agent supports that encoding, then set
       character encoding to that encoding (ignoring the passed-in value).
    9. Let source text be the result of decoding response’s body to Unicode,
       using character encoding as the fallback encoding.
       The decode algorithm overrides character encoding if the file contains
       a BOM.
   10. Let script be the result of creating a classic script using source
       text and settings object.
       If response was CORS-cross-origin, then pass the muted errors flag to
       the create a classic script algorithm as well.
   11. Asynchronously complete this algorithm with script.
   To fetch a classic worker script given a url, a referrer, a settings
   object, and a destination, run these steps. The algorithm will
   asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or a new classic
   script (on success).
    1. Let request be a new request whose URL is url, client is settings
       object, type is "script", destination is destination, referrer is
       referrer, mode is "same-origin", credentials mode is "same-origin",
       parser metadata is "not parser-inserted", and whose
       use-URL-credentials flag is set.
    2. If the caller specified custom steps to set up the request, perform
       them on request.
    3. Fetch request.
    4. Return from this algorithm, and run the remaining steps as part of the
       fetch’s process response for the response response.
    5. If response’s type is "error", or response’s status is not an ok
       status, asynchronously complete this algorithm with null, and abort
       these steps.
    6. If the caller specified custom steps to process the response, perform
       them on response. If they return false, complete this algorithm with
       null, and abort these steps.
    7. Let source text be the result of UTF-8 decoding response’s body.
    8. Let script be the result of creating a classic script using source
       text and settings object.
    9. Asynchronously complete this algorithm with script.
   To fetch a module script tree given a url, a credentials mode, a
   cryptographic nonce, a parser state, a destination, a fetch client
   settings object, and an optional ancestor list, run these steps. The
   algorithm will asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or a
   new module script (on success).
    1. If ancestor list is not given, let it be an empty list.
    2. If module map settings object is not given, let it be fetch client
       settings object.
    3. Fetch a single module script given url, credentials mode,
       cryptographic nonce, parser state, destination, and module map
       settings object. If the caller of this algorithm specified custom set
       up the request or process the response steps, pass those along while
       fetching a single module script.
    4. Return from this algorithm and run the following steps when fetching a
       single module script asynchronously completes with result:
    5. If result is null, asynchronously complete this algorithm with null
       and abort these steps.
    6. Otherwise, result is a module script. Fetch the descendants of result
       given destination and an ancestor list obtained by appending url to
       ancestor list.
    7. When fetching the descendants of a module script asynchronously
       completes with descendants result, asynchronously complete this
       algorithm with descendants result.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The following algorithms are used when fetching a module script tree, and
   are not meant to be used directly by other specifications (or by other
   parts of this specification).
   To fetch the descendants of a module script module script, given a
   destination and an ancestor list, run these steps. The algorithm will
   asynchronously complete with either null (on failure) or with module
   script (on success).
    1. Let record be module script’s module record.
    2. If record.[[RequestedModules]] is empty, asynchronously complete this
       algorithm with module script.
    3. Let urls be a new empty list.
    4. For each string requested of record.[[RequestedModules]]:
         1. Let url be the result of resolving a module specifier given
            module script and requested.
         2. If the result is error:
              1. Let error be a new TypeError exception.
              2. Report the exception error for module script.
              3. Abort this algorithm, and asynchronously complete it with
                 null.
         3. Otherwise, if url is not in ancestor list, add url to urls.
    5. For each url in urls, fetch a module script tree given url, module
       script’s credentials mode, module script’s cryptographic nonce, module
       script’s parser state, destination, module script’s settings object,
       and ancestor list.
       It is intentional that no custom set up the request or process the
       response steps are passed along here. Those hooks only apply to the
       top-level fetch at the root of the module script tree.
       If any of the fetch a module script tree invocations asynchronously
       complete with null, the user agent may terminate any or all of the
       other fetches, and must then asynchronously complete this algorithm
       with null.
       Once all of the fetch a module script tree invocations asynchronously
       complete with a module script, asynchronously complete this algorithm
       with module script.
   To fetch a single module script, given a url, a credentials mode, a
   cryptographic nonce, a parser state, a destination, and a settings object,
   run these steps. The algorithm will asynchronously complete with either
   null (on failure) or a module script (on success).
    1. Let module map be settings object’s module map.
    2. If module map contains an entry with key url whose value is
       "fetching", wait (in parallel) until that entry’s value changes, then
       proceed to the next step.
    3. If module map contains an entry with key url, asynchronously complete
       this algorithm with that entry’s value, and abort these steps.
    4. Create an entry in module map with key url and value "fetching".
    5. Let request be a new request whose url is url, destination is
       destination, type is "script", mode is "cors", credentials mode is
       credentials mode, cryptographic nonce metadata is cryptographic nonce,
       parser metadata is parser state and client is settings object.
    6. If the caller specified custom steps to set up the request, perform
       them on request.
    7. Fetch request.
    8. Return from this algorithm, and run the remaining steps as part of the
       fetch’s process response for the response response.
       response is always CORS-same-origin.
    9. If any of the following conditions are met, set the value of the entry
       in module map whose key is url to null, asynchronously complete this
       algorithm with null, and abort these steps:
          * response’s type is "error"
          * response’s status is not an ok status
          * The result of extracting a MIME type from response’s header list
            (ignoring parameters) is not a JavaScript MIME type.
            For historical reasons, fetching a classic script does not
            include MIME type checking. In contrast, module scripts will fail
            to load if they are not of a correct MIME type.
          * The caller specified custom steps to process the response, which
            when performed on response return false.
   10. Let source text be the result of UTF-8 decoding response’s body.
   11. Let module script be the result of creating a module script given
       source text, settings object, response’s url, credentials mode, and
       cryptographic nonce.
   12. Set the value of the entry in module map whose key is url to module
       script, and asynchronously complete this algorithm with module script.
       It is intentional that the module map is keyed by the request URL,
       whereas the base URL for the module script is set to the response URL.
       The former is used to deduplicate fetches, while the latter is used
       for URL resolution.
      7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
   To create a classic script, given some script source, an environment
   settings object, and an optional muted errors flag:
    1. Let script be a new classic script that this algorithm will
       subsequently initialize.
    2. Set script’s settings object to the environment settings object
       provided.
    3. If scripting is disabled for the given environment settings object’s
       responsible browsing context, set script’s source text to the empty
       string. Otherwise, set script’s source text to the supplied script
       source.
    4. If the muted errors flag was set, then set script’s muted errors flag.
    5. Return script.
   To create a module script, given some script source, an environment
   settings object, a script base URL, a credentials mode, a cryptographic
   nonce, and a parser state:
    1. Let script be a new module script that this algorithm will
       subsequently initialise.
    2. Set script’s settings object to the environment settings object
       provided.
    3. Let realm be the provided environment settings object’s Realm.
    4. If scripting is disabled for the given environment settings object’s
       responsible browsing context, then let script source be the empty
       string. Otherwise, let script source be the provided script source.
    5. Let result be ParseModule(script source, realm, script).
    6. If result is a List of errors, report the exception given by the first
       element of result for script, return null, and abort these steps.
    7. Set script’s module record to result.
    8. Set script’s base URL to the script base URL provided.
    9. Set script’s credentials mode to the credentials mode provided.
   10. Set script’s cryptographic nonce to the cryptographic nonce provided.
   11. Set script’s parser state to the parser state.
   12. Return script.
      7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
   To run a classic script given a classic script s and an optional rethrow
   errors flag:
    1. Let settings be the settings object of s.
    2. Check if we can run script with settings. If this returns "do not
       run", then return undefined and abort these steps.
    3. Let realm be settings’s Realm.
    4. Prepare to run script with settings.
    5. Let result be ParseScript(s’s source text, realm, s).
    6. If result is a List of errors, set result to the first element of
       result and go to the step labeled error.
    7. Let evaluationStatus be ScriptEvaluation(result).
    8. If evaluationStatus is an abrupt completion, set result to
       evaluationStatus.[[value]] and go to the next step (labeled Error). If
       evaluationStatus is a normal completion, or if ScriptEvaluation does
       not complete because the user agent has aborted the running script,
       skip to the step labeled Cleanup.
    9. Error: At this point result must be an exception. Perform the
       following steps:
         1. If the rethrow errors flag is set and s’s muted errors flag is
            not set, rethrow result.
         2. If the rethrow errors flag is set and s’s muted errors flag is
            set, throw a NetworkError exception.
         3. If the rethrow errors flag is not set, report the exception given
            by result for the script s.
   10. Cleanup: Clean up after running script with settings.
   11. If evaluationStatus exists and is a normal completion, return
       evaluationStatus.[[value]]. Otherwise, script execution was
       unsuccessful, either because an error occurred during parsing, or an
       exception occurred during evaluation, or because it was aborted
       prematurely.
   To run a module script given a module script s:
    1. Let settings be the settings object of s.
    2. Check if we can run script with settings. If this returns "do not run"
       then abort these steps.
    3. Let record be s’s module record.
    4. Let instantiationStatus be record.ModuleDeclarationInstantiation().
       This step will recursively instantiate all of the module’s
       dependencies.
    5. If instantiationStatus is an abrupt completion, report the exception
       given by instantiationStatus.[[Value]] for s and abort these steps.
    6. Prepare to run script given settings.
    7. Let evaluationStatus be record.ModuleEvaluation().
       This step will recursively evaluate all of the module’s dependencies.
    8. If evaluationStatus is an abrupt completion, report the exception
       given by evaluationStatus.[[Value]] for s. (Do not perform this step
       if ScriptEvaluation fails to complete as a result of the user agent
       aborting the running script.)
    9. Clean up after running script with settings.
   The steps to check if we can run script with an environment settings
   object settings are as follows. They return either "run" or "do not run".
    1. If the global object specified by settings is a Window object whose
       Document object is not fully active, then return "do not run" and
       abort these steps.
    2. If scripting is disabled for the responsible browsing context
       specified by settings, then return "do not run" and abort these steps.
    3. Return "run".
   The steps to prepare to run script with an environment settings object
   settings are as follows:
    1. Increment settings’s realm execution context’s entrance counter by
       one.
    2. Push settings’s realm execution context onto the JavaScript execution
       context stack; it is now the running JavaScript execution context.
   The steps to clean up after running script with an environment settings
   object settings are as follows:
    1. Assert: settings’s realm execution context is the running JavaScript
       execution context.
    2. Decrement settings’s realm execution context’s entrance counter by
       one.
    3. Remove settings’s realm execution context from the JavaScript
       execution context stack.
    4. If the JavaScript execution context stack is now empty, run the global
       script clean-up jobs. (These cannot run scripts.)
    5. If the JavaScript execution context stack is now empty, perform a
       microtask checkpoint. (If this runs scripts, these algorithms will be
       invoked reentrantly.)
   These algorithms are not invoked by one script directly calling another,
   but they can be invoked reentrantly in an indirect manner, e.g., if a
   script dispatches an event which has event listeners registered.
   The running script is the script in the [[HostDefined]] field in the
   ScriptOrModule component of the running JavaScript execution context.
   Each unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts has a global script
   clean-up jobs list, which must initially be empty. A global script
   clean-up job cannot run scripts, and cannot be sensitive to the order in
   which other clean-up jobs are executed. The File API uses this to release
   blob: URLs. [FILEAPI]
   When the user agent is to run the global script clean-up jobs, the user
   agent must perform each of the jobs in the global script clean-up jobs
   list and then empty the list.
      7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
   A global object is a JavaScript object that is the [[GlobalObject]] field
   of a JavaScript realm.
   In this specification, all JavaScript realms are initialized with global
   objects that are either Window or WorkerGlobalScope objects.
   There is always a 1:1:1 mapping between JavaScript realms, global objects,
   and environment settings objects:
     * A JavaScript realm has a [[HostDefined]] field, which contains the
       Realm’s settings object.
     * A JavaScript realm has a [[GlobalObject]] field, which contains the
       Realm’s global object.
     * Each global object in this specification is created during the
       initialization of a corresponding JavaScript realm, known as the
       global object’s Realm.
     * Each global object in this specification is created alongside a
       corresponding environment settings object, known as its relevant
       settings object.
     * An environment settings object’s realm execution context’s Realm
       component is the environment settings object’s Realm.
     * An environment settings object’s Realm then has a [[GlobalObject]]
       field, which contains the environment settings object’s global object.
   When defining algorithm steps throughout this specification, it is often
   important to indicate what JavaScript realm is to be used—or,
   equivalently, what global object or environment settings object is to be
   used. In general, there are at least four possibilities:
   Entry
           This corresponds to the script that initiated the currently
           running script action: i.e., the function or script that the user
           agent called into when it called into author code.
   Incumbent
           This corresponds to the most-recently-entered author function or
           script on the stack.
   Current
           This corresponds to the currently-running function object,
           including built-in user-agent functions which might not be
           implemented as JavaScript. (It is derived from the current
           JavaScript realm.)
   Relevant
           Every platform object has a relevant Realm. When writing
           algorithms, the most prominent platform object whose relevant
           Realm might be important is the this value of the
           currently-running function object. In some cases, there can be
           other important relevant Realms, such as those of any arguments.
   Note how the entry, incumbent, and current concepts are usable without
   qualification, whereas the relevant concept must be applied to a
   particular platform object.
   Consider the following pages, with a.html being loaded in a browser
   window, b.html being loaded in an iframe as shown, and c.html and d.html
   omitted (they can simply be empty documents):
 
 
 
 
Entry page 
 
 Hello 
 
 
 
 Incumbent page 
 
 
 
   Each page has its own browsing context, and thus its own JavaScript realm,
   global object, and environment settings object.
   When the print() method is called in response to pressing the button in
   a.html, then:
     * The entry Realm is that of a.html.
     * The incumbent Realm is that of b.html.
     * The current Realm is that of c.html (since it is the print() method
       from c.html whose code is running).
     * The relevant Realm of the object on which the print() method is being
       called is that of d.html.
   The incumbent and entry concepts should not be used by new specifications,
   and we are considering whether we can remove almost all existing uses
   Currently, the incumbent concept is used in some security checks, and the
   entry concept is sometimes used to obtain, amongst other things, the API
   base URL to parse a URL, used in scripts running in that unit of related
   similar-origin browsing contexts.
   In general, the current concept is what should be used by specifications
   going forward. There is an important exception, however. If an algorithm
   is creating an object that is to be persisted and returned multiple times
   (instead of simply returned to author code right away, and never vended
   again), it should use the relevant concept with regard to the object on
   which the method in question is being executed. This prevents cross-realm
   calls from causing an object to store objects created in the "wrong"
   realm.
   The navigator.getBattery() method creates promises in the relevant Realm
   for the Navigator object on which it is invoked. This has the following
   impact: [BATTERY-STATUS]
 
 
 
 Relevant Realm demo: outer page 
 
 
 
 
 
 Relevant Realm demo: inner page 
 
   If the algorithm for the getBattery() method had instead used the current
   Realm, all the results would be reversed. That is, after the first call to
   getBattery() in outer.html, the Navigator object in inner.html would be
   permanently storing a Promise object created in outer.html’s JavaScript
   realm, and calls like that inside the hello() function would thus return a
   promise from the "wrong" realm. Since this is undesirable, the algorithm
   instead uses the relevant Realm, giving the sensible results indicated in
   the comments above.
   The rest of this section deals with formally defining the entry,
   incumbent, current, and relevant concepts.
        7.1.3.5.1. Entry
   All realm execution contexts must contain, as part of their code
   evaluation state, an entrance counter value, which is initially zero. In
   the process of calling scripts, this value will be incremented and
   decremented.
   With this in hand, we define the entry execution context to be the most
   recently pushed entry in the JavaScript execution context stack whose
   entrance counter value is greater than zero. The entry Realm is the entry
   execution context’s Realm component.
   Then, the entry settings object is the environment settings object of the
   entry Realm.
   Similarly, the entry global object is the global object of the entry
   Realm.
        7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent
   The incumbent settings object is determined as follows:
    1. Let scriptOrModule be the result of JavaScript’s
       GetActiveScriptOrModule() abstract operation.
    2. If scriptOrModule is null, abort these steps; there is no incumbent
       settings object.
    3. Return the settings object of the script in scriptOrModule’s
       [[HostDefined]] field.
   Then, the incumbent Realm is the Realm of the incumbent settings object.
   Similarly, the incumbent global object is the global object of the
   incumbent settings object.
        7.1.3.5.3. Current
   The JavaScript specification defines the current Realm Record, sometimes
   abbreviated to the "current Realm". [ECMA-262]
   Then, the current settings object is the environment settings object of
   the current Realm Record.
   Similarly, the current global object is the global object of the current
   Realm Record.
        7.1.3.5.4. Relevant
   The relevant settings object for a platform object is defined as follows:
   If the object is a global object
           Each global object in this specification is created alongside a
           corresponding environment settings object; that is its relevant
           settings object.
   Otherwise
           The relevant settings object for a non-global platform object o is
           the environment settings object whose global object is the global
           object of the global environment associated with o.
           The "global environment associated with" concept is from the olden
           days, before the modern JavaScript specification and its concept
           of realms. We expect that as the Web IDL specification gets
           updated, every platform object will have a Realm associated with
           it, and this definition can be re-cast in those terms. [ECMA-262]
           [WEBIDL]
   Then, the relevant Realm for a platform object is the Realm of its
   relevant settings object.
   Similarly, the relevant global object for a platform object is the global
   object of its relevant settings object.
      7.1.3.6. Killing scripts
   Although the JavaScript specification does not account for this
   possibility, it’s sometimes necessary to abort a running script. This
   causes any ScriptEvaluation or ModuleEvaluation to cease immediately,
   emptying the JavaScript execution context stack without triggering any of
   the normal mechanisms like finally blocks. [ECMA-262]
   User agents may impose resource limitations on scripts, for example CPU
   quotas, memory limits, total execution time limits, or bandwidth
   limitations. When a script exceeds a limit, the user agent may either
   throw a QuotaExceededError exception, abort the script without an
   exception, prompt the user, or throttle script execution.
   For example, the following script never terminates. A user agent could,
   after waiting for a few seconds, prompt the user to either terminate the
   script or let it continue.
 
   User agents are encouraged to allow users to disable scripting whenever
   the user is prompted either by a script (e.g., using the window.alert()
   API) or because of a script’s actions (e.g., because it has exceeded a
   time limit).
   If scripting is disabled while a script is executing, the script should be
   terminated immediately.
   User agents may allow users to specifically disable scripts just for the
   purposes of closing a browsing context.
   For example, the prompt mentioned in the example above could also offer
   the user with a mechanism to just close the page entirely, without running
   any unload event handlers.
      7.1.3.7. Integration with the JavaScript job queue
   The JavaScript specification defines the JavaScript job and job queue
   abstractions in order to specify certain invariants about how promise
   operations execute with a clean JavaScript execution context stack and in
   a certain order. However, as of the time of this writing the definition of
   EnqueueJob in that specification are not sufficiently flexible to
   integrate with HTML as a host environment. [ECMA-262]
   This is not strictly true. It is in fact possible, by taking liberal
   advantage of the many "implementation defined" sections of the algorithm,
   to contort it to our purposes. However, the end result is a mass of messy
   indirection and workarounds that essentially bypasses the job queue
   infrastructure entirely, albeit in a way that is technically sanctioned
   within the bounds of implementation-defined behavior. We do not take this
   path, and instead introduce the following willful violation.
   As such, user agents must instead use the following definition in place of
   that in the JavaScript specification. These ensure that the promise jobs
   enqueued by the JavaScript specification are properly integrated into the
   user agent’s event loops.
        7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments)
   When the JavaScript specification says to call the EnqueueJob abstract
   operation, the following algorithm must be used in place of JavaScript’s
   EnqueueJob:
    1. Assert: queueName is "PromiseJobs". ("ScriptJobs" must not be used by
       user agents.)
    2. Let settings be the settings object of job.[[Realm]]
    3. Queue a microtask, on settings’s responsible event loop, to perform
       the following steps:
         1. Check if we can run script with settings. If this returns "do not
            run" then abort these steps.
         2. Prepare to run script with settings.
         3. Let result be the result of performing the abstract operation
            specified by job, using the elements of arguments as its
            arguments.
         4. Clean up after running script with settings.
         5. If result is an abrupt completion, report the exception given by
            result.[[Value]].
      7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system
   The JavaScript specification defines a syntax for modules, as well as some
   host-agnostic parts of their processing model. This specification defines
   the rest of their processing model: how the module system is bootstrapped,
   via the script element with type attribute set to "module", and how
   modules are fetched, resolved, and executed. [ECMA-262]
   Although the JavaScript specification speaks in terms of "scripts" versus
   "modules", in general this specification speaks in terms of classic
   scripts versus module scripts, since both of them use the script element.
   A module map is a map of absolute URLs to values that are either a module
   script, null, or a placeholder value "fetching". Module maps are used to
   ensure that imported JavaScript modules are only fetched, parsed, and
   evaluated once per Document or Worker.
   To resolve a module specifier given a module script script and a string
   specifier, perform the following steps. It will return either an absolute
   URL or failure.
    1. Apply the URL parser to specifier. If the result is not failure,
       return the result.
    2. If specifier does not start with the character U+002F SOLIDUS (/), the
       two-character sequence U+002E FULL STOP, U+002F SOLIDUS (./), or the
       three-character sequence U+002E FULL STOP, U+002E FULL STOP, U+002F
       SOLIDUS (../), return failure and abort these steps.
       This restriction is in place so that in the future we can allow custom
       module loaders to give special meaning to "bare" import specifiers,
       like import "jquery" or import "web/crypto". For now any such imports
       will fail, instead of being treated as relative URLs.
    3. Return the result of applying the URL parser to specifier with
       script’s base URL as the base URL.
        7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier)
   JavaScript contains an implementation-defined HostResolveImportedModule
   abstract operation. User agents must use the following implementation:
   [ECMA-262]
    1. Let referencing module script be referencingModule.[[HostDefined]].
    2. Let module map be referencing module script’s settings object’s module
       map.
    3. Let url be the result of resolving a module specifier given
       referencing module script and specifier. If the result is failure,
       throw a TypeError exception and abort these steps.
    4. Let resolved module script be the value of the entry in module map
       whose key is url. If no such entry exists, or if the value is null or
       "fetching", throw a TypeError exception and abort these steps.
    5. Return resolved module script’s module record.
      7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
   When the user agent is required to report an error for a particular script
   script with a particular position line:col, using a particular target
   target, it must run these steps, after which the error is either handled
   or not handled:
    1. If target is in error reporting mode, then abort these steps; the
       error is not handled.
    2. Let target be in error reporting mode.
    3. Let message be a user-agent-defined string describing the error in a
       helpful manner.
    4. Let error object be the object that represents the error: in the case
       of an uncaught exception, that would be the object that was thrown; in
       the case of a JavaScript error that would be an Error object. If there
       is no corresponding object, then the null value must be used instead.
    5. Let location be an absolute URL that corresponds to the resource from
       which script was obtained.
       The resource containing the script will typically be the file from
       which the Document was parsed, e.g., for inline script elements or
       event handler content attributes; or the JavaScript file that the
       script was in, for external scripts. Even for dynamically-generated
       scripts, user agents are strongly encouraged to attempt to keep track
       of the original source of a script. For example, if an external script
       uses the document.write() API to insert an inline script element
       during parsing, the URL of the resource containing the script would
       ideally be reported as being the external script, and the line number
       might ideally be reported as the line with the document.write() call
       or where the string passed to that call was first constructed.
       Naturally, implementing this can be somewhat non-trivial.
       User agents are similarly encouraged to keep careful track of the
       original line numbers, even in the face of document.write() calls
       mutating the document as it is parsed, or event handler content
       attributes spanning multiple lines.
    6. If script has muted errors, then set message to "Script error.", set
       location to the empty string, set line and col to 0, and set error
       object to null.
    7. Let event be a new trusted ErrorEvent object that does not bubble but
       is cancelable, and which has the event name error.
    8. Initialize event’s message attribute to message.
    9. Initialize event’s filename attribute to location.
   10. Initialize event’s lineno attribute to line.
   11. Initialize event’s colno attribute to col.
   12. Initialize event’s error attribute to error object.
   13. Dispatch event at target.
   14. Let target no longer be in error reporting mode.
   15. If event was canceled, then the error is handled. Otherwise, the error
       is not handled.
       Returning true cancels event per the event handler processing
       algorithm.
        7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents
   When the user agent is to report an exception E, the user agent must
   report the error for the relevant script, with the problematic position
   (line number and column number) in the resource containing the script,
   using the global object specified by the script’s settings object as the
   target. If the error is still not handled after this, then the error may
   be reported to a developer console.
        7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional ErrorEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window, Worker)]
 interface ErrorEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute DOMString message;
   readonly attribute DOMString filename;
   readonly attribute unsigned long lineno;
   readonly attribute unsigned long colno;
   readonly attribute any error;
 };
 dictionary ErrorEventInit : EventInit {
   DOMString message = "";
   DOMString filename = "";
   unsigned long lineno = 0;
   unsigned long colno = 0;
   any error = null;
 };
   The message attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents the error message.
   The filename attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents the absolute URL of the script in which the error originally
   occurred.
   The lineno attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents the line number where the error occurred in the script.
   The colno attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents the column number where the error occurred in the script.
   The error attribute must return the value it was initialized to. Where
   appropriate, it is set to the object representing the error (e.g., the
   exception object in the case of an uncaught DOM exception).
      7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
   In addition to synchronous runtime script errors, scripts may experience
   asynchronous promise rejections, tracked via the unhandledrejection and
   rejectionhandled events.
   When the user agent is to notify about rejected promises on a given
   environment settings object settings object, it must run these steps:
    1. Let list be a copy of settings object’s about-to-be-notified rejected
       promises list.
    2. If list is empty, abort these steps.
    3. Clear settings object’s about-to-be-notified rejected promises list.
    4. Queue a task to run the following substep:
         1. For each promise p in list:
              1. If p’s [[PromiseIsHandled]] internal slot is true, continue
                 to the next iteration of the loop.
              2. Let event be a new trusted PromiseRejectionEvent object that
                 does not bubble but is cancelable, and which has the event
                 name unhandledrejection.
              3. Initialise event’s promise attribute to p.
              4. Initialise event’s reason attribute to the value of p’s
                 [[PromiseResult]] internal slot.
              5. Dispatch event at settings object’s global object.
              6. If the event was canceled, then the promise rejection is
                 handled. Otherwise, the promise rejection is not handled.
              7. If p’s [[PromiseIsHandled]] internal slot is false, add p to
                 settings object’s outstanding rejected promises weak set.
   This algorithm results in promise rejections being marked as handled or
   not handled. These concepts parallel handled and not handled script
   errors. If a rejection is still not handled after this, then the rejection
   may be reported to a developer console.
        7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
   ECMAScript contains an implementation-defined
   HostPromiseRejectionTracker(promise, operation) abstract operation. User
   agents must use the following implementation: [ECMA-262]
    1. Let script be the running script.
    2. If script has muted errors, terminate these steps.
    3. Let settings object be script’s settings object.
    4. If operation is "reject",
         1. Add promise to settings object’s about-to-be-notified rejected
            promises list.
    5. If operation is "handle",
         1. If settings object’s about-to-be-notified rejected promises list
            contains promise, remove promise from that list and abort these
            steps.
         2. If settings object’s outstanding rejected promises weak set does
            not contain promise, abort these steps.
         3. Remove promise from settings object’s outstanding rejected
            promises weak set.
         4. Queue a task to run the following steps:
              1. Let event be a new trusted PromiseRejectionEvent object that
                 does not bubble and is not cancelable, and which has the
                 event name rejectionhandled.
              2. Initialise event’s promise attribute to promise.
              3. Initialise event’s reason attribute to the value of
                 promise’s [[PromiseResult]] internal slot.
              4. Dispatch event at settings object’s global object.
        7.1.3.10.2. The PromiseRejectionEvent interface
 [Constructor(DOMString type, PromiseRejectionEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
 interface PromiseRejectionEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute Promise promise;
   readonly attribute any reason;
 };
 dictionary PromiseRejectionEventInit : EventInit {
   required Promise promise;
   any reason;
 };
   The promise attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents the promise which this notification is about.
   The reason attribute must return the value it was initialized to. It
   represents the rejection reason for the promise.
      7.1.3.11. HostEnsureCanCompileStrings(callerRealm, calleeRealm)
   JavaScript contains an implementation-defined
   HostEnsureCanCompileStrings(callerRealm, calleeRealm) abstract operation.
   User agents must use the following implementation: [ECMA-262]
    1. Perform ? EnsureCSPDoesNotBlockStringCompilation(callerRealm,
       calleeRealm). [CSP3]
    7.1.4. Event loops
      7.1.4.1. Definitions
   To coordinate events, user interaction, scripts, rendering, networking,
   and so forth, user agents must use event loops as described in this
   section. There are two kinds of event loops: those for browsing contexts,
   and those for workers.
   There must be at least one browsing context event loop per user agent, and
   at most one per unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts.
   When there is more than one event loop for a unit of related browsing
   contexts, complications arise when a browsing context in that group is
   navigated such that it switches from one unit of related similar-origin
   browsing contexts to another. This specification does not currently
   describe how to handle these complications.
   A browsing context event loop always has at least one browsing context. If
   such an event loop’s browsing contexts all go away, then the event loop
   goes away as well. A browsing context always has an event loop
   coordinating its activities.
   Worker event loops are simpler: each worker has one event loop, and the
   worker processing model manages the event loop’s lifetime.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An event loop has one or more task queues. A task queue is an ordered list
   of tasks, which are algorithms that are responsible for such work as:
   Events
           Dispatching an Event object at a particular EventTarget object is
           often done by a dedicated task.
           Not all events are dispatched using the task queue, many are
           dispatched during other tasks.
   Parsing
           The HTML parser tokenizing one or more bytes, and then processing
           any resulting tokens, is typically a task.
   Callbacks
           Calling a callback is often done by a dedicated task.
   Using a resource
           When an algorithm fetches a resource, if the fetching occurs in a
           non-blocking fashion then the processing of the resource once some
           or all of the resource is available is performed by a task.
   Reacting to DOM manipulation
           Some elements have tasks that trigger in response to DOM
           manipulation, e.g., when that element is inserted into the
           document.
   Each task in a browsing context event loop is associated with a Document;
   if the task was queued in the context of an element, then it is the
   element’s node document; if the task was queued in the context of a
   browsing context, then it is the browsing context’s active document at the
   time the task was queued; if the task was queued by or for a script then
   the document is the responsible document specified by the script’s
   settings object.
   A task is intended for a specific event loop: the event loop that is
   handling tasks for the task’s associated Document or Worker.
   When a user agent is to queue a task, it must add the given task to one of
   the task queues of the relevant event loop.
   Each task is defined as coming from a specific task source. All the tasks
   from one particular task source and destined to a particular event loop
   (e.g., the callbacks generated by timers of a Document, the events fired
   for mouse movements over that Document, the tasks queued for the parser of
   that Document) must always be added to the same task queue, but tasks from
   different task sources may be placed in different task queues.
   For example, a user agent could have one task queue for mouse and key
   events (the user interaction task source), and another for everything
   else. The user agent could then give keyboard and mouse events preference
   over other tasks three quarters of the time, keeping the interface
   responsive but not starving other task queues, and never processing events
   from any one task source out of order.
   Each event loop has a currently running task. Initially, this is null. It
   is used to handle reentrancy. Each event loop also has a performing a
   microtask checkpoint flag, which must initially be false. It is used to
   prevent reentrant invocation of the perform a microtask checkpoint
   algorithm.
      7.1.4.2. Processing model
   An event loop must continually run through the following steps for as long
   as it exists:
    1. Select the oldest task on one of the event loop’s task queues, if any,
       ignoring, in the case of a browsing context event loop, tasks whose
       associated Documents are not fully active. The user agent may pick any
       task queue. If there is no task to select, then jump to the Microtasks
       step below.
    2. Set the event loop’s currently running task to the task selected in
       the previous step.
    3. Run: Run the selected task.
    4. Set the event loop’s currently running task back to null.
    5. Remove the task that was run in the Run step above from its task
       queue.
    6. Microtasks: Perform a microtask checkpoint.
    7. Update the rendering: If this event loop is a browsing context event
       loop (as opposed to a Worker event loop), then run the following
       substeps.
         1. Let now be the value that would be returned by the Performance
            object’s now() method. [HR-TIME-2]
         2. Let docs be the list of Document objects associated with the
            event loop in question, sorted arbitrarily except that the
            following conditions must be met:
               * Any Document B that is nested through a Document A must be
                 listed after A in the list.
               * If there are two documents A and B whose browsing contexts
                 are both nested browsing contexts and their browsing context
                 containers are both elements in the same Document C, then
                 the order of A and B in the list must match the relative
                 tree order of their respective browsing context containers
                 in C.
            In the steps below that iterate over docs, each Document must be
            processed in the order it is found in the list.
         3. If there is a top-level browsing context B that the user agent
            believes would not benefit from having its rendering updated at
            this time, then remove from docs all Document objects whose
            browsing context’s top-level browsing context is B.
            There are many factors that affect the ideal update frequency for
            the top-level browsing context including performance, power,
            background operation, quality of user experience, refresh rate of
            display(s), etc. When in foreground and not constrained by
            resources (i.e. performance, battery versus mains power, other
            resource limits), the user agent normally prioritizes for maximum
            quality of user experience for that set of Documents by matching
            update frequency and animation frame callback rate to the current
            refresh rate of the current display (usually 60Hz, but refresh
            rate may be higher or lower). When accommodating constraints on
            resources, the update frequency might automatically run at a
            lower rate. Also, if a top-level browsing context is in the
            background, the user agent might decide to drop that page to a
            much slower 4Hz, or even less.
            Another example of why a browser might skip updating the
            rendering is to ensure certain tasks are executed immediately
            after each other, with only microtask checkpoints interleaved
            (and without, e.g., animation frame callbacks interleaved). For
            example, a user agent might wish to coalesce callbacks together,
            with no intermediate rendering updates. However, when are no
            constraints on resources, there must not be an arbitrary
            permanent user agent limit on the update rate and animation frame
            callback rate (i.e., high refresh rate displays and/or low
            latency applications).
         4. If there are a nested browsing contexts B that the user agent
            believes would not benefit from having their rendering updated at
            this time, then remove from docs all Document objects whose
            browsing context is in B.
            As with top-level browsing contexts, a variety of factors can
            influence whether it is profitable for a browser to update the
            rendering of nested browsing contexts. For example, a user agent
            might wish to spend less resources rendering third-party content,
            especially if it is not currently visible to the user or if
            resources are constrained. In such cases, the browser could
            decide to update the rendering for such content infrequently or
            never.
         5. For each fully active Document in docs, run the resize steps for
            that Document, passing in now as the timestamp. [CSSOM-VIEW]
         6. For each fully active Document in docs, run the scroll steps for
            that Document, passing in now as the timestamp. [CSSOM-VIEW]
         7. For each fully active Document in docs, evaluate media queries
            and report changes for that Document, passing in now as the
            timestamp. [CSSOM-VIEW]
         8. For each fully active Document in docs, run CSS animations and
            send events for that Document, passing in now as the timestamp.
            [CSS3-ANIMATIONS]
         9. For each fully active Document in docs, run the fullscreen
            rendering steps for that Document, passing in now as the
            timestamp. [FULLSCREEN]
        10. For each fully active Document in docs, run the animation frame
            callbacks for that Document, passing in now as the timestamp.
        11. For each fully active Document in docs, update the rendering or
            user interface of that Document and its browsing context to
            reflect the current state.
    8. If this is a Worker event loop (i.e., one running for a
       WorkerGlobalScope), but there are no tasks in the event loop’s task
       queues and the WorkerGlobalScope object’s closing flag is true, then
       destroy the event loop, aborting these steps, resuming the run a
       worker steps.
    9. Return to the first step of the event loop.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Each event loop has a microtask queue. A microtask is a task that is
   originally to be queued on the microtask queue rather than a task queue.
   There are two kinds of microtasks: solitary callback microtasks, and
   compound microtasks.
   This specification only has solitary callback microtasks. Specifications
   that use compound microtasks have to take extra care to wrap callbacks to
   handle spinning the event loop.
   When an algorithm requires a microtask to be queued, it must be appended
   to the relevant event loop’s microtask queue; the task source of such a
   microtask is the microtask task source.
   It is possible for a microtask to be moved to a regular task queue, if,
   during its initial execution, it spins the event loop. In that case, the
   microtask task source is the task source used. Normally, the task source
   of a microtask is irrelevant.
   When a user agent is to perform a microtask checkpoint, if the performing
   a microtask checkpoint flag is false, then the user agent must run the
   following steps:
    1. Let the performing a microtask checkpoint flag be true.
    2. Microtask queue handling: If the event loop’s microtask queue is
       empty, jump to the Done step below.
    3. Select the oldest microtask on the event loop’s microtask queue.
    4. Set the event loop’s currently running task to the task selected in
       the previous step.
    5. Run: Run the selected task.
       This might involve invoking scripted callbacks, which eventually calls
       the clean up after running script steps, which call this perform a
       microtask checkpoint algorithm again, which is why we use the
       performing a microtask checkpoint flag to avoid reentrancy.
    6. Set the event loop’s currently running task back to null.
    7. Remove the microtask run in the step above from the microtask queue,
       and return to the Microtask queue handling step.
    8. Done: For each environment settings object whose responsible event
       loop is this event loop, notify about rejected promises on that
       environment settings object.
    9. Cleanup Indexed Database transactions.
   10. Let the performing a microtask checkpoint flag be false.
   If, while a compound microtask is running, the user agent is required to
   execute a compound microtask subtask to run a series of steps, the user
   agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let parent be the event loop’s currently running task (the currently
       running compound microtask).
    2. Let subtask be a new task that consists of running the given series of
       steps. The task source of such a microtask is the microtask task
       source. This is a compound microtask subtask.
    3. Set the event loop’s currently running task to subtask.
    4. Run subtask.
    5. Set the event loop’s currently running task back to parent.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When an algorithm running in parallel is to await a stable state, the user
   agent must queue a microtask that runs the following steps, and must then
   stop executing (execution of the algorithm resumes when the microtask is
   run, as described in the following steps):
    1. Run the algorithm’s synchronous section.
    2. Resumes execution of the algorithm in parallel, if appropriate, as
       described in the algorithm’s steps.
   Steps in synchronous sections are marked with ⌛.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When an algorithm says to spin the event loop until a condition goal is
   met, the user agent must run the following steps:
    1. Let task be the event loop’s currently running task.
       This might be a microtask, in which case it is a solitary callback
       microtask. It could also be a compound microtask subtask, or a regular
       task that is not a microtask. It will not be a compound microtask.
    2. Let task source be task’s task source.
    3. Let old stack be a copy of the JavaScript execution context stack.
    4. Empty the JavaScript execution context stack.
    5. Run the global script clean-up jobs.
    6. Perform a microtask checkpoint.
    7. Stop task, allowing whatever algorithm that invoked it to resume, but
       continue these steps in parallel.
       This causes one of the following algorithms to continue: the event
       loop’s main set of steps, the perform a microtask checkpoint
       algorithm, or the execute a compound microtask subtask algorithm to
       continue.
    8. Wait until the condition goal is met.
    9. Queue a task to continue running these steps, using the task source
       task source. Wait until this new task runs before continuing these
       steps.
   10. Replace the JavaScript execution context stack with the old stack.
   11. Return to the caller.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   Some of the algorithms in this specification, for historical reasons,
   require the user agent to pause while running a task until a condition
   goal is met. This means running the following steps:
    1. If necessary, update the rendering or user interface of any Document
       or browsing context to reflect the current state.
    2. Wait until the condition goal is met. While a user agent has a paused
       task, the corresponding event loop must not run further tasks, and any
       script in the currently running task must block. User agents should
       remain responsive to user input while paused, however, albeit in a
       reduced capacity since the event loop will not be doing anything.
      7.1.4.3. Generic task sources
   The following task sources are used by a number of mostly unrelated
   features in this and other specifications.
   The DOM manipulation task source
           This task source is used for features that react to DOM
           manipulations, such as things that happen in a non-blocking
           fashion when an element is inserted into the document.
   The user interaction task source
           This task source is used for features that react to user
           interaction, for example keyboard or mouse input.
           Events sent in response to user input (e.g., click events) must be
           fired using tasks queued with the user interaction task source.
           [UIEVENTS]
   The networking task source
           This task source is used for features that trigger in response to
           network activity.
   The history traversal task source
           This task source is used to queue calls to history.back() and
           similar APIs.
    7.1.5. Events
      7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   Many objects can have event handlers specified. These act as non-capture
   event listeners for the object on which they are specified. [DOM41]
   An event handler has a name, which always starts with "on" and is followed
   by the name of the event for which it is intended.
   An event handler has a value, which is either null, or is a callback
   object, or is an internal raw uncompiled handler. The EventHandler
   callback function type describes how this is exposed to scripts.
   Initially, an event handler’s value must be set to null.
   Event handlers are exposed in one of two ways.
   The first way, common to all event handlers, is as an event handler IDL
   attribute.
   The second way is as an event handler content attribute. Event handlers on
   HTML elements and some of the event handlers on Window objects are exposed
   in this way.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An event handler IDL attribute is an IDL attribute for a specific event
   handler. The name of the IDL attribute is the same as the name of the
   event handler.
   Event handler IDL attributes, on setting, must set the corresponding event
   handler to their new value, and on getting, must return the result of
   getting the current value of the event handler in question (this can throw
   an exception, in which case the getting propagates it to the caller, it
   does not catch it).
   If an event handler IDL attribute exposes an event handler of an object
   that doesn’t exist, it must always return null on getting and must do
   nothing on setting.
   This can happen in particular for event handler IDL attribute on body
   elements that do not have corresponding Window objects.
   Certain event handler IDL attributes have additional requirements, in
   particular the onmessage attribute of MessagePort objects.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An event handler content attribute is a content attribute for a specific
   event handler. The name of the content attribute is the same as the name
   of the event handler.
   Event handler content attributes, when specified, must contain valid
   JavaScript code which, when parsed, would match the FunctionBody
   production after automatic semicolon insertion. [ECMA-262]
   When an event handler content attribute is set, execute the following
   steps:
    1. If the Should element’s inline behavior be blocked by Content Security
       Policy? algorithm returns "Blocked" when executed upon the attribute’s
       element "script attribute", and the attribute’s value, then abort
       these steps. [CSP3]
    2. Set the corresponding event handler to an internal raw uncompiled
       handler consisting of the attribute’s new value and the script
       location where the attribute was set to this value.
   When an event handler content attribute is removed, the user agent must
   set the corresponding event handler to null.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When an event handler H of an element or object T implementing the
   EventTarget interface is first set to a non-null value, the user agent
   must append an event listener to the list of event listeners associated
   with T with type set to the event handler event type corresponding to H
   and callback set to the event handler processing algorithm defined below.
   [DOM41]
   The callback is emphatically not the event handler itself. Every event
   handler ends up registering the same callback the algorithm defined below,
   which takes care of invoking the right callback, and processing the
   callback’s return value.
   This only happens the first time the event handler’s value is set. Since
   listeners are called in the order they were registered, the order of event
   listeners for a particular event type will always be first the event
   listeners registered with addEventListener() before the first time the
   event handler was set to a non-null value, then the callback to which it
   is currently set, if any, and finally the event listeners registered with
   addEventListener() after the first time the event handler was set to a
   non-null value.
   This example demonstrates the order in which event listeners are invoked.
   If the button in this example is clicked by the user, the page will show
   four alerts, with the text "ONE", "TWO", "THREE", and "FOUR" respectively.
 Start Demo 
 
   The interfaces implemented by the event object do not influence whether an
   event handler is triggered or not.
   The event handler processing algorithm for an event handler H and an Event
   object E is as follows:
    1. Let callback be the result of getting the current value of the event
       handler H.
    2. If callback is null, then abort these steps.
    3. Process the Event object E as follows:
            If E is an ErrorEvent object and the event handler IDL
            attribute’s type is OnErrorEventHandler
                    Invoke callback with five arguments, the first one having
                    the value of E’s message attribute, the second having the
                    value of E’s filename attribute, the third having the
                    value of E’s lineno attribute, the fourth having the
                    value of E’s colno attribute, the fifth having the value
                    of E’s error attribute, and with the callback this value
                    set to E’s currentTarget. Let return value be the
                    callback’s return value. [WEBIDL]
            Otherwise
                    Invoke callback with one argument, the value of which is
                    the Event object E, with the callback this value set to
                    E’s currentTarget. Let return value be the callback’s
                    return value. [WEBIDL]
       In this step, invoke means to invoke the Web IDL callback function.
       If an exception gets thrown by the callback, end these steps and allow
       the exception to propagate. (It will propagate to the DOM event
       dispatch logic, which will then report the exception.)
    4. Process return value as follows:
            If the event type is mouseover
            If the event type is error and E is an ErrorEvent object
                    If return value is a Web IDL boolean true value, then
                    cancel the event.
            If the event type is beforeunload
                    The event handler IDL attribute’s type is
                    OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler, and the return value will
                    therefore have been coerced into either the value null or
                    a DOMString.
                    If the return value is null, then cancel the event.
                    Otherwise, if the Event object E is a BeforeUnloadEvent
                    object, and the Event object E’s returnValue attribute’s
                    value is the empty string, then set the returnValue
                    attribute’s value to return value.
            Otherwise
                    If return value is a Web IDL boolean false value, then
                    cancel the event.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The EventHandler callback function type represents a callback used for
   event handlers. It is represented in Web IDL as follows:
 [TreatNonObjectAsNull]
 callback EventHandlerNonNull = any (Event event);
 typedef EventHandlerNonNull? EventHandler;
   In JavaScript, any Function object implements this interface.
   For example, the following document fragment:
 
   ...leads to an alert saying "[object Window]" when the document is loaded,
   and an alert saying "[object HTMLBodyElement]" whenever the user clicks
   something in the page.
   The return value of the function affects whether the event is canceled or
   not: as described above, if the return value is false, the event is
   canceled (except for mouseover events, where the return value has to be
   true to cancel the event). With beforeunload events, the value is instead
   used to determine whether or not to prompt about unloading the document.
   For historical reasons, the onerror handler has different arguments:
 [TreatNonObjectAsNull]
 callback OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull = any ((Event or DOMString) event, optional DOMString source, optional unsigned long lineno, optional unsigned long column, optional any error);
 typedef OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull? OnErrorEventHandler;
   Similarly, the onbeforeunload handler has a different return value:
 [TreatNonObjectAsNull]
 callback OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull = DOMString? (Event event);
 typedef OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull? OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler;
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   An internal raw uncompiled handler is a tuple with the following
   information:
     * An uncompiled script body
     * A location where the script body originated, in case an error needs to
       be reported
   When the user agent is to get the current value of the event handler H, it
   must run these steps:
    1. If H’s value is an internal raw uncompiled handler, run these
       substeps:
         1. If H is an element’s event handler, then let element be the
            element, and document be the element’s node document.
            Otherwise, H is a Window object’s event handler: let element be
            null, and let document be the Document most recently associated
            with that Window object.
         2. If document does not have a browsing context, or if scripting is
            enabled for document’s browsing context, then return null.
         3. Let body be the uncompiled script body in the internal raw
            uncompiled handler.
         4. Let location be the location where the script body originated, as
            given by the internal raw uncompiled handler.
         5. If element is not null and element has a form owner, let form
            owner be that form owner. Otherwise, let form owner be null.
         6. Let script settings be the environment settings object created
            for the Window object with which document is currently
            associated.
         7. If body is not parsable as FunctionBody or if parsing detects an
            early error, then follow these substeps:
              1. Set H’s value to null.
              2. Report the error for the appropriate script and with the
                 appropriate position (line number and column number) given
                 by location, using the global object specified by script
                 settings as the target. If the error is still not handled
                 after this, then the error may be reported to a developer
                 console.
              3. Return null.
         8. If body begins with a Directive Prologue that contains a Use
            Strict Directive then let strict be true, otherwise let strict be
            false.
         9. Let function be the result of calling FunctionCreate, with
            arguments:
                 kind
                         Normal
                 ParameterList
                              If H is an onerror event handler of a Window
                              object
                                      Let the function have five arguments,
                                      named event, source, lineno, colno, and
                                      error.
                              Otherwise
                                      Let the function have a single argument
                                      called event.
                 Body
                         The result of parsing body above.
                 Scope
                           1. If H is an element’s event handler, then let
                              Scope be the result of
                              NewObjectEnvironment(document, the global
                              environment).
                              Otherwise, H is a Window object’s event
                              handler: let Scope be the global environment.
                           2. If form owner is not null, let Scope be
                              NewObjectEnvironment(form owner, Scope).
                           3. If element is not null, let Scope be the
                              NewObjectEnvironment(element, Scope).
                 Strict
                         The value of strict.
        10. Set H’s value to function.
    2. Return H’s value.
      7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window objects
   The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) that must be supported by all HTML elements, as both
   event handler content attributes and event handler IDL attributes; and
   that must be supported by all Document and Window objects, as event
   handler IDL attributes:
   Event handler    Event handler event type 
   onabort          abort                    
   onauxclick       auxclick                 
   oncancel         cancel                   
   oncanplay        canplay                  
   oncanplaythrough canplaythrough           
   onchange         change                   
   onclick          click                    
   onclose          close                    
   oncuechange      cuechange                
   ondblclick       dblclick                 
   ondrag           drag                     
   ondragend        dragend                  
   ondragenter      dragenter                
   ondragexit       dragexit                 
   ondragleave      dragleave                
   ondragover       dragover                 
   ondragstart      dragstart                
   ondrop           drop                     
   ondurationchange durationchange           
   onemptied        emptied                  
   onended          ended                    
   oninput          input                    
   oninvalid        invalid                  
   onkeydown        keydown                  
   onkeypress       keypress                 
   onkeyup          keyup                    
   onloadeddata     loadeddata               
   onloadedmetadata loadedmetadata           
   onloadend        loadend                  
   onloadstart      loadstart                
   onmousedown      mousedown                
   onmouseenter     mouseenter               
   onmouseleave     mouseleave               
   onmousemove      mousemove                
   onmouseout       mouseout                 
   onmouseover      mouseover                
   onmouseup        mouseup                  
   onwheel          wheel                    
   onpause          pause                    
   onplay           play                     
   onplaying        playing                  
   onprogress       progress                 
   onratechange     ratechange               
   onreset          reset                    
   onseeked         seeked                   
   onseeking        seeking                  
   onselect         select                   
   onshow           show                     
   onstalled        stalled                  
   onsubmit         submit                   
   onsuspend        suspend                  
   ontimeupdate     timeupdate               
   ontoggle         toggle                   
   onvolumechange   volumechange             
   onwaiting        waiting                  
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) that must be supported by all HTML elements other
   than body and frameset elements, as both event handler content attributes
   and event handler IDL attributes; that must be supported by all Document
   objects, as event handler IDL attributes; and that must be supported by
   all Window objects, as event handler IDL attributes on the Window objects
   themselves, and with corresponding event handler content attributes and
   event handler IDL attributes exposed on all body and frameset elements
   that are owned by that Window object’s Documents:
   Event handler Event handler event type 
   onblur        blur                     
   onerror       error                    
   onfocus       focus                    
   onload        load                     
   onresize      resize                   
   onscroll      scroll                   
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) that must be supported by Window objects, as event
   handler IDL attributes on the Window objects themselves, and with
   corresponding event handler content attributes and event handler IDL
   attributes exposed on all body and frameset elements that are owned by
   that Window object’s Documents:
   Event handler        Event handler event type 
   onafterprint         afterprint               
   onbeforeprint        beforeprint              
   onbeforeunload       beforeunload             
   onhashchange         hashchange               
   onlanguagechange     languagechange           
   onmessage            message                  
   onoffline            offline                  
   ononline             online                   
   onpagehide           pagehide                 
   onpageshow           pageshow                 
   onrejectionhandled   rejectionhandled         
   onpopstate           popstate                 
   onstorage            storage                  
   onunhandledrejection unhandledrejection       
   onunload             unload                   
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) that must be supported by all HTML elements, as both
   event handler content attributes and event handler IDL attributes and that
   must be supported by all Document objects, as event handler IDL
   attributes:
   Event handler Event handler event type 
   oncut         cut                      
   oncopy        copy                     
   onpaste       paste                    
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The following are the event handlers (and their corresponding event
   handler event types) that must be supported on Document objects as event
   handler IDL attributes:
   Event handler      Event handler event type 
   onreadystatechange readystatechange         
        7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface GlobalEventHandlers {
   attribute EventHandler onabort;
   attribute EventHandler onblur;
   attribute EventHandler oncancel;
   attribute EventHandler oncanplay;
   attribute EventHandler oncanplaythrough;
   attribute EventHandler onchange;
   attribute EventHandler onclick;
   attribute EventHandler onclose;
   attribute EventHandler oncuechange;
   attribute EventHandler ondblclick;
   attribute EventHandler ondrag;
   attribute EventHandler ondragend;
   attribute EventHandler ondragenter;
   attribute EventHandler ondragexit;
   attribute EventHandler ondragleave;
   attribute EventHandler ondragover;
   attribute EventHandler ondragstart;
   attribute EventHandler ondrop;
   attribute EventHandler ondurationchange;
   attribute EventHandler onemptied;
   attribute EventHandler onended;
   attribute OnErrorEventHandler onerror;
   attribute EventHandler onfocus;
   attribute EventHandler oninput;
   attribute EventHandler oninvalid;
   attribute EventHandler onkeydown;
   attribute EventHandler onkeypress;
   attribute EventHandler onkeyup;
   attribute EventHandler onload;
   attribute EventHandler onloadeddata;
   attribute EventHandler onloadedmetadata;
   attribute EventHandler onloadstart;
   attribute EventHandler onmousedown;
   [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onmouseenter;
   [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onmouseleave;
   attribute EventHandler onmousemove;
   attribute EventHandler onmouseout;
   attribute EventHandler onmouseover;
   attribute EventHandler onmouseup;
   attribute EventHandler onwheel;
   attribute EventHandler onpause;
   attribute EventHandler onplay;
   attribute EventHandler onplaying;
   attribute EventHandler onprogress;
   attribute EventHandler onratechange;
   attribute EventHandler onreset;
   attribute EventHandler onresize;
   attribute EventHandler onscroll;
   attribute EventHandler onseeked;
   attribute EventHandler onseeking;
   attribute EventHandler onselect;
   attribute EventHandler onshow;
   attribute EventHandler onstalled;
   attribute EventHandler onsubmit;
   attribute EventHandler onsuspend;
   attribute EventHandler ontimeupdate;
   attribute EventHandler ontoggle;
   attribute EventHandler onvolumechange;
   attribute EventHandler onwaiting;
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface WindowEventHandlers {
   attribute EventHandler onafterprint;
   attribute EventHandler onbeforeprint;
   attribute OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler onbeforeunload;
   attribute EventHandler onhashchange;
   attribute EventHandler onlanguagechange;
   attribute EventHandler onmessage;
   attribute EventHandler onoffline;
   attribute EventHandler ononline;
   attribute EventHandler onpagehide;
   attribute EventHandler onpageshow;
   attribute EventHandler onrejectionhandled;
   attribute EventHandler onpopstate;
   attribute EventHandler onstorage;
   attribute EventHandler onunhandledrejection;
   attribute EventHandler onunload;
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface DocumentAndElementEventHandlers {
   attribute EventHandler oncopy;
   attribute EventHandler oncut;
   attribute EventHandler onpaste;
 };
      7.1.5.3. Event firing
   Certain operations and methods are defined as firing events on elements.
   For example, the click() method on the HTMLElement interface is defined as
   firing a click event on the element. [UIEVENTS]
   Firing a simple event named e means that a trusted event with the name e,
   which does not bubble (except where otherwise stated) and is not
   cancelable (except where otherwise stated), and which uses the Event
   interface, must be created and dispatched at the given target.
   Firing a synthetic mouse event named e means that an event with the name
   e, which is trusted (except where otherwise stated), does not bubble
   (except where otherwise stated), is not cancelable (except where otherwise
   stated), and which uses the MouseEvent interface, must be created and
   dispatched at the given target. The event object must have its screenX,
   screenY, clientX, clientY, and button attributes initialized to 0, its
   ctrlKey, shiftKey, altKey, and metaKey attributes initialized according to
   the current state of the key input device, if any (false for any keys that
   are not available), its detail attribute initialized to 1, its
   relatedTarget attribute initialized to null (except where otherwise
   stated), and its view attribute initialized to the Window object of the
   Document object of the given target node, if any, or else null. The
   getModifierState() method on the object must return values appropriately
   describing the state of the key input device at the time the event is
   created.
   Firing a click event means firing a synthetic mouse event named click,
   which bubbles and is cancelable.
   The default action of these events is to do nothing except where otherwise
   stated.
      7.1.5.4. Events and the Window object
   When an event is dispatched at a DOM node in a Document in a browsing
   context, if the event is not a load event, the user agent must act as if,
   for the purposes of event dispatching, the Window object is the parent of
   the Document object. [DOM41]
  7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin
   The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin is for use of APIs that are to be
   exposed on Window and WorkerGlobalScope objects.
   Other specifications are encouraged to further extend it using partial
   interface WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope { … }; along with an appropriate
   reference.
 typedef (DOMString or Function) TimerHandler;
 [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)]
 interface WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope {
   [Replaceable] readonly attribute USVString origin;
   // Base64 utility methods (WindowBase64)
   DOMString btoa(DOMString btoa);
   DOMString atob(DOMString atob);
   // Timers (WindowTimers)
   long setTimeout((Function or DOMString) handler, optional long timeout = 0, any... arguments);
   void clearTimeout(optional long handle = 0);
   long setInterval((Function or DOMString) handler, optional long timeout = 0, any... arguments);
   void clearInterval(optional long handle = 0);
   // ImageBitmap, Images (ImageBitmapFactories)
   Promise createImageBitmap(ImageBitmapSource image);
   Promise createImageBitmap(ImageBitmapSource image, long sx, long sy, long sw, long sh);
 };
 Window implements WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope;
 WorkerGlobalScope implements WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope;
   origin = self . origin
           Returns the global object’s origin, serialized as string.
   Developers are strongly encouraged to use self.origin over
   location.origin. self.origin returns the origin of the environment, while
   location.origin returns URL of the environment.
   Imagine the following script executing in a document on
   https://example.com:
 var frame = document.createElement("iframe")
 frame.onload = function() {
   var frameWin = frame.contentWindow
   console.log(frameWin.location.origin) // "null"
   console.log(frameWin.origin) // "https://example.com"
 }
 document.body.appendChild(frame)
   self.origin is a more reliable security indicator.
   The origin attribute’s getter must return this object’s relevant setting
   object’s origin, serialized.
  7.3. Base64 utility methods
   The atob() and btoa() methods allow authors to transform content to and
   from the base64 encoding.
   In these APIs, for mnemonic purposes, the "b" can be considered to stand
   for "binary", and the "a" for "ASCII". In practice, though, for primarily
   historical reasons, both the input and output of these functions are
   Unicode strings.
   result = window . btoa( data )
           Takes the input data, in the form of a Unicode string containing
           only characters in the range U+0000 to U+00FF, each representing a
           binary byte with values 0x00 to 0xFF respectively, and converts it
           to its base64 representation, which it returns.
           Throws an InvalidCharacterError exception if the input string
           contains any out-of-range characters.
   result = window . atob( data )
           Takes the input data, in the form of a Unicode string containing
           base64-encoded binary data, decodes it, and returns a string
           consisting of characters in the range U+0000 to U+00FF, each
           representing a binary byte with values 0x00 to 0xFF respectively,
           corresponding to that binary data.
           Throws an InvalidCharacterError exception if the input string is
           not valid base64 data.
   The btoa() method must throw an InvalidCharacterError exception if the
   method’s first argument contains any character whose code point is greater
   than U+00FF. Otherwise, the user agent must convert that argument to a
   sequence of octets whose nth octet is the eight-bit representation of the
   code point of the nth character of the argument, and then must apply the
   base64 algorithm to that sequence of octets, and return the result.
   [RFC4648]
   The atob() method must run the following steps to parse the string passed
   in the method’s first argument:
    1. Let input be the string being parsed.
    2. Let position be a pointer into input, initially pointing at the start
       of the string.
    3. Remove all space characters from input.
    4. If the length of input divides by 4 leaving no remainder, then: if
       input ends with one or two U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) characters, remove
       them from input.
    5. If the length of input divides by 4 leaving a remainder of 1, throw an
       InvalidCharacterError exception and abort these steps.
    6. If input contains a character that is not in the following list of
       characters and character ranges, throw an InvalidCharacterError
       exception and abort these steps:
          * U+002B PLUS SIGN (+)
          * U+002F SOLIDUS (/)
          * Alphanumeric ASCII characters
    7. Let output be a string, initially empty.
    8. Let buffer be a buffer that can have bits appended to it, initially
       empty.
    9. While position does not point past the end of input, run these
       substeps:
         1. Find the character pointed to by position in the first column of
            the following table. Let n be the number given in the second cell
            of the same row.
            Character Number 
            A         0      
            B         1      
            C         2      
            D         3      
            E         4      
            F         5      
            G         6      
            H         7      
            I         8      
            J         9      
            K         10     
            L         11     
            M         12     
            N         13     
            O         14     
            P         15     
            Q         16     
            R         17     
            S         18     
            T         19     
            U         20     
            V         21     
            W         22     
            X         23     
            Y         24     
            Z         25     
            a         26     
            b         27     
            c         28     
            d         29     
            e         30     
            f         31     
            g         32     
            h         33     
            i         34     
            j         35     
            k         36     
            l         37     
            m         38     
            n         39     
            o         40     
            p         41     
            q         42     
            r         43     
            s         44     
            t         45     
            u         46     
            v         47     
            w         48     
            x         49     
            y         50     
            z         51     
            0         52     
            1         53     
            2         54     
            3         55     
            4         56     
            5         57     
            6         58     
            7         59     
            8         60     
            9         61     
            +         62     
            /         63     
         2. Append to buffer the six bits corresponding to number, most
            significant bit first.
         3. If buffer has accumulated 24 bits, interpret them as three 8-bit
            big-endian numbers. Append the three characters with code points
            equal to those numbers to output, in the same order, and then
            empty buffer.
         4. Advance position by one character.
   10. If buffer is not empty, it contains either 12 or 18 bits. If it
       contains 12 bits, discard the last four and interpret the remaining
       eight as an 8-bit big-endian number. If it contains 18 bits, discard
       the last two and interpret the remaining 16 as two 8-bit big-endian
       numbers. Append the one or two characters with code points equal to
       those one or two numbers to output, in the same order.
       The discarded bits mean that, for instance, atob("YQ") and atob("YR")
       both return "a".
   11. Return output.
  7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
   APIs for dynamically inserting markup into the document interact with the
   parser, and thus their behavior varies depending on whether they are used
   with HTML documents (and the HTML parser) or XML documents (and the XML
   parser).
   Document objects have a throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion counter, which
   is used in conjunction with the create an element for the token algorithm
   to prevent custom element constructors from being able to use
   document.open(), document.close(), and document.write() when they are
   invoked by the parser. Initially, the counter must be set to zero.
    7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   The open() method comes in several variants with different numbers of
   arguments.
   document = document . open( [ type [, replace ] ] )
           Causes the Document to be replaced in-place, as if it was a new
           Document object, but reusing the previous object, which is then
           returned.
           If the type argument is omitted or has the value "text/html", then
           the resulting Document has an HTML parser associated with it,
           which can be given data to parse using document.write().
           Otherwise, all content passed to document.write() will be parsed
           as plain text.
           If the replace argument is present and has the value "replace",
           the existing entries in the session history for the Document
           object are removed.
           The method has no effect if the Document is still being parsed.
           Throws an "InvalidStateError" DOMException if the Document is an
           XML document.
   window = document . open( url, name, features [, replace ] )
           Works like the window.open() method.
   Document objects have an ignore-opens-during-unload counter, which is used
   to prevent scripts from invoking the document.open() method (directly or
   indirectly) while the document is being unloaded. Initially, the counter
   must be set to zero.
   When called with two arguments (or fewer), the document.open() method must
   act as follows:
    1. If the Document object is an XML document, then throw an
       "InvalidStateError" DOMException and abort these steps.
    2. If the Document object is not an active document, then abort these
       steps.
    3. If the origin of the Document is not equal to the origin of the
       responsible document specified by the entry settings object, throw a
       "SecurityError" DOMException and abort these steps.
    4. Let type be the value of the first argument.
    5. If the second argument is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the
       value "replace", then let replace be true.
       Otherwise, if the browsing context’s session history contains only one
       Document, and that was the about:blank Document created when the
       browsing context was created, and that Document has never had the
       unload a document algorithm invoked on it (e.g., by a previous call to
       document.open()), then let replace be true.
       Otherwise, let replace be false.
    6. If the Document has an active parser whose script nesting level is
       greater than zero, then the method does nothing. Abort these steps and
       return the Document object on which the method was invoked.
       This basically causes document.open() to be ignored when it’s called
       in an inline script found during parsing, while still letting it have
       an effect when called from a non-parser task such as a timer callback
       or event handler.
    7. Similarly, if the Document's ignore-opens-during-unload counter is
       greater than zero, then the method does nothing. Abort these steps and
       return the Document object on which the method was invoked.
       This basically causes document.open() to be ignored when it’s called
       from a beforeunload pagehide, or unload event handler while the
       Document is being unloaded.
    8. Set the Document's salvageable state to false.
    9. Prompt to unload the Document object. If the user refused to allow the
       document to be unloaded, then abort these steps and return the
       Document object on which the method was invoked.
   10. Unload the Document object, with the recycle parameter set to true.
   11. Abort the Document.
   12. Unregister all event listeners registered on the Document node and its
       descendants.
   13. Remove any tasks associated with the Document in any task source.
   14. Remove all child nodes of the document, without firing any mutation
       events.
   15. Call the JavaScript InitializeHostDefinedRealm() abstract operation
       with the following customizations:
          * For the global object, create a new Window object window.
          * For the global this value, use the current browsing context’s
            associated WindowProxy.
          * Let realm execution context be the created JavaScript execution
            context.
   16. Set window’s associated Document to the Document.
   17. Set up a browsing context environment settings object with realm
       execution context.
   18. Replace the Document's singleton objects with new instances of those
       objects, created in window’s Realm. (This includes in particular the
       History and Navigator objects, the various BarProp objects, the two
       Storage objects, the various HTMLCollection objects, and objects
       defined by other specifications, like Selection. It also includes all
       the Web IDL prototypes in the JavaScript binding, including the
       Document object’s prototype.)
   19. Change the document’s character encoding to UTF-8.
   20. If the Document is ready for post-load tasks, then set the Document
       object’s reload override flag and set the Document's reload override
       buffer to the empty string.
   21. Set the Document's salvageable state back to true.
   22. Change the document’s URL to the URL of the responsible document
       specified by the entry settings object.
   23. If the Document's iframe load in progress flag is set, set the
       Document's mute iframe load flag.
   24. Create a new HTML parser and associate it with the document. This is a
       script-created parser (meaning that it can be closed by the
       document.open() and document.close() methods, and that the tokenizer
       will wait for an explicit call to document.close() before emitting an
       end-of-file token). The encoding confidence is irrelevant.
   25. Set the current document readiness of the document to "loading".
   26. If type is an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string "replace",
       then, for historical reasons, set it to the string "text/html".
       Otherwise:
       If the type string contains a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), remove
       the first such character and all characters from it up to the end of
       the string.
       Strip leading and trailing white space from type.
   27. If type is not now an ASCII case-insensitive match for the string
       "text/html", then act as if the tokenizer had emitted a start tag
       token with the tag name "pre" followed by a single U+000A LINE FEED
       (LF) character, then switch the HTML parser’s tokenizer to the
       §8.2.4.5 PLAINTEXT state.
   28. Remove all the entries in the browsing context’s session history after
       the current entry. If the current entry is the last entry in the
       session history, then no entries are removed.
       This doesn’t necessarily have to affect the user agent’s user
       interface.
   29. Remove any tasks queued by the history traversal task source that are
       associated with any Document objects in the top-level browsing
       context’s document family.
   30. Remove any earlier entries that share the same Document.
   31. If replace is false, then add a new entry, just before the last entry,
       and associate with the new entry the text that was parsed by the
       previous parser associated with the Document object, as well as the
       state of the document at the start of these steps. This allows the
       user to step backwards in the session history to see the page before
       it was blown away by the document.open() call. This new entry does not
       have a Document object, so a new one will be created if the session
       history is traversed to that entry.
   32. Set the Document's fired unload flag to false. (It could have been set
       to true during the unload step above.)
   33. Finally, set the insertion point to point at just before the end of
       the input stream (which at this point will be empty).
   34. Return the Document on which the method was invoked.
   The document.open() method does not affect whether a Document is ready for
   post-load tasks or completely loaded.
   When called with four arguments, the open() method on the Document object
   must call the open() method on the Window object of the Document object,
   with the same arguments as the original call to the open() method, and
   return whatever that method returned. If the Document object has no Window
   object, then the method must throw an "InvalidAccessError" DOMException.
    7.4.2. Closing the input stream
   document . close()
           Closes the input stream that was opened by the document.open()
           method.
           Throws an InvalidStateError exception if the Document is an XML
           document.
   The close() method must run the following steps:
    1. If the Document object is an XML document, then throw an
       InvalidStateError exception and abort these steps.
    2. If there is no script-created parser associated with the document,
       then abort these steps.
    3. Insert an explicit "EOF" character at the end of the parser’s input
       stream.
    4. If there is a pending parsing-blocking script, then abort these steps.
    5. Run the tokenizer, processing resulting tokens as they are emitted,
       and stopping when the tokenizer reaches the explicit "EOF" character
       or spins the event loop.
    7.4.3. document.write()
   document . write(text...)
           In general, adds the given string(s) to the Document’s input
           stream.
           This method has very idiosyncratic behavior. In some cases, this
           method can affect the state of the HTML parser while the parser is
           running, resulting in a DOM that does not correspond to the source
           of the document (e.g., if the string written is the string
           "" or "
    
 
 
 
   The innermost element, cdr:license, is actually in the SVG namespace, as
   the "xmlns:cdr" attribute has no effect (unlike in XML). In fact, as the
   comment in the fragment above says, the fragment is actually
   non-conforming. This is because the SVG specification does not define any
   elements called "cdr:license" in the SVG namespace.
   Normal elements can have text, character references, other elements, and
   comments, but the text must not contain the character U+003C LESS-THAN
   SIGN (<) or an ambiguous ampersand. Some normal elements also have yet
   more restrictions on what content they are allowed to hold, beyond the
   restrictions imposed by the content model and those described in this
   paragraph. Those restrictions are described below.
   Tags contain a tag name, giving the element’s name. HTML elements all have
   names that only use alphanumeric ASCII characters. In the HTML syntax, tag
   names, even those for foreign elements, may be written with any mix of
   lower- and uppercase letters that, when converted to all-lowercase,
   matches the element’s tag name; tag names are case-insensitive.
      8.1.2.1. Start tags
   Start tags must have the following format:
    1. The first character of a start tag must be a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN
       character (<).
    2. The next few characters of a start tag must be the element’s tag name.
    3. If there are to be any attributes in the next step, there must first
       be one or more space characters.
    4. Then, the start tag may have a number of attributes, the syntax for
       which is described below. Attributes must be separated from each other
       by one or more space characters.
    5. After the attributes, or after the tag name if there are no
       attributes, there may be one or more space characters. (Some
       attributes are required to be followed by a space. See §8.1.2.3
       Attributes below.)
    6. Then, if the element is one of the void elements, or if the element is
       a foreign element, then there may be a single U+002F SOLIDUS character
       (/). This character has no effect on void elements, but on foreign
       elements it marks the start tag as self-closing.
    7. Finally, start tags must be closed by a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN
       character (>).
      8.1.2.2. End tags
   End tags must have the following format:
    1. The first character of an end tag must be a U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN
       character (<).
    2. The second character of an end tag must be a U+002F SOLIDUS character
       (/).
    3. The next few characters of an end tag must be the element’s tag name.
    4. After the tag name, there may be one or more space characters.
    5. Finally, end tags must be closed by a U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN
       character (>).
      8.1.2.3. Attributes
   Attributes for an element are expressed inside the element’s start tag.
   Attributes have a name and a value. Attribute names must consist of one or
   more characters other than the space characters, U+0000 NULL, U+0022
   QUOTATION MARK ("), U+0027 APOSTROPHE ('), U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>),
   U+002F SOLIDUS (/), and U+003D EQUALS SIGN (=) characters, the control
   characters, and any characters that are not defined by Unicode. In the
   HTML syntax, attribute names, even those for foreign elements, may be
   written with any mix of lower- and uppercase letters that are an ASCII
   case-insensitive match for the attribute’s name.
   Attribute values are a mixture of text and character references, except
   with the additional restriction that the text cannot contain an ambiguous
   ampersand.
   Attributes can be specified in four different ways:
   Empty attribute syntax
           Just the attribute name. The value is implicitly the empty string.
           In the following example, the disabled attribute is given with the
           empty attribute syntax:
  
           If an attribute using the empty attribute syntax is to be followed
           by another attribute, then there must be a space character
           separating the two.
   Unquoted attribute value syntax
           The attribute name, followed by zero or more space characters,
           followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character, followed by
           zero or more space characters, followed by the attribute value,
           which, in addition to the requirements given above for attribute
           values, must not contain any literal space characters, any U+0022
           QUOTATION MARK characters ("), U+0027 APOSTROPHE characters ('),
           U+003D EQUALS SIGN characters (=), U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN
           characters (<), U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN characters (>), or U+0060
           GRAVE ACCENT characters (`), and must not be the empty string.
           In the following example, the value attribute is given with the
           unquoted attribute value syntax:
  
           If an attribute using the unquoted attribute syntax is to be
           followed by another attribute or by the optional U+002F SOLIDUS
           character (/) allowed in step 6 of the start tag syntax above,
           then there must be a space character separating the two.
   Single-quoted attribute value syntax
           The attribute name, followed by zero or more space characters,
           followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character, followed by
           zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+0027
           APOSTROPHE character ('), followed by the attribute value, which,
           in addition to the requirements given above for attribute values,
           must not contain any literal U+0027 APOSTROPHE characters ('), and
           finally followed by a second single U+0027 APOSTROPHE character
           (').
           In the following example, the type attribute is given with the
           single-quoted attribute value syntax:
  
           If an attribute using the single-quoted attribute syntax is to be
           followed by another attribute, then there must be a space
           character separating the two.
   Double-quoted attribute value syntax
           The attribute name, followed by zero or more space characters,
           followed by a single U+003D EQUALS SIGN character, followed by
           zero or more space characters, followed by a single U+0022
           QUOTATION MARK character ("), followed by the attribute value,
           which, in addition to the requirements given above for attribute
           values, must not contain any literal U+0022 QUOTATION MARK
           characters ("), and finally followed by a second single U+0022
           QUOTATION MARK character (").
           In the following example, the name attribute is given with the
           double-quoted attribute value syntax:
  
           If an attribute using the double-quoted attribute syntax is to be
           followed by another attribute, then there must be a space
           character separating the two.
   There must never be two or more attributes on the same start tag whose
   names are an ASCII case-insensitive match for each other.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When a foreign element has one of the namespaced attributes given by the
   local name and namespace of the first and second cells of a row from the
   following table, it must be written using the name given by the third cell
   from the same row.
   Local name Namespace       Attribute name 
   actuate    XLink namespace xlink:actuate  
   arcrole    XLink namespace xlink:arcrole  
   href       XLink namespace xlink:href     
   role       XLink namespace xlink:role     
   show       XLink namespace xlink:show     
   title      XLink namespace xlink:title    
   type       XLink namespace xlink:type     
   lang       XML namespace   xml:lang       
   space      XML namespace   xml:space      
   xmlns      XMLNS namespace xmlns          
   xlink      XMLNS namespace xmlns:xlink    
   No other namespaced attribute can be expressed in the HTML syntax.
   Whether the attributes in the table above are conforming or not is defined
   by other specifications (e.g., the SVG and MathML specifications); this
   section only describes the syntax rules if the attributes are serialized
   using the HTML syntax.
      8.1.2.4. Optional tags
   Certain tags can be omitted.
   Omitting an element’s start tag in the situations described below does not
   mean the element is not present; it is implied, but it is still there. For
   example, an HTML document always has a root html element, even if the
   string  doesn’t appear anywhere in the markup.
   An html element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside the
   html element is not a comment.
   For example, in the following case it’s ok to remove the "" tag:
 
 
 
   Hello 
 
 
   Welcome to this example.
 
 
   Doing so would make the document look like this:
 
 
   Hello 
 
 
   Welcome to this example.
 
 
   This has the exact same DOM. In particular, note that white space around
   the document element is ignored by the parser. The following example would
   also have the exact same DOM:
 
   Hello 
 
 
   Welcome to this example.
 
 
   However, in the following example, removing the start tag moves the
   comment to before the html element:
 
 
 
 
   Hello 
 
 
   Welcome to this example.
 
 
   With the tag removed, the document actually turns into the same as this:
 
 
 
 
   Hello 
 
 
   Welcome to this example.
 
 
   This is why the tag can only be removed if it is not followed by a
   comment: removing the tag when there is a comment there changes the
   document’s resulting parse tree. Of course, if the position of the comment
   does not matter, then the tag can be omitted, as if the comment had been
   moved to before the start tag in the first place.
   An html element’s end tag may be omitted if the html element is not
   immediately followed by a comment.
   A head element’s start tag may be omitted if the element is empty, or if
   the first thing inside the head element is an element.
   A head element’s end tag may be omitted if the head element is not
   immediately followed by a space character or a comment.
   A body element’s start tag may be omitted if the element is empty, or if
   the first thing inside the body element is not a space character or a
   comment, except if the first thing inside the body element is a meta,
   link, script, style, or template element.
   A body element’s end tag may be omitted if the body element is not
   immediately followed by a comment.
   Note that in the example above, the head element start and end tags, and
   the body element start tag, can’t be omitted, because they are surrounded
   by white space:
 
 
   
     Hello 
   
   
     Welcome to this example.
   
 
   (The body and html element end tags could be omitted without trouble; any
   spaces after those get parsed into the body element anyway.)
   Usually, however, white space isn’t an issue. If we first remove the white
   space we don’t care about:
 Hello Welcome to this example.
   Then we can omit a number of tags without affecting the DOM:
 Hello Welcome to this example.
   At that point, we can also add some white space back:
 
 Hello 
 Welcome to this example.
   This would be equivalent to this document, with the omitted tags shown in
   their parser-implied positions; the only white space text node that
   results from this is the newline at the end of the head element:
 
 Hello 
 Welcome to this example.
   An li element’s end tag may be omitted if the li element is immediately
   followed by another li element or if there is no more content in the
   parent element.
   A dt element’s end tag may be omitted if the dt element is immediately
   followed by another dt element or a dd element.
   A dd element’s end tag may be omitted if the dd element is immediately
   followed by another dd element or a dt element, or if there is no more
   content in the parent element.
   A p element’s end tag may be omitted if the p element is immediately
   followed by an address, article, aside, blockquote, details, div, dl,
   fieldset, figcaption, figure, footer, form, h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6,
   header, hr, main, nav, ol, p, pre, section, table, or ul element, or if
   there is no more content in the parent element and the parent element is
   an HTML element that is not an a, audio, del, ins, map, noscript, or video
   element, or an autonomous custom element.
   We can thus simplify the earlier example further:
 Hello Welcome to this example.
   An rt element’s end tag may be omitted if the rt element is immediately
   followed by an rt or rp element, or if there is no more content in the
   parent element.
   An rp element’s end tag may be omitted if the rp element is immediately
   followed by an rt or rp element, or if there is no more content in the
   parent element.
   An optgroup element’s end tag may be omitted if the optgroup element is
   immediately followed by another optgroup element, or if there is no more
   content in the parent element.
   An option element’s end tag may be omitted if the option element is
   immediately followed by another option element, or if it is immediately
   followed by an optgroup element, or if there is no more content in the
   parent element.
   A colgroup element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside
   the colgroup element is a col element, and if the element is not
   immediately preceded by another colgroup element whose end tag has been
   omitted. (It can’t be omitted if the element is empty.)
   A colgroup element’s end tag may be omitted if the colgroup element is not
   immediately followed by a space character or a comment.
   A caption element’s end tag may be omitted if the caption element is not
   immediately followed by a space character or a comment.
   A thead element’s end tag may be omitted if the thead element is
   immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element.
   A tbody element’s start tag may be omitted if the first thing inside the
   tbody element is a tr element, and if the element is not immediately
   preceded by a tbody, thead, or tfoot element whose end tag has been
   omitted. (It can’t be omitted if the element is empty.)
   A tbody element’s end tag may be omitted if the tbody element is
   immediately followed by a tbody or tfoot element, or if there is no more
   content in the parent element.
   A tfoot element’s end tag may be omitted if there is no more content in
   the parent element.
   A tr element’s end tag may be omitted if the tr element is immediately
   followed by another tr element, or if there is no more content in the
   parent element.
   A td element’s end tag may be omitted if the td element is immediately
   followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more content in the
   parent element.
   A th element’s end tag may be omitted if the th element is immediately
   followed by a td or th element, or if there is no more content in the
   parent element.
   The ability to omit all these table-related tags makes table markup much
   terser.
   Take this example:
 
 37547 TEE Electric Powered Rail Car Train Functions (Abbreviated) 
  
 
 
   Function 
   Control Unit 
   Central Station 
  
  
 
 
   Headlights 
   ✔ 
   ✔ 
  
 
   Interior Lights 
   ✔ 
   ✔ 
  
 
   Electric locomotive operating sounds 
   ✔ 
   ✔ 
  
 
   Engineer’s cab lighting 
    
   ✔ 
  
 
   Station Announcements - Swiss 
    
   ✔ 
  
  
 
   The exact same table, modulo some white space differences, could be marked
   up as follows:
 
 37547 TEE Electric Powered Rail Car Train Functions (Abbreviated)
   
 
 
   Function
    Control Unit
    Central Station
    
 
   Headlights
    ✔
    ✔
   
   Interior Lights
    ✔
    ✔
   
   Electric locomotive operating sounds
    ✔
    ✔
   
   Engineer’s cab lighting
    
    ✔
   
   Station Announcements - Swiss
    
    ✔
    
   Since the cells take up much less room this way, this can be made even
   terser by having each row on one line:
 
 37547 TEE Electric Powered Rail Car Train Functions (Abbreviated)
   
 
  Function                               Control Unit      Central Station
    
  Headlights                             ✔                 ✔
    Interior Lights                        ✔                 ✔
    Electric locomotive operating sounds   ✔                 ✔
    Engineer’s cab lighting                                  ✔
    Station Announcements - Swiss                            ✔
    
   The only differences between these tables, at the DOM level, is with the
   precise position of the (in any case semantically-neutral) white space.
   However, a start tag must never be omitted if it has any attributes.
   Returning to the earlier example with all the white space removed and then
   all the optional tags removed:
 Hello Welcome to this example.
   If the body element in this example had to have a class attribute and the
   html element had to have a lang attribute, the markup would have to
   become:
 
Hello Welcome to this example.
   This section assumes that the document is conforming, in particular, that
   there are no content model violations. Omitting tags in the fashion
   described in this section in a document that does not conform to the
   content models described in this specification is likely to result in
   unexpected DOM differences (this is, in part, what the content models are
   designed to avoid).
      8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models
   For historical reasons, certain elements have extra restrictions beyond
   even the restrictions given by their content model.
   A table element must not contain tr elements, even though these elements
   are technically allowed inside table elements according to the content
   models described in this specification. (If a tr element is put inside a
   table in the markup, it will in fact imply a tbody start tag before it.)
   A single newline may be placed immediately after the start tag of pre and
   textarea elements. This does not affect the processing of the element. The
   otherwise optional newline must be included if the element’s contents
   themselves start with a newline (because otherwise the leading newline in
   the contents would be treated like the optional newline, and ignored).
   The following two pre blocks are equivalent:
 
Hello 
     
 Hello 
      8.1.2.6. Restrictions on the contents of raw text and escapable raw text
      elements
   The text in raw text and escapable raw text elements must not contain any
   occurrences of the string "" (U+003C LESS-THAN SIGN, U+002F SOLIDUS)
   followed by characters that case-insensitively match the tag name of the
   element followed by one of U+0009 CHARACTER TABULATION (tab), U+000A LINE
   FEED (LF), U+000C FORM FEED (FF), U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR), U+0020
   SPACE, U+003E GREATER-THAN SIGN (>), or U+002F SOLIDUS (/).
    8.1.3. Text
   Text is allowed inside elements, attribute values, and comments. Extra
   constraints are placed on what is and what is not allowed in text based on
   where the text is to be put, as described in the other sections.
      8.1.3.1. Newlines
   Newlines in HTML may be represented either as U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR)
   characters, U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters, or pairs of U+000D CARRIAGE
   RETURN (CR), U+000A LINE FEED (LF) characters in that order.
   Where character references are allowed, a character reference of a U+000A
   LINE FEED (LF) character (but not a U+000D CARRIAGE RETURN (CR) character)
   also represents a newline.
    8.1.4. Character references
   In certain cases described in other sections, text may be mixed with
   character references. These can be used to escape characters that couldn’t
   otherwise legally be included in text.
   Character references must start with a U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&).
   Following this, there are three possible kinds of character references:
   Named character references
           The ampersand must be followed by one of the names given in §8.5
           Named character references section, using the same case. The name
           must be one that is terminated by a U+003B SEMICOLON character
           (;).
   Decimal numeric character reference
           The ampersand must be followed by a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character
           (#), followed by one or more ASCII digits, representing a base-ten
           integer that corresponds to a Unicode code point that is allowed
           according to the definition below. The digits must then be
           followed by a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;).
   Hexadecimal numeric character reference
           The ampersand must be followed by a U+0023 NUMBER SIGN character
           (#), which must be followed by either a U+0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER
           X character (x) or a U+0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X character (X),
           which must then be followed by one or more ASCII hex digits,
           representing a hexadecimal integer that corresponds to a Unicode
           code point that is allowed according to the definition below. The
           digits must then be followed by a U+003B SEMICOLON character (;).
   The numeric character reference forms described above are allowed to
   reference any Unicode code point other than U+0000, U+000D, permanently
   undefined Unicode characters (noncharacters), surrogates (U+D800–U+DFFF),
   and control characters other than space characters.
   An ambiguous ampersand is a U+0026 AMPERSAND character (&) that is
   followed by one or more alphanumeric ASCII characters, followed by a
   U+003B SEMICOLON character (;), where these characters do not match any of
   the names given in the §8.5 Named character references section.
    8.1.5. CDATA sections
   CDATA sections must consist of the following components, in this order:
    1. The string "".
    3. The string "]]>".
   CDATA sections can only be used in foreign content (MathML or SVG). In
   this example, a CDATA section is used to escape the contents of a MathML
   ms element:
 You can add a string to a number, but this stringifies the number:
 
  
 + 
 3 
 = 
  
  
    8.1.6. Comments
   Comments must have the following format:
    1. The string "", or "--!>", nor end with the string
       ""
   The text is allowed to end with the string " and .
  8.2. Parsing HTML documents
   This section only applies to user agents, data mining tools, and
   conformance checkers.
   The rules for parsing XML documents into DOM trees are covered by the next
   section, entitled "§9 The XML syntax".
   User agents must use the parsing rules described in this section to
   generate the DOM trees from text/html resources. Together, these rules
   define what is referred to as the HTML parser.
   While the HTML syntax described in this specification bears a close
   resemblance to SGML and XML, it is a separate language with its own
   parsing rules.
   Some earlier versions of HTML (in particular from HTML 2.0 to HTML 4.01)
   were based on SGML and used SGML parsing rules. However, few (if any) web
   browsers ever implemented true SGML parsing for HTML documents; the only
   user agents to strictly handle HTML as an SGML application have
   historically been validators. The resulting confusion — with validators
   claiming documents to have one representation while widely deployed Web
   browsers interoperably implemented a different representation — has wasted
   decades of productivity. This version of HTML thus returns to a non-SGML
   basis.
   Authors interested in using SGML tools in their authoring pipeline are
   encouraged to use XML tools and the XML serialization of HTML.
   This specification defines the parsing rules for HTML documents, whether
   they are syntactically correct or not. Certain points in the parsing
   algorithm are said to be parse errors. The error handling for parse errors
   is well-defined (that’s the processing rules described throughout this
   specification), but user agents, while parsing an HTML document, may abort
   the parser at the first parse error that they encounter for which they do
   not wish to apply the rules described in this specification.
   Conformance checkers must report at least one parse error condition to the
   user if one or more parse error conditions exist in the document and must
   not report parse error conditions if none exist in the document.
   Conformance checkers may report more than one parse error condition if
   more than one parse error condition exists in the document.
   Parse errors are only errors with the syntax of HTML. In addition to
   checking for parse errors, conformance checkers will also verify that the
   document obeys all the other conformance requirements described in this
   specification.
   For the purposes of conformance checkers, if a resource is determined to
   be in the HTML syntax, then it is an HTML document.
   As stated in the terminology section, references to element types that do
   not explicitly specify a namespace always refer to elements in the HTML
   namespace. Where possible, references to such elements are hyperlinked to
   their definition.
    8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model
   The input to the HTML parsing process consists of a stream of Unicode code
   points, which is passed through a tokenization stage followed by a tree
   construction stage. The output is a Document object.
   Implementations that do not support scripting do not have to actually
   create a DOM Document object, but the DOM tree in such cases is still used
   as the model for the rest of the specification.
   In the common case, the data handled by the tokenization stage comes from
   the network, but it can also come from script running in the user agent,
   e.g., using the document.write() API.
   There is only one set of states for the tokenizer stage and the tree
   construction stage, but the tree construction stage is reentrant, meaning
   that while the tree construction stage is handling one token, the
   tokenizer might be resumed, causing further tokens to be emitted and
   processed before the first token’s processing is complete.
   In the following example, the tree construction stage will be called upon
   to handle a "p" start tag token while handling the "script" end tag token:
 ...
 
 ...
   To handle these cases, parsers have a script nesting level, which must be
   initially set to zero, and a parser pause flag, which must be initially
   set to false.
    8.2.2. The input byte stream
   The stream of Unicode code points that comprises the input to the
   tokenization stage will be initially seen by the user agent as a stream of
   bytes (typically coming over the network or from the local file system).
   The bytes encode the actual characters according to a particular character
   encoding, which the user agent uses to decode the bytes into characters.
   For XML documents, the algorithm user agents are required to use to
   determine the character encoding is given by the XML specification. This
   section does not apply to XML documents. [XML]
   Usually, the encoding sniffing algorithm defined below is used to
   determine the character encoding.
   Given a character encoding, the bytes in the input byte stream must be
   converted to characters for the tokenizer’s input stream, by passing the
   input byte stream and character encoding to decode.
   A leading Byte Order Mark (BOM) causes the character encoding argument to
   be ignored and will itself be skipped.
   Bytes or sequences of bytes in the original byte stream that did not
   conform to the Encoding specification (e.g., invalid UTF-8 byte sequences
   in a UTF-8 input byte stream) are errors that conformance checkers are
   expected to report. [ENCODING]
   The decoder algorithms describe how to handle invalid input; for security
   reasons, it is imperative that those rules be followed precisely.
   Differences in how invalid byte sequences are handled can result in,
   amongst other problems, script injection vulnerabilities ("XSS").
   When the HTML parser is decoding an input byte stream, it uses a character
   encoding and a confidence. The confidence is either tentative, certain, or
   irrelevant. The encoding used, and whether the confidence in that encoding
   is tentative or certain, is used during the parsing to determine whether
   to change the encoding. If no encoding is necessary, e.g., because the
   parser is operating on a Unicode stream and doesn’t have to use a
   character encoding at all, then the confidence is irrelevant.
   Some algorithms feed the parser by directly adding characters to the input
   stream rather than adding bytes to the input byte stream.
      8.2.2.1. Parsing with a known character encoding
   When the HTML parser is to operate on an input byte stream that has a
   known definite encoding, then the character encoding is that encoding and
   the confidence is certain.
      8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
   In some cases, it might be impractical to unambiguously determine the
   encoding before parsing the document. Because of this, this specification
   provides for a two-pass mechanism with an optional pre-scan.
   Implementations are allowed, as described below, to apply a simplified
   parsing algorithm to whatever bytes they have available before beginning
   to parse the document. Then, the real parser is started, using a tentative
   encoding derived from this pre-parse and other out-of-band metadata. If,
   while the document is being loaded, the user agent discovers a character
   encoding declaration that conflicts with this information, then the parser
   can get reinvoked to perform a parse of the document with the real
   encoding.
   User agents must use the following algorithm, called the encoding sniffing
   algorithm, to determine the character encoding to use when decoding a
   document in the first pass. This algorithm takes as input any out-of-band
   metadata available to the user agent (e.g., the Content-Type metadata of
   the document) and all the bytes available so far, and returns a character
   encoding and a confidence that is either tentative or certain.
    1. If the user has explicitly instructed the user agent to override the
       document’s character encoding with a specific encoding, optionally
       return that encoding with the confidence certain and abort these
       steps.
       Typically, user agents remember such user requests across sessions,
       and in some cases apply them to documents in iframes as well.
    2. The user agent may wait for more bytes of the resource to be
       available, either in this step or at any later step in this algorithm.
       For instance, a user agent might wait 500ms or 1024 bytes, whichever
       came first. In general preparsing the source to find the encoding
       improves performance, as it reduces the need to throw away the data
       structures used when parsing upon finding the encoding information.
       However, if the user agent delays too long to obtain data to determine
       the encoding, then the cost of the delay could outweigh any
       performance improvements from the preparse.
       The authoring conformance requirements for character encoding
       declarations limit them to only appearing in the first 1024 bytes.
       User agents are therefore encouraged to use the prescan algorithm
       below (as invoked by these steps) on the first 1024 bytes, but not to
       stall beyond that.
    3. If the transport layer specifies a character encoding, and it is
       supported, return that encoding with the confidence certain, and abort
       these steps.
    4. Optionally prescan the byte stream to determine its encoding. The end
       condition is that the user agent decides that scanning further bytes
       would not be efficient. User agents are encouraged to only prescan the
       first 1024 bytes. User agents may decide that scanning any bytes is
       not efficient, in which case these substeps are entirely skipped.
       The aforementioned algorithm either aborts unsuccessfully or returns a
       character encoding. If it returns a character encoding, then this
       algorithm must be aborted, returning the same encoding, with
       confidence tentative.
    5. If the HTML parser for which this algorithm is being run is associated
       with a Document that is itself in a nested browsing context, run these
       substeps:
         1. Let new document be the Document with which the HTML parser is
            associated.
         2. Let parent document be the Document through which new document is
            nested (the active document of the parent browsing context of new
            document).
         3. If parent document’s origin is not the same origin as new
            document’s origin, then abort these substeps.
         4. If parent document’s character encoding is not an
            ASCII-compatible encoding, then abort these substeps.
         5. Return parent document’s character encoding, with the confidence
            tentative, and abort the encoding sniffing algorithm's steps.
    6. Otherwise, if the user agent has information on the likely encoding
       for this page, e.g., based on the encoding of the page when it was
       last visited, then return that encoding, with the confidence
       tentative, and abort these steps.
    7. The user agent may attempt to autodetect the character encoding from
       applying frequency analysis or other algorithms to the data stream.
       Such algorithms may use information about the resource other than the
       resource’s contents, including the address of the resource. If
       autodetection succeeds in determining a character encoding, and that
       encoding is a supported encoding, then return that encoding, with the
       confidence tentative, and abort these steps. [UNIVCHARDET]
       User agents are generally discouraged from attempting to autodetect
       encodings for resources obtained over the network, since doing so
       involves inherently non-interoperable heuristics. Attempting to detect
       encodings based on an HTML document’s preamble is especially tricky
       since HTML markup typically uses only ASCII characters, and HTML
       documents tend to begin with a lot of markup rather than with text
       content.
       The UTF-8 encoding has a highly detectable bit pattern. Files from the
       local file system that contain bytes with values greater than 0x7F
       which match the UTF-8 pattern are very likely to be UTF-8, while
       documents with byte sequences that do not match it are very likely
       not. When a user agent can examine the whole file, rather than just
       the preamble, detecting for UTF-8 specifically can be especially
       effective. [PPUTF8] [UTF8DET]
    8. Otherwise, return an implementation-defined or user-specified default
       character encoding, with the confidence tentative.
       In controlled environments or in environments where the encoding of
       documents can be prescribed (for example, for user agents intended for
       dedicated use in new networks), the comprehensive UTF-8 encoding is
       suggested.
       In other environments, the default encoding is typically dependent on
       the user’s locale (an approximation of the languages, and thus often
       encodings, of the pages that the user is likely to frequent). The
       following table gives suggested defaults based on the user’s locale,
       for compatibility with legacy content. Locales are identified by BCP
       47 language tags. [BCP47] [ENCODING]
       Locale language                            Suggested default encoding 
       ar    Arabic                               windows-1256               
       ba    Bashkir                              windows-1251               
       be    Belarusian                           windows-1251               
       bg    Bulgarian                            windows-1251               
       cs    Czech                                windows-1250               
       el    Greek                                ISO-8859-7                 
       et    Estonian                             windows-1257               
       fa    Persian                              windows-1256               
       he    Hebrew                               windows-1255               
       hr    Croatian                             windows-1250               
       hu    Hungarian                            ISO-8859-2                 
       ja    Japanese                             Shift_JIS                  
       kk    Kazakh                               windows-1251               
       ko    Korean                               EUC-KR                     
       ku    Kurdish                              windows-1254               
       ky    Kyrgyz                               windows-1251               
       lt    Lithuanian                           windows-1257               
       lv    Latvian                              windows-1257               
       mk    Macedonian                           windows-1251               
       pl    Polish                               ISO-8859-2                 
       ru    Russian                              windows-1251               
       sah   Yakut                                windows-1251               
       sk    Slovak                               windows-1250               
       sl    Slovenian                            ISO-8859-2                 
       sr    Serbian                              windows-1251               
       tg    Tajik                                windows-1251               
       th    Thai                                 windows-874                
       tr    Turkish                              windows-1254               
       tt    Tatar                                windows-1251               
       uk    Ukrainian                            windows-1251               
       vi    Vietnamese                           windows-1258               
       zh-CN Chinese (People’s Republic of China) gb18030                    
       zh-TW Chinese (Taiwan)                     Big5                       
       All other locales                          windows-1252               
       The contents of this table are derived from the intersection of
       Windows, Chrome, and Firefox defaults.
   The document’s character encoding must immediately be set to the value
   returned from this algorithm, at the same time as the user agent uses the
   returned value to select the decoder to use for the input byte stream.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   When an algorithm requires a user agent to prescan a byte stream to
   determine its encoding, given some defined end condition, then it must run
   the following steps. These steps either abort unsuccessfully or return a
   character encoding. If at any point during these steps (including during
   instances of the get an attribute algorithm invoked by this one) the user
   agent either runs out of bytes (meaning the position pointer created in
   the first step below goes beyond the end of the byte stream obtained so
   far) or reaches its end condition, then abort the prescan a byte stream to
   determine its encoding algorithm unsuccessfully.
    1. Let position be a pointer to a byte in the input byte stream,
       initially pointing at the first byte.
    2. Loop: If position points to:
            A sequence of bytes starting with: 0x3C 0x21 0x2D 0x2D (ASCII
            '' sequence) and comes
                    after the 0x3C byte that was found. (The two 0x2D bytes
                    can be the same as those in the '
  
  
   The suggested processing of this markup, however, would be equivalent to
   the following:
  
  
   The scheme IDL attribute of the meta element must reflect the content
   attribute of the same name.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLObjectElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString archive;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString code;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean declare;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString standby;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString codeBase;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString codeType;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString border;
 };
   The align, archive, border, code, declare, hspace, standby, and vspace IDL
   attributes of the object element must reflect the respective content
   attributes of the same name.
   The codeBase IDL attribute of the object element must reflect the
   element’s codebase content attribute, which for the purposes of reflection
   is defined as containing a URL.
   The codeType IDL attribute of the object element must reflect the
   element’s codetype content attribute.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLOListElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact;
 };
   The compact IDL attribute of the ol element must reflect the content
   attribute of the same name.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLParagraphElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
 };
   The align IDL attribute of the p element must reflect the content
   attribute of the same name.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLParamElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString valueType;
 };
   The type IDL attribute of the param element must reflect the content
   attribute of the same name.
   The valueType IDL attribute of the param element must reflect the
   element’s valuetype content attribute.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   User agents must treat plaintext elements in a manner equivalent to pre
   elements in terms of semantics and for purposes of rendering. (The parser
   has special behavior for this element, though.)
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLPreElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute long width;
 };
   The width IDL attribute of the pre element must reflect the content
   attribute of the same name.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLScriptElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString event;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString htmlFor;
 };
   The event IDL attribute of the script element must reflect the element’s
   event content attribute.
   The htmlFor IDL attribute of the script element must reflect the element’s
   for content attribute.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLTableElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString border;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frame;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rules;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString summary;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString cellPadding;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString cellSpacing;
 };
   The align, border, frame, summary, rules, and width, IDL attributes of the
   table element must reflect the respective content attributes of the same
   name.
   The bgColor IDL attribute of the table element must reflect the element’s
   bgcolor content attribute.
   The cellPadding IDL attribute of the table element must reflect the
   element’s cellpadding content attribute.
   The cellSpacing IDL attribute of the table element must reflect the
   element’s cellspacing content attribute.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLTableSectionElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign;
 };
   The align IDL attribute of the tbody, thead, and tfoot elements must
   reflect the content attribute of the same name.
   The ch IDL attribute of the tbody, thead, and tfoot elements must reflect
   the elements' char content attributes.
   The chOff IDL attribute of the tbody, thead, and tfoot elements must
   reflect the elements' charoff content attributes.
   The vAlign IDL attribute of the tbody, thead, and tfoot element must
   reflect the elements' valign content attributes.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLTableCellElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString axis;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean noWrap;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
 };
   The align, axis, height, and width IDL attributes of the td and th
   elements must reflect the respective content attributes of the same name.
   The ch IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the elements'
   char content attributes.
   The chOff IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the
   elements' charoff content attributes.
   The noWrap IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the
   elements' nowrap content attributes.
   The vAlign IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the
   elements' valign content attributes.
   The bgColor IDL attribute of the td and th elements must reflect the
   elements' bgcolor content attributes.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLTableRowElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
 };
   The align IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the content
   attribute of the same name.
   The ch IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the element’s char
   content attribute.
   The chOff IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the element’s
   charoff content attribute.
   The vAlign IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the element’s
   valign content attribute.
   The bgColor IDL attribute of the tr element must reflect the element’s
   bgcolor content attribute.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface HTMLUListElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
 };
   The compact and type IDL attributes of the ul element must reflect the
   respective content attributes of the same name.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   User agents must treat xmp elements in a manner equivalent to pre elements
   in terms of semantics and for purposes of rendering. (The parser has
   special behavior for this element though.)
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface Document {
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString fgColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString linkColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString vlinkColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString alinkColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection anchors;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection applets;
   void clear();
   void captureEvents();
   void releaseEvents();
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLAllCollection all;
 };
   The attributes of the Document object listed in the first column of the
   following table must reflect the content attribute on the body element
   with the name given in the corresponding cell in the second column on the
   same row, if the body element is a body element (as opposed to a frameset
   element). When there is no body element or if it is a frameset element,
   the attributes must instead return the empty string on getting and do
   nothing on setting.
   IDL attribute Content attribute 
   fgColor       text              
   linkColor     link              
   vlinkColor    vlink             
   alinkColor    alink             
   bgColor       bgcolor           
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The anchors attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document
   node, whose filter matches only a elements with name attributes.
   The applets attribute must return an HTMLCollection rooted at the Document
   node, whose filter matches only applet elements.
   The clear(), captureEvents(), and releaseEvents() methods must do nothing.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The all attribute must return an HTMLAllCollection rooted at the Document
   node, whose filter matches all elements.
   The object returned for all has several unusual behaviors:
     * The user agent must act as if the ToBoolean abstract operator in
       JavaScript converts the object returned for all to the false value.
     * The user agent must act as if the Abstract Equality Comparison
       algorithm, when given the object returned for all, returns true when
       compared to the undefined and null values. (Comparisons using the
       Strict Equality Comparison algorithm, and Abstract Equality
       comparisons to other values such as strings or objects, are
       unaffected.)
     * The user agent must act such that the typeof operator in JavaScript
       returns the string undefined when applied to the object returned for
       all.
   These requirements are a willful violation of the JavaScript specification
   current at the time of writing. The JavaScript specification requires that
   ToBoolean return true for all objects to the true value, and does not have
   provisions for objects acting as if they were undefined for the purposes
   of certain operators. This violation is motivated by a desire for
   compatibility with two classes of legacy content: one that uses the
   presence of document.all as a way to detect legacy user agents, and one
   that only supports those legacy user agents and uses the document.all
   object without testing for its presence first. [ECMA-262]
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 partial interface Window {
   void captureEvents();
   void releaseEvents();
   [Replaceable, SameObject] readonly attribute External external;
 };
   The captureEvents() and releaseEvents() methods must do nothing.
   The external attribute of the Window interface must return an instance of
   the External interface:
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface External {
   void AddSearchProvider();
   void IsSearchProviderInstalled();
 };
   The AddSearchProvider() and IsSearchProviderInstalled() methods must do
   nothing.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
      11.3.4.1. Plugins
   This feature is in the process of being removed from the Web platform.
   (This is a long process that takes many years.) Using the plugins API at
   this time is highly discouraged.
 Navigator implements NavigatorPlugins;
 [NoInterfaceObject]
   interface NavigatorPlugins {
   [SameObject] readonly attribute PluginArray plugins;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute MimeTypeArray mimeTypes;
   boolean javaEnabled();
 };
 interface PluginArray {
   void refresh(optional boolean reload = false);
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter Plugin? item(unsigned long index);
   getter Plugin? namedItem(DOMString name);
 };
 interface MimeTypeArray {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter MimeType? item(unsigned long index);
   getter MimeType? namedItem(DOMString name);
 };
 interface Plugin {
   readonly attribute DOMString name;
   readonly attribute DOMString description;
   readonly attribute DOMString filename;
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter MimeType? item(unsigned long index);
   getter MimeType? namedItem(DOMString name);
 };
 interface MimeType {
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   readonly attribute DOMString description;
   readonly attribute DOMString suffixes; // comma-separated
   readonly attribute Plugin enabledPlugin;
 };
   The plugins attribute must return a PluginArray object.
   The mimeTypes attribute must return a MimeTypeArray object.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   A PluginArray object represents none, some, or all of the plugins
   supported by the user agent, each of which is represented by a Plugin
   object. Each of these Plugin objects may be hidden plugins. A hidden
   plugin can’t be enumerated, but can still be inspected by using its name.
   The fewer plugins are represented by the PluginArray object, and of those,
   the more that are hidden, the more the user’s privacy will be protected.
   Each exposed plugin increases the number of bits that can be derived for
   fingerprinting. Hiding a plugin helps, but unless it is an extremely rare
   plugin, it is likely that a site attempting to derive the list of plugins
   can still determine whether the plugin is supported or not by probing for
   it by name (the names of popular plugins are widely known). Therefore not
   exposing a plugin at all is preferred. Unfortunately, many legacy sites
   use this feature to determine, for example, which plugin to use to play
   video. Not exposing any plugins at all might therefore not be entirely
   plausible.
   The PluginArray objects created by a user agent must not be live. The set
   of plugins represented by the objects must not change once an object is
   created, except when it is updated by the refresh() method.
   Each plugin represented by a PluginArray can support a number of MIME
   types. For each such plugin, the user agent must pick one or more of these
   MIME types to be those that are explicitly supported.
   The explicitly supported MIME types of a plugin are those that are exposed
   through the Plugin and MimeTypeArray interfaces. As with plugins
   themselves, any variation between users regarding what is exposed allows
   sites to fingerprint users. User agents are therefore encouraged to expose
   the same MIME types for all users of a plugin, regardless of the actual
   types supported... at least, within the constraints imposed by
   compatibility with legacy content.
   The supported property indices of a PluginArray object are the numbers
   from zero to the number of non-hidden plugins represented by the object,
   if any.
   The length attribute must return the number of non-hidden plugins
   represented by the object.
   The item() method of a PluginArray object must return null if the argument
   is not one of the object’s supported property indices, and otherwise must
   return the result of running the following steps, using the method’s
   argument as index:
    1. Let list be the Plugin objects representing the non-hidden plugins
       represented by the PluginArray object.
    2. Sort list alphabetically by the name of each Plugin.
    3. Return the indexth entry in list.
   It is important for privacy that the order of plugins not leak additional
   information, e.g., the order in which plugins were installed.
   The supported property names of a PluginArray object are the values of the
   name attributes of all the Plugin objects represented by the PluginArray
   object. The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable.
   The namedItem() method of a PluginArray object must return null if the
   argument is not one of the object’s supported property names, and
   otherwise must return the Plugin object, of those represented by the
   PluginArray object, that has a name equal to the method’s argument.
   The refresh() method of the PluginArray object of a Navigator object, when
   invoked, must check to see if any plugins have been installed or
   reconfigured since the user agent created the PluginArray object. If so,
   and the method’s argument is true, then the user agent must act as if the
   location.reload() method was called instead. Otherwise, the user agent
   must update the PluginArray object and MimeTypeArray object created for
   attributes of that Navigator object, and the Plugin and MimeType objects
   created for those PluginArray and MimeTypeArray objects, using the same
   Plugin objects for cases where the name is the same, and the same MimeType
   objects for cases where the type is the same, and creating new objects for
   cases where there were no matching objects immediately prior to the
   refresh() call. Old Plugin and MimeType objects must continue to return
   the same values that they had prior to the update, though naturally now
   the data is stale and may appear inconsistent (for example, an old
   MimeType entry might list as its enabledPlugin a Plugin object that no
   longer lists that MimeType as a supported MimeType).
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   A MimeTypeArray object represents the MIME types explicitly supported by
   plugins supported by the user agent, each of which is represented by a
   MimeType object.
   The MimeTypeArray objects created by a user agent must not be live. The
   set of MIME types represented by the objects must not change once an
   object is created, except when it is updated by the PluginArray object’s
   refresh() method.
   The supported property indices of a MimeTypeArray object are the numbers
   from zero to the number of MIME types explicitly supported by non-hidden
   plugins represented by the corresponding PluginArray object, if any.
   The length attribute must return the number of MIME types explicitly
   supported by non-hidden plugins represented by the corresponding
   PluginArray object, if any.
   The item() method of a MimeTypeArray object must return null if the
   argument is not one of the object’s supported property indices, and
   otherwise must return the result of running the following steps, using the
   method’s argument as index:
    1. Let list be the MimeType objects representing the MIME types
       explicitly supported by non-hidden plugins represented by the
       corresponding PluginArray object, if any.
    2. Sort list alphabetically by the type of each MimeType.
    3. Return the indexth entry in list.
   It is important for privacy that the order of MIME types not leak
   additional information, e.g., the order in which plugins were installed.
   The supported property names of a MimeTypeArray object are the values of
   the type attributes of all the MimeType objects represented by the
   MimeTypeArray object. The properties exposed in this way must be
   unenumerable.
   The namedItem() method of a MimeTypeArray object must return null if the
   argument is not one of the object’s supported property names, and
   otherwise must return the MimeType object that has a type equal to the
   method’s argument.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   A Plugin object represents a plugin. It has several attributes to provide
   details about the plugin, and can be enumerated to obtain the list of MIME
   types that it explicitly supports.
   The Plugin objects created by a user agent must not be live. The set of
   MIME types represented by the objects, and the values of the objects'
   attributes, must not change once an object is created, except when updated
   by the PluginArray object’s refresh() method.
   The reported MIME types for a Plugin object are the MIME types explicitly
   supported by the corresponding plugin when this object was last created or
   updated by PluginArray.refresh(), whichever happened most recently.
   The supported property indices of a Plugin object are the numbers from
   zero to the number of reported MIME types.
   The length attribute must return the number of reported MIME types.
   The item() method of a Plugin object must return null if the argument is
   not one of the object’s supported property indices, and otherwise must
   return the result of running the following steps, using the method’s
   argument as index:
    1. Let list be the MimeType objects representing the reported MIME types.
    2. Sort list alphabetically by the type of each MimeType.
    3. Return the indexth entry in list.
   It is important for privacy that the order of MIME types not leak
   additional information, e.g., the order in which plugins were installed.
   The supported property names of a Plugin object are the values of the type
   attributes of the MimeType objects representing the reported MIME types.
   The properties exposed in this way must be unenumerable.
   The namedItem() method of a Plugin object must return null if the argument
   is not one of the object’s supported property names, and otherwise must
   return the MimeType object that has a type equal to the method’s argument.
   The name attribute must return the plugin’s name.
   The description and filename attributes must return user-agent-defined
   (or, in all likelihood, plugin-defined) strings. In each case, the same
   string must be returned each time, except that the strings returned may
   change when the PluginArray.refresh() method updates the object.
   If the values returned by the description or filename attributes vary
   between versions of a plugin, they can be used both as a fingerprinting
   vector and, even more importantly, as a trivial way to determine what
   security vulnerabilities a plugin (and thus a browser) may have. It is
   thus highly recommended that the description attribute just return the
   same value as the name attribute, and that the filename attribute return
   the empty string.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   A MimeType object represents a MIME type that is, or was, explicitly
   supported by a plugin.
   The MimeType objects created by a user agent must not be live. The values
   of the objects' attributes must not change once an object is created,
   except when updated by the PluginArray object’s refresh() method.
   The type attribute must return the valid MIME type with no parameters
   describing the MIME type.
   The description and suffixes attributes must return user-agent-defined
   (or, in all likelihood, plugin-defined) strings. In each case, the same
   string must be returned each time, except that the strings returned may
   change when the PluginArray.refresh() method updates the object.
   If the values returned by the description or suffixes attributes vary
   between versions of a plugin, they can be used both as a fingerprinting
   vector and, even more importantly, as a trivial way to determine what
   security vulnerabilities a plugin (and thus a browser) may have. It is
   thus highly recommended that the description attribute just return the
   same value as the type attribute, and that the suffixes attribute return
   the empty string.
   Commas in the suffixes attribute are interpreted as separating subsequent
   filename extensions, as in "htm,html".
   The enabledPlugin attribute must return the Plugin object that represents
   the plugin that explicitly supported the MIME type that this MimeType
   object represents when this object was last created or updated by
   PluginArray.refresh(), whichever happened most recently.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
   The javaEnabled() attribute must return true if the user agent supports a
   plugin that supports the MIME type "application/x-java-vm"; otherwise it
   must return false.
12. IANA considerations
  12.1. text/html
   This registration is for community review and will be submitted to the
   IESG for review, approval, and registration with IANA.
   Type name:
           text
   Subtype name:
           html
   Required parameters:
           No required parameters
   Optional parameters:
                charset
                        The charset parameter may be provided to specify the
                        document’s character encoding, overriding any
                        character encoding declarations in the document other
                        than a Byte Order Mark (BOM). The parameter’s value
                        must be one of the labels of the character encoding
                        used to serialize the file. [ENCODING]
   Encoding considerations:
           8bit (see the section on character encoding declarations)
   Security considerations:
           Entire novels have been written about the security considerations
           that apply to HTML documents. Many are listed in this document, to
           which the reader is referred for more details. Some general
           concerns bear mentioning here, however:
           HTML is scripted language, and has a large number of APIs (some of
           which are described in this document). Script can expose the user
           to potential risks of information leakage, credential leakage,
           cross-site scripting attacks, cross-site request forgeries, and a
           host of other problems. While the designs in this specification
           are intended to be safe if implemented correctly, a full
           implementation is a massive undertaking and, as with any software,
           user agents are likely to have security bugs.
           Even without scripting, there are specific features in HTML which,
           for historical reasons, are required for broad compatibility with
           legacy content but that expose the user to unfortunate security
           problems. In particular, the img element can be used in
           conjunction with some other features as a way to effect a port
           scan from the user’s location on the Internet. This can expose
           local network topologies that the attacker would otherwise not be
           able to determine.
           HTML relies on a compartmentalization scheme sometimes known as
           the same-origin policy. An origin in most cases consists of all
           the pages served from the same host, on the same port, using the
           same protocol.
           It is critical, therefore, to ensure that any untrusted content
           that forms part of a site be hosted on a different origin than any
           sensitive content on that site. Untrusted content can easily spoof
           any other page on the same origin, read data from that origin,
           cause scripts in that origin to execute, submit forms to and from
           that origin even if they are protected from cross-site request
           forgery attacks by unique tokens, and make use of any third-party
           resources exposed to or rights granted to that origin.
   Interoperability considerations:
           Rules for processing both conforming and non-conforming content
           are defined in this specification.
   Published specification:
           This document is the relevant specification. Labeling a resource
           with the text/html type asserts that the resource is an HTML
           document using the HTML syntax.
   Applications that use this media type:
           Web browsers, tools for processing Web content, HTML authoring
           tools, search engines, validators.
   Additional information:
                Magic number(s):
                        No sequence of bytes can uniquely identify an HTML
                        document. More information on detecting HTML
                        documents is available in the MIME Sniffing
                        specification. [MIMESNIFF]
                File extension(s):
                        "html" and "htm" are commonly, but certainly not
                        exclusively, used as the extension for HTML
                        documents.
                Macintosh file type code(s):
                        TEXT
   Person & email address to contact for further information:
           World Wide Web Consortium 
   Intended usage:
           Common
   Restrictions on usage:
           No restrictions apply.
   Authors:
           Alex Danilo 
           Arron Eicholz >
           Sangwhan Moon 
           Steve Faulkner 
           Travis Leithead 
   Change controller:
           W3C
   Fragments used with text/html resources either refer to the indicated part
   of the document or provide state information for in-page scripts.
  12.2. multipart/x-mixed-replace
   This registration is for community review and will be submitted to the
   IESG for review, approval, and registration with IANA.
   Type name:
           multipart
   Subtype name:
           x-mixed-replace
   Required parameters:
              * boundary (defined in RFC2046) [RFC2046]
   Optional parameters:
           No optional parameters.
   Encoding considerations:
           binary
   Security considerations:
           Subresources of a multipart/x-mixed-replace resource can be of any
           type, including types with non-trivial security implications such
           as text/html.
   Interoperability considerations:
           None.
   Published specification:
           This specification describes processing rules for Web browsers.
           Conformance requirements for generating resources with this type
           are the same as for multipart/mixed. [RFC2046]
   Applications that use this media type:
           This type is intended to be used in resources generated by Web
           servers, for consumption by Web browsers.
   Additional information:
                Magic number(s):
                        No sequence of bytes can uniquely identify a
                        multipart/x-mixed-replace resource.
                File extension(s):
                        No specific file extensions are recommended for this
                        type.
                Macintosh file type code(s):
                        No specific Macintosh file type codes are recommended
                        for this type.
   Person & email address to contact for further information:
           Ian Hickson 
   Intended usage:
           Common
   Restrictions on usage:
           No restrictions apply.
   Author:
           Ian Hickson 
   Change controller:
           W3C
   Fragments used with multipart/x-mixed-replace resources apply to each body
   part as defined by the type used by that body part.
  12.3. application/xhtml+xml
   This registration is for community review and will be submitted to the
   IESG for review, approval, and registration with IANA.
   Type name:
           application
   Subtype name:
           xhtml+xml
   Required parameters:
           Same as for application/xml [RFC7303]
   Optional parameters:
           Same as for application/xml [RFC7303]
   Encoding considerations:
           Same as for application/xml [RFC7303]
   Security considerations:
           Same as for application/xml [RFC7303]
   Interoperability considerations:
           Same as for application/xml [RFC7303]
   Published specification:
           Labeling a resource with the application/xhtml+xml type asserts
           that the resource is an XML document that likely has a document
           element from the HTML namespace. Thus, the relevant specifications
           are the XML specification, the Namespaces in XML specification,
           and this specification. [XML] [XPTR-XMLNS]
   Applications that use this media type:
           Same as for application/xml [RFC7303]
   Additional information:
                Magic number(s):
                        Same as for application/xml [RFC7303]
                File extension(s):
                        "xhtml" and "xht" are sometimes used as extensions
                        for XML resources that have a document element from
                        the HTML namespace.
                Macintosh file type code(s):
                        TEXT
   Person & email address to contact for further information:
           Ian Hickson 
   Intended usage:
           Common
   Restrictions on usage:
           No restrictions apply.
   Author:
           Ian Hickson 
   Change controller:
           W3C
   Fragments used with application/xhtml+xml resources have the same
   semantics as with any XML MIME type. [RFC7303]
  12.4. web+ scheme prefix
   This section describes a convention for use with the IANA URI scheme
   registry. It does not itself register a specific scheme. [RFC7595]
   Scheme name:
           Schemes starting with the four characters "web+" followed by one
           or more letters in the range a-z.
   Status:
           Permanent
   Scheme syntax:
           Scheme-specific.
   Scheme semantics:
           Scheme-specific.
   Encoding considerations:
           All "web+" schemes should use UTF-8 encodings where relevant.
   Applications/protocols that use this scheme name:
           Scheme-specific.
   Interoperability considerations:
           The scheme is expected to be used in the context of Web
           applications.
   Security considerations:
           Any Web page is able to register a handler for all "web+" schemes.
           As such, these schemes must not be used for features intended to
           be core platform features (e.g., network transfer protocols like
           HTTP or FTP). Similarly, such schemes must not store confidential
           information in their URLs, such as usernames, passwords, personal
           information, or confidential project names.
   Contact:
           Ian Hickson 
   Change controller:
           Ian Hickson 
   References:
           Custom scheme and content handlers, HTML Living Standard:
           https://html.spec.whatwg.org/#custom-handlers
Index
  Terms defined by this specification
     * "", in §4.7.13
     * 1, in §4.4.6
     * 2d
          * context for canvas, in §4.12.4
          * definition of, in §4.12.4
     * a
          * attr-value for ol/type, in §4.4.6
          * (element), in §4.5.1
     * abbr
          * (element), in §4.5.9
          * element-attr for th, in §4.9.10
          * attribute for HTMLTableHeaderCellElement, in §4.9.10
          * element-attr for td, in §11.2
     * abort
          * event for media, in §4.7.13.16
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * abort a document, in §6.7.12
     * abort a running script, in §7.1.3.6
     * aborted, in §6.7.12
     * aborted prematurely, in §7.1.3.6
     * aborted the running script, in §7.1.3.6
     * aborting a document, in §6.7.12
     * aborting the running script, in §7.1.3.6
     * abort that parser, in §8.2.6
     * abort the document, in §6.7.12
     * abort the image request, in §4.7.5
     * abort the parser, in §8.2.6
     * abort the script, in §7.1.3.6
     * about:, in §2.2.2
     * about:blank, in §2.2.2
     * about:html-kind, in §2.5.1
     * about:legacy-compat, in §2.5.1
     * about:srcdoc, in §2.5.1
     * about-to-be-notified rejected promises list, in §7.1.3.1
     * a browsing context is discarded, in §6.3.4
     * absolute-anchored, in §4.11.4
     * accept
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.1.17
          * element-attr for form, in §11.2
     * acceptCharset, in §4.10.3
     * accept-charset, in §4.10.3
     * Access Key, in §4.11.3.1
     * accessKey, in §5.5.3
     * accesskey, in §5.5.2
     * acknowledged, in §8.2.4
     * acronym, in §11.2
     * Action, in §4.11.3.1
     * action
          * element-attr for form, in §4.10.18.6
          * definition of, in §4.10.18.6
          * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.18.6
     * activation behavior, in §5.3
     * :active, in §4.15.2
     * activeCues, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * active document, in §6.1
     * activeElement, in §5.4.6
     * active flag, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * active flag was set when the script started, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * active frame element, in §11.3.3
     * active parser, in §3.1.2
     * active range, in §5.6.4
     * active sandboxing flag set, in §6.5
     * actually disabled, in §4.14
     * actual value, in §4.10.14
     * add()
          * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * method for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1
     * addCue(cue), in §4.7.13.11.5
     * add(data), in §5.7.3.1
     * add(data, type), in §5.7.3.1
     * add(element)
          * method for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3
          * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
     * add(element, before)
          * method for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3
          * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
     * address, in §4.4.2
     * AddSearchProvider(), in §11.3.4
     * addTextTrack(), in §4.7.13.11.5
     * addTextTrack(kind), in §4.7.13.11.5
     * addTextTrack(kind, label), in §4.7.13.11.5
     * addTextTrack(kind, label, language), in §4.7.13.11.5
     * addtrack, in §4.7.13.16
     * adjusted current node, in §8.2.3.2
     * adjust foreign attributes, in §8.2.5.1
     * adjust MathML attributes, in §8.2.5.1
     * adjust SVG attributes, in §8.2.5.1
     * administrative level, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * adoption agency algorithm, in §8.2.5.4.7
     * a drag data item kind, in §5.7.2
     * a drag data item type string, in §5.7.2
     * advance, in §4.9.12.1
     * advanced to the next child of the table, in §4.9.12.1
     * advisory information, in §3.2.5.1
     * affected by a base URL change, in §2.2.2
     * after after body, in §8.2.5.4.22
     * after after frameset, in §8.2.5.4.23
     * After attribute name state, in §8.2.4.34
     * After attribute value (quoted) state, in §8.2.4.39
     * after body, in §8.2.5.4.19
     * After DOCTYPE name state, in §8.2.4.56
     * After DOCTYPE public identifier state, in §8.2.4.61
     * After DOCTYPE public keyword state, in §8.2.4.57
     * After DOCTYPE system identifier state, in §8.2.4.67
     * After DOCTYPE system keyword state, in §8.2.4.63
     * after frameset, in §8.2.5.4.21
     * after head, in §8.2.5.4.6
     * afterprint, in §Unnumbered section
     * afterscriptexecute, in §Unnumbered section
     * a known definite encoding, in §8.2.2.1
     * a label, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * a language, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * alert(), in §7.6.1
     * alert(message), in §7.6.1
     * algorithm for assigning header cells, in §4.9.12.2
     * algorithm for ending a row group, in §4.9.12.1
     * algorithm for extracting a character encoding from a meta element, in
       §2.6.5
     * algorithm for growing downward-growing cells, in §4.9.12.1
     * algorithm for processing row groups, in §4.9.12.1
     * algorithm for processing rows, in §4.9.12.1
     * algorithm to convert a Date object to a string, in §4.10.5
     * algorithm to convert a number to a string, in §4.10.5
     * algorithm to convert a string to a Date object, in §4.10.5
     * algorithm to convert a string to a number, in §4.10.5
     * align
          * element-attr for caption, in §11.2
          * element-attr for col, in §11.2
          * element-attr for div, in §11.2
          * element-attr for embed, in §11.2
          * element-attr for hr, in §11.2
          * element-attr for headings, in §11.2
          * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2
          * element-attr for input, in §11.2
          * element-attr for img, in §11.2
          * element-attr for legend, in §11.2
          * element-attr for object, in §11.2
          * element-attr for p, in §11.2
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tbody, thead, tfoot, tablesection, in §11.2
          * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tr, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * attribute for HTMLTableCaptionElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLDivElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLEmbedElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLHeadingElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLHRElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLLegendElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLParagraphElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4
     * align descendants, in §10.2
     * alink, in §11.2
     * aLink, in §11.3.4
     * alinkColor, in §11.3.4
     * a list of zero or more cues, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * all
          * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3
          * attribute for Document, in §11.3.4
     * "all"-named elements, in §2.7.2.1
     * Allowed ARIA role attribute values, in §3.2.3
     * Allowed ARIA state and property attributes, in §3.2.3
     * allowed in the body, in §4.2.4
     * allowed keywords and their meanings, in §4.8.6
     * allowed to navigate, in §6.1.3
     * allowed to show a popup, in §6.1.5
     * allowed to use, in §4.7.6
     * allowed value step, in §4.10.5.3.8
     * allow-forms, in §6.5
     * allowfullscreen, in §4.7.6
     * allowFullscreen, in §4.7.6
     * allow-modals, in §6.5
     * allowPaymentRequest, in §4.7.6
     * allowpaymentrequest, in §4.7.6
     * allow-pointer-lock, in §6.5
     * allow-popups, in §6.5
     * allow-popups-to-escape-sandbox, in §6.5
     * allow-presentation, in §6.5
     * allow-same-origin, in §6.5
     * allow-scripts, in §6.5
     * allow-top-navigation, in §6.5
     * allowtransparency, in §11.2
     * alphanumeric ASCII characters, in §2.4.1
     * already started, in §4.12.1.1
     * alt
          * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * element-attr for area, in §4.7.15
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.1.19
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
     * alternate
          * element-state for link, in §4.8.6.1
          * attr-value for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2
          * state for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2
     * alternative, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * ambiguous ampersand, in §8.1.4
     * a mode, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * an alternative stylesheet, in §4.8.6.11
     * ancestor, in §6.1.1
     * ancestor browsing context, in §6.1.1
     * ancestorOrigins, in §6.6.4
     * ancestor origins array, in §6.6.4
     * anchor-point, in §4.11.4.1
     * anchors, in §11.3.4
     * an end time, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * An entry with persisted user state, in §6.6.1
     * a new date object, in §2.2.2
     * a new start for session storage, in §6.1.5
     * an identifier, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * an iframe srcdoc document, in §4.7.6
     * animation frame callback identifier, in §7.9
     * an in-band metadata track dispatch type, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * an indicated part of the document, in §6.7.9
     * annotates, in §4.8.1
     * annotation pairing, in §4.5.10
     * anonymous, in §2.6.6
     * Anonymous, in §2.6.6
     * an overridden reload, in §3.1
     * An unstyled document view, in §10.9
     * any, in §4.8.6.5
     * API base URL, in §7.1.3.1
     * APIs, in §4.10.5.4
     * API URL character encoding, in §7.1.3.1
     * API value, in §4.10.11
     * a plausible language, in §7.7.1.2
     * appCodeName, in §7.7.1.1
     * applet, in §11.3.1
     * applets, in §11.3.4
     * applicable specification, in §2.2.3
     * application-name, in §4.2.5.1
     * application/x-www-form-urlencoded, in §4.10.18.6
     * application/x-www-form-urlencoded encoding algorithm, in §4.10.21.6
     * apply, in §4.10.5
     * appName, in §7.7.1.1
     * appropriate end tag token, in §8.2.4
     * appropriate form encoding algorithm, in §4.10.21.3
     * appropriate place for inserting a node, in §8.2.5.1
     * appropriate template contents owner document, in §4.12.3
     * appVersion, in §7.7.1.1
     * archive
          * element-attr for object, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
     * area, in §4.7.15
     * a readiness state, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * areas, in §4.7.14
     * a registered handler, in §7.7.1.3
     * aria-*, in §2.2.2
     * art directed, in §4.7.1
     * art direction, in §4.7.1
     * article, in §4.3.2
     * as a download, in §4.8.5
     * ASCII case-insensitive, in §2.3
     * ASCII-compatible encoding, in §2.1.6
     * ASCII digits, in §2.4.1
     * ASCII hex digits, in §2.4.1
     * ASCII letters, in §2.4.1
     * ASCII lowercase, in §2.3
     * ASCII serialization of an origin, in §6.4
     * ASCII uppercase, in §2.3
     * a serialization of the bitmap as a file, in §4.12.4.2
     * a serialization of the canvas element’s bitmap as a file, in §4.12.4.2
     * as hints for the rendering, in §10.2
     * aside, in §4.3.5
     * ask for a reset, in §4.10.7
     * asks for a reset, in §4.10.7
     * assign(), in §6.6.4
     * assigned access key, in §5.5.3
     * assigned media provider object, in §4.7.13.2
     * assign(url), in §6.6.4
     * associated, in §4.10.17.3
     * associated content-type headers, in §2.6.4
     * associated content-type metadata, in §2.6.4
     * associated element, in §3.2.5.7
     * associated inert template document, in §4.12.3
     * associate section, in §4.3.9.1
     * a start time, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * a style sheet that is blocking scripts, in §4.2.7
     * async
          * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
     * atob(), in §7.3
     * atob(atob), in §7.2
     * Attribute names, in §8.1.2.3
     * Attribute name state, in §8.2.4.33
     * Attributes, in §8.1.2.3
     * Attributes for form submission, in §4.10.18.6
     * attribute’s serialized name, in §8.3
     * Attribute value (double-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.36
     * Attribute values, in §8.1.2.3
     * Attribute value (single-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.37
     * Attribute value (unquoted) state, in §8.2.4.38
     * a type change is signalled, in §4.10.5
     * A type that the user agent knows it cannot render, in §4.7.13.3
     * audio, in §4.7.11
     * Audio(src), in §4.7.11
     * AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * AudioTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * audioTracks, in §4.7.13.10
     * author
          * definition of, in §4.2.5.1
          * element-state for link, in §4.8.6.2
     * "auto", in §6.6.2
     * auto
          * attr-value for global/dir, in §3.2.5.5
          * state for dir, in §3.2.5.5
          * value for HTMLMediaElement/preload, in §4.7.13.5
          * state for scope, in §4.9.10
          * value for scrollRestorationMode, in §6.6.1
          * enum-value for ScrollRestoration, in §6.6.2
     * autocomplete
          * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3
          * element-attr for autocompleteelements, form, input, select,
            textarea, in §4.10.18.7.1
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLSelectElement,
            HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.18.7.2
     * autofill, in §4.10.18.7
     * autofill anchor mantle, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * Autofill detail tokens, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * autofill expectation mantle, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * autofill field, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * autofill field name, in §4.10.18.7.2
     * autofill hint set, in §4.10.18.7.2
     * autofill mechanism, in §4.10.18.7
     * autofill scope, in §4.10.18.7.2
     * autofills form controls, in §4.10.18.7.2
     * autofocus
          * element-attr for formelements, input, button, select, textarea,
            in §4.10.18.6.1
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.18.6.1
     * Automatic, in §4.7.13.5
     * autoplay
          * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.7
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.7
     * autoplaying flag, in §4.7.13.5
     * auxiliary browsing context, in §6.1.2
     * auxiliary browsing contexts, in §6.1.2
     * Available, in §4.7.5
     * available
          * state for img, in §4.7.5
          * definition of, in §4.10.5.1.19
     * await a stable state, in §7.1.4.2
     * a WebSocket message has been received, in §2.2.2
     * axis
          * element-attr for td, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4
     * b, in §4.5.23
     * back(), in §6.6.2
     * background
          * element-attr for body, table, thead, tbody, tfoot, tr, td, th,
            common, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLBodyElement, in §11.3.4
     * badInput, in §4.10.20.3
     * BarProp, in §6.3.6
     * barred from constraint validation, in §4.10.20.1
     * barring it from constraint validation, in §4.10.20.1
     * base
          * element-attr for xml, in §3.2.5.4
          * (element), in §4.2.3
     * basefont, in §11.2
     * base URL, in §7.1.3.1
     * base URL change steps, in §2.2.2
     * bdi, in §4.5.26
     * bdo, in §4.5.27
     * Before attribute name state, in §8.2.4.32
     * Before attribute value state, in §8.2.4.35
     * Before DOCTYPE name state, in §8.2.4.54
     * Before DOCTYPE public identifier state, in §8.2.4.58
     * Before DOCTYPE system identifier state, in §8.2.4.64
     * before head, in §8.2.5.4.3
     * before html, in §8.2.5.4.2
     * beforeprint, in §Unnumbered section
     * beforescriptexecute, in §Unnumbered section
     * beforeunload, in §Unnumbered section
     * BeforeUnloadEvent, in §6.7.11.1
     * behavior
          * element-attr for marquee, in §11.3.2
          * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
     * being activated, in §4.15.2
     * being actively pointed at, in §4.15.2
     * being rendered, in §10.1
     * being unloaded, in §6.7.11
     * being used as relevant canvas fallback content, in §4.12.4
     * best floating-point number, in §2.4.4.3
     * Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state, in §8.2.4.62
     * bgcolor
          * element-attr for body, in §11.2
          * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
          * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tr, in §11.2
     * bgColor
          * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
          * attribute for HTMLBodyElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for Document, in §11.3.4
     * bgsound, in §11.2
     * big, in §11.2
     * Big5, in §8.2.2.3
     * billing, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * blank, in §10.3.10
     * blink, in §11.2
     * blob:, in §2.2.2
     * BlobCallback, in §4.12.4
     * blocked by a modal dialog, in §5.2
     * blocked by the modal dialog, in §5.2
     * blocked media element, in §4.7.13.8
     * blocked-on-parser, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * blockquote, in §4.4.5
     * blur, in §Unnumbered section
     * blur()
          * method for Window, in §5.4.6
          * method for HTMLElement, in §5.4.6
     * body
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3
          * (element), in §4.3.1
     * body-ok, in §4.8.6
     * Bogus comment state, in §8.2.4.41
     * Bogus DOCTYPE state, in §8.2.4.68
     * bookmark, in §4.8.6.3
     * boolean attribute, in §2.4.2
     * boolean attributes, in §2.4.2
     * border
          * element-attr for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1
          * element-attr for input, in §11.2
          * element-attr for img, in §11.2
          * element-attr for object, in §11.2
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4
     * bordercolor
          * element-attr for frame, in §11.2
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
     * bottommargin, in §11.2
     * bounce, in §11.3.2
     * br, in §4.5.29
     * broken, in §4.7.5
     * Broken, in §4.7.5
     * browsing context, in §6.1
     * browsing context container, in §6.1.1
     * browsing context name, in §6.1.5
     * browsing contexts, in §6.1
     * browsing context scope origin, in §6.1.3
     * btoa(), in §7.3
     * btoa(btoa), in §7.2
     * buffered, in §4.7.13.5
     * Button
          * element-state for input, in §4.10.5.1.21
          * element-state for button/type, in §4.10.6
     * button
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
          * (element), in §4.10.6
          * attr-value for button/type, in §4.10.6
     * buttons, in §4.10.2
     * calling scripts, in §7.1.3.4
     * can be focused, in §5.4.3
     * cancel, in §Unnumbered section
     * cancelAnimationFrame(), in §7.9
     * cancelAnimationFrame(handle), in §7.9
     * canceled activation steps, in §5.3
     * candidate for constraint validation, in §4.10.20.1
     * candidates for constraint validation, in §4.10.20.1
     * canplay, in §4.7.13.16
     * canplaythrough, in §4.7.13.16
     * CanPlayTypeResult, in §4.7.13
     * canPlayType(type), in §4.7.13.3
     * canvas, in §4.12.4
     * canvas blob serialization task source, in §4.12.4
     * canvas context mode, in §4.12.4
     * caption
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1
          * (element), in §4.9.2
     * captions
          * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12
          * attr-value for commonTrack/kind, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * Captions, in §4.7.12
     * "captions", in §4.7.13.11.5
     * captureEvents()
          * method for Document, in §11.3.4
          * method for Window, in §11.3.4
     * case-sensitive, in §2.3
     * case-sensitively, in §2.3
     * Categories, in §3.2.3
     * causes the opener attribute to remain null, in §6.1.5
     * CDATA section bracket state, in §8.2.4.70
     * CDATA section end state, in §8.2.4.71
     * CDATA sections, in §8.1.5
     * CDATA section state, in §8.2.4.69
     * cell, in §4.9.12
     * cellIndex, in §4.9.11
     * cellpadding, in §11.2
     * cellPadding, in §11.3.4
     * cells
          * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §4.9.8
          * definition of, in §4.9.12
     * cellspacing, in §11.2
     * cellSpacing, in §11.3.4
     * center, in §11.2
     * centered alignment, in §4.11.4
     * ch
          * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4
     * change
          * definition of, in §2.1.3
          * event for MediaList, in §4.7.13.16
          * event for input, in §4.10.5.5
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * change the encoding, in §8.2.2.4
     * "chapters", in §4.7.13.11.5
     * Chapters, in §4.7.12
     * chapters
          * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12
          * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * char
          * element-attr for col, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tbody, thead, tfoot, tablesection, in §11.2
          * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tr, in §11.2
     * character, in §2.1.6
     * character encoding, in §2.1.6
     * character encoding declaration, in §4.2.5.5
     * character height, in §4.10.11
     * character reference code, in §8.2.4.73
     * Character reference end state, in §8.2.4.79
     * character references, in §8.1.4
     * Character reference state, in §8.2.4.72
     * character width, in §4.10.11
     * charoff
          * element-attr for col, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tbody, thead, tfoot, tablesection, in §11.2
          * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tr, in §11.2
     * _charset_, in §4.10.18.1
     * charset
          * element-attr for meta, in §4.2.5
          * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
          * element-attr for a, in §11.2
          * element-attr for link, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §11.3.4
     * Checkbox, in §4.10.5.1.15
     * checkbox, in §4.10.5
     * checked
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5.4
     * :checked, in §4.15.2
     * checkedness, in §4.10.17.1
     * check if we can run script, in §7.1.3.4
     * checkValidity()
          * method for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * method for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3
          * method for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement,
            HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3
     * child browsing context, in §6.1.1
     * child browsing context name property set, in §6.3.3
     * child browsing contexts, in §6.1.1
     * child text content, in §2.1.3
     * chOff
          * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4
     * circ, in §4.7.15
     * circle, in §4.7.15
     * circle state, in §4.7.15
     * Circle state, in §4.7.15
     * cite
          * element-attr for blockquote, in §4.4.5
          * attribute for HTMLQuoteElement, in §4.4.5
          * (element), in §4.5.6
          * element-attr for q, in §4.5.7
          * element-attr for edits, in §4.6.3
          * attribute for HTMLModElement, in §4.6.3
     * class, in §3.2.5
     * classic script, in §7.1.3.1
     * classid, in §11.2
     * clean up after running script, in §7.1.3.4
     * cleanup Indexed Database transactions, in §2.2.2
     * clear
          * element-attr for br, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLBRElement, in §11.3.4
     * clear()
          * method for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1
          * method for Document, in §11.3.4
     * clearData(), in §5.7.3
     * clearData(format), in §5.7.3
     * clearInterval()
          * method for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2
          * method for WindowTimers, in §7.5
     * clearInterval(handle), in §7.2
     * clear the list of active formatting elements up to the last marker, in
       §8.2.3.3
     * clear the stack back to a table body context, in §8.2.5.4.13
     * clear the stack back to a table context, in §8.2.5.4.9
     * clear the stack back to a table row context, in §8.2.5.4.14
     * clearTimeout()
          * method for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2
          * method for WindowTimers, in §7.5
     * clearTimeout(handle), in §7.2
     * click(), in §5.3
     * client message queue, in §2.2.2
     * close()
          * method for HTMLDialogElement, in §4.11.4
          * method for Window, in §6.3.1
          * method for Document, in §7.4.2
     * close, in §Unnumbered section
     * close a browsing context, in §6.3.5
     * close a p element, in §8.2.5.4.7
     * closed, in §6.3.1
     * close(returnValue), in §4.11.4
     * close the cell, in §8.2.5.4.15
     * close the dialog, in §4.11.4
     * close the WebSocket connection, in §2.2.2
     * code
          * (element), in §4.5.17
          * attribute for MediaError, in §4.7.13.1
          * element-attr for object, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
     * codeBase
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
     * codebase, in §11.2
     * codetype, in §11.2
     * codeType, in §11.3.4
     * code unit, in §2.1.6
     * code-unit length, in §2.1.6
     * col
          * (element), in §4.9.4
          * attr-value for scope, in §4.9.10
     * colgroup
          * (element), in §4.9.3
          * attr-value for scope, in §4.9.10
     * colgroup group, in §4.9.10
     * collect a sequence of characters, in §2.4.1
     * colno
          * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2
          * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2
     * Color, in §4.10.5.1.14
     * color
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for hr, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLFontElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLHRElement, in §11.3.4
     * cols
          * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
          * element-attr for frameset, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLFrameSetElement, in §11.3.3
     * colspan, in §4.9.11
     * colSpan, in §4.9.11
     * column
          * state for scope, in §4.9.10
          * definition of, in §4.9.12
     * column group, in §4.9.12
     * column group header, in §4.9.12.2
     * column groups, in §4.9.12
     * column header, in §4.9.12.2
     * columns, in §4.9.12
     * command, in §4.11.3.1
     * commentary, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * Comment end bang state, in §8.2.4.52
     * Comment end dash state, in §8.2.4.50
     * Comment end state, in §8.2.4.51
     * Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state, in §8.2.4.49
     * Comment less-than sign bang dash state, in §8.2.4.48
     * Comment less-than sign bang state, in §8.2.4.47
     * Comment less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.46
     * Comments, in §8.1.6
     * Comment start dash state, in §8.2.4.44
     * Comment start state, in §8.2.4.43
     * Comment state, in §8.2.4.45
     * commit an automatic annotation, in §4.5.13
     * commit an automatic base, in §4.5.10
     * commit a ruby segment, in §4.5.10
     * commit current annotations, in §4.5.10
     * commit the base range, in §4.5.10
     * compact
          * element-attr for dl, in §11.2
          * element-attr for menu, in §11.2
          * element-attr for ol, in §11.2
          * element-attr for ul, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLDirectoryElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLDListElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLMenuElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLOListElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLUListElement, in §11.3.4
     * comparing origins, in §6.4
     * compatibility caseless, in §2.3
     * compiled pattern regular expression, in §4.10.5.3.6
     * "complete", in §3.1.1
     * complete
          * enum-value for DocumentReadyState, in §3.1.1
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
     * Completely available, in §4.7.5
     * completely available, in §4.7.5
     * completely loaded, in §8.2.6
     * compound microtasks, in §7.1.4.2
     * compound microtask subtask, in §7.1.4.2
     * computed MIME type, in §2.6.4
     * computed type of a resource, in §2.6.4
     * computed type of the resource, in §2.6.4
     * confidence, in §8.2.2
     * confirm(), in §7.6.1
     * confirm(message), in §7.6.1
     * conforming document, in §2.2.1
     * conforming documents, in §2.2.1
     * constraint validation API, in §4.10.20.3
     * Constructing the form data set, in §4.10.21.4
     * construct the form data set, in §4.10.21.4
     * consumed, in §8.2.2.5
     * container frame element, in §10.3.2
     * contains(), in §2.7.3
     * contains(string), in §2.7.3
     * content
          * element-attr for meta, in §4.2.5
          * attribute for HTMLMetaElement, in §4.2.5
          * attribute for HTMLTemplateElement, in §4.12.3
     * Content attributes, in §3.2.3
     * content categories, in §3.2.4.2
     * content category, in §3.2.4.2
     * content document, in §6.1.1
     * contentDocument
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
     * contentEditable, in §5.6.1
     * contenteditable, in §5.6.1
     * content-language, in §4.2.5.3
     * Content model, in §3.2.3
     * Content security policy state, in §4.2.5.3
     * content-type
          * definition of, in §2.6.4
          * state for http-equiv, in §4.2.5.3
     * content-type metadata, in §2.6.4
     * contentWindow
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
     * context, in §8.4
     * context mode, in §4.12.4
     * Contexts in which this element can be used, in §3.2.3
     * control, in §4.10.4
     * control characters, in §2.4.1
     * control group, in §5.4.2
     * control group owner, in §5.4.2
     * control group owner object, in §5.4.2
     * control group owner objects, in §5.4.2
     * controls
          * element-attr for mediaelements, video, audio, in §4.7.13.13
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.13
     * control’s data, in §4.10.18.7.2
     * controls in the user interface that is exposed to the user, in
       §4.7.13.13
     * convert a list of dimensions to a list of pixel values, in §10.6
     * converting a character width to pixels, in §10.5.4
     * converting a string to ASCII lowercase, in §2.3
     * converting a string to ASCII uppercase, in §2.3
     * cookie, in §3.1.2
     * cookie-averse, in §3.1.2
     * cookieEnabled, in §7.7.1.4
     * cookies set during the server’s opening handshake, in §2.2.2
     * cookie-string, in §2.2.2
     * coordinate, in §4.10.5.1.19
     * coords
          * element-attr for area, in §4.7.15
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
          * element-attr for a, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §11.3.4
     * copy
          * value for dropEffect, in §5.7.3
          * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3
          * value for drag, in §5.7.5
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * copyLink, in §5.7.3
     * copyMove, in §5.7.3
     * cors-same-origin, in §6.4
     * CORS settings attribute, in §2.6.6
     * create a classic script, in §7.1.3.3
     * create a drag data store, in §5.7.2
     * create a module script, in §7.1.3.3
     * create an element for the token, in §8.2.5.1
     * create a new browsing context, in §6.1
     * create a potential-CORS request, in §2.6.1
     * create a script, in §7.1.3.3
     * createCaption(), in §4.9.1
     * createImageBitmap(), in §7.8
     * createImageBitmap(image)
          * method for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2
          * method for ImageBitmapFactories, in §7.8
     * createImageBitmap(image, sx, sy, sw, sh)
          * method for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2
          * method for ImageBitmapFactories, in §7.8
     * createTBody(), in §4.9.1
     * createTFoot(), in §4.9.1
     * createTHead(), in §4.9.1
     * creating a classic script, in §7.1.3.3
     * creating a module script, in §7.1.3.3
     * creating a new browsing context, in §6.1
     * creating a potential-cors request, in §2.6.1
     * creating scripts, in §7.1.3.3
     * creation URL, in §7.1.3.1
     * creator base URL, in §6.1
     * creator browsing context, in §6.1
     * creator context security, in §6.1
     * creator origin, in §6.1
     * creator referrer policy, in §6.1
     * creator URL, in §6.1
     * critical subresource, in §2.1.1
     * critical subresources, in §2.1.1
     * crop bitmap data to the source rectangle, in §7.8
     * cropped to the source rectangle, in §7.8
     * crossorigin
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5
          * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.2
          * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1
     * crossOrigin
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.2
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
     * CrossOriginFunctionWrapper, in §6.2.3.3.2
     * CrossOriginGet, in §6.2.3.4
     * CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper, in §6.2.3.3
     * CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys, in §6.2.3.6
     * CrossOriginProperties, in §6.2.3.1
     * CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor, in §6.2.3.3.1
     * CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap, in §6.2.2
     * CrossOriginSet, in §6.2.3.5
     * cross-origin wrapper function, in §6.2.3.3.2
     * cryptographic nonce, in §7.1.3.1
     * CSP list, in §3.1.1
     * CSS properties, in §2.1
     * CSS property, in §2.1
     * cue, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * cuechange, in §4.7.13.16
     * cues
          * definition of, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * Current, in §7.1.3.5
     * current document readiness, in §3.1.2
     * current drag operation, in §5.7.5
     * current entry, in §6.6.1
     * current entry of the joint session history, in §6.6.2
     * current global object, in §7.1.3.5.3
     * current input character, in §8.2.2.5
     * currently focused area of a top-level browsing context, in §5.4.2
     * currently focused area of the top-level browsing context, in §5.4.2
     * currently running task, in §7.1.4.1
     * current node, in §8.2.3.2
     * current pixel density, in §4.7.5
     * current playback position, in §4.7.13.6
     * current position, in §4.7.13.6
     * current request, in §4.7.5
     * currentScript, in §3.1.3
     * current settings object, in §7.1.3.5.3
     * currentSrc
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.2
     * current target element, in §5.7.5
     * current template insertion mode, in §8.2.3.1
     * currentTime, in §4.7.13.6
     * current URL, in §4.7.5
     * current value, in §4.10.13
     * custom data attribute, in §3.2.5.7
     * customError, in §4.10.20.3
     * custom validity error message, in §4.10.20.1
     * cut, in §Unnumbered section
     * data-, in §3.2.5.7
     * data:, in §2.2.2
     * data
          * (element), in §4.5.15
          * element-attr for object, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for DataCue, in §4.7.13.11.6
     * data-*, in §3.2.5.7
     * data block, in §4.12.1
     * data blocks, in §4.12.1
     * DataCue, in §4.7.13.11.6
     * DataCue(startTime, endTime, data), in §4.7.13.11.6
     * datafld, in §11.2
     * dataformatas, in §11.2
     * datalist, in §4.10.8
     * datapagesize, in §11.2
     * dataset, in §3.2.5.7
     * datasrc, in §11.2
     * Data state, in §8.2.4.1
     * dataTransfer
          * dict-member for DragEventInit, in §5.7.4
          * attribute for DragEvent, in §5.7.4
     * DataTransfer, in §5.7.3
     * DataTransferItem, in §5.7.3.2
     * DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1
     * data url, in §2.2.2
     * data: url, in §2.2.2
     * date
          * dfn for dates, in §2.4.5.2
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
     * Date, in §4.10.5.1.7
     * date object, in §2.2.2
     * dates, in §2.4.5.2
     * datetime
          * element-attr for time, in §4.5.16
          * element-attr for edits, in §4.6.3
     * dateTime
          * attribute for HTMLTimeElement, in §4.5.16
          * attribute for HTMLModElement, in §4.6.3
     * datetime-local, in §4.10.5
     * datetime value, in §4.5.16
     * dd, in §4.4.11
     * decimal, in §4.4.6
     * Decimal character reference start state, in §8.2.4.75
     * Decimal character reference state, in §8.2.4.77
     * declare
          * element-attr for object, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
     * dedicated media source failure steps, in §4.7.13.5
     * :default, in §4.15.2
     * default
          * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12
          * attr-value for area/shape, in §4.7.15
          * mode for input, in §4.10.5.4
          * mode for output, in §4.10.12
     * default behavior, in §5.6.5
     * default button, in §4.10.21.2
     * defaultChecked, in §4.10.5
     * default maximum, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * default minimum, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * defaultMuted, in §4.7.13.13
     * default object size, in §2.2.2
     * default/on, in §4.10.5.4
     * defaultPlaybackRate, in §4.7.13.8
     * default playback start position, in §4.7.13.6
     * DefaultProperties, in §6.6.4.1
     * defaultSelected, in §4.10.10
     * default state, in §4.7.15
     * Default state, in §4.7.15
     * default step, in §4.10.5.3.8
     * default step base, in §4.10.5.3.8
     * default-style, in §4.2.5.3
     * default value
          * dfn for range, in §4.10.5.1.13
          * dfn for output, in §4.10.12
     * defaultValue
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
          * attribute for HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12
     * defaultView, in §6.3
     * defer
          * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
     * defines a command, in §4.11.3.1
     * defines the term, in §4.5.8
     * defining term, in §4.5.8
     * del, in §4.6.2
     * delaying load events mode, in §6.1.1
     * delaying the load event, in §8.2.6
     * delaying-the-load-event flag, in §4.7.13.5
     * delay the load event, in §8.2.6
     * deleteCaption(), in §4.9.1
     * deleteCell(index), in §4.9.8
     * __deleter__(), in §3.2.5.7
     * __deleter__(name), in §3.2.5.7
     * deleteRow(index)
          * method for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1
          * method for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §4.9.5
     * deleteTFoot(), in §4.9.1
     * deleteTHead(), in §4.9.1
     * delete the selection, in §5.6.4
     * density-corrected intrinsic width and height, in §4.7.5
     * dereferencing a javascript: url, in §6.7.1
     * derived from country in some cases, in §4.10.18.7.2
     * described above, in §4.7.5.1.16
     * description
          * definition of, in §4.2.5.1
          * attribute for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
          * attribute for MimeType, in §11.3.4.1
     * descriptions
          * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12
          * attr-value for commonTrack/kind, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * "descriptions", in §4.7.13.11.5
     * Descriptions, in §4.7.12
     * deserialization steps, in §2.9.1
     * designates, in §4.15.2
     * designMode, in §5.6.2
     * Detached, in §2.9.2
     * detach from a media element, in §2.2.2
     * details, in §4.11.1
     * details notification task steps, in §4.11.1
     * determining the type of the resource, in §4.2.4.2
     * device-pixel-ratio, in §4.7.1
     * dfn, in §4.5.8
     * dialog
          * attr-value for form/method, in §4.10.18.6
          * dfn for state, in §4.10.18.6
          * (element), in §4.11.4
     * dialog focusing steps, in §4.11.4
     * dialog group, in §5.4.2
     * dialog group manager, in §5.4.2
     * did-perform-automatic-track-selection, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * Dimension attributes, in §4.7.19
     * dir
          * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5.5
          * attribute for HTMLElement, in §3.2.5.5
          * attribute for Document, in §3.2.5.5
          * (element), in §11.2
     * direction
          * element-attr for marquee, in §11.3.2
          * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
     * directionality, in §3.2.5.5
     * directionality-capable attributes, in §3.2.5.5
     * directionality of an attribute, in §3.2.5.5
     * directionality of the attribute, in §3.2.5.5
     * direction of playback, in §4.7.13.8
     * directly reachable browsing contexts, in §6.1.4
     * :dir(ltr), in §4.15.2
     * dirname, in §4.10.18.2
     * dirName
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * :dir(rtl), in §4.15.2
     * dirtiness, in §4.10.10
     * dirty checkedness, in §4.10.5
     * dirty checkedness flag, in §4.10.5
     * dirty value flag
          * dfn for input, in §4.10.5
          * dfn for textarea, in §4.10.11
     * :disabled, in §4.15.2
     * disabled
          * mode for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * enum-value for TextTrackMode, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * element-attr for optgroup, in §4.10.9
          * attribute for HTMLOptGroupElement, in §4.10.9
          * element-attr for option, in §4.10.10
          * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10
          * element-attr for fieldset, in §4.10.15
          * attribute for HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.15
          * element-attr for disabledformelements, input, button, select,
            textarea, in §4.10.18.5
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.18.5
     * disabled fieldset, in §4.10.15
     * Disabled State, in §4.11.3.1
     * disabling, in §4.14
     * discard, in §6.3.4
     * discard a document, in §6.3.4
     * discarded, in §6.3.4
     * discard the document, in §6.3.4
     * disowned its opener, in §6.1.2.1
     * dispatch, in §2.1.4
     * dispatched, in §2.1.4
     * dispatching, in §2.1.4
     * displayed, in §2.1
     * display size, in §4.10.7
     * display state, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * display the inline content, in §6.7.8
     * div, in §4.4.15
     * dl, in §4.4.9
     * DOCTYPE, in §8.1.1
     * DOCTYPE legacy string, in §8.1.1
     * DOCTYPE name state, in §8.2.4.55
     * DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.59
     * DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.60
     * DOCTYPE state, in §8.2.4.53
     * DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.65
     * DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state, in §8.2.4.66
     * Document, in §3.1.1
     * document
          * definition of, in §2.1
          * attribute for Window, in §6.3
     * DocumentAndElementEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2.1
     * document associated with a window, in §6.1
     * document base URL, in §2.5.1
     * document element, in §2.2.2
     * document family, in §6.1.1
     * document module map, in §3.1.1
     * DocumentReadyState, in §3.1.1
     * document referrer policy, in §3.1.1
     * documents, in §2.1
     * does not apply, in §4.10.5
     * doesn’t apply, in §4.10.5
     * doesn’t necessarily have to affect, in §6.6.3
     * domain, in §6.4.1
     * DOM anchor, in §5.4.2
     * DOMContentLoaded, in §Unnumbered section
     * dom event dispatch logic, in §2.1.4
     * DOM interface, in §3.2.3
     * DOM manipulation task source, in §7.1.4.3
     * DOMStringList, in §2.7.3
     * DOMStringMap, in §3.2.5.7
     * do not apply, in §4.10.5
     * do not set, in §3.2.8.1
     * do not support scripting, in §2.2.1
     * don’t apply, in §4.10.5
     * down
          * attr-value for marquee/direction, in §10.5.11
          * state for marquee, in §11.3.2
     * download
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
          * element-attr for a, area, links, in §4.8.2
          * definition of, in §4.8.5
     * download hyperlinks, in §4.8.5
     * downloads a hyperlink, in §4.8.5
     * download the hyperlink, in §4.8.5
     * drag, in §5.7.6
     * drag-and-drop events, in §5.7.6
     * drag data item kind, in §5.7.2
     * drag data item type string, in §5.7.2
     * drag data item type strings, in §5.7.2
     * drag data store, in §5.7.2
     * drag data store allowed effects state, in §5.7.2
     * drag data store bitmap, in §5.7.2
     * drag data store default feedback, in §5.7.2
     * drag data store hot spot coordinate, in §5.7.2
     * drag data store item list, in §5.7.2
     * drag data store mode, in §5.7.2
     * dragend, in §5.7.6
     * dragenter, in §5.7.6
     * DragEvent, in §5.7.4
     * DragEventInit, in §5.7.4
     * DragEvent(type), in §5.7.4
     * DragEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §5.7.4
     * dragexit, in §5.7.6
     * draggable
          * element-attr for global, in §5.7.7
          * attribute for HTMLElement, in §5.7.7
     * dragleave, in §5.7.6
     * dragover, in §5.7.6
     * dragstart, in §5.7.6
     * drop, in §5.7.6
     * dropEffect, in §5.7.3
     * dt, in §4.4.10
     * duration
          * definition of, in §2.4.5.9
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.6
     * durationchange, in §4.7.13.16
     * duration time component, in §2.4.5.9
     * duration time component scale, in §2.4.5.9
     * during form submission, in §4.10.21.4
     * dynamic markup insertion, in §7.4
     * earliest possible position, in §4.7.13.6
     * earliest possible position when the script started, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * editable, in §5.6.4
     * editing host, in §5.6.4
     * effectAllowed, in §5.7.3
     * effective domain, in §6.4
     * effective media volume, in §4.7.13.13
     * effective playback rate, in §4.7.13.8
     * ElementContentEditable, in §5.6.1
     * element contents, in §3.2.4
     * element has the focus, in §4.15.2
     * elements
          * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3
          * attribute for HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.15
     * elements with default margins, in §10.3.10
     * element type, in §2.1.2
     * element with default margins, in §10.3.10
     * em, in §4.5.2
     * E-mail, in §4.10.5.1.5
     * email, in §4.10.5
     * embed, in §4.7.7
     * embedded, in §3.2.4.2.6
     * embedded content, in §3.2.4.2.6
     * Embedding custom non-visible data, in §3.2.5.7
     * embeds, in §3.1.3
     * embed task source, in §4.7.7
     * emptied, in §4.7.13.16
     * empty, in §2.1.3
     * empty cell, in §4.9.12.2
     * :enabled, in §4.15.2
     * enabled, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * enabledPlugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * encoding, in §4.10.18.6
     * encoding declaration state, in §4.2.5.3
     * encoding labels, in §2.1.6
     * encoding name, in §2.1.6
     * encoding sniffing algorithm, in §8.2.2.2
     * enctype
          * element-attr for form, in §4.10.18.6
          * definition of, in §4.10.18.6
          * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.18.6
     * end, in §4.10.19
     * ended
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.8
          * event for media, in §4.7.13.16
     * ended playback, in §4.7.13.8
     * end(index), in §4.7.13.14
     * End tag open state, in §8.2.4.7
     * End tags, in §8.1.2.2
     * endTime, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * enter, in §4.7.13.16
     * entrance counter, in §7.1.3.5.1
     * Entry, in §7.1.3.5
     * entry execution context, in §7.1.3.5.1
     * entry global object, in §7.1.3.5.1
     * entry Realm, in §7.1.3.5.1
     * entry settings object, in §7.1.3.5.1
     * entry update, in §6.7.1
     * enumerated attributes, in §2.4.3
     * environment settings object, in §7.1.3.1
     * error
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.1
          * event for media, in §4.7.13.16
          * event for source, in §4.7.13.16
          * event for track, in §4.7.13.16
          * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2
          * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * ERROR, in §4.7.12
     * ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2
     * ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2
     * ErrorEvent(type), in §7.1.3.9.2
     * ErrorEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §7.1.3.9.2
     * error occurs during reading of the object, in §2.2.2
     * escapable raw text, in §8.1.2
     * escapable raw text elements, in §8.1.2
     * Escaping a string, in §8.3
     * establish a WebSocket connection, in §2.2.2
     * establishing the media timeline, in §4.7.13.6
     * establish the media timeline, in §4.7.13.6
     * EUC-KR, in §8.2.2.3
     * event
          * element-attr for script, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §11.3.4
     * event dispatching, in §2.1.4
     * event handler, in §7.1.5.1
     * EventHandler, in §7.1.5.1
     * event handler content attribute, in §7.1.5.1
     * event handler content attributes, in §7.1.5.1
     * event handler event type, in §7.1.5.1
     * event handler IDL attribute, in §7.1.5.1
     * event handler IDL attributes, in §7.1.5.1
     * EventHandlerNonNull, in §7.1.5.1
     * event handlers, in §7.1.5.1
     * event loop, in §7.1.4.1
     * event loops, in §7.1.4.1
     * exceptions enabled flag, in §6.7.1
     * execCommand(), in §5.6.4
     * execCommand(commandId), in §5.6.4
     * execCommand(commandId, showUI), in §5.6.4
     * execCommand(commandId, showUI, value), in §5.6.4
     * execute, in §4.12.1.1
     * execute a compound microtask subtask, in §7.1.4.2
     * execute a script block, in §4.12.1.1
     * execute the script block, in §4.12.1.1
     * exit, in §4.7.13.16
     * explicit content-type metadata, in §2.6.4
     * explicit "EOF" character, in §8.2.2.5
     * explicitly going back or forwards in the session history, in §6.6.2
     * explicitly supported, in §11.3.4.1
     * explicitly supported JSON type, in §6.7.1
     * explicitly supported XML type, in §6.7.1
     * explicitly supports, in §11.3.4.1
     * expose a user interface to the user, in §4.7.13.13
     * exposed, in §3.1.3
     * exposes a user interface to the user, in §4.7.13.13
     * exposing a user interface, in §4.7.13.13
     * exposing a user interface to the user, in §4.7.13.13
     * expressly inert
          * definition of, in §5.4.2
          * dfn for dialog, in §5.4.2
     * extension, in §4.8.5
     * extensions in use, in §2.2.2
     * extensions to the predefined set of link type, in §4.8.6.14
     * extensions to the predefined set of link types, in §4.8.6.14
     * Extensions to the predefined set of pragma directives, in §4.2.5.4
     * External, in §11.3.4
     * external, in §11.3.4
     * external resource, in §4.8.1
     * external resource link, in §4.8.1
     * external resources, in §4.8.1
     * face, in §11.3.4
     * facet command, in §4.11.3.5
     * facets, in §4.11.3.1
     * failed, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * failed to load, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * fail the WebSocket connection, in §2.2.2
     * fallback base URL, in §2.5.1
     * fallback content, in §3.2.4.2.6
     * false-by-default, in §5.6.5
     * familiar, in §6.1.3
     * familiar with, in §6.1.3
     * fastSeek(), in §4.7.13.9
     * fastSeek(time), in §4.7.13
     * feed the parser, in §9.2
     * fetch a classic script, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetch a classic worker script, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetch a module script tree, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetch a single module script, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetching a classic script, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetching a module script tree, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetching a single module script, in §7.1.3.2
     * Fetching scripts, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetching the descendants of a module script, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetch the descendants, in §7.1.3.2
     * fetch the descendants of a module script, in §7.1.3.2
     * fgColor, in §11.3.4
     * fieldset, in §4.10.15
     * figcaption, in §4.4.13
     * figure, in §4.4.12
     * file, in §4.10.5
     * File, in §4.10.5.1.17
     * filename
          * mode for input, in §4.10.5.4
          * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2
          * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2
          * attribute for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * files
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5.4
          * attribute for DataTransfer, in §5.7.3
     * , in §2.2.2
     * finish, in §11.3.2
     * fire, in §2.1.4
     * fire a click event, in §7.1.5.3
     * fire a DND event, in §5.7.4
     * fire a focus event, in §5.4.4
     * fire an event, in §2.1.4
     * fire a progress event, in §4.7.5
     * fire a progress event or simple event, in §4.7.5
     * fire a simple event, in §2.1.4
     * fired, in §2.1.4
     * fired unload, in §6.7.11
     * fires, in §2.1.4
     * fires a simple event, in §2.1.4
     * firing, in §2.1.4
     * firing a click event, in §7.1.5.3
     * firing a simple event, in §7.1.5.3
     * firing a simple event named e, in §7.1.5.3
     * firing a synthetic mouse event named click, in §7.1.5.3
     * Firing a synthetic mouse event named e, in §7.1.5.3
     * floating date and time, in §2.4.5.5
     * flow, in §3.2.4.2.2
     * flow content, in §3.2.4.2.2
     * focus()
          * method for Window, in §5.4.6
          * method for HTMLElement, in §5.4.6
     * focus, in §Unnumbered section
     * :focus, in §4.15.2
     * focusable, in §5.4.2
     * focusable area, in §5.4.2
     * focus chain, in §5.4.2
     * focused, in §5.4.2
     * focused area, in §5.4.2
     * focused area of a control group, in §5.4.2
     * focused area of that focus group, in §5.4.2
     * focused area of the control group, in §5.4.2
     * focused dialog, in §5.4.2
     * focused dialog of a dialog group, in §5.4.2
     * focused dialog of its dialog group, in §5.4.2
     * focused dialog of the dialog group, in §5.4.2
     * Focus fixup rule one, in §5.4.4
     * Focus fixup rule three, in §5.4.4
     * Focus fixup rule two, in §5.4.4
     * focusing steps, in §5.4.4
     * focus update steps, in §5.4.4
     * follow hyperlinks, in §4.8.4
     * following a hyperlink, in §4.8.4
     * following hyperlinks, in §4.8.4
     * follows a hyperlink, in §4.8.4
     * follow the hyperlink, in §4.8.4
     * follow the hyperlinks, in §4.8.4
     * font, in §11.2
     * footer, in §4.3.8
     * for
          * element-attr for label, in §4.10.4
          * element-attr for output, in §4.10.12
          * element-attr for script, in §11.2
     * forced sandboxing flag set, in §6.5
     * force-quirks flag, in §8.2.4
     * forces content into a unique origin, in §6.4
     * forceSpellCheck(), in §5.6.5
     * Foreign elements, in §8.1.2
     * forget the media element’s media-resource-specific tracks, in
       §4.7.13.5
     * form
          * (element), in §4.10.3
          * element-attr for formelements, object, label, input, button,
            select, textarea, output, fieldset, in §4.10.17.3
          * attribute for FormIDLAttribute, HTMLObjectElement,
            HTMLLabelElement, HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLOptionElement, HTMLTextAreaElement,
            HTMLOutputElement, HTMLFieldSetElement, HTMLLegendElement, in
            §4.10.17.3
     * formaction, in §4.10.18.6
     * formAction, in §4.10.18.6
     * form-associated, in §4.10.2
     * form-associated elements, in §4.10.2
     * Formatting, in §8.2.3.2
     * form control maxlength attribute, in §4.10.18.3
     * form control minlength attribute, in §4.10.18.4
     * form element pointer, in §8.2.3.4
     * formenctype, in §4.10.18.6
     * formEnctype, in §4.10.18.6
     * formMethod, in §4.10.18.6
     * formmethod, in §4.10.18.6
     * formnovalidate, in §4.10.18.6
     * formNoValidate, in §4.10.18.6
     * form owner, in §4.10.17.3
     * Forms, in §4.10
     * forms, in §3.1.3
     * form submission, in §4.10.21
     * form submission algorithm, in §4.10.21.3
     * form submissions, in §4.10.21
     * formTarget, in §4.10.18.6
     * formtarget, in §4.10.18.6
     * for privacy, in §1.8
     * forward(), in §6.6.2
     * foster parenting, in §8.2.5.1
     * fragment case, in §8.4
     * frame
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
          * (element), in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4
     * frameborder
          * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2
          * element-attr for frame, in §11.3.3
     * frameBorder
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4
     * frame border color, in §10.6
     * frameElement, in §6.1.1.1
     * FrameRequestCallback, in §6.3
     * frames, in §6.3
     * frameset, in §11.3.3
     * frameset-ok flag, in §8.2.3.5
     * framespacing, in §11.2
     * from an external file, in §4.12.1.1
     * frozen base URL, in §4.2.3
     * fully active, in §6.1.1
     * fully decodable, in §4.7.5
     * FunctionStringCallback, in §5.7.3.2
     * gain focus, in §5.4.2
     * gb18030, in §8.2.2.3
     * generate all implied end tags thoroughly, in §8.2.5.3
     * generate implied end tags, in §8.2.5.3
     * generator, in §4.2.5.1
     * generator-unable-to-provide-required-alt, in §4.7.5.1.22
     * generic raw text element parsing algorithm, in §8.2.5.2
     * generic RCDATA element parsing algorithm, in §8.2.5.2
     * get, in §4.10.18.6
     * GET, in §4.10.18.6
     * Get action URL, in §4.10.21.3
     * get all-indexed, in §2.7.2.1
     * get all-named, in §2.7.2.1
     * get an attribute, in §8.2.2.2
     * getAsFile(), in §5.7.3.2
     * getAsString(callback), in §5.7.3.2
     * getContext(contextId), in §4.12.4
     * getContext(contextId, arguments...), in §4.12.4
     * getContext(contextId, ...arguments), in §4.12.4
     * getCueById(id), in §4.7.13.11.5
     * getData(format), in §5.7.3
     * getElementsByName(), in §3.1.3
     * getElementsByName(elementName), in §3.1.3
     * gets reset, in §6.7.10
     * getStartDate(), in §4.7.13.6
     * __getter__(), in §3.2.5.7
     * __getter__(name), in §3.2.5.7
     * get the current value of the event handler, in §7.1.5.1
     * getting, in §2.1.4
     * Getting an encoding, in §2.2.2
     * getting an output encoding, in §2.2.2
     * getting the current value of the event handler, in §7.1.5.1
     * getTrackById()
          * method for AudioTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * method for VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * getTrackById(id)
          * method for AudioTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * method for VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * method for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * global aria-* attributes, in §3.2.8.3.2
     * global attributes, in §3.2.5
     * global date and time, in §2.4.5.7
     * GlobalEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2.1
     * global object, in §7.1.3.5
     * globals, in §3.2.5
     * global script clean-up jobs list, in §7.1.3.4
     * go(), in §6.6.2
     * go(delta), in §6.6.2
     * group, in §4.9.12
     * Guidelines for exposing cues, in §4.7.13.11.4
     * h1, in §4.3.6
     * h2, in §4.3.6
     * h3, in §4.3.6
     * h4, in §4.3.6
     * h5, in §4.3.6
     * h6, in §4.3.6
     * handled
          * dfn for script, in §7.1.3.9
          * dfn for promise, in §7.1.3.10
     * handler state strings, in §7.7.1.3
     * hard, in §4.10.11
     * Hard, in §4.10.11
     * hardware limitations, in §2.2.1
     * has a border, in §10.6
     * has a p element in button scope, in §8.2.3.2
     * has a periodic domain, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * has a reversed range, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * has a style sheet that is blocking scripts, in §4.2.7
     * hasFocus(), in §5.4.6
     * has focus steps, in §5.4.4
     * hash
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
     * hashchange, in §Unnumbered section
     * HashChangeEvent, in §6.7.10.3
     * HashChangeEventInit, in §6.7.10.3
     * HashChangeEvent(type), in §6.7.10.3
     * HashChangeEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §6.7.10.3
     * @@hasInstance, in §2.2.2
     * has no style sheet that is blocking scripts, in §4.2.7
     * has range limitations, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * has that element in the specific scope, in §8.2.3.2
     * have an li element in list item scope, in §8.2.3.2
     * have a periodic domain, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * have a reversed range, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * have a select element in select scope, in §8.2.3.2
     * have a style sheet that is blocking scripts, in §4.2.7
     * HAVE_CURRENT_DATA, in §4.7.13.7
     * HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA, in §4.7.13.7
     * HAVE_FUTURE_DATA, in §4.7.13.7
     * HAVE_METADATA, in §4.7.13.7
     * HAVE_NOTHING, in §4.7.13.7
     * have range limitations, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * head
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3
          * (element), in §4.2.1
     * head element pointer, in §8.2.3.4
     * header, in §4.3.7
     * headers
          * element-attr for tablecells, in §4.9.11
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §4.9.11
     * headers to send appropriate cookies, in §2.2.2
     * heading content, in §3.2.4.2.4
     * headings, in §3.2.4.2.4
     * height
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * element-attr for media, img, iframe, embed, object, video, input,
            in §4.7.19
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, HTMLEmbedElement,
            HTMLObjectElement, HTMLVideoElement, in §4.7.19
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for canvas, in §4.12.4
          * attribute for HTMLCanvasElement, in §4.12.4
          * attribute for ImageBitmap, in §7.8
          * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
          * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tr, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4
     * help, in §4.8.6.4
     * Hexadecimal character reference start state, in §8.2.4.74
     * Hexadecimal character reference state, in §8.2.4.76
     * hidden
          * mode for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * enum-value for TextTrackMode, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for global, in §5.1
          * attribute for HTMLElement, in §5.1
     * Hidden, in §4.10.5.1.1
     * hidden plugins, in §11.3.4.1
     * Hidden State, in §4.11.3.1
     * high
          * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14
          * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14
     * high boundary, in §4.10.14
     * history, in §6.6.1
     * History, in §6.6.2
     * history traversal, in §6.7.10
     * history traversal task source, in §7.1.4.3
     * home control group, in §5.4.5
     * home sequential focus navigation order, in §5.4.5
     * honor user preferences for automatic text track selection, in
       §4.7.13.11.3
     * host
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
     * hostname
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
     * :hover, in §4.15.2
     * hr, in §4.4.3
     * href
          * element-attr for base, in §4.2.3
          * attribute for HTMLBaseElement, in §4.2.3
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * element-attr for a, area, links, in §4.8.2
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
     * hreflang
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
          * element-attr for a, links, in §4.8.2
          * element-attr for area, in §11.2
     * hspace
          * element-attr for embed, in §11.2
          * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2
          * element-attr for input, in §11.2
          * element-attr for img, in §11.2
          * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2
          * element-attr for object, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
     * html, in §4.1.1
     * HTMLAllCollection, in §2.7.2.1
     * HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
     * HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
     * HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
     * HTMLAudioElement, in §4.7.11
     * HTMLBaseElement, in §4.2.3
     * HTMLBodyElement, in §4.3.1
     * HTMLBRElement, in §4.5.29
     * HTMLButtonElement, in §4.10.6
     * HTMLCanvasElement, in §4.12.4
     * HTMLDataElement, in §4.5.15
     * HTMLDataListElement, in §4.10.8
     * HTMLDetailsElement, in §4.11.1
     * HTMLDialogElement, in §4.11.4
     * HTMLDirectoryElement, in §11.3.4
     * HTMLDivElement, in §4.4.15
     * HTMLDListElement, in §4.4.9
     * HTMLDocument, in §6.3
     * HTML document, in §2.1
     * html element, in §2.1.2
     * HTMLElement, in §3.2.2
     * html elements, in §2.1.2
     * HTMLEmbedElement, in §4.7.7
     * HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.15
     * HTMLFontElement, in §11.3.4
     * htmlFor
          * attribute for HTMLLabelElement, in §4.10.4
          * attribute for HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §11.3.4
     * HTMLFormControlsCollection, in §2.7.2.2
     * HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3
     * HTML fragment parsing algorithm, in §8.4
     * HTML fragment serialization algorithm, in §8.3
     * HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
     * HTMLFrameSetElement, in §11.3.3
     * HTMLHeadElement, in §4.2.1
     * HTMLHeadingElement, in §4.3.6
     * HTMLHRElement, in §4.4.3
     * HTMLHtmlElement, in §4.1.1
     * HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
     * HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6
     * HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
     * HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
     * HTML integration point, in §8.2.5
     * HTMLLabelElement, in §4.10.4
     * HTMLLegendElement, in §4.10.16
     * HTMLLIElement, in §4.4.8
     * HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
     * html link types, in §4.8.6
     * HTMLMapElement, in §4.7.14
     * HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
     * HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13
     * HTMLMetaElement, in §4.2.5
     * HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14
     * HTML MIME type, in §2.1.1
     * HTMLModElement, in §4.6.3
     * HTML namespace, in §2.8
     * HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
     * HTMLOListElement, in §4.4.6
     * HTMLOptGroupElement, in §4.10.9
     * HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10
     * HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3
     * HTMLOrSVGScriptElement, in §3.1.1
     * HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12
     * HTMLParagraphElement, in §4.4.1
     * HTMLParamElement, in §4.7.9
     * HTML parser, in §8.2
     * HTMLPictureElement, in §4.7.3
     * HTMLPreElement, in §4.4.4
     * HTMLProgressElement, in §4.10.13
     * HTMLQuoteElement, in §4.4.5
     * HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
     * HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
     * HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4
     * HTMLSpanElement, in §4.5.28
     * HTMLStyleElement, in §4.2.6
     * HTMLTableCaptionElement, in §4.9.2
     * HTMLTableCellElement, in §4.9.11
     * HTMLTableColElement, in §4.9.3
     * HTMLTableDataCellElement, in §4.9.9
     * HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1
     * HTMLTableHeaderCellElement, in §4.9.10
     * HTMLTableRowElement, in §4.9.8
     * HTMLTableSectionElement, in §4.9.5
     * HTMLTemplateElement, in §4.12.3
     * HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * HTMLTimeElement, in §4.5.16
     * HTMLTitleElement, in §4.2.2
     * HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12
     * HTMLUListElement, in §4.4.7
     * HTMLUnknownElement, in §3.2.2
     * HTMLVideoElement, in §4.7.10
     * http:, in §2.2.2
     * http-equiv
          * element-attr for meta, in §4.2.5
          * definition of, in §4.2.5.3
     * httpEquiv, in §4.2.5
     * HTTP GET method, in §2.6.1
     * HTTP headers, in §2.6.1
     * HTTP response codes, in §2.6.1
     * https:, in §2.2.2
     * HTTPS state
          * dfn for document, in §3.1.1
          * dfn for settings, in §7.1.3.1
     * hyperlink, in §4.8.1
     * hyperlink annotations, in §4.8.1
     * hyperlinks, in §4.8.1
     * i
          * attr-value for ol/type, in §4.4.6
          * (element), in §4.5.22
     * icon, in §4.8.6.5
     * id
          * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5
          * attribute for AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * attribute for TextTrackCue, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * IDL attribute, in §2.1
     * IDL attributes, in §2.1
     * IDL-exposed autofill value, in §4.10.18.7.2
     * if appropriate, in §5.7.4
     * iframe, in §4.7.6
     * iframe load event steps, in §4.7.6
     * iframe load in progress, in §4.7.6
     * iframe sandboxing flag set, in §6.5
     * ignored, in §2.1.3
     * ignore-destructive-writes counter, in §7.4.3
     * ignored ruby content, in §4.5.10
     * ignore higher-layer caching, in §4.7.5
     * ignore-opens-during-unload counter, in §7.4.1
     * Image, in §4.10.5.1.19
     * image, in §4.10.5
     * ImageBitmap, in §7.8
     * ImageBitmapSource, in §7.8
     * image candidate string, in §4.7.5
     * image data, in §4.7.5
     * image format-based selection, in §4.7.1
     * image map, in §4.7.16.1
     * image maps, in §4.7.16.1
     * image request, in §4.7.5
     * images
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3
          * attribute for HTMLMapElement, in §4.7.14
     * image sniffing, in §2.6.4
     * image sniffing rules, in §2.6.4
     * image source, in §4.7.5
     * Image(width, height), in §4.7.5
     * img, in §4.7.5
     * immediately, in §2.1
     * immediate user selection, in §5.7.5
     * implementation notes, in §4.10.5.2
     * Implementation notes for session history, in §6.6.3
     * implement the sandboxing, in §6.5
     * implied, in §3.2.4.4
     * implied paragraph, in §3.2.4.4
     * implied paragraphs, in §3.2.4.4
     * implied strong reference, in §2.7.4
     * in a document, in §2.2.2
     * in a formal activation state, in §4.15.2
     * inappropriate for a control, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * inappropriate for the control, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * in-band metadata track dispatch type, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * in body, in §8.2.5.4.7
     * in caption, in §8.2.5.4.11
     * in cell, in §8.2.5.4.15
     * inclusive ancestor, in §2.2.2
     * in column group, in §8.2.5.4.12
     * increment the marquee current loop index, in §11.3.2
     * Incumbent, in §7.1.3.5
     * incumbent global object, in §7.1.3.5.2
     * incumbent Realm, in §7.1.3.5.2
     * incumbent settings object, in §7.1.3.5.2
     * indeterminate, in §4.10.5
     * :indeterminate, in §4.15.2
     * index
          * dfn for option, in §4.10.10
          * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10
     * indexed for indexed property retrieval, in §4.10.3
     * indexed for named property retrieval, in §4.10.3
     * indicated a coordinate, in §4.10.5.1.19
     * indicated part of the document, in §6.7.9
     * in error reporting mode, in §7.1.3.9
     * inert, in §5.2
     * inertness, in §5.2
     * in foreign content, in §8.2.5.5
     * in frameset, in §8.2.5.4.20
     * in head, in §8.2.5.4.4
     * in head noscript, in §8.2.5.4.5
     * inherit-by-default, in §5.6.5
     * initial, in §8.2.5.4.1
     * Initializing a new Document object, in §6.7.1
     * initial playback position, in §4.7.13.6
     * initiated, in §5.7.5
     * initiate the drag-and-drop operation, in §5.7.5
     * innerText, in §3.2.6
     * in parallel, in §2.1
     * input
          * (element), in §4.10.5
          * event for input, in §4.10.5.5
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * input byte stream, in §8.2.2
     * input stream, in §8.2.2.5
     * :in-range, in §4.15.2
     * in row, in §8.2.5.4.14
     * ins, in §4.6.1
     * in scope, in §8.2.3.2
     * in select, in §8.2.5.4.16
     * in select in table, in §8.2.5.4.17
     * insert a character, in §8.2.5.1
     * insert a comment, in §8.2.5.1
     * insert a foreign element, in §8.2.5.1
     * insert an HTML element, in §8.2.5.1
     * insertCell(index), in §4.9.8
     * inserted into, in §2.1.3
     * inserted into a document, in §2.1.3
     * inserted into the document, in §2.1.3
     * insertion mode, in §8.2.3.1
     * insertion point, in §8.2.2.5
     * insertRow(index)
          * method for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1
          * method for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §4.9.5
     * insert the character, in §8.2.5.1
     * insert the token’s character, in §8.2.5.1
     * in table, in §8.2.5.4.9
     * in table body, in §8.2.5.4.13
     * in table scope, in §8.2.3.2
     * in table text, in §8.2.5.4.10
     * in template, in §8.2.5.4.18
     * interactive
          * enum-value for DocumentReadyState, in §3.1.1
          * definition of, in §3.2.4.2.7
     * "interactive", in §3.1.1
     * interactive content, in §3.2.4.2.7
     * interactively validate the constraints, in §4.10.20.2
     * inter-element white space, in §3.2.4
     * internal algorithm for scanning and assigning header cells, in
       §4.9.12.2
     * internal pause steps, in §4.7.13.8
     * internal raw uncompiled handler, in §7.1.5.1
     * in text, in §8.2.5.4.8
     * intrinsic dimensions, in §2.2.2
     * intrinsic height
          * dfn for css, in §2.2.2
          * dfn for video, in §4.7.10
     * intrinsic width
          * dfn for css, in §2.2.2
          * dfn for video, in §4.7.10
     * invalid, in §Unnumbered section
     * :invalid, in §4.15.2
     * invalid value default, in §2.4.3
     * invoke, in §7.1.5.1
     * @@isConcatSpreadable, in §2.2.2
     * isContentEditable, in §5.6.1
     * isContentHandlerRegistered(), in §7.7.1.3
     * isContentHandlerRegistered(mimeType, url), in §7.7.1.3
     * Is environment settings object a secure context?, in §2.2.2
     * isindex, in §11.2
     * ismap
          * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5
          * element-attr for input, in §11.2
     * isMap, in §4.7.5
     * is not step aligned, in §4.10.5.4
     * ISO-2022-JP, in §8.2.2.3
     * ISO-8859-2, in §8.2.2.3
     * ISO-8859-8, in §8.2.2.3
     * IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin, in §6.2.3.2
     * isProtocolHandlerRegistered(), in §7.7.1.3
     * isProtocolHandlerRegistered(scheme, url), in §7.7.1.3
     * IsSearchProviderInstalled(), in §11.3.4
     * is step aligned, in §4.10.5.4
     * it can also come from script, in §7.4
     * item()
          * method for DOMStringList, in §2.7.3
          * method for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * method for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * method for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * item(index)
          * method for DOMStringList, in §2.7.3
          * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * method for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * method for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * method for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * item(nameOrIndex), in §2.7.2.1
     * items, in §5.7.3
     * item type string, in §5.7.2
     * javaEnabled(), in §11.3.4.1
     * JavaScript MIME type, in §4.12.1.2
     * javascript: url, in §6.7.1
     * javascript: urls, in §6.7.1
     * joint session history, in §6.6.2
     * JSON MIME type, in §6.7.1
     * kbd, in §4.5.20
     * keywords, in §4.2.5.1
     * kind
          * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * definition of, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * attribute for DataTransferItem, in §5.7.3.2
     * kind of element, in §8.1.2
     * kind of track, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * kinds of elements, in §8.1.2
     * label
          * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * (element), in §4.10.4
          * element-attr for optgroup, in §4.10.9
          * attribute for HTMLOptGroupElement, in §4.10.9
          * element-attr for option, in §4.10.10
          * definition of, in §4.10.10
          * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10
     * Label, in §4.11.3.1
     * labelable, in §4.10.2
     * labelable element, in §4.10.2
     * labelable elements, in §4.10.2
     * labeled control, in §4.10.4
     * label of a track, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * labels, in §4.10.4
     * lack scripting support, in §2.2.1
     * lang
          * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5.2
          * element-attr for xml, in §3.2.5.2
          * attribute for HTMLElement, in §3.2.5.2
     * language
          * definition of, in §3.2.5.2
          * attribute for AudioTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * attribute for NavigatorLanguage, in §7.7.1.2
          * element-attr for script, in §11.2
     * languagechange, in §Unnumbered section
     * language of a text track, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * languages, in §7.7.1.2
     * lastModified
          * definition of, in §2.2.2
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.2
     * last selected source, in §4.7.5
     * latest entry, in §6.6.1
     * leading and trailing white space stripped, in §2.4.1
     * left
          * attr-value for marquee/direction, in §10.5.11
          * state for marquee, in §11.3.2
     * leftmargin, in §11.2
     * legacy caller operation
          * dfn for embed, in §4.7.7
          * dfn for object, in §4.7.8
     * legend, in §4.10.16
     * length
          * attribute for HTMLAllCollection, in §2.7.2.1
          * attribute for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3
          * attribute for DOMStringList, in §2.7.3
          * attribute for AudioTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * attribute for TextTrackCueList, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * attribute for TimeRanges, in §4.7.13.14
          * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * attribute for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1
          * attribute for Window, in §6.3.2
          * attribute for History, in §6.6.2
          * attribute for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * attribute for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * attribute for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * li, in §4.4.8
     * license, in §4.8.6.6
     * limited-quirks mode, in §2.2.2
     * limited to numbers greater than zero, in §2.7.1
     * limited to only known values, in §2.7.1
     * limited to only non-negative numbers, in §2.7.1
     * limited to only non-negative numbers greater than zero, in §2.7.1
     * lineno
          * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2
          * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2
     * :link, in §4.15.2
     * link
          * (element), in §4.2.4
          * value for dropEffect, in §5.7.3
          * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3
          * value for drag, in §5.7.5
          * element-attr for body, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLBodyElement, in §11.3.4
     * linkColor, in §11.3.4
     * linkMove, in §5.7.3
     * links, in §3.1.3
     * links to external resources, in §4.8.1
     * link type, in §4.8.6
     * link types, in §4.8.6
     * list
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.9
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5.4
     * Listed element, in §4.10.2
     * Listed elements, in §4.10.2
     * listing, in §11.2
     * list of active formatting elements, in §8.2.3.3
     * list of active timers, in §7.5
     * list of animation frame callbacks, in §7.9
     * list of available images, in §4.7.5
     * list of cues, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * list of cues of a text track, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * list of dragged nodes, in §5.7.5
     * list of newly introduced cues, in §4.7.13.8
     * list of options, in §4.10.7
     * list of pending text tracks, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * list of scripts that will execute in order as soon as possible, in
       §4.12.1.1
     * list of scripts that will execute when the document has finished
       parsing, in §4.12.1.1
     * list of text tracks, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * list of the descendant browsing contexts, in §6.1.1
     * live, in §2.1.4
     * load(), in §4.7.13.5
     * load
          * event for track, in §4.7.13.16
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * LOADED, in §4.7.12
     * loadeddata, in §4.7.13.16
     * loadedmetadata, in §4.7.13.16
     * loadend, in §Unnumbered section
     * LOADING, in §4.7.12
     * loading
          * enum-value for DocumentReadyState, in §3.1.1
          * state for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * "loading", in §3.1.1
     * loadstart
          * event for media, in §4.7.13.16
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * LocalDateTime, in §4.10.5.1.11
     * Location, in §6.6.4
     * location
          * attribute for Document, in §6.6.4
          * attribute for Window, in §6.6.4
     * locationbar, in §6.3.6
     * location defineownproperty, in §6.6.4.1.6
     * location delete, in §6.6.4.1.9
     * location get, in §6.6.4.1.7
     * location getownproperty, in §6.6.4.1.5
     * location getprototypeof, in §6.6.4.1.1
     * location isextensible, in §6.6.4.1.3
     * Location-object navigate, in §6.6.4
     * Location-object-setter navigate, in §6.6.4
     * location ownpropertykeys, in §6.6.4.1.10
     * location preventextensions, in §6.6.4.1.4
     * location set, in §6.6.4.1.8
     * location setprototypeof, in §6.6.4.1.2
     * locked for focus, in §5.4.6
     * locked for reset, in §4.10.3
     * longdesc
          * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2
          * element-attr for img, in §11.2
     * longDesc
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4
     * loop
          * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.6
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.6
          * element-attr for marquee, in §11.3.2
          * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
     * loses focus, in §5.4.4
     * low
          * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14
          * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14
     * low boundary, in §4.10.14
     * lower-alpha, in §4.4.6
     * lowercase ASCII hex digits, in §2.4.1
     * lowercase ASCII letters, in §2.4.1
     * lower-roman, in §4.4.6
     * lowsrc
          * element-attr for img, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4
     * ltr
          * attr-value for global/dir, in §3.2.5.5
          * state for dir, in §3.2.5.5
     * machine-readable equivalent of the element’s contents, in §4.5.16
     * magic alignment, in §4.11.4
     * magically aligned, in §4.11.4
     * Mail as body, in §4.10.21.3
     * mailto:, in §2.2.2
     * Mail with headers, in §4.10.21.3
     * main
          * (element), in §4.4.14
          * attr-value for commonTrack/kind, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * main-desc, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * manager, in §5.4.2
     * manifest, in §4.1.1
     * manual
          * value for scrollRestorationMode, in §6.6.1
          * enum-value for ScrollRestoration, in §6.6.2
     * "manual", in §6.6.2
     * map, in §4.7.14
     * maps to the dimension properties, in §10.2
     * maps to the dimension property, in §10.2
     * maps to the dimension property (ignoring zero), in §10.2
     * maps to the pixel length property, in §10.2
     * map to the dimension property (ignoring zero), in §10.2
     * marginHeight
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4
     * marginheight
          * element-attr for body, in §11.2
          * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2
     * marginwidth
          * element-attr for body, in §11.2
          * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2
     * marginWidth
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4
     * mark, in §4.5.25
     * markers, in §8.2.3.3
     * Markup declaration open state, in §8.2.4.42
     * marquee, in §11.3.2
     * marquee current loop index, in §11.3.2
     * marquee loop count, in §11.3.2
     * marquee scroll distance, in §11.3.2
     * marquee scroll interval, in §11.3.2
     * matches the environment, in §2.4.10
     * match service worker registration, in §2.2.2
     * match the environment, in §2.4.10
     * MathML annotation-xml, in §2.2.2
     * MathML math, in §2.2.2
     * MathML merror, in §2.2.2
     * MathML mi, in §2.2.2
     * MathML mn, in §2.2.2
     * MathML mo, in §2.2.2
     * MathML ms, in §2.2.2
     * MathML mtext, in §2.2.2
     * MathML namespace, in §2.8
     * MathML text integration point, in §8.2.5
     * matured, in §6.7.1
     * max
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.7
          * element-attr for progress, in §4.10.13
          * attribute for HTMLProgressElement, in §4.10.13
          * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14
          * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14
     * maximum, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * maximum allowed value length, in §4.10.18.3
     * maximum value
          * dfn for progress, in §4.10.13
          * dfn for meter, in §4.10.14
     * maxLength
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * maxlength
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.1
          * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11
     * "maybe", in §4.7.13
     * maybe
          * enum-value for CanPlayTypeResult, in §4.7.13
          * definition of, in §4.7.13.3
     * media
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * element-attr for style, in §4.2.6
          * attribute for HTMLStyleElement, in §4.2.6
          * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4
          * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4
     * media data, in §4.7.13
     * media data processing steps list, in §4.7.13.5
     * media element, in §4.7.13
     * media element attributes, in §4.7.13
     * media element event task source, in §4.7.13
     * media element load algorithm, in §4.7.13.5
     * media elements, in §4.7.13
     * MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED, in §4.7.13.1
     * MEDIA_ERR_DECODE, in §4.7.13.1
     * MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK, in §4.7.13.1
     * MediaError, in §4.7.13.1
     * MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED, in §4.7.13.1
     * Media fragment syntax, in §2.2.2
     * MediaProvider, in §4.7.13
     * media provider object, in §4.7.13.2
     * media resource, in §4.7.13
     * media-resource-specific text track, in §4.7.13.11.2
     * media timeline, in §4.7.13.6
     * media type, in §2.1.1
     * menu, in §11.2
     * menubar, in §6.3.6
     * menuitem, in §11.2
     * message
          * dict-member for ErrorEventInit, in §7.1.3.9.2
          * attribute for ErrorEvent, in §7.1.3.9.2
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * meta, in §4.2.5
     * Metadata
          * state for track, in §4.7.12
          * state for media, in §4.7.13.5
     * "metadata", in §4.7.13.11.5
     * metadata
          * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12
          * value for HTMLMediaElement/preload, in §4.7.13.5
          * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * Metadata content, in §3.2.4.2.1
     * metadata names, in §4.2.5.2
     * meter, in §4.10.14
     * method
          * element-attr for form, in §4.10.18.6
          * dfn for forms, in §4.10.18.6
          * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.18.6
     * methods
          * element-attr for a, in §11.2
          * element-attr for link, in §11.2
     * microtask, in §7.1.4.2
     * microtask checkpoints, in §7.1.4.2
     * microtask queue, in §7.1.4.2
     * microtask task source, in §7.1.4.2
     * mime type, in §2.1.1
     * MimeType, in §11.3.4.1
     * MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1
     * mimeTypes, in §11.3.4.1
     * mime types, in §2.1.1
     * min
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.7
          * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14
          * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14
     * minimum, in §4.10.5.3.7
     * minimum allowed value length, in §4.10.18.4
     * minimum value, in §4.10.14
     * minLength
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * minlength
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.1
          * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11
     * missing value default, in §2.4.3
     * modal dialog is shown, in §4.11.4
     * mode, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * module map, in §7.1.3.8
     * module record, in §7.1.3.1
     * module script, in §7.1.3.1
     * Month, in §4.10.5.1.8
     * month
          * definition of, in §2.4.5.1
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
     * move
          * value for dropEffect, in §5.7.3
          * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3
          * value for drag, in §5.7.5
     * multicol, in §11.2
     * multipart/form-data, in §4.10.18.6
     * multipart/form-data boundary string, in §4.10.21.7
     * multipart/form-data encoding algorithm, in §4.10.21.7
     * multiple
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.5
          * element-attr for select, in §4.10.7
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
     * mutable, in §4.10.17.2
     * Mutate action URL, in §4.10.21.3
     * mutation observers, in §2.2.2
     * muted
          * definition of, in §4.7.13.13
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.13
          * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.13
     * muted errors, in §7.1.3.1
     * mute iframe load, in §4.7.6
     * name
          * event for global, in §2.2.2
          * element-attr for meta, in §4.2.5
          * attribute for HTMLMetaElement, in §4.2.5
          * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6
          * element-attr for object, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * element-attr for param, in §4.7.9
          * attribute for HTMLParamElement, in §4.7.9
          * element-attr for map, in §4.7.14
          * attribute for HTMLMapElement, in §4.7.14
          * element-attr for form, in §4.10.3
          * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3
          * element-attr for formelements, label, input, button, select,
            textarea, output, fieldset, in §4.10.18.1
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement,
            HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.18.1
          * attribute for Window, in §6.3.1
          * element-attr for a, in §11.2
          * element-attr for embed, in §11.2
          * element-attr for img, in §11.2
          * element-attr for option, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * element-attr for frame, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLEmbedElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * named color, in §2.2.2
     * Named elements, in §3.1.3
     * named for the all collection, in §2.7.2.1
     * namedItem()
          * method for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * method for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * method for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * namedItem(name)
          * method for HTMLAllCollection, in §2.7.2.1
          * method for HTMLFormControlsCollection, in §2.7.2.2
          * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * method for PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * method for MimeTypeArray, in §11.3.4.1
          * method for Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * Named objects, in §6.3.3
     * naturalHeight, in §4.7.5
     * naturalWidth, in §4.7.5
     * nav, in §4.3.4
     * navigate, in §6.7.1
     * navigated, in §6.7.1
     * navigate fragment, in §6.7.9
     * navigating, in §6.7.1
     * navigating a browsing context, in §6.7.1
     * navigation, in §6.7.1
     * navigation algorithm, in §6.7.1
     * Navigator, in §7.7.1
     * navigator, in §7.7.1
     * NavigatorContentUtils, in §7.7.1.3
     * NavigatorCookies, in §7.7.1.4
     * NavigatorID, in §7.7.1.1
     * NavigatorLanguage, in §7.7.1.2
     * navigator.onLine, in §6.7.13
     * NavigatorOnLine, in §6.7.13
     * NavigatorPlugins, in §11.3.4.1
     * nearest activatable element, in §5.3
     * nearest ancestor autofocus scoping document element, in §4.10.18.6.1
     * nested browsing context, in §6.1.1
     * nested browsing contexts, in §6.1.1
     * nested through, in §6.1.1
     * NETWORK_EMPTY, in §4.7.13.4
     * NETWORK_IDLE, in §4.7.13.4
     * networking task source, in §7.1.4.3
     * NETWORK_LOADING, in §4.7.13.4
     * NETWORK_NO_SOURCE, in §4.7.13.4
     * networkState, in §4.7.13.4
     * newURL
          * dict-member for HashChangeEventInit, in §6.7.10.3
          * attribute for HashChangeEvent, in §6.7.10.3
     * next, in §4.8.6.13.1
     * nextid, in §11.2
     * next input character, in §8.2.2.5
     * next token, in §8.2.5
     * nobr, in §11.2
     * No CORS, in §2.6.6
     * node A is removed, in §2.1.3
     * noembed, in §11.2
     * nofollow, in §4.8.6.7
     * noframes, in §11.2
     * nohref, in §11.2
     * noHref, in §11.3.4
     * non-blocking, in §4.12.1.1
     * nonce
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * element-attr for style, in §4.2.6
          * attribute for HTMLStyleElement, in §4.2.6
          * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
     * NONE, in §4.7.12
     * none
          * value for HTMLMediaElement/preload, in §4.7.13.5
          * value for anchor-point, in §4.11.4.1
          * context for canvas, in §4.12.4
          * value for dropEffect, in §5.7.3
          * value for effectAllowed, in §5.7.3
          * value for drag, in §5.7.5
     * None, in §4.7.13.5
     * noopener, in §4.8.6.8
     * no-quirks mode, in §2.2.2
     * no-referrer, in §2.2.2
     * noreferrer, in §4.8.6.9
     * no-referrer-when-downgrade, in §2.2.2
     * noresize, in §11.3.3
     * noResize, in §11.3.3
     * normal alignment, in §4.11.4
     * normal elements, in §8.1.2
     * normalized TimeRanges object, in §4.7.13.14
     * normalize the source densities, in §4.7.5
     * noscript, in §4.12.2
     * noShade, in §11.3.4
     * noshade, in §11.2
     * not handled
          * dfn for script, in §7.1.3.9
          * dfn for promise, in §7.1.3.10
     * nothing, in §3.2.4.1
     * Nothing, in §4.12.3
     * notify about rejected promises, in §7.1.3.10
     * not loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * no-translate, in §3.2.5.3
     * not yet been loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * novalidate, in §4.10.18.6
     * noValidate, in §4.10.18.6
     * no-validate state, in §4.10.18.6
     * nowrap, in §11.2
     * noWrap, in §11.3.4
     * number, in §4.10.5
     * Number, in §4.10.5.1.12
     * number of bytes downloaded, in §2.6.2
     * number of child browsing contexts, in §6.3.2
     * number of days in month month of year year, in §2.4.5
     * Numeric character reference end state, in §8.2.4.78
     * Numeric character reference state, in §8.2.4.73
     * object
          * (element), in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
     * _object, in §11.3.1
     * object properties, in §2.1
     * object property, in §2.1
     * obtain, in §4.2.4.3
     * obtain a physical form, in §10.8
     * obtain the resource, in §4.2.4.3
     * off
          * attr-value for form/autocomplete, in §4.10.3
          * state for form/autocomplete, in §4.10.3
          * attr-value for forms/autocomplete, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * official playback position, in §4.7.13.6
     * offline, in §Unnumbered section
     * ol, in §4.4.6
     * oldURL
          * dict-member for HashChangeEventInit, in §6.7.10.3
          * attribute for HashChangeEvent, in §6.7.10.3
     * omitted, in §8.1.2.4
     * on
          * attr-value for form/autocomplete, in §4.10.3
          * state for form/autocomplete, in §4.10.3
          * attr-value for forms/autocomplete, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * onabort, in §7.1.5.2
     * onaddtrack
          * attribute for AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.8
     * onafterprint, in §7.1.5.2
     * onauxclick, in §7.1.5.2
     * onbeforeprint, in §7.1.5.2
     * onbeforeunload
          * attribute for OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler, in §7.1.5.2
          * attribute for WindowEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2.1
     * OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler, in §7.1.5.1
     * OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull, in §7.1.5.1
     * onblur, in §7.1.5.2
     * onbounce, in §11.3.2
     * oncancel, in §7.1.5.2
     * oncanplay, in §7.1.5.2
     * oncanplaythrough, in §7.1.5.2
     * onchange
          * attribute for AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.8
          * attribute for GlobalEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2
     * onclick, in §7.1.5.2
     * onclose, in §7.1.5.2
     * oncopy, in §7.1.5.2
     * oncuechange
          * attribute for TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.8
          * attribute for GlobalEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2
     * oncut, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondblclick, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondrag, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondragend, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondragenter, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondragexit, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondragleave, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondragover, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondragstart, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondrop, in §7.1.5.2
     * ondurationchange, in §7.1.5.2
     * onemptied, in §7.1.5.2
     * onended, in §7.1.5.2
     * onenter, in §4.7.13.11.8
     * one permitted sandboxed navigator, in §6.5
     * onerror, in §7.1.5.2
     * OnErrorEventHandler, in §7.1.5.1
     * OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull, in §7.1.5.1
     * onexit, in §4.7.13.11.8
     * onfinish, in §11.3.2
     * onfocus, in §7.1.5.2
     * onhashchange, in §7.1.5.2
     * oninput, in §7.1.5.2
     * oninvalid, in §7.1.5.2
     * onkeydown, in §7.1.5.2
     * onkeypress, in §7.1.5.2
     * onkeyup, in §7.1.5.2
     * onlanguagechange, in §7.1.5.2
     * online, in §Unnumbered section
     * onLine, in §6.7.13
     * onload, in §7.1.5.2
     * onloadeddata, in §7.1.5.2
     * onloadedmetadata, in §7.1.5.2
     * onloadend, in §7.1.5.2
     * onloadstart, in §7.1.5.2
     * only if border is not equivalent to zero, in §10.3.9
     * onmessage, in §7.1.5.2
     * onmousedown, in §7.1.5.2
     * onmouseenter, in §7.1.5.2
     * onmouseleave, in §7.1.5.2
     * onmousemove, in §7.1.5.2
     * onmouseout, in §7.1.5.2
     * onmouseover, in §7.1.5.2
     * onmouseup, in §7.1.5.2
     * onoffline, in §7.1.5.2
     * ononline, in §7.1.5.2
     * onpagehide, in §7.1.5.2
     * onpageshow, in §7.1.5.2
     * onpaste, in §7.1.5.2
     * onpause, in §7.1.5.2
     * onplay, in §7.1.5.2
     * onplaying, in §7.1.5.2
     * onpopstate, in §7.1.5.2
     * onprogress, in §7.1.5.2
     * onratechange, in §7.1.5.2
     * onreadystatechange
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.1
          * definition of, in §7.1.5.2
     * onrejectionhandled, in §7.1.5.2
     * onremovetrack
          * attribute for AudioTrackList, VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.8
     * onreset, in §7.1.5.2
     * onresize, in §7.1.5.2
     * onscroll, in §7.1.5.2
     * onseeked, in §7.1.5.2
     * onseeking, in §7.1.5.2
     * onselect, in §7.1.5.2
     * onshow, in §7.1.5.2
     * onstalled, in §7.1.5.2
     * onstart, in §11.3.2
     * onstorage, in §7.1.5.2
     * onsubmit, in §7.1.5.2
     * onsuspend, in §7.1.5.2
     * ontimeupdate, in §7.1.5.2
     * ontoggle, in §7.1.5.2
     * onunhandledrejection, in §7.1.5.2
     * onunload, in §7.1.5.2
     * onvolumechange, in §7.1.5.2
     * onwaiting, in §7.1.5.2
     * onwheel, in §7.1.5.2
     * opaque origin, in §6.4
     * open
          * element-attr for details, in §4.11.1
          * attribute for HTMLDetailsElement, in §4.11.1
          * element-attr for dialog, in §4.11.4
          * attribute for HTMLDialogElement, in §4.11.4
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * open()
          * method for Window, in §6.3.1
          * method for Document, in §7.4.1
     * opener, in §6.1.2.1
     * opener browsing context, in §6.1.2
     * open(type), in §7.4.1
     * open(type, replace), in §7.4.1
     * open(url, name, features), in §7.4.1
     * open(url, name, features, replace), in §7.4.1
     * optgroup, in §4.10.9
     * optimum
          * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14
          * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14
     * optimum point, in §4.10.14
     * optimum value, in §4.10.14
     * option, in §4.10.10
     * :optional, in §4.15.2
     * optionally truncate a simple dialog string, in §7.6.1
     * optionally truncated, in §7.6.1
     * optionally truncating, in §7.6.1
     * optional start and end tags, in §8.1.2.4
     * options
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * attribute for HTMLDataListElement, in §4.10.8
     * Option(text, value, defaultSelected, selected), in §4.10.10
     * ordered set of unique space-separated tokens, in §2.4.7
     * ordinal value, in §4.4.8
     * Ordinary, in §8.2.3.2
     * or equivalent, in §2.6.1
     * origin
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * dfn for concept, in §6.4
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
          * dfn for security, in §7.1.3.1
          * attribute for WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2
     * original insertion mode, in §8.2.3.1
     * origin-clean, in §4.12.4
     * origin domain, in §6.4
     * origin host, in §6.4
     * origin port, in §6.4
     * origins, in §6.4
     * origin scheme, in §6.4
     * Other link types, in §4.8.6.14
     * otherwise steps for iframe or frame elements, in §4.7.6
     * outline, in §4.3.9.1
     * outline depth, in §4.3.9.1
     * :out-of-range, in §4.15.2
     * output, in §4.10.12
     * outstanding rejected promises weak set, in §7.1.3.1
     * overridden reload, in §3.1
     * override URL, in §6.7.1
     * owner, in §5.4.2
     * p, in §4.4.1
     * pagehide, in §Unnumbered section
     * pageshow, in §Unnumbered section
     * page showing, in §6.7.11
     * PageTransitionEvent, in §6.7.10.4
     * PageTransitionEventInit, in §6.7.10.4
     * PageTransitionEvent(type), in §6.7.10.4
     * PageTransitionEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §6.7.10.4
     * paint source, in §2.2.2
     * palpable content, in §3.2.4.2.8
     * paragraph, in §3.2.4.4
     * paragraphing, in §3.2.4.4
     * paragraphs, in §3.2.4.4
     * param, in §4.7.9
     * parameter, in §4.7.9
     * parent, in §6.1.1.1
     * parent browsing context, in §6.1.1
     * parse, in §2.5.2
     * parse a date component, in §2.4.5.2
     * parse a date or time string, in §2.4.5.10
     * parse a date string, in §2.4.5.2
     * parse a duration string, in §2.4.5.9
     * parse a floating date and time string, in §2.4.5.5
     * parse a global date and time string, in §2.4.5.7
     * parse a month component, in §2.4.5.1
     * parse a month string, in §2.4.5.1
     * parse a referrer policy from a Referrer-Policy header, in §2.2.2
     * parse a sandboxing directive, in §6.5
     * parse a sizes attribute, in §4.7.5
     * parse a srcset attribute, in §4.7.5
     * parse a time component, in §2.4.5.4
     * parse a time string, in §2.4.5.4
     * parse a time-zone offset component, in §2.4.5.6
     * parse a time-zone offset string, in §2.4.5.6
     * parse a URL, in §2.5.2
     * parse a week string, in §2.4.5.8
     * parse a yearless date component, in §2.4.5.3
     * parse a yearless date string, in §2.4.5.3
     * parse child’s sizes attribute, in §4.7.5
     * parse child’s srcset attribute, in §4.7.5
     * parsed as a CSS  value, in §2.2.2
     * parse errors, in §8.2
     * parse it as an integer, in §2.4.4.1
     * parser-inserted, in §4.12.1.1
     * parser pause flag, in §8.2.1
     * parser state, in §7.1.3.1
     * parse that attribute’s value, in §2.4.4.2
     * parse the sandboxing directive, in §6.5
     * parse token as an integer, in §2.4.4.1
     * parsing, in §2.5.2
     * parsing a date, in §2.4.5.2
     * parsing a date and time, in §2.4.5.7
     * parsing a date string, in §2.4.5.2
     * parsing a duration string, in §2.4.5.9
     * parsing a floating date and time, in §2.4.5.5
     * parsing a floating date and time string, in §2.4.5.5
     * parsing a month, in §2.4.5.1
     * parsing a month string, in §2.4.5.1
     * parsing a time, in §2.4.5.4
     * parsing a time string, in §2.4.5.4
     * parsing a time-zone offset string, in §2.4.5.6
     * parsing a week, in §2.4.5.8
     * parsing a week string, in §2.4.5.8
     * parsing a yearless date string, in §2.4.5.3
     * parsing of relative urls, in §2.5.2
     * parsing relative urls, in §2.5.2
     * partially available, in §4.7.5
     * Partially available, in §4.7.5
     * passing its URL or data to an external software package, in §6.7.1
     * Password, in §4.10.5.1.6
     * password
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
     * paste, in §Unnumbered section
     * past names map, in §4.10.3
     * Path components, in §4.10.5.1.17
     * pathname
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
     * pattern
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.6
     * patternMismatch, in §4.10.20.3
     * pause(), in §4.7.13.8
     * Pause, in §7.1.4.2
     * pause
          * event for media, in §4.7.13.16
          * state for useragent, in §7.1.4.2
     * paused, in §4.7.13.8
     * paused for in-band content, in §4.7.13.8
     * paused for user interaction, in §4.7.13.8
     * pause-on-exit, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * pauseOnExit, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * pause-on-exit flag, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * pending dialog stack, in §4.11.4
     * pending parsing-blocking script, in §4.12.1.1
     * pending request, in §4.7.5
     * pending table character tokens, in §8.2.5.4.9
     * pending text track change notification flag, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * perform a microtask checkpoint, in §7.1.4.2
     * perform automatic text track selection, in §4.7.13.11.3
     * performing a microtask checkpoint flag, in §7.1.4.1
     * performs a microtask checkpoint, in §7.1.4.2
     * persisted
          * dict-member for PageTransitionEventInit, in §6.7.10.4
          * attribute for PageTransitionEvent, in §6.7.10.4
     * personalbar, in §6.3.6
     * phrasing, in §3.2.4.2.5
     * phrasing content, in §3.2.4.2.5
     * pick an encoding for a form, in §4.10.21.5
     * picked, in §4.10.7
     * picking an encoding for the form, in §4.10.21.5
     * picture, in §4.7.3
     * placeholder
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.10
          * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * placeholder label option, in §4.10.7
     * plaintext, in §11.2
     * plain text file, in §6.7.4
     * PLAINTEXT state, in §8.2.4.5
     * planned navigation, in §4.10.21.3
     * plan to navigate, in §4.10.21.3
     * platform, in §7.7.1.1
     * plausible languages, in §7.7.1.2
     * play, in §4.7.13.16
     * play(), in §4.7.13.8
     * playback ended, in §4.7.13.8
     * playback has ended, in §4.7.13.8
     * playbackRate, in §4.7.13.8
     * playback volume, in §4.7.13.13
     * played, in §4.7.13.8
     * playing, in §4.7.13.16
     * Plugin, in §11.3.4.1
     * plugin, in §2.1.5
     * PluginArray, in §11.3.4.1
     * plugin document, in §6.7.7
     * plugins
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3
          * attribute for NavigatorPlugins, in §11.3.4.1
     * poly, in §4.7.15
     * polygon, in §4.7.15
     * Polygon state, in §4.7.15
     * polygon state, in §4.7.15
     * popstate, in §Unnumbered section
     * PopStateEvent, in §6.7.10.2
     * PopStateEventInit, in §6.7.10.2
     * PopStateEvent(type), in §6.7.10.2
     * PopStateEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §6.7.10.2
     * populate the list of pending text tracks, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * popup sandboxing flag set, in §6.5
     * port
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
     * , in §4.11.4.1
     * position, in §4.10.13
     * possibly appropriate alternatives, in §5.7.4
     * post, in §4.10.18.6
     * POST, in §4.10.18.6
     * poster
          * element-attr for video, in §4.7.10
          * attribute for HTMLVideoElement, in §4.7.10
     * poster frame, in §4.7.10
     * Post to data:, in §4.10.21.3
     * potentially active, in §4.7.7
     * potentially playing, in §4.7.13.8
     * practical concerns, in §2.2.1
     * pragma-set default language, in §4.2.5.3
     * pre, in §4.4.4
     * pre-click activation steps, in §5.3
     * prefix match, in §2.3
     * preload
          * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.5
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.5
     * prepare an event, in §4.7.13.8
     * prepare a script, in §4.12.1.1
     * prepared, in §4.12.1.1
     * prepare to run script, in §7.1.3.4
     * preparing, in §4.12.1.1
     * prescan a byte stream to determine its encoding, in §8.2.2.2
     * presentational hints, in §10.2
     * preserve, in §4.10.19
     * prev, in §4.8.6.13.2
     * prevents content from creating new auxiliary browsing contexts, in
       §6.1.5
     * previous target element, in §5.7.5
     * primary control group, in §5.4.5
     * print(), in §7.6.2
     * printing steps, in §7.6.2
     * print when loaded, in §7.6.2
     * probably
          * enum-value for CanPlayTypeResult, in §4.7.13
          * definition of, in §4.7.13.3
     * "probably", in §4.7.13
     * probablySupportsContext(contextId), in §4.12.4
     * probablySupportsContext(contextId, arguments...), in §4.12.4
     * probablySupportsContext(contextId, ...arguments), in §4.12.4
     * proceed with that mechanism instead, in §6.7.1
     * process an rtc element, in §4.5.13
     * processing model for navigating across documents, in §6.7.1
     * processing the iframe attributes, in §4.7.6
     * process the frame attributes, in §11.3.3
     * process the iframe attributes, in §4.7.6
     * process the resource appropriately, in §6.7.1
     * Process the response, in §7.1.3.2
     * product, in §7.7.1.1
     * profile
          * element-attr for head, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLHeadElement, in §11.3.4
     * progress
          * event for media, in §4.7.13.16
          * (element), in §4.10.13
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * proleptic Gregorian calendar, in §2.4.5
     * proleptic-Gregorian date, in §2.4.5
     * promise
          * dict-member for PromiseRejectionEventInit, in §7.1.3.10.2
          * attribute for PromiseRejectionEvent, in §7.1.3.10.2
     * PromiseRejectionEvent, in §7.1.3.10.2
     * PromiseRejectionEventInit, in §7.1.3.10.2
     * PromiseRejectionEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §7.1.3.10.2
     * prompt(), in §7.6.1
     * prompt(message), in §7.6.1
     * prompt(message, default), in §7.6.1
     * prompt to unload, in §6.7.11
     * prompt to unload a document, in §6.7.11
     * Protected mode, in §5.7.2
     * protocol
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
     * proto-URL, in §7.7.1.3
     * provides a stable state, in §7.1.4.2
     * provide such information, in §4.9.1.1
     * push onto the list of active formatting elements, in §8.2.3.3
     * pushState(), in §6.6.2
     * pushState(data, title), in §6.6.2
     * pushState(data, title, url), in §6.6.2
     * q, in §4.5.7
     * queryCommandEnabled(), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandEnabled(commandId), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandIndeterm(), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandIndeterm(commandId), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandState(), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandState(commandId), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandSupported(), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandSupported(commandId), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandValue(), in §5.6.4
     * queryCommandValue(commandId), in §5.6.4
     * queue a microtask, in §7.1.4.2
     * queue a task, in §7.1.4.1
     * queued, in §7.1.4.2
     * queues a task, in §7.1.4.1
     * queuing, in §7.1.4.1
     * quirks mode, in §2.2.2
     * radio, in §4.10.5
     * Radio, in §4.10.5.1.16
     * radio button group, in §4.10.5.1.16
     * RadioNodeList, in §2.7.2.2
     * range, in §4.10.5
     * Range, in §4.10.5.1.13
     * rangeOverflow, in §4.10.20.3
     * rangeUnderflow, in §4.10.20.3
     * rank, in §4.3.6
     * ratechange, in §4.7.13.16
     * raw text, in §8.1.2
     * raw text elements, in §8.1.2
     * RAWTEXT end tag name state, in §8.2.4.14
     * RAWTEXT end tag open state, in §8.2.4.13
     * RAWTEXT less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.12
     * RAWTEXT state, in §8.2.4.3
     * raw value, in §4.10.11
     * rb, in §4.5.11
     * RCDATA end tag name state, in §8.2.4.11
     * RCDATA end tag open state, in §8.2.4.10
     * RCDATA less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.9
     * RCDATA state, in §8.2.4.2
     * read errors, in §2.2.2
     * readiness state, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * readonly
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.3
          * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11
     * :read-only, in §4.15.2
     * readOnly
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * Read-only mode, in §5.7.2
     * :read-write, in §4.15.2
     * Read/write mode, in §5.7.2
     * ready, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * ready for post-load tasks, in §8.2.6
     * readyState
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.2
          * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.7
     * readystatechange, in §Unnumbered section
     * ready to be parser-executed, in §4.12.1.1
     * realm execution context, in §7.1.3.1
     * reason
          * dict-member for PromiseRejectionEventInit, in §7.1.3.10.2
          * attribute for PromiseRejectionEvent, in §7.1.3.10.2
     * reassociateable, in §4.10.2
     * Reassociateable element, in §4.10.2
     * Reassociateable elements, in §4.10.2
     * reconstruct the active formatting elements, in §8.2.3.3
     * reconsume, in §8.2.4
     * rect, in §4.7.15
     * rectangle, in §4.7.15
     * rectangle state, in §4.7.15
     * Rectangle state, in §4.7.15
     * rect state, in §4.7.15
     * Rect state, in §4.7.15
     * reentrant, in §8.2.1
     * referrer
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.2
          * definition of, in §4.2.5.1
     * referrerPolicy
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * definition of, in §4.5.1
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
     * referrerpolicy
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5
          * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6
     * Referrer-Policy, in §2.2.2
     * referrer policy, in §3.1.1
     * referrer policy attribute, in §2.6.7
     * referrer source, in §2.6.1
     * reflect, in §2.7.1
     * reflection, in §2.7.1
     * refresh(), in §11.3.4.1
     * refresh, in §4.2.5.3
     * refresh(reload), in §11.3.4.1
     * refused to allow the document to be unloaded, in §6.7.11
     * refused to allow this document to be unloaded, in §6.7.11
     * registerContentHandler(), in §7.7.1.3
     * registerContentHandler(mimeType, url, title), in §7.7.1.3
     * registerProtocolHandler(), in §7.7.1.3
     * registerProtocolHandler(scheme, url, title), in §7.7.1.3
     * register the name, in §4.2.5.2
     * register the names, in §4.2.5.2
     * reinitialise url, in §4.8.3
     * rel
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
          * element-attr for a, area, links, in §4.8.2
     * releaseEvents()
          * method for Document, in §11.3.4
          * method for Window, in §11.3.4
     * Relevant, in §7.1.3.5
     * relevant child nodes, in §9.3
     * relevant Document, in §6.6.4
     * relevant global object, in §7.1.3.5.4
     * relevant mutations, in §4.7.5
     * relevant Realm, in §7.1.3.5.4
     * relevant settings object, in §7.1.3.5.4
     * relList
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
     * reload(), in §6.6.4
     * reload override buffer, in §3.1
     * reload override flag, in §3.1
     * reload-triggered navigation, in §6.7.1
     * remove()
          * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * method for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1
     * remove an element from a document, in §2.1.3
     * removeCue(cue), in §4.7.13.11.5
     * removed from, in §2.1.3
     * removed from a document, in §2.1.3
     * removed from the document, in §2.1.3
     * remove(index)
          * method for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3
          * method for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * method for DataTransferItemList, in §5.7.3.1
     * removetrack, in §4.7.13.16
     * rendered legend, in §10.3.13
     * RenderingContext, in §4.12.4
     * reparsed, in §2.5.2
     * replace(), in §6.6.4
     * replaced element, in §2.2.2
     * replacement enabled, in §6.7.10
     * replacement must be enabled, in §6.7.10
     * replaceState(), in §6.6.2
     * replaceState(data, title), in §6.6.2
     * replaceState(data, title, url), in §6.6.2
     * replace(url), in §6.6.4
     * report an error, in §7.1.3.9
     * report an exception, in §7.1.3.9.1
     * reported MIME types, in §11.3.4.1
     * report the error, in §7.1.3.9
     * report the exception, in §7.1.3.9.1
     * reportValidity()
          * method for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * method for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.3
          * method for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement,
            HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3
     * represent, in §3.2.2
     * reprocess the iframe attributes, in §4.7.6
     * requestAnimationFrame(), in §7.9
     * requestAnimationFrame(callback), in §7.9
     * request client, in §7.1.3.1
     * request url, in §4.8.4
     * _required
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * :required, in §4.15.2
     * required
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.4
          * definition of, in §4.10.5.3.4
          * element-attr for select, in §4.10.7
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * Reset, in §4.10.5.1.20
     * reset
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
          * attr-value for button/type, in §4.10.6
          * definition of, in §4.10.22
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * reset(), in §4.10.3
     * reset algorithm, in §4.10.22
     * reset button, in §4.10.6
     * resettable, in §4.10.2
     * Resettable element, in §4.10.2
     * Resettable elements, in §4.10.2
     * reset the form owner, in §4.10.17.3
     * reset the insertion mode appropriately, in §8.2.3.1
     * resolve a module specifier, in §7.1.3.8
     * resolving a module specifier, in §7.1.3.8
     * resource
          * dfn for http, in §2.1.1
          * definition of, in §4.7.13
     * resource fetch algorithm, in §4.7.13.5
     * resource selection algorithm, in §4.7.13.5
     * responsible browsing context, in §7.1.3.1
     * responsible document, in §7.1.3.1
     * responsible event loop, in §7.1.3.1
     * restart the animation, in §10.4.2
     * restore persisted user state, in §6.7.10.1
     * resulting URL record, in §2.5.2
     * resulting URL records, in §2.5.2
     * resulting URL string, in §2.5.2
     * return state, in §8.2.4
     * returnValue
          * attribute for HTMLDialogElement, in §4.11.4
          * attribute for BeforeUnloadEvent, in §6.7.11.1
     * rev
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * element-attr for a, link, links, in §4.8.2
     * reversed
          * element-attr for ol, in §4.4.6
          * attribute for HTMLOListElement, in §4.4.6
     * reverse link, in §4.8.2
     * Reverse links, in §4.8.2
     * right
          * attr-value for marquee/direction, in §10.5.11
          * state for marquee, in §11.3.2
     * rightmargin, in §11.2
     * role, in §2.2.2
     * root, in §2.2.2
     * row
          * attr-value for scope, in §4.9.10
          * state for scope, in §4.9.10
          * definition of, in §4.9.12
     * rowgroup, in §4.9.10
     * row group
          * state for scope, in §4.9.10
          * definition of, in §4.9.12
     * row group header, in §4.9.12.2
     * row groups, in §4.9.12
     * row header, in §4.9.12.2
     * rowIndex, in §4.9.8
     * rows
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §4.9.1
          * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §4.9.5
          * definition of, in §4.9.12
          * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
          * element-attr for frameset, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLFrameSetElement, in §11.3.3
     * rowSpan, in §4.9.11
     * rowspan, in §4.9.11
     * rp, in §4.5.14
     * rt, in §4.5.12
     * rtc, in §4.5.13
     * rtl
          * attr-value for global/dir, in §3.2.5.5
          * state for dir, in §3.2.5.5
     * ruby, in §4.5.10
     * ruby annotation container, in §4.5.10
     * ruby base container, in §4.5.10
     * ruby bases, in §4.5.10
     * ruby segment, in §4.5.10
     * ruby text annotations, in §4.5.10
     * ruby text container, in §4.5.10
     * rules
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4
     * rules for constructing the chapter tree from a text track, in
       §4.7.13.11.7
     * rules for distinguishing if a resource is text or binary, in §2.6.4
     * rules for extracting the chapter title, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * rules for interpreting WebVTT cue text, in §2.2.2
     * rules for parsing a hash-name reference, in §2.4.9
     * rules for parsing a legacy color value, in §2.4.6
     * rules for parsing a legacy font size, in §10.3.4
     * rules for parsing a list of dimensions, in §2.4.4.7
     * rules for parsing a list of floating-point numbers, in §2.4.4.6
     * rules for parsing dimension values, in §2.4.4.4
     * rules for parsing floating-point number values, in §2.4.4.3
     * rules for parsing integer, in §2.4.4.1
     * rules for parsing integers, in §2.4.4.1
     * rules for parsing non-negative integers, in §2.4.4.2
     * rules for parsing non-zero dimension values, in §2.4.4.5
     * rules for parsing signed integers, in §2.4.4.1
     * rules for parsing simple color values, in §2.4.6
     * rules for serializing simple color values, in §2.4.6
     * rules for sniffing images specifically, in §2.6.4
     * rules for updating the display of WebVTT text tracks, in §2.2.2
     * rules for updating the text track rendering, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * run a classic script, in §7.1.3.4
     * run a module script, in §7.1.3.4
     * run authentic click activation steps, in §5.3
     * run canceled activation steps, in §5.3
     * run CSS animations and send events, in §7.1.4.2
     * running script, in §7.1.3.4
     * running synthetic click activation steps, in §5.3
     * running the classic script, in §7.1.3.4
     * run post-click activation steps, in §5.3
     * run pre-click activation steps, in §5.3
     * runs, in §4.7.13.5
     * run synthetic click activation steps, in §5.3
     * run the animation frame callbacks, in §7.9
     * run the classic script, in §7.1.3.4
     * run the fullscreen rendering steps, in §7.1.4.2
     * run the global script clean-up jobs, in §7.1.3.4
     * run the module script, in §7.1.3.4
     * Runtime script errors, in §7.1.3.9
     * s, in §4.5.5
     * safelisted schemes, in §7.7.1.3
     * salvageable, in §6.7.11
     * same origin, in §6.4
     * same origin-domain, in §6.4
     * samp, in §4.5.19
     * sandbox
          * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6
     * sandbox cookies, in §3.1.2
     * sandboxed automatic features browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed auxiliary navigation browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed document.domain browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed forms browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed fullscreen browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed into a unique origin, in §6.5
     * sandboxed modals flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed navigation browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed origin browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed plugins browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed pointer lock browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed presentation browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed scripts browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed storage area URLs flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxed top-level navigation browsing context flag, in §6.5
     * sandboxing flag set, in §6.5
     * sandbox propagates to auxiliary browsing contexts flag, in §6.5
     * satisfies its constraints, in §4.10.20.1
     * satisfy its constraints, in §4.10.20.1
     * satisfy their constraints, in §4.10.20.1
     * scheme
          * element-attr for meta, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLMetaElement, in §11.3.4
     * scope
          * element-attr for th, in §4.9.10
          * attribute for HTMLTableHeaderCellElement, in §4.9.10
          * element-attr for td, in §11.2
     * script
          * (element), in §4.12.1
          * dfn for concept, in §7.1.3.1
     * script-closable, in §6.3.1
     * script content restrictions, in §4.12.1.3
     * script-created parser, in §7.4.1
     * Script data double escaped dash dash state, in §8.2.4.29
     * Script data double escaped dash state, in §8.2.4.28
     * Script data double escaped less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.30
     * Script data double escaped state, in §8.2.4.27
     * Script data double escape end state, in §8.2.4.31
     * Script data double escape start state, in §8.2.4.26
     * Script data end tag name state, in §8.2.4.17
     * Script data end tag open state, in §8.2.4.16
     * Script data escaped dash dash state, in §8.2.4.22
     * Script data escaped dash state, in §8.2.4.21
     * Script data escaped end tag name state, in §8.2.4.25
     * Script data escaped end tag open state, in §8.2.4.24
     * Script data escaped less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.23
     * Script data escaped state, in §8.2.4.20
     * Script data escape start dash state, in §8.2.4.19
     * Script data escape start state, in §8.2.4.18
     * Script data less-than sign state, in §8.2.4.15
     * Script data state, in §8.2.4.4
     * script documentation, in §4.12.1.4
     * scripting, in §7.1.3.1
     * scripting flag, in §8.2.3.5
     * Scripting is disabled, in §7.1.2
     * Scripting is disabled for a node, in §7.1.2
     * scripting is enabled, in §7.1.2
     * Scripting is enabled for a node, in §7.1.2
     * scripting was enabled, in §7.1.2
     * script nesting level, in §8.2.1
     * scripts
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3
          * dfn for concept, in §7.1.3.1
     * Script-supporting elements, in §3.2.4.2.9
     * scroll
          * attr-value for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2
          * state for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2
     * scrollamount, in §11.3.2
     * scrollAmount, in §11.3.2
     * scrollbars, in §6.3.6
     * scrolldelay, in §11.3.2
     * scrollDelay, in §11.3.2
     * scrolling
          * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §11.3.4
     * scrollRestoration, in §6.6.2
     * ScrollRestoration, in §6.6.2
     * scroll restoration mode, in §6.6.1
     * scroll to the fragment, in §6.7.9
     * Search, in §4.10.5.1.2
     * search
          * attribute for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * element-state for link, in §4.8.6.10
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for Location, in §6.6.4
     * second administrative level, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * section
          * (element), in §4.3.3
          * definition of, in §4.3.9.1
     * sectioning, in §3.2.4.2.3
     * sectioning content, in §3.2.4.2.3
     * sectioning roots, in §4.3.9
     * sectionRowIndex, in §4.9.8
     * secured, in §2.1.5
     * Sec-WebSocket-Protocol, in §2.2.2
     * seek, in §4.7.13.9
     * seekable, in §4.7.13.9
     * seeked, in §4.7.13.16
     * seeking
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.9
          * event for media, in §4.7.13.16
     * segmentation and categorization of content of a ruby, in §4.5.10
     * select
          * (element), in §4.10.7
          * enum-value for SelectionMode, in §4.10.19
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * select(), in §4.10.19
     * select an image source, in §4.7.5
     * selected
          * attribute for VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * element-attr for option, in §4.10.10
          * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10
     * selected coordinate, in §4.10.5.1.19
     * selected files, in §4.10.5.1.17
     * selectedIndex
          * attribute for HTMLOptionsCollection, in §2.7.2.3
          * attribute for VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
     * selectedness, in §4.10.10
     * selectedOptions, in §4.10.7
     * selecting an image source, in §4.7.5
     * selectionDirection, in §4.10.19
     * selectionEnd, in §4.10.19
     * SelectionMode, in §4.10.19
     * selectionStart, in §4.10.19
     * self, in §6.3
     * self-closing flag, in §8.2.4
     * Self-closing start tag state, in §8.2.4.40
     * send a WebSocket Message, in §2.2.2
     * send select update notifications, in §4.10.7
     * sequential focus navigation, in §5.4.5
     * sequential focus navigation order, in §5.4.5
     * sequential focus navigation starting point, in §5.4.5
     * sequential navigation search algorithm, in §5.4.5
     * Serializable, in §2.9.1
     * Serializable objects, in §2.9.1
     * serialization steps, in §2.9.1
     * Serialized state, in §6.6.1
     * ServiceWorkerContainer, in §2.2.2
     * session history, in §6.6.1
     * session history document visibility change steps, in §6.7.10
     * session history entry, in §6.6.1
     * session history event loop, in §6.6.2
     * session history traversal, in §6.7.10
     * session history traversal queue, in §6.6.2
     * set-cookie, in §4.2.5.3
     * setCustomValidity(), in §4.10.20.3
     * setCustomValidity(error)
          * method for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * method for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement,
            HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3
     * setData(format, data), in §5.7.3
     * setDragImage(element, x, y), in §5.7.3
     * setDragImage(image, x, y), in §5.7.3
     * setInterval(), in §7.5
     * setInterval(handler), in §7.2
     * setInterval(handler, timeout), in §7.2
     * setInterval(handler, timeout, ...arguments), in §7.2
     * set of comma-separated tokens, in §2.4.8
     * set of scripts that will execute as soon as possible, in §4.12.1.1
     * set of space-separated tokens, in §2.4.7
     * setRangeText(), in §4.10.19
     * setRangeText(replacement), in §4.10.19
     * setRangeText(replacement, start, end), in §4.10.19
     * setRangeText(replacement, start, end, selectionMode), in §4.10.19
     * setSelectionRange(), in §4.10.19
     * setSelectionRange(start, end), in §4.10.19
     * setSelectionRange(start, end, direction), in §4.10.19
     * __setter__(), in §3.2.5.7
     * __setter__(name, value), in §3.2.5.7
     * set the document’s address, in §6.7.1
     * set the frozen base URL, in §4.2.3
     * set the url, in §4.8.3
     * set the value of a new indexed property, in §4.10.7
     * set the value of a new indexed property or set the value of an
       existing indexed property, in §2.7.2.3
     * setTimeout(), in §7.5
     * setTimeout(handler), in §7.2
     * setTimeout(handler, timeout), in §7.2
     * setTimeout(handler, timeout, ...arguments), in §7.2
     * setting, in §2.1.4
     * settings object, in §7.1.3.1
     * setting the document’s address, in §6.7.1
     * set up a browsing context environment settings object, in §6.1.6
     * set up the position, in §4.11.4
     * Set up the request, in §7.1.3.2
     * shape
          * element-attr for area, in §4.7.15
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
          * element-attr for a, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §11.3.4
     * Shift_JIS, in §8.2.2.3
     * shipping, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * should be used, in §4.7.8
     * show(), in §4.11.4
     * show(anchor), in §4.11.4
     * showing
          * mode for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * enum-value for TextTrackMode, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * showModal(), in §4.11.4
     * showModal(anchor), in §4.11.4
     * shown, in §2.1
     * show poster flag, in §4.7.13.6
     * sign, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * signal a type change, in §4.10.5
     * simple color, in §2.4.6
     * size
          * definition of, in §2.6.2
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.2
          * element-attr for select, in §4.10.7
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * element-attr for hr, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLFontElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLHRElement, in §11.3.4
     * sizes
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4
          * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4
          * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
     * skip white space, in §2.4.1
     * slide
          * attr-value for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2
          * state for marquee/behavior, in §11.3.2
     * slot, in §3.2.5
     * slots, in §4.9.12
     * small, in §4.5.4
     * sms:, in §2.2.2
     * Soft, in §4.10.11
     * soft, in §4.10.11
     * solitary callback microtasks, in §7.1.4.2
     * source, in §4.7.4
     * source browsing context, in §6.7.1
     * source node, in §5.7.5
     * source set, in §4.7.5
     * source size, in §4.7.5
     * Source text, in §7.1.3.1
     * space characters, in §2.4.1
     * spacer, in §11.2
     * span
          * (element), in §4.5.28
          * element-attr for colgroup, in §4.9.3
          * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §4.9.3
          * element-attr for col, in §4.9.4
     * span multiple columns, in §4.9.11
     * Special, in §8.2.3.2
     * spellcheck
          * element-attr for global, in §5.6.5
          * attribute for HTMLElement, in §5.6.5
     * spinning the event loop, in §7.1.4.2
     * spins the event loop, in §7.1.4.2
     * spin the event loop, in §7.1.4.2
     * split a string on commas, in §2.4.8
     * split a string on spaces, in §2.4.7
     * spoon-feed the parser, in §9.2
     * src
          * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4
          * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4
          * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6
          * element-attr for embed, in §4.7.7
          * attribute for HTMLEmbedElement, in §4.7.7
          * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12
          * element-attr for media, in §4.7.13.2
          * attribute for HTMLMediaElement, in §4.7.13.2
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.1.19
          * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
          * element-attr for frame, in §11.3.3
          * attribute for HTMLFrameElement, in §11.3.3
     * srcdoc
          * element-attr for iframe, in §4.7.6
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, in §4.7.6
     * srclang
          * element-attr for track, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12
     * srcObject, in §4.7.13.2
     * srcset
          * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4
          * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4
          * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
     * stack of open elements, in §8.2.3.2
     * stack of template insertion modes, in §8.2.3.1
     * stalled, in §4.7.13.16
     * stall timeout, in §4.7.13.5
     * standby
          * element-attr for object, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
     * start
          * element-attr for ol, in §4.4.6
          * attribute for HTMLOListElement, in §4.4.6
          * enum-value for SelectionMode, in §4.10.19
          * event for marquee, in §11.3.2
     * start(), in §11.3.2
     * start(index), in §4.7.13.14
     * Start tags, in §8.1.2.1
     * start the track processing model, in §4.7.13.11.3
     * start the WebSocket closing handshake, in §2.2.2
     * startTime, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * state
          * dfn for image, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for History, in §6.6.2
          * dict-member for PopStateEventInit, in §6.7.10.2
          * attribute for PopStateEvent, in §6.7.10.2
     * state of the type attribute, in §4.10.5.1
     * states of the type attribute, in §4.10.5.1
     * statically validate the constraints, in §4.10.20.2
     * statically validating the constraints, in §4.10.20.2
     * status, in §6.3.6
     * statusbar, in §6.3.6
     * step
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.8
     * step-align, in §4.10.5.4
     * step-aligned, in §4.10.5.4
     * step-aligns, in §4.10.5.4
     * step base, in §4.10.5.3.8
     * stepDown(n), in §4.10.5.4
     * stepMismatch, in §4.10.20.3
     * step scale factor, in §4.10.5.3.8
     * steps to expose a media-resource-specific text track, in §4.7.13.11.2
     * stepUp(n), in §4.10.5.4
     * stop()
          * method for Window, in §6.3.1
          * method for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
     * stop parsing, in §8.2.6
     * stopped due to errors, in §4.7.13.8
     * storage, in §Unnumbered section
     * strictly split, in §2.4.1
     * strictly split a string, in §2.4.1
     * strictly splitting the string, in §2.4.1
     * strike, in §11.2
     * stringification behavior
          * dfn for HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils, in §4.8.3
          * dfn for Location, in §6.6.4
     * strip and collapse white space, in §2.4.1
     * strip leading and trailing white space, in §2.4.1
     * strip line breaks, in §2.4.1
     * stripped line breaks, in §2.4.1
     * stripping and collapsing white space, in §2.4.1
     * stripping leading and trailing white space, in §2.4.1
     * strong, in §4.5.3
     * StructuredDeserialize, in §2.9.6
     * StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer, in §2.9.8
     * StructuredSerialize, in §2.9.4
     * StructuredSerializeForStorage, in §2.9.5
     * StructuredSerializeInternal, in §2.9.3
     * StructuredSerializeWithTransfer, in §2.9.7
     * style
          * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5.6
          * (element), in §4.2.6
     * style data, in §4.2.6
     * stylesheet, in §4.8.6.11
     * style sheet ready, in §4.2.7
     * sub, in §4.5.21
     * sub-deserialization, in §2.9.6
     * Submit, in §4.10.5.1.18
     * submit(), in §4.10.3
     * submit
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
          * attr-value for button/type, in §4.10.6
          * definition of, in §4.10.21.3
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * Submit as entity body, in §4.10.21.3
     * submit button
          * definition of, in §4.10.2
          * element-state for button/type, in §4.10.6
     * submit buttons, in §4.10.2
     * Submit dialog, in §4.10.21.3
     * submittable, in §4.10.2
     * Submittable element, in §4.10.2
     * Submittable elements, in §4.10.2
     * submitted, in §4.10.21.3
     * subprotocol in use, in §2.2.2
     * sub-serialization, in §2.9.3
     * substantial, in §10.3.10
     * Subtitles, in §4.7.12
     * subtitles
          * attr-value for track/kind, in §4.7.12
          * attr-value for commonTrack/kind, in §4.7.13.10.1
          * dfn for track, in §4.7.13.11.1
          * enum-value for TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * "subtitles", in §4.7.13.11.5
     * suffer from a custom error, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from an overflow, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from an underflow, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from a pattern mismatch, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from a step mismatch, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from a type mismatch, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from bad input, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from being missing, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from being too long, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffer from being too short, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from a custom error, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from an overflow, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from an underflow, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from a pattern mismatch, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from a step mismatch, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from a type mismatch, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from bad input, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from being missing, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from being too long, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffering from being too short, in §4.10.20.1
     * suffixes, in §11.3.4.1
     * suggestions source element, in §4.10.5.3.9
     * suitable sequentially focusable area, in §5.4.5
     * summary
          * (element), in §4.11.2
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4
     * sup, in §4.5.21
     * supported, in §2.1.1
     * supported token, in §2.2.2
     * supported tokens, in §2.2.2
     * supporting the suggested default rendering, in §2.2.1
     * support the suggested default rendering, in §2.2.1
     * suspend, in §4.7.13.16
     * SVG namespace, in §2.8
     * synchronous section, in §7.1.4.2
     * synchronous sections, in §7.1.4.2
     * tabindex, in §5.4.3
     * tabIndex, in §5.4.3
     * tabindex focus flag, in §5.4.3
     * table
          * (element), in §4.9.1
          * definition of, in §4.9.12
     * table design techniques, in §4.9.1.1
     * table model, in §4.9.12
     * table model error, in §4.9.12
     * tables, in §4.9.12
     * tag, in §4.8.6.12
     * Tag clouds, in §4.13.3
     * tag name, in §8.1.2
     * Tag name state, in §8.2.4.8
     * Tag omission in text/html, in §3.2.3
     * Tag open state, in §8.2.4.6
     * Tags, in §8.1.2
     * taintEnabled(), in §7.7.1.1
     * target
          * element-attr for base, in §4.2.3
          * attribute for HTMLBaseElement, in §4.2.3
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
          * element-attr for a, area, links, in §4.8.2
          * element-attr for form, in §4.10.18.6
          * attribute for HTMLFormElement, in §4.10.18.6
          * element-attr for link, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §11.3.4
     * target element, in §6.7.9
     * target override, in §2.2.2
     * task queues, in §7.1.4.1
     * tasks, in §7.1.4.1
     * task source, in §7.1.4.1
     * tBodies, in §4.9.1
     * tbody, in §4.9.5
     * td, in §4.9.9
     * tel, in §4.10.5
     * Telephone, in §4.10.5.1.3
     * template, in §4.12.3
     * template contents, in §4.12.3
     * temporary buffer, in §8.2.4
     * term, in §4.5.8
     * term-description groups, in §4.4.9
     * termination nesting level, in §6.7.11
     * Text, in §4.10.5.1.2
     * text
          * definition of, in §3.2.4.2.5
          * attribute for HTMLTitleElement, in §4.2.2
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
          * element-attr for body, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLBodyElement, in §11.3.4
     * textarea, in §4.10.11
     * textarea effective height, in §10.5.15
     * textarea effective width, in §10.5.15
     * textarea wrapping transformation, in §4.10.11
     * text content, in §3.2.4.2.5
     * textLength, in §4.10.11
     * text/plain, in §4.10.18.6
     * text/plain encoding algorithm, in §4.10.21.8
     * TextTrack, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * TextTrackCue, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * text track cue, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track cue active flag, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track cue data, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track cue display state, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track cue end time, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track cue identifier, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * TextTrackCueList, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * text track cue order, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track cue pause-on-exit flag, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track cue start time, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track cue writing direction, in §2.2.2
     * text track failed to load, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track in-band metadata track dispatch type, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * TextTrackKind, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * text track kind, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track kinds, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track label, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track language, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * TextTrackList, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * text track list of cues, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track loading, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track mode, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * TextTrackMode, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * text track not loaded, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track readiness state, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * text track rules for extracting the chapter title, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * textTracks, in §4.7.13.11.5
     * text tracks, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * tFoot, in §4.9.1
     * tfoot, in §4.9.7
     * th, in §4.9.10
     * thead, in §4.9.6
     * tHead, in §4.9.1
     * the conditions described above, in §4.7.5.1.16
     * the directionality, in §3.2.5.5
     * The document’s referrer, in §3.1
     * The drag data item kind, in §5.7.2
     * The drag data item type string, in §5.7.2
     * the element’s directionality, in §3.2.5.5
     * The embed element setup steps, in §4.7.7
     * the empty string, in §4.7.13.3
     * the environment settings object’s global object, in §7.1.3.5
     * the environment settings object’s Realm, in §7.1.3.5
     * The event handler processing algorithm, in §7.1.5.1
     * the first 1024 bytes, in §4.2.5.5
     * the global object’s Realm, in §7.1.3.5
     * The HTML syntax, in §8
     * the indicated part of the document, in §6.7.9
     * the kind of text track, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * the link is an alternative stylesheet, in §4.8.6.11
     * The location bar BarProp object, in §6.3.6
     * The menu bar BarProp object, in §6.3.6
     * the outline’s owner, in §4.3.9.1
     * The personal bar BarProp object, in §6.3.6
     * the Realm’s global object, in §7.1.3.5
     * the Realm’s settings object, in §7.1.3.5
     * the resource’s content-type metadata, in §2.6.4
     * the rules described previously, in §4.7.13.5
     * The rules for choosing a browsing context given a browsing context
       name, in §6.1.5
     * the script is ready, in §4.12.1.1
     * the script’s script, in §4.12.1.1
     * the script’s type, in §4.12.1.1
     * The scrollbar BarProp object, in §6.3.6
     * The status bar BarProp object, in §6.3.6
     * the step labeled fragments, in §6.7.1
     * The template elements, in §8.1.2
     * the text tracks are ready, in §4.7.13.11.1
     * The toolbar BarProp object, in §6.3.6
     * the WebSocket closing handshake is started, in §2.2.2
     * the WebSocket connection close code, in §2.2.2
     * the WebSocket connection close reason, in §2.2.2
     * the WebSocket connection is closed, in §2.2.2
     * the WebSocket connection is established, in §2.2.2
     * the Window object is indexed for property retrieval, in §6.3.3
     * The XML syntax, in §9
     * third administrative level, in §4.10.18.7.1
     * this
          * definition of, in §1.7.2
          * (element), in §1.7.2
     * through which new document is nested, in §6.1.1
     * throw, in §2.2.2
     * throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion counter, in §7.4
     * time
          * definition of, in §2.4.5.4
          * (element), in §4.5.16
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
     * Time, in §4.10.5.1.10
     * timeline offset, in §4.7.13.6
     * time marches on, in §4.7.13.8
     * TimeRanges, in §4.7.13.14
     * TimerHandler, in §7.2
     * timer initialization steps, in §7.5
     * timer nesting level, in §7.5
     * timer task source, in §7.5
     * timeupdate, in §4.7.13.16
     * time zone, in §2.4.5.6
     * time-zone offset, in §2.4.5.6
     * title
          * attribute for Document, in §3.1.3
          * element-attr for global, figure, div, img, textarea, meter, in
            §3.2.5.1
          * attribute for HTMLElement, in §3.2.5.1
          * (element), in §4.2.2
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * element-attr for style, in §4.2.6
          * element-attr for dfn, in §4.5.8
          * element-attr for abbr, in §4.5.9
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5.3.6
     * toBlob(), in §4.12.4
     * toBlob(callback), in §4.12.4
     * toBlob(callback, type), in §4.12.4
     * toBlob(callback, type, ...arguments), in §4.12.4
     * toDataURL(type, ...arguments), in §4.12.4
     * toggle
          * definition of, in §4.10.7
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * toolbar, in §6.3.6
     * tooLong, in §4.10.20.3
     * tooShort, in §4.10.20.3
     * top, in §6.1.1.1
     * top-level browsing context, in §6.1.1
     * topmargin, in §11.2
     * @@toPrimitive, in §2.2.2
     * @@toStringTag, in §2.2.2
     * tr, in §4.9.8
     * track
          * (element), in §4.7.12
          * attribute for HTMLTrackElement, in §4.7.12
          * attribute for TextTrackCue, in §4.7.13.11.5
          * dict-member for TrackEventInit, in §4.7.13.15
          * attribute for TrackEvent, in §4.7.13.15
     * TrackEvent, in §4.7.13.15
     * TrackEventInit, in §4.7.13.15
     * TrackEvent(type), in §4.7.13.15
     * TrackEvent(type, eventInitDict), in §4.7.13.15
     * track label, in §4.7.12
     * track language, in §4.7.12
     * track URL, in §4.7.12
     * Transferable, in §2.9.2
     * Transferable objects, in §2.9.2
     * transfer-receiving steps, in §2.9.2
     * transfer steps, in §2.9.2
     * transformToDocument(), in §2.2.2
     * transformToFragment(), in §2.2.2
     * translatable attributes, in §3.2.5.3
     * translate
          * element-attr for global, in §3.2.5.3
          * attribute for HTMLElement, in §3.2.5.3
     * translate-enabled, in §3.2.5.3
     * translation, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * translation mode, in §3.2.5.3
     * transparent, in §3.2.4.3
     * transparently follow the redirect, in §2.6.2
     * traverse the history, in §6.7.10
     * traverse the history by a delta, in §6.6.2
     * traversing the history, in §6.7.10
     * tree, in §2.2.2
     * tree construction dispatcher, in §8.2.5
     * tree order, in §2.2.2
     * true-by-default, in §5.6.5
     * truespeed, in §11.3.2
     * trueSpeed, in §11.3.2
     * trusted, in §2.1.4
     * trusted event, in §2.1.4
     * tt, in §11.2
     * tuple, in §6.4
     * tuple origin, in §6.4
     * turned off, in §11.3.2
     * turned on, in §11.3.2
     * type
          * element-attr for link, in §4.2.4
          * attribute for HTMLLinkElement, in §4.2.4
          * element-attr for style, in §4.2.6
          * attribute for HTMLStyleElement, in §4.2.6
          * element-attr for ol, in §4.4.6
          * attribute for HTMLOListElement, in §4.4.6
          * attribute for HTMLAnchorElement, in §4.5.1
          * element-attr for source, in §4.7.4
          * attribute for HTMLSourceElement, in §4.7.4
          * element-attr for embed, in §4.7.7
          * attribute for HTMLEmbedElement, in §4.7.7
          * element-attr for object, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLAreaElement, in §4.7.15
          * element-attr for a, links, in §4.8.2
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for button, in §4.10.6
          * attribute for HTMLButtonElement, in §4.10.6
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
          * attribute for HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12
          * attribute for HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.15
          * element-attr for script, in §4.12.1
          * attribute for HTMLScriptElement, in §4.12.1
          * attribute for DataTransferItem, in §5.7.3.2
          * element-attr for area, in §11.2
          * element-attr for param, in §11.2
          * element-attr for li, in §11.2
          * element-attr for ul, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLLIElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLParamElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLUListElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for MimeType, in §11.3.4.1
     * type blocklist, in §7.7.1.3
     * type information, in §2.6.4
     * typeMismatch, in §4.10.20.3
     * typeMustMatch, in §4.7.8
     * typemustmatch, in §4.7.8
     * type of the content, in §4.7.7
     * types, in §5.7.3
     * type string, in §5.7.2
     * u, in §4.5.24
     * ul, in §4.4.7
     * Unavailable, in §4.7.5
     * unavailable, in §4.7.5
     * unfocusing steps, in §5.4.4
     * Unhandled promise rejections, in §7.1.3.10
     * Unicode character, in §2.1.6
     * Unicode code point, in §2.1.6
     * unicode serialization, in §6.4
     * unicode serialization of an origin, in §6.4
     * uninitialized, in §5.7.3
     * unit of related browsing contexts, in §6.1.4
     * unit of related similar-origin browsing contexts, in §6.1.4
     * units of related similar-origin browsing contexts, in §6.1.4
     * unload
          * definition of, in §6.7.11
          * event for global, in §Unnumbered section
     * unload a document, in §6.7.11
     * unloaded, in §6.7.11
     * unloading document cleanup steps, in §6.7.11
     * unloading document visibility change steps, in §6.7.11
     * unordered set of unique space-separated tokens, in §2.4.7
     * unquoted, in §8.1.2.3
     * unregisterContentHandler(), in §7.7.1.3
     * unregisterContentHandler(mimeType, url), in §7.7.1.3
     * unregisterProtocolHandler(), in §7.7.1.3
     * unregisterProtocolHandler(scheme, url), in §7.7.1.3
     * unsafe-url, in §2.2.2
     * unstyled document, in §10.9
     * up
          * attr-value for marquee/direction, in §10.5.11
          * state for marquee, in §11.3.2
     * update a style block, in §4.2.6
     * update href, in §4.8.3
     * update the image data, in §4.7.5
     * update the session history with the new page, in §6.7.1
     * update the source set, in §4.7.5
     * updating the session history with the new page, in §6.7.1
     * upgrade the pending request to the current request, in §4.7.5
     * upper-alpha, in §4.4.6
     * uppercase ASCII hex digits, in §2.4.1
     * uppercase ASCII letters, in §2.4.1
     * upper-roman, in §4.4.6
     * URL, in §4.10.5.1.4
     * url
          * definition of, in §4.8.4
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
          * dfn for Location, in §6.6.4
     * urn
          * element-attr for a, in §11.2
          * element-attr for link, in §11.2
     * urn:, in §2.2.2
     * Use Credentials, in §2.6.6
     * use-credentials, in §2.6.6
     * used during the parsing, in §8.2.5.4.4
     * usemap
          * element-attr for img, in §4.7.5
          * element-attr for common, in §4.7.16.1
          * element-attr for input, in §11.2
     * useMap
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §11.3.4
     * userAgent, in §7.7.1.1
     * User agents with no scripting support, in §2.2.1
     * user interaction task source, in §7.1.4.3
     * username, in §4.8.3
     * use srcset or picture, in §4.7.5
     * using the rules for, in §8.2.3.1
     * UTF-16BE, in §8.2.2.3
     * UTF-16 encoding, in §2.1.6
     * UTF-16LE, in §8.2.2.3
     * UTF-8, in §8.2.2.3
     * UTF-8 decode, in §2.2.2
     * UTF-8 decode without BOM, in §2.2.2
     * UTF-8 decode without BOM or fail, in §2.2.2
     * UTF-8 encode, in §2.2.2
     * :valid, in §4.15.2
     * valid, in §4.10.20.3
     * validate the server’s response, in §2.2.2
     * validationMessage
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement,
            HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3
     * valid browsing context name, in §6.1.5
     * valid browsing context name or keyword, in §6.1.5
     * valid browsing context names or keywords, in §6.1.5
     * valid date string, in §2.4.5.2
     * valid date string with optional time, in §2.4.5.10
     * valid duration string, in §2.4.5.9
     * valid e-mail address, in §4.10.5.1.5
     * valid e-mail address list, in §4.10.5.1.5
     * valid floating date and time string, in §2.4.5.5
     * valid floating-point number, in §2.4.4.3
     * valid global date and time string, in §2.4.5.7
     * valid hash-name reference, in §2.4.9
     * valid integer, in §2.4.4.1
     * valid integers, in §2.4.4.1
     * validity
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement,
            HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3
     * ValidityState, in §4.10.20.3
     * validity states, in §4.10.20.1
     * valid list of floating-point numbers, in §2.4.4.6
     * valid lowercase simple color, in §2.4.6
     * valid media query list, in §2.4.10
     * valid MIME type, in §2.1.1
     * valid month string, in §2.4.5.1
     * valid non-empty URL, in §2.5.1
     * valid non-empty URL potentially surrounded by spaces, in §2.5.1
     * valid non-negative integer, in §2.4.4.2
     * valid normalized floating date and time string, in §2.4.5.5
     * valid normalized global date and time string, in §2.4.5.7
     * valid simple color, in §2.4.6
     * valid source size list, in §4.7.5
     * valid time string, in §2.4.5.4
     * valid time-zone offset string, in §2.4.5.6
     * valid URL, in §2.5.1
     * valid URL potentially surrounded by spaces, in §2.5.1
     * valid week string, in §2.4.5.8
     * valid yearless date string, in §2.4.5.3
     * vAlign
          * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableSectionElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableRowElement, in §11.3.4
     * valign
          * element-attr for col, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tbody, thead, tfoot, tablesection, in §11.2
          * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2
          * element-attr for tr, in §11.2
     * value
          * attribute for RadioNodeList, in §2.7.2.2
          * element-attr for li, in §4.4.8
          * attribute for HTMLLIElement, in §4.4.8
          * element-attr for data, in §4.5.15
          * attribute for HTMLDataElement, in §4.5.15
          * element-attr for param, in §4.7.9
          * attribute for HTMLParamElement, in §4.7.9
          * element-attr for input, in §4.10.5
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5.4
          * mode for input, in §4.10.5.4
          * element-attr for button, in §4.10.6
          * attribute for HTMLButtonElement, in §4.10.6
          * attribute for HTMLSelectElement, in §4.10.7
          * element-attr for option, in §4.10.10
          * attribute for HTMLOptionElement, in §4.10.10
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
          * mode for output, in §4.10.12
          * attribute for HTMLOutputElement, in §4.10.12
          * element-attr for progress, in §4.10.13
          * attribute for HTMLProgressElement, in §4.10.13
          * element-attr for meter, in §4.10.14
          * attribute for HTMLMeterElement, in §4.10.14
          * dfn for forms, in §4.10.17.1
     * valueAsDate, in §4.10.5.4
     * valueAsNumber, in §4.10.5.4
     * valueMissing, in §4.10.20.3
     * value mode flag, in §4.10.12
     * value sanitization algorithm, in §4.10.5
     * values are reset, in §6.7.10
     * valuetype, in §11.2
     * valueType, in §11.3.4
     * var, in §4.5.18
     * version
          * element-attr for html, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLHtmlElement, in §11.3.4
     * video, in §4.7.10
     * videoHeight, in §4.7.10
     * VideoTrack, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * VideoTrackList, in §4.7.13.10.1
     * videoTracks, in §4.7.13.10
     * videoWidth, in §4.7.10
     * viewport, in §2.2.2
     * viewport-based selection, in §4.7.1
     * visible
          * definition of, in §2.1
          * attribute for BarProp, in §6.3.6
     * :visited, in §4.15.2
     * Visual user agents that support the suggested default rendering, in
       §2.2.1
     * vlink, in §11.2
     * vLink, in §11.3.4
     * vlinkColor, in §11.3.4
     * Void elements, in §8.1.2
     * volume, in §4.7.13.13
     * volumechange, in §4.7.13.16
     * vspace
          * element-attr for embed, in §11.2
          * element-attr for iframe, in §11.2
          * element-attr for input, in §11.2
          * element-attr for img, in §11.2
          * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2
          * element-attr for object, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §11.3.4
     * waiting, in §4.7.13.16
     * wbr, in §4.5.30
     * webgl
          * context for canvas, in §4.12.4
          * definition of, in §4.12.4
     * WebVTT, in §2.2.2
     * WebVTT file, in §2.2.2
     * WebVTT file using chapter title text, in §2.2.2
     * WebVTT file using cue text, in §2.2.2
     * WebVTT file using only nested cues, in §2.2.2
     * WebVTT parser, in §2.2.2
     * week
          * definition of, in §2.4.5.8
          * attr-value for input/type, in §4.10.5
     * Week, in §4.10.5.1.9
     * week number of the last day, in §2.4.5.8
     * white_space, in §2.4.1
     * white_space characters, in §2.4.1
     * width
          * attribute for HTMLImageElement, in §4.7.5
          * element-attr for media, img, iframe, embed, object, video, input,
            in §4.7.19
          * attribute for HTMLIFrameElement, HTMLEmbedElement,
            HTMLObjectElement, HTMLVideoElement, in §4.7.19
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, in §4.10.5
          * element-attr for canvas, in §4.12.4
          * attribute for HTMLCanvasElement, in §4.12.4
          * attribute for ImageBitmap, in §7.8
          * element-attr for col, in §11.2
          * element-attr for hr, in §11.2
          * element-attr for marquee, in §11.2
          * element-attr for pre, in §11.2
          * element-attr for table, in §11.2
          * element-attr for td, th, tablecells, in §11.2
          * attribute for HTMLAppletElement, in §11.3.1
          * attribute for HTMLMarqueeElement, in §11.3.2
          * attribute for HTMLTableColElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLHRElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLPreElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableElement, in §11.3.4
          * attribute for HTMLTableCellElement, in §11.3.4
     * width descriptor, in §4.7.5
     * width descriptor value, in §4.7.5
     * width of the select’s labels, in §10.5.14
     * willful violation, in §1.5.2
     * willValidate
          * attribute for HTMLObjectElement, in §4.7.8
          * attribute for HTMLInputElement, HTMLButtonElement,
            HTMLSelectElement, HTMLTextAreaElement, HTMLOutputElement,
            HTMLFieldSetElement, in §4.10.20.3
     * window, in §6.3
     * Window, in §6.3
     * WindowEventHandlers, in §7.1.5.2.1
     * WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope, in §7.2
     * WindowProxy, in §6.3.7
     * windowproxy defineownproperty, in §6.3.7.1.6
     * windowproxy delete, in §6.3.7.1.9
     * windowproxy get, in §6.3.7.1.7
     * windowproxy getownproperty, in §6.3.7.1.5
     * windowproxy getprototypeof, in §6.3.7.1.1
     * windowproxy isextensible, in §6.3.7.1.3
     * windowproxy ownpropertykeys, in §6.3.7.1.10
     * windowproxy preventextensions, in §6.3.7.1.4
     * windowproxy set, in §6.3.7.1.8
     * windowproxy setprototypeof, in §6.3.7.1.2
     * windows-1250, in §8.2.2.3
     * windows-1251, in §8.2.2.3
     * windows-1252, in §8.2.2.3
     * windows-1254, in §8.2.2.3
     * windows-1256, in §8.2.2.3
     * windows-1257, in §8.2.2.3
     * window slot, in §6.3.7
     * wrap
          * element-attr for textarea, in §4.10.11
          * attribute for HTMLTextAreaElement, in §4.10.11
     * wrap callbacks, in §7.1.4.2
     * write(), in §7.4.3
     * writeln(), in §7.4.4
     * XHTML document, in §2.1
     * XHTML documents, in §2.1
     * XLink namespace, in §2.8
     * XML-compatible, in §2.1.2
     * XML document, in §2.1
     * XML fragment parsing algorithm, in §9.4
     * XML fragment serialization algorithm, in §9.3
     * XML MIME type, in §2.1.2
     * XML namespace, in §2.8
     * XMLNS namespace, in §2.8
     * XML parser, in §9.2
     * XML scripting support disabled, in §9.2
     * XML scripting support enabled, in §9.2
     * xmp, in §11.2
     * XSLTProcessor, in §2.2.2
     * x-user-defined, in §8.2.2.3
     * yearless date, in §2.4.5.3
  Terms defined by reference
     * [aria] defines the following terms:
          * alert
          * alertdialog
          * application
          * aria-activedescendant
          * aria-atomic
          * aria-autocomplete
          * aria-busy
          * aria-checked
          * aria-colcount
          * aria-colindex
          * aria-colspan
          * aria-controls
          * aria-current
          * aria-describedby
          * aria-details
          * aria-dialog
          * aria-disabled
          * aria-dropeffect
          * aria-errormessage
          * aria-expanded
          * aria-flowto
          * aria-grabbed
          * aria-haspopup
          * aria-hidden
          * aria-invalid
          * aria-keyshortcuts
          * aria-label
          * aria-labelledby
          * aria-level
          * aria-live
          * aria-multiline
          * aria-multiselectable
          * aria-orientation
          * aria-owns
          * aria-placeholder
          * aria-posinset
          * aria-pressed
          * aria-readonly
          * aria-relevant
          * aria-required
          * aria-roledescription
          * aria-rowcount
          * aria-rowindex
          * aria-rowspan
          * aria-selected
          * aria-setsize
          * aria-sort
          * aria-valuemax
          * aria-valuemin
          * aria-valuenow
          * aria-valuetext
          * article
          * banner
          * button
          * cell
          * checkbox
          * columnheader
          * combobox
          * complementary
          * contentinfo
          * definition
          * dialog
          * directory
          * document
          * feed
          * figure
          * form
          * grid
          * gridcell
          * group
          * heading
          * img
          * link
          * list
          * listbox
          * listitem
          * log
          * main
          * marquee
          * math
          * menubar
          * navigation
          * none
          * note
          * option
          * presentation
          * progressbar
          * radio
          * radiogroup
          * region
          * row
          * rowgroup
          * rowheader
          * scrollbar
          * search
          * searchbox
          * separator
          * slider
          * spinbutton
          * status
          * switch
          * tab
          * table
          * tablist
          * tabpanel
          * term
          * textbox
          * timer
          * toolbar
          * tooltip
          * tree
          * treegrid
          * treeitem
     * [COOKIES] defines the following terms:
          * cookie header
          * receives a set-cookie-string
          * receiving a set-cookie-string
     * [CSP3] defines the following terms:
          * content security policy
          * content security policy directive
          * content security policy syntax
          * directives
          * enforce the policy
          * enforced
          * ensurecspdoesnotblockstringcompilation
          * frame-ancestors
          * frame-ancestors directive
          * initialize a document's csp list
          * initialize a global object's csp list
          * is base allowed for document?
          * parse a serialized content security policy
          * report-uri
          * sandbox
          * sandbox directive
          * should element be blocked a priori by content security policy?
          * should element's inline behavior be blocked by content security
            policy?
          * valid content security policy
     * [CSS-CASCADE-4] defines the following terms:
          * computed value
          * inherit
          * specified value
          * used value
     * [css-color-4] defines the following terms:
          * black
          * transparent
          * white
     * [CSS-DISPLAY-3] defines the following terms:
          * anonymous
          * block
          * display
          * inline-block
          * none
          * table
          * table-caption
          * table-cell
          * table-row
     * [CSS-FONT-LOADING-3] defines the following terms:
          * FontFace
          * font source
     * [CSS-FONTS-3] defines the following terms:
          * font-family
          * font-size
     * [css-inline-3] defines the following terms:
          * vertical-align
     * [css-lists-3] defines the following terms:
          * list-style-type
     * [css-logical-1] defines the following terms:
          * margin-block-end
          * margin-block-start
          * margin-inline-end
          * margin-inline-start
     * [css-position-3] defines the following terms:
          * absolute
          * position
          * static
          * top
     * [css-sizing-3] defines the following terms:
          * intrinsic sizing
     * [CSS-STYLE-ATTR] defines the following terms:
          * style attribute
     * [CSS-SYNTAX-3] defines the following terms:
          * 
          * component value
          * consume a component value
          * environment encoding
          * function
          * parse a comma-separated list of component values
     * [CSS-TEXT-3] defines the following terms:
          * justify
          * letter-spacing
          * normal
          * pre
          * pre-wrap
          * text-align
          * text-transform
          * white space
          * white-space
     * [CSS-UI-3] defines the following terms:
          * cursor
          * help
          * outline
     * [css-ui-4] defines the following terms:
          * appearance
     * [CSS-VALUES] defines the following terms:
          * 
          * |
     * [CSS-WRITING-MODES-3] defines the following terms:
          * direction
          * ltr
          * plaintext
          * rtl
          * unicode-bidi
     * [CSS2] defines the following terms:
          * auto
          * css2 system colors
     * [css2-2] defines the following terms:
          * block box
          * border box
          * border edge
          * containing block
          * content area
          * content box
          * in-flow
          * inline box
          * intrinsic width and height
          * margin box
          * margin collapsing
          * margin edge
          * out-of-flow
     * [CSS22] defines the following terms:
          * border-collapse
          * border-spacing
          * clear
          * color
          * float
          * height
          * line-height
          * margin
          * margin-bottom
          * margin-left
          * margin-right
          * margin-top
          * padding-bottom
          * padding-left
          * padding-right
          * padding-top
          * visibility
          * width
     * [css3-background] defines the following terms:
          * background-color
          * background-image
          * border-bottom-color
          * border-bottom-style
          * border-bottom-width
          * border-left-color
          * border-left-style
          * border-left-width
          * border-right-color
          * border-right-style
          * border-right-width
          * border-top-color
          * border-top-style
          * border-top-width
          * medium
          * solid
     * [CSS3-CONTENT] defines the following terms:
          * content
     * [CSS3-IMAGES] defines the following terms:
          * object-fit
     * [CSS3-RUBY] defines the following terms:
          * annotation
          * collapse
          * ruby annotation
     * [CSS3-TRANSITIONS] defines the following terms:
          * end time
          * start time
     * [CSSOM] defines the following terms:
          * CSSStyleDeclaration
          * LinkStyle
          * StyleSheet
          * alternate flag
          * alternative style sheet sets
          * associated css style sheet
          * create a css style sheet
          * css rules
          * css style sheet
          * cssText
          * disabled flag
          * location
          * media
          * origin-clean flag
          * owner css rule
          * owner node
          * parent css style sheet
          * preferred style sheet set
          * remove a css style sheet
          * serializing a css value
          * style
          * title
          * type
     * [CSSOM-VIEW] defines the following terms:
          * MouseEventInit
          * Screen
          * clientX
          * clientY
          * evaluate media queries and report changes
          * resize
          * run the resize steps
          * run the scroll steps
          * screenX
          * screenY
          * scroll
          * scroll an element into view
          * scroll to the beginning of the document
          * the features argument of window.open
     * [custom-elements] defines the following terms:
          * autonomous custom element
          * create an element
          * current element queue
          * custom element constructor
          * custom element reactions stack
          * customized built-in element
          * element queue
          * enqueue a custom element callback reaction
          * invoke custom element reactions
          * looking up a custom element definition
          * upgrades
          * valid custom element name
          * CEReactions
          * HTMLConstructor
     * [DOM41] defines the following terms:
          * Attr
          * ChildNode
          * Comment
          * DOMImplementation
          * DOMTokenList
          * DocumentFragment
          * DocumentType
          * Element
          * Event
          * EventInit
          * EventTarget
          * HTMLCollection
          * MutationObserver
          * Node
          * NodeList
          * ProcessingInstruction
          * Text
          * XMLDocument
          * addEventListener(type, callback)
          * adopt
          * adopting steps
          * append
          * appendChild(node)
          * bubbles
          * cd data
          * clone a node
          * cloneNode()
          * cloning steps
          * collection
          * content type
          * createDocument(namespace, qualifiedName)
          * createElement(localName)
          * createElementNS(namespace, qualifiedName)
          * createHTMLDocument()
          * creating an element
          * currentTarget
          * data
          * doctype
          * document tree
          * document url
          * document's character encoding
          * element attribute
          * element interface
          * event
          * event listener
          * getElementById(elementId)
          * getElementsByClassName(classNames) (for Document)
          * getElementsByClassName(classNames) (for Element)
          * id
          * id (for Element)
          * importNode(node, deep)
          * in a document tree
          * initEvent(type, bubbles)
          * initialize
          * insert
          * insertion steps
          * isTrusted
          * item(index)
          * name
          * node document
          * other applicable specifications
          * pre-insert
          * publicId
          * range
          * range bp
          * range end
          * range start
          * remove
          * remove an attribute by name
          * removing steps
          * replace
          * replace all
          * represented by the collection
          * select
          * set an attribute value
          * setAttribute(qualifiedName, value)
          * systemId
          * target (for Event)
          * target (for ProcessingInstruction)
          * textContent
          * traverse
          * type
          * unique identifier
          * url
          * value
     * [DOM-PARSING] defines the following terms:
          * DOMParser
          * innerHTML
          * outerHTML
     * [ECMA-262] defines the following terms:
          * %arraybuffer%
          * %arrayprototype%
          * %objproto_tostring%
          * %objproto_valueof%
          * ArrayBuffer
          * Date
          * Error
          * Function
          * RangeError
          * RegExp
          * SyntaxError
          * TypeError
          * abstract equality comparison
          * arraycreate
          * automatic semicolon insertion
          * call
          * construct
          * createdataproperty
          * current realm
          * current realm record
          * detacharraybuffer
          * directive prologue
          * early error
          * enqueuejob
          * functionbody
          * functioncreate
          * get
          * getactivescriptormodule
          * getfunctionrealm
          * hasownproperty
          * hostensurecancompilestrings
          * hostpromiserejectiontracker
          * hostresolveimportedmodule
          * initializehostdefinedrealm
          * isaccessordescriptor
          * iscallable
          * isconstructor
          * isdatadescriptor
          * isdetachedbuffer
          * javascript execution context
          * javascript execution context stack
          * javascript realm
          * list
          * module
          * moduledeclarationinstantiation
          * moduleevaluation
          * newobjectenvironment
          * ordinarydefineownproperty
          * ordinarydelete
          * ordinaryget
          * ordinarygetownproperty
          * ordinarygetprototypeof
          * ordinaryisextensible
          * ordinaryownpropertykeys
          * ordinarypreventextensions
          * ordinaryset
          * ordinarysetprototypeof
          * parsemodule
          * parsescript
          * pattern
          * property descriptor
          * propertydescriptor
          * realm
          * record
          * runjobs
          * running javascript execution context
          * samevalue
          * script
          * scriptevaluation
          * source text module record
          * strict equality comparison
          * the typedarray constructors
          * toboolean
          * tostring
          * touint32
          * type
          * typedarraycreate
          * typeof
          * use strict directive
          * well-known intrinsic objects
          * well-known symbols
     * [ENCODING] defines the following terms:
          * decode
          * encode code point
          * encoded as utf-8
          * encoding
          * iso-8859-7
          * windows-1255
          * windows-1258
          * windows-874
     * [EVENTSOURCE] defines the following terms:
          * EventSource
     * [FETCH] defines the following terms:
          * body (for request)
          * body (for response)
          * cache mode
          * client
          * cors protocol
          * cors-cross-origin
          * credentials mode
          * cryptographic nonce metadata
          * csp list
          * default user-agent value
          * destination
          * extract a mime type
          * extracting a mime type
          * fetch
          * fetching algorithm
          * header list (for request)
          * header list (for response)
          * https state
          * https state value
          * initiator
          * internal response
          * method
          * mode
          * ok status
          * omit-origin-header flag
          * origin
          * origin (for request)
          * origin header
          * parser metadata
          * process response
          * redirect mode
          * referrer
          * referrer policy
          * request
          * requestcredentials
          * response
          * response url
          * same-origin data-url flag
          * set
          * status
          * synchronous flag
          * target browsing context
          * terminate
          * type (for request)
          * type (for response)
          * unsafe-request flag
          * url (for request)
          * url (for response)
          * url list
          * use-url-credentials flag
     * [FILEAPI] defines the following terms:
          * Blob
          * File
          * FileList
     * [FULLSCREEN] defines the following terms:
          * fullscreen enabled flag
          * fully exit fullscreen
          * requestFullscreen()
          * top layer
     * [GEOMETRY-1] defines the following terms:
          * DOMMatrix
     * [HR-TIME-2] defines the following terms:
          * DOMHighResTimeStamp
          * Performance
          * now()
     * [HTML] defines the following terms:
          * :target
          * prepare to run a callback
     * [INFRA] defines the following terms:
          * contain
          * exist
          * for each
          * is empty
          * list
          * map
     * [JLREQ] defines the following terms:
          * jukugo ruby rendering
     * [MATHML] defines the following terms:
          * annotation-xml
          * math
          * mi
          * mn
          * mo
          * ms
          * mtext
     * [MEDIACAPTURE-STREAMS] defines the following terms:
          * MediaStream
     * [mediaqueries-4] defines the following terms:
          * 
     * [mediasource] defines the following terms:
          * MediaSource
     * [MIMESNIFF] defines the following terms:
          * valid mime type with no parameters
     * [PAGE-VISIBILITY] defines the following terms:
          * hidden
     * [paymentrequest] defines the following terms:
          * paymentrequest
     * [progress-events] defines the following terms:
          * ProgressEvent
     * [RFC1034] defines the following terms:
          * rfc 1034 section 3.5
     * [RFC5322] defines the following terms:
          * rfc 5322 section 3.2.3
     * [RFC5988] defines the following terms:
          * link header
     * [RFC6266] defines the following terms:
          * content-disposition
     * [rfc7230] defines the following terms:
          * content-length
     * [rfc7231] defines the following terms:
          * accept
          * accept-language
          * content-language
          * media-type
          * referer
     * [rfc7232] defines the following terms:
          * last-modified
     * [rfc7234] defines the following terms:
          * cache-control
     * [SELECTION-API] defines the following terms:
          * Selection
     * [SELECTORS4] defines the following terms:
          * attribute selector
          * pseudo-class
          * type selector
     * [SERVICE-WORKERS] defines the following terms:
          * ServiceWorkerContainer
          * service worker client
     * [SVG11] defines the following terms:
          * SVGMatrix
     * [SVG2] defines the following terms:
          * SVGScriptElement
          * desc
          * foreignobject
          * script
          * svg
          * title
     * [SVGTINY12] defines the following terms:
          * process the svg script element
     * [TOUCH-EVENTS] defines the following terms:
          * Touch
          * touch point
     * [UIEVENTS] defines the following terms:
          * FocusEvent
          * MouseEvent
          * UIEvent
          * altKey
          * button
          * click
          * ctrlKey
          * dblclick
          * detail
          * getModifierState()
          * keydown
          * keypress
          * keyup
          * metaKey
          * mousedown
          * mouseenter
          * mouseleave
          * mousemove
          * mouseout
          * mouseover
          * mouseup
          * relatedTarget (for FocusEvent)
          * relatedTarget (for MouseEvent)
          * shiftKey
          * view
          * wheel
     * [URL] defines the following terms:
          * absolute url
          * application/x-www-form-urlencoded serializer
          * basic url parser
          * default encode set
          * domain
          * domain to unicode
          * fragment
          * fragment state
          * host (for host-concept)
          * host (for url)
          * host equals
          * host parser
          * host serializer
          * host state
          * hostname state
          * ipv4
          * ipv6
          * network scheme
          * non-relative flag
          * object
          * origin
          * parsed urls
          * password
          * path
          * path start state
          * percent decode
          * percent encode
          * port
          * port state
          * query
          * query state
          * relative schemes
          * relative url
          * scheme
          * scheme start state
          * serialization
          * serialize an integer
          * serialized
          * set the password
          * set the username
          * url
          * url parse error
          * url parser
          * url record
          * url serializer
          * username
          * utf-8 percent encode
     * [WEBGL] defines the following terms:
          * WebGLRenderingContext
     * [WEBIDL] defines the following term:
          * LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties
     * [WebIDL-20161215] defines the following terms:
          * DOMException
          * DOMString
          * Exposed
          * LenientThis
          * NoInterfaceObject
          * OverrideBuiltins
          * PrimaryGlobal
          * Promise
          * PutForwards
          * Replaceable
          * SameObject
          * TreatNonObjectAsNull
          * TreatNullAs
          * USVString
          * Unforgeable
          * boolean
          * callback this value
          * delete an existing named property
          * determine the value of a named property
          * double
          * extended attribute
          * long
          * object
          * perform a security check
          * platform object
          * primary interface
          * set the value of a new named property
          * set the value of an existing named property
          * support named properties
          * supported property names
          * unrestricted double
          * unsigned long
          * unsigned short
          * AbortError
          * DOMString[]
          * DataCloneError
          * EmptyString
          * HierarchyRequestError
          * IndexSizeError
          * InvalidAccessError
          * InvalidCharacterError
          * InvalidModificationError
          * InvalidNodeTypeError
          * InvalidStateError
          * NamespaceError
          * NetworkError
          * NoModificationAllowedError
          * NotFoundError
          * NotSupportedError
          * QuotaExceededError
          * SecurityError
          * TimeoutError
          * URLMismatchError
          * WrongDocumentError
          * arraybufferview
          * boolean
          * converted
          * converting
          * determine the value of an indexed property
          * domexception
          * domstring
          * double
          * error
          * global environment associated with
          * invoke the web idl callback function
          * long
          * read only
          * supported property indices
          * unenumerable
          * unrestricted double
          * unsigned long
          * usvstring
     * [webmessaging] defines the following terms:
          * MessagePort
     * [whatwg] defines the following terms:
          * whatwg html specification
     * [workers] defines the following terms:
          * Worker
          * WorkerGlobalScope
          * closing
          * run a worker
          * worker event loops
          * worker processing model
     * [XHR] defines the following terms:
          * XMLHttpRequest
          * fire a progress event named e
          * lengthcomputable
          * loaded
          * responseXML
          * total
     * [xlink] defines the following terms:
          * actuate
          * arcrole
          * href
          * role
          * show
          * title
          * type
          * xlink
     * [XML] defines the following terms:
          * document entity
          * entity declarations
          * entity references
          * internal general parsed entity
          * name
          * space
     * [XML-NAMES] defines the following terms:
          * xmlns
     * [XML-STYLESHEET] defines the following terms:
          * 
  Elements
   This section is non-normative.
                                List of elements
Element    Description      Categories        Parents†          Children          Attributes        Interface                  
                                                                                  globals; href;                               
                            flow; phrasing*;                                      target; download; 
a          Hyperlink        interactive       phrasing          transparent*      rel; hreflang;    HTMLAnchorElement
                                                                                  type;             
                                                                                  referrerpolicy    
abbr       Abbreviation     flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
address    Contact          flow              flow              flow*             globals           HTMLElement                
           information      
                                                                                  globals; alt;                                
           Hyperlink or                                                           coords; shape;    
area       dead area on an  flow; phrasing    phrasing*         empty             href; target;     HTMLAreaElement
           image map                                                              download; rel;    
                                                                                  hreflang; type;   
                                                                                  referrerpolicy    
           Self-contained                                                                                                      
article    syndicatable or  flow; sectioning  flow              flow              globals           HTMLElement
           reusable         
           composition      
           Sidebar for                                                                                                         
aside      tangentially     flow; sectioning  flow              flow              globals           HTMLElement
           related content  
                                                                                  globals; src;                                
                            flow; phrasing;                     source*;          crossorigin;      
audio      Audio player     embedded;         phrasing          transparent*      preload;          HTMLAudioElement
                            interactive                                           autoplay; loop;   
                                                                                  muted; controls   
b          Keywords         flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
           Base URL and                                                                                                        
           default target                                                         globals; href;    
base       browsing context metadata          head; template    empty             target            HTMLBaseElement
           for hyperlinks   
           and forms        
           Text                                                                                                                
bdi        directionality   flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement
           isolation        
           Text                                                                                                                
bdo        directionality   flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement
           formatting       
           A section quoted flow; sectioning                                                                                   
blockquote from another     root              flow              flow              globals; cite     HTMLQuoteElement
           source           
                                                                                  globals;                                     
                                                                                  onafterprint;     
                                                                                  onbeforeprint;    
                                                                                  onbeforeunload;   
                                                                                  onhashchange;     
                                                                                  onlanguagechange; 
body       Document body    sectioning root   html              flow              onmessage;        HTMLBodyElement
                                                                                  onoffline;        
                                                                                  ononline;         
                                                                                  onpagehide;       
                                                                                  onpageshow;       
                                                                                  onpopstate;       
                                                                                  onstorage;        
                                                                                  onunload          
           Line break,                                                                                                         
br         e.g., in poem or flow; phrasing    phrasing          empty             globals           HTMLBRElement
           postal address   
                                                                                  globals;                                     
                            flow; phrasing;                                       autofocus;        
                            interactive;                                          disabled; form;   
                            listed;                                               formaction;       
button     Button control   labelable;        phrasing          phrasing*         formenctype;      HTMLButtonElement
                            submittable;                                          formmethod;       
                            reassociateable;                                      formnovalidate;   
                            form-associated                                       formtarget; name; 
                                                                                  type; value       
canvas     Scriptable       flow; phrasing;   phrasing          transparent       globals; width;   HTMLCanvasElement          
           bitmap canvas    embedded                                              height            
caption    Table caption    none              table; template   flow*             globals           HTMLTableCaptionElement    
cite       Title of a work  flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
code       Computer code    flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
col        Table column     none              colgroup;         empty             globals; span     HTMLTableColElement        
                                              template          
colgroup   Group of columns none              table; template   col*; template*   globals; span     HTMLTableColElement        
           in a table       
data       Machine-readable flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals; value    HTMLDataElement            
           equivalent       
           Container for                                                                                                       
datalist   options for      flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing; option  globals           HTMLDataListElement
           combo box        
           control          
           Content for                                                                                                         
dd         corresponding dt none              dl; template      flow              globals           HTMLElement
           element(s)       
del        A removal from   flow; phrasing*   phrasing          transparent       globals; cite;    HTMLModElement             
           the document                                                           datetime          
           Disclosure       flow; sectioning                                                                                   
details    control for      root; interactive flow              summary*; flow    globals; open     HTMLDetailsElement
           hiding details   
dfn        Defining         flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing*         globals           HTMLElement                
           instance         
dialog     Dialog box or    flow; sectioning  flow              flow              globals; open     HTMLDialogElement          
           window           root              
div        Generic flow     flow              flow              flow              globals           HTMLDivElement             
           container        
           Association list                                                                                                    
           consisting of                                        dt*; dd*;         
dl         zero or more     flow              flow              script-supporting globals           HTMLDListElement
           name-value                                           elements
           groups           
           Legend for                                                                                                          
dt         corresponding dd none              dl; template      flow*             globals           HTMLElement
           element(s)       
em         Stress emphasis  flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
                            flow; phrasing;                                       globals; src;                                
embed      Plugin           embedded;         phrasing          empty             type; width;      HTMLEmbedElement
                            interactive                                           height; any*      
                            flow; sectioning                                      globals;                                     
fieldset   Group of form    root; listed;     flow              legend*; flow     disabled; form;   HTMLFieldSetElement
           controls         reassociateable;                                      name              
                            form-associated   
figcaption Caption for      none              figure; template  flow              globals           HTMLElement                
           figure           
figure     Figure with      flow; sectioning  flow              figcaption*; flow globals           HTMLElement                
           optional caption root              
footer     Footer for a     flow              flow              flow*             globals           HTMLElement                
           page or section  
                                                                                  globals;                                     
                                                                                  accept-charset;   
           User-submittable                                                       action;           
form       form             flow              flow              flow*             autocomplete;     HTMLFormElement
                                                                                  enctype; method;  
                                                                                  name; novalidate; 
                                                                                  target            
h1, h2,                                                                                                                        
h3, h4,    Section heading  flow; headings    flow              phrasing          globals           HTMLHeadingElement
h5, h6     
           Container for                                                                                                       
head       document         none              html              metadata*         globals           HTMLHeadElement
           metadata         
           Introductory or                                                                                                     
header     navigational     flow              flow              flow*             globals           HTMLElement
           aids for a page  
           or section       
hr         Thematic break   flow              flow              empty             globals           HTMLHRElement              
html       Root element     none              none*             head*; body*      globals; manifest HTMLHtmlElement            
i          Alternate voice  flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
                                                                                  globals; src;                                
                            flow; phrasing;                                       srcdoc; name;     
iframe     Nested browsing  embedded;         phrasing          text*             sandbox;          HTMLIFrameElement
           context          interactive                                           allowfullscreen;  
                                                                                  width; height;    
                                                                                  referrerpolicy    
                                                                                  globals; alt;                                
                            flow; phrasing;                                       src; srcset;      
                            embedded;                                             crossorigin;      
img        Image            interactive*;     phrasing          empty             usemap; ismap;    HTMLImageElement
                            form-associated                                       longdesc; width;  
                                                                                  height;           
                                                                                  referrerpolicy    
                                                                                  globals; accept;                             
                                                                                  alt;              
                                                                                  autocomplete;     
                                                                                  autofocus;        
                                                                                  checked; dirname; 
                                                                                  disabled; form;   
                            flow; phrasing;                                       formaction;       
                            interactive*;                                         formenctype;      
                            listed;                                               formmethod;       
                            labelable;                                            formnovalidate;   
input      Form control     submittable;      phrasing          empty             formtarget;       HTMLInputElement
                            resettable;                                           height; list;     
                            reassociateable;                                      max; maxlength;   
                            form-associated                                       min; minlength;   
                                                                                  multiple; name;   
                                                                                  pattern;          
                                                                                  placeholder;      
                                                                                  readonly;         
                                                                                  required; size;   
                                                                                  src; step; type;  
                                                                                  value; width      
ins        An addition to   flow; phrasing*   phrasing          transparent       globals; cite;    HTMLModElement             
           the document                                                           datetime          
kbd        User input       flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
                            flow; phrasing;                                                                                    
label      Caption for a    interactive;      phrasing          phrasing*         globals; for      HTMLLabelElement
           form control     reassociateable;  
                            form-associated   
legend     Caption for      none              fieldset;         phrasing          globals           HTMLLegendElement          
           fieldset                           template          
li         List item        none              ol; ul; template  flow              globals; value*   HTMLLIElement              
                                                                                  globals; href;                               
                                              head; template;                     crossorigin; rel; 
link       Link metadata    metadata; flow*;  noscript*;        empty             media;            HTMLLinkElement
                            phrasing*         phrasing*                           referrerpolicy;   
                                                                                  nonce; hreflang;  
                                                                                  type; sizes       
main       Main content of  flow              flow              flow*             globals           HTMLElement                
           a document       
map        Image map        flow; phrasing*   phrasing          transparent;      globals; name     HTMLMapElement             
                                                                area*             
mark       Highlight        flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
                            metadata; flow*;  head; template;                     globals; name;                               
meta       Text metadata    phrasing*         noscript*;        empty             http-equiv;       HTMLMetaElement
                                              phrasing*                           content; charset  
                            flow; phrasing;                                       globals; value;                              
meter      Gauge            labelable         phrasing          phrasing*         min; max; low;    HTMLMeterElement
                                                                                  high; optimum     
           Section with                                                                                                        
nav        navigational     flow; sectioning  flow              flow              globals           HTMLElement
           links            
noscript   Fallback content metadata; flow;   head*; template*; varies*           globals           HTMLElement                
           for script       phrasing          phrasing*         
                            flow; phrasing;                                                                                    
           Image, nested    embedded;                                             globals; data;    
           browsing         interactive*;                       param*;           type;             
object     context, or      listed;           phrasing          transparent       typemustmatch;    HTMLObjectElement
           plugin           submittable;                                          name; form;       
                            reassociateable;                                      width; height
                            form-associated   
                                                                li;               globals;                                     
ol         Ordered list     flow              flow              script-supporting reversed; start;  HTMLOListElement
                                                                elements          type              
           Group of options                                     option;           globals;                                     
optgroup   in a list box    none              select; template  script-supporting disabled; label   HTMLOptGroupElement
                                                                elements          
           Option in a list                   select; datalist;                   globals;                                     
option     box or combo box none              optgroup;         text*             disabled; label;  HTMLOptionElement
           control                            template                            selected; value   
                            flow; phrasing;                                                                                    
                            listed;                                                                 
output     Calculated       labelable;        phrasing          phrasing          globals; for;     HTMLOutputElement
           output value     resettable;                                           form; name
                            reassociateable;  
                            form-associated   
p          Paragraph        flow              flow              phrasing          globals           HTMLParagraphElement       
param      Parameter for    none              object; template  empty             globals; name;    HTMLParamElement           
           object                                                                 value             
                            flow; phrasing;                     source*; one img;                                              
picture    Image            embedded          phrasing          script-supporting globals           HTMLPictureElement
                                                                elements          
           Block of                                                                                                            
pre        preformatted     flow              flow              phrasing          globals           HTMLPreElement
           text             
progress   Progress bar     flow; phrasing;   phrasing          phrasing*         globals; value;   HTMLProgressElement        
                            labelable                                             max               
q          Quotation        flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals; cite     HTMLQuoteElement           
rb         Ruby base        none              ruby; template    phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
           Parenthesis for                    ruby; rtc;                                                                       
rp         ruby annotation  none              template          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement
           text             
rt         Ruby annotation  none              ruby; rtc;        phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
           text                               template          
rtc        Ruby annotation  none              ruby; template    phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
           text container   
ruby       Ruby             flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing; rp; rt; globals           HTMLElement                
           annotation(s)                                        rb; rtc*          
s          Inaccurate text  flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
samp       Computer output  flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
                            metadata; flow;   head; phrasing;   script, data, or  globals; src;                                
script     Embedded script  phrasing;         script-supporting script            type; charset;    HTMLScriptElement
                            script-supporting elements          documentation*    async; defer;     
                            elements                                              crossorigin nonce 
           Generic document                                                                                                    
section    or application   flow; sectioning  flow              flow              globals           HTMLElement
           section          
                            flow; phrasing;                                                                                    
                            interactive;                                          globals;          
                            listed;                             option; optgroup; autocomplete;     
select     List box control labelable;        phrasing          script-supporting autofocus;        HTMLSelectElement
                            submittable;                        elements          disabled; form;   
                            resettable;                                           multiple; name;   
                            reassociateable;                                      required; size
                            form-associated   
small      Side comment     flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
           Media source for                                                                                                    
           video or audio                     video; audio;                       globals; src;     
source     or as image      none              template; picture empty             type; srcset;     HTMLSourceElement
           source for                                                             sizes; media
           picture          
span       Generic phrasing flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLSpanElement            
           container        
strong     Importance       flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
style      Embedded styling metadata; flow*   head; noscript*;  varies*           globals; media;   HTMLStyleElement           
           information                        flow*                               nonce; type       
sub        Subscript        flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
summary    Caption for      none              details           phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
           details          
sup        Superscript      flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
                                                                caption*;                                                      
                                                                colgroup*;        
table      Table            flow              flow              thead*; tbody*;   globals; border   HTMLTableElement
                                                                tfoot*; tr*;      
                                                                script-supporting 
                                                                elements          
           Group of rows in                                     tr;                                                            
tbody      a table          none              table; template   script-supporting globals           HTMLTableSectionElement
                                                                elements          
td         Table cell       sectioning root   tr; template      flow              globals; colspan; HTMLTableDataCellElement   
                                                                                  rowspan; headers  
                            metadata; flow;   metadata;                                                                        
                            phrasing;         phrasing;         
template   Template         script-supporting script-supporting it’s complicated* globals           HTMLTemplateElement
                            elements          elements;         
                                              colgroup*         
                                                                                  globals;                                     
                            flow; phrasing;                                       autofocus; cols;  
                            interactive;                                          dirname;          
                            listed;                                               disabled; form;   
textarea   Multiline text   labelable;        phrasing          text              maxlength;        HTMLTextAreaElement
           field            submittable;                                          minlength; name;  
                            resettable;                                           placeholder;      
                            reassociateable;                                      readonly;         
                            form-associated                                       required; rows;   
                                                                                  wrap              
           Group of footer                                      tr;                                                            
tfoot      rows in a table  none              table; template   script-supporting globals           HTMLTableSectionElement
                                                                elements          
           Table header                                                           globals; colspan;                            
th         cell             interactive*      tr; template      flow*             rowspan; headers; HTMLTableHeaderCellElement
                                                                                  scope; abbr       
           Group of heading                                     tr;                                                            
thead      rows in a table  none              table; template   script-supporting globals           HTMLTableSectionElement
                                                                elements          
           Machine-readable                                                                                                    
           equivalent of    
time       date- or         flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals; datetime HTMLTimeElement
           time-related     
           data             
title      Document title   metadata          head; template    text*             globals           HTMLTitleElement           
                                              table; thead;     th*; td;                                                       
tr         Table row        none              tbody; tfoot;     script-supporting globals           HTMLTableRowElement
                                              template          elements          
                                              audio; video;                       globals; default;                            
track      Timed text track none              template          empty             kind; label; src; HTMLTrackElement
                                                                                  srclang           
u          Keywords         flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
                                                                li;                                                            
ul         List             flow              flow              script-supporting globals           HTMLUListElement
                                                                elements          
var        Variable         flow; phrasing    phrasing          phrasing          globals           HTMLElement                
                                                                                  globals; src;                                
                            flow; phrasing;                                       crossorigin;      
video      Video player     embedded;         phrasing          source*;          poster; preload;  HTMLVideoElement
                            interactive                         transparent*      autoplay; loop;   
                                                                                  muted; controls;  
                                                                                  width; height     
wbr        Line breaking    flow; phrasing    phrasing          empty             globals           HTMLElement                
           opportunity      
   An asterisk (*) in a cell indicates that the actual rules are more
   complicated than indicated in the table above.
   † Categories in the "Parents" column refer to parents that list the given
   categories in their content model, not to elements that themselves are in
   those categories. For example, the a element’s "Parents" column says
   "phrasing", so any element whose content model contains the "phrasing"
   category could be a parent of an a element. Since the "flow" category
   includes all the "phrasing" elements, that means the th element could be a
   parent to an a element.
  Element content categories
   This section is non-normative.
                       List of element content categories
   Category              Elements                    Elements with exceptions 
                         base; link; meta; noscript;                          
   Metadata content      script; style; template;    —
                         title                       
                         a; abbr; address; article;                           
                         aside; audio; b; bdi; bdo;                           
                         blockquote; br; button;                              
                         canvas; cite; code; data;                            
                         datalist; del; details;     
                         dfn; dialog; div; dl; em;   
                         embed; fieldset; figure;    
                         footer; form; h1; h2; h3;   
                         h4; h5; h6; header; hr; i;  area (if it is a
   Flow content          iframe; img; input; ins;    descendant of a map
                         kbd; label; main; map;      element); link (if it is
                         mark; math; meter; nav;     allowed in the body);
                         noscript; object; ol;       
                         output; p; pre; progress;   
                         q; ruby; s; samp; script;   
                         section; select; small;     
                         span; strong; sub; sup;     
                         svg; table; template;       
                         textarea; time; u; ul; var; 
                         video; wbr; Text            
   Sectioning content    article; aside; nav;        —                        
                         section                     
   Heading content       h1; h2; h3; h4; h5; h6;     —                        
                         a; abbr; audio; b; bdi;                              
                         bdo; br; button; canvas;                             
                         cite; code; data; datalist;                          
                         del; dfn; em; embed; i;                              
                         iframe; img; input; ins;    area (if it is a
                         kbd; label; map; mark;      descendant of a map
   Phrasing content      math; meter; noscript;      element); link (if it is
                         object; output; progress;   allowed in the body);
                         q; ruby; s; samp; script;   
                         select; small; span;        
                         strong; sub; sup; svg;      
                         template; textarea; time;   
                         u; var; video; wbr; Text    
                         audio; canvas; embed;                                
   Embedded content      iframe; img; math; object;  —
                         svg; video                  
                                                     a (if the href attribute 
                                                     is present); audio (if   
                                                     the controls attribute   
                         button; details; embed;     is present); img (if the 
   Interactive content*  iframe; label; select;      usemap attribute is      
                         textarea                    present); input (if the  
                                                     type attribute is not in 
                                                     the Hidden state); video 
                                                     (if the controls         
                                                     attribute is present)    
                         blockquote; body; details;                           
   Sectioning roots      dialog; fieldset; figure;   —
                         td                          
   Form-associated       button; fieldset; input;                             
   elements              label; object; output;      —
                         select; textarea; img       
                         button; fieldset; input;                             
   Listed elements       object; output; select;     —
                         textarea                    
   Submittable elements  button; input; object;      —                        
                         select; textarea            
   Resettable elements   input; output; select;      —                        
                         textarea                    
                         button; input; meter;                                
   Labelable elements    output; progress; select;   —
                         textarea                    
   Reassociateable       button; fieldset; input;                             
   elements              label; object; output;      —
                         select; textarea            
                         a; abbr; address; article;  audio (if the controls   
                         aside; b; bdi; bdo;         attribute is present);   
                         blockquote; button; canvas; dl (if the element’s     
                         cite; code; data; details;  children include at      
                         dfn; div; em; embed;        least one name-value     
                         fieldset; figure; footer;   group); input (if the    
                         form; h1; h2; h3; h4; h5;   type attribute is not in 
                         h6; header; i; iframe; img; the Hidden state); ol    
   Palpable content      ins; kbd; label; main; map; (if the element’s        
                         mark; math; meter; nav;     children include at      
                         object; output; p; pre;     least one li element);   
                         progress; q; ruby; s; samp; ul (if the element’s     
                         section; select; small;     children include at      
                         span; strong; sub; sup;     least one li element);   
                         svg; table; textarea; time; Text that is not         
                         u; var; video               inter-element white      
                                                     space                    
   Script-supporting     script; template            —                        
   elements              
   * The tabindex attribute can also make any element into interactive
   content.
  Attributes
   This section is non-normative.
        List of attributes (excluding event handler content attributes)
Attribute           Element(s)  Description         Value                                
                                Alternative label                                        
                                to use for the      
abbr                th          header cell when    Text*
                                referencing the     
                                cell in other       
                                contexts            
                                Hint for expected   Set of comma-separated tokens*       
accept              input       file type in File   consisting of valid MIME types with  
                                Upload controls     no parameters or audio/*, video/*,   
                                                    or image/*                           
                                                    Ordered set of unique                
                                Character encodings space-separated tokens, ASCII        
accept-charset      form        to use for form     case-insensitive, consisting of      
                                submission          labels of ASCII-compatible           
                                                    encodings*                           
                                Keyboard shortcut   Ordered set of unique                
accesskey           HTML        to activate or      space-separated tokens,              
                    elements    focus element       case-sensitive, consisting of one    
                                                    Unicode code point in length         
action              form        URL to use for form Valid non-empty URL potentially      
                                submission          surrounded by spaces                 
                                Whether to allow                                         
allowfullscreen     iframe      the iframe's        Boolean attribute
                                contents to use     
                                requestFullscreen() 
                                Whether to allow                                         
                                the iframe's        
                                browsing context to 
allowpaymentrequest iframe      use the             Boolean attribute
                                PaymentRequest      
                                interface to make   
                                payment requests.   
                    area; img;  Replacement text                                         
alt                 input       for use when images Text*
                                are not available   
async               script      Execute script      Boolean attribute                    
                                asynchronously      
                                Default setting for                                      
autocomplete        form        autofill feature    "on"; "off"
                                for controls in the 
                                form                
                    input;      Hint for form       Autofill field name and related      
autocomplete        select;     autofill feature    tokens*                              
                    textarea    
                    button;     Automatically focus                                      
autofocus           input;      the form control    Boolean attribute
                    select;     when the page is    
                    textarea    loaded              
                                Hint that the media                                      
                    audio;      resource can be     
autoplay            video       started             Boolean attribute
                                automatically when  
                                the page is loaded  
                                Explicit indication                                      
                                that the table      
border              table       element is not      The empty string, or "1"
                                being used for      
                                layout purposes     
charset             meta        Character encoding  Encoding label*                      
                                declaration         
                                Character encoding                                       
charset             script      of the external     Encoding label*
                                script resource     
                                Whether the command                                      
checked             input       or control is       Boolean attribute
                                checked             
                                Link to the source                                       
cite                blockquote; of the quotation or Valid URL potentially surrounded by  
                    del; ins; q more information    spaces
                                about the edit      
class               HTML        Classes to which    Set of space-separated tokens        
                    elements    the element belongs 
cols                textarea    Maximum number of   Valid non-negative integer greater   
                                characters per line than zero                            
                                Number of columns   Valid non-negative integer greater   
colspan             td; th      that the cell is to than zero                            
                                span                
content             meta        Value of the        Text*                                
                                element             
contenteditable     HTML        Whether the element "true"; "false"                      
                    elements    is editable         
controls            audio;      Show user agent     Boolean attribute                    
                    video       controls            
                                Coordinates for the Valid list of floating-point         
coords              area        shape to be created numbers*                             
                                in an image map     
                    audio; img; How the element                                          
crossorigin         link;       handles crossorigin "anonymous"; "use-credentials"
                    script;     requests            
                    video       
data                object      Address of the      Valid non-empty URL potentially      
                                resource            surrounded by spaces                 
                                Date and                                                 
datetime            del; ins    (optionally) time   Valid date string with optional time
                                of the change       
                                                    Valid month string, valid date       
                                                    string, valid yearless date string,  
                                                    valid time string, valid floating    
datetime            time        Machine-readable    date and time string, valid          
                                value               time-zone offset string, valid       
                                                    global date and time string, valid   
                                                    week string, valid non-negative      
                                                    integer, or valid duration string    
                                Enable the track if                                      
default             track       no other text track Boolean attribute
                                is more suitable    
defer               script      Defer script        Boolean attribute                    
                                execution           
                    HTML        The text                                                 
dir                 elements    directionality of   "ltr"; "rtl"; "auto"
                                the element         
                                The text                                                 
dir                 bdo         directionality of   "ltr"; "rtl"
                                the element         
                                Name of form field                                       
                    input;      to use for sending  
dirname             textarea    the element’s       Text*
                                directionality in   
                                form submission     
                    button;                                                              
                    fieldset;                       
                    input;      Whether the form
disabled            optgroup;   control is disabled Boolean attribute
                    option;     
                    select;     
                    textarea    
                                Whether to download                                      
                                the resource        
download            a; area     instead of          Text
                                navigating to it,   
                                and its file name   
                                if so               
draggable           HTML        Whether the element "true"; "false"                      
                    elements    is draggable        
                                Form data set                                            
enctype             form        encoding type to    "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; 
                                use for form        "multipart/form-data"; "text/plain"
                                submission          
for                 label       Associate the label ID*                                  
                                with form control   
                                Specifies controls  Unordered set of unique              
for                 output      from which the      space-separated tokens,              
                                output was          case-sensitive, consisting of IDs*   
                                calculated          
                    button;                                                              
                    fieldset;                       
                    input;      Associates the      
form                label;      control with a form ID*
                    object;     element
                    output;     
                    select;     
                    textarea    
formaction          button;     URL to use for form Valid non-empty URL potentially      
                    input       submission          surrounded by spaces                 
                                Form data set                                            
formenctype         button;     encoding type to    "application/x-www-form-urlencoded"; 
                    input       use for form        "multipart/form-data"; "text/plain"
                                submission          
formmethod          button;     HTTP method to use  "GET"; "POST"                        
                    input       for form submission 
                    button;     Bypass form control                                      
formnovalidate      input       validation for form Boolean attribute
                                submission          
formtarget          button;     Browsing context    Valid browsing context name or       
                    input       for form submission keyword                              
                                The header cells    Unordered set of unique              
headers             td; th      for this cell       space-separated tokens,              
                                                    case-sensitive, consisting of IDs*   
                    canvas;                                                              
                    embed;      
height              iframe;     Vertical dimension  Valid non-negative integer
                    img; input; 
                    object;     
                    video       
hidden              HTML        Whether the element Boolean attribute                    
                    elements    is relevant         
high                meter       Low limit of high   Valid floating-point number*         
                                range               
href                a; area     Address of the      Valid URL potentially surrounded by  
                                hyperlink           spaces                               
href                link        Address of the      Valid non-empty URL potentially      
                                hyperlink           surrounded by spaces                 
href                base        Document base URL   Valid URL potentially surrounded by  
                                                    spaces                               
hreflang            a; area;    Language of the     Valid BCP 47 language tag            
                    link        linked resource     
http-equiv          meta        Pragma directive    Text*                                
id                  HTML        The element’s ID    Text*                                
                    elements    
                                Whether the image                                        
ismap               img         is a server-side    Boolean attribute
                                image map           
                                The type of text    "subtitles"; "captions";             
kind                track       track               "descriptions"; "chapters";          
                                                    "metadata"                           
                    optgroup;                                                            
label               option;     User-visible label  Text
                    track       
lang                HTML        Language of the     Valid BCP 47 language tag or the     
                    elements    element             empty string                         
                                List of                                                  
list                input       autocomplete        ID*
                                options             
                                A link to a fuller  Valid non-empty URL potentially      
longdesc            img         description of the  surrounded by spaces                 
                                image               
loop                audio;      Whether to loop the Boolean attribute                    
                    video       media resource      
low                 meter       High limit of low   Valid floating-point number*         
                                range               
manifest            html        Application cache   a valid non-empty URL potentially    
                                manifest            surrounded by spaces                 
max                 input       Maximum value       Varies*                              
max                 meter;      Upper bound of      Valid floating-point number*         
                    progress    range               
maxlength           input;      Maximum length of   Valid non-negative integer           
                    textarea    value               
media               link; style Applicable media    Valid media query list               
method              form        HTTP method to use  "get"; "post"; "dialog"              
                                for form submission 
min                 input       Minimum value       Varies*                              
min                 meter       Lower bound of      Valid floating-point number*         
                                range               
minlength           input;      Minimum length of   Valid non-negative integer           
                    textarea    value               
multiple            input;      Whether to allow    Boolean attribute                    
                    select      multiple values     
                    audio;      Whether to mute the                                      
muted               video       media resource by   Boolean attribute
                                default             
                    button;     Name of form                                             
                    fieldset;   control to use for  
name                input;      form submission and Text*
                    output;     in the              
                    select;     form.elements API   
                    textarea    
                                Name of form to use                                      
name                form        in the              Text*
                                document.forms API  
name                iframe;     Name of nested      Valid browsing context name or       
                    object      browsing context    keyword                              
                                Name of image map                                        
name                map         to reference from   Text*
                                the usemap          
                                attribute           
name                meta        Metadata name       Text*                                
name                param       Name of parameter   Text                                 
                    link;       Cryptographic nonce                                      
nonce               script;     used in Content     Text
                    style       Security Policy     
                                checks [CSP3]       
                                Bypass form control                                      
novalidate          form        validation for form Boolean attribute
                                submission          
open                details     Whether the details Boolean attribute                    
                                are visible         
open                dialog      Whether the dialog  Boolean attribute                    
                                box is showing      
optimum             meter       Optimum value in    Valid floating-point number*         
                                gauge               
                                Pattern to be       Regular expression matching the      
pattern             input       matched by the form JavaScript Pattern production        
                                control’s value     
                    input;      User-visible label                                       
placeholder         textarea    to be placed within Text*
                                the form control    
                                Poster frame to     Valid non-empty URL potentially      
poster              video       show prior to video surrounded by spaces                 
                                playback            
                                Hints how much                                           
preload             audio;      buffering the media "none"; "metadata"; "auto"
                    video       resource will       
                                likely need         
                    input;      Whether to allow                                         
readonly            textarea    the value to be     Boolean attribute
                                edited by the user  
                    a; area;    Referrer policy for                                      
referrerpolicy      iframe;     fetches initiated   Referrer policy
                    img; link   by the element      
                                Relationship of                                          
                    a; area;    this document (or   
rel                 link        subsection/topic)   Set of space-separated tokens*
                                to the destination  
                                resource            
                    input;      Whether the control                                      
required            select;     is required for     Boolean attribute
                    textarea    form submission     
                                Reverse link                                             
                                relationship of the 
rev                 a; link     destination         Set of space-separated tokens
                                resource to this    
                                document (or        
                                subsection/topic)   
reversed            ol          Number the list     Boolean attribute                    
                                backwards           
rows                textarea    Number of lines to  Valid non-negative integer greater   
                                show                than zero                            
rowspan             td; th      Number of rows that Valid non-negative integer           
                                the cell is to span 
                                                    Unordered set of unique              
                                                    space-separated tokens, ASCII        
                                                    case-insensitive, consisting of      
sandbox             iframe      Security rules for  "allow-forms", "allow-pointer-lock", 
                                nested content      "allow-popups",                      
                                                    "allow-presentation",                
                                                    "allow-same-origin", "allow-scripts  
                                                    and "allow-top-navigation"           
                                Specifies which                                          
scope               th          cells the header    "row"; "col"; "rowgroup"; "colgroup"
                                cell applies to     
                                Whether the option                                       
selected            option      is selected by      Boolean attribute
                                default             
                                The kind of shape                                        
shape               area        to be created in an "circle"; "default"; "poly"; "rect"
                                image map           
size                input;      Size of the control Valid non-negative integer greater   
                    select                          than zero                            
                                                    Unordered set of unique              
sizes               link        Sizes of the icons  space-separated tokens, ASCII        
                                (for rel="icon")    case-insensitive, consisting of      
                                                    sizes*                               
                                Image sizes for                                          
sizes               img; source different page      Valid source size list
                                layouts             
                    col;        Number of columns   Valid non-negative integer greater   
span                colgroup    spanned by the      than zero                            
                                element             
                                Whether the element                                      
spellcheck          HTML        is to have its      "true"; "false"
                    elements    spelling and        
                                grammar checked     
                    audio;                                                               
                    embed;                                                               
                    iframe;     
src                 img; input; Address of the      Valid non-empty URL potentially
                    script;     resource            surrounded by spaces
                    source;     
                    track;      
                    video       
                                A document to       The source of an iframe srcdoc       
srcdoc              iframe      render in the       document*                            
                                iframe              
srclang             track       Language of the     Valid BCP 47 language tag            
                                text track          
                                Images to use in                                         
                                different                                                
srcset              img; source situations (e.g.,   Comma-separated list of image
                                high-resolution     candidate strings
                                displays, small     
                                monitors, etc)      
start               ol          Ordinal value of    Valid integer                        
                                the first item      
                                Granularity to be   Valid floating-point number greater  
step                input       matched by the form than zero, or "any"                  
                                control’s value     
                    HTML        Presentational and                                       
style               elements    formatting          CSS declarations*
                                instructions        
                                Whether the element                                      
                                is focusable, and   
                    HTML        the relative order  
tabindex            elements    of the element for  Valid integer
                                the purposes of     
                                sequential focus    
                                navigation          
                                Browsing context    Valid browsing context name or       
target              a; area     for hyperlink       keyword                              
                                navigation          
                                Default browsing                                         
                                context for         Valid browsing context name or       
target              base        hyperlink           keyword
                                navigation and form 
                                submission          
target              form        Browsing context    Valid browsing context name or       
                                for form submission keyword                              
                    HTML        Advisory                                                 
title               elements    information for the Text
                                element             
                                Full term or                                             
title               abbr; dfn   expansion of        Text
                                abbreviation        
                                Description of                                           
title               input       pattern (when used  Text
                                with pattern        
                                attribute)          
title               link        Title of the link   Text                                 
title               link; style Alternative style   Text                                 
                                sheet set name      
                                Whether the element                                      
translate           HTML        is to be translated "yes"; "no"
                    elements    when the page is    
                                localized           
                    a; area;    Hint for the type                                        
type                link        of the referenced   Valid MIME type
                                resource            
type                button      Type of button      "submit"; "reset"; "button"          
                    embed;                                                               
                    object;     Type of embedded    
type                script;     resource            Valid MIME type
                    source;     
                    style       
type                input       Type of form        input type keyword                   
                                control             
type                ol          Kind of list marker "1"; "a"; "A"; "i"; "I"              
                                Whether the type                                         
                                attribute and the   
typemustmatch       object      Content-Type value  Boolean attribute
                                need to match for   
                                the resource to be  
                                used                
usemap              img         Name of image map   Valid hash-name reference*           
                                to use              
value               button;     Value to be used    Text                                 
                    option      for form submission 
value               data        Machine-readable    Text*                                
                                value               
value               input       Value of the form   Varies*                              
                                control             
value               li          Ordinal value of    Valid integer                        
                                the list item       
value               meter;      Current value of    Valid floating-point number          
                    progress    the element         
value               param       Value of parameter  Text                                 
                    canvas;                                                              
                    embed;                          
width               iframe;     Horizontal          Valid non-negative integer
                    img; input; dimension
                    object;     
                    video       
                                How the value of                                         
wrap                textarea    the form control is "soft"; "hard"
                                to be wrapped for   
                                form submission     
   An asterisk (*) in a cell indicates that the actual rules are more
   complicated than indicated in the table above.
     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                    List of event handler content attributes
   Attribute        Element(s)    Description               Value             
   onabort          HTML elements abort event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onafterprint     body          afterprint event handler  Event handler     
                                  for Window object         content attribute 
   onbeforeprint    body          beforeprint event handler Event handler     
                                  for Window object         content attribute 
   onbeforeunload   body          beforeunload event        Event handler     
                                  handler for Window object content attribute 
   onblur           HTML elements blur event handler        Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   oncancel         HTML elements cancel event handler      Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   oncanplay        HTML elements canplay event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   oncanplaythrough HTML elements canplaythrough event      Event handler     
                                  handler                   content attribute 
   onchange         HTML elements change event handler      Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onclick          HTML elements click event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onclose          HTML elements close event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   oncopy           HTML elements copy event handler        Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   oncuechange      HTML elements cuechange event handler   Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   oncut            HTML elements cut event handler         Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondblclick       HTML elements dblclick event handler    Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondrag           HTML elements drag event handler        Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondragend        HTML elements dragend event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondragenter      HTML elements dragenter event handler   Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondragexit       HTML elements dragexit event handler    Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondragleave      HTML elements dragleave event handler   Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondragover       HTML elements dragover event handler    Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondragstart      HTML elements dragstart event handler   Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondrop           HTML elements drop event handler        Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ondurationchange HTML elements durationchange event      Event handler     
                                  handler                   content attribute 
   onended          HTML elements ended event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onerror          HTML elements error event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onfocus          HTML elements focus event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onhashchange     body          hashchange event handler  Event handler     
                                  for Window object         content attribute 
   oninput          HTML elements input event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   oninvalid        HTML elements invalid event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onkeydown        HTML elements keydown event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onkeypress       HTML elements keypress event handler    Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onkeyup          HTML elements keyup event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onlanguagechange body          languagechange event      Event handler     
                                  handler for Window object content attribute 
   onload           HTML elements load event handler        Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onloadeddata     HTML elements loadeddata event handler  Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onloadedmetadata HTML elements loadedmetadata event      Event handler     
                                  handler                   content attribute 
   onloadstart      HTML elements loadstart event handler   Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onmessage        body          message event handler for Event handler     
                                  Window object             content attribute 
   onmousedown      HTML elements mousedown event handler   Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onmouseenter     HTML elements mouseenter event handler  Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onmouseleave     HTML elements mouseleave event handler  Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onmousemove      HTML elements mousemove event handler   Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onmouseout       HTML elements mouseout event handler    Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onmouseover      HTML elements mouseover event handler   Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onmouseup        HTML elements mouseup event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onwheel          HTML elements wheel event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onoffline        body          offline event handler for Event handler     
                                  Window object             content attribute 
   ononline         body          online event handler for  Event handler     
                                  Window object             content attribute 
   onpagehide       body          pagehide event handler    Event handler     
                                  for Window object         content attribute 
   onpageshow       body          pageshow event handler    Event handler     
                                  for Window object         content attribute 
   onpaste          HTML elements paste event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onpause          HTML elements pause event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onplay           HTML elements play event handler        Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onplaying        HTML elements playing event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onpopstate       body          popstate event handler    Event handler     
                                  for Window object         content attribute 
   onprogress       HTML elements progress event handler    Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onratechange     HTML elements ratechange event handler  Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onreset          HTML elements reset event handler       Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onresize         HTML elements resize event handler      Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onscroll         HTML elements scroll event handler      Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onseeked         HTML elements seeked event handler      Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onseeking        HTML elements seeking event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onselect         HTML elements select event handler      Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onshow           HTML elements show event handler        Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onstalled        HTML elements stalled event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onstorage        body          storage event handler for Event handler     
                                  Window object             content attribute 
   onsubmit         HTML elements submit event handler      Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onsuspend        HTML elements suspend event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ontimeupdate     HTML elements timeupdate event handler  Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   ontoggle         HTML elements toggle event handler      Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
   onunload         body          unload event handler for  Event handler     
                                  Window object             content attribute 
   onvolumechange   HTML elements volumechange event        Event handler     
                                  handler                   content attribute 
   onwaiting        HTML elements waiting event handler     Event handler     
                                                            content attribute 
  Element Interfaces
   This section is non-normative.
                        List of interfaces for elements
   Element(s) Interface(s)                                                    
   a          HTMLAnchorElement : HTMLElement                                 
   abbr       HTMLElement                                                     
   address    HTMLElement                                                     
   area       HTMLAreaElement : HTMLElement                                   
   article    HTMLElement                                                     
   aside      HTMLElement                                                     
   audio      HTMLAudioElement : HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement               
   b          HTMLElement                                                     
   base       HTMLBaseElement : HTMLElement                                   
   bdi        HTMLElement                                                     
   bdo        HTMLElement                                                     
   blockquote HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement                                  
   body       HTMLBodyElement : HTMLElement                                   
   br         HTMLBRElement : HTMLElement                                     
   button     HTMLButtonElement : HTMLElement                                 
   canvas     HTMLCanvasElement : HTMLElement                                 
   caption    HTMLTableCaptionElement : HTMLElement                           
   cite       HTMLElement                                                     
   code       HTMLElement                                                     
   col        HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement                               
   colgroup   HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement                               
   data       HTMLDataElement : HTMLElement                                   
   datalist   HTMLDataListElement : HTMLElement                               
   dd         HTMLElement                                                     
   del        HTMLModElement : HTMLElement                                    
   details    HTMLDetailsElement : HTMLElement                                
   dfn        HTMLElement                                                     
   dialog     HTMLDialogElement : HTMLElement                                 
   div        HTMLDivElement : HTMLElement                                    
   dl         HTMLDListElement : HTMLElement                                  
   dt         HTMLElement                                                     
   em         HTMLElement                                                     
   embed      HTMLEmbedElement : HTMLElement                                  
   fieldset   HTMLFieldSetElement : HTMLElement                               
   figcaption HTMLElement                                                     
   figure     HTMLElement                                                     
   footer     HTMLElement                                                     
   form       HTMLFormElement : HTMLElement                                   
   h1         HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement                                
   h2         HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement                                
   h3         HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement                                
   h4         HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement                                
   h5         HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement                                
   h6         HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement                                
   head       HTMLHeadElement : HTMLElement                                   
   header     HTMLElement                                                     
   hr         HTMLHRElement : HTMLElement                                     
   html       HTMLHtmlElement : HTMLElement                                   
   i          HTMLElement                                                     
   iframe     HTMLIFrameElement : HTMLElement                                 
   img        HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement                                  
   input      HTMLInputElement : HTMLElement                                  
   ins        HTMLModElement : HTMLElement                                    
   kbd        HTMLElement                                                     
   label      HTMLLabelElement : HTMLElement                                  
   legend     HTMLLegendElement : HTMLElement                                 
   li         HTMLLIElement : HTMLElement                                     
   link       HTMLLinkElement : HTMLElement                                   
   main       HTMLElement                                                     
   map        HTMLMapElement : HTMLElement                                    
   mark       HTMLElement                                                     
   meta       HTMLMetaElement : HTMLElement                                   
   meter      HTMLMeterElement : HTMLElement                                  
   nav        HTMLElement                                                     
   noscript   HTMLElement                                                     
   object     HTMLObjectElement : HTMLElement                                 
   ol         HTMLOListElement : HTMLElement                                  
   optgroup   HTMLOptGroupElement : HTMLElement                               
   option     HTMLOptionElement : HTMLElement                                 
   output     HTMLOutputElement : HTMLElement                                 
   p          HTMLParagraphElement : HTMLElement                              
   param      HTMLParamElement : HTMLElement                                  
   picture    HTMLPictureElement : HTMLElement                                
   pre        HTMLPreElement : HTMLElement                                    
   progress   HTMLProgressElement : HTMLElement                               
   q          HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement                                  
   rb         HTMLElement                                                     
   rp         HTMLElement                                                     
   rt         HTMLElement                                                     
   rtc        HTMLElement                                                     
   ruby       HTMLElement                                                     
   s          HTMLElement                                                     
   samp       HTMLElement                                                     
   script     HTMLScriptElement : HTMLElement                                 
   section    HTMLElement                                                     
   select     HTMLSelectElement : HTMLElement                                 
   small      HTMLElement                                                     
   source     HTMLSourceElement : HTMLElement                                 
   span       HTMLSpanElement : HTMLElement                                   
   strong     HTMLElement                                                     
   style      HTMLStyleElement : HTMLElement                                  
   sub        HTMLElement                                                     
   summary    HTMLElement                                                     
   sup        HTMLElement                                                     
   table      HTMLTableElement : HTMLElement                                  
   tbody      HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement                           
   td         HTMLTableDataCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement   
   template   HTMLTemplateElement : HTMLElement                               
   textarea   HTMLTextAreaElement : HTMLElement                               
   tfoot      HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement                           
   th         HTMLTableHeaderCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement 
   thead      HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement                           
   time       HTMLTimeElement : HTMLElement                                   
   title      HTMLTitleElement : HTMLElement                                  
   tr         HTMLTableRowElement : HTMLElement                               
   track      HTMLTrackElement : HTMLElement                                  
   u          HTMLElement                                                     
   ul         HTMLUListElement : HTMLElement                                  
   var        HTMLElement                                                     
   video      HTMLVideoElement : HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement               
   wbr        HTMLElement                                                     
  Events
   This section is non-normative.
                                 List of events
Event               Interface           Interesting targets         Description        
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    Window when the    
abort               Event               Window                      download was       
                                                                    aborted by the     
                                                                    user               
                                                                    Fired at the       
DOMContentLoaded    Event               Document                    Document once the  
                                                                    parser has         
                                                                    finished           
                                                                    Fired at the       
afterprint          Event               Window                      Window after       
                                                                    printing           
                                                                    Fired at script    
                                                                    elements after the 
afterscriptexecute  Event               script elements             script runs (just  
                                                                    before the         
                                                                    corresponding load 
                                                                    event)             
                                                                    Fired at the       
beforeprint         Event               Window                      Window before      
                                                                    printing           
                                                                    Fired at script    
                                                                    elements just      
                                                                    before the script  
beforescriptexecute Event               script elements             runs; canceling    
                                                                    the event cancels  
                                                                    the running of the 
                                                                    script             
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    Window when the    
                                                                    page is about to   
beforeunload        BeforeUnloadEvent   Window                      be unloaded, in    
                                                                    case the page      
                                                                    would like to show 
                                                                    a warning prompt   
blur                Event               Window, elements            Fired at nodes     
                                                                    losing focus       
                                                                    Fired at dialog    
                                                                    elements when they 
cancel              Event               dialog elements             are canceled by    
                                                                    the user (e.g., by 
                                                                    pressing the       
                                                                    Escape key)        
                                                                    Fired at controls  
                                                                    when the user      
change              Event               Form controls               commits a value    
                                                                    change (see also   
                                                                    the input event)   
                                                                    Normally a mouse   
                                                                    event; also        
                                                                    synthetically      
                                                                    fired at an        
                                                                    element before its 
click               MouseEvent          Elements                    activation         
                                                                    behavior is run,   
                                                                    when an element is 
                                                                    activated from a   
                                                                    non-pointer input  
                                                                    device (e.g., a    
                                                                    keyboard)          
                                                                    Fired at dialog    
                                                                    elements when they 
                                                                    are closed, and at 
close               Event               dialog elements, WebSocket  WebSocket elements 
                                                                    when the           
                                                                    connection is      
                                                                    terminated         
                                                                    Fired at elements  
copy                Event               Elements                    when the user      
                                                                    copies data to the 
                                                                    clipboard          
                                                                    Fired at elements  
                                                                    when the user      
                                                                    copies the         
cut                 Event               Elements                    selected data on   
                                                                    the clipboard and  
                                                                    removes the        
                                                                    selection from the 
                                                                    document           
                                                                    Fired when         
                                        Global scope objects,       unexpected errors  
error               Event               Worker objects, elements,   occur (e.g.,       
                                        networking-related objects  networking errors, 
                                                                    script errors,     
                                                                    decoding errors)   
focus               Event               Window, elements            Fired at nodes     
                                                                    gaining focus      
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    Window when the    
hashchange          HashChangeEvent     Window                      fragment part of   
                                                                    the document’s URL 
                                                                    changes            
                                                                    Fired at controls  
                                                                    when the user      
input               Event               Form controls               changes the value  
                                                                    (see also the      
                                                                    change event)      
                                                                    Fired at controls  
                                                                    during form        
invalid             Event               Form controls               validation if they 
                                                                    do not satisfy     
                                                                    their constraints  
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    global scope       
languagechange      Event               Global scope objects        object when the    
                                                                    user’s preferred   
                                                                    languages change   
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    Window when the    
                                                                    document has       
                                                                    finished loading;  
load                Event               Window, elements            fired at an        
                                                                    element containing 
                                                                    a resource (e.g.,  
                                                                    img, embed) when   
                                                                    its resource has   
                                                                    finished loading   
                                                                    Fired at img       
                    Event or                                        elements after a   
loadend             ProgressEvent       img elements                successful load    
                                                                    (see also media    
                                                                    element events)    
                                                                    Fired at img       
                                                                    elements when a    
loadstart           ProgressEvent       img elements                load begins (see   
                                                                    also media element 
                                                                    events)            
                                        Window, EventSource,                           
                                        WebSocket, MessagePort,     Fired at an object 
message             MessageEvent        BroadcastChannel,           when it receives a 
                                        DedicatedWorkerGlobalScope, message
                                        Worker                      
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    global scope       
offline             Event               Global scope objects        object when the    
                                                                    network            
                                                                    connections fails  
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    global scope       
online              Event               Global scope objects        object when the    
                                                                    network            
                                                                    connections        
                                                                    returns            
                                                                    Fired at           
                                                                    networking-related 
open                Event               EventSource, WebSocket      objects when a     
                                                                    connection is      
                                                                    established        
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    Window when the    
                                                                    page’s entry in    
pagehide            PageTransitionEvent Window                      the session        
                                                                    history stops      
                                                                    being the current  
                                                                    entry              
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    Window when the    
pageshow            PageTransitionEvent Window                      page’s entry in    
                                                                    the session        
                                                                    history becomes    
                                                                    the current entry  
                                                                    Fired at elements  
                                                                    when the user will 
                                                                    insert the         
paste               Event               Elements                    clipboard data in  
                                                                    the most suitable  
                                                                    format (if any)    
                                                                    supported for the  
                                                                    given context      
                                                                    Fired at the       
popstate            PopStateEvent       Window                      Window when the    
                                                                    user navigates the 
                                                                    session history    
                                                                    Fired at img       
                                                                    elements during a  
progress            ProgressEvent       img elements                CORS-same-origin   
                                                                    image load (see    
                                                                    also media element 
                                                                    events)            
                                                                    Fired at the       
                                                                    Document when it   
                                                                    finishes parsing   
readystatechange    Event               Document                    and again when all 
                                                                    its subresources   
                                                                    have finished      
                                                                    loading            
                                                                    Fired at a form    
reset               Event               form elements               element when it is 
                                                                    reset              
                                                                    Fired at form      
                                                                    controls when      
                                                                    their text         
select              Event               Form controls               selection is       
                                                                    adjusted (whether  
                                                                    by an API or by    
                                                                    the user)          
                                                                    Fired at Window    
                                                                    event when the     
                                                                    corresponding      
storage             StorageEvent        Window                      localStorage or    
                                                                    sessionStorage     
                                                                    storage areas      
                                                                    change             
                                                                    Fired at a form    
submit              Event               form elements               element when it is 
                                                                    submitted          
                                                                    Fired at details   
toggle              Event               details element             elements when they 
                                                                    open or close      
                                                                    Fired at the       
unload              Event               Window                      Window object when 
                                                                    the page is going  
                                                                    away               
   See also media element events and drag-and-drop events.
Property Index
Name         Value      Initial Applies  Inh. %ages  Media  Animatable Canonical Computed      
                                to                                     order     value         
                                              refer                              The specified 
                                              to                                 value, but    
                                              width                              with any      
             [ none |           all           or                       per       lengths       
anchor-point  none    elements no   height visual no         grammar   replaced by   
             ]                                of                                 their         
                                              box;                               corresponding 
                                              see                                absolute      
                                              prose                              length        
IDL Index
 [LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties]
 interface HTMLAllCollection {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter Element? (unsigned long index);
   getter (HTMLCollection or Element)? namedItem(DOMString name);
   legacycaller (HTMLCollection or Element)? item(optional DOMString nameOrItem);
 };
 interface HTMLFormControlsCollection : HTMLCollection {
   // inherits length and item()
   getter (RadioNodeList or Element)? namedItem(DOMString name); // shadows inherited namedItem()
 };
 interface RadioNodeList : NodeList {
   attribute DOMString value;
 };
 interface HTMLOptionsCollection : HTMLCollection {
   // inherits item(), namedItem()
   attribute unsigned long length; // shadows inherited length
   setter void (unsigned long index, HTMLOptionElement? option);
   void add((HTMLOptionElement or HTMLOptGroupElement) element, optional (HTMLElement or long)? before = null);
   void remove(long index);
   attribute long selectedIndex;
 };
 interface DOMStringList {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter DOMString? item(unsigned long index);
   boolean contains(DOMString string);
 };
 enum DocumentReadyState { "loading", "interactive", "complete" };
 typedef (HTMLScriptElement or SVGScriptElement) HTMLOrSVGScriptElement;
 [OverrideBuiltins]
 partial interface Document {
   // resource metadata management
   [PutForwards=href, Unforgeable] readonly attribute Location? location;
   attribute USVString domain;
   readonly attribute USVString referrer;
   attribute USVString cookie;
   readonly attribute DOMString lastModified;
   readonly attribute DocumentReadyState readyState;
   // DOM tree accessors
   getter object (DOMString name);
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString title;
   attribute DOMString dir;
   attribute HTMLElement? body;
   readonly attribute HTMLHeadElement? head;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection images;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection embeds;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection plugins;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection links;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection forms;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection scripts;
   NodeList getElementsByName(DOMString elementName);
   readonly attribute HTMLOrSVGScriptElement? currentScript; // classic scripts in a document tree only
   // dynamic markup insertion
   Document open(optional DOMString type = "text/html", optional DOMString replace = "");
   WindowProxy open(DOMString url, DOMString name, DOMString features, optional boolean replace = false);
   [CEReactions] void close();
   [CEReactions] void write(DOMString... text);
   [CEReactions] void writeln(DOMString... text);
   // user interaction
   readonly attribute WindowProxy? defaultView;
   readonly attribute Element? activeElement;
   boolean hasFocus();
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString designMode;
   [CEReactions] boolean execCommand(DOMString commandId, optional boolean showUI = false, optional DOMString value = "");
   boolean queryCommandEnabled(DOMString commandId);
   boolean queryCommandIndeterm(DOMString commandId);
   boolean queryCommandState(DOMString commandId);
   boolean queryCommandSupported(DOMString commandId);
   DOMString queryCommandValue(DOMString commandId);
   // special event handler IDL attributes that only apply to Document objects
   [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onreadystatechange;
 };
 Document implements GlobalEventHandlers;
 Document implements DocumentAndElementEventHandlers;
 [HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLElement : Element {
   // metadata attributes
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString title;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString lang;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean translate;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString dir;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute DOMStringMap dataset;
   // user interaction
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean hidden;
   void click();
   [CEReactions] attribute long tabIndex;
   void focus();
   void blur();
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString accessKey;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean draggable;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean spellcheck;
   void forceSpellCheck();
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString innerText;
 };
 HTMLElement implements GlobalEventHandlers;
 HTMLElement implements DocumentAndElementEventHandlers;
 HTMLElement implements ElementContentEditable;
 // Note: intentionally not [HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLUnknownElement : HTMLElement { };
 [OverrideBuiltins]
 interface DOMStringMap {
   getter DOMString (DOMString name);
   [CEReactions] setter void (DOMString name, DOMString value);
   [CEReactions] deleter void (DOMString name);
 };
 interface HTMLHtmlElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLHeadElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLTitleElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString text;
 };
 interface HTMLBaseElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString href;
   attribute DOMString target;
 };
 interface HTMLLinkElement : HTMLElement {
    [CEReactions] attribute USVString href;
    [CEReactions] attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
    [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rel;
    [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rev;
    [CEReactions, SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList;
    [CEReactions] attribute DOMString media;
    [CEReactions] attribute DOMString nonce;
    [CEReactions] attribute DOMString hreflang;
    [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
    [CEReactions, SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sizes;
    [CEReactions] attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
 };
  HTMLLinkElement implements LinkStyle;
 interface HTMLMetaElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString httpEquiv;
   attribute DOMString content;
 };
 interface HTMLStyleElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString media;
   attribute DOMString nonce;
   attribute DOMString type;
 };
 HTMLStyleElement implements LinkStyle;
 interface HTMLBodyElement : HTMLElement {
 };
 HTMLBodyElement implements WindowEventHandlers;
 interface HTMLHeadingElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLParagraphElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLHRElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLPreElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLQuoteElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString cite;
 };
 interface HTMLOListElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean reversed;
   attribute long start;
   attribute DOMString type;
 };
 interface HTMLUListElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLLIElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute long value;
 };
 interface HTMLDListElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLDivElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLAnchorElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString target;
   attribute DOMString download;
   attribute DOMString rel;
   attribute DOMString rev;
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList;
   attribute DOMString hreflang;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString text;
   attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
 };
 HTMLAnchorElement implements HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils;
 interface HTMLDataElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString value;
 };
 interface HTMLTimeElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString dateTime;
 };
 interface HTMLSpanElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLBRElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLModElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString cite;
   attribute DOMString dateTime;
 };
 interface HTMLPictureElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLSourceElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString srcset;
   attribute DOMString sizes;
   attribute DOMString media;
 };
 [NamedConstructor=Image(optional unsigned long width, optional unsigned long height)]
 interface HTMLImageElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString alt;
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString srcset;
   attribute DOMString sizes;
   attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
   attribute DOMString useMap;
   attribute DOMString longDesc;
   attribute boolean isMap;
   attribute unsigned long width;
   attribute unsigned long height;
   readonly attribute unsigned long naturalWidth;
   readonly attribute unsigned long naturalHeight;
   readonly attribute boolean complete;
   readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc;
   attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
 };
 interface HTMLIFrameElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString srcdoc;
   attribute DOMString name;
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList sandbox;
   attribute boolean allowFullscreen;
   attribute boolean allowPaymentRequest;
   attribute DOMString width;
   attribute DOMString height;
   attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
   readonly attribute Document? contentDocument;
   readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow;
 };
 interface HTMLEmbedElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString width;
   attribute DOMString height;
   legacycaller any (any... arguments);
 };
 interface HTMLObjectElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString data;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute boolean typeMustMatch;
   attribute DOMString name;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString width;
   attribute DOMString height;
   readonly attribute Document? contentDocument;
   readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   legacycaller any (any... arguments);
 };
 interface HTMLParamElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString value;
 };
 interface HTMLVideoElement : HTMLMediaElement {
   attribute unsigned long width;
   attribute unsigned long height;
   readonly attribute unsigned long videoWidth;
   readonly attribute unsigned long videoHeight;
   attribute DOMString poster;
 };
 [NamedConstructor=Audio(optional DOMString src)]
 interface HTMLAudioElement : HTMLMediaElement {};
 interface HTMLTrackElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString kind;
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString srclang;
   attribute DOMString label;
   attribute boolean default;
   const unsigned short NONE = 0;
   const unsigned short LOADING = 1;
   const unsigned short LOADED = 2;
   const unsigned short ERROR = 3;
   readonly attribute unsigned short readyState;
   readonly attribute TextTrack track;
 };
 enum CanPlayTypeResult { "" /* empty string */, "maybe", "probably" };
 typedef (MediaStream or MediaSource or Blob) MediaProvider;
 interface HTMLMediaElement : HTMLElement {
   // error state
   readonly attribute MediaError? error;
   // network state
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute MediaProvider? srcObject;
   readonly attribute DOMString currentSrc;
   attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
   const unsigned short NETWORK_EMPTY = 0;
   const unsigned short NETWORK_IDLE = 1;
   const unsigned short NETWORK_LOADING = 2;
   const unsigned short NETWORK_NO_SOURCE = 3;
   readonly attribute unsigned short networkState;
   attribute DOMString preload;
   readonly attribute TimeRanges buffered;
   void load();
   CanPlayTypeResult canPlayType(DOMString type);
   // ready state
   const unsigned short HAVE_NOTHING = 0;
   const unsigned short HAVE_METADATA = 1;
   const unsigned short HAVE_CURRENT_DATA = 2;
   const unsigned short HAVE_FUTURE_DATA = 3;
   const unsigned short HAVE_ENOUGH_DATA = 4;
   readonly attribute unsigned short readyState;
   readonly attribute boolean seeking;
   // playback state
   attribute double currentTime;
   void fastSeek(double time);
   readonly attribute unrestricted double duration;
   object getStartDate();
   readonly attribute boolean paused;
   attribute double defaultPlaybackRate;
   attribute double playbackRate;
   readonly attribute TimeRanges played;
   readonly attribute TimeRanges seekable;
   readonly attribute boolean ended;
   attribute boolean autoplay;
   attribute boolean loop;
   void play();
   void pause();
   // controls
   attribute boolean controls;
   attribute double volume;
   attribute boolean muted;
   attribute boolean defaultMuted;
   // tracks
   [SameObject] readonly attribute AudioTrackList audioTracks;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute VideoTrackList videoTracks;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute TextTrackList textTracks;
   TextTrack addTextTrack(TextTrackKind kind, optional DOMString label = "", optional DOMString language = "");
 };
 interface MediaError {
   const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_ABORTED = 1;
   const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_NETWORK = 2;
   const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_DECODE = 3;
   const unsigned short MEDIA_ERR_SRC_NOT_SUPPORTED = 4;
   readonly attribute unsigned short code;
 };
 interface AudioTrackList : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter AudioTrack (unsigned long index);
   AudioTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);
   attribute EventHandler onchange;
   attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
   attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
 };
 interface AudioTrack {
   readonly attribute DOMString id;
   readonly attribute DOMString kind;
   readonly attribute DOMString label;
   readonly attribute DOMString language;
   attribute boolean enabled;
 };
 interface VideoTrackList : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter VideoTrack (unsigned long index);
   VideoTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);
   readonly attribute long selectedIndex;
   attribute EventHandler onchange;
   attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
   attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
 };
 interface VideoTrack {
   readonly attribute DOMString id;
   readonly attribute DOMString kind;
   readonly attribute DOMString label;
   readonly attribute DOMString language;
   attribute boolean selected;
 };
 interface TextTrackList : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter TextTrack (unsigned long index);
   TextTrack? getTrackById(DOMString id);
   attribute EventHandler onchange;
   attribute EventHandler onaddtrack;
   attribute EventHandler onremovetrack;
 };
 enum TextTrackMode { "disabled",  "hidden",  "showing" };
 enum TextTrackKind { "subtitles",  "captions",  "descriptions",  "chapters",  "metadata" };
 interface TextTrack : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute TextTrackKind kind;
   readonly attribute DOMString label;
   readonly attribute DOMString language;
   readonly attribute DOMString id;
   readonly attribute DOMString inBandMetadataTrackDispatchType;
   attribute TextTrackMode mode;
   readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? cues;
   readonly attribute TextTrackCueList? activeCues;
   void addCue(TextTrackCue cue);
   void removeCue(TextTrackCue cue);
   attribute EventHandler oncuechange;
 };
 interface TextTrackCueList {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter TextTrackCue (unsigned long index);
   TextTrackCue? getCueById(DOMString id);
 };
 interface TextTrackCue : EventTarget {
   readonly attribute TextTrack? track;
   attribute DOMString id;
   attribute double startTime;
   attribute double endTime;
   attribute boolean pauseOnExit;
   attribute EventHandler onenter;
   attribute EventHandler onexit;
 };
 [Constructor(double startTime, double endTime, ArrayBuffer data)]
 interface DataCue : TextTrackCue {
   attribute ArrayBuffer data;
 };
 interface TimeRanges {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   double start(unsigned long index);
   double end(unsigned long index);
 };
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional TrackEventInit eventInitDict)]
 interface TrackEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track;
 };
 dictionary TrackEventInit : EventInit {
   (VideoTrack or AudioTrack or TextTrack)? track = null;
 };
 interface HTMLMapElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString name;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection areas;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection images;
 };
 interface HTMLAreaElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString alt;
   attribute DOMString coords;
   attribute DOMString shape;
   attribute DOMString target;
   attribute DOMString download;
   attribute DOMString rel;
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList relList;
   attribute DOMString hreflang;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString referrerPolicy;
 };
 HTMLAreaElement implements HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils;
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface HTMLHyperlinkElementUtils {
   stringifier attribute USVString href;
   readonly attribute USVString origin;
   attribute USVString protocol;
   attribute USVString username;
   attribute USVString password;
   attribute USVString host;
   attribute USVString hostname;
   attribute USVString port;
   attribute USVString pathname;
   attribute USVString search;
   attribute USVString hash;
 };
 interface HTMLTableElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute HTMLTableCaptionElement? caption;
   HTMLTableCaptionElement createCaption();
   void deleteCaption();
   attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tHead;
   HTMLTableSectionElement createTHead();
   void deleteTHead();
   attribute HTMLTableSectionElement? tFoot;
   HTMLTableSectionElement createTFoot();
   void deleteTFoot();
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection tBodies;
   HTMLTableSectionElement createTBody();
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows;
   HTMLTableRowElement insertRow(optional long index = -1);
   void deleteRow(long index);
 };
 interface HTMLTableCaptionElement : HTMLElement {};
 interface HTMLTableColElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute unsigned long span;
 };
 interface HTMLTableSectionElement : HTMLElement {
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection rows;
   HTMLElement insertRow(optional long index = -1);
   void deleteRow(long index);
 };
 interface HTMLTableRowElement : HTMLElement {
   readonly attribute long rowIndex;
   readonly attribute long sectionRowIndex;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection cells;
   HTMLElement insertCell(optional long index = -1);
   void deleteCell(long index);
 };
 interface HTMLTableDataCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement {};
 interface HTMLTableHeaderCellElement : HTMLTableCellElement {
   attribute DOMString scope;
   attribute DOMString abbr;
 };
 interface HTMLTableCellElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute unsigned long colSpan;
   attribute unsigned long rowSpan;
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList headers;
   readonly attribute long cellIndex;
 };
 [OverrideBuiltins]
 interface HTMLFormElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString acceptCharset;
   attribute DOMString action;
   attribute DOMString autocomplete;
   attribute DOMString enctype;
   attribute DOMString encoding;
   attribute DOMString method;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute boolean noValidate;
   attribute DOMString target;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLFormControlsCollection elements;
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter Element (unsigned long index);
   getter (RadioNodeList or Element) (DOMString name);
   void submit();
   void reset();
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
 };
 interface HTMLLabelElement : HTMLElement {
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString htmlFor;
   readonly attribute HTMLElement? control;
 };
 interface HTMLInputElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString accept;
   attribute DOMString alt;
   attribute DOMString autocomplete;
   attribute boolean autofocus;
   attribute boolean defaultChecked;
   attribute boolean checked;
   attribute DOMString dirName;
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   readonly attribute FileList? files;
   attribute DOMString formAction;
   attribute DOMString formEnctype;
   attribute DOMString formMethod;
   attribute boolean formNoValidate;
   attribute DOMString formTarget;
   attribute unsigned long height;
   attribute boolean indeterminate;
   readonly attribute HTMLElement? list;
   attribute DOMString max;
   attribute long maxLength;
   attribute DOMString min;
   attribute long minLength;
   attribute boolean multiple;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString pattern;
   attribute DOMString placeholder;
   attribute boolean readOnly;
   attribute boolean _required;
   attribute unsigned long size;
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString step;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString defaultValue;
   [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString value;
   attribute object? valueAsDate;
   attribute unrestricted double valueAsNumber;
   attribute unsigned long width;
   void stepUp(optional long n = 1);
   void stepDown(optional long n = 1);
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
   void select();
   attribute unsigned long? selectionStart;
   attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd;
   attribute DOMString? selectionDirection;
   void setRangeText(DOMString replacement);
   void setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve");
   void setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction);
 };
 interface HTMLButtonElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean autofocus;
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString formAction;
   attribute DOMString formEnctype;
   attribute DOMString formMethod;
   attribute boolean formNoValidate;
   attribute DOMString formTarget;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString value;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
 interface HTMLSelectElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString autocomplete;
   attribute boolean autofocus;
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute boolean multiple;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute boolean _required;
   attribute unsigned long size;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLOptionsCollection options;
   attribute unsigned long length;
   getter Element? item(unsigned long index);
   HTMLOptionElement? namedItem(DOMString name);
   void add((HTMLOptionElement or HTMLOptGroupElement) element, optional (HTMLElement or long)? before = null);
   void remove(); // ChildNode overload
   void remove(long index);
   setter void (unsigned long index, HTMLOptionElement? option);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection selectedOptions;
   attribute long selectedIndex;
   attribute DOMString value;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
 interface HTMLDataListElement : HTMLElement {
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection options;
 };
 interface HTMLOptGroupElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean disabled;
   attribute DOMString label;
 };
 [NamedConstructor=Option(optional DOMString text = "", optional DOMString value, optional boolean defaultSelected = false, optional boolean selected = false)]
 interface HTMLOptionElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString label;
   attribute boolean defaultSelected;
   attribute boolean selected;
   attribute DOMString value;
   attribute DOMString text;
   readonly attribute long index;
 };
 interface HTMLTextAreaElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString autocomplete;
   attribute boolean autofocus;
   attribute unsigned long cols;
   attribute DOMString dirName;
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute long maxLength;
   attribute long minLength;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute DOMString placeholder;
   attribute boolean readOnly;
   attribute boolean _required;
   attribute unsigned long rows;
   attribute DOMString wrap;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString defaultValue;
   [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString value;
   readonly attribute unsigned long textLength;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
   void select();
   attribute unsigned long? selectionStart;
   attribute unsigned long? selectionEnd;
   attribute DOMString? selectionDirection;
   void setRangeText(DOMString replacement);
   void setRangeText(DOMString replacement, unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional SelectionMode selectionMode = "preserve");
   void setSelectionRange(unsigned long start, unsigned long end, optional DOMString direction);
 };
 interface HTMLOutputElement : HTMLElement {
   [SameObject, PutForwards=value] readonly attribute DOMTokenList htmlFor;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString name;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString defaultValue;
   attribute DOMString value;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
 interface HTMLProgressElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute double value;
   attribute double max;
   readonly attribute double position;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
 interface HTMLMeterElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute double value;
   attribute double min;
   attribute double max;
   attribute double low;
   attribute double high;
   attribute double optimum;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute NodeList labels;
 };
 interface HTMLFieldSetElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean disabled;
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
   attribute DOMString name;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection elements;
   readonly attribute boolean willValidate;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute ValidityState validity;
   readonly attribute DOMString validationMessage;
   boolean checkValidity();
   boolean reportValidity();
   void setCustomValidity(DOMString error);
 };
 interface HTMLLegendElement : HTMLElement {
   readonly attribute HTMLFormElement? form;
 };
 enum SelectionMode {
   "select",
   "start",
   "end",
   "preserve" // default
 };
 interface ValidityState {
   readonly attribute boolean valueMissing;
   readonly attribute boolean typeMismatch;
   readonly attribute boolean patternMismatch;
   readonly attribute boolean tooLong;
   readonly attribute boolean tooShort;
   readonly attribute boolean rangeUnderflow;
   readonly attribute boolean rangeOverflow;
   readonly attribute boolean stepMismatch;
   readonly attribute boolean badInput;
   readonly attribute boolean customError;
   readonly attribute boolean valid;
 };
 interface HTMLDetailsElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean open;
 };
 interface HTMLDialogElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute boolean open;
   attribute DOMString returnValue;
   void show(optional (MouseEvent or Element) anchor);
   void showModal(optional (MouseEvent or Element) anchor);
   void close(optional DOMString returnValue);
 };
 interface HTMLScriptElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString src;
   attribute DOMString type;
   attribute DOMString charset;
   attribute boolean async;
   attribute boolean defer;
   attribute DOMString? crossOrigin;
   attribute DOMString text;
   attribute DOMString nonce;
 };
 [Exposed=Window,
  HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLTemplateElement : HTMLElement {
   readonly attribute DocumentFragment content;
 };
 typedef (CanvasRenderingContext2D or WebGLRenderingContext) RenderingContext;
 interface HTMLCanvasElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute unsigned long width;
   attribute unsigned long height;
   RenderingContext? getContext(DOMString contextId, any... arguments);
   boolean probablySupportsContext(DOMString contextId, any... arguments);
   DOMString toDataURL(optional DOMString type, any... arguments);
   void toBlob(BlobCallback _callback, optional DOMString type, any... arguments);
 };
 callback BlobCallback = void (Blob? blob);
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface ElementContentEditable {
   attribute DOMString contentEditable;
   readonly attribute boolean isContentEditable;
 };
 interface DataTransfer {
   attribute DOMString dropEffect;
   attribute DOMString effectAllowed;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute DataTransferItemList items;
   void setDragImage(Element image, long x, long y);
   /* old interface */
   [SameObject] readonly attribute DOMString[] types;
   DOMString getData(DOMString format);
   void setData(DOMString format, DOMString data);
   void clearData(optional DOMString format);
   [SameObject] readonly attribute FileList files;
 };
 interface DataTransferItemList {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter DataTransferItem (unsigned long index);
   DataTransferItem? add(DOMString data, DOMString type);
   DataTransferItem? add(File data);
   void remove(unsigned long index);
   void clear();
 };
 interface DataTransferItem {
   readonly attribute DOMString kind;
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   void getAsString(FunctionStringCallback? _callback);
   File? getAsFile();
 };
 callback FunctionStringCallback = void (DOMString data);
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional DragEventInit eventInitDict)]
 interface DragEvent : MouseEvent {
   readonly attribute DataTransfer? dataTransfer;
 };
 dictionary DragEventInit : MouseEventInit {
   DataTransfer? dataTransfer = null;
 };
 [PrimaryGlobal, LegacyUnenumerableNamedProperties]
 /*sealed*/ interface Window : EventTarget {
 // the current browsing context
 [Unforgeable] readonly attribute WindowProxy window;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy self;
 [Unforgeable] readonly attribute Document document;
 attribute DOMString name;
 [PutForwards=href, Unforgeable] readonly attribute Location location;
 readonly attribute History history;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp locationbar;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp menubar;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp personalbar;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp scrollbars;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp statusbar;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute BarProp toolbar;
 attribute DOMString status;
 void close();
 readonly attribute boolean closed;
 void stop();
 void focus();
 void blur();
 // other browsing contexts
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy frames;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute unsigned long length;
 [Unforgeable] readonly attribute WindowProxy top;
 attribute any opener;
 [Replaceable] readonly attribute WindowProxy parent;
 readonly attribute Element? frameElement;
 WindowProxy open(optional DOMString url = "about:blank", optional DOMString target = "_blank", [TreatNullAs=EmptyString] optional DOMString features = "", optional boolean replace = false);
 getter WindowProxy (unsigned long index);
 getter object (DOMString name);
 // Since this is the global object, the IDL named getter adds a NamedPropertiesObject exotic
 // object on the prototype chain. Indeed, this does not make the global object an exotic object.
 // Indexed access is taken care of by the WindowProxy exotic object.
 // the user agent
 readonly attribute Navigator navigator;
 // user prompts
 void alert();
 void alert(DOMString message);
 boolean confirm(optional DOMString message = "");
 DOMString? prompt(optional DOMString message = "", optional DOMString default = "");
 void print();
 unsigned long requestAnimationFrame(FrameRequestCallback callback);
 void cancelAnimationFrame(unsigned long handle);
 };
 Window implements GlobalEventHandlers;
 Window implements WindowEventHandlers;
 callback FrameRequestCallback = void (DOMHighResTimeStamp time);
 interface BarProp {
   readonly attribute boolean visible;
 };
 enum ScrollRestoration { "auto", "manual" };
 interface History {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   attribute ScrollRestoration scrollRestoration;
   readonly attribute any state;
   void go(optional long delta = 0);
   void back();
   void forward();
   void pushState(any data, DOMString title, optional DOMString? url = null);
   void replaceState(any data, DOMString title, optional DOMString? url = null);
 };
 interface Location {
   [Unforgeable] stringifier attribute USVString href;
   [Unforgeable] readonly attribute USVString origin;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString protocol;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString host;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString hostname;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString port;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString pathname;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString search;
   [Unforgeable] attribute USVString hash;
   [Unforgeable] void assign(USVString url);
   [Unforgeable] void replace(USVString url);
   [Unforgeable] void reload();
   [Unforgeable, SameObject] readonly attribute USVString[] ancestorOrigins;
 };
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional PopStateEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
 interface PopStateEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute any state;
 };
 dictionary PopStateEventInit : EventInit {
   any state = null;
 };
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional HashChangeEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
 interface HashChangeEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute USVString oldURL;
   readonly attribute USVString newURL;
 };
 dictionary HashChangeEventInit : EventInit {
   USVString oldURL = "";
   USVString newURL = "";
 };
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional PageTransitionEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
 interface PageTransitionEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute boolean persisted;
 };
 dictionary PageTransitionEventInit : EventInit {
   boolean persisted = false;
 };
 interface BeforeUnloadEvent : Event {
   attribute DOMString returnValue;
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)]
 interface NavigatorOnLine {
   readonly attribute boolean onLine;
 };
 [Constructor(DOMString type, optional ErrorEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window, Worker)]
 interface ErrorEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute DOMString message;
   readonly attribute DOMString filename;
   readonly attribute unsigned long lineno;
   readonly attribute unsigned long colno;
   readonly attribute any error;
 };
 dictionary ErrorEventInit : EventInit {
   DOMString message = "";
   DOMString filename = "";
   unsigned long lineno = 0;
   unsigned long colno = 0;
   any error = null;
 };
 [Constructor(DOMString type, PromiseRejectionEventInit eventInitDict), Exposed=(Window,Worker)]
 interface PromiseRejectionEvent : Event {
   readonly attribute Promise promise;
   readonly attribute any reason;
 };
 dictionary PromiseRejectionEventInit : EventInit {
   required Promise promise;
   any reason;
 };
 [TreatNonObjectAsNull]
 callback EventHandlerNonNull = any (Event event);
 typedef EventHandlerNonNull? EventHandler;
 [TreatNonObjectAsNull]
 callback OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull = any ((Event or DOMString) event, optional DOMString source, optional unsigned long lineno, optional unsigned long column, optional any error);
 typedef OnErrorEventHandlerNonNull? OnErrorEventHandler;
 [TreatNonObjectAsNull]
 callback OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull = DOMString? (Event event);
 typedef OnBeforeUnloadEventHandlerNonNull? OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler;
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface GlobalEventHandlers {
   attribute EventHandler onabort;
   attribute EventHandler onblur;
   attribute EventHandler oncancel;
   attribute EventHandler oncanplay;
   attribute EventHandler oncanplaythrough;
   attribute EventHandler onchange;
   attribute EventHandler onclick;
   attribute EventHandler onclose;
   attribute EventHandler oncuechange;
   attribute EventHandler ondblclick;
   attribute EventHandler ondrag;
   attribute EventHandler ondragend;
   attribute EventHandler ondragenter;
   attribute EventHandler ondragexit;
   attribute EventHandler ondragleave;
   attribute EventHandler ondragover;
   attribute EventHandler ondragstart;
   attribute EventHandler ondrop;
   attribute EventHandler ondurationchange;
   attribute EventHandler onemptied;
   attribute EventHandler onended;
   attribute OnErrorEventHandler onerror;
   attribute EventHandler onfocus;
   attribute EventHandler oninput;
   attribute EventHandler oninvalid;
   attribute EventHandler onkeydown;
   attribute EventHandler onkeypress;
   attribute EventHandler onkeyup;
   attribute EventHandler onload;
   attribute EventHandler onloadeddata;
   attribute EventHandler onloadedmetadata;
   attribute EventHandler onloadstart;
   attribute EventHandler onmousedown;
   [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onmouseenter;
   [LenientThis] attribute EventHandler onmouseleave;
   attribute EventHandler onmousemove;
   attribute EventHandler onmouseout;
   attribute EventHandler onmouseover;
   attribute EventHandler onmouseup;
   attribute EventHandler onwheel;
   attribute EventHandler onpause;
   attribute EventHandler onplay;
   attribute EventHandler onplaying;
   attribute EventHandler onprogress;
   attribute EventHandler onratechange;
   attribute EventHandler onreset;
   attribute EventHandler onresize;
   attribute EventHandler onscroll;
   attribute EventHandler onseeked;
   attribute EventHandler onseeking;
   attribute EventHandler onselect;
   attribute EventHandler onshow;
   attribute EventHandler onstalled;
   attribute EventHandler onsubmit;
   attribute EventHandler onsuspend;
   attribute EventHandler ontimeupdate;
   attribute EventHandler ontoggle;
   attribute EventHandler onvolumechange;
   attribute EventHandler onwaiting;
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface WindowEventHandlers {
   attribute EventHandler onafterprint;
   attribute EventHandler onbeforeprint;
   attribute OnBeforeUnloadEventHandler onbeforeunload;
   attribute EventHandler onhashchange;
   attribute EventHandler onlanguagechange;
   attribute EventHandler onmessage;
   attribute EventHandler onoffline;
   attribute EventHandler ononline;
   attribute EventHandler onpagehide;
   attribute EventHandler onpageshow;
   attribute EventHandler onrejectionhandled;
   attribute EventHandler onpopstate;
   attribute EventHandler onstorage;
   attribute EventHandler onunhandledrejection;
   attribute EventHandler onunload;
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface DocumentAndElementEventHandlers {
   attribute EventHandler oncopy;
   attribute EventHandler oncut;
   attribute EventHandler onpaste;
 };
 typedef (DOMString or Function) TimerHandler;
 [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)]
 interface WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope {
   [Replaceable] readonly attribute USVString origin;
   // Base64 utility methods (WindowBase64)
   DOMString btoa(DOMString btoa);
   DOMString atob(DOMString atob);
   // Timers (WindowTimers)
   long setTimeout((Function or DOMString) handler, optional long timeout = 0, any... arguments);
   void clearTimeout(optional long handle = 0);
   long setInterval((Function or DOMString) handler, optional long timeout = 0, any... arguments);
   void clearInterval(optional long handle = 0);
   // ImageBitmap, Images (ImageBitmapFactories)
   Promise createImageBitmap(ImageBitmapSource image);
   Promise createImageBitmap(ImageBitmapSource image, long sx, long sy, long sw, long sh);
 };
 Window implements WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope;
 WorkerGlobalScope implements WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope;
 interface Navigator {
   // objects implementing this interface also implement the interfaces given below
 };
 Navigator implements NavigatorID;
 Navigator implements NavigatorLanguage;
 Navigator implements NavigatorOnLine;
 Navigator implements NavigatorContentUtils;
 Navigator implements NavigatorCookies;
 [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)]
 interface NavigatorID {
   [Exposed=Window] readonly attribute DOMString appCodeName; // constant "Mozilla"
   readonly attribute DOMString appName; // constant "Netscape"
   readonly attribute DOMString appVersion;
   readonly attribute DOMString platform;
   [Exposed=Window]readonly attribute DOMString product; // constant "Gecko"
   readonly attribute DOMString userAgent;
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject, Exposed=(Window, Worker)]
 interface NavigatorLanguage {
   readonly attribute DOMString? language;
   readonly attribute DOMString[] languages;
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface NavigatorContentUtils {
   // content handler registration
   void registerProtocolHandler(DOMString scheme, DOMString url, DOMString title);
   void registerContentHandler(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url, DOMString title);
   DOMString isProtocolHandlerRegistered(DOMString scheme, DOMString url);
   DOMString isContentHandlerRegistered(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url);
   void unregisterProtocolHandler(DOMString scheme, DOMString url);
   void unregisterContentHandler(DOMString mimeType, DOMString url);
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface NavigatorCookies {
   readonly attribute boolean cookieEnabled;
 };
 [Exposed=(Window, Worker), Serializable, Transferable]
 interface ImageBitmap {
   readonly attribute unsigned long width;
   readonly attribute unsigned long height;
 };
 typedef (HTMLImageElement or
         HTMLVideoElement or
         HTMLCanvasElement or
         Blob or
         ImageData or
         CanvasRenderingContext2D or
         ImageBitmap) ImageBitmapSource;
 // Note: intentionally not [HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLAppletElement : HTMLElement {
   attribute DOMString align;
   attribute DOMString alt;
   attribute DOMString archive;
   attribute DOMString code;
   attribute USVString codeBase;
   attribute DOMString height;
   attribute unsigned long hspace;
   attribute DOMString name;
   attribute USVString _object; // the underscore is not part of the identifier
   attribute unsigned long vspace;
   attribute DOMString width;
 };
 [HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLMarqueeElement : HTMLElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString behavior;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString bgColor;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString direction;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace;
   [CEReactions] attribute long loop;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long scrollAmount;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long scrollDelay;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean trueSpeed;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
   attribute EventHandler onbounce;
   attribute EventHandler onfinish;
   attribute EventHandler onstart;
   void start();
   void stop();
 };
 [HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLFrameSetElement : HTMLElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString cols;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rows;
 };
 HTMLFrameSetElement implements WindowEventHandlers;
 [HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLFrameElement : HTMLElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scrolling;
   [CEReactions] attribute USVString src;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frameBorder;
   [CEReactions] attribute USVString longDesc;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean noResize;
   readonly attribute Document? contentDocument;
   readonly attribute WindowProxy? contentWindow;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginHeight;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginWidth;
 };
 partial interface HTMLAnchorElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString coords;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString charset;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString shape;
 };
 partial interface HTMLAreaElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean noHref;
 };
 partial interface HTMLBodyElement {
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString text;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString link;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString vLink;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString aLink;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
   attribute DOMString background;
 };
 partial interface HTMLBRElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString clear;
 };
 partial interface HTMLTableCaptionElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
 };
 partial interface HTMLTableColElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
 };
 [HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLDirectoryElement : HTMLElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact;
 };
 partial interface HTMLDivElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
 };
 partial interface HTMLDListElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact;
 };
 partial interface HTMLEmbedElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
 };
 [HTMLConstructor]
 interface HTMLFontElement : HTMLElement {
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString color;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString face;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString size;
 };
 partial interface HTMLHeadingElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
 };
 partial interface HTMLHRElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString color;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean noShade;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString size;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
 };
 partial interface HTMLHtmlElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString version;
 };
 partial interface HTMLIFrameElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scrolling;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frameBorder;
   [CEReactions] attribute USVString longDesc;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginHeight;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString marginWidth;
 };
 partial interface HTMLImageElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString name;
   [CEReactions] attribute USVString lowsrc;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString border;
 };
 partial interface HTMLInputElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString useMap;
 };
 partial interface HTMLLegendElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
 };
 partial interface HTMLLIElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
 };
 partial interface HTMLLinkElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString charset;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString target;
 };
 partial interface HTMLMenuElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact;
 };
 partial interface HTMLMetaElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString scheme;
 };
 partial interface HTMLObjectElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString archive;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString code;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean declare;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long hspace;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString standby;
   [CEReactions] attribute unsigned long vspace;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString codeBase;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString codeType;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString border;
 };
 partial interface HTMLOListElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact;
 };
 partial interface HTMLParagraphElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
 };
 partial interface HTMLParamElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString valueType;
 };
 partial interface HTMLPreElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute long width;
 };
 partial interface HTMLScriptElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString event;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString htmlFor;
 };
 partial interface HTMLTableElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString border;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString frame;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString rules;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString summary;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString cellPadding;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString cellSpacing;
 };
 partial interface HTMLTableSectionElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign;
 };
 partial interface HTMLTableCellElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString axis;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString height;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString width;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff;
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean noWrap;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
 };
 partial interface HTMLTableRowElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString align;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString ch;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString chOff;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString vAlign;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
 };
 partial interface HTMLUListElement {
   [CEReactions] attribute boolean compact;
   [CEReactions] attribute DOMString type;
 };
 partial interface Document {
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString fgColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString linkColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString vlinkColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString alinkColor;
   [CEReactions, TreatNullAs=EmptyString] attribute DOMString bgColor;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection anchors;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLCollection applets;
   void clear();
   void captureEvents();
   void releaseEvents();
   [SameObject] readonly attribute HTMLAllCollection all;
 };
 partial interface Window {
   void captureEvents();
   void releaseEvents();
   [Replaceable, SameObject] readonly attribute External external;
 };
 [NoInterfaceObject]
 interface External {
   void AddSearchProvider();
   void IsSearchProviderInstalled();
 };
 Navigator implements NavigatorPlugins;
 [NoInterfaceObject]
   interface NavigatorPlugins {
   [SameObject] readonly attribute PluginArray plugins;
   [SameObject] readonly attribute MimeTypeArray mimeTypes;
   boolean javaEnabled();
 };
 interface PluginArray {
   void refresh(optional boolean reload = false);
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter Plugin? item(unsigned long index);
   getter Plugin? namedItem(DOMString name);
 };
 interface MimeTypeArray {
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter MimeType? item(unsigned long index);
   getter MimeType? namedItem(DOMString name);
 };
 interface Plugin {
   readonly attribute DOMString name;
   readonly attribute DOMString description;
   readonly attribute DOMString filename;
   readonly attribute unsigned long length;
   getter MimeType? item(unsigned long index);
   getter MimeType? namedItem(DOMString name);
 };
 interface MimeType {
   readonly attribute DOMString type;
   readonly attribute DOMString description;
   readonly attribute DOMString suffixes; // comma-separated
   readonly attribute Plugin enabledPlugin;
 };
References
  Normative References
   [ABNF]
           D. Crocker, Ed.; P. Overell. Augmented BNF for Syntax
           Specifications: ABNF. January 2008. Internet Standard. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5234
   [BCP47]
           A. Phillips; M. Davis. Tags for Identifying Languages. September
           2009. IETF Best Current Practice. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47
   [BIDI]
           Mark Davis; Aharon Lanin; Andrew Glass. Unicode Bidirectional
           Algorithm. 14 May 2017. Unicode Standard Annex #9. URL:
           https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr9/tr9-37.html
   [CANVAS-2D]
           Rik Cabanier; et al. HTML Canvas 2D Context. 19 November 2015.
           REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/2dcontext/
   [CLDR]
           Unicode Common Locale Data Repository. URL:
           http://cldr.unicode.org/
   [COOKIES]
           A. Barth. HTTP State Management Mechanism. April 2011. Proposed
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6265
   [CORE-AAM-1.1]
           Joanmarie Diggs; et al. Core Accessibility API Mappings 1.1. 21
           September 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/core-aam-1.1/
   [CSP3]
           Mike West. Content Security Policy Level 3. 13 September 2016. WD.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP3/
   [CSS-2015]
           Tab Atkins Jr.; Elika Etemad; Florian Rivoal. CSS Snapshot 2015.
           13 October 2015. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-2015/
   [CSS-CASCADE-4]
           Elika Etemad; Tab Atkins Jr.. CSS Cascading and Inheritance Level
           4. 14 January 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-cascade-4/
   [CSS-COLOR-4]
           Tab Atkins Jr.; Chris Lilley. CSS Color Module Level 4. 5 July
           2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-color-4/
   [CSS-DISPLAY-3]
           Elika Etemad. CSS Display Module Level 3. 20 July 2017. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css-display-3/
   [CSS-FONT-LOADING-3]
           Tab Atkins Jr.. CSS Font Loading Module Level 3. 22 May 2014.
           LCWD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-font-loading-3/
   [CSS-FONTS-3]
           John Daggett. CSS Fonts Module Level 3. 3 October 2013. CR. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css-fonts-3/
   [CSS-INLINE-3]
           Dave Cramer; Elika Etemad; Steve Zilles. CSS Inline Layout Module
           Level 3. 24 May 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-inline-3/
   [CSS-LOGICAL-1]
           Rossen Atanassov; Elika Etemad. CSS Logical Properties and Values
           Level 1. 18 May 2017. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css-logical-1/
   [CSS-POSITION-3]
           Rossen Atanassov; Arron Eicholz. CSS Positioned Layout Module
           Level 3. 17 May 2016. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css-position-3/
   [CSS-SIZING-3]
           Elika Etemad. CSS Intrinsic & Extrinsic Sizing Module Level 3. 7
           February 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-sizing-3/
   [CSS-STYLE-ATTR]
           Tantek Çelik; Elika Etemad. CSS Style Attributes. 7 November 2013.
           REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-style-attr
   [CSS-SYNTAX-3]
           Tab Atkins Jr.; Simon Sapin. CSS Syntax Module Level 3. 20
           February 2014. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-syntax-3/
   [CSS-TEXT-3]
           Elika Etemad; Koji Ishii. CSS Text Module Level 3. 22 August 2017.
           WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-text-3/
   [CSS-UI-3]
           Tantek Çelik; Florian Rivoal. CSS Basic User Interface Module
           Level 3 (CSS3 UI). 2 March 2017. CR. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css-ui-3/
   [CSS-UI-4]
           Florian Rivoal. CSS Basic User Interface Module Level 4. 22
           September 2015. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-ui-4/
   [CSS-VALUES]
           Tab Atkins Jr.; Elika Etemad. CSS Values and Units Module Level 3.
           29 September 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-values-3/
   [CSS-WRITING-MODES-3]
           Elika Etemad; Koji Ishii. CSS Writing Modes Level 3. 15 December
           2015. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-writing-modes-3/
   [CSS2]
           Bert Bos; et al. Cascading Style Sheets Level 2 Revision 1 (CSS
           2.1) Specification. 7 June 2011. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS2
   [CSS22]
           Bert Bos. Cascading Style Sheets Level 2 Revision 2 (CSS 2.2)
           Specification. 12 April 2016. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS22/
   [CSS3-BACKGROUND]
           Bert Bos; Elika Etemad; Brad Kemper. CSS Backgrounds and Borders
           Module Level 3. 9 September 2014. CR. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-background/
   [CSS3-CONTENT]
           Elika Etemad; Dave Cramer. CSS Generated Content Module Level 3. 2
           June 2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-content-3/
   [CSS3-IMAGES]
           Elika Etemad; Tab Atkins Jr.. CSS Image Values and Replaced
           Content Module Level 3. 17 April 2012. CR. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-images/
   [CSS3-RUBY]
           Elika Etemad; Koji Ishii. CSS Ruby Layout Module Level 1. 5 August
           2014. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-ruby-1/
   [CSS3-TRANSITIONS]
           Dean Jackson; et al. CSS Transitions. 19 November 2013. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-transitions/
   [CSS3COLOR]
           Tantek Çelik; Chris Lilley; David Baron. CSS Color Module Level 3.
           7 June 2011. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-color
   [CSSOM]
           Simon Pieters; Glenn Adams. CSS Object Model (CSSOM). 17 March
           2016. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/cssom-1/
   [CSSOM-VIEW]
           Simon Pieters. CSSOM View Module. 17 March 2016. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/cssom-view-1/
   [CUSTOM-ELEMENTS]
           Domenic Denicola. Custom Elements. 13 October 2016. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/custom-elements/
   [DOM41]
           Yongsheng Zhu. DOM 4.1. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/dom41/
   [DOM-PARSING]
           Travis Leithead. DOM Parsing and Serialization. 17 May 2016. WD.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/DOM-Parsing/
   [ECMA-262]
           ECMAScript Language Specification. URL:
           https://tc39.github.io/ecma262/
   [ENCODING]
           Anne van Kesteren, Joshua Bell, Addison Phillips. Encoding. CR.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/encoding/
   [EVENTSOURCE]
           Ian Hickson. Server-Sent Events. 3 February 2015. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/eventsource/
   [FETCH]
           Anne van Kesteren. Fetch Standard. Living Standard. URL:
           https://fetch.spec.whatwg.org/
   [FILEAPI]
           Arun Ranganathan; Jonas Sicking. File API. 21 April 2015. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/FileAPI/
   [FULLSCREEN]
           Anne van Kesteren. Fullscreen API Standard. Living Standard. URL:
           https://fullscreen.spec.whatwg.org/
   [GEOMETRY-1]
           Simon Pieters; Dirk Schulze; Rik Cabanier. Geometry Interfaces
           Module Level 1. 25 November 2014. CR. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/geometry-1/
   [GIF]
           Graphics Interchange Format. 31 July 1990. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/Graphics/GIF/spec-gif89a.txt
   [HR-TIME-2]
           Ilya Grigorik; James Simonsen; Jatinder Mann. High Resolution Time
           Level 2. 3 August 2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/hr-time-2/
   [HTML-AAM-1.0]
           Steve Faulkner; et al. HTML Accessibility API Mappings 1.0. 10
           October 2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/html-aam-1.0/
   [HTML-ARIA]
           Steve Faulkner. ARIA in HTML. 13 October 2017. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/html-aria/
   [HTML-LONGDESC]
           Charles McCathieNevile; Mark Sadecki. HTML5 Image Description
           Extension (longdesc). 26 February 2015. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/html-longdesc/
   [HTTP]
           HTTP is the union of a set of RFCs:
              * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Message Syntax and
                Routing (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230), R.
                Fielding, J. Reschke. IETF.
              * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Semantics and Content
                (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7231), R. Fielding, J.
                Reschke. IETF.
              * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Conditional Requests
                (URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232), R. Fielding, J.
                Reschke. IETF.
              * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Range Requests (URL:
                https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7233), R. Fielding, Y. Lafon,
                J. Reschke. IETF.
              * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Caching (URL:
                https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7234), R. Fielding, M.
                Nottingham, J. Reschke. IETF.
              * Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Authentication (URL:
                https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7235), R. Fielding, J.
                Reschke. IETF.
   [IANAPERMHEADERS]
           Permanent Message Header Field Names. IANA.
   [INDEXEDDB]
           Nikunj Mehta; et al. Indexed Database API. 8 January 2015. REC.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/IndexedDB/
   [INFRA]
           Anne van Kesteren; Domenic Denicola. Infra Standard. Living
           Standard. URL: https://infra.spec.whatwg.org/
   [ISO3166]
           ISO 3166: Codes for the representation of names of countries and
           their subdivisions.. 2013. ISO 3166-1:2013. URL:
           http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=63545
   [ISO4217]
           Currency codes - ISO 4217. 2015. International Standard. URL:
           http://www.iso.org/iso/home/standards/currency_codes.htm
   [JPEG]
           Eric Hamilton. JPEG File Interchange Format. September 1992. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/Graphics/JPEG/jfif3.pdf
   [MATHML]
           Patrick D F Ion; Robert R Miner. Mathematical Markup Language
           (MathML) 1.01 Specification. 7 July 1999. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/MathML/
   [MEDIA-FRAGS]
           Raphaël Troncy; et al. Media Fragments URI 1.0 (basic). 25
           September 2012. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/media-frags/
   [MEDIA-SOURCE]
           Matthew Wolenetz; et al. Media Source Extensions™. 17 November
           2016. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/media-source/
   [MEDIACAPTURE-STREAMS]
           Daniel Burnett; et al. Media Capture and Streams. 3 October 2017.
           CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/mediacapture-streams/
   [MEDIAQ]
           Florian Rivoal; et al. Media Queries. 19 June 2012. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-mediaqueries/
   [MEDIAQUERIES-4]
           Florian Rivoal; Tab Atkins Jr.. Media Queries Level 4. 5 September
           2017. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/mediaqueries-4/
   [MFREL]
           Microformats Wiki: existing rel values. Microformats.
   [MIMESNIFF]
           As of today the Web community lacks a sufficiently complete,
           reliable, interoperable, and tested specification for the manner
           in which content sniffing takes place on the Web. We encourage
           implementers to exercise caution in this area as the Web community
           makes progress towards addressing this issue.
           Gordon P. Hemsley. MIME Sniffing Standard. Living Standard. URL:
           https://mimesniff.spec.whatwg.org/
   [MNG]
           MNG (Multiple-image Network Graphics) Format. G. Randers-Pehrson.
   [MPEG2TS]
           Information technology -- Generic coding of moving pictures and
           associated audio information: Systems ITU-T Rec. H.222.0 / ISO/IEC
           13818-1:2013. URL: http://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-H.222.0-201206-I
   [MPEG4]
           ISO/IEC 14496-12: ISO base media file format. ISO/IEC.
   [MPEGDASH]
           ISO/IEC 23009-1:2014 Information technology -- Dynamic adaptive
           streaming over HTTP (DASH) -- Part 1: Media presentation
           description and segment formats. URL:
           http://standards.iso.org/ittf/PubliclyAvailableStandards/c065274_ISO_IEC_23009-1_2014.zip
   [OGGSKELETON]
           Ogg Skeleton 4 Message Headers. 17 March 2014. URL:
           https://wiki.xiph.org/SkeletonHeaders
   [OPENSEARCH]
           Autodiscovery in HTML/XHTML. In OpenSearch 1.1 Draft 4, Section
           4.6.2. OpenSearch.org.
   [ORIGIN]
           A. Barth. The Web Origin Concept. December 2011. Proposed
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6454
   [PAGE-VISIBILITY]
           Jatinder Mann; Arvind Jain. Page Visibility (Second Edition). 29
           October 2013. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/page-visibility/
   [PAYMENT-REQUEST]
           Adrian Bateman; et al. Payment Request API. 21 September 2017. CR.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/payment-request/
   [PDF]
           Document management — Portable document format — Part 1: PDF. ISO.
   [PNG]
           Tom Lane. Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Specification (Second
           Edition). 10 November 2003. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/PNG
   [POINTERLOCK]
           Vincent Scheib. Pointer Lock. 27 October 2016. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/pointerlock/
   [PRESENTATION-API]
           Mark Foltz; Dominik Röttsches. Presentation API. 1 June 2017. CR.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/presentation-api/
   [PROGRESS-EVENTS]
           Anne van Kesteren; Charles McCathie Nevile; Jungkee Song. Progress
           Events. 11 February 2014. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/progress-events/
   [PSL]
           Public Suffix List. Mozilla Foundation.
   [REFERRERPOLICY]
           Referrer Policy. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy
   [RFC1034]
           P.V. Mockapetris. Domain names - concepts and facilities. November
           1987. Internet Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034
   [RFC1123]
           R. Braden, Ed.. Requirements for Internet Hosts - Application and
           Support. October 1989. Internet Standard. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1123
   [RFC2046]
           N. Freed; N. Borenstein. Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
           (MIME) Part Two: Media Types. November 1996. Draft Standard. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2046
   [RFC2119]
           S. Bradner. Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement
           Levels. March 1997. Best Current Practice. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2119
   [RFC2318]
           H. Lie; B. Bos; C. Lilley. The text/css Media Type. March 1998.
           Informational. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2318
   [RFC2397]
           L. Masinter. The "data" URL scheme. August 1998. Proposed
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2397
   [RFC2483]
           M. Mealling; R. Daniel. URI Resolution Services Necessary for URN
           Resolution. January 1999. Experimental. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2483
   [RFC4648]
           S. Josefsson. The Base16, Base32, and Base64 Data Encodings.
           October 2006. Proposed Standard. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4648
   [RFC5322]
           P. Resnick, Ed.. Internet Message Format. October 2008. Draft
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5322
   [RFC5724]
           E. Wilde; A. Vaha-Sipila. URI Scheme for Global System for Mobile
           Communications (GSM) Short Message Service (SMS). January 2010.
           Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5724
   [RFC5988]
           M. Nottingham. Web Linking. October 2010. Proposed Standard. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5988
   [RFC6068]
           M. Duerst; L. Masinter; J. Zawinski. The 'mailto' URI Scheme.
           October 2010. Proposed Standard. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6068
   [RFC6266]
           J. Reschke. Use of the Content-Disposition Header Field in the
           Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP). June 2011. Proposed Standard.
           URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6266
   [RFC6350]
           S. Perreault. vCard Format Specification. August 2011. Proposed
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350
   [RFC6381]
           R. Gellens; D. Singer; P. Frojdh. The 'Codecs' and 'Profiles'
           Parameters for "Bucket" Media Types. August 2011. Proposed
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6381
   [RFC6455]
           I. Fette; A. Melnikov. The WebSocket Protocol. December 2011.
           Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6455
   [RFC6694]
           S. Moonesamy, Ed.. The "about" URI Scheme. August 2012.
           Informational. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6694
   [RFC7230]
           R. Fielding, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. Hypertext Transfer Protocol
           (HTTP/1.1): Message Syntax and Routing. June 2014. Proposed
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230
   [RFC7231]
           R. Fielding, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. Hypertext Transfer Protocol
           (HTTP/1.1): Semantics and Content. June 2014. Proposed Standard.
           URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7231
   [RFC7232]
           R. Fielding, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. Hypertext Transfer Protocol
           (HTTP/1.1): Conditional Requests. June 2014. Proposed Standard.
           URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232
   [RFC7234]
           R. Fielding, Ed.; M. Nottingham, Ed.; J. Reschke, Ed.. Hypertext
           Transfer Protocol (HTTP/1.1): Caching. June 2014. Proposed
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7234
   [RFC7303]
           H. Thompson; C. Lilley. XML Media Types. July 2014. Proposed
           Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7303
   [RFC7578]
           L. Masinter. Returning Values from Forms: multipart/form-data.
           July 2015. Proposed Standard. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7578
   [RFC7595]
           D. Thaler, Ed.; T. Hansen; T. Hardie. Guidelines and Registration
           Procedures for URI Schemes. June 2015. Best Current Practice. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7595
   [SECURE-CONTEXTS]
           Mike West. Secure Contexts. 15 September 2016. CR. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/secure-contexts/
   [SELECTION-API]
           Ryosuke Niwa. Selection API. 28 June 2017. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/selection-api/
   [SELECTORS4]
           Elika Etemad; Tab Atkins Jr.. Selectors Level 4. 2 May 2013. WD.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/selectors4/
   [SERVICE-WORKERS]
           Alex Russell; et al. Service Workers 1. 11 October 2016. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/service-workers-1/
   [SRGB]
           Amendment 1 - Multimedia systems and equipment - Colour
           measurement and management - Part 2-1: Colour management - Default
           RGB colour space - sRGB. URL:
           https://webstore.iec.ch/publication/6168
   [SVG11]
           Erik Dahlström; et al. Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 1.1 (Second
           Edition). 16 August 2011. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/
   [SVG2]
           Nikos Andronikos; et al. Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) 2. 15
           September 2016. CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG2/
   [SVGTINY12]
           Ola Andersson; et al. Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) Tiny 1.2
           Specification. 22 December 2008. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/SVGTiny12/
   [TOUCH-EVENTS]
           Doug Schepers; et al. Touch Events. 10 October 2013. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/touch-events/
   [UIEVENTS]
           Gary Kacmarcik; Travis Leithead. UI Events. 4 August 2016. WD.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/uievents/
   [UNICODE]
           The Unicode Standard. URL:
           https://www.unicode.org/versions/latest/
   [URL]
           Note: URLs can be used in numerous different manners, in many
           differing contexts. For the purpose of producing strict URLs one
           may wish to consider [RFC3986] [RFC3987]. The W3C URL
           specification defines the term URL, various algorithms for dealing
           with URLs, and an API for constructing, parsing, and resolving
           URLs. Developers of Web browsers are advised to keep abreast of
           the latest URL developments by tracking the progress of
           https://url.spec.whatwg.org/. We expect that the W3C URL draft
           will evolve along the Recommendation track as the community
           converges on a definition of URL processing.
           Most of the URL-related terms used in the HTML specification (URL,
           absolute URL, relative URL, relative schemes, scheme component,
           scheme data, username, password, host, port, path, query,
           fragment, percent encode, get the base, and UTF-8 percent encode)
           can be straightforwardly mapped to the terminology of [RFC3986]
           [RFC3987]. The URLUtils (formerly known as URL) collection of
           attributes (e.g. href and protocol) and its required definitions
           (input, query encoding, url, update steps, set the input) are
           considered common practice nowadays. Some of the URL-related terms
           are still being refined (e.g. URL parser, parse errors, URL
           serializer, default encode set, and percent decode).
           As a word of caution, there are notable differences in the manner
           in which Web browsers and other software stacks outside the HTML
           context handle URLs. While no changes would be accepted to URL
           processing that would break existing Web content, some important
           parts of URL processing should therefore be considered as
           implementation-defined (e.g. parsing file: URLs or operating on
           URLs that would be syntax errors under the [RFC3986] [RFC3987]
           syntax).
           Anne van Kesteren. URL Standard. Living Standard. URL:
           https://url.spec.whatwg.org/
   [URN]
           P. Saint-Andre; J. Klensin. Uniform Resource Names (URNs). April
           2017. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc8141
   [WAI-ARIA]
           James Craig; Michael Cooper; et al. Accessible Rich Internet
           Applications (WAI-ARIA) 1.0. 20 March 2014. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/wai-aria/
   [WAI-ARIA-1.1]
           Joanmarie Diggs; et al. Accessible Rich Internet Applications
           (WAI-ARIA) 1.1. 27 October 2016. CR. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/wai-aria-1.1/
   [WEBGL]
           Dean Jackson; Jeff Gilbert. WebGL 2.0 Specification. 12 August
           2017. URL:
           https://www.khronos.org/registry/webgl/specs/latest/2.0/
   [WEBIDL]
           Cameron McCormack; Boris Zbarsky; Tobie Langel. Web IDL. 15
           December 2016. ED. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/WebIDL-1/
   [WebIDL-20161215]
           Cameron McCormack. WebIDL Level 1. 15 December 2016. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/2016/REC-WebIDL-1-20161215/
   [WEBM]
           WebM Container Guidelines. 26 April 2016. URL:
           https://www.webmproject.org/docs/container/
   [WEBSTORAGE]
           Ian Hickson. Web Storage (Second Edition). 19 April 2016. REC.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/webstorage/
   [WORKERS]
           Ian Hickson. Web Workers. 24 September 2015. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/workers/
   [XLINK]
           Steven DeRose; Eve Maler; David Orchard. XML Linking Language
           (XLink) Version 1.0. 27 June 2001. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/xlink/
   [XML]
           Tim Bray; et al. Extensible Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Fifth
           Edition). 26 November 2008. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml
   [XML-NAMES]
           Tim Bray; et al. Namespaces in XML 1.0 (Third Edition). 8 December
           2009. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-names
   [XML-STYLESHEET]
           James Clark; Simon Pieters; Henry Thompson. Associating Style
           Sheets with XML documents 1.0 (Second Edition). 28 October 2010.
           REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-stylesheet
   [XMLBASE]
           Jonathan Marsh. XML Base (Second Edition). 28 January 2009. REC.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlbase/
   [XPATH]
           James Clark; Steven DeRose. XML Path Language (XPath) Version 1.0.
           16 November 1999. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xpath
   [XPTR-XMLNS]
           Steven DeRose; et al. XPointer xmlns() Scheme. 25 March 2003. REC.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xptr-xmlns/
  Informative References
   [APNG]
           S. Parmenter; V. Vukicevic; A. Smith. APNG Specification. URL:
           https://wiki.mozilla.org/APNG_Specification
   [ATAG20]
           Jan Richards; Jeanne F Spellman; Jutta Treviranus. Authoring Tool
           Accessibility Guidelines (ATAG) 2.0. 24 September 2015. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/ATAG20/
   [BATTERY-STATUS]
           Anssi Kostiainen; Mounir Lamouri. Battery Status API. 7 July 2016.
           CR. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/battery-status/
   [BOCU1]
           M. Scherer; M. Davis. UTN #6: BOCU-1: MIME-Compatible Unicode
           Compression. URL: https://www.unicode.org/notes/tn6/
   [CESU8]
           T. Phipps. UTR #26: Compatibility Encoding Scheme For UTF-16:
           8-BIT (CESU-8). URL: https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr26/
   [CHARMOD]
           Martin Dürst; et al. Character Model for the World Wide Web 1.0:
           Fundamentals. 15 February 2005. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/charmod/
   [COMPUTABLE]
           A. Turing. On computable numbers, with an application to the
           Entscheidungsproblem, Proceedings of the London Mathematical
           Society, series 2, volume 42,. 1937. URL:
           http://www.turingarchive.org/browse.php/B/12
   [CSS-LISTS-3]
           Tab Atkins Jr.. CSS Lists and Counters Module Level 3. 20 March
           2014. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/css-lists-3/
   [CSS-LOGICAL-PROPS]
           Rossen Atanassov; Elika J. Etemad. CSS Logical Properties Level 1.
           ED. URL: https://drafts.csswg.org/css-logical-props/
   [CSS3-ANIMATIONS]
           Dean Jackson; et al. CSS Animations. 19 February 2013. WD. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/css3-animations/
   [DOT]
           The DOT Language. URL:
           http://www.graphviz.org/content/dot-language
   [EDITING]
           A. Gregor. HTML Editing APIs. URL:
           https://dvcs.w3.org/hg/editing/raw-file/tip/editing.html
   [Extensible]
           The Extensible Web Manifesto. 10 June 2013. URL:
           https://extensiblewebmanifesto.org/
   [GRAPHICS]
           Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice in C, Second Edition,
           J. Foley, A. van Dam, S. Feiner, J. Hughes. Addison-Wesley. ISBN
           0-201-84840-6.
   [GREGORIAN]
           Inter Gravissimas, A. Lilius, C. Clavius. Gregory XIII Papal Bull,
           February 1582.
   [HTML]
           Anne van Kesteren; et al. HTML Standard. Living Standard. URL:
           https://html.spec.whatwg.org/multipage/
   [HTML-RDFA]
           Manu Sporny. HTML+RDFa 1.1 - Second Edition. 17 March 2015. REC.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/html-rdfa/
   [HTML5-DIFF]
           Simon Pieters. HTML5 Differences from HTML4. 9 December 2014.
           NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/html5-diff/
   [INBANDTRACKS]
           Silvia Pfeiffer; Bob Lund. Sourcing In-band Media Resource Tracks
           from Media Containers into HTML. 26 April 2015. Unofficial Draft.
           URL: https://dev.w3.org/html5/html-sourcing-inband-tracks/
   [ISO8601]
           Representation of dates and times. ISO 8601:2004.. 2004. ISO
           8601:2004. URL:
           http://www.iso.org/iso/catalogue_detail?csnumber=40874
   [JLREQ]
           Yasuhiro Anan; et al. Requirements for Japanese Text Layout. 3
           April 2012. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/jlreq/
   [NPAPI]
           Gecko Plugin API Reference. Mozilla.
   [PPUTF8]
           The Properties and Promises of UTF-8, M. Dürst. University of
           Zürich. In Proceedings of the 11th International Unicode
           Conference.
   [RDFA-LITE]
           Manu Sporny. RDFa Lite 1.1 - Second Edition. 17 March 2015. REC.
           URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-lite/
   [RFC2152]
           D. Goldsmith; M. Davis. UTF-7 A Mail-Safe Transformation Format of
           Unicode. May 1997. Informational. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2152
   [RFC3676]
           R. Gellens. The Text/Plain Format and DelSp Parameters. February
           2004. Proposed Standard. URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3676
   [RFC4287]
           M. Nottingham, Ed.; R. Sayre, Ed.. The Atom Syndication Format.
           December 2005. Proposed Standard. URL:
           https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4287
   [RFC4329]
           B. Hoehrmann. Scripting Media Types. April 2006. Informational.
           URL: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4329
   [RUBY-UC]
           Richard Ishida. Use Cases & Exploratory Approaches for Ruby
           Markup. 8 October 2013. NOTE. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/ruby-use-cases/
   [SCSU]
           UTR #6: A Standard Compression Scheme For Unicode, M. Wolf, K.
           Whistler, C. Wicksteed, M. Davis, A. Freytag, M. Scherer. Unicode
           Consortium.
   [TIMEZONE]
           Addison Phillips; et al. Working with Time Zones. 5 July 2011.
           NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/timezone
   [TOR]
           Tor.
   [TZDATABASE]
           Time Zone Database. IANA.
   [UAAG20]
           James Allan; et al. User Agent Accessibility Guidelines (UAAG)
           2.0. 15 December 2015. NOTE. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/UAAG20/
   [UNDO]
           Ryosuke Niwa. UndoManager and DOM Transaction. ED. URL:
           https://dvcs.w3.org/hg/undomanager/raw-file/tip/undomanager.html
   [UNICODE-SECURITY]
           Mark Davis; Michel Suignard. Unicode Security Considerations. 19
           September 2014. Unicode Technical Report #36. URL:
           https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr36/
   [UNIVCHARDET]
           A composite approach to language/encoding detection, S. Li, K.
           Momoi. Netscape. In Proceedings of the 19th International Unicode
           Conference.
   [UTF8DET]
           Multilingual form encoding, M. Dürst. W3C.
   [WAI-ARIA-PRACTICES-1.1]
           Matthew King; et al. WAI-ARIA Authoring Practices 1.1. 28 June
           2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/wai-aria-practices-1.1/
   [WCAG20]
           Ben Caldwell; et al. Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG)
           2.0. 11 December 2008. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/WCAG20/
   [WEBMESSAGING]
           Ian Hickson. HTML5 Web Messaging. 19 May 2015. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/webmessaging/
   [WEBVTT]
           Simon Pieters. WebVTT: The Web Video Text Tracks Format. 8 August
           2017. WD. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/webvtt1/
   [WHATWGWIKI]
           The WHATWG Wiki. WHATWG.
   [XHR]
           Anne van Kesteren. XMLHttpRequest Standard. Living Standard. URL:
           https://xhr.spec.whatwg.org/
   [XKCD-1288]
           Randall Munroe. Substitutions. URL: https://xkcd.com/1288/
   [XML-ENTITY-NAMES]
           David Carlisle; Patrick D F Ion. XML Entity Definitions for
           Characters (2nd Edition). 10 April 2014. REC. URL:
           https://www.w3.org/TR/xml-entity-names/
   [XSLT]
           James Clark. XSL Transformations (XSLT) Version 1.0. 16 November
           1999. REC. URL: https://www.w3.org/TR/xslt
   [XSLTP]
           DOM XSLTProcessor. URL:
           https://wiki.whatwg.org/wiki/DOM_XSLTProcessor
Changes
   This section summarises substantial changes since the HTML 5.1
   Recommendation.
   Full details of all changes since 12 January 2016 are available from the
   commit log of the w3c/html github repository, including various editorial
   and linking fixes.
  New features
     * The dialog element.
     * Integration with the JavaScript module system of [ECMA-262].
     * Referrer policy [REFERRERPOLICY].
     * Update ARIA reference to [wai-aria-1.1], which introduces new features
       to improve accessibility.
     * The nonce attribute for link as used in Content Security Policy
       [CSP3].
     * The allowpaymentrequest attribute of iframe, for integration with the
       Payment Request API [PAYMENT-REQUEST].
     * The allow-presentation value for the sandbox attribute of iframe, for
       integration with the Presentation API [PRESENTATION-API].
     * The canonical value for the rel attribute of links.
     * The noreferrer link type value for [SECURE-CONTEXTS].
     * The apple-touch-icon value for the rel attribute to allow the use of
       the size attribute in the link element.
     * The registerContentHandler(), isContentHandlerRegistered() and
       isProtocolHandlerRegistered() methods.
     * The innerText IDL attribute for HTMLElement.
     * Define the about:html-kind URL for MP4 media track integration.
     * Integrate the Should element be blocked a priori by Content Security
       Policy? of [CSP3]
  Features removed
     * The keygen, menu and menuitem elements.
     * The inputmode attribute for textual input elements, and the dropzone
       attributes.
     * The showModalDialog method.
     * The Plugin API has been marked as obsolete.
  Fixing bugs and matching reality better
     * Stop media resource requests from non-network sources delaying the
       load event.
     * Remove arbitrary upper limits on refresh rates.
     * Coordinates for ismap no longer include the image’s border in
       calculation.
     * Update accesskey definition to require a single printable character.
     * Fix the activation algorithm for summary to match reality.
     * Fix the algorithm to determine row and column headers for table.
     * Update the rendering of summary
     * Reflecting a broken URL returns the unparsed value
     * currentScript may return SVGScriptElement.
     * Resetting a textarea resets its dirty value flag.
     * document.open() and document.close() check for XML document.
     * HashChangeEvent URLs are USVString instead of DOMString.
     * Selection members' types are nullable.
     * data: URLs are treated as a separate origin.
     * Sadly, elements that are only focusable because they have a tabindex
       attribute generally will not fire a click event when activated with a
       non-pointer device.
     * Navigation for sandboxed contexts
     * Updated allowable role values in line with [html-aria]
   The following constructions are now valid HTML:
           style within the body.
           Multiple main elements in the DOM, so long as only one is visible
           to the user.
           The presentation for the img element.
           div as a child of a dl element.
           dfn as a descendent of an li element that contains a definition of
           the term defined.
           Headings within legend in a fieldset.
           Empty option element as a child of datalist.
           Comments containing two consecutive hyphens, or ending with a
           hyphen, in the HTML syntax.
           Remove restrictions on BiDi algorithm section
   The following constructions are no longer valid HTML:
           role values for a caption element.
           Inline blocks, inline tables, or floated and positioned
           block-level elements as children of a p element.
           Content with the HTML4 or XHTML1 strict doctype.
  New concepts
     * Added serialized state and creator context security.
     * Added an algorithm to determine whether content is allowed to use
       certain powerful, hence potentially risky, features.
     * Added the WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin as a convenience.
  Editorial clarifications
     * Browsers should represent punycode addresses as natural unicode text
       for the email input type.
     * Clarify the concept of last frame time for the seekable IDL attribute
     * Browsers that use the the suggestions source element to filter
       suggestions should implement substring matching on the label
       attribute.
     * Users should be able to interact with area elements whether or not
       they use a pointing device.
Acknowledgements
   Thanks to Tim Berners-Lee for inventing HTML, without which none of this
   would exist, Dan Connolly, the many who worked to standardise HTML over
   the last couple of decades or so, and the many more who worked on ideas
   subsequently incorporated into HTML.
   For inestimable work, and the drive to keep HTML up to date, particular
   thanks are due to Ian Hickson, and the other editors of the WHATWG: Anne
   van Kesteren, Domenic Denicola, Philip Jägenstedt, Simon Pieters.
   Thanks to Tab Atkins, who produced the bikeshed tool used to build this
   spec, and https://github.com for tools to manage its development.
   With apologies to people who have undeservedly not been named, thanks to
  People who have contributed to this version of HTML
   to complete
   "aaaxx", "Acts7", Adrian Bateman, Adrian Roselli, Addison Philips, Alan
   Johnson, Alastair Campbell, Alex Danilo, Alexander Schmitz, Alexandros
   Spyropoulos, Alexander Surkov, Alice Wonder, "Alohci", "alrdytaken",
   Amanda Rush, Amelia Bellamy-Royds, Ana Luiza Bastos, andjc", André
   Zanghelini, Andrea Rendine, Andfrew Macpherson, Andrew Romanov, Andy
   Carter, Andy Jansson, Anne van Kesteren, Angelo Liao, Anne-Gaelle Colom,
   Annop Chawwalitsitthikun, Anup Kumar Maharjan, "aravindxz", Arron Eicholz,
   Artemiy Solopov, Artur Janc, Ashley Bischoff, Avram Eisner, "avrljk", Axel
   Bocciarelli, 방성범 (Bang Seongbeom), Bert Verhelst, Ben Buchanan, Benjamin
   Strauß, "bogdan0083", Boris Zbarsky, Brian Kardell, Carolyn MacLeod,
   Chaals McCathie Nevile, Chad Henderson, "Chaoaretasty", Charles La Pierre,
   Chris Harvey, Christophe Coevoet, Christophe Strobbe, "Comandeer", Cory
   Simmons, Craig Francis, Cyril Concolato, Dan Connolly, Daniel Dafoe,
   Daniel Davis, Daniel Glazman, Daniel Weck, Dave Cramer, David French,
   David MacDonald, David Singer, David Storey, "dbol55", Deborah Kaplan,
   Denis Ah-Kang, Derek Koziol, Diego Lopes Lima, Dmitry Shuralyov, Dom
   Talbot, Domenic Denicola, Dominique Hazaël-Massieux, Don Hollander, Doug
   Brunelle, Drew McLellan, "duckware", Dylan Barrell, Eli Grey, Emerson
   Rocha Luiz, Emil Björklund, Emily Stark, Eric Eggert, Eric Stamper,
   Fabrizio Calderan, Florens Verschelde, Florian Rivoal, François Daoust,
   Fuqiao Xue, "genwilkerhan", George Gooding, Gervase Markham, Greg Schoppe,
   Guido Bouman, "gunlinux", Hans Hillen, Henrik "Henke37" Andersson, Heydon
   Pickering, Ian Devlin, Ian Pouncey, Ian Yang, Isadora Coffani dos Santos
   Siqueira, Ivan Herman, J.C. Jones, J.S. Choi, Jacob Alvarez, Jake
   Archibald, James "thx1111", James Cobban, James Craig, Jan Nelson, Janina
   Saika, Jason Edelman, Jason Kiss, Jason White, "jdsmith3000", Jeanne
   Spellman, Jeffrey Yasskin, Ji Seongbong, Jihye Hong, Jina Bolton, Job van
   Achterberg, John Foliot, Jonathan Kingston, Jon Metz, Jonathan Neal,
   Joshua Bell, Jourdan, JP DeVries, jthiyagarajan, "klensin", Kangxi "kxgio"
   朕的產生器, Kevin Marks, Kevin Suttle, Lea Verou, Leif Halvard Silli, Léonie
   Watson, Liam Quin, Lorenzo Scalfani, Luke Browell, Mallory van Achterberg,
   Marat Talanin, Marc G. "mouvedia", Mark Amery, Mark Nottingham, Mark
   Rejhon, Mark Rogers, Mark Root-Wiley, Martin Dürst, Martin Janecke, Martyn
   Hoyer, Matheus Martins, Matteo Belfiore, "Mattok", Mev-Rael, Micha
   Rosenbaum, Michał Miszczyszyn, "Mijabi", "mirabilos", Mike™ Smith, Mike
   West, "Moonchild", Morgan Patch, Mort&Mortis, "namitos", Nathan Lorberger,
   Neil "ww3", Nhan To-Doan, Nick Levinson, Nico Schneider, Nicolas Hoffmann,
   Nicolas Hoizey, Nils Solanki, Pankit Gami, Patrick Dark, Patrick Lauke,
   Paul Cotton, Phil Smith, Philip Jägenstedt, Philippe Le Hégaret, Prayag
   Verma, Rachel Comerford, Rebeca Ruiz, Reinhardt Hierl, Rich Schwerdtfeger,
   Richard Ishida, "RobBelics", Robin Berjon, Rodney Rehm, Romain Deltour,
   Roy Tinker, Ruben Martinez, Russ Weakley, "r-romaniuk", Ryosuke Niwa,
   Sangwhan Moon, Sara Soueidan, Sailesh Panchang, Sebastian Zartner, Sendil
   Kumar N, "SelenIT", Sergei Shoshin, Sergey Artemov, Shane McCarron,
   Shwetank Dixit, Šime Vidas, Simon Pieters, "spixi", "stasoid", Stefan
   Judis, Steve Comstock, Steve Faulkner, Steven Atkin, Steven Lambert,
   Stuart Robson, Takayoshi Kochi, Taylor Hunt, Terence Eden,
   "thapliyalshivam", "TheEskhaton", Theresa O’Connor, Thierry Koblentz,
   Thomas Beduneau, Thomas Higginbotham, Tim Starling, Timo Huovinen,
   Tokushige Kobayashi, Tom Bonnike, Tom Byrer, Travis Leithead, Tyler Deitz,
   Tzviya Siegman, "Unor", Vadim Makeev, Varun Dua, Vilmar Neto, Vitaly
   Pinchuk, Vladimir Grebnev, "WebDevCA", Wes, "Wolonetz", "woowaEcho", Cindy
   Wu Xiaoqian, "Xaviju", Yann Gouffon, Yaroslaw "kciray8", Zach Saucier,
   "Zambonifofex", "Zelgadis87"
  People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x
   Thanks to the participants of the Responsive Images Community Group and
   the WHATWG for helping to develop the picture element, the srcset
   attribute, and the sizes attribute. Special thanks to Bruce Lawson for
   originally suggesting, Theresa O’Connor and Ian Hickson for writing the
   original srcset specification, and Adrian Bateman for providing the group
   with guidance. Contributions also from: David Newton, Ilya Grigorik, John
   Schoenick, and Leon de Rijke.
   Aankhen, Aaron Boodman, Aaron Leventhal, Adam Barth, Adam de Boor, Adam
   Hepton, Adam Klein, Adam Roben, Addison Phillips, Adele Peterson, Adrian
   Bateman, Adrian Roselli, Adrian Sutton, Agustín Fernández, Aharon
   (Vladimir) Lanin, Ajai Tirumali, Akatsuki Kitamura, Alan Plum, Alastair
   Campbell, Alejandro G. Castro, Alex Bishop, Alex Nicolaou, Alex Plescan,
   Alex Rousskov, Alexander Farkas, Alexander J. Vincent, Alexander Surkov,
   Alexandre Morgaut, Alexey Feldgendler, Алексей Проскуряков (Alexey
   Proskuryakov), Alexis Deveria, Alice Boxhall, Allan Clements, Ami
   Fischman, Amos Jeffries, Anders Carlsson, André E. Veltstra, Andrea
   Rendine, Andreas, Andreas Kling, Andrei Popescu, Andres Gomez, Andrew
   Barfield, Andrew Clover, Andrew Gove, Andrew Grieve, Andrew Oakley, Andrew
   Sidwell, Andrew Simons, Andrew Smith, Andrew W. Hagen, Andrey V. Lukyanov,
   Andry Rendy, Andy Earnshaw, Andy Heydon, Andy Palay, Anjana Vakil, Anna
   Belle Leiserson, Anthony Boyd, Anthony Bryan, Anthony Hickson, Anthony
   Ramine, Anthony Ricaud, Antonio Olmo Titos, Antti Koivisto, Arkadiusz
   Michalski, Arne Thomassen, Aron Spohr, Arphen Lin, Arron Eicholz, Arthur
   Stolyar, Arun Patole, Aryeh Gregor, Asbjørn Ulsberg, Ashley Gullen, Ashley
   Sheridan, Atsushi Takayama, Aurelien Levy, Ave Wrigley, Axel Dahmen, B
   Lingafelter, Bart Humphries, Ben Boyle, Ben Buchanan, Ben Godfrey, Ben
   Lerner, Ben Leslie, Ben Meadowcroft, Ben Millard, Benjamin Carl Wiley
   Sittler, Benjamin Hawkes-Lewis, Benoit Ren, Bert Bos, Bijan Parsia, Bil
   Corry, Bill Mason, Bill McCoy, Billy Wong, Bjartur Thorlacius, Björn
   Höhrmann, Blake Frantz, Bob Lund, Bob Owen, Bobby Holly, Boris Zbarsky,
   Brad Fults, Brad Neuberg, Brad Spencer, Brady Eidson, Brendan Eich,
   Brenton Simpson, Brett Wilson, Brett Zamir, Brian Blakely, Brian Campbell,
   Brian Korver, Brian Kuhn, Brian M. Dube, Brian Ryner, Brian Smith, Brian
   Wilson, Bryan Sullivan, Bruce Bailey, Bruce D’Arcus, Bruce Lawson, Bruce
   Miller, Bugs Nash, C. Williams, Cameron McCormack, Cameron Zemek, Cao
   Yipeng, Carlos Amengual, Carlos Gabriel Cardona, Carlos Perelló Marín,
   Casey Leask, Cătălin Mariș, Chaals McCathie Nevile, Chao Cai, 윤석찬 (Channy
   Yun), Charl van Niekerk, Charles Iliya Krempeaux, Charu Pandhi, Chris
   Apers, Chris Cressman, Chris Evans, Chris Morris, Chris Pearce, Chris
   Peterson, Chris Weber, Christian Biesinger, Christian Johansen, Christian
   Schmidt, Christoph Päper, Christophe Dumez, Christopher Aillon,
   Christopher Ferris, Chriswa, Chris Wilson, Clark Buehler, Cole Robison,
   Colin Fine, Collin Jackson, Corey Farwell, Corprew Reed, Craig Cockburn,
   Csaba Gabor, Csaba Marton, Cynthia Shelly, Dan Brickley, Dan Yoder, Daniel
   Barclay, Daniel Bratell, Daniel Brooks, Daniel Brumbaugh Keeney, Daniel
   Cheng, Daniel Davis, Daniel Glazman, Daniel Peng, Daniel Schattenkirchner,
   Daniel Spång, Daniel Steinberg, Daniel Trebbien, Danny Sullivan, Darin
   Adler, Darin Fisher, Darxus, Dave Camp, Dave Hodder, Dave Lampton, Dave
   Singer, Dave Townsend, David Baron, David Bloom, David Bruant, David
   Carlisle, David E. Cleary, David Egan Evans, David Fink, David Flanagan,
   David Gerard, David Håsäther, David Hyatt, David I. Lehn, David John
   Burrowes, David Kendal, David MacDonald, David Matja, David Remahl, David
   Smith, David Storey, David Vest, David Woolley, DeWitt Clinton, Dean
   Edridge, Dean Edwards, Debi Orton, Derek Featherstone, Devarshi Pant,
   Devdatta, Dimitri Glazkov, Dimitry Golubovsky, Dirk Pranke, Dirk Schulze,
   Dirkjan Ochtman, Divya Manian, Dmitry Titov, dolphinling, Dominic Mazzoni,
   Dominique Hazaël-Massieux, Don Brutzman, Doron Rosenberg, Doug Kramer,
   Doug Simpkinson, Drew Wilson, Dylan Barrell, Edmund Lai, Eduard Pascual,
   Eduardo Vela, Theresa O’Connor, Edward Welbourne, Edward Z. Yang, Ehsan
   Akhgari, Eira Monstad, Eitan Adler, Eliot Graff, Elisabeth Robson,
   Elizabeth Castro, Elliott Regan, Elliott Sprehn, Elliotte Harold, Eric
   Carlson, Eric Casler, Eric Lawrence, Eric Rescorla, Eric Semling, Erik
   Arvidsson, Erik Rose, Evan Jacobs, Evan Martin, Evan Prodromou, Evan
   Stade, Evert, fantasai, Felix Sasaki, Francesco Schwarz, Francis Brosnan
   Blazquez, Franck "Shift" Quélain, François Remy, Frank Barchard, Frank
   Liberato, Frank Olivier, Fredrik Söderquist, 鵜飼文敏 (Fumitoshi Ukai), Futomi
   Hatano, Gavin Carothers, Gavin Kistner, Gareth Rees, Gary Kačmarčík,
   Garrett Smith, Geoff Richards, Geoffrey Garen, Sam Sneddon, Gez Lemon,
   George Lund, George Ornbo, Gianmarco Armellin, Giovanni Campagna, Giuseppe
   Pascale, Glenn Adams, Glenn Maynard, Graham Klyne, Greg Botten, Greg
   Houston, Greg Wilkins, Gregg Tavares, Gregory J. Rosmaita, Grey, Guilherme
   Johansson Tramontina, Gytis Jakutonis, Håkon Wium Lie, Habib Virji,
   Hallvord Reiar Michaelsen Steen, Hans S. Tømmerhalt, Hans Stimer, Harald
   Alvestrand, Henri Sivonen, Henrik Lied, Henry Mason, Henry Story, Heydon
   Pickering, Hugh Guiney, Hugh Winkler, Ian Bicking, Ian Clelland, Ian
   Davis, Ian Devlin, Ian Fette, Ian Kilpatrick, Ido Green, Ignacio Javier,
   Igor Oliveira, Ingvar Stepanyan, Iurii Kucherov, Ivan Enderlin, Ivo
   Emanuel Gonçalves, J. King, Jacob Davies, Jacques Distler, Jake Verbaten,
   Jakub Łopuszański, Jakub Wilk, James Craig, James Graham, James Greene,
   James Justin Harrell, James Kozianski, James M Snell, James Perrett, James
   Robinson, Jamie Lokier, Jan Molnár, Janusz Majnert, Jan-Klaas Kollhof,
   Jared Jacobs, Jason Duell, Jason Kersey, Jason Kiss, Jason Lustig, Jason
   White, Jasper Bryant-Greene, Jasper St. Pierre, Jatinder Mann,
   Jdsmith3000, Jed Hartman, Jeff Balogh, Jeff Cutsinger, Jeff Schiller, Jeff
   Walden, Jeffrey Yasskin, Jeffrey Zeldman, 胡慧鋒 (Jennifer Braithwaite), Jens
   Bannmann, Jens Fendler, Jens Lindström, Jens Meiert, Jer Noble, Jeremey
   Hustman, Jeremy Keith, Jeremy Orlow, Jerry Smith, Jeroen van der Meer,
   Jesse Renée Beach, Jian Li, Jim Jewett, Jim Ley, Jim Meehan, Jim Michaels,
   Jirka Kosek, Jjgod Jiang, João Eiras, Jochen Eisinger, Joe Clark, Joe
   Gregorio, Joel Spolsky, Joel Verhagen, Johan Herland, John Boyer, John
   Bussjaeger, John Carpenter, John Daggett, John Fallows, John Foliot, John
   Harding, John Keiser, John Snyders, John Stockton, John-Mark Bell, Johnny
   Stenback, Jon Ferraiolo, Jon Gibbins, Jon Gunderson, Jon Ribbins, Jon
   Perlow, Jonas Sicking, Jonathan Cook, Jonathan Kingston, Jonathan Rees,
   Jonathan Watt, Jonathan Worent, Jonny Axelsson, Jordan Tucker, Jorgen
   Horstink, Jorunn Danielsen Newth, Joseph Kesselman, Joseph Mansfield,
   Joseph Pecoraro, Josh Aas, Josh Hart, Josh Levenberg, Josh Matthews,
   Joshua Bell, Joshua Berenhaus, Joshua Randall, Jukka K. Korpela, Jules
   Clément-Ripoche, Julian Reschke, Julio Lopez, Junkee Song, Jürgen Jeka,
   Justin Lebar, Justin Novosad, Justin Rogers, Justin Schuh, Justin
   Sinclair, Ka-Sing Chou, Kai Hendry, 呂康豪 (KangHao Lu), Karl Dubost, Karl
   Groves, Kartikaya Gupta, Kathy Walton, Keith Hall, Keith Yeung, Kelly
   Ford, Kelly Norton, Kevin Benson, Kevin Gadd, Kevin Cole, Kinuko Yasuda
   Kornél Pál, Kornel Lesinski, Kris Northfield, Kristof Zelechovski,
   Krzysztof Maczyński, 黒澤剛志 (Kurosawa Takeshi), Kyle Barnhart, Kyle Hofmann,
   Kyle Huey, Léonard Bouchet, Lachlan Hunt, Larry Masinter, Larry Page, Lars
   Gunther, Lars Solberg, Laura Carlson, Laura Granka, Laura L. Carlson,
   Laura Wisewell, Laurens Holst, Lawrence Forooghian, Lea Verou, Lee
   Kowalkowski, Leif Halvard Silli, Leif Kornstaedt, Lenny Domnitser, Leonard
   Rosenthol, Léonie Watson, Leons Petrazickis, Lobotom Dysmon, Logan, Loune,
   Łukasz Pilorz, Luke Kenneth Casson Leighton, Maciej Stachowiak, Magnus
   Kristiansen, Maik Merten, Majid Valipour, Malcolm Rowe, Manu Sporny,
   Manuel Strehl, Manish Tripathi, Mallory van Achterberg, Marat Talanin,
   Marc Hoyois, Marcus Bointon, Mark Birbeck, Mark Davis, Mark Miller, Mark
   Nottingham, Mark Pilgrim, Mark Rogers, Mark Rowe, Mark Schenk, Mark
   Vickers, Mark Wilton-Jones, Marquish, Martijn Wargers, Martin Atkins,
   Martin Dürst, Martin Honnen, Martin Janecke, Martin Kutschker, Martin
   Nilsson, Martin Thomson, Masataka Yakura, Masatoshi Kimura, Matheus
   Martins, Mathias Bynens, Mathieu Henri, Matias Larsson, Matt Falkenhagen,
   Matt Garrish, Matt May, Matt Rakow, Matt Schmidt, Matt Wright, Matthew
   Gregan, Matthew Mastracci, Matthew Noorenberghe, Matthew Raymond, Matthew
   Thomas, Mattias Waldau, Max Romantschuk, Menachem Salomon, Menno van
   Slooten, Mia Lipner, Micah Dubinko, Michael "Ratt" Iannarelli, Michael A.
   Nachbaur, Michael A. Puls II, Michael Carter, Michael Daskalov, Michael
   Day, Michael Dyck, Michael Enright, Michael Gratton, Michael Nordman,
   Michael Powers, Michael Rakowski, Michael(tm) Smith, Michael Walmsley,
   Michal Zalewski, Michel Fortin, Michelangelo De Simone, Michiel Bijl,
   Michiel van der Blonk, Mihai Şucan, Mihai Parparita, Mike Brown, Mike
   Dierken, Mike Dixon, Mike Hearn, Mike Schinkel, Mike Shaver, Mikko
   Rantalainen, Mitchell Evan, Mohamed Zergaoui, Mohammad Al Houssami, Momdo
   Nakamura, Mounir Lamouri, Mount-root-yy, Ms2ger, Nadia Heninger, Nhan,
   NARUSE Yui, Neil Deakin, Neil Rashbrook, Neil Soiffer, Nicholas Shanks,
   Nicholas Stimpson, Nicholas Zakas, Nick Levinson, Nickolay Ponomarev,
   Nicolas Gallagher, Noah Mendelsohn, Noah Slater, Noel Gordon, Nolan Waite,
   NoozNooz42, Norbert Lindenberg, Ojan Vafai, Olaf Hoffmann, Olav Junker
   Kjær, Oldřich Vetešník, Oli Studholme, Oliver Hunt, Oliver Rigby, Olivier
   Gendrin, Olli Pettay, oSand, Pablo Flouret, Patrick Garies, Patrick H.
   Lauke, Patrik Persson, Paul Adenot, Paul Cotton, Paul Norman, Per-Erik
   Brodin, Perry Smith, Peter Beverloo, Peter Karlsson, Peter Kasting, Peter
   Lemieux, Peter Moulder, Peter Occil, Peter Stark, Peter Van der Beken,
   Peter Winnberg, Peter-Paul Koch, Phil Pickering, Philip Taylor, Philip
   TAYLOR, Philippe De Ryck, Prateek Rungta, Pravir Gupta, Prayag Verma, 李普君
   (Pujun Li), Rabab Gomaa, Rachid Finge, Rachel White, Rafael Weinstein,
   Rafał Miłecki, Raj Doshi, Rajas Moonka, Ralf Stoltze, Ralph Giles, Raphael
   Champeimont, Rebeca Ruiz, Remci Mizkur, Remco, Remy Sharp, Rene Saarsoo,
   Rene Stach, Ric Hardacre, Rich Clark, Rich Doughty, Richa Rupela, Richard
   Ishida, Richard Schwerdtfeger, Rigo Wenning, Rikkert Koppes, Rimantas
   Liubertas, Riona Macnamara, Rob Ennals, Rob Jellinghaus, Rob S, Robert
   Blaut, Robert Collins, Robert Kieffer, Robert Millan, Robert O’Callahan,
   Robert Sayre, Robin Berjon, Robin Schaufler, Rodger Combs, Rodney Rehm,
   Roland Steiner, Roma Matusevich, Roman Ivanov, Roy Fielding, Ruud
   Steltenpool, Ryan King, Ryan Rion, Ryosuke Niwa, S. Mike Dierken, Sailesh
   Panchang, Salvatore Loreto, Sam Dutton, Sam Kuper, Sam Ruby, Sam Weinig,
   Samuel Bronson, Samy Kamkar, Sander van Lambalgen, Sarven Capadisli, 佐藤雅之
   (SATO Masayuki), Scott González, Scott Hess, Sean Fraser, Sean Hayes, Sean
   Hogan, Sean Knapp, Sebastian Markbåge, Sebastian Schnitzenbaumer, Sendil
   Kumar N, Seth Call, Seth Dillingham, Shannon Moeller, Shanti Rao, Shaun
   Inman, Shiki Okasaka, Shubheksha Jalan, Sierk Bornemann, Sigbjørn Finne,
   Sigbjørn Vik, Silver Ghost, Silvia Pfeiffer, Šime Vidas, Simo Sutela,
   Simon Montagu, Simon Spiegel, skeww, Smylers, Srirama Chandra Sekhar
   Mogali, Stanton McCandlish, Stefan Götz, Stefan Håkansson, Stefan
   Haustein, Stefan Santesson, Stefan Schumacher, Stefan Weiss, Steffen
   Meschkat, Stephane Corlosquet, Stephen Cunliffe, Stephen Ma, Stephen
   White, Steve Comstock, Steve Runyon, Steven Bennett, Steven Garrity,
   Steven Tate, Steven Wood, Stewart Brodie, Stuart Ballard, Stuart P
   Bentley, Stuart Langridge, Stuart Parmenter, Subramanian Peruvemba, Sunava
   Dutta, Susan Borgrink, Susan Lesch, Sylvain Pasche, T. J. Crowder, Tab
   Atkins-Bittner, Taiju Tsuiki, Takayoshi Kochi, Takeshi Kurosawa, Takeshi
   Yoshino, Tantek Çelik, 田村健人 (TAMURA Kent), Taylor Hunt, Ted Mielczarek,
   Terrence Wood, Thijs van der Vossen, Thomas Broyer, Thomas Koetter, Thomas
   O’Connor, Tim Baxter, Tim Altman, Tim Johansson, TJ VanToll, Toby Inkster,
   Tobi Reif, Todd Moody, Tom Baker, Tom Pike, Tommy Thorsen, Tony Ross,
   Tooru Fujisawa, Travis Leithead, Trevor Saunders, triple-underscore, Tyler
   Close, Unor, Victor Carbune, Vipul Snehadeep Chawathe, Vitya Muhachev,
   Vladimir Katardjiev, Vladimir Vukićević, voracity, Wakaba, Wayne Carr,
   Wayne Pollock, Wellington Fernando de Macedo, Wes, Weston Ruter, Wilhelm
   Joys Andersen, Will Levine, William Chen, William Swanson, Wladimir
   Palant, Wojciech Mach, Wolfram Kriesing, Xan Gregg, xenotheme, Yang Chen,
   Ye-Kui Wang, Yehuda Katz, Yi-An Huang, Yngve Nysaeter Pettersen, Yoav
   Weiss, Yonathan Randolph, Yuzo Fujishima, Zhenbin Xu, Zoltan Herczeg, and
   Øistein E. Andersen,
   for their useful comments, both large and small, that have led to changes
   to this specification over the years.
   Thanks also to everyone who has ever posted about HTML to their blogs,
   public mailing lists, or forums, including all the contributors to the
   various W3C HTML and Web Platform WG lists and the various WHATWG lists.
   The Blue Robot Player sprite used in the canvas demo is based on a work by
   JohnColburn. (CC BY-SA 3.0)
   The photograph of robot 148 climbing the tower at the FIRST Robotics
   Competition 2013 Silicon Valley Regional is based on a work by Lenore
   Edman. (CC BY 2.0)
   The fancy image of the letter O with a child sitting in it reading a book
   is by Jessie Wilcox Smith and is in the Public Domain.
   Parts of this specification are © Copyright 2004-2014 Apple Inc., Mozilla
   Foundation, and Opera Software ASA. You are granted a license to use,
   reproduce and create derivative works of this document.
   #willful-violationReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies (2)
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 7.1.3.7. Integration with the JavaScript job queue
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #thisReferenced in:
     * 1.7.2. Typographic conventions (2)
   #elementdef-thisReferenced in:
     * 1.7.2. Typographic conventions
   #fingerprinting-vectorReferenced in:
     * 1.8. Privacy concerns
     * 2.1.5. Plugins
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2)
   #documentReferenced in:
     * 2.1. Terminology
     * 10.4.2. Images
   #html-documentReferenced in:
     * 2.1. Terminology
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3)
     * 3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only)
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.18. SVG
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3)
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2)
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) (3)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have
       a DOM
     * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
     * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * 12.1. text/html
   #xml-documentReferenced in:
     * 2.1. Terminology (2)
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2)
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes
     * 3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only)
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream (2)
     * 7.4.3. document.write() (2)
     * 7.4.4. document.writeln()
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2)
   #in-parallelReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3)
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 7.5. Timers
     * 7.6.2. Printing
     * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #immediatelyReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
     * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #http-resourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.4. Network states (2)
   #mime-typeReferenced in:
     * 1.6. HTML vs XML Syntax
     * 2.1.1. Resources
     * 2.1.2. XML compatibility (2)
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 2.6.4. Determining the type of a resource
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) (3)
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.13.3. MIME types (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.10.2. Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.12.1.2. Scripting languages (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.12.4.2. Serializing bitmaps to a file
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store (2) (3)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3)
       (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 7.7.1.3.2. Sample user interface
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14)
   #valid-mime-typeReferenced in:
     * 2.1.1. Resources
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * Attributes (2)
   #html-mime-typeReferenced in:
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 8. The HTML syntax
   #critical-subresourceReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) (4)
   #html-elementReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.3.1. Attributes
     * 3.2.4. Content models (2) (3)
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only) (2)
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.5.6. The style attribute
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2)
     * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm
       formatting characters (2)
     * 3.2.8.1. ARIA Authoring Requirements
     * 3.2.8.2. Conformance Checker Implementation Requirements
     * 3.2.8.3. User Agent Implementation Requirements (2)
     * 3.2.8.3.1. ARIA Role Attribute (2)
     * 3.2.8.3.2. State and Property Attributes
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * 5.5.2. The accesskey attribute
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2)
     * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints
     * 11.3.3. Frames
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
       (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28)
       (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42)
       (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56)
       (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70)
       (71) (72) (73) (74)
   #element-typeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents
   #xml-compatibleReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
   #xml-mime-typeReferenced in:
     * 1.6. HTML vs XML Syntax
     * 2.1. Terminology (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 12.3. application/xhtml+xml
   #ignoredReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes
     * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes
   #child-text-contentReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
     * 4.2.2. The title element (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2)
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
   #document-inserted-intoReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2)
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources
     * 10.4.2. Images
   #document-remove-an-element-from-a-documentReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.19. Best practices for implementors of media elements
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
   #liveReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2)
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4)
   #fireReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
       (24) (25)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3)
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2)
     * 4.10.22. Resetting a form
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2)
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load
     * 6.7.13. Browser state (2)
     * 7.6.2. Printing (2)
     * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences
     * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3)
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
   #dispatchReferenced in:
     * 2.1.4. Scripting
     * 5.3. Activation
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
     * 7.1.5.3. Event firing (2)
     * 7.1.5.4. Events and the Window object
   #trustedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.22. Resetting a form
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2)
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
     * 7.1.5.3. Event firing (2)
   #concept-pluginReferenced in:
     * 2.1.5. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
     * 4.7.9. The param element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3)
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.1. The applet element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27)
     * Elements (2)
   #securedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
   #character-encodingReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies (2)
     * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3)
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) (3)
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding
     * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2)
     * 12.1. text/html (2)
   #encoding-labelsReferenced in:
     * Attributes (2)
   #utf-16-encodingReferenced in:
     * 2.1.6. Character encodings (2)
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing (2)
   #ascii-compatible-encodingReferenced in:
     * 2.1.6. Character encodings
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2)
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * Attributes
   #code-unitReferenced in:
     * 2.1.6. Character encodings (2) (3)
   #unicode-code-pointReferenced in:
     * 2.1.6. Character encodings
     * 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model
   #characterReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream
   #unicode-characterReferenced in:
     * 2.1.6. Character encodings
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream
   #code-unit-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute (2)
     * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
       attribute
   #conforming-documentReferenced in:
     * 1.10. Conformance requirements for authors
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 2.2.3. Extensibility (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
   #rendering-support-the-suggested-default-renderingReferenced in:
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2)
     * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 10. Rendering
   #lack-scripting-supportReferenced in:
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model
   #hardware-limitationsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction
   #getting-an-encodingReferenced in:
     * 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements (2)
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
     * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2)
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
   #getting-an-output-encodingReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding
   #utf-8-decodeReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2)
   #utf-8-decode-without-bomReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
   #utf-8-decode-without-bom-or-failReferenced in:
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
   #schemedef-aboutReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies (2)
     * 2.5.1. Terminology (2)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #schemedef-blobReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
   #schemedef-data-urlReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3)
     * 6.4. Origin
   #cookie-stringReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
   #referrer-policyReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #date-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
   #hasinstanceReferenced in:
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P )
   #isconcatspreadableReferenced in:
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P )
   #toprimitiveReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
   #tostringtagReferenced in:
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P )
   #treeReferenced in:
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2)
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2)
   #tree-orderReferenced in:
     * 2.1.3. DOM trees
     * 2.4.9. References
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3)
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2)
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2)
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2)
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2)
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate"
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation (2) (3)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments
     * 9.4. Parsing XML fragments
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #rootReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4)
   #inclusive-ancestorReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes
   #document-elementReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3)
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate"
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) (3)
     * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode
     * 9.4. Parsing XML fragments (2)
     * 12.3. application/xhtml+xml (2)
   #in-a-documentReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms
     * 4.11.3.1. Facets
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.5.3. Processing model
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #quirks-modeReferenced in:
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2)
     * 10.3.3. Flow content
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2)
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.3.11. Form controls
     * 10.4.2. Images (2)
   #limited-quirks-modeReferenced in:
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2)
   #no-quirks-modeReferenced in:
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #base-url-change-stepsReferenced in:
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
   #affected-by-a-base-url-changeReferenced in:
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs (2)
   #supported-tokensReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3)
   #mutation-observersReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #error-occurs-during-reading-of-the-objectReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
   #cleanup-indexed-database-transactionsReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
   #detach-from-a-media-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   #viewportReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14)
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3)
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2)
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
   #replaced-elementReferenced in:
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.4.2. Images (2) (3)
     * 10.7.3. Editing hosts
   #intrinsic-dimensionsReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
     * 10.4.2. Images (2)
   #named-colorReferenced in:
     * 2.4.6. Colors
   #css-intrinsic-widthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2)
     * 7.8. Images (2)
   #css-intrinsic-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2)
     * 7.8. Images (2)
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #paint-sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #default-object-sizeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
   #webvttReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text
       track cues
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
   #webvtt-fileReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters
   #webvtt-file-using-cue-textReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #webvtt-file-using-chapter-title-textReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #webvtt-file-using-only-nested-cuesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #webvtt-parserReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #rules-for-updating-the-display-of-webvtt-text-tracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2)
   #text-track-cue-writing-directionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
   #element-attrdef-aria-roleReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.8.1. ARIA Authoring Requirements (2)
     * 3.2.8.2. Conformance Checker Implementation Requirements
     * 3.2.8.3.1. ARIA Role Attribute (2)
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #element-attrdef-aria-ariaReferenced in:
     * 3.2.8.1. ARIA Authoring Requirements (2)
     * 3.2.8.2. Conformance Checker Implementation Requirements
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
   #client-message-queueReferenced in:
     * 8.2.6. The end
   #mathml-annotation-xmlReferenced in:
     * 4.7.17. MathML
   #mathml-merrorReferenced in:
     * 4.7.17. MathML
   #mathml-miReferenced in:
     * 4.7.17. MathML
   #mathml-mnReferenced in:
     * 4.7.17. MathML
   #mathml-moReferenced in:
     * 4.7.17. MathML
   #mathml-msReferenced in:
     * 4.7.17. MathML
   #mathml-mtextReferenced in:
     * 4.7.17. MathML (2)
   #applicable-specificationReferenced in:
     * 2.2.3. Extensibility
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #case-sensitiveReferenced in:
     * 2.3. Case-sensitivity and string comparison
     * 2.4.9. References
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2)
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2) (3)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 10.3.8. Lists
     * Attributes (2) (3)
   #ascii-case-insensitiveReferenced in:
     * 2.4.2. Boolean attributes
     * 2.4.3. Keywords and enumerated attributes (2)
     * 2.4.6. Colors (2)
     * 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2)
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2)
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3)
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2)
     * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content
       attribute (2) (3)
     * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3)
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3)
       (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.1.1. The DOCTYPE (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2)
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state (2)
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2)
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features (2)
     * Attributes (2) (3)
   #compatibility-caselessReferenced in:
     * 2.4.9. References
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
   #ascii-uppercaseReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
   #ascii-lowercaseReferenced in:
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT (2)
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2)
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.12.4.2. Serializing bitmaps to a file
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2)
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3)
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2)
   #space-charactersReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2) (3)
     * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions (2)
     * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) (4)
     * 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens (2) (3) (4)
     * 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens (2)
     * 2.4.10. Media queries
     * 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements (2) (3)
     * 3.2.4. Content models
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2)
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 5.5.2. The accesskey attribute
     * 7.3. Base64 utility methods
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) (3)
     * 8.1.1. The DOCTYPE (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.1. Start tags (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.2. End tags
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.4. Character references
     * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2)
   #white_spaceReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
   #control-charactersReferenced in:
     * 2.1.3. DOM trees
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * 8.1.4. Character references
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream
   #uppercase-ascii-lettersReferenced in:
     * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2)
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents
     * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state
     * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state
     * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state
   #lowercase-ascii-lettersReferenced in:
     * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2)
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2)
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state
     * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state
   #ascii-lettersReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state
     * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state
     * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state
   #ascii-digitsReferenced in:
     * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms
     * 2.4.4.1. Signed integers (2) (3)
     * 2.4.4.2. Non-negative integers
     * 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 2.4.4.4. Percentages and lengths (2) (3) (4)
     * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers
     * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions (2) (3)
     * 2.4.5. Dates and times
     * 2.4.5.1. Months (2) (3) (4)
     * 2.4.5.2. Dates (2)
     * 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates (2) (3) (4)
     * 2.4.5.4. Times (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 2.4.5.6. Time zones (2) (3) (4)
     * 2.4.5.8. Weeks (2) (3) (4)
     * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2)
     * 4.5.16. The time element (2)
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data
     * 8.1.4. Character references
     * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state
     * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
   #alphanumeric-ascii-charactersReferenced in:
     * 7.3. Base64 utility methods
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.4. Character references
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2)
   #ascii-hex-digitsReferenced in:
     * 2.4.6. Colors (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.4. Character references
     * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state
   #uppercase-ascii-hex-digitsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state
   #lowercase-ascii-hex-digitsReferenced in:
     * 2.4.6. Colors
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state
   #collect-a-sequence-of-charactersReferenced in:
     * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2)
     * 2.4.4.1. Signed integers
     * 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers (2)
     * 2.4.4.4. Percentages and lengths
     * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers (2) (3) (4)
     * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions (2)
     * 2.4.5.1. Months (2)
     * 2.4.5.2. Dates
     * 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates (2) (3)
     * 2.4.5.4. Times (2) (3)
     * 2.4.5.6. Time zones (2)
     * 2.4.5.8. Weeks (2)
     * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2)
     * 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens
     * 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
   #skip-white-spaceReferenced in:
     * 2.4.4.1. Signed integers
     * 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers
     * 2.4.4.4. Percentages and lengths
     * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions
     * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens (2)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
   #stripped-line-breaksReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute
   #strip-leading-and-trailing-white-spaceReferenced in:
     * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms (2)
     * 2.4.6. Colors
     * 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens
     * 2.5.1. Terminology (2)
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3)
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #stripping-and-collapsing-white-spaceReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #boolean-attributeReferenced in:
     * 2.4.2. Boolean attributes (2)
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2)
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.5. The multiple attribute
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
       (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
   #enumerated-attributesReferenced in:
     * 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes
     * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2)
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2)
     * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content
       attribute
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
   #invalid-value-defaultReferenced in:
     * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
   #missing-value-defaultReferenced in:
     * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
   #valid-integerReferenced in:
     * 1.7.1. How to read this specification (2)
     * 2.4.4.1. Signed integers (2)
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
     * Attributes (2) (3)
   #parse-token-as-an-integerReferenced in:
     * 1.7.1. How to read this specification
     * 2.4.4.2. Non-negative integers
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #valid-non-negative-integerReferenced in:
     * 2.4.4.2. Non-negative integers
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) (3)
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
     * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
       attribute
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
   #parse-that-attributes-valueReferenced in:
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) (3)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" (2)
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
     * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
       attribute
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.3.12. The hr element (2)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
   #valid-floating-point-numberReferenced in:
     * 2.4.4.3. Floating-point numbers (2)
     * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #best-floating-point-numberReferenced in:
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #rules-for-parsing-floating-point-number-valuesReferenced in:
     * 2.4.4.6. Lists of floating-point numbers
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2)
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #rules-for-parsing-dimension-valuesReferenced in:
     * 2.4.4.5. Non-zero percentages and lengths
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints
   #rules-for-parsing-non-zero-dimension-valuesReferenced in:
     * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #valid-list-of-floating-point-numbersReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * Attributes
   #rules-for-parsing-a-list-of-floating-point-numbersReferenced in:
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model
   #rules-for-parsing-a-list-of-dimensionsReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2)
   #number-of-days-in-month-month-of-year-yearReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.2. Dates (2)
     * 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates (2)
   #proleptic-gregorian-calendarReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5. Dates and times (2) (3)
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times
     * 2.4.5.8. Weeks (2) (3)
   #proleptic-gregorian-dateReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.1. Months
     * 2.4.5.2. Dates
     * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times
   #monthReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
   #valid-month-stringReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.2. Dates
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
     * Attributes
   #parsing-a-month-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3)
   #parse-a-month-componentReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.1. Months
     * 2.4.5.2. Dates
   #dates-dateReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #valid-date-stringReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times (2)
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times (2)
     * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
     * Attributes
   #parsing-a-date-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3)
   #parse-a-date-componentReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.2. Dates
     * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times
     * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time
   #yearless-dateReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
   #valid-yearless-date-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * Attributes
   #parsing-a-yearless-date-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
   #parse-a-yearless-date-componentReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.3. Yearless dates
   #timeReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #valid-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times (2)
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times (2)
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * Attributes
   #parsing-a-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3)
   #parse-a-time-componentReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.4. Times
     * 2.4.5.5. Floating dates and times
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times
     * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time
   #floating-date-and-timeReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
   #valid-floating-date-and-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3)
       (4)
     * Attributes
   #valid-normalized-floating-date-and-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
   #parsing-a-floating-date-and-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element (2)
   #time-zoneReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
   #valid-time-zone-offset-stringReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * Attributes
   #parsing-a-time-zone-offset-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
   #parse-a-time-zone-offset-componentReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.6. Time zones
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times
     * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time
   #global-date-and-timeReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.6. Time zones
     * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2) (3)
   #valid-global-date-and-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.7. Global dates and times
     * 2.4.5.10. Vaguer moments in time
     * 4.5.16. The time element (2)
     * Attributes
   #valid-normalized-global-date-and-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3)
   #parse-a-global-date-and-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
   #weekReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.8. Weeks
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #week-number-of-the-last-dayReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.8. Weeks (2)
   #valid-week-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * Attributes
   #parsing-a-week-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3)
   #durationReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.16. The time element
   #valid-duration-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * Attributes
   #duration-time-componentReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2)
   #duration-time-component-scaleReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5.9. Durations (2) (3)
   #parsing-a-duration-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
   #valid-date-string-with-optional-timeReferenced in:
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2)
     * Attributes
   #parse-a-date-or-time-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
   #simple-colorReferenced in:
     * 2.4.6. Colors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
   #valid-simple-colorReferenced in:
     * 2.4.6. Colors
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2)
   #valid-lowercase-simple-colorReferenced in:
     * 2.4.6. Colors
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2)
   #rules-for-parsing-simple-color-valuesReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
   #rules-for-serializing-simple-color-valuesReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
   #rules-for-parsing-a-legacy-color-valueReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2)
     * 10.3.12. The hr element
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets
   #set-of-space-separated-tokensReferenced in:
     * 2.4.7. Space-separated tokens (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.8.3.1. ARIA Role Attribute
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
     * Attributes (2) (3)
   #unordered-set-of-unique-space-separated-tokensReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4)
   #ordered-set-of-unique-space-separated-tokensReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * Attributes (2)
   #split-a-string-on-spacesReferenced in:
     * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #set-of-comma-separated-tokensReferenced in:
     * 2.4.8. Comma-separated tokens
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * Attributes
   #split-a-string-on-commasReferenced in:
     * 2.4.1. Common parser idioms
     * 2.4.4.7. Lists of dimensions
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
   #valid-hash-name-referenceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.16.1. Authoring
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * Attributes
   #rules-for-parsing-a-hash-name-referenceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model
   #valid-media-query-listReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * Attributes
   #match-the-environmentReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #valid-urlReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology (2)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3)
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods
   #valid-non-empty-urlReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #valid-url-potentially-surrounded-by-spacesReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * Attributes (2) (3)
   #valid-non-empty-url-potentially-surrounded-by-spacesReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #schemedef-aboutlegacy-compatReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode
   #schemedef-aboutsrcdocReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #fallback-base-urlReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3)
   #document-base-urlReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology (2) (3)
     * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * Attributes
   #reparsedReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs (2)
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2)
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements (2)
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2)
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3)
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
   #resulting-url-stringReferenced in:
     * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3)
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #resulting-url-recordReferenced in:
     * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
   #or-equivalentReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model (2)
   #referrer-sourceReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
   #creating-a-potential-cors-requestReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
   #sizeReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2) (3)
   #content-type-metadataReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.13.3. MIME types
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2)
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * Attributes
   #computed-type-of-the-resourceReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2)
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
   #image-sniffing-rulesReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 7.8. Images
   #rules-for-distinguishing-if-a-resource-is-text-or-binaryReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #algorithm-for-extracting-a-character-encoding-from-a-meta-elementReferenced
   in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
   #cors-settings-attributeReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource
     * 4.12.1. The script element
   #valdef-cors-anonymousReferenced in:
     * 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes
     * Attributes
   #statedef-cors-anonymousReferenced in:
     * 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes (2) (3)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
   #valdef-cors-use-credentialsReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #statedef-cors-use-credentialsReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
   #statedef-cors-no-corsReferenced in:
     * 2.6.1. Terminology
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
   #referrer-policy-attributeReferenced in:
     * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes (2)
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
   #reflectionReferenced in:
     * 2.2.3. Extensibility
     * 2.6.6. CORS settings attributes
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2)
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.2.5. The meta element (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2)
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2)
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.10. The th element (2)
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) (3)
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.5.3. Processing model
     * 11.3.1. The applet element (2)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
       (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35)
       (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49)
       (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63)
       (64) (65) (66)
   #limited-to-only-known-valuesReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2)
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4)
   #limited-to-only-non-negative-numbersReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
   #limited-to-only-non-negative-numbers-greater-than-zeroReferenced in:
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #limited-to-numbers-greater-than-zeroReferenced in:
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
   #htmlallcollectionReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2. Collections
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #named-for-the-all-collectionReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlallcollection-lengthReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
   #dom-htmlallcollection-nameditemReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlallcollection-itemReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2) (3) (4)
   #all-named-elementsReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
   #get-all-indexedReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
   #get-all-namedReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
   #htmlformcontrolscollectionReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2. Collections
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
   #radionodelistReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlformcontrolscollection-nameditemReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface
   #dom-radionodelist-valueReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2)
   #htmloptionscollectionReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2. Collections
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmloptionscollection-lengthReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2)
   #dom-htmloptionscollection-addReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface
   #dom-htmloptionscollection-removeReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface
   #dom-htmloptionscollection-selectedindexReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface
   #domstringlistReferenced in:
     * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #dom-domstringlist-lengthReferenced in:
     * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2)
   #dom-domstringlist-itemReferenced in:
     * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2)
   #dom-domstringlist-containsReferenced in:
     * 2.7.3. The DOMStringList interface (2)
   #implied-strong-referenceReferenced in:
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
   #html-namespaceReferenced in:
     * 2.1. Terminology (2)
     * 2.1.2. XML compatibility (2)
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 4.7.17. MathML (2)
     * 4.7.18. SVG
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity (2)
     * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
     * 12.3. application/xhtml+xml (2)
   #mathml-namespaceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.17. MathML
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
   #svg-namespaceReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
   #xlink-namespaceReferenced in:
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
   #xml-namespaceReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
   #xmlns-namespaceReferenced in:
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2)
   #serializable-objectsReferenced in:
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] )
       (2)
     * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects (2) (3)
     * 7.8. Images
   #extendedattrdef-serializableReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
   #serialization-stepsReferenced in:
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2)
     * 2.9.2. Transferable objects
     * 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] )
       (2)
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications
     * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects (2) (3)
     * 7.8. Images
   #deserialization-stepsReferenced in:
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2)
     * 2.9.2. Transferable objects
     * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] )
       (2)
     * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects (2) (3)
     * 7.8. Images
   #transferable-objectsReferenced in:
     * 2.9.2. Transferable objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 2.9.7. StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList )
     * 7.8. Images
   #extendedattrdef-transferableReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
   #transfer-stepsReferenced in:
     * 2.9.7. StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList )
     * 7.8. Images
   #transfer-receiving-stepsReferenced in:
     * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] )
     * 7.8. Images
   #structuredserializeinternalReferenced in:
     * 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] )
       (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 2.9.4. StructuredSerialize ( value )
     * 2.9.5. StructuredSerializeForStorage ( value )
     * 2.9.7. StructuredSerializeWithTransfer ( value, transferList ) (2) (3)
   #sub-serializationReferenced in:
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2)
     * 2.9.3. StructuredSerializeInternal ( value, forStorage [ , memory ] )
     * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects
   #structuredserializeReferenced in:
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2)
     * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] )
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
   #structuredserializeforstorageReferenced in:
     * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] )
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
   #structureddeserializeReferenced in:
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects
     * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] )
       (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 2.9.8. StructuredDeserializeWithTransfer (
       serializeWithTransferResult, targetRealm ) (2)
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #sub-deserializationReferenced in:
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects (2)
     * 2.9.6. StructuredDeserialize ( serialized, targetRealm [ , memory ] )
     * 2.9.10. Monkey patch for Blob and FileList objects
   #the-documents-referrerReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #reload-override-flagReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
   #reload-override-bufferReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents (2)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
   #overridden-reloadReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #enumdef-documentreadystateReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-documentreadystate-loadingReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
   #dom-documentreadystate-interactiveReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
   #dom-documentreadystate-completeReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
   #typedefdef-htmlorsvgscriptelementReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #document-https-stateReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #concept-document-referrer-policyReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 3.1.1. The Document object (2)
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2)
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2)
     * Attributes (2)
   #document-csp-listReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #document-module-mapReferenced in:
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
   #dom-document-referrerReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
   #dom-document-cookieReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2) (3)
   #cookie-averseReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #dom-document-lastmodifiedReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
   #current-document-readinessReferenced in:
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) (4)
   #active-parserReferenced in:
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #dom-document-readystateReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
   #dom-document-headReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
   #dom-document-titleReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
   #dom-document-bodyReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
   #dom-document-imagesReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
   #dom-document-embedsReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
   #dom-document-pluginsReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
   #dom-document-linksReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
   #dom-document-formsReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
   #dom-document-scriptsReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
   #dom-document-getelementsbynameReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
   #dom-document-currentscriptReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #named-elementsReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
   #exposedReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #representReferenced in:
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions
     * 3.2.4.2.9. Script-supporting elements
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element (2)
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections (2)
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2)
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.12. The rt element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.14. The rp element (2)
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements (2)
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.9. The param element (2)
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.8.1. Introduction
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element (2) (3)
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2)
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute
     * 10.1. Introduction
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3)
     * 10.4.2. Images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.1. The applet element (2)
   #htmlelementReferenced in:
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2)
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2)
     * 4.9.8. The tr element (2)
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 7.1.5.3. Event firing
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
       (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29)
       (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39)
     * Element Interfaces (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27)
       (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41)
       (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55)
       (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69)
       (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79) (80) (81) (82) (83)
       (84) (85) (86) (87) (88) (89) (90) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97)
       (98) (99) (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106) (107) (108) (109)
       (110) (111)
   #htmlunknownelementReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #categoriesReferenced in:
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #contexts-in-which-this-element-can-be-usedReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #content-modelReferenced in:
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2)
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2)
   #tag-omission-in-text-htmlReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #content-attributesReferenced in:
     * 2.1. Terminology
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #allowed-aria-role-attribute-valuesReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #allowed-aria-state-and-property-attributesReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #dom-interfaceReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #element-contentsReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4. Content models
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs
     * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm
       formatting characters
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 8.1.2. Elements
   #inter-element-white-spaceReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4. Content models (2) (3)
     * 3.2.4.1. The "nothing" content model
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2)
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.17. MathML
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * Element content categories
   #nothingReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #metadata-content-2Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 4.2.1. The head element (2)
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2)
     * 4.2.5. The meta element (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2)
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2)
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * Element content categories
   #flow-content-2Referenced in:
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element (2) (3)
     * 4.3.3. The section element (2) (3)
     * 4.3.4. The nav element (2) (3)
     * 4.3.5. The aside element (2) (3)
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements (2)
     * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3)
     * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.1. The p element (2)
     * 4.4.2. The address element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.3. The hr element (2)
     * 4.4.4. The pre element (2)
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.6. The ol element (2)
     * 4.4.7. The ul element (2)
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element (2)
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.15. The div element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.7.17. MathML (2)
     * 4.7.18. SVG (2)
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2)
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) (3)
     * 4.11.1. The details element (2) (3)
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3)
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
       (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29)
       (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43)
       (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57)
       (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71)
       (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79) (80) (81) (82) (83) (84) (85)
       (86) (87) (88) (89) (90) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97) (98) (99)
       (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106) (107) (108) (109) (110)
       (111) (112) (113) (114) (115) (116) (117) (118) (119) (120) (121)
       (122) (123) (124)
     * Element content categories
   #sectioning-content-2Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element (2) (3)
     * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.8. The li element (2)
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.14. The main element (2)
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Element content categories
   #heading-content-2Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * Elements
     * Element content categories
   #phrasing-content-2Referenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2) (3)
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3)
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2)
     * 4.5.2. The em element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.3. The strong element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.4. The small element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.5. The s element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.6. The cite element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.7. The q element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.16. The time element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.17. The code element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.18. The var element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.19. The samp element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements (2) (3)
     * 4.5.22. The i element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.23. The b element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.24. The u element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.25. The mark element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.28. The span element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.29. The br element (2)
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element (2)
     * 4.6.1. The ins element (2) (3)
     * 4.6.2. The del element (2)
     * 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.14. The map element (2)
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2)
     * 4.7.17. MathML (2)
     * 4.7.18. SVG (2)
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2)
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
       (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29)
       (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43)
       (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57)
       (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71)
       (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79) (80) (81) (82) (83) (84) (85)
       (86) (87) (88) (89) (90) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97) (98) (99)
       (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106) (107) (108) (109) (110)
       (111) (112) (113) (114) (115) (116) (117) (118) (119) (120) (121)
       (122) (123) (124) (125) (126) (127) (128) (129) (130) (131) (132)
       (133) (134) (135) (136) (137) (138) (139) (140) (141) (142) (143)
       (144) (145)
     * Element content categories
   #text-contentReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2)
     * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm
       formatting characters
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * 8.1.4. Character references (2)
     * 8.1.5. CDATA sections
     * 8.1.6. Comments (2)
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
       (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
   #embedded-content-2Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs
     * 4.7.3. The picture element (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element (2)
     * 4.7.17. MathML
     * 4.7.18. SVG
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Element content categories
   #fallback-contentReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #interactive-content-2Referenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * Element content categories (2)
   #palpable-content-2Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.17. MathML
     * 4.7.18. SVG
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * Element content categories
   #script-supporting-elements-2Referenced in:
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2)
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * Element content categories
   #transparentReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element (2)
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #paragraphReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.4.1. The p element (2)
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element (2)
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs (2) (3) (4)
   #global-attributes-2Referenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element (2)
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
       (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29)
       (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43)
       (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57)
       (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71)
       (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78) (79) (80) (81) (82) (83) (84) (85)
       (86) (87) (88) (89) (90) (91) (92) (93) (94) (95) (96) (97) (98) (99)
       (100) (101) (102) (103) (104) (105) (106)
   #element-attrdef-global-classReferenced in:
     * 1.5.3. Extensibility
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2)
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11)
   #element-attrdef-global-idReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 2.4.9. References
     * 2.7.1. Reflecting content attributes in IDL attributes (2) (3)
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2)
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) (3)
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3)
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
   #element-attrdef-global-slotReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2)
   #element-attrdef-global-titleReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2)
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2)
     * 4.13.3. Tag clouds
     * 4.13.5. Footnotes (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.2. Data model
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute
     * 10.7.2. The title attribute (2) (3)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Attributes
   #advisory-informationReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute (2)
     * 10.7.2. The title attribute (2)
   #dom-htmlelement-titleReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #element-attrdef-global-langReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.22. The i element (2)
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #element-attrdef-xml-langReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #languageReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate"
     * 4.10.5.2. Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls
     * Attributes
   #dom-htmlelement-langReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #element-attrdef-global-translateReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
     * Attributes
   #translation-modeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) (3) (4)
   #translate-enabledReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2) (3) (4)
   #no-translateReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2)
   #translatable-attributesReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute (2)
   #dom-htmlelement-translateReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #element-attrdef-xml-baseReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.4. The xml:base attribute (XML only) (2) (3)
   #element-attrdef-global-dirReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes (2) (3)
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
     * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm
       formatting characters
     * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
     * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces
   #attr-valuedef-global-dir-ltrReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * Attributes (2)
   #statedef-dir-ltrReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #attr-valuedef-global-dir-rtlReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * Attributes (2)
   #statedef-dir-rtlReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #attr-valuedef-global-dir-autoReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2)
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * Attributes
   #statedef-dir-autoReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
   #directionalityReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.2. Submitting element directionality: the dirname attribute
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces
     * Attributes
   #directionality-of-the-attributeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3)
     * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces
   #directionality-capable-attributesReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces
   #dom-htmlelement-dirReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #dom-document-dirReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
   #element-attrdef-global-styleReferenced in:
     * 1.10.1. Presentational markup (2)
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.6. The style attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.4.4. Image maps
   #custom-data-attributeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-global-dataReferenced in:
     * 1.5.3. Extensibility
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-htmlelement-datasetReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2) (3)
   #associated-elementReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2) (3)
   #domstringmapReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
   #domstringmap-__getter__Referenced in:
     * 3.2.5.7. Embedding custom non-visible data with the data-* attributes
       (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlelement-innertextReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2) (3)
   #do-not-setReferenced in:
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
   #global-aria--attributesReferenced in:
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.8.4. Allowed ARIA roles, states and properties
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.2. The title element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 4.5.18. The var element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.28. The span element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #elementdef-htmlReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.1.1. The html element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.3.1. The body element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media (2)
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins (2)
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:   (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11)
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3)
     * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlhtmlelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-html-manifestReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #elementdef-headReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.2.2. The title element (2)
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media (2)
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins (2)
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:   (2)
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
 (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3)
     * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5
   #htmlheadelementReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-titleReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 4.2.1. The head element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.2.2. The title element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * Elements
     * Element content categories
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltitleelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #dom-htmltitleelement-textReferenced in:
     * 4.2.2. The title element
   #elementdef-baseReferenced in:
     * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML
     * 2.5.1. Terminology (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element (2)
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * Elements
     * Element content categories
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlbaseelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-base-hrefReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology (2)
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-base-targetReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #frozen-base-urlReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2)
   #set-the-frozen-base-urlReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element
   #dom-htmlbaseelement-hrefReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2)
   #dom-htmlbaseelement-targetReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element
   #elementdef-linkReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute (2)
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14)
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.2.4.6. The LinkStyle interface
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.5.2. Other metadata names
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2)
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.6. Link types (2)
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" (2) (3)
     * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" (2)
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license"
     * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search" (2)
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next"
     * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev"
     * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation (2)
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 8 and Working Draft 7
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #htmllinkelementReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-link-hrefReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2)
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-link-crossoriginReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-link-relReferenced in:
     * 1.5.3. Extensibility
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * 4.8.1. Introduction (2)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate"
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * Elements
     * Attributes
     * Changes between Working Draft 7 and Working Draft 6
   #allowed-in-the-bodyReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3)
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * Element content categories (2)
   #element-attrdef-link-mediaReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute (2) (3)
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-link-nonceReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * Elements
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #element-attrdef-link-hreflangReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-link-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-link-referrerpolicyReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * Elements (2) (3)
   #element-attrdef-link-titleReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2)
     * Attributes (2)
   #element-attrdef-link-sizesReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * Elements
   #dom-htmllinkelement-hrefReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-hreflangReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2)
   #dom-htmllinkelement-mediaReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-nonceReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-relReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-revReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-sizesReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-crossoriginReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-referrerpolicyReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #dom-htmllinkelement-rellistReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #determining-the-type-of-the-resourceReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
   #obtainReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #elementdef-metaReferenced in:
     * 1.5.3. Extensibility
     * 2.6.5. Extracting character encodings from meta elements (2)
     * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.2.5.1. Standard metadata names (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.2.5.2. Other metadata names
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlmetaelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-meta-http-equivReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-meta-charsetReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-meta-contentReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-meta-nameReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements
   #dom-htmlmetaelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
   #dom-htmlmetaelement-contentReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
   #dom-htmlmetaelement-httpequivReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
   #referrerReferenced in:
     * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer"
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
   #register-the-namesReferenced in:
     * 1.5.3. Extensibility
     * 4.2.5.4. Other pragma directives
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
   #statedef-http-equiv-content-languageReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
   #pragma-set-default-languageReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes (2)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
   #statedef-http-equiv-content-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2)
   #statedef-http-equiv-default-styleReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
   #statedef-http-equiv-refreshReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3)
   #statedef-http-equiv-set-cookieReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
   #statedef-http-equiv-content-security-policy-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
   #character-encoding-declarationReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2)
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents
     * 12.1. text/html (2)
     * Attributes
   #the-first-1024-bytesReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2)
   #elementdef-styleReferenced in:
     * 1.10.1. Presentational markup (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2) (3)
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
     * Elements
     * Element content categories
     * Attributes (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2) (3)
   #htmlstyleelementReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-style-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-style-mediaReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-style-nonceReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-style-titleReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes
   #update-a-style-blockReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
   #style-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlstyleelement-mediaReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
   #dom-htmlstyleelement-nonceReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
   #dom-htmlstyleelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.2.6. The style element
   #style-sheet-readyReferenced in:
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2)
   #a-style-sheet-that-is-blocking-scriptsReferenced in:
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
   #have-a-style-sheet-that-is-blocking-scriptsReferenced in:
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
   #has-no-style-sheet-that-is-blocking-scriptsReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.6. The end
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #elementdef-bodyReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.3.1. The body element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline
     * 4.3.10. Usage summary
     * 4.4.14. The main element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 5.2. Inert subtrees (2)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media (2)
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins (2)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects (2) (3)
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:   (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11)
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3)
     * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12)
     * 11.3.3. Frames
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10)
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2)
   #htmlbodyelementReferenced in:
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-articleReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.2. The article element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.3.3. The section element (2)
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.10. Usage summary
     * 4.3.10.1. Article or section? (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.4.14. The main element (2)
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author"
     * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" (2)
     * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag"
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-sectionReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.3. The section element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline
     * 4.3.10. Usage summary
     * 4.3.10.1. Article or section? (2)
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-navReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.4. The nav element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline
     * 4.3.10. Usage summary
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.13.2. Bread crumb navigation
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-asideReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.5. The aside element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline
     * 4.3.10. Usage summary
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element (2)
     * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.13.5. Footnotes (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-h1Referenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2)
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.10. Usage summary
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-h2Referenced in:
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-h3Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-h4Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-h5Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-h6Referenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.4. Heading content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlheadingelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #rankReferenced in:
     * 4.3.6. The h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, and h6 elements
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4)
   #elementdef-headerReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.3.8. The footer element (2)
     * 4.3.10. Usage summary
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.13.1. Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines (2)
       (3)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-footerReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.4. The nav element
     * 4.3.7. The header element (2)
     * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.3.10. Usage summary
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2)
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #sectioning-rootsReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.3.7. The header element (2)
     * 4.3.8. The footer element (2)
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Element content categories
   #outlineReferenced in:
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 3.2.4.2.3. Sectioning content (2)
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.3.7. The header element
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.14. The main element
   #sectionReferenced in:
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
   #associate-sectionReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark"
   #outline-depthReferenced in:
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline
   #elementdef-pReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2)
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors (2) (3) (4)
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 4.4.1. The p element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs (2) (3)
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 4.13.1. Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines (2)
       (3)
     * 4.13.4. Conversations
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9)
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:   (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11)
     * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2)
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5
   #htmlparagraphelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-addressReferenced in:
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.8. The footer element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.2. The address element (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-hrReferenced in:
     * 1.10.1. Presentational markup
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlhrelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-preReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.4. The pre element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.5.17. The code element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models (2)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlpreelementReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-blockquoteReferenced in:
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2)
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlquoteelementReferenced in:
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces (2)
   #element-attrdef-blockquote-citeReferenced in:
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2)
     * Elements
   #dom-htmlquoteelement-citeReferenced in:
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
   #elementdef-olReferenced in:
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.6. The ol element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.4.7. The ul element
     * 4.4.8. The li element (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 10.3.8. Lists
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Attributes (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlolistelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-ol-reversedReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-ol-startReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-ol-typeReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #statedef-ol-decimalReferenced in:
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
   #dom-htmlolistelement-reversedReferenced in:
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
   #dom-htmlolistelement-startReferenced in:
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
   #dom-htmlolistelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
   #elementdef-ulReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element (2)
     * 4.4.6. The ol element
     * 4.4.7. The ul element (2)
     * 4.4.8. The li element (2) (3)
     * 4.6.5. Edits and lists
     * 4.13.3. Tag clouds (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2)
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlulistelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-liReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2)
     * 4.4.6. The ol element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.7. The ul element (2)
     * 4.4.8. The li element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.6.5. Edits and lists (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10)
     * 10.3.8. Lists (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmllielementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #ordinal-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.4.6. The ol element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 10.3.8. Lists
     * Attributes (2)
   #element-attrdef-li-valueReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #dom-htmllielement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.4.8. The li element
   #elementdef-dlReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14)
     * 4.4.10. The dt element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.11. The dd element (2)
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.13.4. Conversations
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmldlistelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #term-description-groupsReferenced in:
     * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
   #elementdef-dtReferenced in:
     * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.4.10. The dt element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.4.11. The dd element (2)
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-ddReferenced in:
     * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.4.10. The dt element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.11. The dd element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-figureReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2)
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps,
       illustrations
     * 4.7.5.1.14. Images of Pictures
     * 4.7.5.1.15. Webcam images
     * 4.7.5.1.16. When a text alternative is not available at the time of
       publication (2)
     * 4.7.5.1.22. Guidance for markup generators
     * 4.7.5.1.23. Guidance for conformance checkers
     * 4.9.1.1. Techniques for describing tables
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.13.5. Footnotes
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-figcaptionReferenced in:
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.12. The figure element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.4.13. The figcaption element (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps,
       illustrations
     * 4.7.5.1.14. Images of Pictures (2)
     * 4.7.5.1.15. Webcam images
     * 4.7.5.1.16. When a text alternative is not available at the time of
       publication (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.5.1.22. Guidance for markup generators
     * 4.9.2. The caption element (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-mainReferenced in:
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.2. The article element
     * 4.3.4. The nav element (2)
     * 4.3.5. The aside element
     * 4.3.7. The header element (2) (3)
     * 4.3.8. The footer element (2) (3)
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.14. The main element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 7 and Working Draft 6
   #elementdef-divReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) (3)
       (4)
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 3.2.4. Content models (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.3.3. The section element
     * 4.4.1. The p element (2)
     * 4.4.9. The dl element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.4.15. The div element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3)
       (4) (5)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2)
     * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmldivelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-aReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) (3)
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2)
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3)
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2)
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element (2)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.5.1.3. A link or button containing nothing but an image
     * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8)
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2)
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2)
     * 4.8.6. Link types (2)
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2)
     * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" (2) (3)
     * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark"
     * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" (2) (3)
     * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license"
     * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow"
     * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener"
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" (2)
     * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search"
     * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag"
     * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next"
     * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev"
     * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command (2)
     * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command
     * 4.13.3. Tag clouds
     * 4.13.5. Footnotes
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 7.3. Base64 utility methods
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2)
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 8 and Working Draft 7
   #htmlanchorelementReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-downloadReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-targetReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-relReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-hreflangReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-rellistReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-textReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
   #elementdef-emReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.2. The em element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-strongReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.3. The strong element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.5.4. The small element
     * 4.5.23. The b element (2)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-smallReferenced in:
     * 1.10.1. Presentational markup
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.4. The small element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-sReferenced in:
     * 1.10.1. Presentational markup
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.5. The s element (2)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-citeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.6. The cite element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-qReferenced in:
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.2. The lang and xml:lang attributes
     * 4.4.5. The blockquote element
     * 4.5.6. The cite element
     * 4.5.7. The q element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-q-citeReferenced in:
     * 4.5.7. The q element
     * Elements
   #elementdef-dfnReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute
     * 4.4.10. The dt element (2)
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.5.22. The i element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #defines-the-termReferenced in:
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element
   #element-attrdef-dfn-titleReferenced in:
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element (2)
   #elementdef-abbrReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute (2)
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-abbr-titleReferenced in:
     * 4.5.8. The dfn element
     * 4.5.9. The abbr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Attributes
   #elementdef-rubyReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2)
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.5.11. The rb element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.12. The rt element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.5.14. The rp element (2)
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2)
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #ruby-segmentReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #ruby-basesReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #ruby-base-containerReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3)
   #ruby-text-containerReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
   #ruby-text-annotationsReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #ruby-annotation-containerReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #commit-a-ruby-segmentReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2)
   #commit-the-base-rangeReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3)
   #commit-current-annotationsReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2)
   #commit-an-automatic-baseReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4)
   #elementdef-rbReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.5.11. The rb element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-rtReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2)
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2)
     * 4.5.14. The rp element (2)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-rtcReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.5.12. The rt element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.5.14. The rp element (2)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Element Interfaces
   #process-an-rtc-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element
   #commit-an-automatic-annotationReferenced in:
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element (2)
   #elementdef-rpReferenced in:
     * 4.5.10. The ruby element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-dataReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.15. The data element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 4.13.4. Conversations (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmldataelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-data-valueReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #dom-htmldataelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.5.15. The data element
   #elementdef-timeReferenced in:
     * 2.4.5. Dates and times
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.16. The time element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 4.13.4. Conversations (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltimeelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-time-datetimeReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
     * Elements
   #datetime-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
   #dom-htmltimeelement-datetimeReferenced in:
     * 4.5.16. The time element
   #elementdef-codeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.5.17. The code element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-varReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.18. The var element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-sampReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.4. The pre element
     * 4.5.19. The samp element (2)
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-kbdReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.4. The pre element (2)
     * 4.5.19. The samp element (2)
     * 4.5.20. The kbd element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-subReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-supReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.21. The sub and sup elements (2) (3)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-iReferenced in:
     * 1.10.1. Presentational markup
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.2. The em element
     * 4.5.22. The i element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.5.23. The b element
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:   (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-bReferenced in:
     * 1.10.1. Presentational markup
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.23. The b element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 4.13.4. Conversations
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:   (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
 (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
     * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
       (24) (25)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-uReferenced in:
     * 1.10.1. Presentational markup
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.24. The u element (2) (3)
     * 4.5.25. The mark element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-markReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.24. The u element
     * 4.5.25. The mark element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-bdiReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2)
     * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm
       formatting characters
     * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria
     * 4.5.26. The bdi element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-bdoReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.7.1. Authoring conformance criteria for bidirectional-algorithm
       formatting characters
     * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria
     * 4.5.27. The bdo element
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-spanReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2) (3)
       (4)
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.6. The style attribute
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.5.28. The span element (2)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 4.13.1. Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines
     * 4.13.4. Conversations
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlspanelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-brReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria
     * 4.5.29. The br element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 4.13.1. Subheadings, subtitles, alternative titles and taglines
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlbrelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-wbrReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.5.31. Usage summary
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-insReferenced in:
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.6. Edits
     * 4.6.1. The ins element (2) (3)
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
     * 4.6.5. Edits and lists
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-delReferenced in:
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.5.5. The s element
     * 4.6. Edits
     * 4.6.2. The del element (2)
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2)
     * 4.6.4. Edits and paragraphs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.6.5. Edits and lists (2)
     * 4.6.6. Edits and tables
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-edits-citeReferenced in:
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements (2)
     * Elements (2)
   #element-attrdef-edits-datetimeReferenced in:
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
     * Elements (2)
   #htmlmodelementReferenced in:
     * 4.6.1. The ins element
     * 4.6.2. The del element
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces (2)
   #dom-htmlmodelement-citeReferenced in:
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
   #dom-htmlmodelement-datetimeReferenced in:
     * 4.6.3. Attributes common to ins and del elements
   #device-pixel-ratioReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3)
   #viewport-based-selectionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction (2)
   #image-art-directedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element
   #image-format-based-selectionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction
   #elementdef-pictureReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 4.7.1. Introduction
     * 4.7.3. The picture element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element (2) (3)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
     * People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x
   #htmlpictureelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.3. The picture element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.3. MIME types
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
     * 4.7.13.18. Best practices for authors using media elements
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlsourceelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-source-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-source-srcsetReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-source-sizesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * Elements
     * People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x
   #element-attrdef-source-mediaReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-source-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * Elements
   #dom-htmlsourceelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
   #dom-htmlsourceelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
   #dom-htmlsourceelement-srcsetReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
   #dom-htmlsourceelement-sizesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
   #dom-htmlsourceelement-mediaReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
   #elementdef-imgReferenced in:
     * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML
     * 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs (2) (3)
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2)
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2)
     * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.3. The picture element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)
       (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40)
       (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54)
       (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68)
       (69) (70) (71) (72)
     * 4.7.5.1.7. Images that enhance the themes or subject matter of the
       page content
     * 4.7.5.1.12. Image maps
     * 4.7.5.1.14. Images of Pictures (2) (3)
     * 4.7.5.1.16. When a text alternative is not available at the time of
       publication (2) (3)
     * 4.7.5.1.17. An image not intended for the user (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.5.1.18. Icon Images
     * 4.7.5.1.21. An image in a picture element (2)
     * 4.7.5.1.22. Guidance for markup generators
     * 4.7.5.1.23. Guidance for conformance checkers (2)
     * 4.7.13.17. Security and privacy considerations
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.16.1. Authoring (2)
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2)
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2)
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.12.4.1. Color spaces and color correction
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.4. Origin (2)
     * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.4.2. Images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.4.4. Image maps (2)
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
     * 12.1. text/html
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Events (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Changes between Working Draft 8 and Working Draft 7
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5
   #htmlimageelementReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-img-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction (2)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-img-srcsetReferenced in:
     * 4.7.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * Elements
     * People who have contributed to previous revisions of HTML 5.x
   #element-attrdef-img-altReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.7.1. Introduction
     * 4.7.5.1. Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for
       images
     * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps,
       illustrations
     * 10.4.2. Images
     * Elements
   #image-candidate-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14)
     * Attributes
   #width-descriptorReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
   #width-descriptor-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
   #valid-source-size-listReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-img-crossoriginReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-img-referrerpolicyReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * Elements
   #current-requestReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)
       (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35)
   #pending-requestReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26)
       (27) (28) (29)
   #image-requestReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
   #image-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
   #current-urlReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #image-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #statedef-img-unavailableReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #statedef-img-partially-availableReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #statedef-img-completely-availableReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 7.8. Images
   #statedef-img-brokenReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #statedef-img-availableReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #relevant-mutationsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
   #last-selected-sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
   #current-pixel-densityReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #density-corrected-intrinsic-width-and-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #list-of-available-imagesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #ignore-higher-layer-cachingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #update-the-image-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4)
   #abort-the-image-requestReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
   #upgrade-the-pending-request-to-the-current-requestReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #fire-a-progress-event-or-simple-eventReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #use-srcset-or-pictureReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #fully-decodableReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
   #source-setReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13)
   #image-sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14)
   #source-sizeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #selecting-an-image-sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
   #update-the-source-setReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #parse-a-srcset-attributeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
   #parse-a-sizes-attributeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
   #normalize-the-source-densitiesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
   #element-attrdef-img-usemapReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
   #element-attrdef-img-ismapReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #dom-htmlimageelement-altReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-srcsetReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-sizesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-crossoriginReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-usemapReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-ismapReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-referrerpolicyReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-longdescReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-naturalwidthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-naturalheightReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-completeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-currentsrcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #dom-htmlimageelement-imageReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
   #the-conditions-described-aboveReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5.1.23. Guidance for conformance checkers
   #elementdef-iframeReferenced in:
     * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML (2)
     * 2.1.5. Plugins
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33)
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) (3)
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13)
     * 11.3.3. Frames
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmliframeelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-iframe-srcReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-iframe-srcdocReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * Elements
   #an-iframe-srcdoc-documentReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology (2)
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3)
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * Attributes
   #reprocess-the-iframe-attributesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
   #otherwise-steps-for-iframe-or-frame-elementsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #iframe-load-in-progressReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #mute-iframe-loadReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #iframe-load-event-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
   #element-attrdef-iframe-nameReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-iframe-sandboxReferenced in:
     * 2.1.5. Plugins
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-iframe-allowfullscreenReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-iframe-allowpaymentrequestReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * Attributes
   #allowed-to-useReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3)
   #element-attrdef-iframe-referrerpolicyReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #dom-htmliframeelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-srcdocReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-sandboxReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-allowfullscreenReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-allowpaymentrequestReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-referrerpolicyReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-contentdocumentReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-contentwindowReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
   #elementdef-embedReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) (3)
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins (2)
       (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Events
   #htmlembedelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-embed-srcReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-embed-typeReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #potentially-activeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #the-embed-element-setup-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlembedelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
   #dom-htmlembedelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
   #elementdef-objectReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models (2)
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38)
     * 4.7.9. The param element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.14. The map element
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2)
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) (3)
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.4.4. Image maps (2)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlobjectelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-willvalidateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-validityReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-validationmessageReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-checkvalidityReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-reportvalidityReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-setcustomvalidityReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #element-attrdef-object-dataReferenced in:
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-object-typeReferenced in:
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-object-typemustmatchReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-object-nameReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * Elements
   #should-be-usedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-typemustmatchReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-contentdocumentReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-contentwindowReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
   #elementdef-paramReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.9. The param element (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
     * Elements (2)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlparamelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-param-nameReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-param-valueReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #parameterReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.9. The param element (2)
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlparamelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.7.9. The param element
   #dom-htmlparamelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.7.9. The param element
   #elementdef-videoReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2)
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13. Media elements (2)
     * 4.7.13.3. MIME types (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
     * 4.7.13.17. Security and privacy considerations
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2) (3)
     * 5.4.2. Data model
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlvideoelementReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-video-posterReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * Elements
   #poster-frameReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #video-intrinsic-widthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4)
   #video-intrinsic-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-htmlvideoelement-videowidthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
   #dom-htmlvideoelement-videoheightReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
   #dom-htmlvideoelement-posterReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
   #elementdef-audioReferenced in:
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2)
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.7.3. The picture element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.7.13. Media elements (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlaudioelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #dom-htmlaudioelement-audioReferenced in:
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
   #elementdef-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
       (22)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * Elements
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltrackelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-track-kindReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #attr-valuedef-track-kind-subtitlesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * Attributes
   #statedef-track-subtitlesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #attr-valuedef-track-kind-captionsReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #statedef-track-captionsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #attr-valuedef-track-kind-descriptionsReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #statedef-track-descriptionsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #attr-valuedef-track-kind-chaptersReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #statedef-track-chaptersReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #attr-valuedef-track-kind-metadataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * Attributes
   #statedef-track-metadataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #element-attrdef-track-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * Elements
   #track-urlReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #element-attrdef-track-srclangReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #track-languageReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #element-attrdef-track-labelReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * Elements
   #track-labelReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #element-attrdef-track-defaultReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements
   #dom-htmltrackelement-readystateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-noneReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-loadingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-loadedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-errorReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-srclangReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-labelReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-defaultReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #dom-htmltrackelement-kindReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
   #media-elementReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10)
     * 4.7.13.4. Network states
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
       (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37)
       (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51)
       (52)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
       (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37)
       (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51)
       (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges (2)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.18. Best practices for authors using media elements
     * 4.7.13.19. Best practices for implementors of media elements (2) (3)
     * 6.4. Origin (2)
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #enumdef-canplaytyperesultReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #typedefdef-mediaproviderReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #htmlmediaelementReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * Element Interfaces (2)
   #media-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3)
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs
   #media-resourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.3. MIME types (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
       (23) (24) (25) (26) (27)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6) (7)
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.13.10.2. Selecting specific audio and video tracks declaratively
       (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2)
     * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 7.8. Images
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4)
   #media-element-event-task-sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-errorReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #mediaerrorReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-mediaerror-codeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes
   #dom-mediaerror-media_err_abortedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes
   #dom-mediaerror-media_err_networkReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes
   #dom-mediaerror-media_err_decodeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes
   #dom-mediaerror-media_err_src_not_supportedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes
   #element-attrdef-media-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * Elements (2)
   #element-attrdef-media-crossoriginReferenced in:
     * Elements (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-crossoriginReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #media-provider-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4)
   #assigned-media-provider-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-currentsrcReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-srcobjectReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2)
   #a-type-that-the-user-agent-knows-it-cannot-renderReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.3. MIME types (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-canplaytypeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-networkstateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.4. Network states (2)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-network_emptyReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-network_idleReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-network_loadingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-network_no_sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #autoplaying-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
   #delaying-the-load-event-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-loadReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #media-element-load-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   #resource-selection-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13.1. Error codes
     * 4.7.13.2. Location of the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.4. Network states (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2)
   #dedicated-media-source-failure-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
   #resource-fetch-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
   #stall-timeoutReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   #the-rules-described-previouslyReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   #media-data-processing-steps-listReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
   #runsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
   #forget-the-media-elements-media-resource-specific-tracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
   #element-attrdef-media-preloadReferenced in:
     * Elements (2)
   #statedef-media-metadataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   #statedef-media-automaticReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-preloadReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-bufferedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #media-timelineReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
     * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges
   #establish-the-media-timelineReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
   #current-positionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) (4)
     * 7.8. Images
   #official-playback-positionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking
   #default-playback-start-positionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2)
   #show-poster-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-currenttimeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #initial-playback-positionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2)
   #earliest-possible-positionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-durationReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #timeline-offsetReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-getstartdateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #element-attrdef-media-loopReferenced in:
     * Elements (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-loopReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_nothingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_metadataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_current_dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_future_dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-have_enough_dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-readystateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #element-attrdef-media-autoplayReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
     * Elements (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-autoplayReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-pausedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #blocked-media-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
   #potentially-playingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element (2)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #playback-has-endedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-endedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #stopped-due-to-errorsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #paused-for-user-interactionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2)
   #paused-for-in-band-contentReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-defaultplaybackrateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-playbackrateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-playedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-playReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-pauseReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #internal-pause-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
   #effective-playback-rateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #direction-of-playbackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
   #list-of-newly-introduced-cuesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #time-marches-onReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking
   #prepare-an-eventReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-seekingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #seekReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-seekableReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-audiotracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-videotracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #audiotracklistReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #audiotrackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface (2) (3)
   #videotracklistReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.10. Media resources with multiple media tracks (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #videotrackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface (2) (3)
   #dom-audiotracklist-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-videotracklist-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-audiotracklist-gettrackbyidReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-videotracklist-gettrackbyidReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-audiotrack-idReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-videotrack-idReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-audiotrack-kindReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-videotrack-kindReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-audiotrack-labelReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-videotrack-labelReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-audiotrack-languageReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-videotrack-languageReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-audiotrack-enabledReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-videotracklist-selectedindexReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-videotrack-selectedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
   #dom-audiotracklist-onchangeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
   #dom-audiotracklist-onaddtrackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
   #dom-audiotracklist-onremovetrackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
   #text-tracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
       (25)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text
       track cues
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters (2)
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2)
     * Attributes
   #list-of-text-tracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
   #kind-of-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text
       track cues
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2)
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
   #track-subtitlesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
   #track-captionsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
   #track-descriptionsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
   #track-chaptersReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
   #track-metadataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
   #label-of-a-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3)
   #in-band-metadata-track-dispatch-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #text-track-languageReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3)
   #a-readiness-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #statedef-track-not-loadedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #statedef-track-loadingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
   #statedef-track-loadedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #statedef-track-text-track-failed-to-loadReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3)
   #a-modeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #modedef-track-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #modedef-track-hiddenReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #modedef-track-showingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
   #list-of-cuesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters
   #rules-for-updating-the-text-track-renderingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
   #list-of-pending-text-tracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4)
   #blocked-on-parserReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #did-perform-automatic-track-selectionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
   #populate-the-list-of-pending-text-tracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
   #the-text-tracks-are-readyReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #pending-text-track-change-notification-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3)
   #cueReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
       (24) (25) (26) (27)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13)
     * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text
       track cues (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters (2)
   #text-track-cue-identifierReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text
       track cues
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #text-track-cue-start-timeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #text-track-cue-end-timeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters (2) (3) (4)
   #pause-on-exit-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text
       track cues
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3)
   #text-track-cue-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters
   #text-track-rules-for-extracting-the-chapter-titleReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.7. Text tracks describing chapters
   #text-track-cue-active-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #text-track-cue-display-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
   #text-track-cue-orderReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4)
   #media-resource-specific-text-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.4. Guidelines for exposing cues in various formats as text
       track cues (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2)
   #steps-to-expose-a-media-resource-specific-text-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
   #honor-user-preferences-for-automatic-text-track-selectionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #perform-automatic-text-track-selectionReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3)
   #start-the-track-processing-modelReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #guidelines-for-exposing-cuesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
   #texttracklistReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-texttracksReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-texttracklist-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttracklist-gettrackbyidReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #enumdef-texttrackmodeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #enumdef-texttrackkindReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #texttrackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.12. The track element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33)
     * 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs
     * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-addtexttrackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #dom-texttrack-kindReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-labelReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-languageReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-idReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #dom-texttrack-inbandmetadatatrackdispatchtypeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-modeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrackmode-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrackmode-hiddenReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrackmode-showingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-cuesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #earliest-possible-position-when-the-script-startedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-activecuesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #active-flag-was-set-when-the-script-startedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-addcueReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-removecueReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #texttrackcuelistReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #dom-texttrackcuelist-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrackcuelist-getcuebyidReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #texttrackcueReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary
   #dom-texttrackcue-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #dom-texttrackcue-idReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #dom-texttrackcue-starttimeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #dom-texttrackcue-endtimeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #dom-texttrackcue-pauseonexitReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
   #datacueReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #dom-datacue-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.6. Text tracks exposing in-band metadata (2)
   #rules-for-constructing-the-chapter-tree-from-a-text-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
   #dom-texttracklist-onchangeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttracklist-onaddtrackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttracklist-onremovetrackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrack-oncuechangeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrackcue-onenterReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #dom-texttrackcue-onexitReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
   #element-attrdef-mediaelements-controlsReferenced in:
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
   #exposing-a-user-interfaceReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2)
     * 5.4.2. Data model
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-controlsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #playback-volumeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-volumeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #mutedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-mutedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #effective-media-volumeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface (2) (3)
   #element-attrdef-media-mutedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * Elements (2)
   #dom-htmlmediaelement-defaultmutedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
   #timerangesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13. Media elements (2) (3)
   #dom-timeranges-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges
   #dom-timeranges-startReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges
   #dom-timeranges-endReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.14. Time ranges
   #normalized-timeranges-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking
   #trackeventReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
     * 4.7.13.16. Event summary (2)
   #dictdef-trackeventinitReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface
   #dom-trackevent-trackReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.15. The TrackEvent interface
   #eventdef-media-loadstartReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-suspendReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-emptiedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
   #eventdef-media-stalledReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-loadedmetadataReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-loadeddataReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-canplayReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-canplaythroughReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-playingReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-waitingReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-seekingReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-seekedReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-endedReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-durationchangeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-timeupdateReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-playReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-pauseReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-ratechangeReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-media-volumechangeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-track-cuechangeReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #elementdef-mapReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.4.3. Transparent content models
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs (2) (3)
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.7.5.1.12. Image maps
     * 4.7.14. The map element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2)
     * 4.7.16.1. Authoring
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlmapelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-map-nameReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * Elements
   #dom-htmlmapelement-areasReferenced in:
     * 4.7.14. The map element
   #dom-htmlmapelement-imagesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.14. The map element
   #dom-htmlmapelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.7.14. The map element
   #elementdef-areaReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.7.5.1.12. Image maps (2)
     * 4.7.14. The map element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2)
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2)
     * 4.8.6. Link types (2)
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate"
     * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" (2) (3)
     * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark"
     * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" (2) (3)
     * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license"
     * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow"
     * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener"
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" (2)
     * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search"
     * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag"
     * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next"
     * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev"
     * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.4.4. Image maps (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlareaelementReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-area-altReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-area-shapeReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * Elements
   #attr-valuedef-area-shape-circleReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
   #attr-valuedef-area-shape-circReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2)
   #element-attrdef-area-coordsReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #statedef-area-circle-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #statedef-area-default-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3)
   #statedef-area-polygon-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3)
   #statedef-area-rectangle-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2)
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #dom-htmlareaelement-altReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #dom-htmlareaelement-coordsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #dom-htmlareaelement-targetReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #dom-htmlareaelement-downloadReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #dom-htmlareaelement-relReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #dom-htmlareaelement-hreflangReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #dom-htmlareaelement-shapeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #dom-htmlareaelement-rellistReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #dom-htmlareaelement-referrerpolicyReferenced in:
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #image-mapReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.14. The map element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.2. Data model
     * 10.4.4. Image maps (2)
     * Elements
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-common-usemapReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element content categories
   #dimension-attributesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 10.4.2. Images
   #element-attrdef-media-widthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #element-attrdef-media-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #dom-htmliframeelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
   #dom-htmliframeelement-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
   #external-resource-linkReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute (2)
     * 4.8.6. Link types (2)
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2)
   #hyperlinkReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.2.4.1. Processing the media attribute
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.5.1.3. A link or button containing nothing but an image
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.16.1. Authoring
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2)
     * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.8.6. Link types (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14) (15) (16)
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2)
     * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author"
     * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark"
     * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help"
     * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license"
     * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow"
     * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener" (2)
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer"
     * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search"
     * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag"
     * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next"
     * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev"
     * 4.8.6.14. Other link types (2) (3)
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
     * Elements
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4)
   #annotatesReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow"
     * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener"
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer"
     * 4.8.6.14. Other link types
   #element-attrdef-a-hrefReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML (2) (3)
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3)
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3)
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3)
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories
   #element-attrdef-a-targetReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * Elements (2)
   #element-attrdef-a-downloadReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * Elements (2)
   #element-attrdef-a-relReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9)
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.14. Other link types
     * 4.15.1. Case-sensitivity
     * Elements (2)
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-a-revReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2) (3)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author"
     * Attributes
   #reverse-linkReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-a-hreflangReferenced in:
     * Elements (2)
   #element-attrdef-a-typeReferenced in:
     * Elements (2)
   #htmlhyperlinkelementutilsReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
   #set-the-urlReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements (2)
   #reinitialise-urlReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
   #update-hrefReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-hrefReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-originReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-protocolReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-usernameReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-passwordReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-hostReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-hostnameReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-portReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-pathnameReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-searchReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #dom-htmlhyperlinkelementutils-hashReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
   #follow-hyperlinksReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element (2)
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2)
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #concept-request-urlReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
   #download-hyperlinksReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element (2)
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources
   #as-a-downloadReferenced in:
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
   #extensionReferenced in:
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #allowed-keywords-and-their-meaningsReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.4.4. Processing Link headers
     * 4.8.1. Introduction (2) (3)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
   #body-okReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.6. Link types (2)
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
   #element-statedef-link-alternateReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet"
   #element-statedef-link-authorReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.2. Link type "author" (2) (3) (4)
   #element-statedef-link-bookmarkReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.3. Link type "bookmark" (2)
   #element-statedef-link-helpReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.4. Link type "help" (2) (3) (4)
   #element-statedef-link-iconReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element (2)
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon" (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #element-statedef-link-licenseReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.6. Link type "license" (2) (3) (4)
   #element-statedef-link-nofollowReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.7. Link type "nofollow" (2)
   #element-statedef-link-noopenerReferenced in:
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener"
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer"
   #element-statedef-link-noreferrerReferenced in:
     * 2.6.7. Referrer policy attributes
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer" (2) (3)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2)
   #element-statedef-link-searchReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.10. Link type "search" (2) (3)
   #element-statedef-link-stylesheetReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.4.2. Processing the type attribute
     * 4.8.6. Link types (2)
     * 4.8.6.1. Link type "alternate" (2)
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2)
   #an-alternative-stylesheetReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2)
   #element-statedef-link-tagReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag" (2) (3)
   #element-statedef-link-nextReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.13.1. Link type "next" (2)
   #element-statedef-link-prevReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.13.2. Link type "prev" (2) (3)
   #other-link-typesReferenced in:
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
   #link-types-extensions-to-the-predefined-set-of-link-typeReferenced in:
     * 1.5.3. Extensibility
     * 4.2.4. The link element
   #elementdef-tableReferenced in:
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28)
     * 4.9.1.1. Techniques for describing tables
     * 4.9.2. The caption element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element (2)
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.9.6. The thead element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models (2) (3)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2)
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltableelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #dom-htmltableelement-captionReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-createcaptionReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-deletecaptionReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-theadReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-createtheadReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-deletetheadReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-tfootReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-createtfootReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-deletetfootReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-tbodiesReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-createtbodyReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-rowsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-insertrowReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #dom-htmltableelement-deleterowReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
   #provide-such-informationReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2)
   #elementdef-captionReferenced in:
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.9.1.1. Techniques for describing tables (2)
     * 4.9.2. The caption element (2) (3)
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3)
     * 4.13.5. Footnotes
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltablecaptionelementReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-colgroupReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3)
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.9.4. The col element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 4.12.3. The template element
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2)
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltablecolelementReferenced in:
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces (2)
   #element-attrdef-colgroup-spanReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #dom-htmltablecolelement-spanReferenced in:
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element (2)
   #elementdef-colReferenced in:
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element (2)
     * 4.9.4. The col element (2) (3)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model (2)
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-col-spanReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2)
     * Elements
   #elementdef-tbodyReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.9.6. The thead element (2)
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element (2) (3)
     * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11)
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltablesectionelementReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces (2) (3)
   #dom-htmltablesectionelement-rowsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
   #dom-htmltablesectionelement-insertrowReferenced in:
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
   #dom-htmltablesectionelement-deleterowReferenced in:
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
   #elementdef-theadReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3)
     * 4.9.6. The thead element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-tfootReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3)
     * 4.9.6. The thead element (2)
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-trReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4. Content models
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models (2)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltablerowelementReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-rowindexReferenced in:
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-sectionrowindexReferenced in:
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-cellsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-insertcellReferenced in:
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-deletecellReferenced in:
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
   #elementdef-tdReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4. Content models (2)
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections (2)
     * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.9.9. The td element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories
     * Attributes (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltabledatacellelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-thReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
       (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmltableheadercellelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-th-scopeReferenced in:
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
   #statedef-scope-rowReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
   #statedef-scope-columnReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
   #statedef-scope-autoReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
       (2)
   #element-attrdef-th-abbrReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
   #dom-htmltableheadercellelement-scopeReferenced in:
     * 4.9.10. The th element
   #dom-htmltableheadercellelement-abbrReferenced in:
     * 4.9.10. The th element
   #element-attrdef-tablecells-colspanReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * Elements (2)
   #element-attrdef-tablecells-rowspanReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * Elements (2)
   #element-attrdef-tablecells-headersReferenced in:
     * Elements (2)
   #htmltablecellelementReferenced in:
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Element Interfaces (2)
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-colspanReferenced in:
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-rowspanReferenced in:
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-headersReferenced in:
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-cellindexReferenced in:
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements
   #table-modelReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element (2)
     * 4.9.2. The caption element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element (2)
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2) (3)
   #tableReferenced in:
     * 4.9.1. The table element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.11. Attributes common to td and th elements (2)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2)
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #slotsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table
   #cellReferenced in:
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #rowReferenced in:
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2)
   #columnReferenced in:
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.12. Processing model (2)
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4)
   #row-groupReferenced in:
     * 4.9.10. The th element (2)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
       (2)
   #column-groupReferenced in:
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.10. The th element (2)
     * 4.9.12. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2)
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
       (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
   #table-model-errorReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3)
   #advanceReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #algorithm-for-processing-row-groupsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2) (3)
   #algorithm-for-ending-a-row-groupReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2)
   #algorithm-for-processing-rowsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2)
   #algorithm-for-growing-downward-growing-cellsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table (2)
   #algorithm-for-assigning-header-cellsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.12.1. Forming a table
   #internal-algorithm-for-scanning-and-assigning-header-cellsReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
       (2)
   #column-headerReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
       (2)
   #row-headerReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
   #column-group-headerReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
   #row-group-headerReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
   #empty-cellReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
   #formsReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
     * Elements
   #form-associated-elementsReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2)
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * Element content categories
   #listed-elementReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Element content categories
   #submittable-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Element content categories
   #buttonsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 10.4.2. Images
   #submit-buttonReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2)
   #resettable-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.22. Resetting a form (2)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Element content categories
   #reassociateable-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8)
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Element content categories
   #labelable-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Element content categories
   #elementdef-formReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2)
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server
     * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2)
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation (2)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data (2) (3)
     * 4.10.22. Resetting a form
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers (2)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) (3)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Events (2) (3) (4)
   #htmlformelementReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.16. The legend element
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-form-accept-charsetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data (2)
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-form-nameReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * Elements
   #attr-valuedef-form-autocomplete-onReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #statedef-form-autocomplete-onReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
   #attr-valuedef-form-autocomplete-offReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #statedef-form-autocomplete-offReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
   #dom-htmlformelement-autocompleteReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlformelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlformelement-acceptcharsetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlformelement-elementsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * Attributes
   #dom-htmlformelement-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
   #past-names-mapReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #dom-htmlformelement-submitReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-htmlformelement-resetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
   #dom-htmlformelement-checkvalidityReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
   #dom-htmlformelement-reportvalidityReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
   #elementdef-labelReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface (2)
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
       command (2)
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmllabelelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #labeled-controlReferenced in:
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2)
     * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
       command (2) (3)
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements (2)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
   #element-attrdef-label-forReferenced in:
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Elements
   #dom-htmllabelelement-htmlforReferenced in:
     * 4.10.4. The label element
   #dom-htmllabelelement-controlReferenced in:
     * 4.10.4. The label element
   #dom-htmllabelelement-labelsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2)
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2)
   #elementdef-inputReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) (3)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.1. The title attribute
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2)
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes (2)
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation
     * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field
       name, and the input modality (2)
     * 4.10.1.7. Date, time, and number formats
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
       (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3)
       (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2)
     * 4.10.5.2. Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls
     * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2)
     * 4.10.17.1. A form control value (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
       (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31)
       (32) (33)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) (3)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2)
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13)
     * 5.4.2. Data model
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3)
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text (2)
     * 10.4.2. Images (2) (3)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6) (7)
     * 10.5.6. The input element as a range control (2)
     * 10.5.7. The input element as a color well (2)
     * 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets (2)
       (3)
     * 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control (2)
     * 10.5.10. The input element as a button (2)
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2)
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features (2)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
       (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28)
       (29) (30) (31) (32)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlinputelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-input-typeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2)
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field
       name, and the input modality (2)
     * 4.10.1.7. Date, time, and number formats
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
       (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31)
       (32) (33)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text (2)
     * 10.4.2. Images
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6)
     * 10.5.6. The input element as a range control
     * 10.5.7. The input element as a color well
     * 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets (2)
     * 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control
     * 10.5.10. The input element as a button (2)
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features (2)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Changes between Working Draft 7 and Working Draft 6
     * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1
       specification is updated.
   #applyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
   #does-not-applyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.3. Common input element attributes
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2)
   #value-sanitization-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #algorithm-to-convert-a-string-to-a-numberReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2)
   #algorithm-to-convert-a-number-to-a-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2)
   #algorithm-to-convert-a-string-to-a-date-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2)
   #algorithm-to-convert-a-date-object-to-a-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2)
   #input-dirty-value-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes (2)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #element-attrdef-input-valueReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * 10.5.10. The input element as a button
     * Elements
   #dirty-checkedness-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #element-attrdef-input-checkedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * Elements
   #a-type-change-is-signalledReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-indeterminateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #dom-htmlinputelement-acceptReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-altReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-maxReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-minReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-multipleReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-patternReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-placeholderReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-_requiredReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-sizeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-stepReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-dirnameReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-readonlyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-defaultcheckedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-defaultvalueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-maxlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-minlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #state-of-the-type-attributeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #element-statedef-input-hiddenReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden) (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * Element content categories (2)
   #element-statedef-input-textReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
       (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31)
       (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
   #element-statedef-input-searchReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
       (3)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
   #element-statedef-input-telephoneReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
   #element-statedef-input-urlReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
   #element-statedef-input-e-mailReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute
     * 4.10.17.1. A form control value
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
   #valid-e-mail-addressReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
   #valid-e-mail-address-listReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) (4)
   #element-statedef-input-passwordReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
   #element-statedef-input-dateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets
   #element-statedef-input-monthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets
   #element-statedef-input-weekReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets
   #element-statedef-input-timeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets
   #element-statedef-input-localdatetimeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3)
       (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets
   #element-statedef-input-numberReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 10.5.5. The input element as domain-specific widgets
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features (2)
   #element-statedef-input-rangeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3)
     * 10.5.6. The input element as a range control
   #range-default-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
   #element-statedef-input-colorReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 10.5.7. The input element as a color well
   #element-statedef-input-checkboxReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets
   #element-statedef-input-radioReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 10.5.8. The input element as a checkbox and radio button widgets
   #radio-button-groupReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #element-statedef-input-fileReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control
     * Attributes
   #selected-filesReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 10.5.9. The input element as a file upload control
   #path-componentsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #element-attrdef-input-acceptReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-statedef-input-submitReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 10.5.10. The input element as a button
   #element-statedef-input-imageReferenced in:
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 10.4.2. Images
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
   #element-attrdef-input-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * Elements
   #availableReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
   #element-attrdef-input-altReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * Elements
   #coordinateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
   #element-statedef-input-resetReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 10.5.10. The input element as a button
   #element-statedef-input-buttonReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 10.5.10. The input element as a button
   #implementation-notesReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.7. Date, time, and number formats
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
   #element-attrdef-input-maxlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-input-minlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-input-sizeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. (2)
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-input-readonlyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-input-requiredReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * Elements
   #requiredReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
   #element-attrdef-input-multipleReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.17.1. A form control value
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-input-patternReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * Elements
   #compiled-pattern-regular-expressionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-input-titleReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes
   #has-a-periodic-domainReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3)
   #element-attrdef-input-minReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-input-maxReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #min-minimumReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #default-minimumReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
   #max-maximumReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #default-maximumReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
   #have-a-reversed-rangeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3)
   #have-range-limitationsReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
   #element-attrdef-input-stepReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #default-stepReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2)
   #step-scale-factorReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3)
   #default-step-baseReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute
   #allowed-value-stepReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #step-baseReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-input-listReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
       (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 10.5.6. The input element as a range control
     * 10.5.7. The input element as a color well
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #suggestions-source-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #element-attrdef-input-placeholderReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * Elements
   #apisReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #modedef-input-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #modedef-input-defaultReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
   #modedef-input-default-onReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
   #modedef-input-filenameReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-checkedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #dom-htmlinputelement-filesReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #dom-htmlinputelement-valueasdateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #dom-htmlinputelement-valueasnumberReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #dom-htmlinputelement-stepdownReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-stepupReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #is-step-alignedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2)
   #is-not-step-alignedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #step-alignReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-listReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
   #elementdef-buttonReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 2.1.2. XML compatibility (2) (3)
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 4.7.5.1.3. A link or button containing nothing but an image
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command (2)
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 10.5.2. The button element (2)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5
   #htmlbuttonelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-button-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #attr-valuedef-button-type-submitReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #element-statedef-button-type-submit-buttonReferenced in:
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #element-statedef-button-type-reset-buttonReferenced in:
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
   #element-statedef-button-type-buttonReferenced in:
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
   #element-attrdef-button-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * Elements
   #dom-htmlbuttonelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.6. The button element
   #dom-htmlbuttonelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.6. The button element
   #elementdef-selectReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field
       name, and the input modality
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33)
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.10.17.1. A form control value
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command (2) (3)
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 10.7.4. Text rendered in native user interfaces
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlselectelementReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #dom-htmlselectelement-removeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #element-attrdef-select-multipleReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-select-sizeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * Elements
   #display-sizeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3)
   #list-of-optionsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 10.5.14. The select element (2)
   #element-attrdef-select-requiredReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * Elements
   #placeholder-label-optionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2)
     * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3)
   #pickedReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
   #ask-for-a-resetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #toggleReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
   #send-select-update-notificationsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-htmlselectelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-optionsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-itemReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-nameditemReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #set-the-value-of-a-new-indexed-propertyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-selectedoptionsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-selectedindexReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-multipleReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-_requiredReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #dom-htmlselectelement-sizeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element
   #elementdef-datalistReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 4.10.5.3.5. The multiple attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * Elements (2)
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #htmldatalistelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #dom-htmldatalistelement-optionsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
   #elementdef-optgroupReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2)
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmloptgroupelementReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-optgroup-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-optgroup-labelReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 10.5.14. The select element
     * Elements
   #dom-htmloptgroupelement-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
   #dom-htmloptgroupelement-labelReferenced in:
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
   #elementdef-optionReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35)
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
     * 4.10.17.1. A form control value
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6)
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.5.14. The select element (2) (3)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #htmloptionelementReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.3. The HTMLOptionsCollection interface (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2)
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-option-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-option-labelReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * Elements
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #labelReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.11.2. Sourcing in-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2) (3)
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 10.5.14. The select element
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-option-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-option-selectedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * Elements
   #statedef-option-dirtinessReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3)
   #statedef-option-selectednessReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.10.17.1. A form control value
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 10.5.14. The select element
   #option-indexReferenced in:
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #dom-htmloptionelement-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #dom-htmloptionelement-defaultselectedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #dom-htmloptionelement-labelReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #dom-htmloptionelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element
   #dom-htmloptionelement-selectedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2)
   #dom-htmloptionelement-indexReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3)
   #dom-htmloptionelement-textReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #dom-htmloptionelement-optionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3)
   #elementdef-textareaReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface (2)
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2) (3)
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3)
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 3.2.7.2. User agent conformance criteria
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 4.10.1.4. Client-side form validation
     * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field
       name, and the input modality
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) (3)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #htmltextareaelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #raw-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12)
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
   #element-attrdef-textarea-readonlyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * Elements
   #textarea-dirty-value-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #element-attrdef-textarea-colsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * Elements
   #character-widthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
   #element-attrdef-textarea-rowsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * Elements
   #character-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
   #element-attrdef-textarea-wrapReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
     * Elements
   #attr-valuedef-textarea-wrap-softReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #attr-valuedef-textarea-wrap-hardReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #statedef-textarea-softReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
   #statedef-textarea-hardReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3)
   #api-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3)
   #textarea-wrapping-transformationReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
   #element-attrdef-textarea-maxlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-textarea-minlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-textarea-requiredReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-textarea-placeholderReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5.3. The translate attribute
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * Elements
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-colsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-placeholderReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-_requiredReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-rowsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-wrapReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-dirnameReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-maxlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-minlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-readonlyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-defaultvalueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-htmltextareaelement-textlengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #elementdef-outputReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.5.19. The samp element
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Attributes (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmloutputelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-output-forReferenced in:
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3)
     * Elements
   #value-mode-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #output-default-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #dom-htmloutputelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.12. The output element
   #dom-htmloutputelement-defaultvalueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.12. The output element
   #dom-htmloutputelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.12. The output element
   #dom-htmloutputelement-htmlforReferenced in:
     * 4.10.12. The output element
   #elementdef-progressReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2)
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 10.5.13. The progress element (2) (3)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlprogresselementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-progress-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-progress-maxReferenced in:
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * Elements
   #progress-maximum-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #progress-current-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #dom-htmlprogresselement-positionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
   #dom-htmlprogresselement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.13. The progress element (2)
   #dom-htmlprogresselement-maxReferenced in:
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
   #elementdef-meterReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2)
     * 4.10.13. The progress element
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 10.5.12. The meter element (2) (3)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlmeterelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-meter-minReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-meter-maxReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-meter-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-meter-lowReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-meter-highReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-meter-optimumReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements
   #meter-minimum-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14)
   #meter-maximum-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
   #meter-actual-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #meter-low-boundaryReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #meter-high-boundaryReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #meter-optimum-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #dom-htmlmeterelement-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #dom-htmlmeterelement-minReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #dom-htmlmeterelement-maxReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #dom-htmlmeterelement-lowReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #dom-htmlmeterelement-highReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #dom-htmlmeterelement-optimumReferenced in:
     * 4.10.14. The meter element
   #elementdef-fieldsetReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.15. The div element
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface (2)
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 4.10.16. The legend element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute (2)
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Attributes (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #htmlfieldsetelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-fieldset-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) (3)
     * Elements
   #disabled-fieldsetReferenced in:
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #dom-htmlfieldsetelement-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
   #dom-htmlfieldsetelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
   #dom-htmlfieldsetelement-elementsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
   #elementdef-legendReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.16. The legend element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 3 and Working Draft 2
   #htmllegendelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #forms-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
       (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password) (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2) (3)
       (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.3.2. The size attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.3.9. The list attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element (2)
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.17.1. A form control value (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.17.2. Mutability
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute (2) (3)
       (4)
     * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
       attribute (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #forms-checkednessReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.2. The HTMLFormControlsCollection interface (2)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.17.2. Mutability
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #mutableReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute
     * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
   #form-ownerReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2)
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2)
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set
     * 4.10.22. Resetting a form
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2)
   #element-attrdef-formelements-formReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.2. Categories (2)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #associatedReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #reset-the-form-ownerReferenced in:
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #dom-formidlattribute-formReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
     * 4.10.16. The legend element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms
   #element-attrdef-formelements-nameReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 4.10.1.1. Writing a form’s user interface
     * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
     * 4.10.18.1. Naming form controls: the name attribute (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
   #element-attrdef-input-dirnameReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3)
     * Elements (2)
   #form-control-maxlength-attributeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
   #maximum-allowed-value-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute (2) (3)
       (4) (5)
     * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
       attribute (2)
   #form-control-minlength-attributeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.1. The maxlength and minlength attributes
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
       attribute
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
   #minimum-allowed-value-lengthReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
       attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #element-attrdef-disabledformelements-disabledReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
   #forms-attributes-for-form-submissionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2)
   #element-attrdef-form-actionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2)
     * 4.10.21.1. Introduction
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formactionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3)
     * Elements (2)
   #actionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 5.5.3. Processing model
   #element-attrdef-form-methodReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formmethodReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2)
   #attr-valuedef-form-method-getReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * Attributes
   #http-getReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #attr-valuedef-form-method-postReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * Attributes
   #http-postReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #attr-valuedef-form-method-dialogReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * Attributes
   #state-dialogReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * Events
   #forms-methodReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * 4.10.21.1. Introduction
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #element-attrdef-form-enctypeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formenctypeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2)
   #enctypeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * 4.10.21.1. Introduction
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #element-attrdef-form-targetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formtargetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3)
     * Elements (2)
   #element-attrdef-form-novalidateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3)
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-submitbuttonelements-formnovalidateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission (2) (3)
     * Elements (2)
   #no-validate-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #dom-htmlformelement-actionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlformelement-targetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlformelement-methodReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlformelement-enctypeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlformelement-encodingReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlformelement-novalidateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-formactionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-formenctypeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-formmethodReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-formnovalidateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-formtargetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
   #element-attrdef-formelements-autofocusReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes
   #nearest-ancestor-autofocus-scoping-document-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
   #dom-htmlinputelement-autofocusReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
   #element-attrdef-autocompleteelements-autocompleteReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.5. Enabling client-side automatic filling of form controls
     * 4.10.1.6. The difference between the field type, the autofill field
       name, and the input modality (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Attributes (2)
   #autofill-expectation-mantleReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
   #autofill-anchor-mantleReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #autofill-detail-tokensReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
   #attr-valuedef-forms-autocomplete-offReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #attr-valuedef-forms-autocomplete-onReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
   #autofill-fieldReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * Attributes
   #inappropriate-for-the-controlReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
   #administrative-levelReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute (2)
       (3) (4)
   #autofill-hint-setReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11)
   #autofill-scopeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #autofill-field-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
       (25)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #idl-exposed-autofill-valueReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #controls-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #derived-from-country-in-some-casesReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.1. Autofilling form controls: the autocomplete attribute
   #dom-htmlinputelement-autocompleteReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #enumdef-selectionmodeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
   #dom-selectionapielements-selectReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2)
   #dom-selectionapielements-selectionstartReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #dom-selectionapielements-selectionendReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #dom-selectionapielements-selectiondirectionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-selectionapielements-setselectionrangeReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-selectionapielements-setrangetextReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email)
     * 4.10.5.1.6. Password state (type=password)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2)
   #dom-selectionmode-selectReferenced in:
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
   #dom-selectionmode-startReferenced in:
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
   #dom-selectionmode-endReferenced in:
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
   #dom-selectionmode-preserveReferenced in:
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
   #candidates-for-constraint-validationReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #barred-from-constraint-validationReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.5.1.1. Hidden state (type=hidden)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button)
     * 4.10.5.3.3. The readonly attribute
     * 4.10.8. The datalist element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #custom-validity-error-messageReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2) (3)
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2)
   #validity-statesReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #suffer-from-being-missingReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 4.10.5.3.4. The required attribute
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #suffer-from-a-type-mismatchReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.4. URL state (type=url)
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #suffer-from-a-pattern-mismatchReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.6. The pattern attribute (2)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #suffer-from-being-too-longReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.3. Limiting user input length: the maxlength attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #suffer-from-being-too-shortReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.4. Setting minimum input length requirements: the minlength
       attribute
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #suffer-from-an-underflowReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
   #suffer-from-an-overflowReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.3.7. The min and max attributes (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
   #suffer-from-a-step-mismatchReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range) (2)
     * 4.10.5.3.8. The step attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5.4. Common input element APIs
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #suffer-from-bad-inputReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.5. E-mail state (type=email) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.7. Date state (type=date)
     * 4.10.5.1.8. Month state (type=month)
     * 4.10.5.1.9. Week state (type=week)
     * 4.10.5.1.10. Time state (type=time)
     * 4.10.5.1.11. Local Date and Time state (type=datetime-local)
     * 4.10.5.1.12. Number state (type=number)
     * 4.10.5.1.13. Range state (type=range)
     * 4.10.5.1.14. Color state (type=color)
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #suffer-from-a-custom-errorReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2)
   #satisfy-its-constraintsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2) (3)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #statically-validating-the-constraintsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
   #interactively-validate-the-constraintsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #constraint-validation-apiReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
   #dom-htmlinputelement-willvalidateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-setcustomvalidityReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.3. Telephone state (type=tel)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
     * 4.10.20.1. Definitions (2)
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-validityReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
   #validitystateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API (2)
   #dom-validitystate-valuemissingReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-typemismatchReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-patternmismatchReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-toolongReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-tooshortReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-rangeunderflowReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-rangeoverflowReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-stepmismatchReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-badinputReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-customerrorReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-validitystate-validReferenced in:
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
   #dom-htmlinputelement-checkvalidityReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-reportvalidityReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
   #dom-htmlinputelement-validationmessageReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 4.10.7. The select element (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element (2)
     * 4.10.15. The fieldset element (2)
   #form-submissionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.1.3. Configuring a form to communicate with a server
     * 4.10.5. The input element (2)
     * 4.10.5.2. Implementation notes regarding localization of form controls
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.21.4. Constructing the form data set (2)
     * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding
     * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
       (15) (16) (17)
   #default-buttonReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2) (3)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
   #submitReferenced in:
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * Events
   #planned-navigationReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #plan-to-navigateReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #mutate-action-urlReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2)
   #submit-as-entity-bodyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2)
   #get-action-urlReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #post-to-dataReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #mail-with-headersReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #mail-as-bodyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #submit-dialogReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #appropriate-form-encoding-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3)
   #constructing-the-form-data-setReferenced in:
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #during-form-submissionReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
   #picking-an-encoding-for-the-formReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.6. URL-encoded form data
     * 4.10.21.7. Multipart form data
     * 4.10.21.8. Plain text form data
   #application-x-www-form-urlencoded-encoding-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3)
   #multipart-form-data-encoding-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2)
   #multipart-form-data-boundary-stringReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #text-plain-encoding-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
   #resetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.2. Categories
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.22. Resetting a form (2)
     * Events
   #reset-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.12. The output element
     * 4.10.22. Resetting a form
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #elementdef-detailsReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps,
       illustrations
     * 4.11.1. The details element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.11.2. The summary element (2) (3)
     * 4.12. Scripting
     * 5.4.2. Data model
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.5.3. The details and summary elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements (2) (3)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
     * Events (2)
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2) (3)
   #htmldetailselementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-details-openReferenced in:
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 10.5.3. The details and summary elements
     * Elements
   #details-notification-task-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
   #dom-htmldetailselement-openReferenced in:
     * 4.11.1. The details element
   #elementdef-summaryReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps,
       illustrations
     * 4.11.1. The details element (2)
     * 4.11.2. The summary element
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.5.3. The details and summary elements (2) (3)
     * Elements (2)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2) (3) (4)
   #defines-a-commandReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.1. Facets
     * 5.2. Inert subtrees
   #facet-labelReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command (2)
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
       command
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements (2)
   #facet-access-keyReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.1. Facets
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
       command
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
   #facet-hidden-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.1. Facets
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
       command
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 5.5.3. Processing model
   #facet-disabled-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
       command
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 5.5.3. Processing model
   #facet-actionReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
       command
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
   #elementdef-dialogReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 4.3.9. Headings and sections
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2)
       (3)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
     * 5.2. Inert subtrees (2)
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2)
     * Attributes
     * Element Interfaces
     * Events (2) (3)
     * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1
       specification is updated.
   #htmldialogelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-dialog-openReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #dom-htmldialogelement-showReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
   #pending-dialog-stackReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14)
   #modal-dialog-is-shownReferenced in:
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
   #dom-htmldialogelement-showmodalReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
   #dialog-focusing-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2)
   #dom-htmldialogelement-closeReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
   #close-the-dialogReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2)
   #dom-htmldialogelement-returnvalueReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3)
   #normal-alignmentReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3)
   #centered-alignmentReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #magically-alignedReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3)
   #set-up-the-positionReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3)
   #absolute-anchoredReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-htmldialogelement-openReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
   #propdef-anchor-pointReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.11.4.1. Anchor points
   #valdef-anchor-point-noneReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #elementdef-scriptReferenced in:
     * 1.5.3. Extensibility
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2)
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2) (3)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.9. Script-supporting elements
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.10.10. The option element (2) (3)
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39)
       (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53)
       (54) (55)
     * 4.12.1.3. Restrictions for contents of script elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6) (7)
     * 4.12.1.4. Inline documentation for external scripts (2) (3)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2)
     * 7.1.1. Introduction
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent
     * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system (2)
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2)
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3)
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed (2) (3)
       (4) (5)
     * 8.2.8.5. The execution of scripts that are moving across multiple
       documents (2) (3)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2)
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Element Interfaces
     * Events (2) (3) (4)
   #htmlscriptelementReferenced in:
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #element-attrdef-script-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2)
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
     * Elements
   #data-blockReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #element-attrdef-script-srcReferenced in:
     * 1.10.3. Restrictions on content models and on attribute values (2)
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.12.1.4. Inline documentation for external scripts (2)
     * 8.2.8.5. The execution of scripts that are moving across multiple
       documents (2)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-script-charsetReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-script-asyncReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT (2)
     * Elements
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-script-deferReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-script-crossoriginReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-script-nonceReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * Elements
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-charsetReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-deferReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-nonceReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-crossoriginReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-asyncReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-textReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 4.12.1.4. Inline documentation for external scripts
   #already-startedReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #parser-insertedReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #non-blockingReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #ready-to-be-parser-executedReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.6. The end
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #the-scripts-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15)
   #from-an-external-fileReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3)
   #the-scripts-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #the-script-is-readyReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #prepare-a-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT
   #list-of-scripts-that-will-execute-when-the-document-has-finished-parsingReferenced
   in:
     * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #list-of-scripts-that-will-execute-in-order-as-soon-as-possibleReferenced
   in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.6. The end
   #set-of-scripts-that-will-execute-as-soon-as-possibleReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 8.2.6. The end
   #pending-parsing-blocking-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) (3) (4)
   #execute-a-script-blockReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.6. The end
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #javascript-mime-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 4.12.1.2. Scripting languages
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
   #script-content-restrictionsReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
   #script-documentationReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.1.3. Restrictions for contents of script elements
   #elementdef-noscriptReferenced in:
     * 1.6. HTML vs XML Syntax
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * Element content categories (2) (3)
     * Element Interfaces
   #elementdef-templateReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4. Content models
     * 3.2.4.2.1. Metadata content
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.9. Script-supporting elements
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2)
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
     * 4.12.3.1. Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3)
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
     * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2)
     * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments
     * Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
       (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29)
       (30)
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4)
     * Element Interfaces
   #template-nothingReferenced in:
     * 4.12.3. The template element
   #htmltemplateelementReferenced in:
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #template-contentsReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4. Content models
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.12.3.1. Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2)
     * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
     * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments
   #appropriate-template-contents-owner-documentReferenced in:
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2)
   #associated-inert-template-documentReferenced in:
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2)
   #dom-htmltemplateelement-contentReferenced in:
     * 4.12.3. The template element
   #elementdef-canvasReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.2. Flow content
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 3.2.4.2.6. Embedded content
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content (2)
     * 3.2.4.4. Paragraphs
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35)
     * 4.12.4.1. Color spaces and color correction (2)
     * 4.12.4.3. Security with canvas elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute
     * 5.3. Activation
     * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2) (3)
     * Elements
     * Element content categories (2) (3) (4)
     * Attributes (2)
     * Element Interfaces
   #typedefdef-renderingcontextReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #htmlcanvaselementReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
     * Elements
     * Element Interfaces
   #callbackdef-blobcallbackReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #being-used-as-relevant-canvas-fallback-contentReferenced in:
     * 5.4.2. Data model
   #element-attrdef-canvas-widthReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-canvas-heightReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #canvas-origin-cleanReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3)
     * 4.12.4.3. Security with canvas elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
   #modedef-canvas-context-modeReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #contextdef-canvas-noneReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2)
   #contextdef-canvas-2dReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3) (4)
   #contextdef-canvas-webglReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlcanvaselement-widthReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #dom-htmlcanvaselement-heightReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #dom-htmlcanvaselement-todataurlReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
   #a-serialization-of-the-canvas-elements-bitmap-as-a-fileReferenced in:
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element (2)
   #tag-cloudsReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6.12. Link type "tag"
   #disablingReferenced in:
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
   #selector-linkReferenced in:
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
   #selector-visitedReferenced in:
     * 2.5.3. Dynamic changes to base URLs
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 10.3.2. The page (2)
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation
   #selector-activeReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.3.2. The page
   #being-activatedReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #in-a-formal-activation-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
   #being-actively-pointed-atReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-hoverReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #designatesReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2)
   #selector-focusReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-enabledReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-checkedReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-indeterminateReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-defaultReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-validReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-invalidReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-in-rangeReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-out-of-rangeReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-requiredReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-optionalReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-read-onlyReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-read-writeReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-dir-ltrReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #selector-dir-rtlReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
   #element-attrdef-global-hiddenReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.8. Palpable content
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 3.2.5.6. The style attribute
     * 4.3.9.1. Creating an outline (2) (3)
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
     * 4.11.3.1. Facets
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 5.1. The hidden attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 5.5.3. Processing model
     * 10.1. Introduction
     * Attributes
   #dom-htmlelement-hiddenReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #inertnessReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.3. Using the button element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3)
     * 5.2. Inert subtrees (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation
   #blocked-by-the-modal-dialogReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.2. Inert subtrees
   #running-synthetic-click-activation-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 5.3. Activation (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
   #run-authentic-click-activation-stepsReferenced in:
     * 5.3. Activation
   #nearest-activatable-elementReferenced in:
     * 5.3. Activation (2)
   #run-pre-click-activation-stepsReferenced in:
     * 5.3. Activation (2)
   #pre-click-activation-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
   #run-canceled-activation-stepsReferenced in:
     * 5.3. Activation (2)
   #canceled-activation-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio)
   #run-post-click-activation-stepsReferenced in:
     * 5.3. Activation (2)
   #activation-behaviorReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.10.4. The label element (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.15. Checkbox state (type=checkbox) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.16. Radio Button state (type=radio) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.21. Button state (type=button) (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission (2)
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements (2)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes (2) (3)
     * 5.3. Activation (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * Events
   #dom-htmlelement-clickReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 7.1.5.3. Event firing
   #focusableReferenced in:
     * 4.7.16.2. Processing model (2)
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2)
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
     * 10.7.2. The title attribute
   #dom-anchorReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
   #control-groupReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2)
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
   #ownerReferenced in:
     * 5.4.2. Data model
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
   #control-group-ownerReferenced in:
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14) (15) (16)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation
   #expressly-inertReferenced in:
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
   #focused-areaReferenced in:
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
   #dialog-group-managerReferenced in:
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #dialog-groupReferenced in:
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
   #dialog-expressly-inertReferenced in:
     * 5.4.2. Data model
   #focused-dialog-of-the-dialog-groupReferenced in:
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2)
   #currently-focused-area-of-the-top-level-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2)
   #focusedReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.3.10. The placeholder attribute (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.21.2. Implicit submission
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 5.4.1. Introduction (2) (3)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
     * 5.5.3. Processing model
     * 10.7.2. The title attribute (2)
   #focus-chainReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #element-attrdef-global-tabindexReferenced in:
     * 2.2.2. Dependencies
     * 3.2.4.2.7. Interactive content
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model
     * Element content categories
     * Attributes
     * Changes between Working Draft 3 and Working Draft 2
   #can-be-focusedReferenced in:
     * 4.14. Disabled elements
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.4.2. Data model
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #dom-htmlelement-tabindexReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
   #focusing-stepsReferenced in:
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2)
     * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
   #unfocusing-stepsReferenced in:
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
   #loses-focusReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
   #fire-a-focus-eventReferenced in:
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
   #has-focus-stepsReferenced in:
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
   #sequential-focus-navigationReferenced in:
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #sequential-focus-navigation-starting-pointReferenced in:
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
   #sequential-navigation-search-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2)
   #suitable-sequentially-focusable-areaReferenced in:
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #primary-control-groupReferenced in:
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3)
   #home-control-groupReferenced in:
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3)
   #home-sequential-focus-navigation-orderReferenced in:
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3)
   #dom-document-activeelementReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-document-hasfocusReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-window-focusReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-blurReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-htmlelement-focusReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #dom-htmlelement-blurReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #element-attrdef-global-accesskeyReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 5.5.1. Introduction (2) (3)
     * 5.5.2. The accesskey attribute (2) (3)
     * 5.5.3. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * Attributes
   #assigned-access-keyReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.5. Using the option element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.6. Using the accesskey attribute on a label element to define a
       command (2)
     * 4.11.3.7. Using the accesskey attribute on a legend element to define
       a command (2)
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements (2)
     * 5.5.3. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #dom-htmlelement-accesskeyReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #elementcontenteditableReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #element-attrdef-global-contenteditableReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content
       attribute
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
     * 5.7.8. Security risks in the drag-and-drop model
   #dom-elementcontenteditable-contenteditableReferenced in:
     * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content
       attribute (2)
   #dom-elementcontenteditable-iscontenteditableReferenced in:
     * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content
       attribute
   #dom-document-designmodeReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute
   #active-rangeReferenced in:
     * 5.6.2. Making entire documents editable: The designMode IDL attribute
     * 10.7.3. Editing hosts
   #editing-hostReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content
       attribute
     * 5.6.3. Best practices for in-page editors
     * 5.6.4. Editing APIs
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.7.3. Editing hosts
   #editableReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.6.1. Making document regions editable: The contenteditable content
       attribute
     * 5.6.4. Editing APIs
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-document-execcommandReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-document-querycommandenabledReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-document-querycommandindetermReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-document-querycommandstateReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-document-querycommandsupportedReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-document-querycommandvalueReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #delete-the-selectionReferenced in:
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
   #default-behaviorReferenced in:
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3) (4)
   #true-by-defaultReferenced in:
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2)
   #false-by-defaultReferenced in:
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
   #inherit-by-defaultReferenced in:
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking
   #element-attrdef-global-spellcheckReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12)
     * Attributes
   #dom-htmlelement-spellcheckReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 5.6.5. Spelling and grammar checking (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlelement-forcespellcheckReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #drag-data-storeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store (2) (3)
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
   #drag-data-store-item-listReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store (2)
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #a-drag-data-item-kindReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #item-type-stringReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3)
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #drag-data-store-default-feedbackReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
   #drag-data-store-bitmapReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
   #drag-data-store-hot-spot-coordinateReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
   #drag-data-store-modeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2)
     * 5.7.6. Events summary
   #read-write-modeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
     * 5.7.6. Events summary
   #read-only-modeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
     * 5.7.6. Events summary
   #protected-modeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2)
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
     * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #drag-data-store-allowed-effects-stateReferenced in:
     * 5.7.2. The drag data store
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2)
   #create-a-drag-data-storeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
   #datatransferReferenced in:
     * 5.7.1. Introduction
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12)
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 5.7.8. Security risks in the drag-and-drop model
   #dom-datatransfer-setdragimageReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface
   #dom-datatransfer-dropeffectReferenced in:
     * 5.7.1. Introduction
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3)
     * 5.7.6. Events summary
   #dom-datatransfer-effectallowedReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
     * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3)
   #dom-datatransfer-itemsReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2)
   #dom-datatransfer-typesReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3)
   #dom-datatransfer-getdataReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2)
   #dom-datatransfer-setdataReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2)
   #dom-datatransfer-cleardataReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-datatransfer-filesReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2)
   #datatransferitemlistReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3)
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
   #dom-datatransferitemlist-removeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface
   #dom-datatransferitemlist-lengthReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2)
   #dom-datatransferitemlist-addReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-datatransferitemlist-clearReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2)
   #datatransferitemReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17)
   #callbackdef-functionstringcallbackReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface
   #dom-datatransferitem-kindReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface (2) (3)
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2)
   #dom-datatransferitem-typeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.1. The DataTransferItemList interface
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2)
   #dom-datatransferitem-getasstringReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2)
   #dom-datatransferitem-getasfileReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface (2)
   #drageventReferenced in:
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
   #dictdef-drageventinitReferenced in:
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
   #dom-dragevent-datatransferReferenced in:
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3)
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
   #fire-a-dnd-eventReferenced in:
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10)
   #if-appropriateReferenced in:
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #source-nodeReferenced in:
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10)
     * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3)
   #list-of-dragged-nodesReferenced in:
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #initiatedReferenced in:
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2)
   #immediate-user-selectionReferenced in:
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 5.7.6. Events summary (2)
   #previous-target-elementReferenced in:
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
       (24)
     * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3) (4)
   #current-drag-operationReferenced in:
     * 5.7.4. The DragEvent interface
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 5.7.6. Events summary (2) (3)
   #drag-and-drop-eventsReferenced in:
     * 5.7.3. The DataTransfer interface
     * Events
   #eventdef-global-dragstartReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-dragReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-dragenterReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-dragexitReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-dragleaveReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-dragoverReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-dropReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-dragendReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #element-attrdef-global-draggableReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.7.1. Introduction
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * Attributes
   #dom-htmlelement-draggableReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 5.7.7. The draggable attribute (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 1.5.1. Serializability of script execution
     * 2.1.5. Plugins
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes (2)
     * 2.5.1. Terminology (2)
     * 2.6.2. Processing model (2)
     * 3.1. Documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.15. The area element (2)
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener"
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer"
     * 4.10.3. The form element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.6. The button element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.11.3.1. Facets
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT
     * 4.12.3. The template element (2)
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.5.3. Processing model
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.1.2. Auxiliary browsing contexts
     * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3)
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.3. The Window object (2) (3)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
       (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
     * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object (2) (3)
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.4. Origin (2)
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
       (7)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
       (24) (25) (26) (27)
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 6.7.5. Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace
       resources
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have
       a DOM
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2) (3)
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.1.3.6. Killing scripts
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2)
     * 7.1.5.4. Events and the Window object
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3) (4)
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2)
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.6. The end (2)
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3)
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation (2)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4)
     * Elements
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #active-documentReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 3.1. Documents (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2)
       (3)
     * 5.2. Inert subtrees
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2)
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load (2)
     * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
     * 7.6.2. Printing
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3)
   #document-associated-with-a-windowReferenced in:
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #creator-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #creator-originReferenced in:
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
   #creator-urlReferenced in:
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
   #creator-base-urlReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
   #creating-a-new-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6.9. Link type "noreferrer"
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #nested-browsing-contextsReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 5.2. Inert subtrees
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3)
     * 6.1.3. Security
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 7.6.2. Printing (2)
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14)
     * Elements (2)
     * Attributes
   #through-which-new-document-is-nestedReferenced in:
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
   #browsing-context-containerReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.2. Inert subtrees
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs (2)
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2)
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2)
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4)
   #parent-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2)
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2)
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
   #child-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 2.1.5. Plugins
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load
   #ancestor-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #top-level-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.7.13.17. Security and privacy considerations
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2)
       (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2)
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2)
     * 5.4.5. Sequential focus navigation (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.4.6. Focus management APIs
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.1.2. Auxiliary browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
       (3)
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2)
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.9. Animation Frames
   #list-of-the-descendant-browsing-contextsReferenced in:
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2)
   #fully-activeReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.5. Providing users with a means to follow hyperlinks created
       using the link element
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.10.5.1.18. Submit Button state (type=submit)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.20. Reset Button state (type=reset)
     * 4.10.6. The button element (2)
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 7.5. Timers
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #delaying-load-events-modeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #document-familyReferenced in:
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #content-documentReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-window-topReferenced in:
     * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-parentReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-frameelementReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #auxiliary-browsing-contextsReferenced in:
     * 6.1.2. Auxiliary browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.1.3. Security
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #opener-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM
     * 6.1.3. Security
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
   #dom-window-openerReferenced in:
     * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener"
     * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
   #disowned-its-openerReferenced in:
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 4.8.6. Link types
     * 4.8.6.8. Link type "noopener"
     * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
   #familiar-withReferenced in:
     * 6.1.3. Security (2)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3)
   #allowed-to-navigateReferenced in:
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #browsing-context-scope-originReferenced in:
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 6.1.3. Security
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
   #directly-reachable-browsing-contextsReferenced in:
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
   #unit-of-related-browsing-contextsReferenced in:
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
   #units-of-related-similar-origin-browsing-contextsReferenced in:
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2)
   #browsing-context-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.1.3. Security
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4)
   #valid-browsing-context-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
   #valid-browsing-context-names-or-keywordsReferenced in:
     * 4.2.3. The base element
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements
     * 4.10.18.6. Form submission
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #allowed-to-show-a-popupReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #the-rules-for-choosing-a-browsing-context-given-a-browsing-context-nameReferenced
   in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #prevents-content-from-creating-new-auxiliary-browsing-contextsReferenced
   in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #set-up-a-browsing-context-environment-settings-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #crossoriginpropertydescriptormapReferenced in:
     * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]]
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) (2)
   #crossoriginpropertiesReferenced in:
     * 6.2.1. Integration with IDL
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P )
     * 6.2.3.6. CrossOriginOwnPropertyKeys ( O )
   #isplatformobjectsameoriginReferenced in:
     * 6.2.1. Integration with IDL
     * 6.3.7.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( )
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.3.7.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc )
     * 6.3.7.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
     * 6.3.7.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
     * 6.3.7.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P )
     * 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
     * 6.6.4.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( )
     * 6.6.4.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.6.4.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc )
     * 6.6.4.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
     * 6.6.4.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
     * 6.6.4.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P )
     * 6.6.4.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
   #crossorigingetownpropertyhelperReferenced in:
     * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]]
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.6.4.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
   #crossoriginpropertydescriptorReferenced in:
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P )
   #crossoriginfunctionwrapperReferenced in:
     * 6.2.3.3.1. CrossOriginPropertyDescriptor ( crossOriginProperty,
       originalDesc ) (2) (3)
   #cross-origin-wrapper-functionReferenced in:
     * 6.2.3.3.2. CrossOriginFunctionWrapper ( needsWrapping, functionToWrap
       ) (2) (3)
   #crossorigingetReferenced in:
     * 6.3.7.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
     * 6.6.4.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
   #crossoriginsetReferenced in:
     * 6.3.7.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
     * 6.6.4.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
   #crossoriginownpropertykeysReferenced in:
     * 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
     * 6.6.4.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
   #windowReferenced in:
     * 2.7.4. Garbage collection (2)
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3)
     * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM (2)
     * 6.2.1. Integration with IDL
     * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] (2)
     * 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O )
     * 6.3. The Window object (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 7.1.5.3. Event firing
     * 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin (2)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3)
     * 7.7.1. The Navigator object
     * 7.9. Animation Frames (2)
     * 8.2.6. The end (2)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * Events (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
       (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #callbackdef-framerequestcallbackReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-windowReferenced in:
     * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object
   #dom-window-framesReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-selfReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-documentReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 2.7.4. Garbage collection
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #dom-document-defaultviewReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
   #dom-window-openReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
   #dom-window-nameReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-closeReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #script-closableReferenced in:
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
   #dom-window-closedReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-stopReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #number-of-child-browsing-contextsReferenced in:
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
   #dom-window-lengthReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts
   #child-browsing-context-name-property-setReferenced in:
     * 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O )
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
   #named-objectsReferenced in:
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
   #discard-the-documentReferenced in:
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
   #a-browsing-context-is-discardedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2)
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #close-a-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts
   #barpropReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #dom-barprop-visibleReferenced in:
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
   #the-location-bar-barprop-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
   #the-menu-bar-barprop-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
   #the-personal-bar-barprop-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
   #the-scrollbar-barprop-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
   #the-status-bar-barprop-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
   #the-toolbar-barprop-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
   #dom-window-locationbarReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-menubarReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-personalbarReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-scrollbarsReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-statusbarReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-toolbarReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-statusReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #windowproxyReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object (2)
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2) (3) (4)
       (5)
     * 6.1.2.1. Navigating auxiliary browsing contexts in the DOM
     * 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O )
     * 6.3. The Window object (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts
     * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 6.3.7.1. The WindowProxy internal methods
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P ) (2) (3)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #window-slotReferenced in:
     * 6.3.7.1.1. [[GetPrototypeOf]] ( )
     * 6.3.7.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.3.7.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc )
     * 6.3.7.1.7. [[Get]] ( P, Receiver )
     * 6.3.7.1.8. [[Set]] ( P, V, Receiver )
     * 6.3.7.1.9. [[Delete]] ( P )
     * 6.3.7.1.10. [[OwnPropertyKeys]] ( )
   #windowproxy-getownpropertyReferenced in:
     * 6.3.2. Accessing other browsing contexts
   #concept-originReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3)
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2)
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute (2)
       (3) (4)
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 4.12.4.3. Security with canvas elements
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM (2)
     * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O ) (2)
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) (2)
     * 6.2.3.3.2. CrossOriginFunctionWrapper ( needsWrapping, functionToWrap
       )
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
       (15) (16)
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2) (3)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
       (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38)
       (39) (40)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2)
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2)
     * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2)
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 12.1. text/html (2)
   #opaque-originReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction
   #tuple-originReferenced in:
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #origin-schemeReferenced in:
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4)
   #origin-hostReferenced in:
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction
   #origin-portReferenced in:
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4)
   #origin-domainReferenced in:
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2)
   #effective-domainReferenced in:
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P ) (2)
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2)
   #forces-content-into-a-unique-originReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #unicode-serializationReferenced in:
     * 4.8.3. API for a and area elements
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
   #ascii-serialization-of-an-originReferenced in:
     * 6.4. Origin (2)
   #same-originReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources
     * 4.8.6.11. Link type "stylesheet" (2)
     * 6.1.3. Security (2)
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2)
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2)
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods
     * 7.8. Images (2)
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * Events
   #same-origin-domainReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
     * 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O )
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
   #dom-document-domainReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts
     * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] (2)
       (3)
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #sandboxed-navigation-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.1.3. Security (2)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3)
   #one-permitted-sandboxed-navigatorReferenced in:
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 6.1.3. Security
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
   #sandboxed-auxiliary-navigation-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4)
   #sandboxed-top-level-navigation-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.1.3. Security
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3)
   #sandboxed-plugins-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #sandboxed-into-a-unique-originReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #sandboxed-forms-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #sandboxed-pointer-lock-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #sandboxed-scripts-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting
   #sandboxed-automatic-features-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #sandboxed-storage-area-urls-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #sandboxed-fullscreen-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #sandboxed-documentdomain-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #sandbox-propagates-to-auxiliary-browsing-contexts-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #sandboxed-modals-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
     * 7.6.2. Printing
   #sandboxed-presentation-browsing-context-flagReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #parse-the-sandboxing-directiveReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
   #popup-sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in:
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2)
   #iframe-sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2)
   #active-sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 6.1.3. Security (2) (3)
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2)
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.4.1. Relaxing the same-origin restriction
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
     * 7.6.2. Printing
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #forced-sandboxing-flag-setReferenced in:
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3)
   #implement-the-sandboxingReferenced in:
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #session-historyReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.3.6. Browser interface elements
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 11.3.3. Frames
     * Events (2) (3)
   #session-history-entryReferenced in:
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
     * 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-window-historyReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history (2) (3)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
   #serialized-stateReferenced in:
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #current-entryReferenced in:
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2) (3)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * Events (2)
   #an-entry-with-persisted-user-stateReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3)
   #scroll-restoration-modeReferenced in:
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.10.1. Persisted user state restoration
   #latest-entryReferenced in:
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2)
   #enumdef-scrollrestorationReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
   #historyReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3)
     * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #dom-history-pushstateReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history (2)
   #dom-history-replacestateReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.6.3. Implementation notes for session history
   #joint-session-historyReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
   #current-entry-of-the-joint-session-historyReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3)
   #dom-history-lengthReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
   #dom-history-scrollrestorationReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
   #dom-history-stateReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
   #dom-history-goReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
   #dom-history-backReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources
   #dom-history-forwardReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
   #session-history-traversal-queueReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3)
   #session-history-event-loopReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
   #explicitly-going-back-or-forwards-in-the-session-historyReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #doesnt-necessarily-have-to-affectReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #dom-document-locationReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
   #dom-window-locationReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
   #locationReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 6.2. Security infrastructure for Window, WindowProxy, and Location
       objects
     * 6.2.1. Integration with IDL
     * 6.2.2. Shared internal slot: [[CrossOriginPropertyDescriptorMap]] (2)
     * 6.2.3.1. CrossOriginProperties ( O ) (2)
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24)
       (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38)
       (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52)
       (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65)
     * 6.6.4.1. The Location internal methods (2) (3)
   #relevant-documentReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
   #ancestor-origins-arrayReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
   #location-object-setter-navigateReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #location-object-navigateReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
   #dom-location-hrefReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-location-originReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
   #dom-location-protocolReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
   #dom-location-hostReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
   #dom-location-hostnameReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
   #dom-location-portReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
   #dom-location-pathnameReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
   #dom-location-searchReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
   #dom-location-hashReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-location-assignReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
   #dom-location-replaceReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
   #dom-location-reloadReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
   #dom-location-ancestororiginsReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
   #defaultpropertiesReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 6.6.4.1.5. [[GetOwnProperty]] ( P )
     * 6.6.4.1.6. [[DefineOwnProperty]] ( P, Desc )
   #source-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 3.1. Documents (2)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #navigatedReferenced in:
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT
     * 2.6.2. Processing model (2)
     * 3.1. Documents (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.2.3. The base element (2)
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives (2)
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.8.1. Introduction
     * 4.8.2. Links created by a and area elements (2)
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2)
     * 4.8.5. Downloading resources (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.11.3.1. Facets
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3)
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
       (3) (4)
     * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object
     * 6.4. Origin (2) (3)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 6.7.3. Page load processing model for XML files
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2)
     * 6.7.5. Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace
       resources (2)
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2) (3)
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3)
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing
     * 10.7.1. Links, forms, and navigation (2) (3)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * Attributes (2)
   #exceptions-enabled-flagReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
   #the-step-labeled-fragmentsReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
   #reload-triggered-navigationReferenced in:
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
   #javascript-urlsReferenced in:
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 7.1.1. Introduction
   #explicitly-supported-xml-typeReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #json-mime-typeReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #explicitly-supported-json-typeReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #set-the-documents-addressReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #override-urlReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3)
   #proceed-with-that-mechanism-insteadReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
   #updating-the-session-history-with-the-new-pageReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
     * 6.7.3. Page load processing model for XML files
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have
       a DOM
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #entry-updateReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #maturedReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
   #plain-text-fileReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #plugin-documentReferenced in:
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
   #display-the-inline-contentReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
   #navigate-fragmentReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #scroll-to-the-fragmentReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #an-indicated-part-of-the-documentReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 12.1. text/html
   #target-elementReferenced in:
     * 4.15.2. Pseudo-classes
     * 5.7.6. Events summary
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
   #traverse-the-historyReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
   #gets-resetReferenced in:
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
   #values-are-resetReferenced in:
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
   #replacement-must-be-enabledReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2)
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.5. Page load processing model for multipart/x-mixed-replace
       resources
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2)
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
   #restore-persisted-user-stateReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
   #popstateeventReferenced in:
     * Events
   #dictdef-popstateeventinitReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10.2. The PopStateEvent interface
   #dom-popstateevent-stateReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10.2. The PopStateEvent interface
   #hashchangeeventReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * Events
   #dictdef-hashchangeeventinitReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface
   #dom-hashchangeevent-oldurlReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface
   #dom-hashchangeevent-newurlReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10.3. The HashChangeEvent interface
   #pagetransitioneventReferenced in:
     * 8.2.6. The end
     * Events (2)
   #dictdef-pagetransitioneventinitReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10.4. The PageTransitionEvent interface
   #dom-pagetransitionevent-persistedReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 6.7.10.4. The PageTransitionEvent interface (2)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 8.2.6. The end
   #fired-unloadReferenced in:
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #page-showingReferenced in:
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3)
     * 8.2.6. The end (2)
   #termination-nesting-levelReferenced in:
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4)
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
   #prompt-to-unloadReferenced in:
     * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #refused-to-allow-the-document-to-be-unloadedReferenced in:
     * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
   #unloadedReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.3.5. Closing browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3)
   #unloading-document-visibility-change-stepsReferenced in:
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
   #unloading-document-cleanup-stepsReferenced in:
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
   #beforeunloadeventReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
     * Events
   #dom-beforeunloadevent-returnvalueReferenced in:
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2)
     * 6.7.11.1. The BeforeUnloadEvent interface (2)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2)
   #abort-the-documentReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 6.7.10.4. The PageTransitionEvent interface
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load (2) (3)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #navigatoronlineReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1. The Navigator object
   #dom-navigatoronline-onlineReferenced in:
     * 6.7.13. Browser state
   #scripting-was-enabledReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
     * 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
   #scripting-is-disabledReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2)
     * 4.12.1.5. Interaction of script elements and XSLT
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.2. Enabling and disabling scripting
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
   #concept-scriptReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
   #settings-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent
     * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments)
     * 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier)
     * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
   #classic-scriptReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 4.12.1.3. Restrictions for contents of script elements
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system
   #source-textReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
   #muted-errorsReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
   #module-scriptReferenced in:
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2)
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system (2) (3)
   #module-recordReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier)
   #base-urlReferenced in:
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
     * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system
   #cryptographic-nonceReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
   #parser-stateReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
   #environment-settings-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
     * 4.8.6.5. Link type "icon"
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) (3)
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6)
     * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry
     * 7.1.3.5.3. Current
     * 7.1.3.5.4. Relevant (2)
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
     * 7.5. Timers (2)
   #realm-execution-contextReferenced in:
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry
   #responsible-browsing-contextReferenced in:
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
       (3)
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2)
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
     * 7.6.2. Printing
   #responsible-event-loopReferenced in:
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
   #responsible-documentReferenced in:
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2) (3)
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
   #api-url-character-encodingReferenced in:
     * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
   #api-base-urlReferenced in:
     * 2.5.2. Parsing URLs
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2)
   #security-originReferenced in:
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
   #creation-urlReferenced in:
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
   #settings-https-stateReferenced in:
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
   #outstanding-rejected-promises-weak-setReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation (2)
   #about-to-be-notified-rejected-promises-listReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections (2)
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation (2)
   #set-up-the-requestReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #process-the-responseReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #fetching-a-classic-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
   #fetching-a-module-script-treeReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3) (4)
   #fetching-the-descendants-of-a-module-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2)
   #fetching-a-single-module-scriptReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3)
   #create-a-scriptReferenced in:
     * 7.5. Timers
   #create-a-classic-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2) (3)
   #creating-a-module-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
   #run-a-classic-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry
   #run-a-module-scriptReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
   #check-if-we-can-run-scriptReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments)
   #prepare-to-run-scriptReferenced in:
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications (2)
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments)
   #clean-up-after-running-scriptReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
   #running-scriptReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
   #global-script-clean-up-jobs-listReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
   #run-the-global-script-clean-up-jobsReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
   #global-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.3.7. The WindowProxy object
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6)
     * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry
     * 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent
     * 7.1.3.5.3. Current
     * 7.1.3.5.4. Relevant (2) (3) (4)
     * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #entryReferenced in:
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4)
   #incumbentReferenced in:
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4)
   #currentReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3)
   #relevantReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3)
   #entrance-counterReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry
   #entry-execution-contextReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry
   #entry-realmReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.1.3.5.1. Entry (2)
   #entry-settings-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.5.1. The a element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 6.1.1.1. Navigating nested browsing contexts in the DOM
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3)
       (4) (5)
     * 7.8. Images (2)
   #incumbent-settings-objectReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name (2)
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 7.1.3.5.2. Incumbent (2) (3)
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
     * 7.6.2. Printing
   #incumbent-realmReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
   #current-settings-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O )
     * 6.2.3.3. CrossOriginGetOwnPropertyHelper ( O, P )
   #relevant-settings-objectReferenced in:
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.2.3.2. IsPlatformObjectSameOrigin ( O )
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects
     * 7.1.3.5.4. Relevant (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.6. The end
   #relevant-realmReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6)
   #abort-a-running-scriptReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) (3)
     * 7.1.3.6. Killing scripts
   #module-mapReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts (2)
     * 7.1.3.8. Integration with the JavaScript module system
     * 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier)
   #resolve-a-module-specifierReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.3.8.1. HostResolveImportedModule(referencingModule, specifier)
   #runtime-script-errorsReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
   #report-the-errorReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #script-handledReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
   #script-not-handledReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2)
     * 7.1.3.9.1. Runtime script errors in documents
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #in-error-reporting-modeReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2)
   #report-the-exceptionReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.2. Fetching scripts
     * 7.1.3.3. Creating scripts
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts (2) (3)
     * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
     * 7.5. Timers
     * 7.9. Animation Frames
   #erroreventReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2)
   #dictdef-erroreventinitReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface
   #dom-errorevent-messageReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #dom-errorevent-filenameReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #dom-errorevent-linenoReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #dom-errorevent-colnoReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #dom-errorevent-errorReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.3.9.2. The ErrorEvent interface
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #unhandled-promise-rejectionsReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
   #notify-about-rejected-promisesReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
   #promise-handledReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
   #promise-not-handledReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections (2)
   #promiserejectioneventReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
   #dictdef-promiserejectioneventinitReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10.2. The PromiseRejectionEvent interface
   #dom-promiserejectionevent-promiseReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
     * 7.1.3.10.2. The PromiseRejectionEvent interface
   #dom-promiserejectionevent-reasonReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
     * 7.1.3.10.2. The PromiseRejectionEvent interface
   #event-loopReferenced in:
     * 2.1. Terminology
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT
     * 2.9.1. Serializable objects
     * 2.9.2. Transferable objects
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting (2)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.10. The video element (2)
     * 4.7.11. The audio element
     * 4.7.13. Media elements (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2)
     * 4.7.13.19. Best practices for implementors of media elements
     * 6.1.4. Groupings of browsing contexts (2)
     * 6.1.6. Script settings for browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions (2)
     * 7.1.3.7. Integration with the JavaScript job queue
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27)
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #task-queuesReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #tasksReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model (2)
     * 2.9.9. Performing serialization and transferring from other
       specifications
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm (2)
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface (2) (3)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load (2)
     * 6.7.13. Browser state
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14)
     * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 7.5. Timers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs
     * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.6. The end
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2)
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #queuingReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2)
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20)
     * 4.7.13.6. Offsets into the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.7. Ready states (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API
     * 4.7.13.13. User interface
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks (2)
     * 4.10.4. The label element
     * 4.10.5.1.2. Text (type=text) state and Search state (type=search)
     * 4.10.5.1.17. File Upload state (type=file) (2)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2)
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element (2)
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 5.7.3.2. The DataTransferItem interface
     * 5.7.5. Drag-and-drop processing model
     * 6.3.1. APIs for creating and navigating browsing contexts by name
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files (2)
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2)
     * 6.7.10. History traversal (2)
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load
     * 6.7.13. Browser state (2)
     * 7.1.3.10. Unhandled promise rejections
     * 7.1.3.10.1. The HostPromiseRejectionTracker implementation
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
     * 7.5. Timers
     * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences
     * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
   #task-sourceReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 6.3.4. Garbage collection and browsing contexts
     * 6.6.2. The History interface
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 6.7.13. Browser state
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions (2) (3)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.5. Timers
     * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences
     * 8.2.6. The end
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #currently-running-taskReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #performing-a-microtask-checkpoint-flagReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #microtask-queueReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #microtaskReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs
   #solitary-callback-microtasksReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2)
   #compound-microtasksReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #queue-a-microtaskReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13. Media elements
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3)
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 6.1.5. Browsing context names
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load (2)
     * 7.1.3.7.1. EnqueueJob(queueName, job, arguments)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
     * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources
   #microtask-task-sourceReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2)
   #performs-a-microtask-checkpointReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.4. Calling scripts
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #wrap-callbacksReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2)
   #compound-microtask-subtaskReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
   #provides-a-stable-stateReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks
   #synchronous-sectionReferenced in:
     * 1.7.2. Typographic conventions
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource (2)
     * 4.7.13.9. Seeking (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4)
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model
   #spinning-the-event-loopReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2)
     * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.6. The end (2) (3)
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #statedef-useragent-pauseReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.8. Playing the media resource
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
     * 7.6.2. Printing
   #dom-manipulation-task-sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2)
     * 4.8.4. Following hyperlinks
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 4.11.1. The details element
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences
     * 8.2.6. The end
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #user-interaction-task-sourceReferenced in:
     * 4.10.5.5. Common event behaviors
     * 4.10.7. The select element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.10.18.5. Enabling and disabling form controls: the disabled
       attribute
     * 4.10.18.6.1. Autofocusing a form control: the autofocus attribute
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections (2) (3)
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 7.1.4.3. Generic task sources
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
   #networking-task-sourceReferenced in:
     * 2.6.2. Processing model
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.3. Sourcing out-of-band text tracks (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image) (2) (3)
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files (2)
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2)
     * 6.7.13. Browser state
   #history-traversal-task-sourceReferenced in:
     * 6.6.2. The History interface (2)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment
     * 6.7.10. History traversal
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
   #event-handlerReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.3.1. The body element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs (2) (3)
       (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23)
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3)
   #event-handler-idl-event-handler-idl-attributeReferenced in:
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects
     * 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs (2) (3)
     * 7.1.1. Introduction
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #event-handler-content-event-handler-content-attributeReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.3.1. The body element (2) (3)
     * 7.1.1. Introduction
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4)
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
     * 11.3.3. Frames
     * Attributes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
       (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28)
       (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42)
       (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56)
       (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70)
       (71) (72) (73) (74)
   #event-handler-event-typeReferenced in:
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2)
     * 4.7.13.11.8. Event handlers for objects of the text track APIs (2) (3)
       (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
   #the-event-handler-processing-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #invokeReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2)
     * 7.5. Timers
   #callbackdef-eventhandlernonnullReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #typedefdef-eventhandlerReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 4.7.13.10.1. AudioTrackList and VideoTrackList objects (2) (3) (4) (5)
       (6)
     * 4.7.13.11.5. Text track API (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2)
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
       (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39)
       (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50) (51) (52) (53)
       (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64) (65) (66) (67)
       (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3)
   #callbackdef-onerroreventhandlernonnullReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #typedefdef-onerroreventhandlerReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #callbackdef-onbeforeunloadeventhandlernonnullReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #typedefdef-onbeforeunloadeventhandlerReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #internal-raw-uncompiled-handlerReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #getting-the-current-value-of-the-event-handlerReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2)
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onabortReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Attributes
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onauxclickReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncancelReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncanplayReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncanplaythroughReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onchangeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onclickReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncloseReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-oncuechangeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondblclickReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragendReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragenterReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragexitReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragleaveReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragoverReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondragstartReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondropReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ondurationchangeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onemptiedReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onendedReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-oninputReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-oninvalidReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onkeydownReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onkeypressReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onkeyupReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadeddataReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadedmetadataReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadendReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadstartReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmousedownReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseenterReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseleaveReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmousemoveReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseoutReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseoverReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onmouseupReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onwheelReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onpauseReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onplayReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onplayingReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onprogressReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onratechangeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onresetReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onseekedReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onseekingReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onselectReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onshowReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onstalledReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onsubmitReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onsuspendReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ontimeupdateReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-ontoggleReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onvolumechangeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onwaitingReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onblurReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onerrorReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers (2)
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onfocusReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onloadReferenced in:
     * 1.9.1. Writing secure applications with HTML
     * 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onresizeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-globaleventhandlers-onscrollReferenced in:
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onafterprintReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onbeforeprintReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-onbeforeunloadeventhandler-onbeforeunloadReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.1. Event handlers
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onhashchangeReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onlanguagechangeReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onmessageReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onofflineReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-ononlineReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onpagehideReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onpageshowReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onrejectionhandledReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onpopstateReferenced in:
     * 6.6.1. The session history of browsing contexts
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onstorageReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onunhandledrejectionReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onunloadReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
     * Elements
   #dom-documentandelementeventhandlers-oncutReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-documentandelementeventhandlers-oncopyReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #dom-documentandelementeventhandlers-onpasteReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.2.1. IDL definitions
   #globaleventhandlersReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #windoweventhandlersReferenced in:
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-windoweventhandlers-onbeforeunloadReferenced in:
     * Elements
   #documentandelementeventhandlersReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #firing-a-synthetic-mouse-event-named-eReferenced in:
     * 7.1.5.3. Event firing
   #fire-a-click-eventReferenced in:
     * 4.11.3.2. Using the a element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.4. Using the input element to define a command
     * 4.11.3.8. Using the accesskey attribute to define a command on other
       elements
     * 5.3. Activation
   #windoworworkerglobalscopeReferenced in:
     * 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin (2) (3) (4)
     * Changes between Working Draft 2 and the First Public Working Draft
   #it-can-also-come-from-scriptReferenced in:
     * 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
   #throw-on-dynamic-markup-insertion-counterReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3)
   #dom-document-_openReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 3.1.1. The Document object (2)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.4. Origin
     * 7.1.3.1. Definitions
     * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
       (11) (12)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
   #ignore-opens-during-unload-counterReferenced in:
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents (2) (3) (4)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
   #script-created-parserReferenced in:
     * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream
   #dom-document-closeReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream
   #ignore-destructive-writes-counterReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2)
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
   #dom-document-writeReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 4.12.1. The script element (2)
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors (2) (3)
     * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 7.4.3. document.write() (2) (3) (4)
     * 7.4.4. document.writeln()
     * 8.2.1. Overview of the parsing model
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream (2)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #dom-document-writelnReferenced in:
     * 3.1.1. The Document object
     * 7.4.4. document.writeln()
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
   #list-of-active-timersReferenced in:
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 7.5. Timers (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #timer-initialization-stepsReferenced in:
     * 7.5. Timers (2) (3)
   #timer-nesting-levelReferenced in:
     * 7.5. Timers
   #optionally-truncatedReferenced in:
     * 6.7.11. Unloading documents
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs (2) (3)
   #dom-window-alertReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object (2)
     * 7.1.3.6. Killing scripts
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs
   #dom-window-confirmReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs
   #dom-window-promptReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 7.6.1. Simple dialogs
   #dom-window-printReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2) (3)
     * 7.6.2. Printing
   #print-when-loadedReferenced in:
     * 8.2.6. The end
   #printing-stepsReferenced in:
     * 7.6.2. Printing (2)
     * 8.2.6. The end
   #dom-window-navigatorReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #navigatorReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
     * 7.1.3.5. Realms, settings objects, and global objects (2)
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.7.1. The Navigator object (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #navigatoridReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1. The Navigator object
   #dom-navigatorid-appcodenameReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.1. Client identification
   #dom-navigatorid-appnameReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.1. Client identification
   #dom-navigatorid-appversionReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.1. Client identification
   #dom-navigatorid-platformReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.1. Client identification
   #dom-navigatorid-productReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.1. Client identification
   #dom-navigatorid-useragentReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.1. Client identification
   #navigatorlanguageReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1. The Navigator object
   #dom-navigatorlanguage-languageReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences
   #dom-navigatorlanguage-languagesReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences
   #plausible-languagesReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.2. Language preferences (2)
   #navigatorcontentutilsReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1. The Navigator object
   #dom-navigatorcontentutils-registercontenthandlerReferenced in:
     * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1
       specification is updated.
   #dom-navigatorcontentutils-isprotocolhandlerregisteredReferenced in:
     * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1
       specification is updated.
   #dom-navigatorcontentutils-iscontenthandlerregisteredReferenced in:
     * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1
       specification is updated.
   #a-registered-handlerReferenced in:
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents (2)
   #safelisted-schemesReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods
   #type-blocklistReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods
   #proto-urlReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2) (3)
       (4)
   #handler-state-stringsReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.3. Custom scheme and content handlers: the
       registerProtocolHandler() and registerContentHandler() methods (2)
   #navigatorcookiesReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1. The Navigator object
   #dom-navigatorcookies-cookieenabledReferenced in:
     * 7.7.1.4. Cookies
   #imagebitmapReferenced in:
     * 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin (2)
     * 7.8. Images
   #typedefdef-imagebitmapsourceReferenced in:
     * 7.2. The WindowOrWorkerGlobalScope mixin (2)
   #cropped-to-the-source-rectangleReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #dom-imagebitmap-widthReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
   #dom-imagebitmap-heightReferenced in:
     * 7.8. Images
   #list-of-animation-frame-callbacksReferenced in:
     * 7.9. Animation Frames (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #animation-frame-callback-identifierReferenced in:
     * 7.9. Animation Frames (2) (3)
   #dom-window-requestanimationframeReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #dom-window-cancelanimationframeReferenced in:
     * 6.3. The Window object
   #run-the-animation-frame-callbacksReferenced in:
     * 7.1.4.2. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
   #the-html-syntaxReferenced in:
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 9. The XML syntax
   #doctypeReferenced in:
     * 2.5.1. Terminology
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents
   #doctype-legacy-stringReferenced in:
     * 8.1.1. The DOCTYPE (2)
   #kind-of-elementReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content (2)
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3)
   #void-elementsReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.1. The "nothing" content model
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.1. Start tags (2)
   #raw-textReferenced in:
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.6. Restrictions on the contents of raw text and escapable raw
       text elements
   #escapable-raw-textReferenced in:
     * 3.2.4.2.5. Phrasing content
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.6. Restrictions on the contents of raw text and escapable raw
       text elements
   #foreign-elementsReferenced in:
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.1.2.1. Start tags (2)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2)
   #normal-elementsReferenced in:
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #tag-nameReferenced in:
     * 8.1.2.1. Start tags (2)
     * 8.1.2.2. End tags
   #syntax-start-tagsReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.1.2.5. Restrictions on content models
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
   #syntax-end-tagsReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions
     * 3.2.4.1. The "nothing" content model
     * 4.1.1. The html element
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.2.4. The link element
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.3.1. The body element
     * 4.4.1. The p element
     * 4.4.3. The hr element
     * 4.4.8. The li element
     * 4.4.10. The dt element
     * 4.4.11. The dd element
     * 4.5.11. The rb element
     * 4.5.12. The rt element
     * 4.5.13. The rtc element
     * 4.5.14. The rp element
     * 4.5.29. The br element
     * 4.5.30. The wbr element
     * 4.7.4. The source element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.9. The param element
     * 4.7.12. The track element
     * 4.7.15. The area element
     * 4.9.3. The colgroup element
     * 4.9.4. The col element
     * 4.9.5. The tbody element (2)
     * 4.9.6. The thead element
     * 4.9.7. The tfoot element
     * 4.9.8. The tr element
     * 4.9.9. The td element
     * 4.9.10. The th element
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.9. The optgroup element
     * 4.10.10. The option element
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 8.1.2. Elements
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
       (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
   #attributesReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 8.1.2.1. Start tags
   #attribute-namesReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) (3) (4)
   #attribute-valuesReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 3.2.5.5. The dir attribute (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes (2) (3)
   #unquotedReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
   #optional-start-and-end-tagsReferenced in:
     * 1.9. A quick introduction to HTML
     * 3.2.3. Element definitions
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3)
   #syntax-charrefReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
     * 8.1.3.1. Newlines
   #ambiguous-ampersandReferenced in:
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.1.2.3. Attributes
   #syntax-cdataReferenced in:
     * 8.1.2. Elements
   #syntax-commentsReferenced in:
     * 4.1.1. The html element (2)
     * 4.2.1. The head element
     * 4.3.1. The body element (2)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3)
     * 8.1. Writing HTML documents (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2. Elements (2) (3)
     * 8.1.2.4. Optional tags (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #html-parserReferenced in:
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
     * 3.2.5. Global attributes
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms (2)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2)
     * 4.12.3.1. Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files (2)
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files (2) (3)
     * 7.1.4.1. Definitions
     * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 7.4.3. document.write() (2)
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.8. An introduction to error handling and strange cases in the
       parser
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2) (3)
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) (3)
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #parse-errorsReferenced in:
     * 1.10.2. Syntax errors
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.10.17.3. Association of controls and forms
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element (2)
     * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream (2)
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.1. Data state
     * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state
     * 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state
     * 8.2.4.4. Script data state
     * 8.2.4.5. PLAINTEXT state
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state (2)
     * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state (2)
     * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state (2)
     * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state
     * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state (2)
     * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state (2)
     * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state (2)
     * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state (2)
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
     * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state
     * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.45. Comment state (2)
     * 8.2.4.49. Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state
     * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state
     * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state
     * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state (2)
     * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state (2)
     * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state (2)
     * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state (2)
     * 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2)
     * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state
     * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state
     * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state
     * 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
       (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36)
       (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4)
   #reentrantReferenced in:
     * 7.4.3. document.write()
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2)
   #script-nesting-levelReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3)
   #parser-pause-flagReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3)
   #input-byte-streamReferenced in:
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files (2)
     * 6.7.4. Page load processing model for text files
     * 8.2.2. The input byte stream (2) (3)
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream
   #confidenceReferenced in:
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 8.2.2. The input byte stream
     * 8.2.2.1. Parsing with a known character encoding
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8)
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #encoding-sniffing-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2. The input byte stream
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing (2) (3) (4)
   #prescan-a-byte-stream-to-determine-its-encodingReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) (4)
   #get-an-attributeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9)
   #utf-8Referenced in:
     * 4.2.5. The meta element
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding (2)
     * 4.10.21.5. Selecting a form submission encoding
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2)
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing
   #iso-8859-2Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3)
   #iso-8859-8Referenced in:
     * 10.3.5. Bidirectional text
   #windows-1250Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3)
   #windows-1251Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
   #windows-1252Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2)
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing
   #windows-1254Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2)
   #windows-1256Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2)
   #windows-1257Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding (2) (3)
   #gb18030Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
   #big5Referenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
   #iso-2022-jpReferenced in:
     * 4.2.5.5. Specifying the document’s character encoding
   #shift_jisReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
   #euc-krReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
   #utf-16beReferenced in:
     * 2.1.6. Character encodings
   #utf-16leReferenced in:
     * 2.1.6. Character encodings
   #x-user-definedReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.2. Determining the character encoding
     * 8.2.2.4. Changing the encoding while parsing
   #change-the-encodingReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2. The input byte stream
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
   #input-streamReferenced in:
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream
     * 7.4.3. document.write() (2)
     * 8.2.2. The input byte stream (2)
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream (2) (3)
     * 8.2.6. The end
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #next-input-characterReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2.5. Preprocessing the input stream
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.4.1. Data state
     * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state
     * 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state
     * 8.2.4.4. Script data state
     * 8.2.4.5. PLAINTEXT state
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state
     * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state
     * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state
     * 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state
     * 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state
     * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state
     * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state
     * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state
     * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state
     * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state
     * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state
     * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state
     * 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state
     * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state
     * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state
     * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state
     * 8.2.4.41. Bogus comment state
     * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state
     * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state
     * 8.2.4.45. Comment state
     * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state
     * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state
     * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state
     * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state
     * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state
     * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state
     * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state
     * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state
     * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state
     * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state
     * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state
     * 8.2.4.68. Bogus DOCTYPE state
     * 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state
     * 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state
     * 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2)
     * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state
     * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state
     * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state
     * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state
     * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #current-input-characterReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization (2)
     * 8.2.4.1. Data state (2)
     * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state
     * 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state
     * 8.2.4.4. Script data state
     * 8.2.4.5. PLAINTEXT state
     * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state
     * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state
     * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state
     * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state
     * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state
     * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state
     * 8.2.4.41. Bogus comment state
     * 8.2.4.45. Comment state (2)
     * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state (2)
     * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state
     * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state
   #insertion-pointReferenced in:
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 7.4.3. document.write() (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.6. The end
   #explicit-eof-characterReferenced in:
     * 7.4.2. Closing the input stream (2)
   #insertion-modeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction
     * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11)
     * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8)
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:  
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #using-the-rules-forReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode (2)
   #original-insertion-modeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables
   #stack-of-template-insertion-modesReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #current-template-insertion-modeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
       (8) (9) (10) (11)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #reset-the-insertion-mode-appropriatelyReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #stack-of-open-elementsReferenced in:
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
       (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34) (35) (36)
       (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42) (43) (44) (45) (46) (47) (48) (49) (50)
       (51) (52) (53) (54) (55) (56) (57) (58) (59) (60) (61) (62) (63) (64)
       (65) (66) (67) (68) (69) (70) (71) (72) (73) (74) (75) (76) (77) (78)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4)
       (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.6. The end (2)
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:   (2)
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
 (2)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.8.4. Scripts that modify the page as it is being parsed
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #current-nodeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2)
     * 8.2.5.3. Closing elements that have implied end tags (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
       (23) (24) (25) (26) (27) (28) (29) (30) (31) (32) (33) (34)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4)
       (5) (6)
   #adjusted-current-nodeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3) (4)
   #specialReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
   #formattingReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
   #ordinaryReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
   #has-that-element-in-the-specific-scopeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #in-scopeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
   #have-an-li-element-in-list-item-scopeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
   #has-a-p-element-in-button-scopeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11)
   #in-table-scopeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode
   #have-a-select-element-in-select-scopeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3)
   #list-of-active-formatting-elementsReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
       (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:   (2)
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
 (2) (3)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.8.6. Unclosed formatting elements
   #markersReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
       (7)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3)
   #push-onto-the-list-of-active-formatting-elementsReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
   #reconstruct-the-active-formatting-elementsReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:  
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables
   #clear-the-list-of-active-formatting-elements-up-to-the-last-markerReferenced
   in:
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode
   #head-element-pointerReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3)
   #form-element-pointerReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.4. The element pointers
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2)
   #scripting-flagReferenced in:
     * 2.2.1. Conformance classes
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #frameset-ok-flagReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #reconsumeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state (2)
     * 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state (2)
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state (2)
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state (2)
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state
     * 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state
     * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state (2)
     * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state (2)
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state
     * 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state
     * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state
     * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state
     * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state
     * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state
     * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.47. Comment less-than sign bang state
     * 8.2.4.48. Comment less-than sign bang dash state
     * 8.2.4.49. Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state
     * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state
     * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state
     * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state
     * 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state
     * 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state
     * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state
     * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state (2)
     * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state (2)
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state
     * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state
     * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state
   #temporary-bufferReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state
     * 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state (2)
     * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state (2)
   #return-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.1. Data state
     * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state
     * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state
     * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state (2)
   #force-quirks-flagReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state
     * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state (2)
     * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state (2)
     * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state (2)
     * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state (2)
     * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state (2)
     * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state (2)
     * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode
   #self-closing-flagReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #acknowledgedReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2)
   #appropriate-end-tag-tokenReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state (2) (3)
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state (2) (3)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #tokenizer-data-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.4.1. Data state
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state
     * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state
     * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state
     * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state
     * 8.2.4.41. Bogus comment state
     * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state
     * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state
     * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state
     * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state
     * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state
     * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state
     * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state
     * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state
     * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state
     * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state
     * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state
     * 8.2.4.68. Bogus DOCTYPE state
     * 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2)
   #tokenizer-rcdata-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state
     * 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state
     * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #tokenizer-rawtext-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state
     * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments (2)
   #tokenizer-script-data-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state
     * 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state
     * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state
     * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #tokenizer-tag-open-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.1. Data state
   #tokenizer-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state
   #tokenizer-tag-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state
     * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state
   #tokenizer-rcdata-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state
   #tokenizer-rcdata-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.9. RCDATA less-than sign state
   #tokenizer-rcdata-end-tag-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.10. RCDATA end tag open state
   #tokenizer-rawtext-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.3. RAWTEXT state
   #tokenizer-rawtext-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.12. RAWTEXT less-than sign state
   #tokenizer-rawtext-end-tag-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.13. RAWTEXT end tag open state
   #tokenizer-script-data-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.4. Script data state
   #tokenizer-script-data-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state
   #tokenizer-script-data-end-tag-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.16. Script data end tag open state
   #tokenizer-script-data-escape-start-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.15. Script data less-than sign state
   #tokenizer-script-data-escapse-start-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.18. Script data escape start state
   #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state (2)
     * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state
   #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state
   #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-dash-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.19. Script data escape start dash state
     * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state
   #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.20. Script data escaped state
     * 8.2.4.21. Script data escaped dash state
     * 8.2.4.22. Script data escaped dash dash state
   #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-end-tag-open-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state
   #tokenizer-script-data-escaped-end-tag-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.24. Script data escaped end tag open state
   #tokenizer-script-data-double-escape-start-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.23. Script data escaped less-than sign state
   #tokenizer-script-data-double-escaped-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.26. Script data double escape start state
     * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.31. Script data double escape end state (2)
   #tokenizer-script-data-double-escaped-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state
   #tokenizer-script-data-double-escaped-dash-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state
   #tokenizer-script-data-double-escaped-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.27. Script data double escaped state
     * 8.2.4.28. Script data double escaped dash state
     * 8.2.4.29. Script data double escaped dash dash state
   #tokenizer-script-data-double-escape-end-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.30. Script data double escaped less-than sign state
   #tokenizer-before-attribute-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state
     * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state (2)
     * 8.2.4.40. Self-closing start tag state
   #tokenizer-attribute-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state (2)
     * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state
   #tokenizer-after-attribute-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.32. Before attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state
   #tokenizer-before-attribute-value-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.33. Attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state
   #tokenizer-attribute-value-double-quoted-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state
     * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state
     * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state
   #tokenizer-attribute-value-single-quoted-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state
     * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state
     * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state
   #tokenizer-attribute-value-unquoted-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.35. Before attribute value state
     * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state
     * 8.2.4.79. Character reference end state
   #tokenizer-after-attribute-value-quoted-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state
   #tokenizer-self-closing-start-tag-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.8. Tag name state
     * 8.2.4.11. RCDATA end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.14. RAWTEXT end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.17. Script data end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.25. Script data escaped end tag name state
     * 8.2.4.34. After attribute name state
     * 8.2.4.39. After attribute value (quoted) state
   #tokenizer-bogus-comment-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state
     * 8.2.4.7. End tag open state
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
   #tokenizer-markup-declaration-open-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.6. Tag open state
   #tokenizer-comment-start-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
   #tokenizer-comment-start-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state
   #tokenizer-comment-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.43. Comment start state
     * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state
     * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state
     * 8.2.4.47. Comment less-than sign bang state
     * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state
     * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state
     * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state
   #tokenizer-comment-less-than-sign-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.45. Comment state
   #tokenizer-comment-less-than-sign-bang-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.46. Comment less-than sign state
   #tokenizer-comment-less-than-sign-bang-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.47. Comment less-than sign bang state
   #tokenizer-comment-less-than-sign-bang-dash-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.48. Comment less-than sign bang dash state
   #tokenizer-comment-end-dash-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.45. Comment state
     * 8.2.4.48. Comment less-than sign bang dash state
     * 8.2.4.52. Comment end bang state
   #tokenizer-comment-end-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.44. Comment start dash state
     * 8.2.4.49. Comment less-than sign bang dash dash state (2)
     * 8.2.4.50. Comment end dash state
   #tokenizer-comment-end-bang-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.51. Comment end state
   #tokenizer-doctype-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
   #tokenizer-before-doctype-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.53. DOCTYPE state (2)
   #tokenizer-doctype-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.54. Before DOCTYPE name state (2) (3)
   #tokenizer-after-doctype-name-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.55. DOCTYPE name state
   #tokenizer-after-doctype-public-keyword-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state
   #tokenizer-before-doctype-public-identifier-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state
   #tokenizer-doctype-public-identifier-double-quoted-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state
     * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state
   #tokenizer-doctype-public-identifier-single-quoted-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state
     * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state
   #tokenizer-after-doctype-public-identifier-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.59. DOCTYPE public identifier (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.60. DOCTYPE public identifier (single-quoted) state
   #tokenizer-between-doctype-public-and-system-identifiers-stateReferenced
   in:
     * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state
   #tokenizer-after-doctype-system-keyword-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state
   #tokenizer-before-doctype-system-identifier-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state
   #tokenizer-doctype-system-identifier-double-quoted-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state
     * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state
     * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state
     * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state
   #tokenizer-doctype-system-identifier-single-quoted-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state
     * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state
     * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state
     * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state
   #tokenizer-after-doctype-system-identifier-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.65. DOCTYPE system identifier (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.66. DOCTYPE system identifier (single-quoted) state
   #tokenizer-bogus-doctype-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.56. After DOCTYPE name state
     * 8.2.4.57. After DOCTYPE public keyword state
     * 8.2.4.58. Before DOCTYPE public identifier state
     * 8.2.4.61. After DOCTYPE public identifier state
     * 8.2.4.62. Between DOCTYPE public and system identifiers state
     * 8.2.4.63. After DOCTYPE system keyword state
     * 8.2.4.64. Before DOCTYPE system identifier state
     * 8.2.4.67. After DOCTYPE system identifier state
   #tokenizer-cdata-section-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.42. Markup declaration open state
     * 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state
     * 8.2.4.71. CDATA section end state
   #tokenizer-cdata-section-bracket-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.69. CDATA section state
   #tokenizer-cdata-section-end-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.70. CDATA section bracket state
   #tokenizer-character-reference-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4. Tokenization
     * 8.2.4.1. Data state
     * 8.2.4.2. RCDATA state
     * 8.2.4.36. Attribute value (double-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.37. Attribute value (single-quoted) state
     * 8.2.4.38. Attribute value (unquoted) state
   #tokenizer-numeric-character-reference-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state
   #character-reference-codeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state (2)
     * 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state (2) (3) (4)
   #tokenizer-hexadecimal-character-reference-start-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state
   #tokenizer-decimal-character-reference-start-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.73. Numeric character reference state
   #tokenizer-hexadecimal-character-reference-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state
   #tokenizer-decimal-character-reference-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state
   #tokenizer-numeric-character-reference-end-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.76. Hexadecimal character reference state (2)
     * 8.2.4.77. Decimal character reference state (2)
   #tokenizer-character-reference-end-stateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.4.72. Character reference state (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.4.74. Hexadecimal character reference start state
     * 8.2.4.75. Decimal character reference start state
     * 8.2.4.78. Numeric character reference end state
   #tree-construction-dispatcherReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction
   #next-tokenReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
   #mathml-text-integration-pointReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #html-integration-pointReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #foster-parentingReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3)
   #appropriate-place-for-inserting-a-nodeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
   #create-an-element-for-the-tokenReferenced in:
     * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
   #insert-a-foreign-elementReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #insert-an-html-elementReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements
     * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
       (23) (24) (25)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2)
   #adjust-mathml-attributesReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #adjust-svg-attributesReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #adjust-foreign-attributesReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
     * 8.2.7. Coercing an HTML DOM into an infoset (2)
   #insert-a-characterReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2) (3)
   #insert-a-commentReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #generic-raw-text-element-parsing-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3)
   #generic-rcdata-element-parsing-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
   #generate-implied-end-tagsReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2)
   #generate-all-implied-end-tags-thoroughlyReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
   #initialReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode
   #before-htmlReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.1. The "initial" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode
   #before-headReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.2. The "before html" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode
   #in-headReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode
   #used-during-the-parsingReferenced in:
     * 8.2.2. The input byte stream
   #in-head-noscriptReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode
   #after-headReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode
   #in-bodyReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.5.4.3. The "before head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.5. The "in head noscript" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:  
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables
   #close-a-p-elementReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
       (9) (10) (11)
   #adoption-agency-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.8.1. Misnested tags:  
     * 8.2.8.2. Misnested tags: 
   #in-textReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.2. Parsing elements that contain only text
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
   #in-tableReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2)
   #clear-the-stack-back-to-a-table-contextReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #in-table-textReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.10. The "in table text" insertion mode
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables
   #in-captionReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode
   #in-column-groupReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.12. The "in column group" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2)
   #in-table-bodyReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2) (3) (4)
   #clear-the-stack-back-to-a-table-body-contextReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
   #in-rowReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables (2)
   #clear-the-stack-back-to-a-table-row-contextReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
   #in-cellReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode
     * 8.2.8.3. Unexpected markup in tables
   #close-the-cellReferenced in:
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode (2) (3)
   #in-selectReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode
   #in-select-in-tableReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.17. The "in select in table" insertion mode
   #in-templateReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #after-bodyReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode
   #in-framesetReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.6. The "after head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
   #after-framesetReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode
   #after-after-bodyReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode
   #after-after-framesetReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode
   #in-foreign-contentReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1. The script element
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction
   #stop-parsingReferenced in:
     * 2.2.4. Interactions with XPath and XSLT
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management
     * 4.10.18.7.2. Processing model
     * 6.7.1. Navigating across documents
     * 6.7.2. Page load processing model for HTML files
     * 6.7.6. Page load processing model for media
     * 6.7.7. Page load processing model for content that uses plugins
     * 6.7.8. Page load processing model for inline content that doesn’t have
       a DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.21. The "after frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.22. The "after after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.23. The "after after frameset" insertion mode
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #delay-the-load-eventReferenced in:
     * 4.2.4.3. Obtaining a resource from a link element (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.7.10. The video element
     * 4.7.13.5. Loading the media resource (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
       (10) (11) (12) (13)
     * 4.10.5.1.19. Image Button state (type=image)
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model
     * 6.1.1. Nested browsing contexts
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
   #ready-for-post-load-tasksReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element
     * 4.7.8. The object element
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream (2)
     * 7.6.2. Printing
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #completely-loadedReferenced in:
     * 3.1. Documents
     * 4.2.5.3. Pragma directives
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element (2)
     * 4.10.21.3. Form submission algorithm
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.6.4. The Location interface
     * 7.4.1. Opening the input stream
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
   #abort-the-parserReferenced in:
     * 6.7.12. Aborting a document load
     * 8.2. Parsing HTML documents
     * 8.2.5.4.8. The "text" insertion mode
   #html-fragment-serialization-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
   #attributes-serialized-nameReferenced in:
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
   #escaping-a-stringReferenced in:
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments (2)
   #html-fragment-parsing-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.3.5. Other parsing state flags
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction (2)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content
   #contextReferenced in:
     * 4.7.6. The iframe element
     * 4.12.2. The noscript element
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5. Tree construction
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #fragment-caseReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode (2) (3) (4)
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.1. Creating and inserting nodes
     * 8.2.5.4.4. The "in head" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.7. The "in body" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.9. The "in table" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.11. The "in caption" insertion mode (2)
     * 8.2.5.4.13. The "in table body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.14. The "in row" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.15. The "in cell" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.16. The "in select" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.4.18. The "in template" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.19. The "after body" insertion mode
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode (2) (3)
     * 8.2.5.5. The rules for parsing tokens in foreign content (2)
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #the-xml-syntaxReferenced in:
     * 3.2.1. Semantics
     * 8. The HTML syntax
   #xml-parserReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
     * 4.2.6. The style element (2) (3)
     * 4.2.7. Interactions of styling and scripting
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.13.11.1. Text track model (2)
     * 4.10.11. The textarea element
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4)
     * 4.12.3.1. Interaction of template elements with XSLT and XPath
     * 6.7.3. Page load processing model for XML files
     * 7.4. Dynamic markup insertion
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12)
     * 9.4. Parsing XML fragments
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #xml-scripting-support-disabledReferenced in:
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents (2) (3)
   #feed-the-parserReferenced in:
     * 9.4. Parsing XML fragments (2) (3)
   #relevant-child-nodesReferenced in:
     * 9.3. Serializing XML fragments (2) (3)
   #xml-fragment-parsing-algorithmReferenced in:
     * 9.2. Parsing XML documents
   #being-renderedReferenced in:
     * 3.2.6. The innerText IDL attribute
     * 4.7.5. The img element
     * 4.7.7. The embed element (2)
     * 4.7.8. The object element (2)
     * 4.10.5. The input element
     * 4.10.19. APIs for text field selections
     * 4.10.20.2. Constraint validation
     * 4.10.20.3. The constraint validation API
     * 4.11.4. The dialog element
     * 4.12.4. The canvas element
     * 5.4.2. Data model (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 5.4.3. The tabindex attribute
     * 5.4.4. Processing model (2) (3)
     * 6.7.9. Navigating to a fragment (2)
     * 10.1. Introduction (2)
     * 10.3.2. The page
   #presentational-hintsReferenced in:
     * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints (2) (3)
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 10.3.8. Lists
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2)
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget.
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2) (3)
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
   #maps-to-the-pixel-length-propertyReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3)
   #as-hints-for-the-renderingReferenced in:
     * 4.7.19. Dimension attributes
     * 10.3.12. The hr element
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2)
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2)
   #map-to-the-dimension-property-ignoring-zeroReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #align-descendantsReferenced in:
     * 10.2. The CSS user agent style sheet and presentational hints
     * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4)
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4)
   #container-frame-elementReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #substantialReferenced in:
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3) (4) (5)
   #blankReferenced in:
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2)
   #elements-with-default-marginsReferenced in:
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks (2) (3)
   #rendered-legendReferenced in:
     * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements
   #restart-the-animationReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2)
   #converting-a-character-width-to-pixelsReferenced in:
     * 10.5.4. The input element as a text entry widget. (2)
   #attr-valuedef-marquee-direction-leftReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #attr-valuedef-marquee-direction-rightReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #attr-valuedef-marquee-direction-upReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #attr-valuedef-marquee-direction-downReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #width-of-the-selects-labelsReferenced in:
     * 10.5.14. The select element (2)
   #textarea-effective-widthReferenced in:
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2)
   #textarea-effective-heightReferenced in:
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element (2)
   #has-a-borderReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3)
   #frame-border-colorReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3)
   #convert-a-list-of-dimensions-to-a-list-of-pixel-valuesReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2)
   #obtain-a-physical-formReferenced in:
     * 7.6.2. Printing (2)
     * 10.8. Print media
   #unstyled-documentReferenced in:
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents (2)
   #an-unstyled-document-viewReferenced in:
     * 10.9. Unstyled XML documents
   #elementdef-acronymReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #elementdef-bgsoundReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
   #elementdef-dirReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3)
   #elementdef-noframesReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #elementdef-isindexReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #elementdef-listingReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #elementdef-nextidReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #elementdef-noembedReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
   #elementdef-plaintextReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #elementdef-strikeReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
   #elementdef-xmpReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 8.4. Parsing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.10. Margin collapsing quirks
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #elementdef-basefontReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
   #elementdef-bigReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
   #elementdef-blinkReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #elementdef-centerReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.3. Flow content
   #elementdef-fontReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #elementdef-menuReferenced in:
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
     * Changes since HTML 5.1 - Note that these may change if the HTML 5.1
       specification is updated.
   #elementdef-menuitemReferenced in:
     * Changes between Working Draft 6 and Working Draft 5 (2)
   #elementdef-multicolReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #elementdef-nobrReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
   #elementdef-spacerReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
   #elementdef-ttReferenced in:
     * 3.2.2. Elements in the DOM
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features
   #element-attrdef-a-nameReferenced in:
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features (2)
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-img-nameReferenced in:
     * 4.10.3. The form element (2)
   #element-attrdef-area-nohrefReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-input-usemapReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-iframe-longdescReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-img-longdescReferenced in:
     * 4.7.5. The img element (2) (3)
     * 4.7.5.1. Requirements for providing text to act as an alternative for
       images (2)
     * 4.7.5.1.4. Graphical Representations: Charts, diagrams, graphs, maps,
       illustrations
     * 4.7.5.1.5. Images of text
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-img-lowsrcReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-meta-schemeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #element-attrdef-object-codebaseReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-object-codetypeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-param-valuetypeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-script-languageReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2) (3) (4) (5)
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
   #element-attrdef-script-eventReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-script-forReferenced in:
     * 4.12.1.1. Processing model (2)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-td-scopeReferenced in:
     * 4.9.12.2. Forming relationships between data cells and header cells
       (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
   #element-attrdef-body-alinkReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #element-attrdef-body-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #element-attrdef-body-bottommarginReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
   #element-attrdef-body-leftmarginReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
   #element-attrdef-body-linkReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #element-attrdef-body-marginheightReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-body-marginwidthReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-body-rightmarginReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
   #element-attrdef-body-textReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #element-attrdef-body-topmarginReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
   #element-attrdef-body-vlinkReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #element-attrdef-br-clearReferenced in:
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
   #element-attrdef-col-charReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-col-charoffReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-col-valignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-col-widthReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #element-attrdef-div-alignReferenced in:
     * 10.3.3. Flow content (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-frame-bordercolorReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets
   #element-attrdef-hr-colorReferenced in:
     * 10.3.12. The hr element (2) (3)
   #element-attrdef-hr-noshadeReferenced in:
     * 10.3.12. The hr element (2)
   #element-attrdef-hr-sizeReferenced in:
     * 10.3.12. The hr element (2)
   #element-attrdef-hr-widthReferenced in:
     * 10.3.12. The hr element
   #element-attrdef-iframe-frameborderReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-iframe-marginheightReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-iframe-marginwidthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-iframe-scrollingReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
   #element-attrdef-input-alignReferenced in:
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
   #element-attrdef-input-borderReferenced in:
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
   #element-attrdef-img-borderReferenced in:
     * 11.1. Obsolete but conforming features
     * 11.1.1. Warnings for obsolete but conforming features
   #element-attrdef-img-hspaceReferenced in:
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
   #element-attrdef-img-vspaceReferenced in:
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images
   #element-attrdef-legend-alignReferenced in:
     * 10.3.13. The fieldset and legend elements
   #element-attrdef-marquee-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-heightReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-hspaceReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-vspaceReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-widthReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-table-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-table-borderReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2)
     * Elements
   #element-attrdef-table-bordercolorReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #element-attrdef-table-cellpaddingReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-table-cellspacingReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-table-heightReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #element-attrdef-table-widthReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #element-attrdef-tbody-charReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-tbody-charoffReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-tbody-valignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-td-alignReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-td-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-td-charReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-td-charoffReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-td-heightReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #element-attrdef-td-nowrapReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-td-valignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-td-widthReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables (2)
   #element-attrdef-tr-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-tr-charReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-tr-charoffReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-tr-heightReferenced in:
     * 10.3.9. Tables
   #element-attrdef-tr-valignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #element-attrdef-body-backgroundReferenced in:
     * 10.3.2. The page
     * 10.3.9. Tables
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #elementdef-appletReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 6.5. Sandboxing
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
     * 10.4.1. Embedded content (2)
     * 10.4.3. Attributes for embedded content and images (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2)
     * 11.3.1. The applet element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlappletelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-altReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-archiveReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-codeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-heightReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-hspaceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-objectReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element (2)
   #dom-htmlappletelement-vspaceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #dom-htmlappletelement-codebaseReferenced in:
     * 11.3.1. The applet element
   #elementdef-marqueeReferenced in:
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements (2)
     * 8.2.3.3. The list of active formatting elements (2)
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
   #turned-onReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) (4)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
   #turned-offReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-startReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-stopReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-behaviorReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3)
   #attr-valuedef-marquee-behavior-scrollReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #statedef-marquee-behavior-scrollReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #attr-valuedef-marquee-behavior-slideReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #attr-valuedef-marquee-behavior-alternateReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #statedef-marquee-behavior-alternateReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-directionReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
   #statedef-marquee-leftReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-truespeedReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
   #marquee-scroll-intervalReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-scrolldelayReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #marquee-marquee-scroll-distanceReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element
   #element-attrdef-marquee-scrollamountReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #marquee-loop-countReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-marquee-loopReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-loopReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #marquee-current-loop-indexReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2)
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
   #increment-the-marquee-current-loop-indexReferenced in:
     * 10.5.11. The marquee element (2) (3)
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-onbounceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #eventdef-marquee-bounceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-onfinishReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #eventdef-marquee-finishReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-onstartReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #eventdef-marquee-startReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-behaviorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element (2)
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-directionReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-heightReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-hspaceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-vspaceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-scrollamountReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-scrolldelayReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #dom-htmlmarqueeelement-truespeedReferenced in:
     * 11.3.2. The marquee element
   #elementdef-framesetReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 3.1.3. DOM tree accessors (2) (3) (4)
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 6.3.3. Named access on the Window object (2)
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects (2) (3)
     * 8.2.3.1. The insertion mode
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.2.5.4.20. The "in frameset" insertion mode
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
       (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #htmlframesetelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
   #element-attrdef-frameset-colsReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets
   #element-attrdef-frameset-rowsReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets
   #dom-htmlframesetelement-colsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframesetelement-rowsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #elementdef-frameReferenced in:
     * 2.7.2.1. The HTMLAllCollection interface
     * 6.1. Browsing contexts
     * 8.2.3.2. The stack of open elements
     * 8.3. Serializing HTML fragments
     * 10.3.2. The page (2) (3)
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
     * 11.2. Non-conforming features (2) (3)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13)
       (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) (25)
   #active-frame-elementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3)
   #process-the-frame-attributesReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2) (3) (4)
   #element-attrdef-frame-srcReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
   #element-attrdef-frame-nameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #htmlframeelementReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframeelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframeelement-scrollingReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframeelement-srcReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframeelement-frameborderReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #element-attrdef-frame-frameborderReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets (2)
   #dom-htmlframeelement-longdescReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframeelement-noresizeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #element-attrdef-frame-noresizeReferenced in:
     * 10.6. Frames and framesets
   #dom-htmlframeelement-contentdocumentReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframeelement-contentwindowReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframeelement-marginheightReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlframeelement-marginwidthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.3. Frames
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-coordsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-charsetReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlanchorelement-shapeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlareaelement-nohrefReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlbodyelement-textReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlbodyelement-linkReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlbodyelement-alinkReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlbodyelement-vlinkReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlbodyelement-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlbodyelement-backgroundReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlbrelement-clearReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecaptionelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecolelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecolelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecolelement-chReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecolelement-choffReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecolelement-valignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmldirectoryelement-compactReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmldivelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmldlistelement-compactReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlembedelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlembedelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlfontelement-colorReferenced in:
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlfontelement-faceReferenced in:
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlfontelement-sizeReferenced in:
     * 10.3.4. Phrasing content
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlheadingelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlhrelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlhrelement-colorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlhrelement-sizeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlhrelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlhrelement-noshadeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlhtmlelement-versionReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmliframeelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmliframeelement-scrollingReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmliframeelement-frameborderReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmliframeelement-longdescReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmliframeelement-marginheightReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmliframeelement-marginwidthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlimageelement-nameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlimageelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlimageelement-borderReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlimageelement-hspaceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlimageelement-vspaceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlimageelement-lowsrcReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlinputelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlinputelement-usemapReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmllegendelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmllielement-typeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmllinkelement-charsetReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmllinkelement-targetReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlmenuelement-compactReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlmetaelement-schemeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-archiveReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-borderReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-codeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-declareReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-hspaceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-standbyReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-vspaceReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-codebaseReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlobjectelement-codetypeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlolistelement-compactReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlparagraphelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlparamelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlparamelement-valuetypeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlpreelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-eventReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlscriptelement-htmlforReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-borderReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-frameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-summaryReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-rulesReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-cellpaddingReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltableelement-cellspacingReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablesectionelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablesectionelement-chReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablesectionelement-choffReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablesectionelement-valignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-axisReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-heightReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-widthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-chReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-choffReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-nowrapReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-valignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablecellelement-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-alignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-chReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-choffReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-valignReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmltablerowelement-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlulistelement-compactReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-htmlulistelement-typeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-fgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-linkcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-vlinkcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-alinkcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-bgcolorReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-anchorsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-appletsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-clearReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-captureeventsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-releaseeventsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-document-allReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
   #dom-window-captureeventsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-window-releaseeventsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-window-externalReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #externalReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs (2)
   #dom-external-addsearchproviderReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #dom-external-issearchproviderinstalledReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4. Other elements, attributes and APIs
   #navigatorpluginsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #pluginarrayReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #mimetypearrayReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #pluginReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3)
   #mimetypeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-navigatorplugins-pluginsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-navigatorplugins-mimetypesReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #hidden-pluginsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
   #explicitly-supportsReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
   #dom-pluginarray-lengthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-pluginarray-refreshReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-mimetypearray-lengthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #reported-mime-typesReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins (2) (3) (4)
   #dom-plugin-lengthReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-plugin-nameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-plugin-descriptionReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-plugin-filenameReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-mimetype-typeReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-mimetype-descriptionReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-mimetype-suffixesReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-mimetype-enabledpluginReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #dom-navigatorplugins-javaenabledReferenced in:
     * 11.3.4.1. Plugins
   #eventdef-global-abortReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-afterprintReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-beforeprintReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-beforeunloadReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-blurReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-cancelReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-changeReferenced in:
     * Attributes
     * Events
   #eventdef-global-closeReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-copyReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-cutReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-errorReferenced in:
     * 7.1.3.9. Runtime script errors
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-focusReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-hashchangeReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-inputReferenced in:
     * Attributes
     * Events
   #eventdef-global-invalidReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-languagechangeReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-loadReferenced in:
     * 1.9.2. Common pitfalls to avoid when using the scripting APIs (2)
     * 11.3.3. Frames (2)
     * Attributes
     * Events
   #eventdef-global-messageReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-offlineReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-onlineReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-pagehideReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-pageshowReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-pasteReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-popstateReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-progressReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-readystatechangeReferenced in:
     * 3.1.2. Resource metadata management (2)
     * 7.1.5.2. Event handlers on elements, Document objects, and Window
       objects
     * Events
   #eventdef-global-resetReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-selectReferenced in:
     * 10.5.15. The textarea element
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-storageReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-submitReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-toggleReferenced in:
     * Attributes
   #eventdef-global-unloadReferenced in:
     * Attributes